IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1.25

: us, 140

Its

U 11.6

III

^^. .o>^ ^J>

Photographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4S03

CIHM/ICMH

Microfiche

Series.

CIHM/ICMH
Collection de
microfiches.

Canadian Institute for Historical Microreproductions / Institut Canadian de microreproductions historiques

Technical and Bibliographic Notat/Notat tachniquat at bibiiographiquaa

Tha inttituta haa attamptad to obtain tha baat
original copy availabia for filming. Faaturaa of thia
copy which may ba bibliographically unlqua.
which may altar any of tha imagaa in tha
raproduction, or which may aignificantly changa
tha usual mathod of filming, ara chackad balow.

D
D

Colourad covars/
Couvartura da coulaur

r~~| Covars damagad/

Couvartura andommagia

Covars rastorad and/or lanrJnatad/
Couvartura rastaur^a at/ou palliculAa

I I Covar title missing/

La titre da couvartura manque

I I Coloured maps/

Cartes gAographiques en couleur

Coloured ink (i.e. other than blue or black)/
Encra da couleur (i.e. autre que bieue ou noire)

r^ Coloured pietes and/or illustrations/

Planches et/ou illustrations en couleur

Bound with other material/
Reli6 avec d'autres documents

Tight binding may cause shadows or distortion
along interior mergin/

La reliure serrie peut causer da I'ombre ou de la
distortion la long de la marge intArieure

Blank leaves added during resto. ation may
appeer within the text. Whenever possible, these
have been omitted from filming/
II se peut que certainas pages blanches ajoutAes
lors d'une resteuration apparaissent dans la texte,
mals, lorsque cela Atait possible, ces pages n'ont
pas 6tt filmies.

Additional comments:/
Commentaires supplAmentaires;

Thee
tothi

L'Institut a microfilmi la mailleur exemplaire
qu'ii lui B AtA possible de se procurer. Les d6tails
da cet exemplaire qui sont peut-Atre uniques du
point de vue bibliographiqua, qui peuvent modifier
une image reproduite, ou qui peuvent exiger unc
modification dans la mAthode normale de f iimage
sont indiqute ci-dessous.

r~n Coloured pages/

Pages de couleur

Pages damaged/
Pages endommagAas

Pages restored and/oi

Pages restaurAes et/ou pelliculAes

Pages discoloured, stained or foxe(
Pages dAcolortes, tachattes ou piquAes

Pages detached/
Pages ditachtos

Showthrough/
Transparence

Quality of prir

Quality in6gaie de I'impression

Includes supplementary matarii
Comprend du metAriei supplimentaire

Only edition available/
Seule Mition disponible

I — I Pages damaged/

I I Pages restored and/or laminated/

r~^ Pages discoloured, stained or foxed/

I I Pages detached/

fy] Showthrough/

I I Quality of print varies/

r~n Includes supplementary material/

I I Only edition available/

Thei
possi
of th
filmii

Origi
begir
the li
sion,
othei
first I
sion,
or ill!

The!
shall
TINU
whic

Mapi
dlffei
entlM
begir
right
requi
meth

Pages wholly or partially obsrurad by errata
slips, tissues, etc., have been refilmed to
ensure the best possible image/
Les pages totalement ou partiellement
obscurcies par un feuillet d'errata. une pelure,
etc., ont M filmAes A nouveau de fapon h
obtenir la meilieure image possible.

This item is filmed at the reduction ratio checked below/

Ce document est film* au taux de rMuction indiquA ci-dessous.

10X

14X

18X

22X

26X

30X

12X

16X

20X

24X

28X

32X

The copy filmed here has been reproduced thank*
to the generosity of:

Library of the Public
Archives of Canada

L'exemplaire film6 fut reproduit grflce A la
ginirosltA de:

La bibliothdque des Archives
pubiiquas du Canada

The images appearing here are the best quality
possible considering the condition and legibility
of the original copy and in keeping with the
filming contract specifications.

Original copies in printed paper covers are filmed
beginning with the front cover and ending on
the last page with a printed or illusti-ated impres-
sion, or the back cover when appropriate. All
other original copies are filmed beginning on the
first page with a printed or illustrated impres-
sion, and ending on the last page with a orinted
or illustrated impression.

The last recorded frame on each microfiche
shall contain the symbol ^^ (meaning "CON-
TINUED"), or the symbol V (meaning "END"),
whichever applies.

Les images suivantes ont M reproduites avec le
plus grand soin. compte tenu de la condition et
de la nettetA de l'exemplaire fiimi. et en
conformit6 avec les conditions du contrat de
filmage.

Les exemplaires originaux dont la couverture en
papier est imprimte sont film6s en commenpant
par le premier plat et en terminant soit par la
dernlAro page qui comporte une empreinte
d'Impression ou d'iliustretion. soit par le second
plat, salon le cas. Tous les autres exemplaires
originaux sont filmAs en commenpant par la
premiere page qui comporte une empreinte
d'Impression ou d'illustration et en terminant par
la dernidre page qui comporte une telle
empreinte.

Un des symboles suivants apparaTtra sur la
derniire image de cheque microfiche, selon le
cas: le symbols —► signifie "A SUiVRE", le
symbols y signifie "FIN".

Maps, plates, charts, etc., may be filmed at
different reduction ratios. Those too large to be
entirely included in one exposure are filmed
beginning in the upper left hand corner, left to
right and top to bottom, as many frames as
required. Tiie following diegrams illustrate the
method:

Les cartes, planches, tableaux, etc., peuvent Atre
filmte d des taux de reduction diffirents.
Lorsque le document est trop grand pour dtre
reproduit en un seul cliche, il est film6 A partir
de I'angle supArieur geuche, de gauche A droite.
et de haut en bas, en prenant le nombre
d'images n6cessaire. Les diagrammes suivants
illustrent la m6thode.

1 2 3

ADVKRTISKMRNTvS.

»*»▼▼▼▼▼▼*▼▼▼▼▼▼▼▼»▼▼▼#▼▼»▼▼»▼»

^SSSSSSBSSSPMdSB5BSSSZSZSSS3SZSZ5iiSSSSSSSSSSSBS&SaSBS^S3SBSSSSS^SBSS SHSHb 3S3SBSBSSSa

FOR INFORMATION

Fourt(

CANADA

PUBLIC ARCHIVES
ARCHIVES PUBLIQUES

MINES REPORTED ON-

ROSSLAND,

ibia

olunqbia

B.C

'iff ^'

■i^i'a

\i)\''KRTrsr';MK\TS.

HzaErrr

i.u,« iim^ii

« *

|tr.i/.Tn>BETHUNE &^C0.

ningand Financial Agents.

-^ -^IN-lNti^^P^OPENTY BOUGHT AND SOLD.

• »

i.A. ' I i »* 1 1 V 1 1 • > J

T/'ijr >/.

:/CABL-^- ADDpESSt-^^ETHUNE,'' VilCTORIA, 1
^ CDDE^MortW J& ^'eal/; ' A. fif. (!:.! -B*Jfor(i-i

. ; 1 1 i // ■ J- -^ J 1 ) > .' > /- t» ^ ♦ :

«1

■)• !V 1

I:- Broad street, ^i^^-^pS^^i^'SS^^-^ VICTORIA, B.C. ::;

:>.a<ii'|li',aii,B "■'-'•i. ■' •■■■'■'■'•■' ■' f' '-B" ■!> ■>'■"■'. •< ■< fi ■>

■ *

>J>S J. H. TOIJD. ] CABLE ADDRRSS, ' TOOSON. • ,,.. Jl;^ C. F*. T01>E>.

I IMPORTERS , ,S ■ .WHOLESALE , MEJ|CHi^N|T^

t>etiler» in

General Groceries aqd Provisicns. Tobacco, Cigars, Salt, Coal Oil, Nails, etc.,

aqd Saln\or| Careers — Horsesl^oe, Beaver, Tiger, Colurqbia aqd Royal

Eagle Brands. Also Ageqtsfor flie " R.R.R." Brand of Salrricn,

pacKedby Robert Draqey, at Narr^ii, FitzliUqli Soui\d, B.C.,

■■■-aPidthie firiaoortes' Pac'Ki'ia Co., Ltd., flnacortes, ■ •

•■•" WdShtngron, U'. S. ft., Sun, Moon, Red Star,
ar|d Rairibo^A' Brands.

I I

S- 7^''^^^^eLht''^tV^ VlC^X^niA, 'B.'Cl

auvp;rtisemknTvS.

PEMBERTON & SON

Real Estate, Financial & In[ urance Agents.

FARMING LANDS FOR SALE IN ALL PARTS OF THE PROVINCE.

Agents for the Townsite of Alberni.
Mining Propositions Financed.

VICTORIA, B. C.

Cable AddreHH, "Winter.'

Cotle M«ecl A.B.C

DALBY & CLAXTON

INSURANCE, - MININO - AND - FINANCIAL - AOENTH.

RKPRKSKNTINC;

Alliance Assurance Company (Fire).

Yorkshire Guarantee & Securities Corp. (Loans).

Royal Canadian Packing Company (Salmon and Lumber).

Stadacona Silver-Copper Mining Company (Toad Mountuin)

VICXORIA

JBritiwli Columbia.

?<><><><><X><><>00<XXX><><><>00<HX><K)<><>0<>0<><><><XK>^0<K>0<><><><>^^

Write us for Catalogue and Price List.

ESTABLISHED iSoj-

WEILER BROS.

Manufactt-trera of

FURNITURB, UPHOLSXKRY, Etc.

IiTipt>rtera of .

CrocKery, Glassware, Wallpaper,
Carpets, Lirioleiiiris, etc, etc,

Special attention given to Bank and Office Fittings, and Hotel and
Bar Fixtures. Residences and Hotels furnished throughout.
All orders, no matter how large, promptly filled, as we have
THK IvAROEST STOCK IN THE V*HOVINClS.

Fort Street,

VICTORIA. B.C.

in)

ADVKRTISKMKNTS.

The Douglas Mining, Investments Brokerage Co. Ltd.

J. S. DOUGLAS, - - M.inasing Director.

MIXING PROPERTIES BoiiKbt and So!*l in all the .Mining Districts of British Columl>i»
KcKiittcrcd Cable Address " StanTurd.' Codes. Mnrelnu ft Ncal and A. B.C.. 4lh Edition.

Wy, Imve milling properties in the following camps tlint art wortli the attention of investors :
Te.xada Island, Shoal Bay, Phillip's .\rni, T-'rederick .^rni and Harrison I.nke. where cost of
mining and transportation is very low. owinj{ to water transportation the year round to
coast smelters ; I.illooet, Hig Hend of the Colnmbia (free milling gold propositions), Houndary Creek
(free milling gold proposition), Slocan and Tro>it Lake. . . Quotations given on milling shares in
all C( mpanies operating in Itritish Columhia. I'rospectors having miner il claims which they

want to sell or have developed, are invited to correspond with us. . . .

139 Cordova St., Corresrondeme whh Investors Invited. VANCOUVER, B.C.

THE B.C. FURNITURE CO.

Importers of Carpets. Linoleum. Oilcloth, Window Shades, and Curtains,
crockery. Glassware, Lamps, etc , at \er.v low prices for cash only,
Superior facilities for manufacturing Bank. Office and Bar Fixtures,
Hardw'od Alanllts, and Furnilurc of e\irv description.

JACOB HEHI., Mniintfer,

VICTORIA, H.C.

J. H. CHEWSTT. B.A. SC. C.E. For RcliaMe information as to

.MIXI.NG STOCKS. SHARES. REAL ESTATE, etc.
COXSILTIXG MIXI.\(i E.NGI.XEER. . ^ ^ ^ ^^ ^^

Apply THE SMITH-HEWITT CO.

Kxperienced in West. Ontario and B.C. Districts ^^^^^ „f References.

87 YORK STREET,

TORONTO. ONT,

COLIMBIA AVEXl'E.

ROSSLAND, B.C.

>^isi^i©^iSg©sfe>5£i%>^ggfe^

THK

WABASH RAILROAD

With its Superb and Magnificent Through Car Service
is now acknowledged to be the Most Perfect
Railway System in .\merica

IT is the great Tourist Route to the South, and
West — including the famous

HOT tSI»HIXCiH OF ARKANSAS,
OUO XIEXICO, The Kgypt of the new world.

TEXAS - ANn - CALIFORNIA

The Land of Sunshine and Flowers.

DIRECT All-Rail Route via Detroit and Chicago to Ross-
land, Trail, Nelson, and all ^Mining Camps in the famous
Kootenay Gold Alining Country of British Columbia.

* *

J. A. RiCHARL>SON, - Canadian Passenger Agent,

North-Kast Corner King and Yonge Streets.

TORONTO, Ontario.

ADVKRTISKMKNTS.

HcB, Clble AilUrcj*. "Al'RL'M, Vancouvir, B.C. ,., ; ^.k'ren., M. C. toUelU Vltc<'l'r«».. Coiit. H, KJ IVMvlliier
. ;)J.r () J T<i)i<)l*i<b<niv>. ■hJ-'J . Sa.. M.^P. If.rt.i.Uniart.^ ' TlT T

B.C. MINING PROSPECTORS' EXCHANGE, Ltd, Uy.

V, ' ;iiit<>j ,1.!.

OFFiCKS ; I.OXDON iuu\ 111 JlRNKMOfTH, KNO. '

I'. I

Vl/il/

A MIl^^rNfi^, 'PROMOTING, NEGOTIATING AND BROKEft'k^E'' COMPANY,

Shar«il.U4t liow <jv>t-ii for H 1iiiiite<l issue at Ji.s.oo yxtr block of toj till June 7th, jiftt-r which none ♦'ill
I., (.,.• > , I V>f K'jUl less thHU $25.00. \Vf havf ao<inirvtl urDiips ill l.illuoet (CnyooNh Cri.'fU) / /

.. I " Coal Hill Camp, " Slocim-Koytt.'iiny inul Const MiiiinK Oiiinpn.

I • . • , 1 •: ' . if.'ii, ■ J i-'. : :m pf ■>• ' • ■ ' .

i{-Ie*ii;l Offi>c«. (M0 Curaovei t^trtiut, ,4*!., ; ;->•: T ;)!;; .>; -)!> : VANCO' ' »,1«, ».C.

V )., I il <(ii f/ '.lit; .; J .',1 , .>,! . . ... . -.. ...-M-l '. ' ;'!i' .> 'I-i ,••......,,.,:,,,; 1,. iim

, . -,■ -,. '' .,T.ii.. , 7- ; ' T-^-vp- -

TTTT

TTT*T7T:!T-TTrTr rrfT^TJ- rrTrtTTTr

M.R. SMITH & CO.

i:«i(

(ioUl Medals awvirdcd at Royal \;;ticiiUural l-'.xhiljitions, 18115.06
^kk-ilkl ;»ul I)il)lonpa aWarJiPrl ftl, Colonial iilluliaii Ivvllibitioii. is.S6
shvar Atfduls at- I'rdviilcial F,xhibiti*>n. ■'i > -■'

iMlic-il I N5H

W'V

.( yj

BISCUIT MANUFACTURERS, .v„i .■•..; VICTORIA, B.C.

GARTH & COiMPANY

MAXl'KAC'rifRKRtS OF"

WHERE THE PUMPS WILL WORK

THKY arc

servicenblf'

and wherever it

especially

Coal I'lts, Brickyards, ^tunrrics. Mills, and wherever it may be
desirable to use liitiii for elevating water for any purpose. .Also,
Tanneries., I'um|) Mills. Fackinii Houses, Stock Varcls. Launiirje^,
Dairies. Brrnc-rics. IMstlllcrivs, Canning B^ialilishnients, DrnlnKiK
Cellars: and on Stciimliunt*. BarKcs, Kcrry-Boats ; on Docks, Rail-
road vVnteri^u &tttt^ons Ajul so we mJKlit nan^e Inindreds of uses
for our l>uiitp4 ,- ■■ • i •' ' - 1 1

l>0E8AWA^ \\t)tii.allAiinilst)f;e.\r
pensive I'unips. I'umps from
200 to 20,000 {jiallons per ho\ir.

■'RICES — From >7.o(> to )t75.(io.
tJttr- SENM) I-OR C.VTALOGJE.

Hot Water and Steam l-lngineer-
ing Plumbers. . . Water

Department Supplies.

Irtiportets of Wrbu^ht and Cast
Iron X'ii)ti«,, Mallealjle and
Crtst ■li'on F^irtin^sl Sflnitary

: KarthenwarjE, Lavatory fit-
tings. Iron, Hrass' aiid Copper
Castings. Send for Fice List.

c^36-^42 CRAIG :T.
MONXRKAI^.

SPECIALTIES -(iuld Ore.s, Copper Ores.

NQ. 13.
BJFOOT STKAINER.H

B FOR USK WITH '•!/' I'fM I>S.- J)

CORRESPONDENCE SOLICITED

y.A .A .L

■ J

3t»e^ipr,i(n Ji I ; )MINE» AND MINE)RATi IiA;Nr>».

';^.^V.^.x ^57 ColbofrieSr. Rccnq 3, ' • ■: .c.-^r^vi'v^:.- TORONTO, ONTARIO. ■■H^^^^"'

<<
<<

Lty,
'oMpany,

liicli iioiiV i^Mt
ffk) / /

' *.1<, PI.C.

! 1 1 T

lA. B.C.

[] PIPS.

er it may be
)uri)ost'. Also,
(lii. Launilrjc^,
ii'Dts, iirainlAK
n llucks, Katl-
lulreds of uses

GAINER.)

•L' ITMl'B.
SS3SSB3SS

E SOLICITEl>

0. ■'-■^.-^

A I ) V IvRT IvSlvM KNTS.

C l>. UmikI.

I ). H. \V(illl>rl<l({e

RAND & WALLBRIDGE,

MININO BROKERS.

Mining I'roperties for Hale in t.ll parts of Kootenay I»i8trict. Special attention
driven to the Mines of Slocan District.

triANDON

Hritinli Coltimbifi.

THE DRIARD HOTEL

RKDON *k HAR'rNAliLH:, I »roprietorM.

We )>fj; to call tliv nttfiitioii of tin; travflliiin imlilic to tile fact that tliis is tlic oiil^-
Hotel ill Victoria that is thoroughly appointed IhrouslKJiit with all iiiotlerii coiivein-
tiices, and a cuisine that is unsurpassed.
Connoisseurs will find it to their a(hantaK<-" t" '^top at THE DRIARD.

Strictlv KIi-Mt-CluHH.

VICTORIA, M.C.

J. L. PARKER Consulting Mining Engineer.

OKKICIC, ColimiHiti Avtr.. Over Weeks, Kennedy «: Co.

<^ROSSLAND, B.C.

MiNi:s i:xAMiNi>;i) and kiU'ortkd on.

<lener.'il Su])ervision of Mines .Attended to.

^»5:J5i^;

TURNER, BEETON & CO.

— -WHOLESALE bRY GOODS

Manufacturers of CLOTHING.

ALL STAPLE ARTICLES IN STOCK.

Silks, Carpets, Matlinj^, Ore Hags, Miners' Siipl)lies,
Milling vSteel, O.K. I'lour and Teas.

WHOLESALE LIQUOR DEALERS— ALL GOODS IMPORTED DIRECT

Champagnes, Whiskies, Brandy, Riini, Dinner Wines,
Liqueurs. . Cigars from Havana ; Trichhiopoli and

Domestic Cigarettes from Alexandria.
BA'ery class of European Cioods Indented-

VICTORIA, H.C

XKUSOxX, B.C.

H. C. REKTON & CO.,

S.ALMOX CAXNERS & COMMISSION' .AUEMTS. LONDON. KNC-l.

ADVKRTISKMKNTS.

Okell & Morris Fruit Preserving Cu.

' ' MANl'KACri'UKKH OK

CANDIES, WINCEMEAT, ORANGE. CITRON AND LEMON PEELS,
PRESERVES AND MARMALADES, PICKLES AND VINE(3ARS.

Our ManiifactureM nre cnrried by the following aii'I fnir-denliiiK wholettale firms in Vancouver and
Victoria. Uraid it Co.; R. I'. Ritlit-t «: Co., Wilson I'nw., J. II. Totlil & Son, S.
LeiHitr t<( Co., Hudson Hay Co , T. Ivirlc, Victoria; n'ilson Bros., \'aiicouver.

We claim, without exception, to make the
■PUREST and Kii.sr shi.lino Cior os in (;A^lAO.^.

VICX()WIA,,B.C.

VICTORIA CHEMICAL CO., Ltd.

AM, CHlvMICAI.S H(»R Clll.t )KINAri()N.

Sulphuric Acid, Nitric Acid, Hydrochloric Aci(L Fertilizers — Superpho.spha*'

Nitrate of S(.da, I'otash Halls. •

Office and Workn,

VICTORIA, B.C.

UNGLEY & HENDERSON BROS.

-WHOLESALE DRUGGISTS.

. . . DIRECT I/tPORTERS OF . , .

Drugs, Cl:\err\icals, Patent /Aediciries. Perfiinqery, etc,
Ct\err\icals, Hcids, etc., for Fiir]irig given special attention.

VICTORIA, B.C. Established 1858. VANCOUVER, B.C.

Arw. MORE & COMPANY

MINING and STOCK BROKERS..,
Real Estate and Insuraince Agents, ^

■Sl^ares for Sale in all t\\e Leading Mines in Britisl:| Colilrqbia,

86 Governnient St.,

VICTOIMH, B.C

Ilg Co.

EMON PEELS,
iE(3ARS.

IIS ill Vancouver nml
I «:S()ii., S.
I'liticouver.

IA,,R.C.

3., Ltd.

vSuperphospha*'

rA, B.C.

i • : .

UGGISTS.

•ry, etc.
:ter]tion.

YER. B.C.

'ANY

Colli rqbia.

fl, B.C

The Year Book

-OK

British Columbia

AMI

Manual of Provincial Informalion,

to which is aJded a Chapter containi,,^; nuah special inlnrmati,.,,

respectinj;- the

Canadian Yukon

'3 id Northern Territory generally.

R. E. GOSNELL,

Librarian Lesislati\e Assembly and Secretary Bureau Statistics.

VICTORIA, B. C.
1897

N9;

■D

3
O

c
<

a
(/)

9>
3

3;
5'

■n

D
r
■<

o
o
<

z
o
o

H
7!,
>

■<0^3.-u^

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Dedication,

rKKI'ACK.

IIlSTOKICAI, RKVIKW 9-102

Karly V'oyaj^'es ...

Ovorlaiul J(niinfvs

Fur Trading vSvstcin (J. W.
McKay) .'

Earlv vSettletiiftit (Sir Henry
V.'V Crfasi')

Story (if CoiifL'deratioii

Press ill Hritish Ci)lumbia. . . .

Paci fu Coast I >ales

p;x})l()rL'rs, Travellers, Ktc. . . .

F<iuii(liiij^ of Forts

Place Names, Their Signifi-
cance

Issues of B.C. Postage Stamps

Rates of Postage

B. C. Tariff

Alaska IU)uii(lary Question...

First Cold Ivxcitenient (H. P.

Hoiisoii)

Second Overland Journev (R.
B, McMickiug) '.

PaRIJAMKNTARY and Jl'DICIAI„III-I37

Growth of Responsible Gov-
ernment (Hon. I). W.Higgins)

Colonial and Provincial Gov-
ernments

Legis ative Assembly After
Confederation

B.C. legislature, Opening and
Closing Dates

List of Administrations

Governors of Vancouver Island

Governors of British Columbia

Lieut. -Governors Since Con-
federation

Chief Justices of British Col-
umbia

Speakers of British Columbia

Pnivincial Klections, 1S94....

New Parliament Buildings. . . .

Old Parliament Buildings....

Council Vaniouver Island. . . .

Gove-nment 0I B.C

Lieutenant-Governor

Execuiive Council

Legislative Assembly

Officers of the House

Departmental Officers

Supreme Court Registrars....

County Court Registrars

Government Agents

Counties

(juiililication of Electors

Aliens

Arni.4 of B.C

li.C. Representatives, Commons

Dominion Ivlections, 1896

Constitution Supreme Court. . . .

I'uisii'.' Judges

Constitution County Court

County Court Judges

Dominion Officials

MiNicii'Ai 138-151

System 1 )escribed

List of Municipalities

IMunicipal Statistics

Educationai 152-158

System in Outline

Statistics

PROVINCIAr< HKAI.TH LAWS... I58-161

Scope and ( )bject

Vital Statistics

Our Indians 163-180

Characteristics

Ethnological Affinities (Prof.

C. Hill-Tout)

D{n('S and Haidas

Their Place in the Nation . . .
Numbers and Distribution. ...

Physical Characteristics .. 180-230

Topography B.C

Geology of' B.C

Political Divisions

Cities and Towns

Climate

A Coast Trip

Mammals of B C

Birds of B.C

Forest Wealth 231-242

Ficonomic Woods

Dominion Timber Regulations

Crown Lands

The l<umber Cut .

The Fisheries 243-268.

Economic F^'ood Fishes

Fishery Regulations

A Question of Jurisdiction. ...
Hatchery, Distribution of Fry

Statistics of Fisheries

Pacific Coast Fisheries

Sealing Operations

Behring Sea Question

/ \

TABLE OF CONTENTS.

Agricui,ture 270-320

Some Considerations

Dredging Enterprises

Kootenay Reclamation

Scheme

Municipal Enterprises.

Special Products

Prices of Produce

General Conditions

Legislation Affecting Agricul-
ture

Land Clauses Consolidation

Act

Water Clauses Consolidation

Act

Agricultural Associations

Agricultural Imports

(Game Protection Act)

Entomology

Native Flowering Plants and

Shrubs

Mines and Mining 321-411

Conditions

Early History

Mining in Vancouver Island. .
Alberni and the West Coast. .

Cariboo

Lillooet

West Kootenay

Ainsworth Division

Nelson Division

Slocan Di' 'sion

Trail Division

General Conditions and Pros-
pects

Boundary Creek District

Southern Yale Mining Camps.

East Kootenay

Kootenay and Big Bend

Revelstoke

Lardeau

Trout Lake

Illecillewaet

Okanagan

Similkameen

Kamloopr and Vernon

Mt. Sicker

Omineca

Cassiar

Harrison Lake District

New Westminster District....

Nanaimo District

Coal Bearing Areas

Bureau of Mines

Inspection ot Metalliferous

Mines Act

Mining Associations

Gold Commissioners, etc

Texada Island

Mining Statistics to date

Mining Laws

Mainland Coast Line

Socioi^oGiCAL 413-428

Social Characteristics

Professional Associations ....

Fraternal and Benevolent As-
sociations

Church Statistics

Census of 1871

Conditions of Labour

The Wage Rate

Labour Legislation

Table ot Population

Women's Rights, Marriage,
Divorce, etc

Defence

Trade and Finance 4*9-459

Exports for Twenty-Six Years

Postal Statistics

Imports and Exports, i87i-'96-

*97

Business Establishments

B.C. Boards of Trade

Chartered Banks

Inland Revenue

Collect' n and Assignm 'nt Laws

Companies' Acts

Property Rights

(Sealing Catch, 1897)

Shipping

(Biography)

Inter- Provincial Relations ....

Capital Invested

Indebtedness

Mortgage Returns

Provincial Taxation

Provincial Assessment

Provincial Loans

Customs Revenues Compared .
Railway Enterprises 460-464

Conditions and Policy

Railway Subsidies

The Canadian Yukon 464-499

Preliminary Remarks

The Yukon Described .

A Traveller's Views (Warbur-
ton Pike)

Af&uents of the Yukon River
(Ogilvie)

A Conservative View (H. Brat-
nober)

Wm. Ogilvie 's Description ....

Output of Gold, 1896

Routes into Klondyke

Outfitting and Expenses

Year Book Maps

New Finds in Omineca

Illustrations

Yukon Mining Regulations

Errata

Conclusion

Index

Advertisements

[Note. — For Illustrations see Index.]

In this

this b(
Columl
allegiai
expres!
Victori
has bli

413-428

As-

ge,

lars
96-

429-459

iws

. 460-464
. 464-499

In this, the Year of Jubilee, during' which has been celebrated the sixtieth
anniversary of the j^'lorious reijjn of

HER GRACIOUS MAJESTY

ir-
er
it-

this book is dedicated to the best interests of her subjects in British
Columbia, than whom there are none more loyal or steadfast in their
allegiance throughout the wide extent of her Empire. The hope is
expressed that for them 1897 may be but the beginning of a truly
Victorian I'lra oi' progress, sucii as in a peculiar sense for sixty years
has blessed the whole I^ritish people.

■fS

;e Index.]

I,.\I>V DOICIAS.

^.nu^-sc■^en, In K. E. (..osnh..,., Vatoria. H. C. a. tin- DcpartnK.nt of

Ayriiultiirf, Ottawa.

C|;MK,\|. ok Oil) COVKKNMKNT Hci I.I )| Ni ;s.

BEGINNINGS OF HISTORY.

Fac-slmile of Commission Appointing First Council of Vancouver Isiand,

signed by Governor Blanshiard.

tal

th(

the time

project ti

to the au

in the la:

ing prom

excellent

tract or i

I c

capable c

ditions, a

lowing pi

such mat(

able for r

constitute

to anticip

Frc

taking w

achieved

of British

an institu

the suppc

ticns woi

quately n

may conf

THE work of preparing a Year Book of British Columbia has been under
taken as the result of careful consideration, and was suggested Ta^^eWh
the number and character of enquiries respecting the Pro'!:^' whiT were
received by me or came under my notice during the past half-dozen years
Owing to the increased interest aroused by recent mining developmen s

nroilir.hT';:' '^ """ "r ^^--.P""-^ -t° P'-actical shape withouf further dX a
project that has for a long time been lurking in my mind

tn tln.^T Pr^^i"'"' '^""'^-^°°'^^ ^"d special editions of one kind and another
to the authorship of several of which I must plead guilty have been Dnhl7«..!H
m the last decade, all dealing with some phase of theVo^incefo.Ltt fee-
ing prominent or more or less general in character. Many o these havrbeen
excellent in their way, but the day has gone by when such publications will a^
tract or merit serious attention, or satisfy those who desire information

r.n.hl Tu^'""^ *''^f '^^'^' ^' ''^"•'■'^ '^ ^ comprehensive resume of "the facts
capable of being authenticated in every particular-explicit details definite con

fo^g pt::! ""'^- ^° ''-'' ^"^^ ' '^^^ — ^--d -y efforts in iTo".

In addition to important facts respecting material resources I have added
such material of an historical, political and sociological character as may be valu
able for reference. In short, the object has been to present a volume wh^h wouM
constitute a vade mecum of information concerning the Province, so compi'd «
to anticipate all references of a reasonable and practical nature

From letters received and a general expression of opinion since the under-
taking was announced. I am satisfied that so far as these objects have been
t^^^l^"^ ' ^^^^°"^^'^ -^ -^^— --^^-^- - the ^Lat^::

an insdUitnnT^-'' 'h\'" k' ^7""''^ '° '^' ^'^''^'^ "^ '^'' Legislative Assembly,
an institution designed to be of great practical use for reference I sneak for ii
he support of my readers. I trust some day to see the Library assume prooor
ticns worthy of a great and wealthy Province, and an intellectu centrade-'
quately reflecting the intelligence of the million or more of the people who we
may confidently expect to inhabit the Pacific Coast of the Dominion of Canar

8 THE YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

A WORD of explanation is necessary in connection with the publication of the
Year Book. When announced about a year ago the intention was to issue it
at the beginning of the present year. Owing, however, to the late date fixed
for the opening of Parliament and the fact that many of the laws to be dealt with
were likely to be amended and new ones of importance affecting material interests
passed, it was decided to postpone the publication until after the close of the
session, which took place on the 8th of May. In the meantime the press of ofificial
duties incidental to the work of Parliament did not permit of much advancement
being made in the preparation of the letter press, and since that time many cir-
cumstances have transpired to cause delay. It must be confessed, too, that the
labour of compilation was much greater than was anticipated, as many months
of unceasing toil must testify.

The scope of the Year Book has widened with the great and unexpected
developments of the Province in so short an interim. History for British Colum-
bia was never made so rapidly.

The more pressing demand for information respecting mining, and par-
ticularly of late in regard to the great northern country, has been acceded to; and
matter of a less important character, considered from a present point of view
has been "crowded out." In book-making, as in the associate field of journalism
in order to meet the market there must be due recognition of those things con-
cerning which the public are most anxious to know. I' is one of the inexorable
laws from vhich no author can escape.

My readers, too, will please bear in mind that the work of compilation,
which covers a wide field and a long period of years, was performed almost wholly
out of office hours and in spare time, and was carried on coincidentally with other
labour, the demands of which were more or less exacting.

1 desire to warn my readers not to expect a book of "fine writing" — a fin-
ished literary product. The nature and number of the subjects dealt with preclude
anything except the plainest statements in the most condensed form. Nor is there
Jiny claim to originality presented. I have drawn from every source available, and
where I found material already suitably framed, as in Mr. Carlyle's mining re-
ports, I have freely adopted it. In respect to reliability, while every precau-
tion has been taken to attain to absolute accuracy, the multitude of details to
verify render it possible that inaccuracies may have crept in; but in all matters
of main fact, what appears in these pages may be accepted as substantially cor-
rect. In the future the opportunity will, I trust, be presented for revising any
statements capable of correction, for elucidating and elaborating others, and for
the general enlargement of the scope and design of the Year Book.

What I originally had in mind, among other features, was to present from year
to year historical data drawn from original sources, so that in time the early
life of the Province and the Great West, in which it forms so conspicuous a
place, might with some degree of completeness be exposed in broad and clear
outline. In dealing with the ever-important present we must not forget the
past, which made all possible that is; and I conceive that now is the time, when
many of the active participants in pioneer life are still alive, to begin the sub-
structure of a history, which, if present events do not indicate falsely, is destined
to be a great and a glorious one. While it is not claimed that this volume, from a
historical point of view has carried out the central idea to more than a very
limited extent, still what ha." been accomplished will form a basis of operations

for the future.

R. E. GOSNELL.

tor

•h

HISTORICAL REVIEW.

EARLY in the Sixteenth Century Spain began pushing her search in the
Southern Seas. In 1513 Balboa crossed the Isthmus of Panama, and, first
of Europeans, looked out upon the waters of the Pacific Ocean. In 1518
Mexico was discovered. Magellan, a Portuguese navigator in the service
of Spain was the first to pass through the Straits, to which he gave his
name, in 1520, thus opening the way by sea to the Pacific from Europe to the
East. Subsequently, however, Van Schouten and Lemaire, in 1616, rounded the
Horn, passing outside the course of Magellan and earning a distinction second
only to his. Three years after the discovery of Mexico, Cortez overturned its
ancient civilization and made it a Spanish Viceroyalty. Pizarro conquered Monte-
zuma, the great Inca of Peru, and, with Cortez, made the name
Spanish ^j Spain terrible to all the native races, signalizing the discovery

of the Pacific by a series of cruelties and rapacious deeds which
for their enormity are unparalleled in the history of conquest — in Old World or
New. The harvest of wealth in gold and silver reaped by these Christian
buccaneers in their despoliation of peoples fabled for their riches gave a zest to
discovery throughout maiitime Europe that assisted in promoting, if it did not
inspire, all the subsequent voyages to America for many years, and in a large
measure led to the exploration and colonization of the northern half of this con-
tinent.

In IS37 California was discovered by Cortez and Spanish captains explored
its coast. The great English navigator, Sir Francis Drake, visited this region in
1578-9. Inspired by love of booty and hatred of the Spaniards, he plundered and
burned their cities, and took and rifled their galleons. He wintered on the Coast,
thus employed, and, starting for home laden with spoils, he thought to find his
way by a northern route in order to avoid the Spaniards. He sailed north to the,
48th parallel, not very far from the entrance to the Strait of Juan de
Fuca — some say as far as Alaska — but returned on account of
stress of weather and anchored in Drake's Bay, near the present
site of San Francisco, for five weeks, where he set up the standard of England,
taking possession of the whole coast in the name of Queen Elizabetli, and calling
it all New Albion. Prior to his visit, Ferrelo, a Spanish captain, had sailed as
far north as the 43rd degree of latitude. Drake's success inspired other English
adventurers in a similar direction, notably the famous Cavendish, who followed his
course around the Horn in 1587, and, like Drake, ravished the "Spanish Main,"
striking terror to the hoarts of England's enemies and loading his ship with their
wealth.

It is important to note in this connection that one of the claims of England
to the Oregon Territory, three centuries later, was founded on Drake's voyage of

sir Francis
Drake.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

discovery and his formal taking possession in the name of the Queen — a favourite
and almost invariable method of acquiring territory for their respective sovereigns
by the early navigators and explorers.

There were many claims by navigators to having accomplished about this
time the northern voyage from ocean to oce^n, both eastward and westward,
known as the North-West Passage; notably, Maldonado, Admiral Fonte and Ur-
daneta, but these all long ago have become fables of the past. One result of these

stories was the expedition under Sebastian Viscaino, a distin-
ApocryphBi guished Spanish officer, in 1602-5, dispatched by the Viceroy of

Mexico. Viscaino examined the coast line from Acapulco to the
4.?rd parallel N. Lat., and acciuircd much knowledge concerning it.

In 1592 Juan de Fuca, a native of Cephalonia. whose real name was Apostolos
Valerianos, while in the employ of the Spanish Viceroy of Mexico, made a voy-
age northward and entered the Strait of Juan de Fuca, which is the entrance
to the Strait of Georgia between Vancouver Island and the mainland of British
Columbia, and sailed a long distance up, his course as described by himself cor-
responding in the main with the general direction of the waters through which
he claimed to have passed. He returned before emerging into the sea again, but

concluded that he had discovered the traditional Strait of Anian
Juan de yvhicli was supposed to join the Pacific witli the -Atlantic. For

a long time this voyage and discovery were considered aoocrv-
phal, and the existence of the Strait of Juan de Fuca was scoflfed at by all sub-
sequent navigators until -ediscovered and entered in the latitude assigned to it
by the old pilot. Recent historians and geographers have accepted the authen-
ticity of Juan de Fuca's claims and accord to him honour justly due. The story
of Juan de Fuca's voyage was unearthed long after in an old volume familiar to
book men, "Purchas: His Pilgrimes," printed in 1625, and is circumst intially
told and well corroborated.

With the exception of the voyage of the Spanish ship "Santiago" in 1774,
commanded by Juan Perez, who discovered the west side of Queen Charlotte
Islands and first anchored near Nootka, and the voyages of Heceta and Bodega
by Qundra, the former of whom discovered the mouth of the Columbia, known

then as Rio de San Roque, and also as Heceta's Inlet, and the

latter of whom reached the 58th paralied of latitude on the

coast of Alaska, no authentic record exists of any other visit
to what is know as the coast of British Columbia prior to Captain Cook's third
voyage in 1778. It is true, Behring, a Danish navigator in the service of Russia,
in 1748 voyaged southward as far as Mount St. Elias, of which he had the honour
of discovery, and which is now thought to be included in British territory as
the result of a recent survey for the purpose of delimiting the boundary line be-
tween Alaska and Canadian territory.

There are iiay.y traditions of Chinese or Japanese having in their junks
discovered the Pacific Coast of North Ameiica long before white men saw the
New World, but they are at best traditional and highly speculative. Doubtless
the Indians who inhabit the Coast, now ethnologically classed as Mongoloids,
found their way thither by successive migrations from Asia across Behring Straits,
and there is some evidence in old junks, coins and other stray fragments,
which have been found on this coast, of apparent Oriental origin: but that there
ever was any regular communication, even at a very remote period, other than
that of slow migration of tribes at long intervals, is highly improbable.

Columbia
River.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

«>

Cook's VoyaKC.

IN the year 1778 the well-known circumnaviRator, Captain James Cook, arrived
on the North-West Coast of America with his two sliips. "Resolution" and
"Discovery," under instructions from the British Government to examine the
coast line from about 45° north to the Arctic Ocean and ascertain if any
large rivers, inlets or arms of the sea extended to the eastward. Cook first
saw the coast about 44 N., but owing to bad weather and having been blown off
shore, the Strait of Juan de Fuca escaped ol)servation. Land was next sighted
in the vicinity of a large sound, latitude 49-30 N., in which Cook
anchored, March 29th, 1778. After a stay of a few weeks, spent
in refitting his vessels and refreshing their crews, he continued on his northward
voyage, his men obtaining a large number of furs during their stay. Cock hon-
oured the bay with the name of King George's Sound, but understanding after-
wards that it was called Nootka by the natives — a mistaken notion — it was named
and has ever si'^^'^ been known as, Nootka Sound. It was Cook's intention
on leaving Nootka Sound to proceed as speedily as possible to the part of the
coast under the 6sth parallel of latitude, but the violence of the wind again pre-
vented him from approaching the land for some days, and he thus, to his regret,
left unseen the place near the 53rd parallel where geographers had placed the
pretended Strait of Fonte. Thus Cook, who was debarred by bad weather from
examining the positions which were assigned to two large openings on the Ameri-
can Continent, denied the existence of both, but the examination by other naviga-
tors a few years afterward showed that one at least was not a mythical discovery,
viz: the Strait now known by the name of the old Greek navigator, Juan de Fuca.

After discovering and naming the two large inlets known as Prince
William's Sound and Cook's Inlet, Cook, having stayed a short time at Unalaska,
proceeded to the Arctic Ocean, passing through the Strait which he named Behring
in honour of the Danish navigator who first discovered the passage. On the
death of Cook at the Sandwich Islands the ships returned home, and it was the
report of the crews of these ships respecting the great wealth existing in furs on
this coast that aroused the European nations into action and excited them, on
Cook's narrative being given to the world in 1784, to make a further examination
of these shores.

The earliest of these expeditious appears to have been that of James Hanna,
an Englishman, who sailed in a omall vessel from Macao in April, 1785 and
arrived at Nootka the following August. The natives at first refus^ed to have any
dealings with him and endeavoured to seize his vessel and murder his crew: but
they were foiled in the attempt, and after some combats between the parties a
trade was established, the result of which was that Flanna took back to China
before the end of the year, furs worth mere than $20,000, in return for the old
clothes, iron, and trifles which he had carried out in the spring.

In 1786 Hannr made another voyage to this Coast; but he had then to
compete with traders from Bengal and England, in consequence of which his
profits were much less than on the preceding voyage.

The traders about this time on the Coast in search of furs were Captains
Lowrie and Guise in two small vessels from Bombay, and Captain Meares and
Tipping in two others from Calcutta, all under the flag of the East India Com-
pany. Lowrie and Guise went to Nootka and thence northward
along the coast to Prince William's Sound, from whence they
proceeded to China. Meares and Tipping sailed to the Aleutian
Isles and thence to the same Sound, after leaving which nothing was ever heard
of Tipping or his vessel, the "Sea Otter." Meares, in a scow named the "Nootka,"

Voyage of
Capt. Meares.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Portlock and
DIzon.

spent the winter of 1786-7 in that Sound, where more than half of his crew died
from want or scurvy.

In the foregoing traders' voyages nothing of importance was learned
respecting the geography of North-West America.

The first discoveries worthy of note, made on tlie North-West Coast of
America after Cook's voyage were those of Captains Portlock and Uixon, who
sailed from London in 1785 in the "King GeorKc" and "Queen Charlotte." These
ships were fitted out, manned and armed, and made a successful voyage along
this Coast from Prince William's Sound to Vancouver Island. The Queen
Charlotte Islands were named by Capt. Dixon who assumed
their sepaiation from the Mainland, after his vessel. The furs
obtained on this voyage, the majority of them being secured at
these islands by the "Queen Charlotte," were sold in Canton, from which place
the ships returned to England. Before Portlock and Dixon quitted the North-
West Coast in 1787 they met two other vessels, the "Princess Royal" and the
"Prince of Wales," the foniier commanded by Capt. Duncan. In the following
year Duncan in this vessel thoroughly ascertained the separation of Queen Char-
lotte Islands from the main, the higji broken sliorc islands on the latter shore being
named Princess Royal Islands. The discovery of these islands and of numerous
openings in the coast which appeared to be the entrance of channels extending far
to the eastward led to the suspicion that the whole north-western portion of the
American Continent might be a vast collection of islands, and
Re-dUcovery of ^j^g ^jj mythical story of Admiral Fonte's voyage began to
jnan de Fuco. ^*'" Credit as probably founded on fact. The name of the old
Greek pilot, Juan de Fuca, was at this time, 1787, rescued from
oblivion by the discovery or re-discovery of a broad arm o. the sea stretchinsr
eastward from the Pacific almost exactly in the position of tho southern entrance
of the inlet, into which De Fuca declared he had sailed from the Pacific in I.S03.
This re-discovery was effected by Captain Barkley, an Englishman commanding
a ship named the "Imperial Eagle," sailing under the flag of the Austrian East
India Company, who was trading for furs on this Coast.

About this time was fitted out in China another expedition under Captain

Meares, who had under his command two vessels, the "Felice" and "Iphigenia."

These two vessels sailed from Macoa on January ist. 1788, and Meares arrived

at Nootka with the "Felice" in May, 1788, the "Iphigenia," Captain Douglas,

having proceeded to Prince William's Sound. At Nootka Meares formed an

establishment, erecting a storehouse surrounded by a stockade

Capt. Meares ^^^ defended by guns, having purchased the land from Maquinna,

ppears. ^^^ Chief of the District. Meares also built a small vessel here
which was named the "North-West America." Shortly after his arrival two
American traders from Boston entered the Sound, named the "Columbia" and
"Lady Washington," and these vessels were the first to sail from that part of
the world to this Coast.

Meares made a successful voyage, tracing the coast line from Nootka as
far south as the entrance to the Columbia, noting as he passed the large opening
seen by Captain Barkley, and which Meares named without any hesitation the
long-lost Strait of Juan de Fuca. His boat sailed some distance up the passage,
but had to return owing to a very severe attack made on her by the natives.
About a year after Meares had left Nootka for China, a Spanish expedition from

«>

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Tbc Nontlca
Affair.

Capt. Vancouver
on the Scene.

San Bias, under the command of Don Estevan Martinez, arrived at Nootka and
took possession of the place in the name of the King of Spain, confiscatiiig the
British vessels found there and imprisoning the crews as being
trespassers on tlie territory of tlic Spanish Crown. Tliis high-
handed proceeding and indignity inflicted on British subjects for
trading in a part of the world where, it was contended by Great Mritaiii, the
Spanish Crown had no jurisdiction, resulted in a demand being at once in;ide by
the British Parliament for complete and adequate satisfaction. After a Ioiik con-
troversy Spain yielded, the ships were released, an indemnity of $210,00) paid in
coin, and in March, 1795. the port of Nootka and the adjacent territory was deliv-
ered up to Lieutenant Pierce of the British Army agreeably to the mode of resti-
tution settled between the Courts of Madrid and London, after which the place
was entirely evacuated by both parties.

To carry out the restitution of the British property seized by tlic Spaniards
on the North-West Coast, agreeably to tlie convention signed by the British and
Spartsh Governments, was one of the objects of the voyage of the celebrated
Captain George Vancouver, who arrived at Nootka in the year 1792. The grand
object of this expedition was the thorouj;h survey of the intricate coast-line of these
shores between the parallels of 30 and 60 north. This examina-
tion was carried out in a masterly manner, and at last set at rest
in the negative the vexed question which for years had a^^itated
the savants of Europe that some inlet, strait or passage might communicate with
Hudson's Bay or the sea to the northward of tliis bay. Vancouver finally left
these shores in the autumn of 1794 and arrived in England the following year.
The delivery of the territories claimed by the British from the Spanish Crown was-
not carried out by Vancouver as originally intended, owing to the disagreement
that arose between him and Quadra as to the lands to be ceded. Fresh inst'-uc-
tions were asked for by the Commissioners from their respective Governments,
a;sd when fuller and more explicit instructions did arrive Vancouver had sailed
for England, his work of survey being ended.

Since the evacuation of Nootka by the Spanish, trading vessels of all
was earned on in the fur of the sea otter, which gradually led in later years to
almost the total annihilation of that animal, the fur in these days being extremely
rare and valuable.

Of the late Spanish voyages, which took place after Cook's time, up to
when the Spaniards finally abandoned the coast of British Columbia after the
settlement of the Nootka affair, although Spain was particularly active in explora-
tory work for a time, little need be said, because their influence on the future of
the country has been practically nil. No colonies were established, no trade car-
ried on, and no domain acquired. All that has been perpetuated of a brief Span-
ish ascendancy are a few out of the hundreds of names that dotted their maps of
this Coast. These are easily singled out. and are such as Haro. Valdez, Texada,
San Juan, Fidalgo, Hernando, Revilla Gigedo, Cordova, Rosario, Gonzalo, Gali-
ano, Cortez, and a few others more or less familiar. As a rule the names given
by English navigators, particularly those of Capt. Vancouver, which are very
numerous indeed, have survived, and all others, whether bestowed by Sijanish,
French or Russians, have passed into disuse and are known only to map-makers
and students of early coast history. Incidentally, it may be remarked that two
noted French navigators examined this Coast— La Perouse in 1786 and Marchand
in 1791. Both have bequeathed to literature valued records of their expeditions.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Aboailoncl
Territory.

Of the later Spaniards, Martinez and Haro were sent north by Spain in 1788
and took part, and were the principal acto's on the Spanish side, in the Nootka
aflfair just described. FollowiuH; these in order cami- yiiiinper, Klisa and Valdez
and Galiano, all o( whom were active in exploring and surveying the souih-west
part of what is now British Columbia. As has alteady been stated, the Spaniards
abandoned the country after the Nootka affair was terminated, and never after-
wards made any attempt at exploration or discovery in these waters. As a matter
of fact, Great Britain herself ceased to take any interest
in it, and practically abandoned it as well. It is true the
victory was with the British, but largely on account of the
negative attitude of Spain, to which she was forced by her continental posi-
tion; but the unsatisfactory terms of the settlement could hardly be regarded a
victory of diplomacy. They left wide open a ground of dispute, which v*'as the
cause of subsequent complications when the Oregon boundary came to be fixed.
Notwithstanding that Spain took no direct part or interest in it, the United States
Government, claiming to inherit her righs, did not fail to take advantage of the
terms of the Convention, which the great Fox at the time properly denounced
as a blunder.

It is an interesting fact that the settlement of the Nootka affair left matters
on this Coast in a very uncertain, indefinable statu quo. For some years
a long stretch of the Pacific territory was in reality "No Man's" land, and it is not
in any sense due to the prescience or wisdom of British statesmen of those days
that it is British territory to-day. To the enterprise of the North-West Company
and of its legitimate successor, the Hudson's Bay Company, is due any credit
that may attach to en accomplishment we now appraise so highly. The traders
of that powerful organization pushed their way through to the coast by way of
New Caledonia and the southern passes of the Rocky Mountains, carrying with
them the supremacy of the British flag and extending the
authority of the Canadian laws, and finally occupied prac-
tically the whole of the Pacific Coa:bt from Russian Amer-
ica to Mexico. That we do not occupy the whole of the Pacific Slope
to-day was no fault of theirs. However, in placing an estimate upon the states-
manship of Great Britain, which permitted by a policy of laisscs fairc so much
territory to slip through her hands, we must consider the circumstances and con-
ditions of the times, the remoteness of the country, the almost total lack of knowl-
edge concerning it, and the general indifference which existed regarding its future.
Men oftimes are, but cannot ordinarily be expected to be, wiser than they
know. In view of all that has happened to, and in, the North American Continent
since that time there is reason to be thankful that there has been left to us so
glorious a heritage as wc now possess.

Several fearful tragedies in which the Indians were concerned are recorded
to have taken place on this Coast when the fur trade was at the height of pros-
perity. One was the destruction in 1803 of the American ship "'Boston'' by the
natives at Nootka Sound, all the crew being murdered with the exception of the
armourer, Jewitt, and the sailmaker, Thompson, who were kept in slavery four
years by the Chief Maquinna of Vancouver and Quadra's day. In 1805 the
American ship "Atahualpa," of Rhode Island, was attacked by
the savages of Millbank Sound and her captain, mate and six
seamen were killed, after which the other seamen succeeded in
repelling the assailants and saving the vessel. In the same manner the "Tonquin,"
of Boston, was, in June, 1811, attacked by the natives whilst at anchor in Clayoquot

British
Supremacy.

Several Indian
Tragedies.

•f4

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Sound and nearly the whole crew murdered. Five of tin- survivors n»;in-
ERcd to reach the cal)iii. and from that vantaKc j^round drove the h.ivawcs from tho
vessel. During the ni^ht four of these men left the ship in a boat, and wero ulti-
mately murdered by the Indians. The day after the attack on the vessel, all
being quiet on board, the savages crowded the decks for the purpose of pilhiKC,
when the ship suddenly blew up, causing death and destruction to all on board
About one hundred natives were killed by the explosion, and this tragic ending
has always been ascribed to the members of the crew secreted below.

A New Era.

SUBSEQUI'^NT to the voyages descnlx-d in the Ifjregoing tlure is nothing
of special interest to chronicle from a maritime standpoint, except the
arrival of the Hudson's Bay Company's steamer "Heaver" by way of the
Horn in i^.^S, which marked for the Pacific Ocean the beginning of a new era of
navigation. The days of discovery and adventure on the sea so far as this Coast
was concerned were over. Trading vessels coniinued to arrive
and occasional men-of-war, until a period when a coastwise trad '
was established. The inauguiation of a San Francisco ser\ ice and those .'■iil)si'
quent developments of trans- Pacific navigation aie referred to chronologically
elsewhere.

Reference has already incidentally been made to the attempts to discover
the North-VVest Passage, which was until the present century the suinnmm boiimii
of all navigators. Nearly every voyage of importance to either side of the conti-
nent since the days of Columbus, no matter what was otherwise accomplislied,
had either directly or indirectly that object in view. Tlie chronological list
referred to indicates the various attempts by sea and land to solve tlie mystery
which so long attached to it.

The most notable and consecpiential overland journeys of modern times, which
affect the history of British Columbia, were those of Sir Alexander Mackenzie,
who rtachcd the Coast in 179.?; of Lewis and Clark, in 1804-6,
V'ho followed the Missouri to its source, and then the Coliinil)ia
River to its mouth; of the Astor expedition in 1810-11; and of
the party of Canadians who came over the prairies in 1862.

Regarding the overland expedition of Sir Alexander Mackenzie, it was
notable as accomplishing the first continuous- journey from practically ocean to
ocean. The promoter was an officer of the North-West Fur Company, who h nl
in pursuit of the great object of his time, namely, to discover a water route to
the northward from the Atlantic to the Pacific, followed the Mackenzie River to
its debouchment in the Arctic Ocean and there satisfied himself of the futility of
finding a passage north of that point. He subsequently, after specially preparing
himself by a visit to England to study the best available geographical data, under-
took to explore the country westward to the Pacific Leaing
Fort Chippewayan on the loth of October, 179J, he reached the
southernmost source of the Peace River on the 12th of June.
1793- Crossing the height of land which divided the water Flowing north from
the water flowing south, h.' embarked on the river, subsequently explored to its
mouth by Simon Fraser, but which he supposed to be the Great Columbia.
Leaving these waters, he took a more direct route westward, and on the 20th of
July reached the Pacific Ocean at the mouth of the Bella Coola River. This

Nntnble Over'
land VoyoRes.

Sir Alexander
Mackenzie.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Lewis aod
Clark.

journey, in addition to being of great geographical importance, opened an im-
portant outlet for the further extension of the fur trading interests, which the
North-Wcst Fur Company traders were not slow to follow up, and thus was
established on the Pacific Coast, in New Caledonia and the Oregon Territory via
the interior route that wonderful system of fur trading which won for Great
Britain the rich territory now included in British Columbia.

The journey of Lewis & Clark, which was undertaken as a United States
Government expedition, of which Jefferson, among the most energetic and far-see-
ing of American Presidents,was the moving spirit, had a sijinificance which did not
then appear and which is not yet fully understood in relation to the Boundary
dispute between Great Britain and the United States involving the title to a por-
tion of Oregon Territory. President Jefferson with a pre-
science beyond the public men of his day in the United States,
saw in the great co ntry west of the Mississippi, the destiny of
which was more or less associated with the indefinite limits of the Louisiana Ter-
ritory, great possibilities, and he took a step which he hoped would further the
chances of the Republic when the ownership of that vast territory, then a terra
incognita should come to be settled, the right to which had already begun to be
discussed in diplomatic circles. Already the United States claimed the credit of
the discovery of the Columbia River by Captain Gray, although, as we have seen,
the commander of a Spanish ship, Capt. Heceta, had sighted and named it. Captain
Gray was the first to make an entrance into Baker Bay. He was followed by
Lieut. Broughton, who sailed up as far as Fort Vancouver. Jefferson took a
step, which, though creditable to his enterprise, could not be said to reflect credit
on his methods. In proposing to send an expedition of discovery
northward, he chose two men as leaders, who. admirably fitted by
their frontier experience, carried it out satisfactorily. As they
were going on a long and hazardous journey through an unknown country, Presi-
dent Jefferson thought it well to provide against possible emergencies. He gave
out that the expedition was in the interest of science and literature, and got pass-
ports from all the foreign nations within whose domains the members of the
expedition might happen. The leaders were also supplied with letters of credit
to use in foreign ports. At the same time that the President was paving the way
for this expedition, so as not only not to arouse the suspicions of those Govern-
ments that might lay claims to portions of the country to be explored, but to
secure their co-optration in the interests of science and discovery, he sent a con-
fidential message to Congress disclosing the real object of the expedition in
order that the expenses necessary to carry it out might be
A Lon8 granted. The expedition, which was under the joint command

""*^* of Captains Lewis and Clark, was a large one, thoroughly
equipped. It left on May 14, 1804, and after an eventful and toilsome journey the
mouth of the Columbia was reached, and the return journey completed into St.
Louis, September 23. 1806. The account of this expedition, though the original
edition fared badly, is among the best known in the list of Americana. It was
published over forty times in different editions and with different imprints, and
has been very widely read. The practical result of the voyage w^s that much
new and accurate information was obtained of the country through which Lewis
and Clark travelled; and it is of particular interest that it formed a basis of claim
io the Oregon Territory on the ground of original d scovery.

The tra"':s of Lewis and Clark were closely followed by one portion of the

A Character-
istic Ruse.

land

rhh

the

St.
inal
was
and
Itch
wis

lim

the

l..sri. C'l'OK.

Lai'I. Mjakin.

Cai'T. iir.o. \'an\oi \ i;i<. Sir .\i,i.\. M .i-.s/ii,.

EARLY NAVIGATORS AND EXPLORERS.

h'-

Laincii oi' THK " Noriii-West, " First \'i:ssi;i. Hlii.i dn ihk Paciiic.

so
O

c
o

•n

z
n
n

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

The Astor
Expedition.

Astoria In
Later Davs.

Astor Fur Trading expedition in 1810-11, the story of which is graphically told
in Washington Irving's well-known book "Astoria," a volume that no student
of American history should fail to read. The chapter of suffering
and hardships endured by the overland party, commanded by
W. P. Hunt, is one which will ever be remembered in the annals
of American pioneer life. Some account has already been given in the recount
of Pacific voyages of the sea portion of the expedition in the ill-fated "Tonquin,"
which was blown up and her crew murdered, it has been pretty definitely deter-
mined, in Clayoquot Bay. on the west coast of Vancouver Island. This expedi-
tion was made up largely of Canadian voyageurs and officials of the North-West
Fur Company, to whom to some extent on account of their allegiance to Britisli
interests is attributed the failure of Astor's ambitious designs of establishing a
great fur entrepot on the North-West Coast. Astoria was founded and a trading
po.st established, but owing to a series of misfortunes it soon
passed into the possession of the North-West Fur Company, and
almost immediately afterwards was formally seized by H. M. S.
"Raccoon," this being one of the incidents of the war of 1S12. After the war was
over the fort and grounds belonging to it were given up to the United States,
but the North-West Company and subsequently the Hudson's Bay Company
continued to occupy it until the settlement of the boundary dispute in 1846. Here,
again, it was obtruded by the United States Government as forming a claim to
the Oregon Territory with force and effect.

It would be an injustice to the memory of a noble band of pioneers, than
whom the pages of American history present no finer types of bravery, endurance,
probity, enterprise, and physical manhood, if before this chapter closed reference
were not made to the work done by a long list of North-West and Hudson's Bay
Company officials and employees, from the great Sir Alexander Mackenzie him-
self down to those within the present generation. The list given elsewhere of the
fur traders and explorers of the West contains some of the more prominent of
these, without reference, of course, to their character or exploits. That wonderful
system, about which Mr. J. W, McKay elsewhere has contributed a short chapter,
has a history of its own. It is not the province of the Year Book to enter largely
into that which only remotely affects the interests to be dealt with at the present
time, but literature will yet accord a generous and compre-
hensive tribute to the actors in the fur-trading arena. The
lives of these men were full of picturesque and romantic
incident, such as historians prize. Considered as individuals or as part of
a system, as perfect in its machinery as the commercial world ever evolved,
they afford an instructive and exce-dingly interesting study. The picture of
their times, in which they appear aj historic and admirably dramatic figures, '.s
one of striking colour, with strong contrasts of light and shade, and remarkable
in every respect. It is a conception still only in outline on the mental canvas. It
requires an artist of the Prescott or Parkman type — a historian with the resources
of the Hudson's Bay Company's archives at his disposal, and the genius of industry
and pen portrayal to give it life and reality. The occasion exists, and some day
the man and the occasion will come together, and the great missing chapter of
Western history will be supplied.

The scope of this publication will not permit of carrying out in one edition
the idea of a continuous history from the first.

A Group of
Pioneers.

if:

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Sources of
History.

The.e are many events connected with the development of the Coast, which
must, if not entirely omitted, be only touched upon.

Reference has already been made to the fur-tradinj? or Hudson's Bay
Company period of the North-West of Canada and British Columbia, which in
itself would form one of the most interesting of chapters. There is also that
long-drawn-out diplomatic period, which begins with the first dispute as to the
respective limits of the territory of Great Britain, Russia, and the United States,
on the north-west Pacific Coast, of which the boundary dispute prior to 1846,
the San Juan difficulty arising out of the same, and the
British-Russian Convention of 1825. with its subsequent de-
velopments of the Behring Sea and Alaska boundary ques-
tions, are all, curiously enough, the outcome. The whole question involved,
which covers a period of over 300 years, its ramifications extending to the
days of Sir Francis Drake and the founding of the Louisiana Territory by the
French, is capable of much more elaborate treatment than is here possible; and
it is the intention to deal with it somewhat comprehensively, as merited by the
importance of the issues involved, in a future issue.

In the North-West Coast history the three most important factors are:
First, the search for the North-West Passage, in which may properly be included
every voyage of any consequence up to the days of Captain Vancouver, the sub-
sequent numerous Arctic explorations, and the events which led to the build-
ing of the C.P.R., which was really the only practical solution of the main prob-
lem; second, the fur-trading period, beginning actually with the first French set-
tlers of America, but, in so far as the Western country is concerned, with the
Royal Charter granted to the Hudson's Bay Company in 1670, and covering all
the period to the abrogation of the charter in British Columbia in 1859, and the
purchase of Rupert's Land by the Imperial Government in 1869; third, the claims
to the territory put forward by the three Great Powers already mentioned, and
the long series of diplomatic negotiations which have arisen out of them.

There is, in addition, the story of the founding of the Colonies of Vancouver
Island and British Columbia, and their subsequent settlement and expansion. The
first instalment of this is given in Sir Henry Crease's very interesting contribu-
tion on the "Early Settlements."

IN 1859 there were two overland parties from Ontario, then Canada West, to
British Columbia. The first of those, consisting of about forty persons,
reached St. Paul via Chicago early in the spring, and travelled north to Fort
Garry with ox carts and a guide. After refitting and engaging another
guide to Tete Jeune Cache they again started out via Edmonton about the
middle of June, arriving at the Cache late in September. In rafting down the
Upper Eraser they lost several men by drowning and starvation,
and the survivors, after enduring almost incredible hardships,
reached the Lower Country in a most destitute and pitiable con-
dition. So far as is known none of them are now living.

The second party of that year, or at least two of them, traversed the Hud-
son's Bay Company's canoe route from Fort William to Fort Garry, leaving tlie
mouth of the Kaministiqua as soon as the ice broke up late in May. The trip
up that river, over the height of land, down Lacs des Mille and connecting lakes

Overland In

ti* ■'

and streams, over Rainy Lake River to Lake of the Words, then down the

Winnipeg, across that lake and up Red River, was one of great hardship and

suffering. On the ist of August the two men above referred to

The Second started out from Fort Garry with a horse and Red River cart to

Party,

cross over to British Columbia. The first stage of the journey to
Fort Ellice was accomplished in ten days. Here half-a-dozen Americans joined
them. They reached the Rockies early in October; crossed them by the Boundary
Pass to Tobacco Plains, and four of them got to Fort Colville on the 5th of
November. It goes without saying that this journey at that early day. without
guides or trails, was a most dangero'us and foolhardy undertaking. Only one of
the two leaving Ontario in early May reached Victoria at the New Year of '60.

THE FUR TRADING SYSTEM.

ikes

•nfc

TO a Montreal trading firm, commonly known as the Nortli-West Company,
belongs the credit of having made the first permanent settlements in British
Columbia, and Fort St. James, on Stuart's Lake, would appear to be the
first of these settlements. This company coalesced with the Hudson's Bay
Company during the years 1821 and 1822. The organization of the North-
West Company was better suited to the circumstances and conditions of what
might be called the Indian country than that of the Hudson's Bay Company,
and the Directors of the United Company promptly adapted thereto what was
best in each management, and proceeded to extend their business on a sounder
and broader basis under the title of the older and more privileged one, namely,
that of the Hudson's Bay Company. The system of conducting
Hudsons Bay and ^j^^ business in this country was, however, almost entirely that
"of the later, or North-West Company, whose chief factors, from
their wider experience, greater energy and higher order of training, exercised
and maintained for a long period a paramount influence on the conduct of the
United Company's affairs. The late Sir James Douglas, who was, however, only
a clerk in the North-West Company's service at the time of the coalition, was
the last representative of the North-West Company in British Columbia, and,
as a pioneer, may certainly be called the "Father of British Columbia." In the
same sense Dr. John McLaughlin, who was a chief factor in the North-West
Company at the time of the coalition and retired from the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany's service in 1846. may justly be considered the "Father of Oregon." So
much for the representatives of the Montreal traders of the end of the last and
beginning of the present century.

Under the new organization the Hudson's Bay Company divided the

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Indian country for the purposes of their trade into three great departments,
namely, the Northern, Southern and Western, and tiie minor Department of
Montreal, which included trading-posts in Canada on the borders of the settle-
ments and down the Labrador Coast. Each department was divided into dis-
tricts, and each district had its permanent trading-post and temporary or flying
posts. The Montreal Department included trading-posts on the Ottawa and its
tributaries, and extended as far west as Sault Ste. Marie, the King's Ports on
the Saguenay and its tributaries, and trading-posts on the Labrador Coast, ex-
tending as far north as Rigolet. The Southern Department extended from Ungava
on the north, westward to Hudson's Bay, southward along the shores of the bay
to Moose River, thence westward to the Albany River, including
Governmentby ^jj ^j^^ tountry drained by the numerous streams which discharge

Departments. . J •' ....

mto the sea between Ungava and Albany, comprismg also those
diained by the Ungava and Albany Rivers, and several posts on Lake Superior,
including Michipicot;n and Fort William. The Noithern Departn-.ent bordered
on the Southern, and included all the country bounded by the Southern Depart-
ment on the east and the United States territory on the south, the Rocky Moun-
tains on the west, until these reached the Russian territory, where the latter
formed the western boundary, and the Arctic Ocean on the north, including the
country drained by the rivers running into Hudson's Bay, north and west of the
Albany River, and their tributaries, and those drained by the rivers runnini;
into the Arctic Ocean, including also the sources of the Yukon, which empties
into Behring Sea. The Western Department included all the territory
between the watershed of the Rocky Mountains and the Pacific Ocean,
bounded on the north by the Russian territory and the Northern Department,
and on the south by the Territories of the Mexican Republic.

The departments had each its depots and distributing places. These were

presided over by the Chief Factors, of whom there were sixteen on active service.

Some of these were also appointed to the charge of the more important districts.

The Chief Traders, of whom there were twenty-four in active

Depots, Officers service, took charge of districts where there were no Chief Fac-

and Clerks.

tors, and filled the positions of accountants at the depots. There
were numerous clerks at the depots and in charge of important trading-posts,
trading parties and transport service, and a lower grade of clerks in charge of
outlying small trading-posts and flying-posts. Next in order of rank were inter-
preters, mechanics, guides, steersmen, bowmen, middlemen and apprentices.

The depot for the Western Department, established in the first place at
Vancouver, on the Columbia River, was afterwards removed to Victoria. Here
goods were received from abroad and distributed to the various posts in the
department, and the 'returns cf furs, etc., were received from the trading-posts
and shipped to market.

The trading-posts on the coast of British Columbia were mostly quad-
rangular forts, surrounded by tall palisades, flanked by bastions, armed with
medium six-pounders and twelve-pounder carronades, with cartridges, round shot,
grape and cannister, being always ready for action, not for mere empty show,
but for use when required, which, fortunately, seldom happened. All round the
inside of the palisades was a gallery, the platform of which was about 4J^ feet
below the top of the palisades, and at intervals were sockets for mount-
ing blunderbusses on swivels. These were also kept in readiness for action.

(
(

b
b
s

f
1

Y
c

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

were

;rvice.

itricts.

lactive
Fac-
"here
osts,
:e of

inter-

;e at
iHere

the
bosts

luad-

Iwith
shot,
Jiovv,
the
feet
lunt-
pion.

Description of
the Forta.

Life at the
Posts.

There was a front gate and a back gate in the palisades, each gateway ten feet
wide and twelve feet in height. The gates were in pairs, and were about ten
inches in thickness, made of stout plank doubled and strongly
bolted together. The tops of the palisades were eighteen feet
above the ground and consisted of stout cedar logs fitted closely
together. The bastions were usually octagonal, of three stories, with ports and
loopholes, and contained stands of muskets, bayonets, and ammunition, ready
for use. In each gate was a wicket for ordinary ingress and egress, which was
closed to all parties after 9 p.m., when the watch for the night was set. The
watchmen had to walk round the buildings within the stockades once every half
hour, then mount the gallery and continue to walk thereon round the fort. "All's
well!" was called by them every half hour during the night. The different ordi-
nary movements for the day were regulated by ringing the fort bell; at 5:.30 a.m.
for all hands to turn out; at 6 a.m. work for the day of the different employees
was given them by the officer in charge — at 8 a.m. for breakfast, at 9 to "turn
to," at 12 m. for dinner, at i p.m. to resume work, at 6 p.m. for
supper. The labours of the day then ceased for the operatives,
but the clerks were kept at work until 9 and frequently until 10
p.m. Strict discipline was enforced. No irregularities were allowed, and all hands,
without reference to their special tenets of religion, had to attend service on Sun-
day morning in the officers' messroom at 10 a.m. The service was read by the
officer in charge, who, though often a Presbyterian, and sometimes a Roman
Catholic, had to use the Church of England Book of Common Prayer, and in
regard to this regulation the force of habit and of good discipline were well exem-
plified when, through the influx of population, it happened that churches were
built and regular congregations organized, the sturdy Presbyterians, who had
become accustomed to the use of the Prayer Book, with its simple, though
strongly devotional language and purely Scriptural utterances, followed it to the
Anglican Churches, and worshipped there in the hearing of the prayers to which
from custom they had become attached, and which they would not late in their
lives exchange for any other formularies on purely dogmatical pretexts.

Besides carrying on the fur trade, the Hudson's Bay Company raised
horses, horned cattle, sheep and other farm stock. They had large farms in differ-
ent parts of the country, had grist mills, saw mills, tanneries, fisheries, etc., and
exported fiour, grain, beef, pork and butter to the Russian settle-
ments in Alaska, lumber and fish to the Sandwich Islands, and
hides and wool to England, from what is now the Province of
British Columbia. The coal mines at Nanaimo were opened by the Hudson's
'rtay CorriDanv after an unremunerative expenditure of ^£25,000 in the search for
coal at Fort Rupert.

The spirit of enterprise which had leavened the Hudson's Bay Company
after the coalition appears to have died out with the North-West Company part-
ners, whose last representative on this coast. Sir James Douglas, had certainly
contributed largely to the prosecution of the industries mentioned. The sale
of the Hudson's Bay Company's stock and assets to the International Financial
Society in 186.3 b.xught to an end entirely any good lesults wliicli
may have arisen fiom that coalition. The new proprieors having
killed the lion, preserved only his outward form and name, and,
although one of the ex-Factors of the old company is now prime mover in the
most powerful trans-continental railway in America, and another of its employees

Early
Industries.

Past Glory
Departed.

i :l

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

PcallnKs with
the Indians.

cnntrolled. and his descendants still control, the coal trade in this Province, and
own nearly two millions of acres, of land, the best portion of Vancouver Island,
the present Hudson's Bay Company, as far as Victoria is concerned, occupies the
position of a respectable wholesale grocery establishment.

The Hudson's Bay Company treated the Indians with uniform justice, firm-
ness and kindness. They were not allowed free access into the forts, and. althousrh
always treated with civility and sometimes with hospitality, no undue familiarity
was permitted, and watchmen were always kept on the alert, as there were bad
Indians in every band. Most of the intercourse with the Indians was carried
on through the interpreters, who were under the control of the clerks or other
officers who might have charge of the trade department for the
time being, each officer having his special charge, for the good
conduct of which he was responsible to the Chief Factor. This
exalted functionary was lord paramount; his word was law; he was necessarily
surrounded by a halo of dignity, and his person was sacred, so to speak. He was
dressed every day in a suit of black or dark blue, white shirt, collars to his ears,
frock coat, velvet stock and straps to the bottonis of his trousers. When he went
out of doors he wore a black beaver hat worth 40 shillings. When travelling
in a canoe or boat he was lifted in and out of the craft by the crew; he still wore
his beaver hat, but it was protected by an oiled silk cover, and over his black
frock coat he wore a long cloak made of Royal Stuart tartan, lined with scarlet
01 dark blue bath coating. The cloak had a soft Genoa velvet collar, which was
fastened across by mosaic gold clasps and chains. It had also voluminous capes.
He carried with him an ornamental bag, technically called a "fire-bag," which
contained his tobacco, steel and flint, touchwood, tinder-box and brimstone
matches. In camp his tent was pitched apart fron'. the shelter
given his crew. He had a separate fire, and the first work of the
boat's crew after landing was to pitch his tent, clear his camp and
collect firewood sufficient for the night before they were allowed to attend to
their own wants. Salutes were fired on his departure from the fort and on his
return. All this ceremony was considered necessary; it had a good effect on the
Indians; it added to his dignity in the eyes of his subordinates, but it sometimes
spoiled the Chief Factor. Proud, indeed, was the Indian fortunate enough to be
presented with the Chief Factor's cast-ofF hat, however battered it might become.
He donned it on all important occasions, and in very fine weather it might con-
stitute his entire costume.

No coin was necessary in dealing with the Indians. The unit of value
was equal to that of a prime beaver skin weighing one pound. This unit was
technically called a "made beaver." The value of other skins was
regulated accordingly, each being either so many "made beaver,"
or so many aliquot parts of a "made beaver." The value of each
article of merchandise given for the fr s was regulated on the same principle,
each article representing so many "made beavers," or so many fractions of a
"made beaver."

Communication was carried on by means of boats, horses, dog sleighs, and
on foot. When Vancouver was the depot the interior was furnished by flotillas
of boats, called by the French Canadians brigades, each district having its sep-
arate brigade. The districts situate north of the Columbia landed their outfits at
the mouth of the Okanagan, and packed them on horses thence to their destina-
ing blunderbusses on swivels. These were also kept in readiness for action.

An Important
Factor.

System of
Barter.

ill

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

the Eraser they were carried thence on boats. Goods for the Upper Columbia

and Kootcnay were landed at Fort Colville (Kettle Falls); those for the Snake

River were landed at Walla Walla. The coast ports were supplied

System of Com- |jy sailing vesseL; tlie returning boats and vessels brought in the

munlcatloD. , « < i i th • ■ '

furs traded at the several ports. The goods were made uito
packages weighing eighty-four pounds; each package was called a piece; two
pieces made a load for one horse, with which he was expected to travel about
twenty miles a day; on portages where there were no horses each man in the
brigade was expected to carry from eight to ten pieces one mile a day in quarter-
mile stages, two pieces at a time. Some of the voyageurs exhibited great strength.
Poulet Paul of the Saskatchewan Brigade carried six pieces (504 pounds) one mile
without resting. The returns of furs were baled into neat packages, each weigh-
ing eighty-four pounds.

History will accord to the Hudson's Bay Company its due meed of appro-
bation for the excellent results of its just and beneficent policy in dealing wUh
the Indians, thereby preparing them for the exigencies incidental to the settling
of the country by white men, which is now being done peacefully, with compara-
tively little trouble. In this Province, with few exceptions, the Indians hailed with
satisfaction the advent of the white race, and, having been trained to work by the
Company's people, they represent now a very important factor in the labour mar-
ket of British Columbia.

J. W. McKAY.

EARLY SETTLEMENT.

ilue
iwas
[was

ler,"

lach

)le.

If a

Ind
lias

ip-

la-

■

THE first settlement of a new country and the formation of a new colony by
British subjects, and the history of its early diiTiculties, growth and progress,
are always matters of great interest to all the subsequent settlers. It is so here.
In approaching the subject of the early settlement of British Columbia the mind
at once travels back to the Imperial authority under which the
The Royal Colony took its rise. This was the Charter of Incorporation
granted to Prince Rupert and his associates by King Charles IL
in 1670, and gave them the exclusive right over Hudson Bay and its contiguous
territory — generally known as Rupert's Land. •

This not only gave them the exclusive right to the land, territories and
places contiguous to the seas, water, bays and rivers any where near to or around
Hudson Bay, and the exclusive right of trade there; but it included also the whole
and entire trade and traffic to all waters and places into which they should find
entrance or passage by water or land out of the territories, limits and places spe-
cially indicated in the charter; and to and with all natives and people at any time
inhabiting therein, and to and with all other natives at any time inhabiting any
of the coasts adjacent to any of the territories, limits or places above referred to,

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Rival
Traders.

not already possessed as therein mentioned, or whereof the said liberty or privi-
lege of trade was not already granted to any otiier of the Queen's subjects.

Under this Royal Charter the Hudson's Bay Company made enormous pro-
fits, averaging for years, notwithstanding huge losses, sixty to seventy per cent,
(by their own admission) on their whole capital, which, becoming known, aroused
such a furore and eager thirst for similar gains, that the Company's rights, which
had already been infringed by individual traders, were in 1800 invaded by a com-
bination of rival traders of great skill and influence, whose unrestricted use of
spirituous liquors with the natives in bargaining for furs led to
such "animosities (to use their own words), feuds, breaches of the
peace, loss of life, robbery and demoralization of Indians and
whites, revolting to humanity," that it is not at all surprising that the Company's
profits were nearly reduced to nil, and that the means of their opponents were
equally crippled and exhausted, so that an arrangement between both the rival
companio-, became inevitable. An agreement was accordingly come to whereby
their interests were united and the fur trade of British North America was carried
on on joint account of the two rival companies under the exclusive management
however of the Hudson's Bay Company, and a new Royal License to confirm tiiis
and put an end to the terrible evils arising for so many years from such unhal-
lowed competition was granted on the Sth of December, 1821, giving exclusive
power to trade with natives and others over practically all British North America,
including, of course, the present British Columbia and the natives thereof.

The Hudson's Bay Company shortly after (having acquired all the rights,
interests and authorities of the rival traders), with the Royal sanction, surrendered
the grant of 1821 to the Crown, and, on consideration of the surrender and the
yearly rent thereby reserved, to encourage trade and to abolish the desperate evils
which ."':companied competition, obtained a new Crown grant on the 30th of May,
1838, ot the exclusive trade with the Indians of all those parts of North America
to the northward of the lands and territories belonging to the United States of
America, not forming part of any British Provinces or of any lands or territories
belonging to the United States or to any European Government or power — a
description which, of course, includes all the present British Columbia, but sub-
ject to the provisions therein mentioned.

These latter referred to the protection of Indians— the regulation of the li-
quor traffic and the moral and religious improvement of the Indians— and to for-
bidding all British subjects, except the Governor and Company, and persons
duly authorized by them, from trading within the limits open to trading under the
provisions of the grant.

At the negotiations for this renewal of the Hudson's Bay Company's grant,
a complete qualification and power of revocation of the grant was made a condi-
tion, an* so inserted in the grant. It provided that nothing therein contained
should extend or be construed to prevent the establishment by the Crown within
the territories aforesaid any colonies or provinces, or for annex-

l»ower of Revocation. r ,, - • , , -.^ • , • • ^ ,

mg any of the aloresaid territories to any existing Crown colony,
or for constituting any such form of civil government as to the Crown might
seem meet within any such colori"S or provinces as aforesaid.

Then came the reservation of the power to the Crown to revoke the whole
of the Hudson's Bay Company's grant, or any part of it, insofar as the same
might embrace or extend to any of the territories aforesaid which

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

the li-
to for-

tnight hereafter be comprised within any colony or province as aforesaid, condi-
tions of qualification and revocation of grant, which were both exercised after-
wards in the case of British Columbia (Mainland) and Vancouver Island.

With the ri[{ht to trade was conveyed the right to take hold and occupy
land for trading-posts, forts, pastoral, agricultural and other purposes, a right the
long exercise of which made them capable of receiving a grant of the fee from the
Crown. This right was freely exercised; and in order to store their goods and
trade securely with the natives and under the powers of their grant, the Company
erected and maintained fortified posts at many convenient points in the interior
and on the coast, throughout British North America, the boundaries between
which and the United States were not then defined.

For years before the conclusion of the Ashburton Treaty, which on June
iSth, 1846, fixed on the 49th parallel as the boundary line between the United
States and Great Britain, the Hudson's Bay Company, acting upon the authori-
ties above referred to, had conducted all its business — with the

Trading ^^^ trading-posts it held on the Pacific Coast and the sixteen it
possessed in the interior of the country — from Fort Vancouver.
This, which in these early days was then the principal establishment and depot
for the trade of the coast and the interior, wad situated ninety miles from the
Pacific on the northern banks of the Columbia River, and was called Vancouver,
in honor of that celebrated navigator.

It was situated in the heart of a highly agricultural and stock-raising coun-
try, which naturally attracted the cupidity of their neighbours, and was one of
the reasons for the United States seeking to make the dividing line so high as the
4gth parallel.

During the negotiations between Great Britain and the United States as to
the boundary line between the two countries, the Hudson's Bay Company, fear-
ing that Fort Vancouver and all their other establishments below the 49th par-
allel, as being claimed to be within United States' territory, might possibly be
given up — determined to anticipate such a result by seeking out a new and suita-
ble place in British soil as a depot for their coast and interior trade, to which
they could remove and make the headquarters for their trade, and so constitute
a place to which British settlers could safely emigrate and make their permanent
residence.

Accordingly Dr. John McLaughlin, a man of high character and of unusual

administrative capacity, then Senior Chief Factor, selected for the execution of

this important trust his immediate subordinate, Mr. Chief Factor James Douglas,

whose successful performance of this duty forever afterwards

sir James indissolubly connected his name with the foundation, rise and

prosperity of British Columbia. It was, in fact, the turning point

of his career — the means of his introduction to the Imperial Government; for we

find that on the 13th of September, 1848, Sir John Pelly, the Governor of the

Hudson's Bay Company, recommended Mr. James Douglas to Her Majesty to

the ofifice of Governor of Vancouver Island as "the gentleman who prepared the

report on Vancouver Island of 1842."

On June ist, 1846, Dr. John McLaughlin retired from the Chief Factorship,
leaving Mr. James Douglas as Senior Chief Factor in his place, a position which
he held till June ist, 1858.

Douglas was one of those men who seemed marked out by Providence to carry
on a great and noble work — one of those commanding characters of whom the
Hudson's Bay Company's service, like that of the East India Company for 200

\'\:.\\i HOOK Ol- FlUITlSIl COLUMBIA

years or more, hccamo so |)r«»litK*; and for similar reasons — tlie habit of isohtcd
command and rcsi)t)n8il)ilily, constant fatniliiirity with dati^fr and tlic frcciui-nt
necessity under desperate cireiiinstanees of rapid exercise of tact and -^onnd jiul^^-
ment, and in coining to a safe conchision where life and property were often
staked on the result of an immediate decision.

Douglas took the schooner "CadhorouKh" and six men from Fort Nis-
qually to select and report on a suital)le site on the southern end of Van-
couver Island, witiiin the Strait of Juan de I'uca, for tiie new depot.

This mission was most satisfactorily fulfilled. After a careful survey, start-
ing from Point Cionzalo, the south-east corner of \'ancouver Islatul, and visiting
all the harbours .-md inlets westward to Snow-Suufj, a site for

Fort
Cnniotun.

the i)rop(ised new estal)lishinent was selected at Camosun.

In a

Her Miijcst>'.s
.Name.

letter fnmi Douglas to .Mclaughlin, which (written at the time —

July iJth, 184J — with almost jjroplietic insight and jud^jment, wdl amply repay

perusal), he described it as "decidedly the most advanta^'Cous position for the

puri)ose" of a general depot and nucleus of a permanent British community

"within the Strait of Fuca."

Mr. Douglas tf)ok jjossession there of ten scpiare miles, being 6,400 acres
of land, on behalf of the company, and i)aid for tiie property purchased by him
in Vancouver Island for the company .£6.913.

A fort was erected there (the best built of the Company's forts), enclosing
100 yards S(|uare, surrounded by cedar pickets twenty feet high, having two octag-
onal bastions, containing each six si.\-pounder iron guns at the north-east and
south-east angles. Eight buildings of s(|uared timber, forming tlirec sides of an
oblong, were contained within it.

Thenceforward Camosun ceased to exist, and, passing through the inter-
mediate name of Fort Albert, was advanced to and merged forever in the re-
nowned name of our gracious Quern, and as "Victoria" stands forth now as the
capital city of British Columbia. It was pointed out in after
years by Gov. Douglas that written public notice of this taking
possession was aftixed by him at the time to a group of small
trees, two of which, now of larger growth, are still preserved (1807) on the south
side of the blacksmith's shop, within the encK. .'i.re. at tiie Hudson's Bay Com-
pany's wharf, facing on Wharf Street, a little to the north of the present Custom
House. One chief object of the selection of that site, for political as well as Hudson's
Bay Company purposes, was to constitute it a place to which British subjects who
were begintiing to swarm out of the parent hive, and were already turning their
eyes towarci the West, could safely emigrate and settle, bringing with them all the
British laws, rights and reciprocal responsibilities, which all British subjects carry
with them as their and their children's inalienable heritage, to their new homes
and habitations across the seas — an eternal link in sentiment, if not in fact, with
the Mother Country.

It will be seen in the sequel that Victoria and Vancouver Island were a
marked and remarkable instance in the history of British colonization, where
this principle was carried out in practice in every particular from
the outset. This fact was well brought out by the communica-
tions hereinafter referred to, which passed between Mr. Douglas
and the Imperial Colonial Office, as to the best mode of electing a representative
body to make laws and govern under the circumstances in which the new Van-
couver Island Colonists found themselves.

British

Principles.

1.1

AND MANUAL UF PROVINCIAL LNFOKMATION.

inter-

ic re-

as the

after

taking

small

south

Com-

ustom

son's

who

their

1 the

carry

lomes

with

re a
vhere
from
nica-
uRlas
ative
Van-

Condltlont of
Grant.

Under the provision of the Hudson's Bay Company's Rrant, charter and
license to trade. 'V\inc()uver Island and its dt'iH-ndi-ncii'S wiTe sci)aratod from ti»o
Indian Territories (the name which was nt'iUTaily K'vcn to tlie portions of British
North America south-west and north-west of Rupert's Land), and a ciiarter of
grant of Vancouver Island was made to tlie Hudson's Hay Company on January
13th, 1849. with the express intent and ohjert that the Ooveriiur and Company
should, within five years from tliat date, establisli on the said
Island settlements of resident colonists. IJrilish sul)jects, and dis-
pose of the land to them at a reasonahle price, to he applied as
therein mentioned, towards tiic colonization and improvement of the Island—
unaer penalty of forfeiture. The rent was nominal, 7 shillings payable into the
Exchequer forever on the 1st of January in every year, the Crown at the same time
reserving to itself the right, on failure of the Company in five years to establish
the settlement agreed on, to revoke the grant without prejudice to -.ettlements
actually bo.ui fide made. This grant was made subject to the special condition
reserving to the Crown full power on expiration of the Company's license of
exclusive trade with the Indians to repurchase and take of the Company the
wliole of Vancouver Island, subject to the payment of the value of their estab-
lishments, property and efTects then being on the Island, and of the money there-
tofore laid out and expended by them in and upon the said Island and nremises.

It would be remembered also that the Company, by a grant from the Crown
dated Alay 30th, iH,)8, had the exclusive right of trading with the natives, Indians,
west of the Rocky Mountains, for twenty-one years; that is, to the 30th of May,
1859. And in this extended charter or license of exclusive trade, a condition was
inserted enabling the Imperial Government to reserve to itself the riRlit of erect-
ing some part of the territory comprised in the Company's charter into one or
more colonies, independent of and distinct from cither Upper or Lower Canada,
and that if any such province or colony should be so established, the charter should
thenceforth cease to be in force with respect to the territory which might be
embraced within the limits of any such new colony.

A wise precaution of Lord Glenelg, who frankly expressed his distrust as
to the statements confidently advanced by officers of the Company of the sterility
of a great part of that extensive portion of the globe, and its unfitness to sustain
any considerable population; and he thought thus, because the country was very
imperfectly known, especially that part of it which borders on the chain of lakes.
He might have politely suppressed in delicate negotiations the not impossible
belief that colonization and the propagation and increase of the fur-bearing ani-
rials were antagonistic principles in the development of a country.

At all events, the insertion of that clause as a condition of that grant was of
vital importance — first, to the establishment of Vancouver Island and its depend-
encies as a separate colony; secondly, later on. namely on the
19th of November, 1858, to the cstablishm.er.t of New Caledonia,
afterwards the Mainland of British Columbia, as a separate
colony; and, thirdly, to the reunion of those two separate colonies into the present
united colony of British Columbia. But we are anticipating, and must return to
the Island.

As has been seen, the charter of grant of Vancouver Island to the Hudson's
Bay Company was made on the 13th of January, 1849. and became the ground-
work of a new political departure in the far west of a new British possf ,sion. In
1849 Vancouver Island was proclaimed as a British colony open for v.olonization;

A wise
Provision.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Governor
Blanshard.

and British subjects were invited to settle and reside there, and inducements held
out to emigrants from Europe and elsewhere to take up land and make it their
permanent home.

In 1849 also Mr. Richard Blanshard was appointed the first Governor of
the new colony of Vancouver Island, and his commission was publicly read in
Victoria by Capt. Johnston of H.M.S, "Driver" early in 1850. Mr. Blanshard as
a barrister of considerable ability, might have been a great bene-
fit to Vancouver Island had he bent himself to the task, but,
unfortunately, he was not in the state of health to allow of his
devoting his energies and talent to the development of the country, and, though
a great sportsman and fisherman to feed his energy and establish his strength,
either could or would not rally to the work— but took so gloomy a view of the
future that, having no machinery ready to work a Government, he determineu to
decline the tark. Perhaps he was right, seeing with whom he had to deal.

For, at that early stage in the history of the infant colony, with such a man
as Mr. James Douglas at the head of a Company which had for so many years
governed the whole country almost autocratically, who could not brook half-
measures or vacillation — a man with whom it was a silent danger to be in colli-
sion — Gov. Blanshard without funds, without any machinery to work with, with-
out resources, was powerless to effect anything to advance the interests of the
country he wac sent to govern, so he did the next best thing for the country in
his power — he retired from the Governorship and started back to England, leav-
ing well-known Colonists, the Hon. James Douglas, Hon. John Tod, Hon. Rod-
erick Finlayson, and Hon. James Cooper as a Provisional Council to assist the
Governor for the time being in his duties — Governor and Council at that time,
with unknown or at least undefined authority. He left in November, 1851. Dur-
ing the interregnum the country was governed by the Council.

Then came the appointment of Mr. James Douglas as Governor in 1851,
he remaining at the same time Senior Chief Factor of the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany, a dual appointment which must in time conflict. It was originally intended
as a temporary provision only, as the interests of a civil Governor and those of
the Hudson's Bay Company were even then not considered to be identical. It
was, however, not an altogether unsatisfactory arrangement with the country in
such an embryotic and unsettled state and without funds. When, as Governor,
he lacked money (in the total absence of taxation) to carry on
some necessary public purpose, as Chief Factor of the Company,
with a good financial backing at hand, he was able to supply it.
He never was extravagant or careless. At the same time he knew the power
which money gave him. In fact, no one knew better than he the value of money,
and (as the building of the great trunk roads in Vancouver Island and Caledonia,
the then name of British Columbia, where no contractor made a fortune, I'.hewed)
none could effect more good work with it, or make it go farther than he did. This
advantage must have been considered at the time of his dual appointment — for
he was a man who, wherever he might be, would always make himself felt.

Governor Douglas' first care, at the instance of the Home Government,
after his appointment, was, to call together a representative assembly; and in the
official correspondence between him and the Rt. Hon. H. Labouchere, the Sec-
retary of State, on the subject, a vital principle in the formation of British col-
onies was evolved. So much was this the case that Kenneth McKenzie, of Craig-
ftowcr, a man of sterling character and great political influence, in canvassing with

Douglas
Governor.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

.11

Tms

Laws and
Ordinances.

Dr. Helmcken for the new House, always cited "the Labouchere letter" as the
key to their full political right.; as British subjects.

Governor Blanshard when the colony of Vancou/er Island was first
founded, was directed to summon General Assemblies of freeholders qualified by
the ownership of twenty acres of land or »e300 worth of property, and with their
advice and that of his Council, to make laws and ordinances for the good govern-
ment of the Island. Governor Douglas' commission also contained a clause en-
abling him, with the advice of his Council, to make laws and ordinances alone.
Local circumstances compelled hit.^ to adopt the latter course
and the laws so made were sanctioned and afterwards confirmed,
but he was distinctly told that "it had been doubted bv authori-
ties conversant in the principles of colonial law whether the Crown can legally
convey authority to make laws in a settlement founded by Lujilishmcn, even for
a temporary and special purpose, to any Legislature not elected w»:olly or in
part by the settlers themselves." The reason no doubt was, that no Government
can be carried on without money, which means taxation, and there should be no
taxation without representation among free men; and wherever British settlers
go they carry with them as much of British laws and rights as the circumstances
of a new British settlement will permit.

The ninth clause of his Royal instructions gave Governor Douglas power
to fix the number of representatives, divide the colony into dis';ricts, and if the
colony were sufficiently advanced, to establish separate polling nlaces. Accord-
ingly on the i6th of j une, 1856, Governor Douglas issued a proclamation for the
election by ^£20 freeholders or 5G300 property holders of a House of Assembly.
And so began the history of representative institutions in Vancouver Island.

The Island was divided into four districts or constituencies. Victoria had
three members, J. D. Pemberton, James Yates and E. E. Langford, who after-
wards gave place to another and valuable representative, Mr. Joseph Wm. Mc-
Kay, whose early connection with legislation and long and valuable services in
the Indian and other Departments, have gained him a permanent
reputation us one of the active pioneers of the colony. The
other representatives were: Sooke, John Muir; Nanaimo, John
F. Kennedy: Esquimalt, Thomas Skinner and (a name which will never die
while benevolence, high courage, ability and patriotism are of any value here)
John Sebastian Helmcken, M.D.

The Doctor (as in those early days he was invariably called) was cho-^en
Speaker, and when on one occasion he asked leave to retire from the Spe?.ker-
ship, probably from motives of delicacy as the Governor's son-in-law, it was
unanimously refused because "his services were invaluable." He is the same
man still (1897).

They met in a room almost entirely unfurnished, in a square-walled build-
ing in the Fort, just where the Bank of British Columbia now stands, and the
more closely to copy English customs, received no pay. They next met in an
office on the spot where the Law Courts now stand, and afterwards in a building
of their own, tlis House of Assembly at James Bay, where the
Legislature has continued up to the present time. Their next
meeting will probably be in the new range of Government build-
ings, which for design cannot be surpassed, indeed, probably not equalled, in the
whole Pacific Coast of North / merica. The early proceedings of the first House
were of the simplest character. Their first supply bill amounted to only £130.
Their legislation was also confined to matters immediately necessary, such as

First Parlla'
ment.

Asaembl;
Rooms.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

San Juan
Affair

roads, schools, licenses — the monies from land sales, timber duties and rovalties
being remitted to England through the Hudson's Bay Company and placed to
the account of the reserve fund in England exclusively applicable to colonial pur-
poses. The money sent included the sum of £6,913 paid by the Hudson's Bay
Company for the land purchased by them.

Their efforts to secure a reciprocity treaty with the United States failed.
A new and enlarged Franchise Act was passed and one for an increase
in the electoral representation, registration of marriages, and other necessary
matters.

It was during the sitting of this House that tlie San Juan difficulty, as it
was euphemistically termed, occurred. On the 3ru of Augu.st, 1859, the Governor,
in a very able and dignified but temperate message, communicated to the House
intelligence of the landing of a detachment 01" United States
troops on the Island of San Juan (an island immediately adjacent
to and therefore held as part of Vancouver Island, and peopled
by British subjects), with the avowed intention of taking military possession, with-
out any notice or intimation to him as Governor, from him. or. indeed, any quarter.

The progress and fate of the negotiations and proceedings, and the joint
military occupation which followed this high-handed act of an officer from the
Southern States, now currently believed to have been done in the hope of em-
broiling Great Britain in a quarrel witli the American Republic, are now
such matters of historj' that it is not necessary to dwell on them here.

The first Parliament lasted till 1859. the second Parliament of the Legisla-
tive Assembly, composed of members elected under the enlarged franchise, met
in their then new, nov; old, Supreme Court House — where, when the Court sat, the
House had to adjourn, their own Assembly room not having been completed then
— o'.i Thursday, March 1st, i860.

Governor Douglas opened the first session of the second Parliament of the
Legislative Assembly. Vancouver Island, while Chief Justice Cameron swore in
the members.

The first session was from March ist, i860, to February ist, 1861, The
names of the members who sai in this Parliament are duly recorded elsewhere, to
which for the sake of avoicing repeti«^ion our readers are requested to turn.

In the meantime Victoria and Esquimalt as one harbour had been used as a
free port, and on the i8th of January, i860, was publicly proclaimed as such.

The Imperial Act XII. and XIII.. Vict. C. 48, 1849. had been passed providing
for the administration of justice in Vancouver Island and the appointment of a
Chief Justice. Under it an order of the Quecn-in-Council was subseciuently
passed, constituting the Supreme Court of Civil Justice of Vancouver Island, with
cognizance of all pleas, and David Camero!i. a relative of Governor Douglas, was
appointed the Chief Justice thereof.

The House of Assembly of Vancouver Island was opened by His Excel-
lency Gov. Douglas on August 12th, 1856, and it is noticeable that prayers were
read by the Colonial Chaplain, a gentleman highly revered by all Vancouver
Island colonists of early days and to the present time, the Rev.
Edward, now tlie Rt. Rev. Bishop Cridge. In his opening speecii
the Governor congratulated the Legislative Council and the
House on the memorable occasion of their meeting in full convention of the House
of Assembly of \'ancouver Island as an event fraught with consequences of the
utmost importance to the present and future inhabitants.

rirst

Assembly.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

the
in

was

iver

lCV.

ecii
tlie
use
the

And he called special attention to the fact that "It was remarkable as the
first instance of representative 'iistitutions being granted in the infancy of a
colony."

Further on he adds what was and for many long years has remained strictly
true, "Self-supporting and defraying all the expenses of iu own Government, it
presents a striking contrast to every other colony in the British Empire, and. like
the native pine of its own storm-beaten promontories, it has acquired a slow but
hardy growth."

In this connection it may be observed that its free port and the total absence
of any money subsidy or pecuniary assistance from the Imperial Government re-
mained intact up to the year 1871 (Confederation), the only colony in the whole
history of British settlements of which the same can be said.

It is not so remarkable, though, that the moment the free port was pro-
claimed Victoria began to grow by rapid strides. The ground covered with tents
was giving place to balloon buildings, and these in turn to brick and stone. The
village had become a town, and immediately after a city. Indeed, sanguine hopes
were entertained that it might in time become the Singapore of the Pacific, a hope
which no doubt would have been verified had the free port been retained after
Confederation.

The House, directly it was appointed, established for itself the rules and
oiders of the English House of Commons for the regulation of its own proceed-
ings: and assumed and exercised every right including the riglit of arrest and
punishment for contempt of the House which was in force in Great Britain. This
power was notably exercised when the Hon. Mr. Amor de Cos-
mos, an able, earnest and liberal, but somewhat intemperate poli-
tician, defied the orders of the House, upon which he was ar-
rested, brought to the Bar of the House, and had there to "kowtow" and purge
himself of his contempt, so that, like Minerva, armed cap-a-pic from the brain of
Jupiter, this House of Assembly sprang into existence all at once, an autonomy
complete in all respects.

During the first session of this House, and subsequently, there was from
the cutset a continuous effort of the meinbers to shape themselves free from tlie
overpowering influence of the Hudson's Bay Company, although it was fully con-
ceded that Great Britain was greatly indebted to the Company and to the exer-
tions, administrative talent, aye. and high courage and character of the ofticcrs
of the Hudson's Bay Company for the preservation of the Canadian pf)rtion of
North America as an integral and undi-^puted part of the British Dominions.
But now the colonists were in charge of the Vancouver Island portion of it, they
were anxious to obtain possession of the Crown Lands, and the monies arising
liom the sale thereof, and the royalties arising from the coal, which was .soon
discovered and promised to become a vast industry — in short, all monies received
for the use of the colony from all sources whatsoever. They knew already the
power of the purse.

During the sittings of the first House of Assembly of Vancouver Ishmd —
Victoria being the only port of entry into Eraser River, and all goods for t.iat
destination necessarily passing through Victoria — a dead set was made at the
earliest practicable moment both in the House and out of it, against continuing
the Company's exclusive right to monopolize the trade thither, and to prevent all
traders other than their own, or under their permits, from going up Frasei Kiver
to supply the gold miners and others on its banks with food and mining supplies.

British
Precedent.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Rush for
Gold

This monopoly, though originally sanctioned for a very good purpose by Act of
Parliament, having now done its work, had to be broken through, from a neceS'
sity which knew no law, or some 20,000 or 30,000 miners and prospectors whom
the Company were not prepared to feed might have been reduced
to starvation. The gold rush had come upon them unexpectedly,
and the Company, although they had the example of California
before them, were not prepared for it. Judging from their actions, one can-
not pretend to the gift of prophecy — they had no instructions — they could not
suddenly buy steamers to suit the numbers going up or make any large general
contract to meet such an emergency, without instructions from the Hudson's Bay
House in London, a loss of months of time in which often probablv the opportun-
ity itself was lost. In any unexpected emergency, want of instructions was often
the fatal handicap of the Hudson's Bay Company in the race for business. In those
days they were not built for racing. Perhaps it is different now.

NEXT to the great financial principle for government which he professed,
roads in Vancouver Island and British Columbia were the one great object

which Governor Douglas, during his long reign, always kept in view. He
was a King of Roads. As a Hudson's Bay Company's officer he had travelled
from end to end of this great country from the earlier days of the Hudson's Bay
Company down to the time he had charge of its affairs, and knew the difficulty
and delay caused in getting in supplies to the out-stations, and was thoroughly
convinced that no mining could be carried on for any length of time profitably
without giving the greatest possible facilities for getting supplies to their works,
and in Vancouver Island in enabling farmers to take their produce with-
out difficulty to market. So everywhere around Victoria for miles splen-
did roads, much better than they are now (1897), well macadamized,
abounded. Many and good roads were made into the interior and along the
Coast, where the configuration of ground made them practicable. Thence
they were extended into the districts outside of V^ictoria — e.g., Cowichan,
Chemainus, Saanich and Lake, were duplicated, nay, even at times, as for instance
at Comox, triplicated — and a still greater and bolder enterprise was contemplated
by Sir James Douglas, and indeed commenced by him on the Mainland, no less
than a prospective toll waggon road from Hope, the then head of navigation of
tht Eraser through Hope, Similkameen and Okariagan, down and across the
Columbia to Kootenay, and more ambitious .still, 'through the Rocky Mountain
passes and across the Indian territories via Edmonton House to meet a similar
road from Canada westward towards Britisli Columbia which he confidently ex-
pected Eastern Canada would build to meet him at Edmonton, and form together
a great British-Canadian colonization road, England being too

A Route to f^j. Q^ jQ expect any general colonization from thence. General
immigration from Canada East was always his idea, fostered, no
doubt, by his familiarity with the Hudson's Bay Company posts in that direction
and away north. Convinced always that population ultimately would come from
Canada, there is reason to believe that so satisfied was he of the benefit it would
be both to British Columbia and Canada, that he was inclined to press such a
scheme as a toll colonization road if it could be favoured by the Home

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

A Route to
Kootenay.

Government, and he hoped to obtain from them what then would have
been an impossible permission. At first his aims were confined to opening (he
country by roads along the Fraser up to the bars and placers where already gold
was found in paying quantities and more expected further up. Miners and pros-
pectors fitting out at Victoria took at first the "Otter" and "Beaver." the only
two Hudson's Bay Company's steamers which had come out to this country
round Cape Horn to Queensborough, and by stern-wheel steamer to Douglas.
Then from Douglas they proceeded along the Pemberton portage and the lakes,
which were crossed by steamers to Lillooet. whete they joined the Fraser and its
gold-bearing bars again.

From Lillooet a waggon road was projected to climb up Pavilion Mountain
by the well-known rattlesnake grade and go on to Clinton and from thence on
through the green timber and the fifty-mile alkali belt along Lake La Hache to the
150- Mile House, thence to Soda Creek, Alexandria and Quesnelle Mouth; thence
direct east by Cottonwood and Van Winkle to Richfield and Williams' Creek,
some of the richest gold fields of the rich Cariboo country.

The Similkameen road from Hope was commenced as a trail, with ihe
progress and prospects of which Governor Douglas was so pleased that he directed
it to be converted into a waggon road. This he intended as a toll road to Koote-
nay and across the Rockies, but required a petition from the
people of Hope, who would have been enriched by the business
of the road, requesting him to impose a small toll on goods and
passengers to authorize him to raise and expend the necessary money. At the
instance, however, of a petty local opposition the petition was not signed. The
Similkameen route as a through road fell through — although, as will be shown,
a good and valuable trail was afterwards made in that direction.

Failing at Hope, a public meeting was held at Yale, the merchants of
which were delighted at the chance, and warmly espoused a waggon road alo ig
the rocky canons and forbidding defiles and banks of the Fraser, passing Lytton
and up the Thompson by way of Ashcroft and the Bonaparte to join the other
part of the waggon road at Clinton, thus making the connection with Cariboo
complete — and giving the whole of the Lillooet- Yale road to Cariboo the general
name of the Cariboo Road — a monument to the determined will, outlay and skill
of the chief who ordered and the men who executed this (even at this day) wonder-
ful eflfort of engineering skill, and which opened up such a long and wide tract
of auriferous as well as agricultural country.

The men who constructed this great work were the Royal Engineers, who
were paid by the Colony, and local men, as under. A list is here given of the
roads constructed under Sir James Douglas' regime, and the men who made them:

ESQUIMALT.

The road from Everett's " Horse and Jockey " to Esquimau, built in i860 by (now Sir) J. W.
Trutch.

Douglas Portage.

From Douglas to Six Mile Post by Royal Engineers in 1861 ; from Six Mile Post to Twelve
Mile Post by Royal Engineers in 1861 ; from Twelve Mile Post to Eighteen Mile Post by Hon.
J. W. Trutch, 1861 ; from Eighteen Mile Post to Twenty-eight Mile Post, Little Lake, by Royal
engineers, 1861.

Pemberton Portage.

From Pemberton at head of Lillooet Lake to 6-Mile Post by Colquhoun, in autumn, 1861, failing
to complete contract to Anderson Lake.

From 6-Mile Post across Anderson Portage to 27-Mile Post at head of Anderson Lake, in
autumn and winter of 1861, by Joseph W. Trutch, to complete Colquhoun's contract.

From foot of Seaton Lake about three miles to Lillooet in i860 or 1861.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Yale-Cariboo WArwioN Road.

Mule Trail.— From Yale to Hpuzzum Kerry, ii miles, by Powers and M. C. Roberts in summer
of 1861.

From Spuzzum to Doston Bar, 14 miles, in the autumn of 1861, by the same.

Waggon Road.— From Yale to 6-mile Post by Royal Engineers in 1862.

From 6-Mile Post to 13-Mile Post at Sus{>ension Bridge, by Thomas Spence in autumn of 1862.

Alexandria Suspension Bridge, erected in summer of 1863 by Joseph W. Trutch.

From Suspension Bridge to Boston Bar, 12 miles, by J. W. Trutch in 1862-63.

From Boston Bar to Lytton, 32 miles, by Spence and I.aiidvoight, 1862.

From Lytton to Cook's Ferry (Spence's Bridge), 23 miles, by Moberly and Oppenheiraer, in
1862 and spring of 1863.

' ;ience's Bridge, built by Thomas Spence in 1863-64.

From Spence's Bridge to 89-Mile Post, 9 miles, by Royal FIngineers in 1863.

From 89-Mile Post to 93-Mile Post, by Thomas Spence in 1864.

From 93-Mile Post to Clinton at 136-Mile Post, Moberly and Hood in 1863. (Note.— Clinton, 136
miles from Yale.)

Waggon Road, Lillooet to Alexandria.

From Ivillooet to Clinton, 47 miles, by Oustavus Ben Wright in 1861.

From Clinton to Soda Creek, 177 miles from Lillooet, by G. B. Wright in 1862-63.

From Soda Creek to Alexandria, 20 miles, by G. B. Wright in 1863.

From Alexandria to Quesnelle Mouth, 40 miles, by Spence and Landvoight, 1863.

From Quesnelle to Cottonwood, 21 miles, 1864.

From Cottonwood to Barkerville, 42 miles, 1865.

Now to return to the waggon road from Hope to and across the Rockies.

Having been obliged to abandon his original plan, which was a waggon
road, commenced by our present Lieutenant-Governor, Dewdney, in addition to
the numerous works of surveying and engineering he had already completed in
the Colony — he had done twelve miles uf it when it was stopped, for lack of the
support I have described, of the people of Hope, but the road was carried on twenty-
five miles to Skagit Flat. From thence the Royal Engineers carried on a trail
to Princeton, which was afterwards much improved by Alison's cut-off. This
trail wa-- improved from Skagit to the Summit. It was then carried through
the open, down the Similkameen country. It 1865 ^Ir. Dewdney com-
menced a trail down the Similkameen, by Keremeos to
Osoyoos; thence he followed the boundary along down
Kettle River Valley to the mouth of Christine Creek; thence
across the mountains to Fort Shepherd east of the Columbia, crossing the Koote-
nay River at the mouth of Kootenay Lake. This was in 1865, when Sir Joseph
W. Trutch was Chief Commissioner of Lands and Works. From Kootenay Lake
Mr. Dewdney carried the trail by the Mooyie to Wild Swan Creek, now called
Fort Steele. This was done from Osoyoos in 1865. but it has been much improved
since. It has always been called Dewdney Trail, and it has been by means (if
Dewdney Trail that access has been given to the rich Kootenay country, and
great facilities afforded for the discovery and exploration of valuable deposits of
gold in that district. In fact, the Dewdney trail was the key to the Kootenays.

Had the waggon road been carried out as Governor Douglas had wished
it to be executed, it is quite within the bounds of probability that the C.P.R.
would have been carried that way, for as a good object lesson, as a toll road, it
would have unmistakably shown, that much snow and all the present costly slides
with their long delays of traffic would have been avoided. That a far easier grade
than that now in use at Eagle Pass or Rogers' Pass would have been obtained
merely by cutting a two-mile tunnel through Hope Mountain to lower the grade
— and the road would have gone nearly all the way through a fertile agricultural
and paying country. Perhaps it would pay them to
A Royalty on ^^^^^ ^j^^ j.^^^^^ ^f ^j^^ Dewdney Trail now. In this

connection it is not amiss to observe that the trail was
made out of the tax laid on the export of gold, just as they are talking at Ottawa
of doing in Yukon and Klondyke, but it was found that on the border line not

The Dewdney
Trail.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATIOIT.

half the gold paid duty— only tire honest ones paid it. It is an obiect , les-
son for the Yukon. In the case above alluded to the Act had to be aban-
doned. Like Captain Gosset's mule tax, it died a natural death. When old
Sir James was reminded of its existence and urged to enforce it his reply was in
his remarkable deliberate voice, "My dear sir, it is one of those wonderful pro-
ductions which Nelson could have looked at with his blind eye." It was no use
pressing him after that. It was an infallible sign when his deep black eye with-
drew its keenness — withdrew, as it were, into itself — that all discussion was over
for that time. Like Sir Geo. Grey, when he crossed his leg. all conference was
over for that time.

In 1865 the main road from Golden was made, a very good starting point
in many directions, by tlie river and lake. In 1866 a trail was made from Sey-
mour to Big Bend, when the gold excitement was on there. It went into Big
Bend at the most northern route, McCullough's.

In 1867 several trails were cut.

In 1871 a good trail was cut by Mr. Dewdney from Stuart's Lake to
Omineca, using Telegraph Trail to Stuart's Lake and carrying the trail from
Stuart's Lake to the mines at Omineca.

In 1871, too, a short portage was made by Mr. John Trutch, Giscome Port-
age, from Fraser River.

In 1871 also a trail was made from Hazelton on the Skeena to Babine

Lake, by that old and successful explorer. Captain Wm. Moore, in those days

commonly known as "Captain Billy," or "Steamboat Moore." The trail

was an improvement of an old Indian trail. There were many

Capt. Moore. , , , , ., 1.1 1 • ,. ..

Other short roads and trails made m those days m all directions

throughout the country of which no record was preserved, although they effectu-
ally aided in opening up the country.

hed

. IV.

IT would be impossible to complete a Year Book of British Columbia without
a notice of one of its chiefest characters, Sir Matthew Baillie Begbie, the first
Chief Justice of British Columbia. Accompanied by his faithful henchman,
Benjamin Evans, who drove the Court over twenty times from Yale or Ashcroft
(after the C.P.R. reached it) to Cariboo and back without an accident, and his
trusty friend, Charles Edward Pooley, as Registrar, lie traversed the Province
wherever it was necessary in the interests of law or justice to go. His unflinching ad-
ministration of the law from the outset of the colony in 1858 to his death in 1894, at a
time when — mixed with a great many good men, it is true — the miners and the class
of persons who came with them comprised many of the wildest characters under the
sun, whose sole arbitraments in their quarrels in other countries had been knife
and revolver, struck such terror into wrong-doers and defiers
Sir Matthew ^^ ^j^^ ^^^^ ^^^^^ j^jg ^j.^^ assize at Langley in 1859, to the time

Bcflblc*

of his death, that the peace of this country was thoroughly se-
cured — and the wilder spirits were tamed to such an extent that even in difficult cases
tfie Court relied confidently on their assistance under a short special enactment,
as jurors, and was never disappointed of their aid when so invoked. The result
was that the whole of the country could be traversed from end to end by all
men without weapons, except sufficient to protect themselves from wild animals
or for subsistence — a course in which he was effectually supported from first to

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Our

Pioneers.

last by all the judges who sat with or have succeeded him, to the great benefit,
as the Statute hath it, of person and property and the peace, order and good
government of the colony. He was a man over six feet in height, strong, and
active in proportion, a good sportsman and an excellent shot. His abilities and
accomplishments were of the highest order, and his hospitality and social qualities
gfiined him fast friends in every direction. So take him for all in all, we shall
not often look upon his like again.

Nor would a Year Book be complete unless it afforded place for honourable
record of those old settlers, magistrates, and public general officers, who, in days
gone by before the colonies were formed, as well as during the critical periods
of their formation, were quietly, unostentatiously, but, like time, without hurry,
but without delay, silently but surely welding together the most incongruous ele-
ments into one homogeneous, law-abiding, self-respecting and respected popu-
lation.

Beginning with the Hudson's Bay Company's men, their name is legion,
who in these distant parts in lonely responsibility, their lives in their hands, away
from civilization, still through the standard books ta be found
in every fort, held converse with the greatest of their kind, and
kept their minds open and their hearts enlarged, till exile ended,
they could return to end an honourable life in comfort and respect.

Who of the "old timers" of more recent days can recall without a glow of
pride and satisfaction, the names of Chartres Brew, whose virtues and good quali-
ties are depicted by friendly hand in letters of iron in the distant graveyard c^
Cariboo, where he died, on duty; of Gaggin and his works at Douglas, Koote-
nay, and other distant stations, and those who had exchanged arms for harder
but more useful work in another field; Capt. Ball, a soldier bred but a lawyer
born; Capt. Sanders, Capt. Spaulding, Capt. Fitzstubbs, who has traversed Brit-
ish Columbia by land and water and gone through endless privations and hard
work in the course of duty; Mr. A. W. Vowell, who spent so much of his life
on solitary, arduous duty, unrelieved but uncomplaining, amid the snows and long
ice-bound winters with the Indians and miners of Cassiar; and the Hon. Mr.
O'Reilly, who has travelled on duty through the wildest
parts of this vast country amid privations and dangers with-
out end, at one time deep in the mountain snows of the
far nor'-west, at others in travel on horseback on the very edge of preci-
pices which made one dizzy to look down, among Indian tribes alone,
enlorcing order by the respect he inspired composing inter-tribal feuds and ig-
norant misunderstandings causing strife and death feuds— at one time at the lakes
and mountains bordering on Alaska, at another on the upper banks of the Eraser,
at another among the wild Blackfeet and Indian tribes of the Kootenays, swimming
rapid rivers, holding to the tails of horses, going through toil and privation
unnoticed and unrecorded — yet returning to civilization and Indian duties, there
moving about without a mark or word indicative of toils gone through, stern
where duty calls, with proud reserve, yet courteous and kind withal, with all good
grace to grace the gentleman.

When the gold fever Droke out in 1857 on the Thompson River, just at the
bend of Nicomen (although presumably its existence must have been known to
some up-country Hudso 's Bay Company men in their trade with the natives
long before, but concealed for trade reasons), and gold declared itself in large and

Exciting
Experiences.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

the

Law and
Order.

paying quantities in the Fraser, although they had the experience of California
before them, the Company was not In the least prepared for the immense and
immediate change which the great influx of miners and gold-seekers generally
would cause, or that it would occasion such a demand on its resources, or lift
Victoria at once from a small, remote Hudson's Bay Co. post into the prominent po-
sition of the large and growing city it has now become. There was :io time for
making such a preparation. The class of men who were flowing ii. were not
very likely to brook starvation in their search for gold in order to observe the
antiquated regulations of a monopoly whose days were numbered. The moment
the Company accepted civilization and progress as the principle on which their
grant from the Crown was to be conducted in lieu of the cultivation of fur-bear-
ing animals their days and autocratic power were nearing their end.

Many of the newcomers, especially from California, were people who had
incurred the hostility of the vigilance committees there by their wild, ungovernable
lives, born of a gold rush, and came quite prepared to have their way here. But
ere long these same men, recruited from the wildest spirits from out the four winds
of heaven, after a little experience of the strong and impartial
laws of a British colony, steadily and unflinchingly administered
by such men as Chief Justice Begbie and those who have fol-
lowed him, not only threw aside their objectionable habits, born of uncontrolled
lawlessness, but gave their high and restless spirits a new direction and became
some of the most energetic and valuable citizens of the newly discovered gold
region, and, as already alluded to, even placed by us to do duty, and they did it
well, as jurors at Assizes.

All men, British or American, or of whatever country, were thoroughly
welcomed in British Columbia, and by none more heartily than Gov. Douglas,
who sought them out individually, for he was always seeking to learn, and always
accessible to any one who had anything to say — gained their confidence, and so
obtained from them valuable information derived from their own mining experi-
ences in Sierra Nevada, Sacramento, and other California mining camps, and up
the Fraser itself, which tended greatly to the success of his subsequent mining
regulations and indirectly to that of his Government.

He was the very man for the occasion. So many of these characters (shall
we call them?) came up in the rush and so marked the tendency at first among a
number of newcomers to become what in those days was called "sympathizers," a
tendency very much encouraged by a man named Nugent, who posed as if he had
claimed to act on behalf ot the Stars and Stripes, that there was for the moment
a fear among timid souls that British Columbia might be
"sympathized" out of the control of the Union Jack; but Gov.
Douglas must have put an end to all such hopes when he armed
a Hudson's Bay Co. vessel with guns and placed her in charge of a trusty crew
up the Fraser at Langley to intercept all comers and made them — indeed, every
one — entering the Fraser pay to the Queen a dollar a head, under the guise of a
revenue tax, practically an acknowledgment of the Queen's authority, before they
were allowed to proceed to the gold mining placers up above.

Of the legislation of Vancouver Island not many acts now survive or call

for notice in a work of this description. Almost the only one that by repeal and

re-enactment in an extended form is still in force, is the Vancouver Island Land

Registry Act of i860, taken from the official draft of the new Torrens Act of New

South Wales previous to its enactment there, sent out for the purpose by the

The Queen's
DoUar.

VKAR I'.OOK OF HKITLSll COLUMBIA

Imperial Colonial ()Hicf. and wliicli, like the Torrons Act, |)iiri)orts to carry out
the recommendation of the Imperial Real i'roperty Commissioners some years
before, recommending^ tile registration and transfer of all real proi)crty hy trans-
fer on the renisler, doiny away with the delays and expensive sctrches and the
rc(|uisition of endless examinations into titles, in use in luiKland previous to
every transfer of land and puri)ortin(j; to provide with ease, speed and safety for
the conveyance of real property.

This has so far been further carried nut by the subsecpieiit leKislation of
British Coluiubia. and is capable of still further expansion and completeness in
the direction of giving absolute certainty to the certificate of indefeasible title and
to the efTect of rej^iistration by creating by a small tax on regis-
trations a fund for an absolute guarantee. It may be noted, as
of mercantile importance, that the Imperial Bankru|)tcy Acts,
which were in use in British Columbia. tliouKh not jierfcct (none such can be
made), were much better in every respect than the Uominion Bankrui)tcy Acts
(now abolished), which took their place in 1871, leaving us now with no Bank-
ruptcy Act at all.

While all this was going on in Vancouver Island, the Mainland of Cale-
donia, which, when X'ancouver Island was made a colony, still remained as Indian
territory subject to the Hudson's Bay Company's authority, had its name changed
to British Columbia, was made subject on the joth of August, 1H30, to an Im-
perial Act for its government under tlie name of '"British C(dumbia," with its
boundaries established just as at present for the Mainland i)art of the B.C. of to-day.

Eiirlv
Li'Kisliitlun.

MR. DOUGL.AS was made Governor of the new Colony of British Columbia,
and as such was empowered by order of the Queen-in-Council. bearing date
the 2nd of September, 1858, to make provision for the administration of
justice: and as therein mentioned, to make such laws, institutions and ordinances,
as might be necessary for the peace, order and good government of Her Majesty's
subjects and others therein.

On the 3rd of November. 1858. a proclamation was made and published of
the Revocation of the Crown Grant of the 3rd of May, 1838, to the Hudson's Bay
Company for exclusive trading with Indians, so far as the said grant extended to
the territories comprised within the Colony of British Columbia.

The 19th of November, 1858. was a great day in the history of British Co-
lumbia, for it was the legislative birthday of that Colony. It was signalized by
Governor Douglas, accompanied by ]\Ir. Justice Matthew Baillie Begbie, the new
Judge of the Supreme Court of British Columbia (appointed by a commission
under the Queen's hand) then recently established under a special
Birthday ^^,j. ^j Parliament; and Chartres Brew, the Police Magistrate,

Coionv. proceeding to Fort Langley (then the presumptive Capital of the

new colony) and there in front of the fort buildings, though

within the palisades, publicly proclaiming the colony — and swearing in all :he

above officials for their several offices with much state and all due formalities:

and so the legislative birthday of British Columbia was complete.

ts to carry out
MS sonic years
|)iTty l)y trails-^
arches and the
• 1 i)rL'vi()US to
aii'l safety for

legislation of
i>m|)lrtcness in
isiliK' title and
I tax on rcK's-
y 1)L' noted, as
il-:rni)tcy Acts,
.' snoh can be
nkrnptcy Acts
vith no Bank-

ilaiul of Calc-
ined as Indian
name clianged
SO, to an Im-
iia," with its
H.C. of to-dav.

sli Columbia,

bearing date

nistration of

ordinances,

or Majesty's

published of
udson's Bay
extended to

British Co-
ignalized by
)ie, the new

commission
der a special

Magistrate,
apital of the
ngs, though
in all :he

formalities:

HISTORICAL SKETCHES.

SEE EAHtv f^ETTLEMENTS."

i '»'

i lil

■X

'-J

cc
O
h
<

(/)

O
UJ

>■

d>**-

rT5

oc
O

H
<

5
u

z
>

2
m

^g^

IBk^'^ ]

HP^*^

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

It was the precursor of several remarkable events. The Governor under
the Imperial Acts 21 and 22 Victoria, under which he Iiad just proclaimed the
Colony, thereby abolished the portions of the laws of Upper Canada which pre-
viously applied to it. So Upper Canada and British Columbia were even then in
a measure connected. He proceeded next under the above Act and the special
authority delegated to him by the Queen's Commission under the Great Seal —
empowering him "by proclamation under the public seal of the Colony to make
laws, institutions and ordinances for the peace, order, and good government
thereof" — to enact and proclaim — a measure which is given some-
ProciniminK what in full as it is at the foundation of all our subscf!UtP.t Colonial

Lnw and ,..,, ....,r • e

Order. laws, and IS m a form long settled and usea m the formation of

all new English colonies, and constituting a tie to the Mother
Country which no subsequent revolution or political revolutions can ever entirely
sever, to w'. — "That all the civil and criminal laws of England as they existed at
the date of the proclamation of the said Act. and so far as they are not from local
circumstances inapplicable to the Colony of Briti.sh Columbia, are and will remain
in full force within the said Colony till such times as they shall be altered by the
Queen-in-Council or by the Governor or other legislative authority in the said
Colony, and that such laws shall be administered by all proper authorities against all
persons infringing and in favour of all persons claiming protection of the said laws."

By another proclamation, having the force of law, the new Colony was
r ide subject to Customs duties upon goods imported into it, and a first-rate
officer, the Hon. Wymond Ilamley, was sent out to take charge of it. Thus, while
Victoria, the seat of Government both of the Island and of the Mainland, both
under one Governor, all of whose interests, beyond his duties and his residence
were in Victoria, which was a free port, it is scarcely to be wondered that on the
Mainland the feeling should have been much against the arrangement.

Before the Colony was prorlaimed the Governor had fixed upon Langley,
a level country belonging to the ijjdson's B.^.y Company around the fort, as the
Capital of British Columbia, but Colonel Moody, R.E.. who had come out with a
corps of 400 Royal Engineers to assist in protecting and advancing the country,
and had a dormant commission as Lieutenant-Governor in case of the prolonged
absence, illness, or incapacity of the Governor, at once opposed the selection of
Langley as being on the wrong bank of the river, and indefensible on militarv
groundj, aud with his officers sought a suitable site on the .ight bank proper, and,
against the advice of his officers, at first fixed on Mory Hill, a
fine and elevated site near the mouth of Pitt River, in preference
to a still finer site a couple of miles lower down on the right
bank, and ordered his senior captain— Capt. Jack Grant, as he was familiarly
termed, now General Grant, RE, — to take the axe and make the first cut at one
of the trees nearest the river. He was in the act of swinging his axe to deliver
the blow, when he was so much impressed with the mistake they were making
that he said: "Colonel, with much submission I will ask not to do it. Will you
yourself be pleased to take the responsibility of making the first cut?" — respect-
fully giving his reasons. These were of so cogent a nature, one being that the
lower site being at the head of tide-water, big ships could come up the Eraser to
it and that it was easily defensible by a tete du pont on the opposite side of the
river, and similar reasons, that the Colonel was convinced, rowed down the river
and ordered the first cut to be delivered on one of the huge cedars with which the
hill was covered, and named the new town 'Queenborough."

ChooslDftii
Capital.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I. f

But so great already was the jealousy in Victoria against the projected new
city, that Queenborough was considered by the Colonial Secretary, Mr. W. A. G.
Young, as too nearly a paraphrase of Victoria, the only permissible Queen City,
that after a great inkshed and a long acrid correspondence the name was pro-
claimed to be not the Queen borough, (Victoria) but Queensbovough, which was
quite another thing. The site was tut up to auction and sold at great prices on
the understanding that all the money, a large sum, from the sale should be applied
in opening the streets, and clearing away from the lots some of as large and dense
timber as the world could possibly produce — an understanding which it need
.scarcely be said the Government for lack of money to push its roads and public
works couid not, or would not provide, and the purchasers were obliged to tax
themselves a second time and engage in "bees," as in Old Canada, to gtt even a small
quantity of the site cleared, and to submit to the feeling of having been deceived,
and to see Victoria streets and roads flourish while Queensborougli had to be
content with trails. The sequel may as well be told. The matter
New Westinin- was taken up by the Home Government, Her Majesty was en-
ster Named. gaged to finally fix on the name and by Royal Proclamation,
Queensborough (a convenient name) was converted into a Royal
City and the Capital of British Columbia under the name of New Westminster,
(an inconvenient one) and on the faith of that many invested their all in it. But
it "would not stay fixed," for the Victorians exerted their political and financial
influence, with the Home Government against it, and in a hot and hostile dis-
cussion year after year, and with such effect that on the 19th of November, iSwj,
the union of the two separate Colonies under the name of British Columbia
waj a>:complished and proclaimed, and the Capital changed from New Westmin-
st« to Victoria, and those who on the faith of the Royal Proclamation staked
their ell were simply ruined, without redress or compensation, leaving behind a
wound and a sense of deliberate injustice in the minds of the Mainland against
the Island that has never been entirely healed, although the reason given that it
was' necessary to consolidate not only to save the unnecessary expense of ^>a'0
Governments and two sets of officers where one would do, especially to prepare
for Confederation, was not without great weight — a reason of growing importance
as the benefits of Confederation are becoming more confirmed and solidified
day by day, for Canada, as a young nation, has begun already "to feel her feet."
and to take her place with her natural allies and sister British plantations as
an integral and iOremost portion of the British Empire — considerations not
anticipated, at the time when the pain was still acute, by Mainlanders. who felt,
and justly, too, that they had been grievously deceived and had thereby lost the
savings and labours of manv years, and the means of subsistence for themselves
and their families. So, it is no wonder that they gave practical vent to their ill-
humour — for "it's ill standin' atween a fu' man and a fastin'." But time and a
due regard for the common local relationships heals all such wounds. Therefore.
to that old arbiter we leave it.

The historical sketches contained in the plate on page 43 are named in the

following order f'-om top to bottom :
I. Government Street, Victoria.
.3. Procession, Lord Dufferin's visit.
5. Washing Gold, Cariboo.
7. Glimpse of San Juan Island.

2. Mr. A. C. Anderson's farm house.
4. Bastion, H.B.Co's. Fort, Nanaimo.
6. Prospectors starting for the hills.
8. Steamer " Reliance '' at Yale.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

*STORY OF CONFEDERATION.

An
Experiment.

CONFEDERATION came about in a way in British Columbia entirely dif-
ferent to that in any of the other Provinces. It is scarcely necessary to
review the events which led up to the Union of four Provinces in 1867.
Although the maritime provinces wanted an alliance of their own. they did
not take kindly to one with Canadians, as the inhabitants of Ontario and
Quebec were then known, and it was only by political strategy that it was accom-
plished in the case of New Brunswick and Nova Scotia, wliile Prince Edward
Island remained out for some time after. Quebec at heart was not with the
movement, although she joined hands with Ontario, having first fixed her repre-
Confederation sentation. Manitoba cost the Dominion a rebellion. Her entry
In other into the Federal compact was badly managed, and an unnecessary
Provinces. grievance created, which prejudiced the catise for the time beinjf.
In the East Confederation arose largely out of a sentiment of unitv. It was an
idea — a grand consummation into the accomplishment of which the leaders of
both parties entered with enthusiasm. There were many diverse elements and
interests to consider, many difficulties in the way, but there were also many
obvious disadvantages in remaining apart: and when the Fathers of Confedera-
tion had made up their minds to succeed and went seriously to
work, the difficulties were soon overcome. It was an experiment
at first, and no man could confidently predict the outcome. There
v-ere local irritations, provincial prejudices, and weighty obligations to maKe
good. For a time not a few able, conscientious and truly loyal men, who subse-
quently became good Canadians and heartily acquiesced, looked on with misgiv-
ings and gravely doubted the wisdom of the experiment. If, however, the British
possessions in North America were to remain British. Confederation was in-
evitable. Amalgamation and structural organization were rapidly going on on
the United States side of the line, and such a political force could only be counter-
balanced and restricted by a similar movement on this side. In the East, there-
fore, as has been intimated, the stimulus to Confederation was political and
national, and was so in spite of local considerations. Manitoba, on the other
hand, was a territorial purchase, and was virtually created at the time of its union
with the other provinces, and had it not been for the community of Metis, whose
fears were inspired by an ambitious zealot, abetted by a few American citizens,
there would have been nothing either in the way of local interests or sentimental
objections to have interfered.

In British Columbia the conditions were entirely different from, and the
considerations of a nature totally unlike those which affected the eastern half of
Canada. Geographically, the Crown Colony was far removed from the seat ot
Government. An almost insuperable barrier of mountains cut it off from the rest
of the British possessions. A Vc^st, unbroken and practically uninhabited plain
separated it from the nearest Province. Politically or socially, the influences of
Eastern Canada did not extend to within a thousand miles of its extremest

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

boundary eastward. There was absolutely no land co:nmunication, and, apart from
Hudson's Bay Company fur caravans, only one or two parties had ever come
overland. There were comparativelj' few Canadian-born resi-
Conditiuns In dents. and these were mainly among the pioneers who had left
British Columbia, ^j^^j^ native place while Confederation sentiment was still in its
infancy, and who had formed new associations, ^nd, to some extent, new ideals
and objects in life. The population was largely Britisli-born, with n..t a lew
Americans interspersed. The country, in its physical configuration, its resources,
its requirements, was in every sense foreign to Canada. Communicalion and
trade were wholly with tlie Pacific Coast and Great Britain, and sympathies to
a considerable extent followed in the line of trade and travel. It is not to be
wondered at, therefore, that there was an important element opposed to Confed-
eration at the outset.

The main-spring, however, was not sentimentalism. It was not with the
idea of rounding ofi Confederation, or building up a commonwealth from ocean
to ocean, with a common organic structure and a common destiny — nothing of
the kind. While there were prominent men in the colony, like the late Hon. John
Robson, F. J, Barnard, and the Hon. Amor de Cosmos, who hailed from Canada,
and who were no doubt imbued with aspirations of a kind that directed the move-
ment in the East, yet the mass of the population was not influenced by such con-
siderations, and that was the most natural thing in the world. It could not have
been expected to be otherwise. Dr. Helmcken, who opposed Confederation con-
scientiously as well as ably, during the debate to go into committee on the terms

submitted by Governor Musgrave, said with much force that
Dr. Heimckcns ,i^^ union between this Colony and Canada can permanently

exist unless it be to the material and pecuniary advantage of this
Colony to remain in the Union. The sum of the interests of the inhabitants is the
interest of the colony. The people of this colony have, generally speaking,
no love for Canada. They care, as a rule, little or nothing about the creation of
another empire, kingdom or republic. They have but little sentimentality, and
care little or nothing about the distinctions between the form of Government of
Canada and that of the United States.

"Therefore, no union on account of love need be looked for. The only
bond of Union, outside of force — and force the Dominion has not — -.vill be the
material advantage of the country and pecuniary benefit of the inhabitants. Love
for Canada has to be acquired by the prosperity of the country and from our
children."

Dr. Helmcken did not represent the feelings of Briti.sh Columbia in so far
as the desire for Confederation was concerned, but he struck a hard, cold truth
in so far as sentiment was concerned. To rightly understand the feelings of the
people on the subject we have to go back to the conditions of the time. The
situation has already been described, which in one word, in relation to Canada,
was isolation. The circumstances, however, were these: The Province was heav-
ily in debt, the liabilities being a round $1,500,000 for about 10,000 white people.
The after effects of the Cariboo gold fever were being experienctd. Prosperity
had vanished, times were depressed, money was scarce, and no prospects ahead
in Victoria deplored the loss of a free port, to which they attributed a good deal
except the chance of new gold fields being di.^covercd. A great many people

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

A OcHirc fur
Change.

.1 Traoscontl-
nental Railway.

of their former prosperity. On the Mainland, wlicrc tlir Confefleratioti move-
ment was the strongest, there existed a i\et'n dissatisfaction over tlie removal of
the Capital from Westminster. .\nd so all round tluTf was a
desire tor chanRe. As a Crown colony there were only two ro:ids
open which offered any hopes of betterment— Confederation or
Annexation. While there was a slight movement in the latter direction, and a
petition had been gotten up in its favour, signed mainly by Americans; and, while
there was a modicum of truth in what Dr. Ilelmcken said about the majority of
people caring little about the distinctions as to the form of Government of Canada
and the United States, yet British Columbia was essenti-Hv loyal to British insti-
tutions and to the British flag. As a political possibility it was not to be thought
of, and the sentiments expressed by the Fathers of Confederation in British Co-
lumbia, in the debate referred to, showed to what small extent the annexation
movement had influenced public or)inion. Union with Canida, if it meant no
more than continued connection witli the mother country, in thit respect was
unobjectionable at least. It was, in fact, preferable to annexation. Isolation
seemed to be hopeless and unendurable. Change was necessary.

For some years before, the subject of a transcontinental railway had been

much discussed, both in Great Britain and Canada, and with the writings of promi-
nent men on this subject British Columbians were familiar; because, as a class
they were educated, intelligent and well-informed — highly superior to any similar
number of men in the other Provinces — a fact easily accounted
for. Many were graduates of universities and well connected, a
select company of adventurers, so to speak. A railway from
ocean to ocean was a popular theme. It opened up new vistas of possibilities
not only for Canada, but the Empire. To Canadians it meant a chain to bind the
disconnected British possessions together; it meant an outlet to and inlet from
the West; it disclosed a new Dom.inion of great magnitude and prom se It wag
a subject brimful of opportunity for the eloquence of oratory and the pen-pictur-
ing of the essayist. To Great Britain it afforded that alternative route of com-
merce long sought for in tlit North-West passage, for the d scovery of which her
seamen had been diligent and persistent; and for military transport in case of war.

As Confederation was the order of the day, and was being successfully
accomplished, the people of British Columbia were not slow to sej that in the
undertaking of such an enterprise lay their hopes for the future. With a railway
having one terminus at Halifax and the other on the shores of the Pacific, they
recognized the importance of their position geographically and commercially —
a position which in annexation would only and always be secondary to San
Francisco, but in Confederation second to none. In all the political habiliments,
paraphernalia and belongings, clothing, surrounding, and attach-
ing to Confederation the one main object — the essence of it all
was a railway — direct communication with the East. As Dr.
Helmcken might have expressed it. they loved not Canada for what she was,
but for what she could do for them. They noted the terms under which the other
Provinces had entered the Federal Union — debts assumed, allowances made for
differences of degree and conditions, annual subsidies in lieu of existing revenues.
Provincial autonomy, and so on. They knew further the anxiety there was to
extend the Dominion of Canada westward to the Pacific Ocean. To be rel evcd
of debt, to throw oflf the weight of an over-weighty othcialdom and to secvire a

National
Interests.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Made a Good
Bargain.

railway and still possess the sovereign rights of self-government by the one act
of Union was a consummation devoutly to be wished. The people of British
Columbia were wise in their day and generation and knew, or
thought they knew, how to make a good bargain, and whatever
may be the differences of opinion that exist to-day as to the
position of this Province in the Dominion, they flattered themselves, when the
news came from Ottawa as to the outcome of the negotiations there, that they
had done well. And who will say, considering the circumstances of the Province
at that time, and its impotency to do for itself what the Dominion Government
had agreed to do for it, that the issue did not justify some measure of self-satis-
faction? A railway 3,000 miles long to be begun within two years; $100,000 a
year in lieu of lands to be given for the railway in question; 80 cents per head of
a population computed at 60,000; deliverance from $1,500,000 of debt; $500,000
for a dry dock at Esquimalt; superannuation of officials; $.15,000 a year in sup-
port of the Government; 5 per cent, per annum on the difference between the debt
and that of Nova Scotia and New Brunswick pro rata of the population; Indians
to be cared for by the Dominion and nine representatives at Ottawa, three Sena-
tors and six members in the House of Commons. In lieu of this the Provincj
gave up the land included in the railway belt, and customs and excise revenues,
These terms were subsequently modified to some extent, favourably to the Prov-
ince, but not in any essential respect.

Looking at it from the standpoint of to-day it would be a difficult task in-
deed, and perhaps a not over-wise one, to decide as to which of the two parties
to the negotiations really made the better bargain. Speculation would not be quite
idle as to what this Province would be standing alone as a Crown Colony; but
we cannot come to a definite conclusion. Great life and energy have been im-
parted to the people and great development has resulted. The foundation has
been laid for things many times greater in comparison, the magnitude of which
we are not yet in a position to realize. It is true the Province is paying a sub-
stantial dividend yearly to the Dominion for the latter' s investment, and is not
in debt for the advantages it has derived. On the other hand, the
Dominion assumed enormous obligations, under which she stag-
gered for a time, to carry out the terms of the bargain with
British Columbia, but Canada to-day without the West would not rank higher
in the category of countries than one of the States of the American Union. With
the prestige which a transcontinental line with its trans-Pacific connections has
given her, with the markets that have been afforded to her manufacturers thereby,
and the wealth that has been added to her domain, the taking of British Col-
umbia into the family compact has constituted it the supreme achievement of
Confederation.

To come back to the starting point of Confederation in British Columbia:
that may be said to have been the union of Vancouver Island with the Mainland.
No doubt the dissatisfaction in the Westminster district over tlie removal of the
Capital had much to do in stimulating the movement, and its foremost advocates
belong to the Mainland. It is true that the Hon. Amor de Cosmos, in Victoria,
had been among the first — if he was not indeed the first — to publicly advocate it in
his paper, the "Standard."

However, it first came prominently to the front during the session of
1867, when a resolution was unanimously passed in its favour, requesting

Possibilities
Opened Up.

\ \

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

The Agitation
for It.

Gov. Seymour "to take measures without delay to secure the admission of British
Columbia into the Confederation on fair and equitable terms." Ciov, Seymour,
it may be remarked, was at first not favouiu!;)" disjiosed to a
Local Causes- union with Canada, and whatever his inlluentc with the Execu-
tive may have been in this regard is not known; but at all events,
when the session of the following year was held, little or no progress had been
made in the direction indicated by the resolution in question, and, as a matter of
fact, the members of the Government seemed to have changed their attitude in
regard to it, and when the subject was again introduced it met with overwhelming
opposition. A.s a result of the action taken, or, rather, not taken, by the Execu-
tive Council, an agitation was started throughout the country for the purpose of
bringing it to ^n issue.

At a public meeting held in Victoria on January 29th, 1868, a committee
was appointed, consisting of Messrs. James Trimble, Amor de Cosmos, I. W.
Powell, J. R. Findlay, R. Wallace and H. E. Seeley, who drew up ;ind signed
a memorial, which set forth, among other things, the resolution unanimously
passed by the Legislative Council, already referred to; that a public meeting had
been held at the same time expressing concurrent views with the Legislative
Council; that the people of Cariboo had held in the previous December a highly
enthusiastic meeting, and unanimously passed a resolution in favour of immedi-
ately joining the Dominion; that public opinion was overwhelmingly in favour
of Confederation; that there was only a small party other than Anncxaionists
who were opposed; that nearly all the offices belonged to the
latter party; that there was only a small party in favour of
annexation to the United .States; that Governor Seymour had not
made any representations to the Dominion Government asking for admission.
as requested; that the Legislative Council, composed as it was of officials and
others subject to the will of the Government, could not be depended upon to
express the will of the people, and so on. These and other representations
were contained in the memorial which was addressed to the Dominion Govern-
ment.

Hon. S. L. Tilley, the Minister of Customs, sent the following reply, dated
Ottawa, March 2Sth, 1868: "The Canadian Government desires union with British
Columbia, and has opened communication with the Imoerial
Government on the subject of the resolutions, and suggests im-
mediate action by your Legislators and a passage of an address
to Her Majesty requesting union with Canada. Keep us info'-mcd of progress."
On the 2ist of May of the same year a Confederation League was formed
in the city of Victoria, of which the following gentlemen formed the Executive
Committee: James Trimble (Mayor), Capt. Stamp, Dr. Powell, J. F. (now Hon.
Justice) McCreight, Robert Beaven, J. D. Norris, George Pearkes. R. Wallace,
C. Gowen, M. W. Gibbs, Amor de Cosmos and George Fox. The League began
with a nxmbcrship of one hundred in Victoria, and branches were formed in
several places on the Island and the Mainland.

In Victoria, prominent among those who opposed Confederation was Dr.
Helmcken, then a vigorous speaker and writer, who made his opposition much
felt.

On July the ist of the same year, what was described as "a largely attended
and spirited open-air meeting" was held at Barkcrville, Cariboo, at \vhi:h strong

Canada
Demands Union.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBI/^

Cnrlboo In
Favour.

Convention at
Yale.

resolutions were passed unaninT^ ^sly condemning the Govrrnment for op;iosing
Confederation and favouring "some organized and systematic mode of obtaining
111 ssion into tlie Dominion of Canada." At this nueting Mr.
j. S. Tlionipson, afterwards a mcniher of Parliament, made an
effective and eloquent speech in moving a re-ohition. wliich. by
the way, was seconded by Mr. Cornelius Booth, now Supervisor of the Rolls for
the Province. Before the meeting adjourned a committee of five was appointed
to carry out the wishes of the meeting in furthering what had been advocated.

Tiie next most important step in the agitation was the holding on S.'ptember
14th the somewhat celebrated Convention at Yale, at which most of the Lading
men of the Province were present. A committee was then appointed, composed
of Hon. Amor de Cosmos, Messrs. Macmillan. Wallace and
Norris, of Victoria; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster; and
Hon. Hugh Nelson, of Burrard Inlet, to carry out the objects
of the Convention. The proceedings of this Convention were very much criticised
at Ae time, and were the subject of not a little ridicule on the part of those who
were opposed to the movement.

At the next meeting of the Legislature, in 1869, tlie question was again
brought up, with the result that the Government carried an adverse resolution
as follows; "That this Council, impressed w.tn the conviction that under existing
circumstances the Confederation of this colony with the Dominion of Canada
would be undesirable, even if practicable, would urge upon Her Majesty's Gov-
ernment not to take any steps toward the present cctisummation of such union."
Messrs. Carrall, Robson, Havelock, Walkem and Humphrey.^., who stated that
they had been returned .is Confederationists, entered a protest against the passage
of the resolution, and placed on record t'.ieir disa;)proval of t!ie action of the
Government.

Despite the attitude taken by the Government, events about this time began
to hasten that which facilitated in rather an unexpected way the bringing about
of Confederation. There was considerable talk of annexation on the part of, it is
true, an inconsiderable minority of American citizens, and a petition, whih was
circulated and signed principally by the latter, was sent to the President of t'le
United States, praying for admission into the Union. In June cf that ye ir Gov.
ernor Seymour, whose sympathies and influence during the preliminary portion
of the agitation for Confederation had been on the side of those
who were opposed to it, but whose opposition, we are led to
understand, was subscMjuently withdrawn — the result of his visit
to England — died. Anthony Musgra e. whose inst'u:tions were to Lrin^-^ abont
Confederation as speedily as possible in conformity with the Imperial policy,
succeeded him. Gov. Musgrave, we are told, "was admirably fitted for the work
of reconciling the opi.osing elements, and his efforts were eas'ly succes.-ful."
Since the time that the first '•esolution liad ;>assed the House, when it was unini-
mously agreed to, the events in Canada h.;d led to a tempor iry uamper in the
enthusiasm at first displayed over ConfederaUon. There was the dissatisf:'ction
existing in Nova Scotia, which did not augur well for the success of tie Union,
and the trouble in Manitoba, which at the time the L'-gi-lative
Council sat, in 1870, had .i-A yet been sett'ed sati^factorilj'. These
no doubt created some unrest in the niimls of some of t'le lead-
ing men in the colony, especially in Victoiia, as to the wisdom of jcinin; hands
with tne Dominion v.liile as yet Conl'ederation was, so to speak, only in the

Hastened '.y
Events.

The Fi.>.>Iintt
El»c\v'!U-ie

# V

AND MANUAL OF rROVINCIAL 1NI'( JRMATIOX.

The Terms
Proposed.

experimental stage. There were in British Cohinibia sonic indii-aiinns of iinp-ovt'-
ment of the situation, owing to mining cxcitenicnt, the result of s me new dis-
coveries, and it was thou^lit by some, notably Dr. Hchncken, that it wou'd be
better to wait a little longer in order to judge more accurately of the r.s ilt< O''
Confederation in the other I'rovinccs, and in case of times improving, as seemed
probable, British Columbia would be in a better position to d mand her own
teims than if she went into the Union on the first iiivitat.on.

However, Gov. Musgrave was anxious to carry out his instnictious, and
no doubt wished to have the honour of bringing the matter to a succssful issue
during his term of office, and he succeeded, as we shall see, in bringing the Exec-
utive to his way of thinking. I'rior to the session of i«7o he had. aitli his
Council, framed resolutions to lay before tliem so as to enable him t(j deal with
the Government of Canada. It was agreed that the terms of Union should not
be finally accepted until ratified by the people, and authority was to b " a ked to
reconstitute the Legislative Council, so as to allow the majority of its nienibers
to be formally returned for electoral districts, and thus obtain an ex'.)ie;>.ion of
opinion of the people of the colony.

The terms of union proposed by the Governor were, briefly Canada
to assume the debt of British Columbia: to pay $35,000 yearly for the
support of the local Government, and 80 cents per head of the population, to bs
rated at 120,000, the rate of 80 cents to be continued until the i,opulation reach.'d
400,000, the subsidy thereafter to remain fixed; to commence at on e tie sur/ey
for a line of railway; to complete a waggon road to Lake Superior
within three years after Confederation, and not less than $1,000,000
to be spent in any one year in its construction: to guarantee 5
per cent, interest on a loan of £100,000 for the construction of a graving dock at
Esquimalt; to provide fortnightly steam communication with San r'rancisco: to
give regular communication with Nanaimo and the interior; to build and maintain
a Marine Hospital, a Lunatic Asylum and a Penitentiary; to maintain the Judi-
ciary and the Post Office and Customs services; to use its inlluence to retain
Esquimalt as a station for Her Majesty's ships and to establish a volunteer »<!rce;
to provide a pension for the present officers of t'le Government: and tc' allow
interest at the rate of 5 per cent, per annum on the difference between Mic a ttal
amount of the indebtedness of the colony, per head of the population, rated at
120,000, and the indebtedness per head of the other provinces.

On Wednesday, March 9th, 1870, began the memorable debate on the sub-
ject of Confederation with Canada, when the then Attorney-General, Hon. (now
Sir Henry P. P.) Crease, rose to move: "That this Council do now resolve itself
into committee of the whole, to take into consideration the terms projjosed lor
the Confederation of the Colony of British Columbia witli tlie Dominion of
Canada, in His Excellency's message to tliis Council." "In doing so." he siid,
''I am deeply impressed with th'^ momentous character of thj discuss on into
which we arc about to enter, the grave iinportance of a decision by which t'.ie
fate of this, our adopted country of Britisli Colutnbia. must be intUieiiced for
better, or for worse, for all time to come. And I earnestly hope that our miiid>
and best energies may be bent to a task which will t:ix all our
patriotism, all our forbea'-ancc, all our abnegation of self and
selfish aims; to conibire all our individual powers into one great,
•inited effort for the common good." He then invoked the Divine blessing in the
following words: "^May He who holds the fate of nations in tiie hollow of His

A Vlemota')lc
Debate.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

hand, and crowns witli success, or brings to naught the councils of men, guide
all our deliberations to such an issue as siiall promote the p. ace, honour and
welfare of our Most Gracious SovcrciKn, and of this and all ciher portions of her
extended realm." His speech in introducing tiie resolution above was brief, but
lucid and eloquent. "This issue is," lie remarked, "Confederation or no Confed-
eration," and pungently added, "Your question, Mr. President, that I dr> now
leave the chair, means: Will you refuse Confederation at any price or will vou
have it on favourable terms? That is the issue before us now." Thus was
launched a discussion, wliicli, vigorously conducted for a number of da>s, landed
the Province of British Columbia in the arms of the Dominion.

The debate to go into Committee of the Whole lasted three days, and nine

days were occupied in discussing the details in committee. Some notable speeches

were made, and probably no debate since that time brought into re(|uisition

greater talent, or better sustained and more dignified oratory in the Legislative

Assembly. They were able men, some of tliem, wlio took part,

Those Who and all the speakers were prominent in the affairs of the country.

Tooki'art. Among them were Attorney-General Crease, Dr. Helmcken.

Amor de Cosmos, Thomas Humphreys. M. W. T. Drake, John

Rohson, Joseph Trutch. Hy Holbrook, T. L. Wood, F. J Barnard, R. W. W.

Carrall, E. Dewdney, G. A. Walkem — nearly all of whom are familiur to the

newest comers as men liaving taken a Iiigli place in the affairs of tlio Province.

It would be impossible in a limited space to give even in outline the salient

points in the debate, which, by the way, was reported for the Legislative Council

by W. Sebright Green, whose name is familiar to those who read tlie i)roieed-

ings of the Royal Colonial Institute. He has read several important papers at

its meetings, and takes a deep interest in colonization matters.

Following the Hon. the Attorney-Genrral came Dr. Helmcken, from whom
the principal opposition arose. In the course of his remarks he said: "The
honorable gentleman laid great stress upon the consolidation of British interests
on this coast; but I say. sir, that however much we are in favour of consolidating
British interests, our own must come first. Imoerial interests can well afford
to wait. We are invited to settle this question now and forever; but I sav that
we are not called upon to do so. The matter will come before tlie people after
the propose*- terms have been submitted to the Dominion Government; and it
will very likely happen that if these terms were rejected and others of a mean
nature substituted by the Government of Canada for the consickration of the
people of this colony, other issues may come up at the polls,
and amongst them the question whether there is no other place
to which this colony can go but Canada. Whatever may be the
result of the present vote, it is impossible to deny the probability of the lesser being
absorbed by the greater, and it cannot be regarded as improbable that ultimately
not only this colony but the .vhole of the Dominion of Canada will b^' absorbed
by the United States." As has already been stated. Dr. Helmcken dwelt largely
on the fact that the time was inopportune to open the question, because he indi-
cated that the new gold discoveries would bring a large population to the I'rov-
ince and that the present depression would be swept away, and tiiat in that event
the Province would be in a better position to go to the Dominion and negotiate
for terms.

In noticing the drawbacks of the colony he said: "The United States hem
us in on every side. It is the nation by which we exist. It is a nation which

Dr. Hclmcken's
Position.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

has made this colony what it is; but, nevertheless, it is one of our greatest draw-
backs. We do not enjoy her advantages, nor do we profit much by them. We do
not share her prosperity, and we are far too small to !)c rival^. The elTict of
a large body and a small body being brought into contact is that the larger will
adopt the smaller and ultimately absorb it. And again, I say so, sir; I say tl'.at
the United States will probably ultitnatoly absorb both this colony and the
Dominion of Canada. Canada will, in all probability, desire quite as much to
join her ultimately as we do now to join the Dominion." Dr. Helmcken also
objected to the Canadian tariff, which was lower than tliat of
British Columbia at tlio time, and coiiseciuently unfavourable
to the deyeIoi)nicnt of the agrictiltur.il industry. This was a
matter that was very strongly dwelt upon by nearly all the member , and it was
held that m arranging the terms the Dominion Government would bo specially
induced to look after the interests of this Province and see that tiie farmers were
protected from competition from the neighbouring territory of Washington and
Oregon. The doctor held that the Confederation would be inimical to nearly
every interest of the Province and particularly to the farmers. He said it would
be inimical to brewers, to the spar trade, to the i'lshories, whulitii^ pursuits and
the lumber business. Of all the speeches delivered his may be said to have been
the most original.

The Canadlaa
Tariff.

Hon.
Mr. Drake.

Hon. Mr. Drake, member for Victoria City, moved the six months' hoist
saying: "I need not state, sir, that I have always been opposed to Confederation.
I have consistently opposed Federation on any terms up to the present time,
and I do not see any reason now to change my opinion." Mr. Drake took very
much the same line of objection as Dr. Helmcken. He spoke particularlv in
regard to the Canadian tarifT, which he said would place the
farmers of British Columbia at a very great disadvantage com-
pared with those of the United States. He claimed that distance
from Canada, smallness of population, giving an insignificant representation in
the Dominion Parliament, and the unsettled state of the intervening territory.
would be insuperable barriers to the success of the scheme. The Hon. Mr. Ring,
member for Nanaimo, seconded Mr. Drake's amendment, and spoke brieflv.
Hon. Mr. Robson, it is needless to say, though opposed to the Government,
took a strong and patriotic position in favour of the original resolution. He
always favoured Confederation.

hem
■hich

Perhaps the strongest speech was made by Hon. J. W. Trutch, Ciiief Com-
missioner of Lands and Works. His arguments were well presented, and his
advocacy of Confederation moderate but firm. Regarding Canada, he said: "I
believe, sii, that many of the objections which have been raised to Confederation
have arisen from prejudiced feelings. I have no reason to be
prejudiced against or partial to Canada. I believe that Canadians
as a people are no better than others, and no worse. I have no
ties in Canada, nor particular reason for entertaining any feeling of afTection
for Canada." He repudiated some suggestions of Hon. Mr. Drake as follows:
'The honourable junior member for Victoria asks what guarantee have we that
the terms will be carried out. I say at once, sir, if the terms are not carried out,
if the Canadian Government repudiate their part of the agreement, we shall be
equally at liberty to repudiate ours. We should, I maintain, be at liberty to

Hon.
Joseph Trutch.

sfi

YEAR nOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Hon.

Hnllirnok.

Hon.
Mr. Wood.

Confederation. Ho i-r)iisi(lcir(l tlio tiiiu' w.t? most opportuiio IIo was in favour of
the Province having t!ie right to make its own tariff sf) as to protect its farm-
ing? interests, and hailed with pleasure the salmon laws of Canada
and a<ivocated the rights of the Indians. Concluding, he said:
".\s wo slir'i. from our position on tho Pacific Coast, l)C the key-
stone of Confederation, I hope we may become the most wlo'ious in the whole
structure, and tend to our own and England's future greatness."

Hon. Mr. Wood was the next speaker. He supported in an able and argu-
mentative spoocli tho amendment for the six months' hoist. IFis objections were,
first, to the principles of the Orpanic Act of i8('»7. as applied tf) tlio British North
American Provinces; second, to the special application f)f the principle to this
Province; third, to the mode in which the consent of its adoption was attempted
to be obtained. Mr. Wood thouKht tho principle of Conlodera-
tion was bad in itself and would not work ont successfully. He
thought that Groat Britain favoured it from a selfish point of
view, and not from considerations of broad statesmanshij). With respect .to
British Columbia his objections were: Remoteness, oomiarative in^ignificince.
and diversity of interests. As to the third objection, the mode of bringinj^ about
Confederation, he objected to it as not appealing to moral or political considera-
tions, but to pectmiary motives. In other words, the people were being bribed by
promises of a raiiv ly and a dry dock rather than boinc convinced bv political
advantages.

Hon. Amor de Cosmos made a long and vigorous thoush somewhat dis-
cursive speech. He claimed to be the first to advocate Confedorati )n, and as
such condemned the Government for delaying so Ion.?. He remarke 1 at the
opening: "For many years I have regarded the union of t!io Brit sh Pacific
territories, and of their consolidation under one Government, as one of the steps
preliminary to the grand consolidation of the British l^mpire in North America.
I still look upon it in this light with the pride and feeling of a
native born British American. From the time wlicn I first mas-
tered the institutes of physical and political geography I could
see Vancouver Island on the Pacific from my home on the Atlantic; and I could
see a time when the British possessions, from the United Stat.-s boindary to the
Arctic Ocean, and extending from the Atlantic to the Pacific, would be consoli-
dated into one great nation." Mr. de Cosmos inciden'ally remirked: '"If I had
my way, instead of the United States owning Alaska, it would have been Brit-
ish to-day." He laid great stress on the terms of Confederation and was anxious
to make as good a money bargain as possible. On that ground he objected to
the financial arrangements as submitted by the Government as not creating sif-
ficient surplus of revenue and also to the fiction, as he termed it. of assuming the
population to be 120,000 instead of 40.000. It may be remarked here, incidentally,
that the assumption of 120,000 as the population of British Co-
lumbia was based not on an estimate of the actual number of peo-
ple, including Indians, in the Province, but on the relative tariflf
revenue as compared with that of Canada, which was as three to one. In other
words, it was estimated that as every individual paid three Jimes in tariflf imposts
what was paid in Canada, the population should be figured as 120,000 instead of
40,000. It is curious that the rate of revenue still maintains the same ratio Our
population is now 100,000. According ^ that method of figuring it should be
300,000 for the purpose of a subsidy.

A StroHR
Champion.

The Rates of
Benefit.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INi'ORMATlON.

It (lis-
ind as
It the
Pacific
: steps
lerica.
K of a
mas-
could
co'.ild
o the
n soli-
hid
Brit-
xious
d to

Slf-

g the
tally.
Co-
peo-
tariff
other
posts
ad of
Our
Id be

A Cnniidlnn
Scniliiu-nt.

Hon. Mr. RinK again spokf, advocating that the people should h.ive an
opportunity of deciding upon the terms before it was discusS' d l)y the House.

Mr. Barnard was tlie most enthusiastic supporter of Confederation, and he
took up the subject, as he did anything in which he became interested, with
peculiar energy. Speaking as a Canadian born, he said: "I desire, bcfon- koing
further, to allude to a ciiarsc commonly laid against my countrymen — often
ofTensively put— but yesterday put by the Hun. Mr. Wood in his usually gentle-
manly way. It is that of Canadian proclivity.' As a native born Caiiailian, in
common with others. I love the land of my birth. We admire her institutions
and revere her laws; but we never forget the land of our adoption, and we sliould
no more consent to see her wronged by Canada than would the tens of thousands
of Hnglishmen who have made Canada their home permit a
wrong to be done her by Enijland. k * • * ^j, {,, ^\^^^^
"other issue' (tneaninu annexation) I have no fears for Canada,
or this colony cither. It used to be fashionable here in early days to associate
the name of Canada with rebellion. It was the result of prejudice and ignorance
and was a great mistake. « * * Tq sum up, sir, I say that amongst the
statesmen of Canada we may safely look for men fully competent to control the
affairs of a young nation. They are men of as much ambition and grasp of thought
as are the rulers in the adjoining States; and dep^jnd upon it, nothing will be left
undone to advance the prosperity and well-being of every portion of their vast
Dominion. We may safely repose full confidence in them."

Hon. Mr. Humphreys, for Lillooct. was somewhat fiery in his remarks,
and though in favour of Confederation was much "agin" the Government. He
wanted to see responsible government made a sine qtta non of Union.

Hon. Mr. Carrall, another enthusiastic Confederationist, followed in a well-
balanced speech, and coming from Cariboo, he had strong support in his constitu-
ents. Speaking of Canada, he said: "After she was prevented from g(jing to the
United States by that abrogation of the Reciprocity Treaty she
Dr. Carrall. turned her attention to her own resources, and I believe she is
now going to be one of the most progressive nations upon the
earth. Undoubtedly she is determined to progress westward until she reaches
British Columbia and the Pacific, and with all her progressive tendencies she will
not abate one jot of her loyalty for which now, as ever, she is distinguished."

Hon. Mr. Alston, Registrar-General, a representative of the official ele-
ment in the House, supported the Government's resolution. Mr. Dewdney, the
present Lieutenant-Governor, member for Kootenay, was in rather an awkward
position, for, as far as he could ascertain, his constituents were opposed to Con-
federation; but as he was unable to consult with them upon the terms just sub-
mitted, he took the responsibility of supporting the resolution for Confederation,
I do believe that their opinions would be in unison with that of
Confederation to his constituents "in the light that it now bears.
I do believe that their opinions would be in unison w«th that of
the country generally — in favour of Confederation on terms now proposed."
The debate was closed by brief remarks from Dr. Helmcken, defining his position,
and the Hon. Attorney-General, Hon. Mr. Drake, member for Victoria City,
withdrew his amendment, and the resolution was carried unanimously and the
House went into committee of the whole.

The discussion for the next ten days was on matters of detail and was

Close of the
Peltate.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

quite too long and irregular to endeavour to present in any concise form. The
terms a!> submitted by Gov. Musgrave were agreed to, with a few exceptions, the
principal of which were that the annual grant of $35,000 to be paid by tho Do-
minion for the support of the Local Government was raised to $75,000, and the
limit of population at which the amount of subsid> became fixed was changed
from 400,000 to 1,000,000, and a series of supplementary resolutions added.
Messrs. Helmcken, Trutch, and Carrall were chosen by the
^''* Executive to go to Ottawa to arrange the terms with

the Dominion Government. The sum of $3,000 was voted
to defray their expenses, and they left on May loth, 1870, by way of San
Francisco. On the 7th of July the special correspondent of the "Colonist" tele-
graphed as follows: "Terms agreed upon. The delegates are satisfied. Canada
is favourable to immediate union and guarantees the railway. Trutch has gone
to England. Carrall remains one mon:h. Helmcken and your correspondent are
on their way home."

The terms agreed upon have already been given in substance, and were con-
firmed by the Legislature upon its first meeting thereafter.

In connection with the terms of Confederation, submitted by Gov. Mus-
grave, and adopted in substance by the Legislative Council, supplementary resolu-
tions, as has already been stated, were passed, stating: i. That duties levied upon
maltsters and brewers, under the Excise Law of Canada, would be detrimental
to British Columbia, and requesting that no export duty should be charged on
spars exported from British Columbia. 2. That the application of the Canadian
tariff, while reducing the aggregate burden of taxation, would
Supplementary injuriously aflfect the agricultural and commercial interests of

Kesolutlor.s. . ., , . , . , , , .

the community, and reqnestmg that f"^ecial rates of customs duties
and regulations should be arranged for the colony. 3. Tiiat a geographical sur-
vey of British Columbia be made, such survey to be commenced one year after
Confederation. 4. And that all public works and propcty of British Columbia
at the time of admission, except such public works and property as properly be-
longed to the Dominion under the British North America Act, should belong to
British Columbia, and all roads to be free of toll of every kind whatsoever.

The terms of union agreed upon between the delegates from British Colum-
bia and the Government of Canada differed from those adopted by the Legislative
Council in the folio vvinfT important respects: That the population should be
estimated at 60,000 instead of 120,000; that British Columbia should be entitled
to six members in the House of Commons and three in the Senate, instead of
eight members in the House of Commons and four in the Senate.

The proposition for the construction of a waggon road from the main trunk

road of British Columbia to Fort Garry was dropped, and the Dominion undertook

to secure the commencement simultaneously, within two years of the date of the

union, of the construction of a railway from the Pacific to the Rocky Mountains,

and from a selected place east of the Rocky Mountains to the Pacific, to connect

the seabot^rd of British Columbia with the railway system of Canada and to

tecure the completion of the railway within ten years from the

^''**"" Road jj^jg q{ union. For the construction of such railway the Govern-

"'' ment of British Columbia agreed to convey to the Dominion

Government a land grant similar in extent through the entire length of British

Columbia, not to exceed twenty miles on each side of the line, to that appropriated

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

)lum-

I'ative

lid be

ititled

[ad of

Itrunk

Irtook

>f the

ktains,

Innect

Id to

the

bvern-

union

[ritish

riated

The Terms
Agreed Upon.

for the same purpose by the Dominion Government from lands in the
North-West Territories and the Province of Manitoba, with this provision, how-
ever, that the land held under a pre-emption right or Crown grant within the forty-
mile belt should be made good to the Dominion from contiguous public lands.
In consideration of the lands to be thus conveyed to the railway the Dominion
Government agreed to pay to British Columbia from the date of union the sum
of $100,000 per annum in half-yearly payments in advance. The charge of the
Indians and the trusteeship and management of lands reserved for their use and
benefit, were assumed by the Dominion Government. The con-
stitution of the executive authority of the Legislature of British
Columbia was to continue as existing at the time of union until
altered under authority of the British North America Act, but it was understood
that the Dominion Government would readily consent to the introduction of res-
ponsible government when desired by British Columbia, and it was agreed by the
Government of British Columbia to amend the constitution so as to provide that
the majority of the Legislative Council should be elective.

An election was held in November of 1870, in which it is unnecessary to
state that the terms of Confederation were the main issue. The new Council met
January Sth, 1871. Dr. Helmcken was nominated as Speaker, but declined.
The terms of Confederation, as agreed upon, were passed unanimously,
and an address was presented to His Excellency the Governor, praying
that Her Majesty would be graciously pleased to admit British Columbia, under
the provisions of the British North America Act, into the Dominion of
Canada.

Responsible government, for which the colony was fully prepared, was a
natural consequence of Confederation, and a bill was introduced in the Council
on the 31st of January, 1871, to give power to alter the constitution of British Co-
lumbia. The bill was considered in committee of the whole and
Responsible reported complete, and was formally adopted on February 6th.

Government. ,t.. #- . • ■ i • • t . • ^

The first election under the new constitution took place in Oc-
tober, 1871. Hon. Joseph Trutch, conspicuous in bringing about Confederation,
had been appointed Lieutenant-Governor of the new Province. Hon. J. F. (now
Justice) McCreight was called upon to form the first administration. Among
those who were returned to the House, it would be interesting to know, were
G. A. Walkem, Joseph Hupter, Cornelius Booth, J. P. Booth, J. A. Mara, John
Robson, W. J. Armstrong, Robert Beaven, Simeou Duck, Amor de Cosmos, C. A.
Semlin, all of whom, with two exceptions, Hon. John Robson and Hon. Amor de
Cosmos, are still alive and prominent.

It was not long before the question of the Canadian Pacific Railway began
to give cause for trouble, which existed in a more or less aggravated form for
seven or eight years. Few people, even in British Columbia, imagined that the
terms of union so far as the railway was concerned would be strictly adhered to,
but of course they expected a bona fide attempt to commence and complete it
within the time specified. Few people, either, probably had considered fully the
magnitude of the enterprise and the difficulties to be overcome. Sir Joseph
Trutch, one of the del^ates. was fully cognizant of the difficulties, however, when
he made a speech at Ottawa in reply to the toast to his health at a banquet given
in his honour before his visit to England. Speaking about the limit of time, he
said: "If it had been put at twelve or fifteei\ years, British Columbia would have

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

been just as well satisfied, and if the estimated period had been reduced to eight

yeart; it would not have been better pleased. But some definite period for the

completion of this work the delegates from British Columbia

Nottoi»chui- insisted upon as a necessary safeguprd to our colony in entering

Tilled Literally. . , , ^^ . _, , , . .

mlo t'.ie proposed Union. To argue that any other mterp etation
will be placed upon this railway engagement by British Columbii than that
which I have given to you as my construction of it, to argi.;-; that she expects
that it will hr carried out in the exact interpretation of the v/ords themselves
regardless of all circumstances, is a fallacy which cannot bear the test of common
sense. I am sure you will find that British Columbia is a pretty intelligent com-
munity, which will be apt to take a business view of the matter. She will expect
that this railway shall be commenced in two years, for that is clearly practicable,
and she will also expect that the financial ability of the Dominion will be exerted
to its utmost, within the limit of reason, to complete it within the time named in
the agreement. But you may rest assured that she will not regard this railway
agreement as a 'cast iron contract,' as it has been called, or desire that it should
be carried out in any other way than as will secure the prosperity of the whole
Dominion, of which she is a part. I have understood this railway engagement
in this way from the first, and still so understand it."

Immediately after the ratification of the terms of union the work of ex-
ploration and survey began, but at the end of the time limit, Tst of July, 1873.
explorations had only been carried on to an extent sufficient to determine the
direction in which the experimental surveys should proceed It is needless at
this date to enter into the details of the several syndicates that were formed for
the purpose of building the proposed Canadian Pacific Railway, or the rather
disastrous termination of the Sir John Macdonald Government
as the result of the scandal in connection therewith. Hon. Alex,
ander Mackenzie was called to power. Previous to the change, however, the
Government of British Columbia had been notified that Esquinialt had been
selected as the terminus of the railway. When Hon. Mr. Mackenzie assumed the
management of affairs his policy in regard to the construction of the railway
was opposed to that of his predecessors, inasmuch as he believed in going more
slowly and in building the line as the resources of the Dominion would allow,
refusing to be bound by the terms made by the preceding Gov-
ernment in regard to the time limit. Out of this change of
policy grew the subsequent dissatisfaction and agitation which
troubled the Province for several years. Previous to the incoming of the Mac-
kenzie Administration surveys had been carried on in British Columbia in order
to ascertain the best route by way of Yellow Head Pass. One of these was the
Fraser route with its terminus at Burrard Inlet; one to Esquimalt via Bute Inlet,
by crossing the Seymour Narrows, and the other down the Skeena River.

In 1874 Hon. Alex. Mackenzie introduced his Pacific Railway Bi!l, by
which the line was divided into four sections: the first extending from Lake
Nipissing to the west end of Lake Superior; the second from Lake Superior to
the Red River in Manitoba; the third from Red River to some point between
Fort Edmonton and the Rocky Mountains; the fourth from the western terminus
of the third section to some point in British Columbia. The Mackenzie Govern-
ment declined to accept Esquimalt as the terminus of the railway and made

Dissatisfaction

Arose.

2
3
4

5
6

2.
3.
4.
5.

At Glacier.

Snowsheds at lllecillewaet.

Above Yale.

Kamloops.

Anthracite.

6. Yale, back view

VIEWS ON THE C, P. R.

iii

i',

VIEWS ON THE CARIBOO WAGGON ROAD.

\ '"V*

(/)
q:

ili

= Q

- O

^^^^k'A'- .1^1

.#*

^^^^^^^^^^ '>■' ^^^^H

^^^^^A^ ' ^Jn^^l

^^^^^B y ^^^K

^^PKI^I

•«

^^^^^■/ ^^^^^

t ^Bi^uH

^* ^^n^

■1 ^ViS

B^^^^lffi^^^^^HHi

■/.

^^^^^m

^ '""^ ' ' ' .. ' :<>S^

CO =

^■Bl

BtmBb ^h'

^^Hwf4^

HUf

-i

' ^B^PBi^

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Carnarvon
Terms.

Other alterations in the plans of construction, which were unsatisfactory to the
Provincial authorities. In Victoria, especially, there was a very strong feeling
of resentment, to some extent the result of the delay in construc-
'^"'TMm'nus""' tion, but largely arising out of the fact that the Dominion Gov-
ernment preferred a Mainland terminus to that of Esquimalt. A
rupture was at any time imminent. Strong protests were lodged with the Do-
minion and Imperial authorities. Mr. J. D. Edgar, a confidential agent of t'ie
Mackf nzie Government, was sent out to British Columbia to assure the people
of the desire of that Government to do them justice; but the Government of Brit-
ish Columbia, being in anything but an amiable mood, refused to negotiate with
the delegate in question, inasmuch as he was not clothed with proper credentials,
and he was recalled. The Lieutenant-Governor complained to the Imperial Gov-
ernment that a breach of contract had been committed by the Federal authorities
in not carrying out the terms of Confederation. In the same year Hon. Mr.
Walkem, Attorney-General, proceeded to England with a petition from the
Executive Council of British Columbia. While there he negotiated what are
known as the "Carnarvon Terms." These provided that the rail-
way from Esquimalt should be commenced and completed with-
out delay; that surveys on the Mainland should be pushed with
vigour; that a waggon road and telegraph line should be immediately constructed;
that $2,000,000 a year should be the minimum of expenditure within the Province
on the railway construction after the completion of the surveys; that the railway
should be completed and opened for trafhc to Lake Superior on or before the
first o^ January, 1891. These terms were agreed to by the Dominion Government.
Owing to a bill for the purpose of giving the terms effect being defeated in the
Senate, further delay arose and further protests were made by British Columi ia.
Feeling was so acute that separation was loudly threatened. It was to allay this
feeling that Lord Dufferin visited the Province in i8;6, during which he made his
celebrated speech. While materially His Excellency's visit did not do muc'i to
advance the interests of the railway, it certainly did much to relieve for a time
the strained relations then existing between the Province and the Dominion. The
railway made no progress and matters continued to grow worse till 1878, when a
petition was forwarded to the Queen, asking that the Province be permitted to
withdraw from '.he Union unless the "Carnarvon Terms" were carried cut. A
definite pledge was received in the early part of 1878 that the
LordDui>rin's ^^^^ ^j construction in British Columbia would be begun that
season and the work pushed vigorously. In this year came about
the defeat of the Mackenzie Administration, and Sir John Macdonald's Goveirn-
ment at first desired to ascertain if some other route was not partible by which
Victoria could be reached than that down the Fraser Valley; but tht selection of
Port Moody made by Hon. Alexandc Mackenzie was subsequently confirmed
and the Government contracted with Mr. Onderdonk for the construction of the
lite from Emory's Bar to Savonas Ferry. The Provincial Government, however,
dei'ired to see the line on the Island begun as well, and strongly pressed this mat-
ter on the Federal authorities. Not receiving any satisfactory reply, Hon. Amor De
Cosmos was :f;nt to England to present a petition to the Queen. The Earl of Kim-
berley, then Secretary of State, proposed as a basis of settlement the construction
of a light line of railway from Esquimalt to Nanaimo; the extension of the Can-

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The Settle. sent
Act

been begun under the W?)
completion the Go.' rar.dri
Dominion work; th ' th<: D'
conveyed to it a" lan'^•

adian Pacific line, without delay, to Port Moody; and. the grant of reasonable
compensation money for failure to complete the work within ten years. In 18S3,
in the first year of Mr. Smithe's administration, after the
defeat of Mr. Beaven in 1882, the Settlement Act was
passed, by which all issues between the Province and
the Dominion were finally disposed of. By this Act a subsidy of $750,00*')
was pledged by the Dominion Government for the construction of the Island
Railway, which, with a liberal grant of land from the Provincial Government,
secured the construction and completion of the Esquimalt & Nanaimo Railway.
By the Act in question the drv dock at Esquimalt, construction of "h •ih Lad

.2m Beaven Administration, provided that upon its
c' (anada .should lake it over and operate it as a
'; .ninion Government should be entitled to and have
'inpr thereto, together with the Imperial appropria-
tion; and pay to the i iovinct the price therefor $250,000 in addition to the
amounts that had been expended or remained due up to the passing of the Act.

In the meantime a syndicate had been formed tu build the Canadian Pacific
Railway as a private enterprise. The terms and conditions upon which the syndi-
cate entered upon this gigantic work are too well known to enumerate them here
at any length. Suffice it to say, therefore, that the Dominion agreed to give
the syndicate $25,000,000 in cash, 2S,0'»c,ooo acres of land, guarantee its bonds to
the extent of 3 per cent, for a number of years, allow all material necessary in
the construction of the line to be imported free of duty, turn over to it such por-
tions of the line as were already constructed and in operation and build other
sections, the total value of these being estimated at $15,000,000. The grand total
value of the aid or subsidy amounted to about $65,000,000.
Politically it created a great deal of excitement in Canada at the
time. The syndicate agreed to complete the road by May ist,
1891. Thus all difficulties and delays were put an end to, and when the Settlement
Act of 1883 was passed the term of Confederation may be said to have been finally
consummated and not before. The entering into Confederation in 1870 was merely
formal; the reality came about and the Province was satisfied only when it was
assured beyond all doubt that the railway for which it bargained with the Do-
minion would be completed.

It is well known that the road was completed five years before the limit

specified in the agreement between the syndicate and the Dominion Government,

and the first through train reached Port Moody on July 4th, 1886.

The story ^j^^ foregoing is the story of Confederation in so far as it con-

Completed. „ T .,-,,,. ,, ,

cerns British Columbia. Vancouver s train service was inaugur-
ated May 23rd, 1887, the first through train having reached the Terminal City on
that day, since which date a regular daily east and west-bound service has been
maintained.

The C.P.R. Sya-
dlcate Formed.'

♦Story of Confederation.— The foregoing was a contribution of the author to the Souvenir
Edition of the Vancouver "World," June, 1896.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

THE PRESS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA.

I'enir

THE firr,'; paper rtarted in British Columbia was under the auspices of the
late Roman Catholic Bishop Demers, assisted by the Comte de Garro, a
Frenchman who had left Paris during the political troubles consequent
upon the Napoleonic coup d'etat in 1851. The Bishop had a plant of old-
fashioned French type and an old-fashioned hand-press, and he was am-
bitious to print a newspaper on the Island, mostly devoted to Church interests.
About two numbers were published, at Victoria, and then the paper died for want
of support.

Early in 1858 the "rush" as it is called too >iace to Fraser River con-
sequent upon the discovery of gold. A numb;., -^f /. su^ricans led the "rush" and,
as now in the Kootenay country, took prr ^^Ci * positions at once in business
and mining. The firm of Whitton, Towne Sr. Ci .carted a paper called the "Vic-
toria Gazette." This was followed by Frederick Marriott, an Englishman, but a
resident of California, who started a paper f* whe "Vancouver Island Gazette."
The last named lived about four or five weeks. The "Victoria Gazette" lived until
December, 1858, when it died, and in the meanwhile the Hon. Amor De Cosmos
had secured possession of Bishop Demers' plant and commenced the publication
of a tri-weekly paper called the "British Colonist," and from this inception the
present "Colonist" has continued ever since.

The New Westminster "Times" was printed by E. Hammond King, and
was a Government organ, supporting the Government of Sir James Douglas and
the Hudson's Bay Co.'s regime, while the "Colonist" was opposed to the Govern-
ment and Hudson's Bay Co.'s rule, ^.eonard McClure was the editor of the New
Westminster "Timei," which was removed to New Westminster
Along-Winded ^^^^ jj^^j g^ortly afierwards. McClure was ine man who made

Editor.

. speaking for
t the following

the longest speech ever made by any public spe.
sixteen hours. He died from the fatigue consequent upon his eti
year in California.

The "Daily Times." the "Telegraph," the "Express," the "News," and the
"Standard," followed in rapid succession at Victoria. The "Chronicle" was estab-
lished in 1862 by Mr. D. W. Higgins and Mr. McMillan, now Sheriff. The com-
petition was keen, and when the telegraph lines were extended to Victoria in
t866 the "Colonist" succumbed to the hard times and sold out to the "Chronicle."
Mr. Higgins continued the paper from 1866 to 1886, when he sold out and retired
from the newspaper business.

The "Evening Post" was established in 1880 by Wm. McDowell, and lived
only a couple of years. The present "Times" was established about 1884. The
"Standard" lived about twenty years. The daily newspaper field is now occupied
by the "Colonist" and "Times." The "Province" is a weekly publication, the
only one that has ever shown any vitality or staying power.

On the Mainland, however, newspaper life was uncertain. New Westminster

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

On the
Mainland.

Editorial
CollUlans.

had several di.ily publications, chief among them being the "Herald."
the "Times" and the "Columbian"; the last named alone survives. The "Cariboo
Sentinel," printed at Barkerville by a famous editor of the day,
George Wallace, paid handsomely for several years, and only
died after the placer mines were exhausted and the populatii^n
had departed for other fields. The "Yale Tribune" was another pioneer weo iy,
but it only existed for a brief season. The "Inland Sentinel" is the oldest .lews-
paper in the interior, but the discoveries in Kootenay have breathed life into the
nostrils of many enterprises, and several new publications — two of them daily —
are in the enjoyment of a vigorous existence, with every prospect of a long and
useful career.

There have been frequent collisions between the newspaper press and the
Courts in consequence of complaints of libel, etc., and on three occasions only
the press came into collision with the Legislature. On one occa-
sion, in 1861, Mr. DeCosmos of the "Colonist" was brought
up for a libel on Mr. Speaker Helmcken, now Hon. Dr. Helm-
cken, and was arrested by the Sergeant-at-Arms, and, while the Legislature
deliberated what was to be done, he apologized and was liberated.

On another occasion the proprietors of the "Chronicle" were charged with
libel on G. E. Dennes, member for Salt Spring Island in the Colonial Legislature
of Vancouver Island, and were debarred for one week from sending reporters
to the Gallery.

The third occasion was when the Kennedy Brothers (the "Columbian,"
New Westminster) were arraigned, five years ago, for libel on members of the
Legislature. They were arraigned at the Bar, and, refusing to apologize, sen-
tenced to be imprisoned by the Speaker, Hon. Mr. Higgins, until the Legislature
had been prorogued. This it did in the course of a day or two, and they were
liberated by the Speaker's order.

The first cylinder press was placed in operation in the "Colonist" office in
the summer of 1862, and steam was first applied to a printing press in the same
office in 1876.

The foregoing reminiscences of the press were kindly supplied by the Hon.
D. W. Higgins, who is appropriately referred to as the "Father of Journalism"
in British Columbia. They refer principally to newspapers of the
earlier period of the Province's history. In addition to those
referred to, there were ventures of an evanescent character,
almost too numerous to mention. The journalistic field has nearly always been
crowded. Owing to sparseness of population, the constituency was ever limited,
and, consequently, the support too meagre to make them permanent undertakings.

Among the comic papers that attempted an existence were the "Scorpion"
and the "Comet," two lively but short-lived journals, the latter of which was pro-
moted by Mr. John Fannin, present Curator of the Provincial Museum.

The "Free Pressj" of Nanaimo, a well-established daily, started in 1875.
and has outlived numerous rivals, the latest being the "Telegram" and "Mail."
The pioneer newspapers of Vancouver were the "News," the "Advertiser" and
the "Herald," all at an early period merged into the present "News- Advertiser."
The "World," an evening paper, wr^z established in the fall of 1888. For several
years the "Telegram," founded in 1890, was a rival evening, and, subsequently,
a morni.ig paper, but succumbed to financial difficulties in 1893. The "Mainland

.More Recent
Ventures.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORNrATION.

Guardian," owned by Mr. Suter, was published weekly in New Westminster for
a number of years, and was succeeded in 1890 by the "Daily Truth," and subse-
quently changed to the "Ledger," for some time defunct.

Donald, Steveston, Mission City, Surrey and Lardo, in recent years each
had its whilom journalistic mouthpiece. The journalistic "boncyard" of British
Columbia is full of remains. At the present time jou.'nalism is well represented,
and, speaking generally, the press is vigorous and well conducted; mure espe-
cially in the mining regions of Kootenay and Yale has there been a development
corresponding to the mining activity. The following is a list of newspapers in
the Province at the present time:

Namb op PArER.

Advance

B. 0. Commercial Journal.

B. C. Mining Journal

B. C. Mining Record

Boundary Creek Times

Cbilliwack ProgreHf)

Coloniiit ( Daily)

ColoniHt

Columbian (Daily)

Columbian

Enterprise

Cast Kootenay Miner

Grand Forks Miner

Golden Kra

Inland Sentinel

International

Kootenaian

Kootenay Mail

Kamloops Standard

I.edge

Miner

Mining Critic

Mining Review

Nanaimo Free Press

News-Advertiser

Nelson Kconomist

Paystreak

Pros^jector

Province

Revelstoke Herald

Review

Rossland livening Record,
Rossland Weekly Record.,

Rossland Miner

Rossland Weekly Miner..

Rosslander

Silverton Sitvertonian

Slocan City News.

Slocan Pioneer

Trail Creek Miner

Trail Creek News

Tribune

Vernon News

Victoria Daily Times

Victoria Times

Wawa

■Weekly nudget. '. . .'

Weekly News.

Western Recreation

World

KniTOR OR Manager.

Kind.

Prick

I'KH

Annum

W. H. Norris

J. C. Henderson

K. S. Reynolds

A. negg (deceased). . .

W. J. Harber

W. T. Jackman

W. H. Kllis.

W. H. Kllis

Kennedy Bros j

Kennedy Bros

Blake & Ramsay |

Kast Kootenay Pub. Co

G. K. McCarter |

A. K. Ilaggen

F. J. Deane

Brown & Penrose

I). W.King

Atkins & Smith

J. T. Robinson

R. T. Lowery

W. A. Jowett

M. Gradwohl

I Goo. Norris

Geo. Norris

I F. C. Cotton

! F. C. Cotton

1). M. Carley

1 K. C. Bi.s.sell

j A. B.Grace

I A. H. Scnife

I (i. K. Geogan

G. H. Cross

Kber C. Smith

; H. W. C.Jackson. ...

H. W. C Jack.son

W. H. Jones

1 Cameron & Hutterfielu.

D. R. Young

J. C. McKadden

1 C. K. Trail

VV. V. Thompson

R. Renwick

J. A.McKelvie

W. Templeman

Rev. Father I„e Jeune. .

J. G.Webster |

M. Whitney j

C. H. Gibbons I

J. C. McLagan ,

J. C. Mcl.agan i

Weekly..
Weekly..
Weekly . .
Monthly .
Weekly..

Weekly

Morning

Semi- Weekly.

Kvening

Weekly

Wiekly

Weekly

Daily

Semi- Weekly.

Morning

Weekly

Semi- Weekly.

Weekly

livening

Weekly

Daily

Weekly

Kvening

Semi- Weekly.

Monthly

Weekly

Mojithly .. . .

Daily

Semi-Weekly.

$2 00

Husp'd

Pi.ACK OK Publi-
cation.

a 00
I I 00
I • a 00

I I 50
10 00

I 50
8 00

1 00
a 00
a 00
a 00
a 00
3 00

2 00
a 00
a 00

3 00
a 00
a 00
3 00
a 00
8 00
I 50
8 00
a 00
a J
a 00

I 50

1 00
3 00
a 00

10 00
a 00
o 00
a 00
3 00

2 00

3 uo
3 00

« 50

3 00

la 00

2 00

1 50
I 00

1 00

2 00
Susp'd

8 00
I 50

Midway

Victoria

Ashcroft

Victoria

(Greenwood

Chilliwack ....

Victoria

New Westminster
New Westminster

Wellington

Golden

Grand Forks.. .

Golden

Kamloops

Wardner

Kaslo

Revelstoke

Kamloops

New Denver. ...

Nelson

Vancouver

Sandon

Nanaimo

Vancouver

Nelson

Sandon

Fort Steele

Victoria

Revelstoke

Nanaimo

Rossland

Silverton

Slocan City

Trail

Nelson

Vernon

Victoria

Kamloopf:

Vancouver.... ..

Union

Victoria

Vancouvi r

Vancouver

1S94
ib9i
«hy5

1891
1858
1896
I8a6
186a

1097
1896
I8yl
l8tio
I897
18^6
1897
1897
1893
1890
1897
1897
1874

1874
1886

1886
1897
1896
1895
1894
1897
1897
189O
1896
1896

1895
1893
1897
1896
1897
1897
1894
1893
189I
1884
1896

1896
1892
1897
1888
1888

PACIFIC COAST DATES.

[ : li

EVERY important event which has transpired on the Pacific Coast since its
original discovery by Balboa in 1513 has had an influence, directly or indi-
rectly, on the country as it is to-day. A list of dates is given below which
outlines in a chronological way the voyages of the Spanish, Dutch, English,
French, and Russian navigators up to the be^^inning of the present century, and
also the more important events of a national and political character. This will
afford a preliminary knowledge of a period of over 300 years, and is followed
by the more important dates pertaining to British Columbia since the fixing of
the Oregon Boundary in 1846.

The period between 1795. after the abandonment of Nootka, and 1818, is
marked only by the arrival of numerous trading vessels, principally British and
American, but including those of other nations as well. Subsequent to iSiS,
the history of the Coast to 1846 is practically the history of the North-West and
Hudson's Bay Companies, and so far as the territory on the coast of what is
British Columbia is concerned, that period may be extended to 1858. During
the long interval of fifty ^ycars the principal voyages were in ships trading on
behalf of those corporations.

LIST OF VOYAGES.

1513
1517
1518

1519
1519
1530
1531

15*7
15»8

i53a-35
1533
1535
1539

nalboii sees the Pncific

HurtBdo in Oulfof Costa Rica

Discovery Mexico

Kspinosa in Gulf of Costa Kica

Cortc7-

Magellan rounds the Horn

Conquest Mexico

Pi«nrro

Maldonado
1530-1550 Cabeza de Vaca.Onzman.Niza and Cor-
onada (in Central America)

Mendoza

Becerra, Grijalva and Jemenez

Conquest Peru

Francisco de Ulloa
1539-43 Wanderings of De Soto
1540 Alnrcon and Coronado
1543 Rodrigues De Cabrillo
1543 Ferrilo

1578-79 Francis Drake's Kxpedition
1587 Cavendish

1592 Juan de Fuca discovers Strait
1602 Sebastian Viscaino and Martin de Aguilar
1616 Van Schouten and Lemaire round Cape

Horn
1640 Admiral de Fuente
1681-83 Various Spanish Kxpeditions
1670 American Treaty
1697 Jesuit Missions, California
1713 Treaty of Utrecht
172a Behring Straits discovered by Behring

1728 Behring and Tchirikow first voyage on

the N.W. coast

1729 Behring and Tchirikow second voyage on

the N.W. coast
T741 Behring and Tchirikow third voyage on

the N.W. coast
1768 Krenitzen and Le Vashef

1768 F.xpulsion Jesuits, California

1769 San Francisco named

1769 Vicente Vila and Gaspard de Portola

1771 Polish Exiles, N.W, caost

1771 Land Expedition, California, by Don

Joseph Galvez
X774 Perez Voyage North

1775 Bodega and Heceta
1776-79 Capt. Cook

1778 Capt. Cook at Nootka

1779 Capt. Cook murdered
1779 Artenna and Bodega

i7"3-84 North-West Fur Company founded

1785 Capt. Hanna
1785-88 I.a Perouse

1786 Peters (Russian) N.W. coast
1786 I.a I'crouse N.W. coast

1786 Second Voyage Capt. Hanna
1786 I.owrie and Guise
1785-88 Portlock and Dixon

1786 Discovery Fur Seal Islands
1786-87 Capt. Meares and Capt. Tipping

1787 Russians established Cook's Inlet

1787 Barkeley re-discovers Strait Juan de

Fuca

1788 'v'eares enters Strait of Juan de Fuca
1787-88 ', vpts. Colnett and Duncan

1787-88 Ami.-ican Sloop " Washington" and Ship

" Columbia"
1788-89 Captains Meares and Douglas
1788 Martinez and Haro
1788-89 Capts. Gray and Kendrick (American)
1788 Granting Alaska Fur Monopoly

1788 Launching first vessel, N.W. coast

1789 Spaniards possess Nootka
1789 "Nootka Affair" (17th Feb)

1789 Kendrick through Juan de Fuca Straits

1789 Capt. Metcalf

1790 X. V. Fur Company founded
1790 Nootka Treaty

1790 Baranoff Governor Alaska
.1790 Quiniper, Fidalgo and Hlisa

1790 Hillings (N.W. coast)

1790-9T Malaspina (Italian in Spanish Service)
1791-1818 Various Trading Ves-sels

1791 Marchand (French)

1791 Magee and Roberts (American)
1791 Ingraham (American)

1791 Brown

1793 Galiano and Valdez

1792 Twenty-eight expeditions are recorded
179a Quadra at Nootka.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Its
tidi-
lich
ish,
and
will
vcd
; of

. is
md
liB,
md
: is
ing
on

lip

179a Cnpt fVcorgc Vancouver nnd Meutcnotit

liroiighton
179J Oray eiitern Coliiinhtn River
179a Ilruiiulitoii eiiterN Cotiiinbia
1793 I'etcr I'liget in Vnncoiiver'ii verntel

1793 HIr Alexiuider Mnckenxie renchcM raclHc

1794 NoDtkn Convention, Mndrid

1795 H^mniiirdN nixindon Nootka
'795 N ancouvor de|>artH

1799 KtiH<tinn Anivricnn (V'tir) Company

1800 TIlonipHon fiittrt Bow Kiver
i8oo-ii Thonipiton'M )<;xplorntioti Interior
iHoa MaHitacre, Hitka

1803 Hhip " HoMton,' Crew MaMHacred
1803-05 Jewitt'i* Captivity

1804 I.ewiii and Clark, Overland to Pacific

1805 IndianH attack "Atahualpa"
1805 Ship " I.ydia," (Jewitt'» KMcape)

1805 Fur Companies irnited ( X.Y. «t N.W.)

1806 KuMHinna Attempt to Colonize Columbia

River

1807 ThompMon KeacheH Columbia

1808 TliompMun River Discovered

1808 SiiHon I'raser Reaches I'acitic ( via Fraser
Kiver)

1808 Thonipiton, Kootenai Lake

1810-11 WiuHhip'H proposed Settlement on Co-
lumbia

1811 Ship Tonquin at Antoria, Tonquin Mas-
sacre

1811 Thompson reaches Pacific (Columbia)

1811-12 Hunt's Party overland to Astoria

1811-41 Russian Colony, California

i8ia Ship " Beaver " at Astoria

1813 Wreck of the " I.nrk " at Hawaii

1813 H.M.S. " Racoon " In Columbia River

1813 " Albatross " at Astoria

1814 Ship " Peddler " at Astoria
1814 Ship " Isaac Tofld"

1815-18 Kotzebiie's voyage through Behrtng
Strait

1817 " The Bortlelaise " ( I'rench )

1818 Ships " Ontario " and " Blossom "
1818 Astoria Restored to I'nited States

1834 American-Kussian Convention

i8j4 Beech v's Ivxpeditlon to Behring Sea
i8a5 British Treaty with Russia
1825-26 Fort Vancouver Founded
1831 Russian I'kase

1835 First Steamer (" Beaver ") to Pacific

1837 Simpson's and Pease's Kxpcdition into

North Interior

1838 n. B. Co. gets l<;xelusive Privilege Trade

( 30th May )

1839 Alaska leased to H. B. Company
1830 Convention Russian Affairs

1841 Sir George Simpson's Visit

1842 The Ashburton Treaty

1842 Victoria selected as H. B. Company's

Fort

1843 Fort Victoria Krected

1845 First ship Kngland to Victoria

1846 Oregon Boundary fixed ( 12th July )
1848 Gold discovered California

1848 Vancouver Island ceded H. B. Company

( 13th Jon )
. 50 Arrival first Governor V. I. ( loth March )
it^-so Coal discovered Nanalmo
i8y< Gold found Q. C. Islands
1851 First Council V. I

1851 Gov. Blatishard Departs ( ist Sept )

1852 Fort Nanalmo founded
1852 Victoria surveyed

1855 Fir.st School V. I

1856 First Klections, V.I. (.^ug. 4)

1856 First Legislative Assembly V. I. ( lath

Aug)
J856 Gold discoveries on Fraser

1857 News of G old V. I

1858 First edition " Gazette" and "Colonist"
1858 Gold excitement B.C.

T858 First Miners arrive Victoria ( 25th .\pr )
1858 First Sale B. C. Lands

18*8 V, I, becomes Crown Colony

18^8 B.C. niatle Crown Colony

t8sH B.C. Boundary Line defined

IK.^H Arrival Lieut. Col. Mfxnly ( 24 Sept )

18^9 Old parllameii) BuildinuM begun

|M^9 Westminster selected C^iipital B.C. ( aHth

Jan)

iHy) Gen liarnrv at San Juan

1859 Victoria Pliil. Society organized (39th

Jan )

l8^g New Westminster founded

1859 New Westminster natncil ( sth May )

1859 First sail- N.W. Lots ( ist June )

18*9 Arrival .M. B. Begble ( l.«;tFl Sept )

1862 Victoria incorporated

1862 Cariboo Waggon Koail built

18^4 Chllcoten Massacre

1H64 I'Irst session Leg. Council N.W. (aist

Jnn)

1864 Governor DouKhis knighted

1864 I'irst issue Cariboo "Sentinel" (June h )

1H66 I'nion V. I. and B.C. ( i:th Nov )

1867 r. S. purchase Alaska ( 13th Mar )
1866 Surveying route tnilway

1866 Miners' Mass Meeting, Cariboo (33 June)

1868 First B C. Parliament in Victoria
1868 Confederation Convention, Vale
1871 Death of Bishop Deniers IJ\\\y 38)
1871 B.C. enters Confederation (July 20)
1871 Passing Constitution Act (Feb. 14)
1871 Settlement San Juan Affair.

1871 Pioneer Society orgaiii/ed (April a8)

1871 C.P.R. Survey Commenced

1871 Dr. Black Killed (March 23)

1871 Dept. Gov. Musgrave ( Julv 2s)

1872 First .\ssembly after Conredcration (Feb,

1872 Chief Justice Cameron died (May 1)

1872 A.W addington at Ottawa (Feb. 27)

1872 Death Capt. Wni. Irving (Aug. 28)
'873-77 Railway Af»itation

1873 Starting Victoria Waterworks (Oct. 7)
1873 San Juan ct-ded to I'.S.

1873 Moody ville Mills Burned (Dec 23)

1873 British evaciuite San Juan

1H74 Carnarvon Terms— visit Kdgar

1874 Nanai'no Incorj>orated (Dec. 21)
1874-76 Salmon Canning commenced.

1875 Loss of Str. " Pacific " (Nov. 4)
1H76 Lord Dufferin's \isit (Aug. is)
1H77 Labour Riots, Wellington

1877 Death of Sir James Douglas (Aug. 2)

1878 C.P.R. Route Selected

1878 Death of Hon. Henry Rhodes (Nov. 8^

1879 Wellingttui Colliery l{xt>losion (April 17)

1879 Death of Senator Carrall

1880 First Work on C.P.R. by Syndicate
1880 Hsqiiimatt Drv Dock Startetl

1883 Settlement Act

1S84 Visit Mr. Van Home

18H5 Last Si>ike C.P.R.

1885 l'"lrst Train Burrard Itilft

1885 First Tea Ship

1885 First China-Japan Ship
1SS6 Vancouver City Startcil

1886 Vancouver Fire (Jt.ne 13)

1887 Visit Sir John MacDonald

1S87 Death Premier Smithe( Mar. 27)

1887 Mine p;xplosion, Nanalmo (May 3)

1889 Hon. A. !•;. B. Davie Died (July 31)
1H89 Nelson Started

1890 Kevclstoke Id id out

1891 Arrival Ftn.-ots.". "India"
1S92 Kaslo l.'.iil <iii»

1893 First \;,-ii%ui«n Steamer

1893 Fi-«i IV.K. Str. China

1894 Sev iitii <*.eneral KlecMon

1892 Dtat I onion. John K l'■'^ 11 (June 29)

1893 Dtiit', l.ieut.-Gov. NeV o > (Mar. 3)
1S94 <>»Mt,> Ct.ief J'isticr Iscgt^.e (June 11)

1895 Hi/-.:.]and Nai;i«'v^.

1896 Kloudyke di;iCovcries

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

EXPLORERS, TRAVELLERS FUR TRADERS, ETC.

Early
Adventurers.

IN the following list are indicated the dates at abouti or between, which the
more celebrated explorers, travellers and fur-traders performed journeys, which
have become more or Ici? familiar through published accounts, in the direction
of the Pacific. The commencement is properly made with LaSalle, the intrepid
explorer and adven'.urer, who first voyaged the Mississippi to its mouth and
opened the road to the Far West, which was at that time beyond
the great lakes in every direction, northerly and westerly, wholly
a terra incognito. All those referred to are included because the
sum of their efforts and discoveries, is the knowledge we now possess of, and the
development which has taken place throughout not only this Coast, but a vast
extent of territories constituting three-fourths or more of the American Continent.

It is to such brave and daring spirits, whether in pursuit of k.iowledge, in
quest of gain, or through love of adventure, we owe the conquest of the West,
the fruits of which we now enjoy under conditions of life the most favourable. We
speak of the dangers and hardships of Klondyke. but these are insignificant com-
pared with the adventures of men, who, single-handed and defiant of danger,
passed through strange territories peopled only with savages, following natural
waterways and native trails, along rivers, across lakes, through forests and over
mountains, going where white man never trod before and trusting to the pro-
visions of nature, a stout heart, a strong framt and a ready resource for protec-
tion and an ultimate safe return. Novelists of the Fenimore Cooper class have
entertained us with many thrilling chapters of western pioneer life, but nothing in
their fictions is stranger, more romantic, picturesque or grandly heroic than is
afforded in actual events in the lives of those, who, in the West, led the way to a
destiny of "illimitable possibilities."

To the student who desires to acquaint himself with the main features in
the development of our history the list here given will afford a useful guide for
the acquirement of a more intimate knowledge.

In the later years vhe members of the Geological Survey ol Canada — Rich-
ardson, Dawson, Otrilvie, McConnell, Tyrell, McEvoy and others — at various
times have performed notably good work at much risk and under conditions of
considerable hardshin, and to them more than to any other persons we are indebted
for an exact scientific and practical knowledge of the physical characteristics of
the whole North-West country and the Pacific Coast of Canada. There have been
too, .«uch men as W. H. Dal'., Prof. Jc • Muir, and other scien-
tists of the United States, v,ho have, under similar conditions of
privation and toil, added to the general Ftock of information, par-
ticularly in respect to tl.? North-Wesi Coast Alaska and the Yukon. Nor must
we forget such men as Warburton Pike, who in the pursuit of biR- game and
through the love of adventure, for whicli so many ol his countrymen are noted.

Lster
Birlorcrs.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

lias incidentally acquired a wide experience of the little-known 'barren lands" of
northern Canada, the results of which have been given to the public in two most
interesting and well-known books of travel.

l6;8-iii87

i7c«->743
176 5-1768

1769-1772
1784.

•789-I793

'797-1011

1799-1814

1791-16

1799-J800

1789-1801

1784

1800-1819

1804- I 806

1805-07

1803-16

1807-17

1804-06

1807-24

1805-08

1808

1811-1814

1811-18(7

1811-36

1811-12

1808

1819-20

1823

1821-49

1823

1813-46

1811-35
1815-67
1823-27

La Salte

1835-38

Sir George Simpson

M. de Verendrye & Son

1825-34

David Douglas

Jonathan Carver

1837

Pilcher

Samuel Hearne

1833

Capt. Wyette
Peter Ogden

Umfreville

Sir Alexander Mackenzie

1833-39

George Catlin

David Thompson

1832-34

Capt. Bonneville.

A. Henry

1837-43

Roderick Piulayson

John McDonald, of Garth
James McKenzie

1832-34

A. C. Anderson

1834-

J. McLeod

Roderick McKenzie

183538

Glasunofi

Peter Grant

1836-40

Thomas Simpson

D. W. Harmon

1839

T, J. Knrnham

Lewis and Clark

1837

Simpson and Uease

Major rike

1840-52

R. Campbell

Duncan Cameron

1843.44

Capt. Fremont

George Keith

1846.47

Thomas Rae

Charles McKenzie

1845-48

Paul Kane

W. F. Wentzell

1846

J. Jiell

Simon Fraser

1848.49

Sir J. Richardson

John Stuart

;gr

H. Y. Hind

Kranchere

Hind-Dawson

Ross Cox

1S59-65

Capt. Palli.ser

Alex. Ross

1862

Dr. Brown, Kxploration V.I

Munt and Crook's Party to Astoria.

1862-64

Milton and Cheadle

Manuel Lisa

1862-68

Frederick Whyniper

Major Long

1860-69

Farl Southesk

W. H. Keating

Walter Moberly

Sir James Douglas

1872-81

Prof. Macouu

John Tod

1872

Capt. Butler

John McLaughlin

1872

Principal Grant

Peter Skene Ogden

1871-76

Sandfurd Fleming

John Work

1875-80
1883

Dr. Bell

Ashley Trading Kxpeditioii

Lieut, bchwatka [Yukon]

FOUNDING OF FORTS.

]

IN the following list is contained the dates of the founding of the Hudson's Bay
Company's forts, past and present, in ihe territory which .vas formerly in-
cluded in Oregon and New Caledonia. As no similar list has ever been here-
tofore published, it was with considerable difficulty that the dates were in every
instance obtained, as they incidentally occur in a wide range of Western books.
The list will in a measure outline the progress of the fur companies in covering
a vast extent of country. Tliere is an -mcertainty about several of the dates given,
but without access to the records of the Company in London. Eng., it is difficult
to verify them. ; 1 1 1 1 . I

Alex.'iiidri:i

Chilcotin

Habine

Vaucciiver

Colville

Cwtinolly

Langley

Williun'iinctte Sevlle-

nirut.
[old] l-'ort Simpson
r-'uiua

Kedoubt St. Dioiiysius
McLaughlin
NiH<|uaily
Clinnipoeg
Hnll

Simpson
Fort Yukon

1784

Kodiak

1821

1798-
1805

801 Sitka

Rocky MoiMitaiii Portage

1822

Fort Mi.'I,e<)d

1824-5

Clat-op

1825-6

1806

St. lames

lS26

Fra>er

1827

1807

George

1829

1808

Henry

Kootf nai

1831

181 1

Astoria
ThompHon

iSji

Flathead House

1833

I-urt Slieppard

okntiagati

1834

Rocky Mountain Houne

Spokau House

1813

K am loops

1834

1818

Walla WaUa

18.W

Fssington

Boise

Rupert

18.V

Cowlitz

18,^8

Dease

1834.

1840 Stickeen

1S40

Taku

France .

1H42

I'elly Banks

1843

Victoria

1H4,-

Hope

rs.,s

Fort Selkirk

kon]
Vale

[Mouth Yu

I8s2

Nauaimo

1868

Fort Tougass

[.\laska1

1882

Juneau [.Alaska]

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

CHURCHES-MISSIONS.

1843 First Ma»B V.I. (Father Balduc)

1847-51 Oblate Misftions

1849 Rev. Geo. Staines (P^pis.)

1852 Bishops Demers and Lootens (R.C.)

1855 Rev. E. Cridge (Kpis.)

1857 Rev. William Duncan (Kpis. Missionary)

1859 Dr. ivvans (Meth.)

i860 Bishop Hills (Epis. Missionary)

i86i-a Uevs. Hall and Jamieson (Pres.)

1863 Bishop D'Herbomez (R.C.)

1875-76 Rev. E. Cridge f R.E.)

1877 Rev. W. Crane (Baptist)

1887 Salvation Army

1888 Rev. J. W. Pedley (Cong.)

PLACE NAMES— THEIR SIGNIFICANCE.

The Liability
to Err.

GRE.A.T deal of history is associated with the names which places in a coun-
try bear, and it is not the least interesting pursuit in connection with that
study to discovi-r their origin a:.'d significance. In the list which follows,
which does not pretend to be in any measure complete, the author has been de-
pendent upon a number of local authorities and various other sources of informa-
tion. It has been undertaken in this partial way in order to open up a fruitful
field of investigation. Perhaps in no line of enquiry is the liability to fall into
error greater, because, as in the wider field of comparative
philology, resemblances, real or fancied, are apt to mislead;
and in a variety of ways is the student tempted to accept con-
clusions without sufficient proof or contributory data to confirm them. In re-
gard to what follows no claim is made to absolute accuracy, and corrections or
suggestions will be cheerfully received. Apart from the value of such informa-
tion, one object of this sub-chapter is to awaken interest in the subject generally,
with a view to establishing local terminology on an intelligible basis, and treas-
uring up to posterity definite and comprehensive knowledge of names, which
otherwise in a generation or two will become meaningless.

In regard to Indian names, without an intimate knowledge of tlie language
and dialect of each tribe, it is difficult to ascribe original meanings to those of
places which have been borrowed from native vocabularies. The pronunciation,
as a rule, has been very much corrupted, so that our spelling, which is intended
to correspond, affords but a very poor clue to the original. In nearly every case,
however, some portion of the word, which is usually compounded, according to
the Indian method of expression by juxtaposition, gives an inkling, partial at
least, to the signification. We have the root forms, usually distinct, denoting
some physical feature on account of which the name has been applied. The In-
dians never dealt in abstract or arbitrary forms of speech, and hence a name
was a concrete and succinct expression of some one or more characteristics of
a locality or particular spot, which, however, might happen to apply equally well
to half a dozen other localities. For instance, to the Indian there was no such
place as Nanaimo. Kamloops and Hesquiat, in the same way as
such names with us associate themselves with particular and dis-
tinct localities. The original forms from which these have been
crystallized simply referred to some local feature or condition of a lo-
cality, and might be used to denote a number of other localities having

Indian Methods
of Designation,

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

•*

similar features or conditions, with, of course, qualifying variations. With us a
name is merely an arbitrary mark of indentification snd may have no special sig-
nificance as applied to the place itself, any more than a leaf turned down in a book,
in order to find the page again readily, has to do with the subject matter of the
letter press. Places with the Indians were identified by "waters meeting", by
"salmon running," and so on, and tribes and peoples by "dwelling on the water,"
or on "the river," etc. We have, therefore, among Indian names, of a particular
tribe or people, recurring, and more or less regular and permanent, root-forms —
such as "at," "moo," or "muh," "tin," "ane" or "ene," signifying "people" or
"dwelling," by which if we arrive at the qualifying prefix or associated word forms,
we can in every instance obtain the meaning of the whole name.

Abbotsford — After H Abbott, General Superintendent C.P.R., Vancouver.

Admiialty Inlet — Named by Vancouver after the British Admiralty in 1792.
Agassiz — After Louis Agassiz, the owner of property there.

Alberni Canal was named after a Spanish officer, Don Pedro Albcrni, who was in
command of a company of volunteer soldiers in the expedition to Nootka,
under command of Lieutenant Elisa. sailing from San Bias February sth,
arriving at Nootka April 5th, 1790.

Albert Head — From Victoria's first name, Fort Albert, after the Prince Consort.

Aldergrove — From heavy second growth of alder.

Alert Bay — After H.M.S "Alert," a vessel of war on this station.

Ainsworth — After Geo. J. Ainsworth, Oakland, Cal., promoter of the Kootenay

Railway & Navigation Company.
Alkali Lake — From alkali character of district.
Ashcroft — After the house of the Cornwalls in England.

Banks Island— After Sir Joseph Banks, who sailed with Capt. Cook round the
world in the "Endeavour," 1769. Named in 1786.

Barclay Sound— Named by Capt. Barkley of the British ship "Imperial Eagle,"
sailing under Austrian colours, after himself, 1787.

Barkerville — After Wm. Barker, a pioneer miner, who died recently in the Old

Man's Home. Victoria.
Brurnston Island (Eraser River)— After Barnston, a Hudson's Bay Company

officer in early days.

Beacon Hill — From a long mast erected on the summit to direct the way to the
harbour of Victoria.

Bella Coola — The Indian name is "Billa Whullia."

Bentinck Island— After Sir George Bentinck, Duke of Portland, 1846, by Captain
Kellett, H.M.S. "Herald."

Big Bar— So named from the bar in the Eraser there.

Blinkinsop Bay— After Mr. G. B'inkinsop, who came out to this Coast in the Hud-
son's Bay vessel "Cowlitz" as an apprentice to the sea service in 1840, and now
(1897) residing at Fort Rupert— named by Capt. Pender.

Boston Bar- N?med by the Indims on account of the number of Americans there,
who were known as 'Boston Men" in contradistinction to "King George's"
men.

Brotchie Ledge— After Capt. Brotchie, late of the "Cowlitz," Harbour Master,
Victoria. i359.

Bowen Island — A^ter a settler on the island.

?!1

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Broughton Strait— After Lieutenant Broughton, Commander of the "Cliatham,"
1792.

Brown's Passage— South of Dundas Island, named by Capt Vancouver after
Capt. Brown, of the merchant ship "Butterworth," met by Vancouver in
t)ie neighbourhood, 1793. The "Butterworth" had previously been a French
man-of-war and captured during the late war. Capt. Brown was killed in
the Sandwich Islands by the natives, January ist, 1795.

Brownsville — Named after Ebenezer Brown, a well-known pioneer of New West-
minster, who ran a ferry to a point opposite the city with a view to start-
ing a town.

Burgoyne Bay — After Sir John Burgoyne.

Burnaby — After one of the early traders in Victoria.

Burrard Inlet — Named by Capt. Vancouver after his friend. Sir Harry Burrard-
Neale.

Butterworth Rocks — Named by Capt. Vancouver after the ship "Butterworth."
One of the officers of the "Butterworth" had been sent out in a boat by
Capt. Brown from a harbour in the vicinity, to meet Vancouver when his
ship appeared in the offing, and piloted him safely to a secure anchorage,
one stormy night in 1793.

Cache Creek — From provisions "cached" there by miners.

Cadboro Bay — After the Hudson's Bay Company's schooner "Cadboro," the first

vessel to enter Victoria harbour, Capt. Scarborough.
Call Canal — After Sir John Call, named by Lieutenant Broughton, Commander of

the "Chatham," 1792.
Calvert Island — N?r ed by Capt. Duncan in the sloop "Princess Royal," 1787.
Camerontown — Aft<r "Cariboo Cameron" who struck it very rich in the early

Cariboo excitement.

Canoe Pass— Named and used by miners of 1858 in going up the Fraser.

Cape Beale—Named by Capt. John Meares (lieutenant R. N.) after Mr. Daniel
Beale, of Canton, one of the merchant proprietors of the "Felice" and
"Iphigenia"— the two vessels Meares had under his command in a trading
voyage to this coast, 1788.

Cap* Flattery— Named by Capt. Cook in 1778 in token of his improved prospects,
the weather previously having been very stormy.

Cape Mudge— After Zachariah Mudge. first lieutenant of Vancouver's ship "Dis-
covery.

Cape Scott— By Capt. Lowrie and Capt. Guise, of the merchant vessels "Capt.
Cook" and "Enterprise," 1786, after David Scott, merchant of Canton, one
of tli<' proprietors of the expedition.

Cape St. James-By Capt. George Dixon, of the "Queen Charlotte," on St.
James's day, July 25, 1787.

Cariboo — From the Caribou deer, named by early miners.

Carmanah (properly Kamanua)— N^Tine of an Indian tribe now nearly extinct.

Ca'-nia! -Ircm the "Kaska" Indians, said to have been corrupted into "Cassiar"
by the French-Canac'ian miner Thibert.

Ced^T^ Cdar Hill — The nan es are significant.

Ch liham lily id- Vancon. vr s armed tender "Chatham," named in i860.

C^-..'ijn An Irdi.ivi name, probably from "seam," chief.

Chet-iattu»!-'-An Indian nime.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

St.

"Sparrow-

Chilcoten — Literally, the men of Chilco, or warm water.
Chilliwack (chil-wheyuk)— After an Indian tribe on the Fraser.
Christie Passage— After Navigating Lieutenant Christie of H.M.S.

hawk."
Cisco, (Siska).

Clayton— Named by the owner of property there after his home in the United

States.
Ginton — One of the names of the Duke of Newcastle.

Clan William — Earl Clan William married a daughter of Governor Kennedy.
Clayoquot — An Indian village on the West Coast belonging to the nation of

"Ahts."
Clew Kumshewa (Q.C.I.) — Two names of two physical features.
Clover Valley — From luxuriant growth of wild clover when first settled.
Clondyke — From "Kron-duik," meaning a river up which salmon run. (It is

doubtful if the sound of "r" is made by the Indians.)
Colwood — After Mr. Langford's home in England.

Columbia River — After the ship "Columbia," in which Captain Gray entered its

mouth.
Comox — Name of an Indian triSe. calltd by their neighbours Kou-Mouhs.
Coquitlam — An Indian tribe on iTurrard Inlet.
Corlield- Named after a settler. Mv George T. Corfield, 1884.
Cormorant Island — After H.M.S. "Cormorant" on this station.
Cortez Island — See Gabriola.

Courtenay River — Named after Capt. Couttenay H.M.S, "Constance."
Cowichan — An Indian name.
Coutlee — Named after the proprietor of the place.

Craigellachie — Named after a place in Scotland Hill on which the Grant Clan
lit their signal fires in time ot danger. " Craigdiachie stand sure," is the
war cry of the Grants.

Dease Lake — Named by J. McLeod, a chief trader of the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany, after Peter Warren Dease, the explo- r.

Deloire — A corruption of Liard (Cottonwood) a
miners.

Delta — Named on account of being formed by t

Denman Island — Admiral Denman in command

ame afterwards given to it by

delta of the" Fraser.
this station, 1862.

n Surveyor-General of Vancou-

Departure Bay — Named bv J. D. Pemberton
ver Island.

Destruction Island — Named by Capt. Bar' \\ in commemoration of a boat's
ctew belonging to his vessel being m dered in the vicinity by the natives,
1787.

Dewdney — Named after Lieutenant-Governor E. Dewdney.

Discovery Island — After Vancouver's ship "Discoverv," named in i860.

Dixon Entrance — Named by Sir Joseph Banks after Capt. George Dixon, of the
merchant vessel "Queen Charlotte." Capt. Dixon first accurately ascer-
tained that the Queen Charlotte Island"- were detached from the Mainland
and named them after his ship, 1787. ^ir Joseph Banks on examining
Dixon's chart on the return of the latter to England, was asked by Dixon
to give the large opening north of Queen Charlotte Islands a name. Sir
Joseph Banks therefore named it Dixon Entrance.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Donald— After Sir Donald Smith.

Douglas Lake — After Sir James Douglas.

Ducks— After Duck, the first settler on the property.

Duncan Rock — After Capt. Charles Duncan, of the merchant ship "Princess
Royal," named by Vancouver in 1792, to whom Duncan had given valuable
information relating to the North-West Coast. Duncan had served in the
Royal Navy as Master.

Duncan— Named after Mr. Duncan, a settler there.

Duntz Head— After Caot. Duntz, H.M.S. "Fisgard," 1844.

Elgin (New Wetsminster District)— After Lord Elgin.

Enterprise Channel — Str. "Enterprise" sunk in tollision by S.S. "Rithet," 1884.

Emory Bar — Named after a miner.

Esquimau — Spanish name Port Valdez, named by Capt. Quimper, vide Haro
Strait. Mr. J. W. McKay gives the origin as from "Swi-mehl-ihl," a place
gradually shoaling, i.e., the flats at the mouth of Saw Mill Creek. The
name was afterwards applied to the harbour.

Essington — Named by Capt. Vancouver after Capt. Essington, R.N., who was in
command of the frigate "Sceptre," met by Vancouver at St. Helena on his
way home, 1795.

Fairview — From picturesque situation.

Fisgard Light— After H.M.S. "Fisgard." 1844, Capt. Duntz.

Fisgard Sound— Named by Capt. James Hanna, of the "Sea Otter," 1786.

Fort George — After King George. (See list of Forts.)

Fort Sheppard (properly Shepherd)— After John Shepherd at one time Governor

of the Hudson's Bay Company.
Fort Rupert, named by the Hudson's Bay Company after Prince Rupert.
Fort Steele— After Capt. Steele, of the Mounted Police.
Foul Bay — From foul anchorage, a nautical term.
Friendly Cove, Nootka Sound— Named by Mr. Strange, head trader or super-cargo

of the merchant vessels "Capt. Cook" and "Enterprise," 1786.
French Creek— Named by the miners during the Big Bend excitement.
Gabriola Island, Cortez Island, Hernando Island, Texada Island, Galiano Island

and Valdes Island— Named by Capt. Galiano, of the Spanish brig-of-war

"Sutil," who with Capt. Valdes, of the schooner "Mexicana," was met by

Capt. Vancouver off Point Grey; like himself, they were on a voyage of

discovery in these waters, 1792,
Galena — A mining designation from character of ore.
Gardner's Inlet— After Sir Alan Gardner. Named by Vancouver. i793.
Ganges Harbour— Named after H.M.S. "Ganges," 1874.
Germansen Creek. (Omineca)- .\fter a miner of that name.
Gilford Island— After Lord Gilford, Captain of "Tribune," t86o.
Glacier, on C.P.R.— From great glacier there.
Glenwood— After Glenwood, Minnesota, by the first settlers there.
Golden— A miner's appellation to signify mineral richness.
GoMstream — So named from discoveries of gold made there in 1858.
Gordon Head— After Capt. Gordon, R.N., H.M.S. "Pandora."
Giand Prairie -From character of country, translated from the Indian Eshelli-

wha-speilam.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

cess

able

the

laro
lace
The

is in
1 his

rnor

irgo

and

war

illi-

Grenville Channel — Named by Vancouver after Lord Grenville, 1793.
Haddington Island— After Earl of Haddington, ist Lord of the Admirality, 1846,
by Pender.

Hall's Prairie — After the first settler.

Haro Strait — After the sailing master of the Spanish vessel "Princess Real," Capt.
Quimper. The "Princess Real" was an English merchant vessel "Princess
Royal." seized by the Spaniards at Nootka, 1789, and restored to her owners
at Sandwich Islands, 1791.

Harrison — Named after a Quaker director of the Hudson's Bay Company.
Hastings — After Admiral Hastings, who was at one time interested in the Wel-
lington mines.
Hatzic — An Indian name.

Heceta and Plumper Passages— H.M. ships "Heceta" and "Plumper" employed

surveying in these waters.
Hernando Island. (See Gabriola.)

Hesquiat — An Indian village on the West Coast. All words ending with "at" or
"ot" signify a tribe of the "Aht" nation, so called by Mr. Sproat.

Hood Canal — Admiral Lord Hood, 1792. Named by Vancouver.

Hope — Named by Si.' James Douglaf.

Horsefly — From the number of flies infesting pack horses there.

Howe Sound — Named by Vancouver after Admiral Lord Howe.

Illecillewaet — An Indian name.

Jervis Inlet — Named by Capt. Vancouvv ?.Ue:- Sir John Jervis, subsequently Earl
St. Vincent.

Johnson's Landing — Named after a settler there.

Johnstone Strait — Named after Mr. Johnstone, master of the "Chatham." 1792.
Kamloops — From "Kamalulipa," meaning "cut through and water meeting."
Kelowna — The Indian name for grizzly bear.

Kensington Prairie — Named by H. T. Thrift, after Kensington in Surrey, Eng.
Keremeos — An Indian tribe of the southern interior, the only Indians who sound

the "r." Literally "cut in two by a stream of water."
Kettle River — From holes worn in limestone rock by the action of hard pebbles

and water.
Kitamat— A tribe of Indians on the west coast of the Mainland of B.C. "Kit"

signifies a people and "mat" an island, according to Mr. J. Deans — an island

people.

Kitlupe— From "kit" and probably "lope," a rock or stone.

Knight's Inlet — Named by Lieutenant Broughton, Commander of the "Chatham,"

after Capt. Knight," R.N.
Koksilah, Kwa-kui-sa-la— A village of the Cowichans.
Kootenay — From the Indian name Kootenuha. May mean "people of the water."

Mr. McKay thinks it is a combination of "co" water, and "tinneh" people.
Kiiper Island — After Kuper, Commander of H.M.S. "Thetis."
Klyoquot. (See Hesquiat.)
Lac la Hache — An axe lost there.

Lama Passage — After the brig "Lama," Hudson's Bay Company, 1844.
Ladner's Landing — After W. H. Ladner, a prominent settler there.
Langley (Fort Langley) — After a Hudson's Bay Company director.

I ':

'I a

i\ 4

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Langford— After Mr. Langforci, who farmed there for the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany.

Lansdowne— After Lord Lansdowne.
Lardo or Lardeau — Properly Alado.

Lewes River—Named by Campbell, of the Hudson's Bay Company, after Chief
Factor John Lee Lewes.

Liard or Riviere aux Liards— Refers to abundance of cottonwood growing on
the banks.

Lillooet — .\n Indian name.

Lowe Inlet— After T. Lowe, of the Hudson's Bay Company.

Lulu Island— Named after a Kanaka in the Hudson's Bay Company's service,
Lytton— After Lord Lytton.

Malaspina Strait— Named after Capt. Mal.ispina, an accomplished Italian navi-
gator in the service of Spain who commanded an expedition in these seas,
1791.

Malcolm Island— After Admiral Sir Pulteney Malcolm, who was Commander-in-

Chiei at St. Helena when Napoleon I. arrived there as a prisoner. Named
by Capt. Pender, 1863-69.

Maple Ridge — After abundance of maple found on the ridge.
Manson Creek (Omineca) — After a miner.
Mara— After J. A. Mara. ex-M.P.
Matsqui — Am Indian name.

Mayne Island — After Commander Mayne, who wrote a book on British Columbia.
McDame Creek — After McDame, a coloured man, who first mined on it.

McNeil Bay — William McNeil, Chief Factor Hudson's Bay Company, i860.
McPhc on's — On the E. & N. Railway. After a settler there.
Meares : land — Capt. John Meares, of the merchant .ship "Felice," 1788.

Metchosn.— Smets-shosin — "the place of oil," also "smelling of oil"— A whale
stranded there was cut up bv the Indians for his blubber and his flesh was
dried for food. The place and the Indians were odoriferous for a long
time after.

Metlakahtla (Muh-lit-pah-la)— Literally "meeting of the waters."

Mile Houses — Along Yale-Cariboo waggon road and other waggon roads.
Moodyville — After S. P. Moody, a partner in the Moodyville Saw Mill. He was
drowned on the Str. "Pacific."

Morseby Island, Q.C.I, group — After Admiral Morseby, R.N.
Morseby Island in Haro Strait — After Admiral Morseby, R.N.
Mission City — After St. Mary's Mission, located there.
Mt. Lehman — After J. Lehman, the first settler there.

Mt. Stephens— By Vancouver August ist, 1792, after Sir Phillip Stephens, secre-
tary to the Admiralty.

Mt Tolmie — After Dr. Tolmie, a physician of the Hudson's Bay Company,
Mt. Bakei — Named by Vancouver after his third lieutenant, Joseph Baker.
Naas River— After the Indians who named themselves "Ewen Naas" to Vancou-
ver in 1793.

Nanaimo— Named by Mr. J. W. McKay after the tribe of Indians there. "Moo"
signifies dwelling.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Corn-
Chief
ng oa

cc.

navi-
: seas,

ier-in-
^amed

ambia.

whale

ih was

long

!e was

secre-

mcou-

Moo'

Nanoose Bay— The Nanoose tribe, now nearly extinct. Properly "Nu-nuas,"
tending inwards, from "nuas," to push or work in, indicating the indenture
of fht bay.

New Caledonia— The name given to the north-eastern portion of the Province
by the first traders of the Interior, who were mostly Scotchmen. New
C&ledonia occupied the north-east corner of British Columbia contiguous
to what was then known as Oregon territory and extendcA^n a south-
wrsterly direction to a point on the coast. |^B

New Denver— A mining town, sufficiently explanatory in itself. ^^

New Dnuijc ness-— From its similarity to Dungeness Spit in England. Vancouver.

New Westminster — Originally Queensborough, named by Her Majesty. (See
chapter on "Early Settlements.")

Nicola — After an Indian chief, whose name was "N-kua-la."

Nicomen — Name of an Indian tribe on the Fraser River, properly Ni-kaomin, a
place cut through by a water course.

Nicomekle — An Indian name, diminutive of Ni-kaomin.

Nootka Sound — By Capt. Cook under ihe mistaken idea it was the native name of
the sound. Cook had a short time previously named the place King
George's Sound, 1778. It is not probable that the name has any original

significance at all.

Notch Hill — A settlement north of Nanaimo, so named from a notch on top of
the hill.

Oak Bay — From the number of oaks surrounding it.

Oregon — The origin of the name is much beclouded, and in all probability, like
Nootka, arose out of a misapprehension. Carver in his book of travels in
the interior of North America, refers to the "Oregon River," which he
supposed emptied in:o the Pacific Ocean, although whatever river it was
it must have been at least 1,000 miles from the sources of the Columbia.
However, on that account the country through which the Columbia River
flowed came to be known as the Oregon Territory, a name applied to a vast
extent of country including all the southern part of British Columbia.

Okanagan — An Indian name "Ukanakane." meaning people of "Ukana," the affix
"ane" and "ene" meaning "people of," as in Spokane, Spallumcheen, Simil-
kameen and Tulameen

Osoyoos — Properly So-oyus. a sheet of water nearly divided into two by a narrow
extension of tlic land from opposite sides.

Palliser — After Capt. Palliser, whose explorations westward in Canada arc well-
known, the record being contained in the "Palliser Papers."

Pavillion Mountain— From Pavillion. Mr. J. W. McKay says, French for flags
or standards. The Rrave of Te-empt, the principal chief of the Shuswaps,
placed on a mound near the foot of this mountain, was formerly decorated
with numerous tlaMS,

Pclly River— Named by Robert Campbell, Hudson's Bay Company, 1850. after
Gove'-nor Peily.

Pcrder IsUnd, Pender Harbour — After Navigator Lieut. Pender, who surveyed
a large part of these waters in the old "Beaver" in 1863-69.

Penticton- Indian name, properly Pente-hik ton.

Plumper Pass — (Se< Heceta.)

Point Wilson — Named by \ancouvcr after his nuch esteemed friend, Capt. Geo.
Wilson. R.N.

!lii

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Spanish name for the valley of the Elhua River,

Port Angeles — Port of Angels.

i.e., Val. de las Angeles.
Port Effingham— By Capt. Meares, in honoui of the Earl of Effingham, 1788.
Port Hammond— After John Hammond, a C.P.R. engineer, who owned at. 1 laid

out a towiisite.
Port Kells— After Henry Kells, owner of the property at the river landing.
Port SimpM|— Named by the Hudson's Bay Company after Amilius Simpson,

ex-I^Aenant R.N. He commanded one of the Hudson's Bay Company's

vessers; and died and was buried at Port Simpson, where his grave exists

to-day. •

Port Guichoit— After Guichon, a settler near Ladner's Landing.

Port Haney — Contractor on construction of C.P.K.

Port Moody— After Lieut.-Col. Moody, R.E.

Port Townsend — Marquis of Townshend, 1792, named by Vancouver.

Princess Royal Island — Named by Capt. Duncan after his vessel, 1787,

Protection Island — A shelter to the harbour of Port Discovery. Vancouver, I7ga.
Puget Sound — After Peter Puget, second Lieutenant of the "Discovery." Capt.

Vancouver, 1792.
Quamichan — An Indian name.

Queen Charlotte Sound — After the wife of George III. by Capt. Lowrie and Csjpt.

Guise, of the trading vessels "Capt. Cook" and "Experiment,"
Queenborough or Queensborough — Early name of New Westminster. (See chap-

ter on "Early Settlements.")

Quesnelle — After Jean Baptiste Quesnelle, a French Canadian explorer of the

Hudson's Bay Company, in the early part of the century.
Revelstoke — After Lord Revelstoke, of the firm of Baring Bros,, bankers.
Richmond — After Richmond, Surrey, Eng.
Richfield, Cariboo — A name expressing its origin.

Rivers Inlet — By Vancouver after Sir Henry Rivers, 1792.

Robson — After the late John Robson.

Rogers' Pass — After Rogers, a C.P.R. engineer, who discovered it.

Rose Spit — Named by Capt. Douglas, of the trading vessel "Iphigenia," 1788.
Rossland — After Ross Thompson, who pre-empted the townsite.
Salt Spring Island — From the existence of salt springs there.

Sea Bird Island — Named after the Str. "Sea Bird," which ran ashore there in 1838.

Sea Island — So called being nearest to the sea of the two islands. Lulu and Sea.

Seattle — An Indian chief's name.

Seymour Narrows — After Sir George Seymour, R.N.

Sicamons — Indian name, meaning "places cut through."

Sidney — Namtd by Admiral Richards.

Similkameen— An Indian name. (See "Okanagan,") the abode of the Simila-

ka-muh.
Shortreed's (Surrey)- After the Shortreed family settled there.
Shuswap — Properly Seh-huap.
Skeena — Corruption Si-en, meaning "the river."
Somenos—S-a-mina, hunters or inland men.
Sooke Inlet — Indian chief's name, 1846.

Spence's Bridge— After Thomas Spence, who built it as a toll raad.
Spuzzum — Equivalent to Speyam, Spellam, Spilhan, Indian for fiat land.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

Squamish— Indian name, properly Sku-whom-iih.

Stanley— After Lord Stanley.

Stephens Island— 1793. See Mount Stephens.

Steveston— After W. H. Steves, original owner of the townsite.

Stewart River— Named by R. Campbell after James G. Stewart, son of Hon. John
Stewart, Quebec.

Stikeen (variously spelled)— According to Mr. J. W. McKay, is from a Tlingit
word "sta-hane," meaning "the river."

Surrey— After Surrey in England.

Tacoma- An Indian chief's name.

Tappen Siding— After contractor on C.P.R. .

Tatia Lake — An Indian name.

Tatoosh Island— Named after an Indian chief of tlie latter part of the last century.

Telegraph Creek— A name due to the fact that the Overland Telegraph line was
intended to cross the Stickeen at this point, in t866.

Texada Island. (See Gabriola Island.)

Thetis Island— After H.M S. "Thetis."

Thibert Creek— After Thibert, a French Canadian, who discovered it, 1873.

Trail and Trail Creek — From the trail leading along it. The Dewdney trail, which
was an extension of the Hudson's Bay Company's trail to Fort Sheppard.
followed the valley of this creek.

Upper Sumas — "Sm-mes," an Indian name.

Vancouver Island and Vancnu\ r City — After Capt. George Vancouver, the great
navigator of this coast. Vancouver is called the Terminal City.

Victoria — Named after Queen Victoria, frequently referred to as the Queen City.
(See chapter on "Early Settlements.")

Vernon— After the Hon. F. G. Vernon. Agent-General, ar early settler in the
Okanagan Valley and for a number of years representative of the u. strict
in the Parliament and a member of the Government.

Walker Creek — One of the creeks of the Cassiar excitements, named after Wal-
ker, who discovered gold there.

Waneta — Corruption of Juaneta.

Wellington — Named by Hon. R. Dunsmuir, proprietor of the place.

Westham — After a village in Essex, Eng-and.

Whidbey Island — After Mr. Whidbey, master of the "Discovery," 1792.

White Pass — Named by Surveyor Ogilvie in honour of the late Hon. Thos. W
Minister of the Interior.

White River — So called by R. Campbf.l on account of the milky appearance of
its waters.

Williams Creek — After Dutch Bill," a miner who panned out the first gold there.

Yale — After a former Factor of the Hudson's Bay Company.

Yukon — Named by J. Bell, of the Hudson's Bay Company after what he under-
stood to be the Indian name of it.

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

IAS 128 |2.5
;^ »£ 12.0

1.8

1.25 1.4 1.6

4 6"

►

y^v

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 673-4S03

^<»"^^

'V'

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

ISSUES OF POSTAGE STAMPS.

WHEN Vancouver and British Columbia were Crown Colonies, they, of
course, had their own postal systems, and their own postage stamps, of

which there were several issues. On account of the supply on hand having
been destroyed at the time of Confederation, Vancouver Island and British Colum-
bia stamps arc now very rare and highly prized. Tlic Canadian Philatelic Hand-
book (1892), No. I, describes them as follows: —

This Province first issued stamps in 1861. The first stamp issued was the
two and one-half pence, which may be described as follows; Head of Queen
Victoria to left in the centre of stamp; "British Columbia" at the top and "Van-
couver Isle" at the bottom, both in two lines; on the left-hand side "Postage,"
and on the right-hand side, in two lines, "Two Pence Halfpenny." The stamp
was in colour pink. It is found both perforated and unperforated. In 1865, a
five and a ten-cent was issued for use in Vancouver Island only. They were both
of the same design, and may be described as follows: Head of Queen Victoria
to left in circle; "Vancouver Island" above, and value in words below. The colour
of the five-cent was rose. The color of the ten-cent was blue. Both the five and
ten cent stamps are found perforated and unperforated.

In 1864 a three-penny stamp was issued. The centre of the stamp was occu-
pied by an oval scroll, on which were the words, "British Columbia Postage,
Three Pence." Inside the space inclosed by the scroll was a Roman numeral
"V," surmounted by a crown. Perforated: colour blue.

Issue 1868. — In this year stamps were printed from the above plates of the
three penny, in colours, and surcharged the value in cents. Research has disclosed
the fact that all British Columbia stamps are water marked "Crown and CC."

To Mr. Futcher, Victoria, tlie author is indebted for a copy of "Stanley
Gibbons' Stamps of the British Empire (1897)"' for the lollowiug list, which con-
tains an accurate description, with the market value of each.

BRITISH COLUMBIA AND VAN-
COUVER ISLAND.

Un. Used.

1861. No wmk. Imperf.

aj'id., light brown €35

The same. Perf., 14

2j^d., brown-rose 176 16 6

2^d., rose 17 6 16 6

VANCOUVER ISLAND.

1865. Wmk. Ctown CC. Imperf.

5c.. rose C2.\

IOC, blue 90 o 80 o

The sanie, but perf.. 14. .

5c., rose 17 ^J 17 6

IOC. blue 150 150

BRITISH COLUMBIA.

Un. Used.

Crown CC.

2 6
4

4 o

1865. Wmk

Perf.. 14

3d., blue

1867-69. Surcharged .
Wmk. Crown CC. Perf.
2c.. black and brown . .

5c.. black and red 20

IOC. blue and pink £12

25c., violet and yellow . . 76

50C., red and violet 30 o

$1, green

The same, but perf., 125^

5c., black and red

IOC, blue and pink

25c., violet and yellow . .
50C. red and violet ....

6
12

8 6

60 o

.90 o

$1, green 100

60
80
35
45
los

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

60 o
80
35 o
45 O
105 o

RATES OF POSTAGE.

leral

12 6

8 6

THE rates of postage in early days, as may be supposed, were high, and corre-
spondence was necessarily limited in volume and frequency. There are about
thirty countries included in the official list published, and for the purpose of com-
parison the rates of foreign postage are given for the years i860 and 1869 from
Vancouver Island and British Columbia for a few of the countries to which corre-
spondence would be most frequent for letters not over a half oz. in weight, which
included a colonial charge of five cents :

Aspinwall ,

Australia

Belgium

British N.A. Provinces.
Cape of Good Hope ....

Chili

China .

San Francisco

France ,

i860 1869 i860 1869

20C. 25c. Germany 40c. 35c.

48 40 Great Britain 34 25

47 35 Mexico 25 25

20 15 • Peru 32 50

43 50 Portugal 68 50

39 50 Russia 48 40

— 25 Sandwich Islands 15 25

15 25 United States — 25

50 40 Spain 48 47

In the colony of British Columbia prior' to the union with Vancouver Island
the postage prepaid was as follows, the rate between the points named being
the same for New Westminster, Douglas and Hope as for Yale :

Williams

New Westminstei;^ .

Douglas

Hope

Yale

Lytton

Lillooet

Williams Lake

Quesnelle

Antler

Yale.

Lillooet.

Lake, i

Juesn

Itrs.

nsprs.

Itrs.

nsprs

. Itrs.

Itrs

2^d

Itrs.

45
48
4s
48
48
4s

As a matter of interest in this connection it may be stated that a mint was
established in New Westminster among the first of the governmental institutions,
but only a very few gold pieces — now among the rarest of modern coins-
were coined. The plant lay unused in the building built for the purpose — which
was finally torn down to make room for the present free library structure — for
many years. Hon. J. S. Helmcken has written a souvenir pamphleton the coins of the
period , which is of great interest.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

B.C. TARIFF.

IT will be interesting for purposes of comparison to give the tariff of British Co-
lumbia PS it was prior to Confederation and that in force subsequently, or even
at the present time. One of the objections of the opponents of Confederation
in British Columbia was that the tariff of Canada was lower than that of British
Columbia, and would consequently be disadvantageous to local interests.

SPECIFIC DUTIES.

Ale and Porter, in wood.pr gal $o 15

Ale and Porter, in bottle

pr doz (qts)

Bacon and Hams pr lb

Barley, Oats, Field Peas, Malt.

pr 100 lbs

Beans, Split Peas pr lb

Bitters pr gal i

Butter pr lb

Candles pr lb

Cheese per lb

Qder pr gal

Cigars (2c. each) pr 100 2

Coal pr ton i

Coffee, raw pr lb

Coffee, unmanufactured ..pr lb

Eggs pr doz

Flour pr bbl i

Fresh Fruits, viz;
Apples, Pears, Plums. Cher-
ries, Currants, Raspberries,
Strawberries, and Gooseber-
ries pr lb

Gunpowder, sporting. ... pr lb
Gunpowder, blasting .... pr lb

Hay pr ton 4

Lard pr lb

Lime pr bbl

Lumber:

Rough, Fir and Cedar

pr 1. 000 ft 3 00

Dressed Fir and Cedar

pr i.ooo ft 5 00

Shingles pr 1,000 i 00

Fence Pickets per 1,000 2 00

Laths pr 1,000 i 00

30
4

I
SO
10

5
IS
00

I2J4

I
6

3
00

S
50

Live Stock:
Horses and Mules . . . .per hd $2 00

Beef Cattle pr hd 3 00

Milch Cows pr hd 2 00

Sheep and Goats pr hd 75

Hogs . . pr hd 2 00

Potatoes pr lb l4

Rice pr fb ij4

Sugar, raw pr lb 2

Sugar, refined pr lb 2j^

According

Spirits: to Proof.

Brandy pr gal 2 00

Gin, Whiskey, Rum, and all

other kinds pr gal 2 00

Tea per lb 12^

Tobacco per lb 25

Vegetables, viz:

Onions pr lb 2

Other kinds, fresh .... pr lb i

Wheat pr 100 lbs 35

Wines, viii:
Champagne and Moselle ....

pr doz (qts) 3 00

China Medicated .... pr gal i 50
California, red and white. . . .

pr gal 25

Claret pr gal 20

Port, Sherry, and all other

descriptions pr gal 75

Bran and Shorts .... pr 100 lbs 25

Buckwheat pr lb I

Oatmeal pr lb i

Cornmeal pi lb ^

Hops pr lb 10

Shot pr lb 2

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

AD VALOREM.

25
20

10
2

Pc Cent.

Axes 15

Beef, .salt 10

Billiard and Bagatelle; Tal)lrs.... 12;^

Blankets 20

Boots and Shoes 20

Bread 20

Cards, playing 50

Chocolate 20

Clothing, ready-made 15

Confectioneiy 30

Drugs, medicines 20

Dry Goods 12^

Eaithenware I'^y^

Fish, preserved, dried and sslt. ... 15

Firearms 12^

Fruits, preserved and dried 1234

Furniture 15

Glass and Glassware 12'/^

Groceries 12^2

Hardware and Ironmongery I2j/j

Harness and Saddlery 20

Hemp. Canvas. etc 2^

Leather 15

Jewellery 20

Machinery 10

Matches 12^

Meat, preserved 12'/^

Meat, fresh 20

Per Cent.

^'^olasses I2j4

Nails I2y2

Nuts and Almonds I2j/i

Oils 15

Opium 25

Paints 10

Pork, salt 10

Plants, Trees, and Shrubs 12^

Poultry, dead and alive 25

Quicksilver lO

Rope, Cordage, and Twine 5

Soap 15

Stationery T25/2

Tinware 25

Vegetables, preserved and salt. ... 10

Waggons, Carriages 20

Trunks i^Vi

Watches and Clocks T2j^

Window Sashes and Doors 20

Ship-Building .Materials, viz:

Manufactured Sails 20

Cotton Canvas 5

Woodenware 12^

Yeast Powders 12^

All other articles not enumerated
in either of the above lists, nor
in the following list of free

goods 12^5

FREE OF DUTY.

Agricultural Implements, Books Printed and Manuscript. Bricks, all Fresh
Finiits not enumerated in Schedule of Specific Duties, Coin, Gunny Sacks, Iron
and Steel, all kinds of Woods not enumerated in Schedule of Specific Duties,
Calves under twelve months old. Personal Effects. Salt, Garden Seeds, Grain
for Seed. Tar and Pitch, Tin, Copper and Zinc. Wire (iron and brass). Copper
Sheets, Boiler-plates and Bolts and Patent Metal for Ships. Iron Hoops, Sheet
Iron, Rough and Partially Manufactured Woods used in construction of Carriages
and Waggons, and Steel Springs, Anchors, Cables, Chains and Copper Bolts for
Ship-building, Fresh P'ish, Fish Oil, Whalebone, Raw Hemp for Rope-making,
Tallow, Gas Retorts, Fire Clay. Furs, Hides, Lemon and Lime Juice, Guano,
Wool, Oakum, Jute, Waggon Axles, Ship's Blocks and Junk, and Blacksmith's
Coal. Lead in pipe, sheets and bars.

|;|

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

FIRST GOLD EXCnEMENT.

A Pioneer'!)
Remloisccaccs.

MR. JAMES MOORE, "the Pioneer of Pioneers," who came from San Fran-
ciso with the first party of gold-hunters to the Eraser River in 1858, and
who has remained in Cariboo District all these thirty-eight years, being now
in tlie employ of Mr. J. B. Hobson, manager of the Cariboo Hydraulic Mine,
has kindly furnished me with the facts regarding the first gold excitement in
British Columbia, and tlie events that led to the discovery of the
rich gold fields of the Horsefly and Quesnelle Rivers, the
Antler, Lightning, and the famous Williams Creek, upon which
this article is l)as<>d. In February. 1858. the Hudson's Bay Company's steamer
"Otter" arrived in San Francisco from Victoria, B.C. Mr. Holt, the purser of the
"Otter," brought some gold dust with him, to be coined or run into a bar at the
United States Mint in San Francisco. This gold had been o'otained from the
Indians who lived and hunted along the banks of the Thompson River, a tribu-
tary of the mighty Fraser.

The report that gold had been found on the Fraser and its tributaries soon
got noised round San Francisco, and a small party of prospectors, James Moore
amongst the number, started for the Eldorado in March, 1858. This party
ascended the Fraser River and discovered rich pay at Hill's Bar, one and a half
miles below Fort Yale. In April, 1858, this party sent letters to their friends in
San Francisco containing samples of gold dust. The receipt of these letters from
the pioneer party and the gold dust caused the greatest excitement ever known
in California. The entire population of San Francisco — merchants, capitalists,
business men of all descriptions, as well as the ever-present gamblers — were alike
seized by the insane desire to sell out their businesses, their homes, and any other
property they were possessed of, for any sum that would bring
— E^tite'nentMn ^j^^,^^ ^^^^ ^j^^jj. ^^^^j^j ^^ jj^g golden banks of the Fraser. Pieces

San Francisco. , , , , , tr . t. «• j

of valuable real estate on Kearney and Montgomery streets, and
in other desirable locations in San Francisco, were sold for less than the cost
of the improvements by the excited people in their haste to get to the new gold
fields. It is needless to dwell upon the many trials and hardships of these pioneers
to British Columbia. A comparatively small number reached their goal and
succeeded beyond their most sanguine expectations; many fell by the wayside,
and many more returned to their deserted homes in California — sadder, poorer,
but wiser men.

The pioneer party at Hill's Bar continued their work there until 1859, when
some of the party went up the Fraser to the Quesnelle River, where a number
of rich bars were also found and worked with good results. Charlie Snyder and
two other prospectors discovered Snyder's Bar on the main Quesnelle River,
from which they took out $1,700.00 worth of gold dust in one day, and for many
days thereafter met with almost equal success. Hyde's Bar, McDonald's Bar,
and many other paying bars too numerous to mention here were also struck
on the Quesnelle River. This same year — 1859— another party struck out overland
and discovered the Horsefly River, and there also found good diggings on the
bars and benches. Ira Crow and six other miners worked on the Horsefly

AND iMANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

8.J

rer,

he
fly

The Rush to
Carllmo.

River, opposite what is now the Horsefly Hydraulic Mining Company's prop-
erty. Al)out the same time another party composed of James Moore, Henry
Ingram, and four others, arrived on the Horselly and discovered the celebrated
Blue Lead deposit of auriferous gravel at the place now covered by the Harper
lease, which lease was sold in 1895 to the Horsefly Gold Mining Company, of
which R. T. Ward, of San Francisco, is manager.

Rich bars were also discovered on the North and Soutii Forks of the Ques-
nelle River the same year. The next year — 1860— Keithley Creek was discovered
by George Weaver and party. Harvey Creek was struck by George Harvey and
his party, and about the same time, Goose Creek. Duck Creek and Snowshoe
Creek were also discovered in the fall of 1S60.

About the same time Captain Lowen. George Weaver, and "Siwash" Mc-
Donald left Keithley Creek and went over the Bald Mountain on a prospecting
tour, and discovered the diggings at Antler Creek. The news of this discovery
did not leak out until 18O1, in the spring, and caused a stampede from the forks
of Quesnelle, which was then the headquarters for mining in that part of Cariboo
District. In 1861 the celebrated Williams Creek, the richest diggings ever dis-
covered in the world, was found by a man known as "Dutch Bill." Many claims
were taken up on this creek, many of them paying dividends of
from $20,000 to $6o,Goo a year, and one man named Cameron left
the country after a year's work with $150,000 in gold dust. Tlie
size of the claims then was one hundred feet square to the man. Lovvhee Creek
was discovered by Dick Willoughby and party. Lightning Creek. Last Cliance.
Grouse Creek and several other similar gold-bearing creeks were found about
the same time. All the diggings on these creeks paid well. Monev was abund-
ant, gambling and dissipation 01 all kinds were the order of the day. No thought
of the morrow entered the heads of the miners and the same story of the pioneers
of '49 in California has to be told of the miners in Cariboo, that many of them
left the country without a dollar, and that many remained in the country and are
aiive are working for small wages or living on the bounty of their friends.

Most of the claims on the above mentioned creeks were what is known as
"drifting" claims. A sliaft would be sunk to bed-rock and the bottom strata
taken out and waslied, the ground for the workings being held up bv timbers.
It is said that the largest amount taken out of any one claim in twenty-four hours'
working was taken out of the Diller claim on Williams Creek, where two men,
working on the face of the drift, cleaned up 204 pounds avoirdupois of gold in
twenty-four hours, or a value exceeding $52,000. The Diller claim, onsistinu: of
300 feet of ground, paid about $300,000 in all.

The more accessible of the above mentioned claims have been prettv well
worked out in the vicinity of Barkerville. l)'.it vast areas >'t ground have remained
practically unexplored along the Fraser, Horsefly and Quesnelle
Rivers and other mountain streams, which await but capital and
intelligent exploration to develop into paying properties.

We now go back to the origmal party of miners at Hill's bar in 1858,
whose trials and tribulations will make interesting reading alike to the old pioneers
v,'ho may scan these pages and to that younger generation to whom tlie e!arlv
history of the settlement of the Province is ever an engrossing study. One day,
while the party were working away with their rockers on the bar a boat belong-
ing to Captain Taylor arrived with a load of whiskey which he was selling to the

Worked Out Claiir.s

YEAR BOOK OF BRI TISIT COLUMIUA

Trouble with
liullnns.

Indians for $5.00 worth of gold dust per bottle. Many of them became drunk,
and the white men on the bar, fearing for their lives, offered to purcliasr all the
whiskey he had aboard for his own price. He declined the ofTer, so tho miners,
taking the law into their own hands, marched down to the boat one morning with
their guns at full cock, and while a few of them stood guard over the captain, the
Others broke in the heads of the casks and emptied the whiskey into the Fraser
River, giving Captain Taxlor an hour in which to get out of sight, which he lost
no time in doing. The Indians on the bar immbcrcd about 300 to thirty whites,
and some action of this extreme nature was necessary to avoid an ou*^brcak on the
part of the aborigines.

After this incident some of the worst Indians in the band became discon-
ttiitcd and inclined to i)e rather ugly. One day one of them took a pick belong-
ing to one of the wliile men and upon his refusing to return it the owner of the
pick broke a sliovcl over the head of Mr. Indian. Of course, tiiis precipitated a
row in camp. The Indiins formed by themselves with their
muskets and the whites a short distance away armed for what
niiglit occur. The Chief of the tribe being present got on a stump
and made a long speech in his native language, urging his braves on to a
slaugliter ol tlie whites. Wiiilst the whites were standing their ground bravely,
but fearing the worst, a barge of tlu man-of-war "Satellite" hove in sight around the
bend of the river, with Governor Douglas and the captain of the "Satellite" and a
dozen blue-jackets on board. If ever visitors were welcome, Governor Douglas
and his barge load of British marines were welcome to this little party of v»liites
whom tliey arrived in the nick of time to save from annihilation. When the Gov-
ernor landed on the bar the marines fired a salute in his honour. They stated
their grievance to him and he persuaded the Indians to leave the bar and go to
Fort Yale, wliere a small Hudson'^ Bay trading post was established and pacified
the Indians by giving them 1 "IjIow out" of hard tack and molasses. No further
trouble was experienced by the whites on Hill's Bar with the Indians. On Gov-
ernor Douglas' second visit to the bar, about six weeks later, he appointed the
first Justice of the Peace, George Perrier. At this time the miners were making
from $100 to $150 a day with rockers.

Shortly after the Governor's first visit the little party had a visit from "Billy"
Ballon, a California expressman, who was so well pleased with their prospects
that he started the pioneer express of British Columbia. Of course, the miners
all gave him lots of samples of gold dust to be conveyed to their friends in San
Francisco, the receipt of which caused the greatest excitement California ever
knew.

All the miners on the bar were American citizens, except one, ,*no was
familiarly known as "Bloody Edwards," who was a great favourite with all the
boys, and whenever they got feeling jolly over a fresh arrival of the juice of the
barley they would try to make an American of Edwards, but it was no go with
liim. He told them he was content to be a "bloody good Eng-
lishman," and always wound up the argument by giving "three
bloody good cheers" for the Queen. Edwards had a trading post at Hill's Bar.
and amongst his stock, of course, wis the inevitable whiskej-. One evening the
b(ys collected at the store and were enjoying themselves as usual, when someone
(inestioned Edwards' bravery. Edwards, to prove his grit, held a lighted candle at
arm's length at the back end of the store, while some of the boys stood at the front

BIdiiilv I'Mwanls.

was

the

f the

with

Eng-

three

Bar.

the
cone
ile at
front

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATFON.

The First (lolrt
Citmnilssldncr.

\ot a Cook.

end and commenced to fire shots at t"ie candle from theii revolvers. One of the
sober men present, seeing the danger, proposed that all hands take a drink, which
they did, and so ended the shooting, probably saving Edwards' life.

In 1858 the first Gold Commissioner wa- appointed at Lytton, being a
Frenchman named Ca(>tain Trevallis, a very eccentric character. At one time he
confiscated a lot of whiskey brought in overland from Oregon. In long winter
evenings when the boys got dry they would visit the Captain
and express doubts as to whc^^her the seizure was genuine liriuor,
and to prove the matter the Captain would tap a barrel and 'sample
it with them, the result being tliat the fumes frequently overcame him and tlie
boys would have to put the Gold Commissioner to bed.

He was succeeded in 1859 by Captain Maynard Ball, a retired Captain of the
English Army, who became a great favourite with all the miners. .Xuother eccentric
character of these early days was Judge Co.<, who left California during the ex-
citement of 1858 for Victoria, and having no money to pay his passage from San
Francisco, shipped on board a sailing vessel and went about with the crew when
the ship was putting to sea, but when eight bells struck and the sailors went to
the galley for their dinner they found nothing ready. Cox being
ignorant of everything pertaining tc the cullinary art had nothing
ready for them, and this riling the hungry sailors, tliey went to the captain with
their complaints. The captain ordered Cox to appear before him and then Cox
admitted he knew nothing about cooking, but said he was broke and wanted to
get to Victoria. The ship being then at sea Cox could not be put ashore, and one
of the crew had to be pressed into the service. The captain found that Cox was
an Irish gentleman in reduced circumstances, so he made the best he could of his
bargain and took him into his cabin to straighten out his accounts. After Cox
arrived in Victoria, Governor Douglas appointed him Customs House Officer
at Yale to collect revenue on goods and animals coming in overland from Oregon.
He was afterwards appointed Gold Commissioner at Williams Creek, which po-
. ,. , sition he filled satisfactorily to all. He had a curious way

An hcccntric » , . ....

judKc O' "'S <^w" o^ deciding cases. He would generally advise

parties not to bring their troubles into court, but set-
tle them outside. On one occasion he was trying a case when both plain-
tiff and defendent swore they were the rightful owners of a certain mineral claim.
Judge Cox gave his novel decision thus, that both men start from the Court
House together, get an axe apiece and run two miles to the ground in dispute,
and the man who drove the first stake to get the ground. In another trial as to
disputed ground on Cedar Cree.< which took place on a Saturday the Judge
reserved his decision until the Monday, when he decided in favour of the plaintiff,
but the successful litigant was ordered to pay all costs, including the defendant's
lawyer. The defei.dant gave notice that he would appeal from the Judge's de-
cisic.i. After the Court adjourned the defendant went into the Judge's private
office on other business, and the Judge, thinking he was on the appeal case, said:
"On Saturday I intended to decide in your favour, but the effects of a champagne
supper to which I was invited by the defendant caused me to change my mind."

Williams Creek, during the palmy days of '61 and '62, was a lively place.
Theatres, dance halls, hurdy-gurdy girls, saloon keepers and gamblers reaped a
rich harvest from the liberal miners who ever thought the gold in their claims
would never give out and were as careless of their gold dust as though it had no
value. Many of the young women in the dance halls married the miners and

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMAITON.

LntcT
Di-vclopmentii.

established homes in dii.crent parts of Cariboo, becoming the mothers of large
fnmilies and Kaininff the respect of all who knew them. But a limit to the produc-
tiveness of the diK^iiiRS came at last, and Williams Creek for many years has been
like many of the rich placer diprRin^s in California, a nearly de-
serted village. During the last few years the Caribof) Gold Fields
Com|>any have purchased a numl)er of claims along the creek
that the miners were unable to work on account of water and are running a drain-
ing tunnel to relieve the claims of the surplus water, and are bringing in water
by means of a ditch at a high elevation which will enable them to work the
ground by hydraulic elevators under a pressure of about f/xj feet. Mr. Champion,
a mining engineer, and an <jld resident of Cariboo, is the manager and superin-
tendi,ng engineer. Man\ teams are now on the road from Ashcroft to Soda
Creek with heavy hydraulic pipe for this Company and an era of prosperity seems
likely to dawn again for Williams Creek. Many other rich gravel claims have
been purchased and will be fitted up during the next season in the vicinity of
Barkerville, and several quartz promising ledges are being developed. Many
prospectors were out during the season of 1896, and the year 1897 will see many
more claims in operation with a greater prospect of permanence perhaps than the
short-lived prosperity of '61 and '62 and a possibility of eciually as ricli diggings
being found as were those worked on Williams Creek in those halcyon days.

H. R. IIOBSON.

THE ALASKA BOUNDARY QUESTION.

The Purchase
of Alaska.

1"^HE United States was allowed by purchase, on the 13th of March, 18^)7, the
year of our Dominion nativity, to become the owner of a stretch of country
1,100 miles in its fullest extent and 800 miles at its greatest width. The sum
paid was $7,200,000. It has turned out to be a gilt-edge real estate investment,
notwithstanding that at the time there was strong opposition to
it in the United Ftates. Little was known of the resources of
Alaska then, and he folly of buying a field of ice and a sea of
of mountains was forcibly commented upon.

No doubt political rather than material reasons weighed with the Admin-
istration at Washington, because it gave a foothold in the north of the Continent,
in addition to the possession of a vast realm in its southern half. For political
if for no other reasons. Great Britain should have prevented such an accomplish-
ment. If her statesmen had made themselves familiar with the conditions of the
Coast from narratives of the distinguished navigators of their own country, or
the history of the Hudson's Bay and Russian Fur Companies, they must have
known that the wealth of furs and fish alone would have justified its purchase,
to say nothing of rounding off their North \merican possessions. * * *

Russia acted wisely in relieving herself of a responsibility that
brought little or nothing in return. Great Britain lost an im-
mense opportunity thereby, and inherited as a consequence the
Behring Sea dispute and the Alaska Boundary question, the costs of which com-
bined, it is safe to say, would have paid for the territory. Since that time Alaska

A I'olitical
Blunder.

I "A

'J4

YEAR 150UK OF I5UI TlSll COLUMBIA

I i

AlasUii Cum-
incrclnl Cn,

has developed rich gold mines, a great fur trade, and a salmon canning industry
that have rendered it extremely valuable, with possibilities of much greater things.

We have, however, to deal with a tact and not with an hypothesis. In the
present discussion it is not necessary to enter at length into a historj of Alaska.
It was discovered in 1741. In that year Bchring. on his third voyage for the
Russian Government, first saw the stupendous peak of Mt. St. Elias, rising from
the shore under the 60th parallel. Previous to that— from as far back as 1643—
voyages had been made north to the Behring Straits on the east coast of Asia.
From the date of Behring's voyage, the Russian fur trade began; but for many
years it was conducted under great hardships and terrible sacrifice of life, owing
to the rigours of the climate and ignorance o\ the coasts. Tiic value of the furs,
however, stimulated expeditions of various kinds, and a number of settlements
of fur hunters. In 1799 the Rus.sian American Company, of which the present
Alaska Commercial Company is a lineal descendant, was formed
with a concession of exclusive privileges over the whole of the
present Alaskan territory and as much more as it could safely
cover, and continued its monopoly by renewals of its charter until 1859. For
ten years, from 1839 to 1849, the Hudson's Bay Company had a lease of the ter-
ritory between the parallels of 54 deg. 40 min. and 58 degs. Those who have
read Washington Irving's "Astoria" will remember the graphic description of
Alexander Baranof, for twenty years Governor of Alaska and agent ol tlic Rus-
sian Fur Company, a fur king of high degree, who governed the whole Russian
American Coast with absolute sway. He is described by Greenhow as a "shrewd,
bold, enterprising and unfeeling man, of iron frame and nerve and the coarsest
habits and manners." His eccentricities were alarming to his visitors who came
to trade with him, especially in the matter of making them drink potent grog
until it was his pleasure to treat with them. Baranof is the most striking, if
not the most admirable, figure in North-West Coast history.

The Russian treaty of 1825 is the origin of the present (Alaska) boundary
question. For some time prior to this the conflicting mterests of Great Britain,
the United States and Russia, all of whom laid claims to possession of the North-
West Coast north and south, were the subject of diplomatic negotiations. The
United States claimed everything from the 42nd degree of latitude to the 53''d,
"if not to the 6oth." Great Britain filed a much similar claim, while Russia stipu-
lated for everything north of the 49th. The American Government made a pro-
posal that a joint convention should be concluded between the
three Powers, with a view to having t'ieir respective jurisdiction
defined. Neither of the other two Powers accepted the invita-
tion. * * * In 1824, however, the United States succeeded in concluding a
convention with Russia, the practical import of which was that both parties had
a right to trade for ten years in any part of the Coast not occupied by the other,
after which they were to be confined to certain limitations as to territory,
neither to claim jurisdiction over territory not then occupied. Notwithstanding
this, in 1825 a treaty was made between Great Britain and Russia, very much
similar in many respects to the Russian-American Convention, except that Russia
acknowledged the rights of Great Britain to the Coast south of the parallel fixed
upon as a dividing line. The treaty of 1825 clearly annulled the convention of 1824.

And now we come to the provisions of '.he Treaty of 1825, out of which the
present trouble grew. Articles III. and IV. principally interest us at present,

The Russian
Convention.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL f XFoUM ATK )N.

•)3

and I quote in full from the original as presented to the Tmperia! Parliament in
1825.

"The line of demarcation between the Possessions 01 the ffigh Contracting
Parties, upon the Coast of the Continent and tiic Islands 01 America to the North-
West, shall hv drawn in the ni.inufi following: CoinnieiicitiK tmni ilu soutlicrn-
most point of the Island called the Prince of Wales Island, whicli point lies in
the parallel of 54 dog. 40 min., North Latitude, and between the 131st and i.yrd
degree of West Longitude (meridian of (jreenwich), the said line shall ascend

to the north along the cluiiincl called llic I'ortlaiid t hainicl, as
Artitk' III. far as the point of the Continent wlurc it strikes the soth <li'>;ro.'

of North Latitude; from this last mentioned point the line of
demarcation shall follow the summit of the mountains situated parallel to the
coast, as far as the point of intersection of the 141st degree of West Longitude
(of the same meridian), and finally from the said point of intersL-ction. tin; said
meridian lines of the 141st degree, in its prolongation as far as the Frozen Ocean,
shall form the limit between the Russian and British possessions of the Coniiiuiit
of America lo the North-West. "

"With reference to the line of demarcation laid down in the preceding
article it is understood: First. That the island called Prince of Wales Island
shall belong wholly to Russia. Second. That wherever the summit of the moun-
tains, which extend in a direction parallel to the coast, from the 50th degree of
North Latitude to the point of intersection of the 141st degree
Article IV. of West Longitude, shall prove to be at the distance of more
than ten marine leagues from the ocean, the limit between the
British possessions and the line of coast which is to belong to Russia as above
mentioned, shall be formed by a line parallel to the windings of the coast, and
which shall never exceed the diflference of ten marine leagues therefrom."

Before discussing these articles in relation to the present dispute, it may
be well to point out that Article VI. stipulates that British subjects, "from what-
ever quarter they may arrive, whether from the ocean or irom the interior of the
Continent, shall forever enjoy the riglit of navigating freely, and without any
hindrance whatever, all the rivers and streams which, in their course towards the
Pacific Ocean, may cross the line of demarcation upon tiic line of coast described
in Article III. of the present Convention."

After the Crimean War, a Treaty of Commerce and Navigation between
Her Majesty and the Emperor of all the Russians was concluded, in which
(Article XIX.) the above was contirmed and declared to be continued in force,
so that when in 1867 the United States purchased Alaska, that country stepped
into Russia's shoes, and succeeded to all the rights, privileges and appurtenances
thereto. * * *

It is to be observed, too, that notwithstanding any conditions of the
sale so far as Russia and the United States were concerned, they were
not binding on Great Britain, the transfer having been made without the latter
being made a party to it; but in Clause VI. of the treaty between Russia and the
United States, Russia did virtually revoke what she had granted
to Great Britain in regard to free and unrestricted navigation
of the rivers through that territory to the sea. This, of course,
Russia could not voluntarily do without the consent of Great Britain, but by the
26th Article of the Treaty of Washington, 1871, to which Great Britain was a
party, navigation was made open for purposes of commerce only, and in the

Another
Blunder.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

(javc Evcrythin«
fur .\uthln|{.

opinion of the law . -ers of the Crown, "give new rights, and amount to that
extent and in that sense to an admission that any former rights (free navigation
for all purposes) were abrogated."

Concerning the concession in question, the Hon. Edward Blake, in 1877,
as Minister of Justice, in a memorandum discussing the merits of a case arising
cut of this very clause, remarked with much force as follows:

"28. The latter part of the 26th Article is as follows: 'The navigation of
the Rivers Yukon, Porcupine, and Stikine, ascending and descending from, to,
and unto the sea, shall forever remain free and open for the purposes of com-
merce to the subjects of Her Britannic Majesty and to the citizens of the United
States, subject to any laws and regulations of either country, within its own
territory, not inconsistent with such privileges of free navigation."

"20. At the time of the negotiation, British subjects had already the fullest
riglu to navigate, for all purposes, all the streams flowing from the British terri-
tory in the interior through Alaska. The United Stales had no right to navigate any
of thcst streams beyond the boundary of Alaska. Great Britain asked for, and obtained
as a concession, a limited right to navigate three of these streams for
certain purposes, conceding to the United States the right to navigate
these three streams thratgh Columbia on equal terms. Thus this so-
called concession by tlie United States was, in fact, a concession by Great Britain
to the former country, which gave nothing and got everything." * * *

The Legislative Assembly of P:itish Columbia in 1872 passed a resolution
praying the Lieutenant-Governor to call the attention of the Government of the
Dominion of Canada to the necessity in the interests of "peace, order and good
government," of taking steps to have the boundary line properly defined. The
immediate icason for this was that gold had recently been discovered in the Cas-
siar District, or northern part of British Columbia; a large number of miners had
gone in, and a considerable trade was carried on. There was practically only one
route into the gold fields, and that was z'ia the Stikine River, which had its out-
let througli Alaskan or American territory. The importance of having a defini-
tion of the respective limits of British Columbia and Alaska is apparent. * * *

Numerous requests on the part of tlic Canadian Government, inspired by
repre'-entations from British Columbia in the interests of law and order, were
mad'- the United States through Great Britain, to have the boundary line de-
fined. The ciuestion had not then been raised as to the Portland Canal. The lat-
ter was practically accepted by both parties as the proper boundary. It was im-
portant, owing to the interest taken in mining matters, that there should be no
mistake as to where the boundary really was according to the terms of the treaty.
Although the American Government professed an anxiety to have it settled, and a
hill was introduced in Congress in 1872 to give effect to a com-
mission of encjuiry, notliing was done, on the ground that more
important legislation demanded attention, and that Congress
would not vote so large a sum of money as was retiuired, something like a million and
a half dollars. A suggestion was made by the American Government that in lieu
of an accurate and exhaustive determination it would be "quite sufficient to decide
upon soirie particular points, and the principal of these they suggested should be
the head of the Portland Canal, tlie points where the boundary line crosses the
Rivers Skoot, Stakeen (Stikine), Taku Islecat and Cheelcat, Mt, St. Elias, and
the points where the T4ist degree of west longitude crosses the Rivers Yukon
ard Porcupine." The Canadian Government was quite willing Id accept the

Histiiry hI' tliu
\vu<itiation$.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

[red by
were
ine de-
the lat-
Kis im-
bc no
treaty,
and a
corn-
more
Ingress
on and
lin lieu
decide
luld be
les the
Is, and
"ukon
)t the

A Provisional
Arrangement.

proposition, but for some reason or other nothing more was done, notwithstanding
that the question was pressed time and again on tlieir attention by the Canadian
Government.

In 1877 ^Ii"- Joseph Hunter, civil engineer. Victoria, was delegated by the
Dominion Government to make a survey of the Stikine River for the purpose
of defining the boundary line where it crosses that river. Of course his report
was not expected to be final, and the work was necessarily hurried; but it was im-
portant, and settled the matter for the time being. He fi.xed the boundary line at
10.13 miles from the coast at right angles, and 24.74 miles by tiie river. His find-
ings were accepted without prejudice to the rights of their con-
tention by the American Government, and it so stands until
finally settled by the present commission. From Mr. Hunter's
observations it is quite clear that there is a range of mountains running parallel
with tlie const, the summit of which forms the boundary. That T believe is the
Canadian contention. The Americans, on the other hand, have claimed tliat
t'lere is no defined mountain range governing the case, and that the line must
follow the sinuosities of the coast.

Up to i(S85 it docs not appear that a line "through Portland Channel" was
ever ([uestioned as the true boundary line. The issue was raised l)y the late Mr.
Justice Gray, of Victoria, B.C., one of the fathers of Confederation, and an able
jurist As it stands, the .-Klaska Boundary Question presents two phases, one be-
ing the delimitation of the line from tiie "head of Portlatid Channel," wherever
that may be shown to be, and tiie other is the interpretation of Article HI. With
the former we will not deal. It is a matter of survey, and is in the hands of com-
petent men. The latter involves an interpretation of Clause III. of the treaty.

In 1885 Mr. Justice Gray made a report to the British Columbia Govern-
ment, in which he pointed out that the line running through Portland Channel,
as marked on the maps, did not harmonize with the other conditions of the
Article. To understand his contention involves ni fine legal skill; it is a plain
statement. The line commencing at the southernmost point of Prince of Wales
Island, Cape Chacon, is to "ascend to the north along the channel called the
Portland Channel." Portland Canal is fifty miles from Prince of Wales Island,
and a line to there would not ascend to the north, but go in a south-easterly di-
rection. It may be held that it does go north on the ground that the general
direction is north; and if no other conditions were demanded,
that might hold good, although not strict interpretation. It, how-
ever, is required that the line is to go north along Portland
Channel, until it strikes the 56th degree of latitude at a point of the continent.
Portland Channel does not reach the 56th degree of latitude at all, and being
wholly Within the continent, a line following its channel could not possibly strike
a point on "the continent." Then, again, it is Mipulated that Prince of Wales
Island is to belong "wholly" to Russia. There can be only one inference from
that, when we consider that a large group of islands, the principal of which is
Revilla Gigedo, intervenes between Prince of Wales Island and the mainland,
and that is that some other channel than Portland Canal was intended, otherwise
it would have been stipulated that the group of islands inside of it. and not Prince
of Wales, should belong "wholly" to Russia. The channel separating Prince of
Wales Island from these islands, or in other words, Clarence Straits, must have
been meant. If Prince of Wales Island is to belong wholly to Russia, what about
the group of islands which inten-enes? If, on the other hand, you discard the

Fottland
Channel.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Portland Canal, and carry your line up either Behm's Canal or Clarence Straits,
you meet all conditions, striking the continent exactly at the s6th degree of north
latitude, leaving Prince of Wales Island wholly within Alaska territory.

More than that, the Portland Canal boundary, in continuing it. lands you
into a second absurdity. As was pointed out by Mr. Justice Gray, the head of
Portland Canal is far east of the Coast range of mountains, and in order to strike
their summit, the line would have to cross several intervening mountains, making
as is shown in Mr. Hunter's map, a sudden dip at right angles. Continuing the
boundary directly northward, from Point Chacon through Behm's Canal or Clar-
ence Straits, you follow the Coast Mountain Range naturally. Every circum-
stance and reasonable assumption favours the contention that the Portland Canal
of Vancouver's charts is not the Portland Channel meant in the treaty.

It is not known what maps were used at the convention. Doubtless Van-
couver's charts wore. However, it is not likely that Great Britain would concede
more territory to Russia than what Russian maps showed Russia claimed. There
is in Victoria an old French map, 1815, copied from maps in St.
The American Petersburg bearing date of 1802, and the dividing line as shown
there is up Clarence Straits with Revilla Gigedo and all the
islands included within the British Possessions.

The question in this case is not one of delimitation so much as of construc-
tion. Taken by themselves, the words "through the Portland Channel" are ex-
plicit, and would come under the rule that what is plain needs no interpretation,
consequently binding without cavil; but where, as in this, the provisions are in-
harmonious and contradictory, interpretations must be resorted to. The rules
of interpretation are clear. We must take all the conditions of the article and
judge from the intention of the framers.

The Alaska Boundary Question really resolves itself into three main
physical divisions, each one of which is dependent upon a distinct series of evi-
dence or independent data, which, taken in order, are: —

1. The construction of the clause of the Treaty of 1825 by which the line
of demarcation from Cape Chacon, the southernmost point of the Prince of
Wales Island, is to be determined until it reaches a point of the Continent at the
56th degree of north latitude.

2. The determination of the line of demarcation from the last named point
following along the coast line (see Clause III. of the Treaty quoted in *-he fore-
going) until a point on the coast is reached where it is intersected by the 141st
degree of west longitude.

3. Fixing astronomically the 141st degree of west longitude and its prolon-
gation northward "as far as the frozen ocean."

The first of these involves, as has already been pointed out, the construction
of the language of the Treaty according to well-understood and firmly established
vules of interpretation adopted in international disputes of this character. This
division of the subject has been fully dealt with in the foregoing.

The third phase of the dispute is dependent entirely upon astronomical
definition, and is a simple matter, having already been practically disposed of by
the work of surveyors.

The second is perhaps the most difficult of the three and upon the settle-
ment of the dispute involved the mo?t important issues hinge. Settlement rests

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LNFORMATION.

line
of
the

not only upon physical data, regarding the requirements of which the character

of the country presents many obstacles, but upon a judicial arbitrament as to

what physical data are admissible as evidence, and also as to how certain terms,

such as "coast," "ocean" and "summit of the mountains" are to be construed in

relation thereto. So far there has never been any official presentment of the

respective facts made, as that stage of the proceedings has not yet been reached

where a formal submission of claims before, or ior the appointment of, a court

of arbitration is necessary, and hence there is no clear or authoritative definition

of issues. The issues have been mainly formulated in newspapers and magazines,

and the territory in dispute has been indicated by map makers rather than jurists.

The main fact to be observed is that the United States Government have assumed

possession, which to them has constituted the essential "nine pomts of the law."

Brictly. Iiowever, it would appear that the respective contentions are (these

have been so succinctly and fairly outlined in a recant editorial on the subject

in the Victoria "Daily Colonist" that the treatment cannot very well be improved

upon by a layman, and the liberty is taken of transferring the editor's remarks to
these columns): —

"In a general way the United States is understood to intend to hold that
the word 'ocean,' in the treaty of 1825 between Great Britain and Russia, means
the waters inside of the Archipelago, that there is no 'summit' within the mean-
ing of the Treaty in the mountain range running along the coast and within ten
marine leagues therefrom, wherefore the boundary must be drawn at a uniform
distance of ten marine leagues from the continental coast line, disregarding the
islands altogether, which line would be parallel to the sinuosities of the coast and
hence put all the inlets within Alaska. The Canadian position may, in the same
general sense, be said to be that by the word 'ocean' in the Treaty the high sea out-
side of the Archipelago is meant, and that the boundary must be drawn ten marine
leagues from the outer rim of the Archipelago, except where the summit is nearer
the coast then ten marine leagues, in which case the line will follow such summit.
This would give Canada all of the inlets and even a portion of some of the islands,
which latter would appear to have been contemplated by the Treaty, for that
document expressly provides that the whole of Prince of Wales Island shall
belong to Russia. The legal and natural inference from this would be that the
whole of the other islands might not belong to Russia when the line was located
A secondary claim on the part of Canada is that, admitting the water on the
shore of the Mainland to be the ocean, there is a summit nearer the coast than ten
marine leagues, and that the two inlets above-mentioned extend beyond it. Should
the claim of the United States, as above defined, be sustained, Canada would have
no harbour on the coast between the 56th and 6oth parallels of north latitude.
If the Canadian claim is held good the head of Lynn Canal and of Taku Inlet
would be in Canada, and if the contention that the boundary shall not be at a
greater distance than ten marine leagues from the outer rim of the Archipelago
prevails, Canada would own the whole of the Stikine River."

<i:

The former part ot the foregoing consists of extracts from an article by the author on
the " Alaska Boundary," in the " Canadian Magazine."

100

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

SECOND OVERLAND JOURNEY.

I !

MakiniiUp
the I'artv.

IN the autumn of 1861 intense interest was aroused in the eastern section of this
Dominion by the reported discovery of large deposits of the precious metals in
the mountains of Cariboo. Tliousands of the young men and not a few of the
older ones prepared to journey thither, chiefly by the Panama route, then the only
means of public conveyance. Others, however, there were, who from considera-
tions of cost, and possible speed, for the route was much shorter, committed
themselves to the perils of a journey overland through the British North-West.
Several small parties, perhaps twenty in all, each unconscious of the intent of
the other, left their homes al)out the ist of May, 1862, and travelling westward
via Detroit, Milwaukee, St. Paul and the Red River, reached Fort Garry about
a month later. Here, and en route, these several parties fell in with each other,
and combining from this point in one large party numbered about
150 souls, with perhaps an additional fifty who arrived subse-
quently and followed in a second party, two weeks later. From
Fort Garry these parties travelling westward a few points to the north over the
Great Plains passed the Hudson's Bay Comp.my's Forts. Ellicc, Carlton, Pitt and
Edmonton, reaching the latter point on July 22nd. August i8th the party reached
the Rocky Mountains, which they crossed by the Yellowhead Pass in latitude S2|E^
north. Arriving at Tete Jeune Cache on the western slope August 27th. a portion
of the party from this point journeyed southward with the bulk of the animals
via the north branch of the Thompson, while the main body with eight animals
came down the Eraser by rafts and canoes to Quesnelle Alouth where they dis-
bunaed September nth. 1862, some going into the mines while others scattered
through the country toward the Pacific seaboard. Though the journey was long it
was inexpensive, costing per head about $98.

Ihe experience of these travellers over the plains portion of the journey,
though somewhat irksome by reason of the hurry consequent upon a desire to
reach the Eldorado of their hopes early in the season, was, on the whole, not a
difficult undertaking. In the mountain and Pacific Slope sections, however, dif-
ficulties of moment were encountered and overcome with meagre appliances — in-
deed with little else than heroic dispositions and a determination to succeed.
These traits characteristic of youth, well represented in the company, were
greatly intensified by reason of the prospect of soon sharing in the golden harvest
of Cariboo. Under such exhilarating influences, and inured to
danger by long association, serious difficulty and imminent peril
not infrequently supplied occasion for jest. Food, however, be-
came a consideration as the journey ran into months of travel, and the party found
itself in an inhospitable region, where the choice at times lay between an attempt
to surmount obstacles hazardous in the extreme, and regarded as well nigh impos-
sible, and accepting the alternative of starving where they were.

In the mountain journey by land they met with difficulty in scaling some
of the elevated sections, trail accommodation was scant, and the possibility of a
slip into eternity reasonably imminent. Another source of discomfort and trial
was found in the presence of innumerable swamps in high altitudes. The
valleys of the Rockies usually afforded comfortable travel, but almost invariably a

Difiiculties
Overcome.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

lOI

)me
)f a
trial
:he
ly a

rise to a plateau meant to encounter a swampy section, portions of which seemed
to be bottomless. Now and again tlie whole train would be literally "swamped"
and the attention of the weary wayfarers directed to the work of relief. Packs
would first be removed and placed on solid ground, and then, and at times with
extreme difficulty, the animals would he assisted to extricate themselvcB from the
mire into which their exertions had furcod them.

The main body ot tho first party, and those (if the second who followed down
the Fraser River from Tele Jeune Cache to Quesnelle escaped most providentially
with the loss of four of their members, all of whom iierished in attempts to nm
rapids in canoes. Those journeying by rafts, of whom there were about ninety
on five such means of transport, were more fortunate, thotigh compelled in common
with all to face the perils of the treacherous stream without a guide or any know-
ledge of the character of the waterway hel'ore them, portions of which they could
not have reached to scan, even had their well-nigli exhausted provision store ad-
mitted of the delay. As an instance of that condition of recklessness and blind confi-
dence into which men are apt to fall who have long been accustomed to meeting
dangers in various forms, we have oidy to remember the fact that
Took Great ^'^^ ^^^^ °^ the Queenston party ran all one night lighted only by

Risk". the stars. Fancy a party of twenty-three men lying down to sleep

at the mercy of the current with as little concern for the oossible
consequences as if resting safely on terra Rrma. Less fortunate, however, in
choice of routes were those who chose to seek civilization via the North Fork
of the Thompson River. In this party were about twenty men. one woman and
three children. Their primary object in leaving the main body was to seek a
means of saving the animals, of which there were (luite a number, all of which
would become their property, and represent considerable value once they reached
settlement. The experience of these people, if not more thrilling, was more
varied and trying than was that of the main body who followed down the Fraser.

The journey was a month longer, slow progress having been made through

the dense forest lying between the Fraser and Tliompson Rivers, through which

it was necessary to cut their way. On the Thompson they were several times

shipwrecked, as well as being compelled at times, owing to drift blocking the

channel, to abandon their rafts and dugouts, make a portage and construct others.

The animals were ahandcmed, two ot their company were lost by

hompson Kivcr drowning, and the remainder brought to the verge of starvation,

which was averted by the timely discovery of an Indian potato

patch, and through all this, in addition to weariness and fatigue of the former

part of the journey from Fort Garry, came a woman having the care of three

small children, compared with the responsibility, trials and discomforts of whom,

the male portion oi the company are not worthy to be considered. Finally the

mother and her three little ones reached Kamloops, and another was added to

their number the day after their arrival.

A carefully computed approximation of the distances travelled by the party
disbanding at Quesnelle, and taking Queenston, Ontario, as the starting point,
gives results as follows:

Queenston to Quesnelle 3,547 miles

Distance travelled by public conveyance 1,650 miles

Distance on foot and by raft 1,897 miles

Number of days actual travel 94

Actual number of days on the road 142

102

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Some Of
the Results.

A comparatively full diary of the journey was written by Thos. McMicking
Captain of the Company from Fort Garry westward — in the autumn of 1863.
Lectures have since been delivered, and recently a book published by Margaret
McNaughton of Quesnelle Mouth, which, though simply compiled from such
notes and information as could be found at this distant date, and without the
author having personal knowledge of the incidents of the journey or the territory
traversed, is valuable as being the only public record so far aiming at a full
account of so interesting and important an event.

Although the journey was performed at considerable sacrifice of time, and,
unfortunately, with loss of life, and is not likely to be attended with any
direct personal advantage to those who survived it; yet, in
a public and national sense, we may reasonably believe
that it has not been without a practical and beneficial effect.

Since every corner of Canada was represented in this company, many of
whom would convey to their own neighbourhood some goodly report of the land,
it follows that public attention was tliereby awakened, resulting in the early
colonization of vast interjacent territory, destined to become the very heart and
centre of the great British American Empire, wlierein will be united in one grand
confederation tlie then widely separated Provinces. The expedition furnished
the Pacific Colony with many sturdy pioneers, whose strength of arm and force
of character divi valiantly in the early and trying days. It assisted materially in
hastening the time when our highly favoured country should take its place
among the nations and become one of the great highways for the commerce of
the world.

R. B. McMICKING.

HIS EXCELLENCY LORD ABERDEEN.

McMicking
imn of i86a.
by Margaret
1 from such
without the
the territory
ing at a full

of time, and,
ed with any
d it; yet, in
ably believe
effect

any, many of
t of the land,
: in the early
ry heart and
in one grand
an furnished
rm and force
materially in
ike its place
:ommerce of

CKING.

OLD PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS.

TAKfN FHOM MEI»ilES ST.

J. W. McKay.
T. J. Skinner.

J. I). Pcmherton.
J. S. HolnukiMi, .M.I).

The Clerk, (Jos. Porter.)
James Yates.

MEMBERS FIRST LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY, V. I.

3 ."'

■'■ ■s

W •

3 •>

c-r*

_ • -1

^ —

2
m

H
X
m

O
<

> I

r :

m =
X ?

m r,

o -

C L

2 K

1 1

•'*.

•w

. 1

■'4 '' ■

* V:i

"^'^HHHHSkv '' jskj? -

^ ^'

' 4

"v.

If. "

.5;

V *^^^te

^.«>(!C-g**>.

if .

' v.-

-1 ■

'v.

t<'4f-

"y • ■

111 IN. v.. |)i:u iiM.v,

l.l.-liiuiiiuir.

Il()\. I). \V. IIi(,i;iN>,

Spi.ikir.

tm^"^^

CiiAs. A. Skmi.in,

l.t'.iiiir of the OpposituMi.

J. I'. HnoTII,
I)L'put> -SpcakiT.

i. 'I

m C

EL ?:

? >

B k

p •

1 rr
3 ^ ■

r r^

L X

r. z-

i '-

T. 7-

£. —

^, —

3 —

/ ~

^ »^

S?^

•*sSI

ifls ^ -^

1< "t-

? r.

'Si

I 3

< >

r It"'^*.'

■;■'■"«■■"

flj^H

^1 1

^^^1

■■'' ;f -^^J

ir ^B

» <^^^B ^^^^1

^^^H

^Bj

^H^hI^^I

i^JH

^^^^^^^H

^nw^K ''v'&i

ffo^L^

^^^^^^^H

*^'-^^Bt wt

kS£:/^H

\J!JWIKKKU

RHLj

L^lL-jtaAk^^ JIHHH

f^. £

CO =

- a

5 •«

I.IIIK \KIAN.

I'riiiK l.ii.. AssKMHl V. ^i ;>:n's I'kintkk,

I.XW C'll'UK. SiKlil AM-A I-.\hMS.

OFFICERS O- THE HOUSE.

•s.

r- 'i

llo.v. W. J. M Ainowip

■ v.

Hon. Thos. R. McInnks. Hon. Jamks Kkid

SENATORS FROM BRITISH COLUMBIA.

'•> —4

00 - X

m
•0

m
(/)
m

H
>

< '■ >
m a. ^

I
o

O
■n

Kiirly
Cnnilitions

THE growth of Parliamentary riovcrnnicnt. or Responsible Government,
as it is more often called, in British CohiniiMa, was slow. The Colonies
of Vancouver Island and British Columbia, first settled by the Hudson's
Bay Company, enjoyed only the semblance of popular government from
their first settlement until 1871, when thv; Colonics entered tiic Canadian
Confederation as a Province.

By the term "Responsible Government" is meant a pled.a;e and security
for the rightful exercise of every act of Royal authority, and it is required by
the British Constitution that the Ministers of State for ihe time being shall be
held responsible to Parliament and to the law of the land for
all public acts of the Crown. Previous to 1859 the electoral
privilege was confined to pruperty-hoiders, or holders of real
estate. Consequently, when the Governmeni of Sir James Douglas divided the
Colony of Vancouver Island into Electoral Districts, in some Districts only one,
and frequently only four, voters returned a member. Such was the c ise at
Nanaimo, when one voter returned a member to the Legislature in 185

Amongst the first arrivals of gold hunters in 1858 were many natives of
Canada and the Maritime Provinces, where Responsible Government had existed
for many years. These colonists were naturally anxious to have a similar form
of Government adopted here, and almost at once an agitation was inaugurated
for the change of Government by ^he well understood wishes of the people and
was the rallying cry. Hon. Amor de Cosmos established the "British Colonist"
newspaper to advocate Responsible Government in December, 1858. The move-
ment was a popular one; but it required thirteen years of hard hammering in the
press and on the public platform, and an entire transformation of the central
power from Downing Street to Ottawa before the people came to their own.

In March, i860. Gov. Douglas met a House of fifteen members, partly com-
posed of appointed members and partly of members selected by popular vote.
The political business of the country was conducted under similar ausi)iot's. with
some slight changes, until 1864. In that year Gov. Kennedy succeeded Gov.
Douglas as Governor of Vancouver Island, and Governor Seymour was appointed
over the Mainland, then known as British Columbia. Legisla-
tive Councils were convened in both colonies, and in 1867
the two were united, on petition of the Legislature of Vancouver
Island, under the one term, British Columbia. The Government continued to
be of a hybrid character until 1870, when Gov. Musgrave was appointed and
introduced a semblance of Parliamentary Government, by enlarging the number
of constituencies and reducing the qualification of voters. He summoned a Leg-
islative Council in that year, partly composed of appointed members, but a Sma'l
majority of the Council were sent by the people.

Of Hybrid
Chnracter.

112

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Rcspon.stl)le
Government
Conceded.

The terms of union with Canada were discussed by that Council and
adopted by them. In those terms there was no provision for responsible Gov-
ernment. In fact, a clause which was attempted to l)c inserted by the popular
members of the Council was defeated by a majority vote of the body; so when
the delegates, Messrs. Trutch. Helmcken and Carrall, took the terms to Ottawa,
they contained no clause providing for the establishment of responsible
Government. The late Hon. John Robson, the late Mr. H. E. Seelye and myself
held a conference, and decided that in order to secure Parliamentary Government
it would be necessary for one of our number to proceed
to Ottawa, and inform the Government there that unless re-
sponsible Government was assured by the terms, we should
oppose the adoption of the terms altogetl er and thus delay Con-
federation. Mr. Seelye was selected as the delegate, and proceeded to Ottawa
in the same boat and on the same train that carried the Government delegates.
He was a warm personal friend of Mr. Tilley, afterwards Sir Leonard Tilley,
then Minister of Customs at Ottawa, and he succeeded in convincing the Ottawa
Government that our contention that the Province .was sufficiently advanced to
entitle it to representative institutions was correct. When the terms came back
they contained a clause to that effect, and upon those lines the Government has
ever since been administered. The expenses of Mr. Seelye's mission were entirely
borne by myself.

The first Parliament convened in British Columbia after Confederation
met early in 1872. Mr. McCreight, now Mr. Justice McCreight, wa Attorney-
General and Premier. In the winter of 1872 a vote of want of confidence in the
Government having been passed, Mr. McCreight and his colleagues resigned,
and Mr. de Cosmos was called upon to form a Ministry. It will therefore be seen
that the form of Government in British Columbia is similar to that of Canada
and Great Britain, with the single exception that there is no Upper House; and
in case of an adverse vote the Government must go out, as in every other coun-
try that has responsible Government. The rules of procedure are thoso gov-
erning the Parliament of the Mother Country. D. W. HIGGINS.

COLONIAL AND PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENTS.

EGISI<.\TIV1'; ASS1-;mhi<Y, Vancot-vhr Island, Fikst I'aui,iami;nt, 1855 to 1S59.— Victoria
town, James Vatcs iiiul J. W. McKay: ]';s<iiiimaU and Victoria districts, J. S. llchncken* and
J. D. renibertoii; Ksquinialt town, Tlionias J. Skinner; Sooke district, John Muir.

* Speaker.

Ll';ciISI,.A.Tl VK ASSKMIil.V, Vancovvhr Isi.anmi, Skcoxo Pari/iami;nt, March, i860 to
l''i;itRrARV, iSfi3.— Victoria town : ist session, March, iS6o, to l''ehruary, 1861, J. Il.Cary, S. Vranklin;
2nd session, June, 1861, to January, i.M)2, J. II. Cary, S. l-ranklin'; 3rd session, March, i86.', to
December, 1802, J. 11. Cary S. I'rankliii; 4th session, January, 1863, to I'ebruary, 1863, J. H. Cary, S.
Kranklin. Victoria district; ist session, .March, 18(10, to February, 1861, 1'. V. V. Crease, W. V.
Tolmie, .\, Waddington; 2ud session, June, 1S61, to January, 1862, 11. 1'. I'. Crease,* \V. K. Tolniie, A.
Waddington,t J. W. Trutch (vice Crease), J. Trimble (vice Waddington); 3rd session, March, 1862, to
December, 1802, W. V. Tolmie, J. \V. Trutch, J. Trimble; 4th session, January, 1863, to February,
1863, \V. I'". Tolmie, J. W. Trutch, J. Trimble. Ksquimalt town; 1st session, March, 1S60, to February,

AND MANUAL OF PROVIN'CIAL INFOkM.\TH)\. 113

1861 ('.. T. C.ordoii; and session, June, 1861, to Janiiary, 1S62, (J. T. Gordon;! 3rd session, March, 1S62,
to I)ecenil)cr, 1H62, T. lIar^is,\^ Wni. Cocker (vice Harris); 4th session, January. 1S63, to Kebrnary,
I Sf>3, Wni. Cocker. l-;squiniaU district: ist session, AFarch. i860, to l'"el)ruary, i8f,i, J. S. Uelnickeii,
James Cooper, |j K. Hurnaby (vice Cooper); 2iul session, June, 1S61, to January. i8h2, J. S. Hehnckeii
Robert Hurnaby; 3rd session, Marcli, 1S62, to December, iS(S2, J. S. llelincken, R. Hurnaby; 4th
session January, 1863, to l'"el)rii!iry, 1S63, J. S. Helmcken.tt K. Hurnaby. Lake district, tst session,
Marcli, ,1860, to i''ebruary, 1861, (1. K. Hoster: -Mid session, June, iHfii, to January, i>.62, C K. }'"oster;
3rd session, Marcii, 1S62, to i)eceini)er, 18(12, (i. !•'. l'"oster; 4th session, January, iSh3, to Vebruary,
1863, CI. l-'. Foster. Sooke district: ist session, March, iS^o, to l''ebruary, r86i, W. J. Macdonald; 2nd
session, June, t86i, to January, 1S62, W. J. Macdonald; 3rd session, March, iSti2, to December, 1862,
W. J. Macdonald; 4th session, January, 1863, to Vebruary, 1863, W. J. Macdonald. Saanich district:
ist session, March, i860, to February, 1S61, John Coles; 2nd session, June, iShi, to January, 1862, John
Coles; 3rd session, March, 1862, to December, 1862, John Coles; 4th session, January, 18(13, to l'"ebruary,
1863, John Coles. Salt Spring district: ist session, March, i860, to February, iSdi, J. J. Southgate;
2iid session, June, 1861, to January, 1862, J. J Southgate; 3rd session, March, 1S62, to December, 1862,
J. J. Southgate; 4tli session, January, 1863, to l^'ebriiary, 1^63, J. J. Southgate. Nanaiino district:
ist session, March, i860, to l'ebruary,"i86i, .\. R. Creeii; 2iid session, June, n'u, to January, 1862, A.
R. ('ireen,ttt !>• B. Ring, (vice Creen); 3rd se>^si<,n, Marcli, 1862, to December, 1862, I). H. Ring; 4th
session, January, 1863, to February, 1863, D. 1!. Ring.

♦Resigned October, 1S61.
^Resigned January, 1862.
II Resigned November, i860.

ttSpeaker.

t Resigned October, 1861.
^^Resiglled September, 1862.
tftKesigned October, 1861.

l<;xi;curivK Cor.vcii, ok V.\NCorvi;K Isr..\M>, Si;i'ri;Mm'.R, 1S63, ro Si.i'1'i;miu;k, 1S66.—
Hon. William .\. (1. Young, acting l';jloiiial Secretary, from September, 1863, to .\ugust, 1864*; Hmi.
George Hunter Cary, Attorney-General, from September, 1863, to .August, 18641; Hon. .\le.\ander
Watson, Treasurer, from September, 1863, to Sei)tember, 186(5; Hon. Joseph D. I'emberloii, Surveyor-
General, from September, 1803, to October, 1814J; Hon. Henry Wakeford, acting Colonial Secretary,
from August, 1864, to June, i>^'t$^; Hon. Thomas I.ett Wood, acting .Vttoriiey-General, from .-\ugust,
1804, to September, 1866; Hon. H. W. I'earse, acting Surveyor-General, from October, 18:14. to Sep-
tember, 1S66; Hon. W. A. G. Young, Colonial Secretary, frohi June, 1865, to Sep'vmber, 1866.

♦Leave of absence.
^Resigned.

fResigned.

^Superseiled by Colonial .Secretary.

LF;(iISr,.\TIVl'; ASS1-;m1U.Y, V.\NCi)rvi:K I^i,.\.\i>. Tiukd l'.\Ki.i.\Mi:Nr, Si;i'ri;Mlti:K. i,S63,
TO Afc;rST, i8()6. -Victoria city: ist session, September. 1863, to July, 1814, W. .\. G. Young, .\.
DeCosmos, I. W. Powell, J. C. Ridge,* S. l-'ratiklin (vice Ridge); 2iid session, September, 186.1, to July,
1865, A. DeCosmos.f I. W. Powell, S. Vranklin, C. H. Young, t .\. DeCosmos (re-elecled), I,. McCliiie.
(vice C. li. Young); 3rd session, November, 1815. to .\ugiist, 1866, l.W. Powell, S. 1- raiiklinj , A,
DeCosmos, I,. McClure, C. li. Young (vice l-r.-uiklin). Victoria district. 1st session, Seiilember, 1863,
to July, 1864, ]•;. H. Jackson, W. V. Tolmie, J. Trimble; 2iid session, September, iS(i.(, to July. 1865 ,
W. F. Tolniie, J. Trimble, James Dickson; 31.I session, November, ih65, to August, iS;i6, W. F.
Tolmie, J. Trimble, James Dickson; Ivsiiiiinialt town: ist session, SeiJteinber, 1863, to July

1864, G. F. I'oster; 2nd session, September, 1864, to july, iSu.s, J. J. Southgate; 3rd session, November,

1865, to .August, 1866, J. J. Southgate, I ]■',. Stamp (vice" Southgate). Ivsquimalt district: 1st session,
September, T863, to July, 1864, J. S. llelincken, \S R. liurnaby; 2nd session, Se])teinber, 1S64, to July,
1865, J. S. ilelmcken, R. liurnaby; 3rd session, November, 1865, to .August, i8in, J. S. Helmcken, John
Ash. Lake district: ist session, Sei>tember, 1-103, to July, 1864, J. Diincau; 2nd session, September,
i8fi4, to July, i86s, J. Duncan; 3r(l session, .November, 1805, to .\iigiisl, i86n, J. Duncan. Sooke
district: ist session, September, 1813, to July, iStu, J, Carswell; 2111! session, September, 1S64, to July,
1865, J. Carswell: 3rd session. November, ois, to .August, i8;>6, J. Carswell. Saanicli district: ist
session, September, 1S63, to July, 1S64, C. Street; 2iid session, September, 1864, to July, iS'i3,C. Street, ||
J. J. Cochrane (vice Street); 3rd session, November, 1S65, to .August, 1866, J. J. Coelirane, Salt
Spring district: ist session, September, 1863, to July, 1864, John T. l'idwell,(t George ]•.. Deans (vice
I'idwell); 2nd session, September, 1804, to July, i^o.s, ('■. 1',. Deans; 3rd session, November, t86,s, to
Augusi, i.soM.G, !•;. Deans,ff J. T. I'idwell (vice De;ins). Nanaimo district: ist session, September,
1803, to July, 1864, .A. liayley; 211(1 session, September, 1864, to July, iS'is, .A. Hayley; 3rd session,
November, 1865, to .August, 1806, T. Cunningliaiu.

♦Resigned Jan.
^Speaker.

1864.

t Resigned l-'eb.,T86.s.
liResigned (let., rS64.

JSeal declared vac;iiil .\pril, 1866.
tH'nseated on i>etili(>ii.

♦President. Resigned.

f Superseded by .Attorney-General.

JMr. Langley's name does not appear on Alinutes of Council after this date.
liSSuperseded by Survevor-Generai. iJResigned. tfResigned.

IttSuperseded by Colonial .Secretary. ttMl'i'csident.

114

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

T.Kf.isi.ATiVK CoT'NCii,, 1R64 to lotli July, 1S71.— Session iS'i.j; The Hon. Arthur N. Birch,
Colonial Secretary; Hon. Henry r. P. Crease, Attorney-C.cneral; Hon. Wyniond O. Haniley, Collecior
ofCustonis; Hon. Cliartres Hrevv, Magistrate, New Westminster; Ilon.'i'eter O'Reilly, Magistrate,
Cariboo Kast; Hon. !<;. H. Sanders, MaRistratc, Yale; Hon. H. M. Dall, Magistrate, Lytton; Hon. J,
A. R. Homer, New Westnii-ister: Hon. Robert T. Smith, Hope, Yale and I.ytton; Hon. Henry
Holbrook, Douglas and Killooet; Hon. James <1rr, Cariboo Kast; Hon. Walter S. lilack, Cariboo West.

Skssion.— 1864 to 1S65, Hon. Arthu*- X. Birch, Colonial Secretary and Presiding Member; Hon.
Henry P. P. Crease, Altorney-C.eneral; Hon. Charles W. Vranks, Treasurer; Hon. Wymond O.
Hamlev, Collector of Customs; Hon. Chartres Hrew. Magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Peter
O'Reilly, Magistrate, Cariboo; Hon. H. M. Ball, Magistrate, Lytton; Hon. A. C. Klliot, Magistrate,
I.illooet; Hon. John C. Haynes, Magistrate, Osovoos and Kootenay; Hon. J. A. R. Homer, New
Westminster District; Hon.' Henry Holbrook, Douglas and r.illooet Districts; Hon. Clement K,
Cornwall, Hope, Yale and Lytton Districts; Hon. (ieorge A. Walkem, Cariboo l';ast District; Hon.
Walter Moberly, Cariboo West District.

Session 1866.— Hon. Henry M. Ball, acting Colonial Secretary, and Presiding Member; Hon.
Henry P. P. Crease, Attorney-C.eiieral; Hon. Charles W. Franks, Treasurer; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch.
Chief Commissioner of Frauds and Works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, CoUectorof Customs; Hon,
Chartres Hrew, Magistrate, .N'ew Westmi'ister; Hon'. Peter O'Reilly,' Magistrate, Kootenaj'; Hon.
Andrew C. l-Hliot, Magistrate, I.illooet; Hon. John C. Haynes, Magistrate, Osoyoos and Kootenay.
Hon. J. A. R. Homer, New Westminster District; Hon. Henry Holbrook, Douglas and I.illooet
Districts; Hon. Clement 1'. Cornwall, Hope, Yale and I.ytton Districts; Hon. George Anthony
Walkem, Cariboo Kast District; Hon. Robert Smith, Cariboo West District.

Si:ssi(>.\ 1867.— Kirst session after union with Vancouver Island. Hon. Arthur N. Birch,
Colonial Secretary and Presiding Member; Hon. Henry I'. P. Crease, Attorney-General; Hon.
\yilliani .\. G. Young, acting during session as Treasurer; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, Chief Commis-
sioner of Lands and Works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley. Collector of Customs; Hon. Thomas Lett
Wood, acting during session as Solicitor-General; Hon. Henry M. Ball, Magistrate, Cariboo West;
Hon. Chartres Brew, Magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. (ieorge W. Cox, Magistrate, Cariboo
Kast; Hon. William H. l-ranklyii, Magistrate. Nanaimo; Hon. William J. Macdonald, Magistrate,
Victoria; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, 'Magistrate, Kootenay; Hon. Ivdward H. Sanders, Magistrate, Yale
and Lytton; Hon. Amor DeC'osmos, Victoria; Hon. J. S. Helmcken, Victoria; Hon. Joseph D. Pem-
berton, Victoria District; Hon. John Robson.Xew Westminster; Hon. Robert T. Smith, Columbia
River and Kootenay; Hon. Josepl. J. Southgate, Nanaimo; Hon. Ivdward Stamp, Lillooet; Hon. Geo.
A. Walkem, Cariboo; Hon. Francis J. Barnard, Yale and Lytton.

Skssion, 186K— The Hon. W. A. G. Young, Acting Colonial Secretary and Presiding Member;
Hon Henry P. Pellew Crease, Attorney-General; Hon. Robert Ker, acting during Session as
Treasurer: Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, Chief Commissioner of Lands <ind Works; Hon. Wymond O.
Hamley, Collector of Customs; Hon. Henry M. Ball, Magistrate, New Westminster; Hon. Geo. W.
Cox, Magistrate, Columbia and Kootetmy; Hon. Thomas I'lwyn, acting during Session as Magis-
trate for Cariboo; Hon. Wm. J. Macdonald, Magistrate, Victoria; Hon. Peter O'Reilly, Magistrate,
Yale and Lytton. Hon. Warner R. Spalding, Magistrate, Na;ittimo; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood,
Magistrate, Victoria; Hon. Amor DeCosmos, Victoria; Hon. John S. Helmcken, Victoria; Hon.
Joseph D. Pemberton, Victoria District; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster; Hon. Robert T.
Smith, Columbia and Kootenay; Hon. Kdward Stamp, Lillooet; Hon. Geo. A. Walkem, Cariboo;
Hon. Francis Jones Barnard, Yale and Lytton.

Skssion, 1.868-69. — The Hon. W. A. G. Young, Acting Colonial Secretary and Presiding Mem-
ber; Hon. Henry P. Pellew Crease, .\ttorney-(ieneral; Hon. Joseph W. Trutch, Chief Commissioner
of Lands and W'orks; Hon. Wvinond O. Hamley, Collector of Customs; Hon. Arthur T. Bushby,
Acting Postmaster-C.eneral; Hon. Kdward C. Als'ton, J. P.; Hon. Henrv M. Ball, J. P.; Hon. Henry
Holbrook, J. P.; Hon. Peter O'Reillv, J. P., Hon. A. K. Pemberton, J. P.; Hon. Kdward H. Sat?ders,
J. P.; Hon. George Anthony Walkem, J. P.; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, J. P.; Hon. Robert W. W Carrall,
Cariboo; Hon. John C. Davie, Victoria District; Hon. M. W. T. Drake, Victoria City; Hon. Henry
Havelock, Yale; Hon. John S. Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon. Thomas B. Humphreys^ Lillooet; Hon.
David B. Ring, Nanaimo; Hon. John Robson, New Westminster.

Skssion, 1870. — The Hon. Philip J. Hankin, Colonial Secretary and Presiding Member; Hon.
Henry P. Pellew Crease, .Attorney-General; Hon. Josjph Wm. Trutch," Chief Commissioner of Lands
and Works; Hon. Wymond O. Hamley, Collector of Customs; Hon. .\rthur T. Bushby, Acting Post-
master-General; Hon. Kdward G. Alston, J. P.; Hon Henry M. Ball, J. P.: Hon. Henry 'Holbrook, J. P.;
Hon. Peter O'Reilly, J. P.; Hon. Augustus V. Pemberton, J. P.; Hon. Kdward H. San'ders, J. P.; Hon.
George A. Walkem, J. P.; Hon. Thomas Lett Wood, J. P.. Hon. Francis Jones Barnard, Yale; Hon-
Robert W. W. Carrall, Cariboo; Hon Amor. DeCosmos, Victoria District; Hon. Kdgar Dewdney,
Kootenay; Hon. M. W. T. Drake, Victoria City; Hon. John Sebastian Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon.
Thomas B. Humphreys, Lillooet; Hon. Davicl B. Ring, Nanaimo; Hon. John Robson, Neiv West-
minster.

Skssion, 1871. — The Hon. Philip J. Hankin, Colonial Secretary, [Speaker]; Hon George
Phillippo, Attorney-General; Hon. Joseph. W. Trutch,'* Chief Cimmissfoner of Lands and Works;
Hon. Wyniond O. Hamley, Collector of Customs; Hon. .Augustus F. Pemberton, J. P., Hon. Kdward
fi. Alston, J. P.; Hon. Heiiry Nathan, Victoria City; Hon. John S. Helmcken, Victoria City; Hon.
Amor DeCosmos, Victoria District; Hon. Arthur Bunster, Nanaimo; Hon. Hugh Nelson, New West-
minster; Hon. Clement F. Cornwall, Hope, Yale and Lytton; Hon. Thomas B. Humphreys, Lillooet
and Clinton; Hon. Robert W. W. Carrall, Cariboo; Hon. Robert J. Skinner, Kootenay.

"^On the 14th February, 1871, the Hon. P. O'Reilly was appointed a member of the Legislative
Council vice the Hon. J. W. Trutch, absent from the Colony.

;.ND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY AFTER CONFEDERATION.

; Hon.

Lands

g rost-

.kJ.P.;

Hon.

Hon-

wdney,

;Hon.

West-

; First Parliament Sec'nd Parliam'nt TniRn Pakliamknt x
(To Aug. 30, 1875) (To April 12, 1878) (To June 12, 1882) 7.

' u

Memiier Elect

F'th Parliament

(To June 3, 1886)

Cariboo. .

3 Geo. A. Walkem Geo. A. Walkem .... Geo. Cowan 3 Geo. Cowan

Joseph Hunter A.K.B. Davie b John Kvaiis c Chas Wilson

Cornelius Booth John Evans G. A. Walkem Kobt. McLeese

J .G. Barnston Geo. Cowan G.Kerguson

(vice Booth) (vice Davie) (vice Evans)i

Cassiar . .

Comox 1 John Ash, M.D John .\sh, M.D.

Cowichan.. zWm.Smithe Win. Sniithc

John P. Booth l-idwin Pinibury..

Esquimau,
Kootenay .

Lillooet

laanaimo.

N. West'r
City

I John Grant

,. John Ash, M.D i Win. M. Dingwall

. . Wni. Smitlie i William Smithe

. . K. Pinibury : 1

West'r
District

(

Victoria
City

Victoria
District

Yale.

2 A. Rocke Robertson. Wm. I'isher F-ed'k Williams ' 2 Hans llelgesen

Henry Cogan Fred'k Williams H. Helgesen C. K. I'ooley

2 John A. Mara A. W. Vowell d C. Gallagher \ i R. L. T. Galbraith

Charles Todd Chas. Gallagher R.L.T. Galbriath i i

M. Brown Wm. M. Brown 2 Alex. K. B. Davie

Morrison Wm. Saul ; Edward Allen

2 k. T. Jamieson f. Wm

jH'n.T. Humphreys g Wm

|Wm. Saul

I (vice Jamieson)

I Hon. T. numphreys!

iWm. M. Brown I

j (vice Saul)l
I'John Robson John Brydeii h Jas. A. Abrams 2 Robt. Dunsmuir

D. W

Gordon
(vice Bryden)

Henry Holbrook Robt. Dickinson ..

J. C. Hughes Ebenezer Brown. .

W. J. Armstrong W. J. Armstrong. .

Wm. Raybould

lEbenezer Brown i.W. J. Armstrong

W. J.Armstrong

(vice Brown)

D. McGillivray ' 2 John Robsoii

;W. J. Harris i James Orr

4 J. F. McCreight Robt. Beaven Rob't. Beaven.

! !>

Jas. Trimble, M.D.
. iA. C. Elliott..
J. W. Douglas.

HonT.B.Huniphreys J. T. Mcllmoyl I

W. F. Tolmie HonT.B.Huniphreys

jSimeon Duck.

iRobt. Beaven

Jas. Trimble, M.D.

2 Hon. A. DeCosmos _
Hon. A. Bunster j..'
W. F. Tolmie

(vice DeCosmos)
W. A. Robertson

(vice Bunster)

3 Robert Smith J. A. Mara

Jas. Robinson F. G. Vernon

Chas . A. Semlin Robert Smith P

Wm. Wilson.
J. S Drunimond
J. W. Williams ..

J. A. Mara

F. G. Vernon.
Bennett

4 Robt. Beaven
Theo. Davie
Simeon Duck
M. W. T. Drake

2 Geo. A. McTavish
R. F. John

3 Chas. A. Semlin
John .\. Mara
Preston Bennett k
G. B. Martin
I (vice Bennett)

I iU

islative

ii6

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY AFTER CONFEDERATION.

; i i

S :

Const IT- a

UKNCV. =

l<'ll'Tll I'AKI.IAMKNT

(To May lo, ihyo.)

Cariboo... ,

■, y. Mason . . ,
,K. McUtse.
,G. Cowan . .

Cassiar .
Comox .

Cowichan .

Ksquinialt.
Kootenay .
Lillooet. . .

] Jolui (irant '

1 A. ?.I. Sttnliouse

Hon. T. Ij. Humphrtys

2 (vice t^tenlioiisc)
Hon. W. Sniithe ni.. . .

i Henry V'ry

I (vice'Hon. W. Smillie)

2 C. !•;. I'ooley ....

1). W. Higyins

J I.t. Col. Ja.s. Jiaker

2 Hon. A. K. li. Davie q.

U. Allen

\V. Smith

■

""""■

^ Sixth I'.\ki.iami;nt

Cf)NSTIT-

^ Sl.VKNTH PARMAM

p. (To Junes, 1894.)

UENCY.

(1894-97.)

3 Joseph Mason n ,

Cariboo.. .

S. A. Rogers

Hon. J. Robson

W'ni. Adams

S. A. Rogers

1. H. Nason

(vice p Joseph Mason)

Dr. Watt

(vice 'Ion. J. Robson)

Wm. Adams

(vice I. B. Nason)'

I R. H. Hall

|Cassiar

John Irving.

I Joseph Hunter

1 Comox . . . ,

J. Hunter

Nanainio.

Nan. City .
N. West'r '
City ]

West'r
District

(vice Hon. .\. iv. Davie)

'Hon. Robt. Dunsmuir.

2 Wni. Kayboiild r

iGeo. Thompson

I (vice Wm. Raybould)

!a. Haslam (vice

I Hon. K. Dunsmuir)

, W. N. Hole t

T. Cunningham

(vice W. N. Bole)
- Hon. John Robson ....

W. H. I^adner

Jas. Orr

Victoria C. | ■ Robert Heaven ..
K. G. Prior v....

j J. H. Turner

i riieo. Davie w

Victoria j'^-l'-Jo'i"

District * G. W. Anderson.

Hon. Tlieo. Davie
Heny Croft

Hon. C. !•;. Pooley
Hon. D. W. Higgins
(K.) I,t. Col. J. Baker.
(W.) J. M. Kellie

D. A. Stoddart
A. W. Smith

2 T. Vorster
C. C. McKenzie

I T. Keith

1 J. Brown

3 Hon. John Robson n
T. K. Kitchen
James I'unch
C. li. Sword

(vice Hon. J. Robson)

4 John Grant

Robert Heaven ]

Dr. (i. U. Milne

Hon. J. H. Turner |

2 D. M. Ivberts

G. W. Anderson 1

Cowichan- [
Albernii

Ivsquimalt.
^Kootenay .

Lillooet . . .

Nan, Dist

2 Hon. Theo. Davie x
Major Mutter
G. A. Huff

(vice Hon. T. Davie)

2 Hon. C. !•;. Pooley
Hon. D. W. Higgins

3 (K.)Col. Baker
(W.) J. M. Kellie
(S.) J. l'"red. Hume

2 (!■;.) J. D. Prentice y
iD. A. Stoddard

(vice I'rentice)
'(W.) A. W. Smith

2 (N.) John Bryden
(S.) Dr. Walkem

Nan. City . i Jas. McGregor
N. West'r i J. B. Kennedy
City ;

Yale.

Vane. Citv.

3 C. A. Semlin 3 Hon. K. G. Vernon

!•'. G. Vernon.. G.B.Martin

G. B. Martin C. A. !»emliu

N. West'r
City

Victoria C.

Victoria
District

Vale.

2 V. C. Cotton
J. W. Home

4 (Dewdney) C. B. Sword
(Delta) Thos. Korster
(Richmond) T. Kidd
(Chilliwack)

T. K. Kitchen z

4 R. P. Rithet
Hon. J. H. Turner
H. 1). Helmcken
!john Braden

2 (>.) D. M. p;berts
(N.) J. P. Booth

3 (N.) Hon. G. B. Martin
(]•;.) Donald Graham
,(W.) C. A. Semlin

Vane. City. 3 .\. W. Williams

Robt. Macpherson
I }••. C. Cotton

Alberni i Thomas Fletcher

Thelslands i J. P. Bootli

a— Appointed Clerk, Records, Kootenay, Apri 1872. b— Accepted Office May 187/ and was
defeated, c -Died Sept. 1879. d— Appointed Gold Commissioner, Cassiar, May 1879. e— Died Oct.
1877. f-Died Nov. 1K72. g— Resigned Sept. 1874. li— Resigned Dec. 1876. i— Resigned Nov. 1889.
j— Resigned February 1S74. k-Died Aug. 1882. m— Died m'Ay. n— Died Jan. 1891. o — Died June
1892. p— Died Aug. 1.S93. q— Died Aug, 1888. r— Died 1S86. s— Died 1869. t— Appointed Judge 1881.
u — Resigned to sit for Cariboo, v— Resigned for House of Commons, w — Ran for Cowichan,
X— Resigned March 4, 1S95, appointed Chief Justice, y— Resigned on Election Protest and was
Defeated, z— Died during Session 1897.

)N.

lAM'T

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

BRITISH COLUMBIA LEGISLATURE.

Table Shewing the Dates of Opening and Prorogation of the Several Sessions, and

of the Dissolutions of the Legislature.

le X

Davie)

ey
gins

me
ce y

entice)

5\vord

rster

:idd

then z

lartin
lam

was
I Oct.
(1889.
June
[1881.
Ihan.
Iwas

First.

Second
Third . .

Fourth .

Ses-
sion.

Opening.

Fifth

Sixth .

Seventh.

Feb.

Dec.

Mar.

Jan.

Feb.

J"iy

Jan.

April

Jan,

Feb.

Jan.

Dec.

Jan,

Jan.

Jan,

Jan.

Nov.

Jan.

Feb.

16, 1872

17, 1872
18, 1873

I- 1875

10, 1876

21, 1877

7, 1878
29, 1878
29, 1879

5, i«8o

24, 1881

23, 1882

25. 1883
3, 1883

12, 1885

25, 1886

24, 1887

27, 1888
31, 1889
23, 1890

15. 1891

28, 1892

26, 1893
18, 1894
12, 1895
23, 1896

8, 1897

Prorogation.

April

Feb.

Mar.

April

May

April

Sept.

April

May

Mar.

April

May

Feb.

Mar

April

Feb.

April

May

11, 1872

21, 1873
2, 1874

22, 1875

19, 1876
18, 1877

10, 1878
2, 1878

29, 1879

8, 1880

25. 1881
21, 1882

12, 1883
18, 1884

9, 18S5

6, 1886

7, 1887
28, 1888

6, 1889

26, 1890

20, I 89 I

23, 1892
12, 1893

11, 1894

21, 1895
17, 1896

8, 1897

Dissolution.

Aug. 30, 1875
April 12, 1878

June 13, 1882
June 3, 1886
May 10, 1890
June 5, 1894

Fac-simile of $20 gold piece coined in the British Columbia Mint.
(Fly kind lermissiou of Hou. J, S. Helmcken).

ii8

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

c75

o
U

X
U

-4—)
<^

'c
E
<

P
<
CI

•i

00 CO

CO 00

»o o

CO 00

o .

o o

13 -d

o . o o

w rg "^ "^

ct]

O O

*£> vo \o r><
r^ f^ t^ t->.

00 CO 00 CO

P< C/3 •— >*'5

a,
<

>
o

M N

00 CO

o >o

00
CO

(Ll

< O

3 ^
rt CO

2i2

« s

a <"
rt S

Cfl

r/l

i»H

•T3
C

6
111

.3 O

8
v

. o

.Sf

'in

o o

fc .1

»»

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LNFORMATION.

119

. O

o o

a
6

•

4-(

<1)

HPi

i/D

t/3

f^4

■*^

c x:

c/:

_5C.2

71 C

• f^

4> "TT

»«i

o5S

CO CO

X X

CO
CO

rO O ON

CO CO

o o • :

'O 'O X* c

J? *

Ih
01

'S : t"^

•a. r 1*

11 r "i^ s

^ o j; f^

li -t^J l-i Ih

Ph < fLi 3h

a;
>

o
(A

I I

ii \^

■c

ClJ

O
o

■»-'

c/l

n ^

B be

^ n

.2 <j

a cs

•? =
o

• fH
>

n
o

S. tn .a

a
o

— o c

'35

00 c

CO c

■r.

I l->.

I CO

•J +J i£

:^ o a

00 lO t-<.

*-• F— li*^ »^ F— •

b£

<2^

CO CO X CO

bo^

W \0 M CO

3 - -^ - -

M (N M lO

CTs a> ON On

CO CO CO CO

V Ih

•J]

til

3 K a^T,

y y a U

< -r -^ u

a '*' « o
tn o a

tu ti °, «

•^3

S "n! a

< 5 o.

' ■ U

Ih a

S a^
a V

— " Ih

OJ 3

S •- -■ a

S ao =>

a cs J *j

U JJ « 1)

, X a rr;

« rt o S

"3 a -*-' 11

.-a

a;
l)

O C

a '-
o ii

• f-<

<Li a

^H ^ i^

i^ -* a b Ti

x-^ -^ a
o u u s

.;£ < a 5(j

5-3 "''^Wh

- a — ' o
5 rt 5 .2 -t-"
Pj a;.2 o a

u- a ™ T 'o
ID rt i "-S
•S a^ D

13 13 13

5 ^

aC
o .

lU ■

o*^

a
o

O
pi

T" II '^

C
m

13
O

o ^^

cn
u

o
o

tao

Vi'AR HOOK OF HKITISII COLUMin.\

(GOVERNORS OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

|i '

NAMK

From.

To.

Richard Ulaiislianl

Sir Janus l)()iiv.'1as, K. C". II

Artluir I'.dvsard Kcmirdv

1H4<I

Nov. IH.M

Oct. !s(>-l

Nov. IHiil
Mar. |Mt'.4

GOVERNORS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

NAMi;.

From.

To.

Sir Jaim-s Doiinlas

Sept. l«.Vs
Apr. iMtil
Aug. l.Hi;!i

Ajir. IHC-l

Frederick Seviiiour

June IKAtl

AiitliDiiy Musjjrave, C.M.d

July 1«71

LIEUTENANT-(iOVERNORS' SINCE

CONFEDER/

From.

July 1«71
Jul'v 1x71)
July IHHl
i'"et). 1«M7
July 1802

AND B.C.

rriON.

NAMi;.

^.1.

To.

Sir J. \V. Triitcli C.M.C.

Julv 1S7B
Jidv HHl

A.N. Kicliards

C. F. Cornwall

MiikIi .Nelson

l<;dgar Dewdncy

Fel'). 18K7
July lh92

CHIEF JUSTICES OF ^

NAMK.

From.

To.

Dnvid Cameron

Mr. Justice Needham

ISTi t
1808
18A9
189)

18iW
1869

Matthew Haillie-Begbie ....

1894

lion. Theo. Davie ....

LIST OF SPEAKERS.

: VMK.

From.

18^6
1872
1878
1881
1887
1890

To.

Hon. J. S. Ilehncken

" James Trimble

" F. \V. Williams

1871
1878
1882

" J. A. Mara

" C. K. I'ooley

" U. W. Higgins

1886
1889

PROVINCIAL ELECTIONS OF 1894.

Below is given the returns of the Provincial General Elections of July, 1894,
which, owing to the interruption of communication by Hoods, were held at various
dates. The returns of bye-elections, etc., are given in foot notes.

District or RiDiNfi

C.ANDIDATE.S.

Cariboo

|W A Adums
S A KoRers..
l)r H Watt . .
R McLeeso ,

, jMaj-Gen Kinchant.

-1

■M r-

Son

456

2
....

147
lti7
138

....

o a

142
95

f,.i
ifi'j

171

SHI

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

131

ly, 1894.
Iv^.rious

OS'S

o a

142
95

niHTRKT i>ll RiDISO.

C'ANDI OATEN,

(^aNHliir

[I] ciillllwtvck

[2] ("owlchan-Albernl

Comox

Delta

Dewfliioy

£H(iiiiinalt

KooU'iiay EiiHt

Kootenay North

Kooteniiy South

[3] LillooetEHBt

Llllooet Went

Nauaimo City

Naualmo Nortli

fl] NHnaimo South^^

New Westminster

Richmuiid

/ 1

Vancouver .

Victoria City.

Victoria North..,.
[5] Victoria South

Yale East

[6] Yale North ....
Yale West

.lohu lrvl!ijj

Win I)iilliv

T K Kltciii'U

S A Cawk'y

Hon Tlu'i) I )avlo— acclamation .,

. I M Mutter acclamation

.loHt'i)li Hunti'r

UrSiahlsciimliU

'Plios F'lrstur

.tamt's I'liiK^i

(' 1» Swonl

Dr.I .M 1/i'Kcvre

lion (' K I'oolcy

loiiM W II iK(,'"i MS -acclamation

Hon .Itiines Halcor

\ (' Scllou

I M KclllL-

Win Hrown

.1 r llwnie

(to Muchanan

.1 I) I'rentlcc

I) AStoddart

A W Smith

Kcithloy

,f McCinnor

Thos Kflth

.lolin IJryden

K Smith

W W Walkem

T Hoycu

,1 H h I'lincdy

I) SCurtls

TKldd

(' S Dmifjlas

A Williams

R McI'hiTson

FC Cotton

K A Anderson

K J Tatlow

K Odium

H <ireer

R 1' Rilhet

lion J II Turner

II 1) llelmcken

,lohn Hraden

(i L Milne

I Ion K Heaven

W ( i (,'ameron

A Dutton

J P Booth

("apt Koljcrtson

lion 1) M Eborts

■John Carey

D Graham

lion K (r Vernon

lion <i II Martin

II McCutcheon

C A Semlln

.lames Wardle

227
198

[1] Mr. Kitchen died near the close of the session of 1897, and an election was held on the 8th
of Mmv, when A. S. Vedrtar was elected to succeed him. [2] Upon the elevation of Hon. Theo. Davie
to the* Stipreme Court Bench, Mr. G. A. Huff, Alherni, succeeded him by election. [.3] The election
contest In East Llllooet was contested, ami, as the result of a compromise, a new election was held
after the session of 1895. Mr. D. .\. Stoddart was returned. [4] Dr. Walkem, although elected as a
Government supporter, during the session of 1897, voted and spoke In Opposition. [5] Hon. D. M,
Eberts, upon beln^ appointed Attorney-General, wis elected by acclamation. [6] WheniHon. G. B.
Martin became Chief Commissioner of Latids and Works he was re-elected by acclamation.

Elections were previously held on the following dates : Oct., 1871; Sept., 1875 ; May, 1878 ; July,
1882 ; 7 Jnly, 1886 ; 13 June, 1890. Political dividing lines In the Provincial Parliament are Provin-
cial and not Dominion, as in the other Provinces. Six Liberal.s support the Government and five
Conservatives are in Opposition. In Dominion politics the House stands divided In the proportion
of 20 to 13.

'■ ^

IJJ

YE.Wi ]\i )( )K ()\' IIUITISII (■( )l.r.\llil.\

NEW PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS.

Doliiii mill
Matirliil,

THE new I'arliamciit HiiildiDKS. wliicli arc to he opened somewhat appropri-
ately tliis tlio year of the Queen's Jiihih'e. in(hrate in a siihstantial way the re-
mark.'ible prnj;res.s tlic I'roviiice I'as made in recent years. The hu^e masses cf
gray stonework, towering above the quaint f)id present wooden structures form a
striking picture, and tlie stately outlines of the inaf,Miilicent IniildinKS, em-
bedded in the midst <A ^reen foliage, with tiie blue waters of Janus Hay in tlie
foreground and tlie glorious 01ymi)ic Mountains behind, proiluce a most beau-
tiful, and in its way, uneiiualled, effect.

The general (julliiic oi the design is Renaissance in style, though treated
in so original a manner as to make any parlicuhir description somewhat mis-
leading. It is evident tliat the building lias been designed m')re
in a spirit of accordance with the materials to be obtained and
in conformity with local reipiirements than witli a desire to fol-
low academic rules. The result conse(iuently is much more interesting and dis-
tinctive.

The stone used in the buildings is of a pearly gray colour, of a very trans-
parent tone and casts delicate and various shadows with each change of the skv.
This particular c[uality of the stone adds a very great charm to the building.
This stone was obtained from Haddington Island, about 300 miles north of Vic-
toria, and between the Island of Vancouver and the mainland.

The roofing of the building is in slates, obtained from the quarries
of Jervis Inlet, whilst the granite steps and landings, some of very great si/.e,
were obtained from Burrard Inlet and Nelson Island quarries. All of these, as
well as most of the other materials and woods, were obtained in the Province.

The various domes are covc.'ed with copper, which hr "iken on a greenish
shade, blending admirably with the gray stone walls and bl le slates.

The general idea of the interior of the building is a cross with three long
arms, each of which contains a separate department on both the ground and first
floors, and the remaining short arm is the principal entrance. Thus, whilst each
department is planned and arranged as a separate and distinct building, with its
own separate entrances, staircases, vaults, etc., yet direct access is obtained to each
from the central main entrance hall. It is impossible to over-estimate the sim-
plicity that this arrangement gives to the plan, and the ease
with which any one can find his way to any one of the numerous
offices. The Central Hall is treated appropriately with its import-
ance, and forms the most striking feature of the interior. Being surmounted by
the dome, which, is so conspicuous a feature of the exterior, this central hall is
very lofty and has several balconies and balustrades opening on to it and reached
by winding staircases contrived in the thickness of the walls, by which you
ascend on your way to the cupola surmounting the building — a favourite place for
sightseers, as a splendid view of the whole surrounding country can be obtained
fiom this height.

From the central hall several charming vistas are obtained down the cor-
ridors, which are all arched and vaulted and finished in white polished Keene's

The Intvrioi-
ArranKi'mvnts.

long
first
each
til its
each
sim-
ease
erous
iport-
'd by

0)
CO

z
5

h
Z
liJ

Iffii

III

? '« ='

■

CO
CO

r
■<

m
1]
O

D
m

^ J

n ■
2 ^

3' J)

71) 3

3 —

• -I

3-^

IS *

jh*-^^

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

I -'5

Fire-I'mof
ThrouKhuut.

cement, the windows being filled with stained glass. The interior staircases are
moulded solid stone stairs, with wrought-iron railings, all manufactured in ihe
Province. These steps are constructed in a manner uni(iue on the Coast, one end
being built in the wall and the other end apparently unsupported, giving a very
light and airy appearance. The strength of this system of stair-huilding is, how-
ever, as undoubted as the appearance is attractive.

A large vaulted lobby opens on to the Legislative Hall, an apartment 60x40
feet on the lloor level, amply large enough to accommodate far more than the
present thirty-three members, with galleries for the public extending beyond this
again, these galleries being over the corridor surrounding the Hall. The Legii-
lotive Hall is panelled in Italian marble. Breccia and Pavanazzo and Verona St.
Ambrozia being mostly used, witli large monolithic columns ot green Cippolino
at each bay. The general effect is very rich.

The Speaker's canopy in oak is an intricate and ornamental work, and is
pointed to with pride as an example of the joiner's skill. Round the Legislative
Hall are the various committee rooms and offices, including the Library of the;
Legislative Assembly. Each of these is panelled in some one of the various native
weeds, and in them are exhibited choice samples cf birds-eye maple, cypn ss, fir,
cedar, alder and spruce.

The building generally is fire proof, a great deal of concrete work being
us>ed, and all wood as far as possible avoided in the construction to obviate shrink-
age and decay as well as danger from fire. The electric light is
used throughout, and the lavatories are fitted up in the most
sanitary manner with tiled walls and floors, and marble is used
fnr all divisions and fixtures. The total cost of construction, including furnish-
ings complete, will be under $840,000.

On either side of the main struMure is ranged the Printing Office and
Museum, connected by means of colonnades, forming a facade of over 500 feet in
length. These colonnaocs are graceful in appearance, and form convenient covered
approaches from one building to the other. The Museum, which is a perfectly
fire proof building, will contain the unique and noted collection of Provincial
animals and curiosities.

It is the intention to tear down the present buildings now obstructing the
view and when this is done, the grounds will be laid out in a manner to blend
with the general archicectural effect. A granite terrace wall is to be constructed
in front of the main facade, whence the grounds will slope gradually down to the
water front. A small granite curb with cast-iron standards and a chain will enclose
the grounds.

The whole of the work was let to local contractors, each trade being dealt
with separately. AH work was done according to schedule rates comprised in
carefully and elaborated Bills of Quantities. Quantities are unusual on this Coast,
but are generally adopted in the Old Country and the effect of their use has led
to the satisfactory avoidance of serious disputes, and has materially diininished the
cost of the building.

I^Tr. F. M. Rattenbury, formerly of Leeds, England, is the architect, evcrj
detail being drawn by himself, and Mr. E. C. Howell, of London. England, sup-
intendent, to both of whom is due every credit for the imposing edifice now in
the final stages of completion.

136

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

THE OLD PARLIAMENT BUILDINGS.

I'^IIE old buildinj^s to be replaced by the new structure just described were com-
inenccd in 1859, the original contract for which exceeded Jjioo.ooo. A good
deal of objection was raised to their erection at the time, on several grounds —
their cost, their location, their being undertaken without consent of Parliament.
and their designs. However, as the cost was defrayed out of Hudson's Bay Com-
pany funds. Governor Douglas proceeded with them regardless of his censors.
A feature very much criticised was the isolation or detachment of the various
departments from each other in separate buildings. That, v.'itli tlic quaint style
of architecture, somewhat suggestive of Chinese pagodas, earned fur them the
designation of "birdcages," and to this circumstance Birdcage Walk, being a
continuation of Government Street past the Government Grounds, owes its name.
They consisted of five buildings, originally used as a Central or Administrative
Department, a Court House, a Legislative Hall, an office of the Chief Commis-
sioner of Lands and Works, and a Printing Bureau. There was a quaintness and
picturesqueness about them and cause a feeling of regret on account of their
demolishment. but the business of the public office having long ago outgrown their
capacity their fate was inevitable.

I I

COUNCIL OF VANCOUVER ISLAND.

August, 1851, to August, 1863.

NAME FROM TO

Hon. Jar.ies Douglas* August 1851 November 1851

Hon. John Todf August 185 1 October 1S58

Hon. James Coopert August 1851 June 1856

Hon. Roderick Finlayson November iSsi August 1863

Hon. John Work? April 1853 December 1862

Hon. Donald Fraser November 1858 August 1863

Hon. David Cameron July 1859. August 1863

Hon. Alfred J. Langley February 1861 August 1863

•Appointed Governor f Resigned

IResigned $Ditd 2i!-t December 1862

THE GOVERNMENT OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

LiEUTKNANT-GovERNOR, His HONOUR EDGAR DEWDNEY.

EXECUTIVE COUNCIL.

Provincial Secretary and Minister of Mines Hon. Colonel James Baker

Attorney-General Hon. David MacEwen Eoerts

Minister of I'inance and Agriculture Hon. John H. Turner (Premier)

Chief Commissioner of Lands and Works Hon. George B. Martin

President of the Council Hon. Charles E. Pooley

Clerk of the Executive Council Hon. Colonel James Baker

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

127

LEGISLATIVE ASSEMBLY.
The Honourabi.k DAVID W. HIGGINS, Spkakkr.

Namw.

Constituency Represented.

Adams, William

Baker, the Hon. James

Booth, John Paton

Braden, John

Bryden, John

Cotton, Francis Carter

Eberts, Hon. David MacEwen.

Forster, Thomas

Graham, Donald

Ilelmcken, Harry Dallas

Higgins, Hon. David William.

Huff, George Albert

Hume, John Frederick

Hunter, Joseph .

Irving, John

Kellie, James M

Kennedy, James Buckham

Kidd, Thomas

Macpherson, Robert

Martin, Hon. George Bohun . .

McGregor, James

Mutter, James Mitchell

Pooley, Hon. Charles Edward.

Rithet, Robert Paterson

Rogers, Samuel A

Semlin, Charles Agustus

Smith, Alfred Wellington

Stoddart, David A

Sword, Colin Buchanan .

Turner, Hon. John Herbert. . . .
Walkem, William Wymond . . .

Williams, Adolphus

Vedder, A. S

Cariboo

East Kootenay

North Victoria

Victoria City

North Nanaimo

Vancouver City

vSouth Victoria

Westminster (Delta Riding)..

Yale (East Riding)

Victoria City

Esquimau

Cowichan-Alberni

West Kootenay (South Riding) . .

Comox

Cassiar

West Kootenay (North Riding). .

New Westminster City

Westminster (Richmond Riding)

Vancouver City

Yale (North Riding)

Nanaimo City

Cowichan-Alberni

Esquimalt

Victoria City

Cariboo

Yale (West Riding)

Lillooet (West Riding)

Lillooet (Enst Riding)

Westminster (Dewdney Riding) .

Victoria City

South Nanaimo

Vancouver City

Westminster (Chilliwack Riding)

P.O. Address.

Lightning Creek. .
Victoria. .[vSp'g Is.
Vesuvius Bay, Salt

[Victoria . . . .'

Victoria

Vancouver

Victoria

Clayton

^Armstrong

'Victoria

iVictoria

lAlberni

JNelson

1 Victoria

^Victoria

Revelstoke

New Westminster

Lulu Island

Vancouver

Victoria

Nanaimo

Sonie-'.os, V.I

Victoria

Barkerville, Crboo

Cache Creek

Lillooet

Clinton

Matsqui

Victoria

Nanaimo

Vancouver

Chilliwack

'Mi

OFFICERS OF THE HOUSE.

Clerk of the Legislative Assembly Thornton Fell

Law Clerk C. C. Pemberton

Sergeant-at-Arms R. Anderson

Clerk of the House R. V/olfenden

Librarian R. E. Gosnell

DEPARTMENTAL OFFICERS.

Attorney-General Hon. D. M. Eberts, Q.C

Deputy Attorney-General Arthur G. Smith

Superintendent Provincial Police F. S. Hussey

Provincial Secretary and Minister of Mines Col. t'u. Hon. James Baker

128

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Deputy Provincial Secretary A. Campbell Reddie

Minister of Mines Col. the Hon. James liaker

Provincial Mineralogist VV. A. Carlyle

Provincial Assayer H. Carmichael

Inspector of Coal Mines A. Dick (Nanaimo)

Minister of Finance and Agriculture Hon. J. H. Turner

Auditor-General J. McB. Smith

Deputy Minister of Finance A. Flett

Supervisor of Rolls Cornelius Booth

Chief Commissioner of Lands and Works Hon. G. B. Martin

Deputy Commissioner W. S. Gore

Surveyor-General T. Kains

Provincial Timber Inspector R. J. Skinner

Minister of Education and Immigration Col. the Hon. James Baker

Superintendent of Education S. D. Pope

Minister of Immigration Col. the Hon. James Baker

Immigration Agent John Jessop

Minister of Agriculture Hon. J. H. Turner

Deputy Minister of Agriculture J. R. Anderson

Inspector of Fruit Pests R. M. Palmer

Chairman Provincial Board of Health Dr. J. C. Davie

Secretary Provincial Board of Health Dr. George H. Duncan

Curator Provincial Museum John Fannin

Secretary Bureau Statistics R. E. Gosnell

SUPREME COURT REGISTRARS.

Victoria B. H. T. Drake

Vancouver A. E. Beck

New Westminster J. J. Cambridge. Deputy Registrar

Nanaimo Marshall Bray

Kamloops G. C. Tunstall

Nelson E. T. H. Simkins, Acting Registrar

Barkcrville John Bowron

Clinton F. Soues

Lillooet C. Phair

COUNTY COURT REGISTRARS.

Victoria Harvey Combe

New Westminster J. J. Cambridge, Deputy Registrar

Nanaimo Marshall Bray

Kamloops E. T. W. Pearse

Nelson E. T. H. Simkins

Barkerville J. McKen

Duncans H. O. Wellburn

Yale Wm. Dodd

Ashcroft J. W. Burr

Nicola J. D. Gillie

Union W. B. Anderson

Chilliwack G. W. Chadsev

Rock Creek C. A. R. Lambly

Granite Creek H. Hunter

Midway W. G. McMynn

Vernon J. C. Tunstall

Revelstoke J. D. Graham

Donald . . • J. T. Armstrong

PROVINCIAL GOVERNMENT AGENTS.

Alberni Thos. Fletcher, Alberni

Cariboo . . . .J. Bowron, Barkerville

Cassiar James Porter, P.O. Laketon

Cowichan H. O. Wellburn, Duncan

Comox W. B. Anderson. Comox

Fort Simpson J. Flewin

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

129

Kamloops G. C. Tunstall, Kamloops

Kootenay East — South J- F. ArnistronR. Fort Steele

Kootenay West J. D. Graham. Revelstoke

Kootenay West A. G. Dennis. Nelson

Kootenay East — North John E. Griffith. Domild

Lillooet F. Soues, Clinton

Nanaimo M. Bray. Nanaimo

New Westminster D. Rohson. New Westminster

Nicola John Clapperton, Nicola Lake

Okanagan L. Norris. Vernon

Quesnelle Wm. Stephenson, Quesnelle Forks

Yale Wm. Dodd, Yale

Warden Guol, Victoria R. F. John

Warden Gaol. New Westminster W. C. ArmstronK

Medical Superintendent Lunatic Asylum, New Westminster. G. F. Bodington.M.D,
The list of Gold Commissioners and Mining Recorders is given in the chapter
on Mining.

COUNTIES.

PRIOR to 1895 the districts of British Columbia were separately designated for
County Court, Supreme Court and Shrievalty purposes. In 1805 the Counties
Definition Act was passed, defining the various divisions of the Province for
the administration of justice and for all other purposes. Under this Act the divis-
ions are as follows: —

1. The County of Victoria, which consists of the Electoral Districts of (o)
Victoria City, (b) North Victoria, (c) South Victoria, (d) Esquimalt.

2. The Electoral Districts of (a) Nanaimo City, {b) North Nanaimo, (c)
South Nanaimo, (d) Cowichan-Alberni, (^e) Comox, (.0 Cassiar.

3. The County of Vancouver, Electoral Districts of (a) Vancouver City, (fc)
Richmond Riding, excepting the Municipality of Buriiaby.

4. The County of Westminster, Electoral Districts ui (,a) New Westminster
City, (b) Delta Riding, (c) Chilliwack, (d) Dewdney Riding, (e) Burnaby Munici-
pality, {f) Hope and Vale Polling Divisions.

5. The County of Yale, tiie Polling Divisions of Kamloops, Nicola Lake,
Okanagan and Rock Creek, in Yale Electoral District.

6. The County of Cariboo, Electoral Districts of (a) Cariboo, (6) Lillooet,
(•:) Lytton and Cache Creek Polling Divisions in Yale.

7. The County of Kootenay, Electoral Districts of (0) East Kootenay, (b)
West Kootenay.

The Counties Definition Amendment Act, 1897, intended to create procedu'-e
under which the provisions of the various statutes relating to the administration
of justice and cognate subjects can be more readily given effect to and carried
out in those portions of the Province which are rapidly increasing in population,
provides, in the first place, that the Lieutenant-Governor-inCouncil may create
a new county, comprising such portion of the area oi the counties of Kootenay
and Yale as may be expedient, to be called the County of South Kootenay, and
therein provide all necessary registries and offices, and appoint Registrars, Sheriflfs,
Deputies and officers, and in the next place empowers the Lieutenant-Governor-in-
Council to take the necessary measures to procure the more effectual carrying
out of such statutes in the counties already in existence under the Act of 1895.

130

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

If I

QUALIFICATION OF ELECTORS.

At elections for members of the Legislature of the Province, every m.ile
of the full age of twenty-one years entitled to the privileges of a natural-born
British subject, having resided in this Province for twelve months, and in the
Electoral District '> which he claims to vote for two months of that period imme-
diately previous to sending in his claim to vote, shall be entitled to vote at any
election. In each Electoral District there are one or more Collectors or Regis-
trars of Voters, whose duty it is to prepare and revise the lists of voters, and to
enter upon such lists the names of those applying for and entitled to obtain the
entry of their names thereon. A person desiring to be entered as an elector must
make an application in writing to the Collector of the Electoral District or Poll-
ing Division in which the applicant resides, and may be called upon to answer
the following questions:

1. What is your Christian name, surname, place of residence (street and
number, if any, of the house in which you live), and occupation?

2. Are you of the full age of twenty-one years?

3. Are you a natural-born or naturalized subjc*, and which?

4. Have you ever taken the oath of allegiance to any foreign state, or been
naturalized as a subject of a foreign state, and if so have you since been natural-
ized as a British subject, and when and where?

5. Have you resided in the Province of British Coliimbia for twelve months
prior to the date of your application to be registered as a Provincial Voter?

6. Have you resided or had your chief place of abode in this Electoral Dis-
trict for a continuous period of two months prior to this date? If not in this
District, in what (if any) Electoral District?

7. Are you now registered as a Provincial Voter in any Electoral District
in British Columbia? (If the answer be yes) In what District?

8. Do you now reside in the District for which you apply to be registered
as a Provincial Voter? On what premises do you reside?

ALIENS.

On May 14th, 1859, by Proclamation by His Excellency James Douglas,
K.C.B., Governor and Commander-in-Chief in British Columbia, it was provided
that: — "Every alien shall have the same capacity to take, hold, enjoy, recover,
convey, and transmit title to lands and real estate of every description in this
Colony, as if he were at the time of the passing of this Act a natural-born British
subject; and no person shall be disturbed in the possession or precluded from
the recovery of any lands or real estate in this Colony by reason only that some
person from or through whom he may derive his title was an alien." This pro-
vision was continued as section 10 of the "Aliens Act, 1867," in force on the
2nd of April, 1867, and consolidated as section 17 of the "Law and Equity Act,
Con. Acts, 1888," Chap. 68, and is still the law of the Province, conserving to
aliens the same rights as British subjects in regard to the holding and dealing
with real property. It should be noted that an alien, in order to become a pre-
emptor of C'-^wn Lands, must declare his intention to become a British subject
(See tit. Crown Lands.)

ti
t<
ti

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

131

ARMS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

Merely a Crest.

THE Coat-of-Arms of the Province in use until the year 1896 wa^ merely a
crest or badge, and was unsuitable for representation upon a shield, or for
association with other insignia of the Dominion, and was also unmeaning,
as it presented no national idea with reference to the Province, being simply an
emblem of the Royal Family of England. The present Arms was designed to
remedy these defects and to express heraldically and appropriately
the peculiar position of British Columbia with regard to the
British Empire. The features to which it is intended thus to draw attention are:
First, unity with the British Nation, both by descent and government; second,
its extreme western geographical position; third, its maritime strength; fourth,
its assured permanence and glory; fifth, its local fauna.

These objects are attained in the following manner, respectively: First,
the field is covered by the Union Jack, the grand standard and national emblem;
second, upon a chief is defined the setting sun; third, this charge is placed upon
a field, barry tindy, which heraldically symbolizes the sea; fourth, the motto,
"Splendor sine occasu," which has been adopted by no other
State or individual, refers to the sun, which, though apparently
setting, never decreases, and to the Empire which has a glory
or radiance encircling the world; fifth, the supporters, a Wapiti Stag and Big
Horn, are the most noble creatures of the Province, and typify dignity and
strength.

These two animals have a peculiar significance, inasmuch as they represent
the union of the Mainland and Island, the Wapiti being confined in its habitat
to Vancouver Island, and the Big Horn found only in the mountain ranges of
the Mainland.

Signllicatioii of
Arms.

-SIN E,

THE GOVERNMENTOF
THE PROVINCE OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Arms: Union Jack on a Chief barry undy. of six ar. and az., a sun. setting in

base, or.
Crest: On an Imperial Crown a lion statant gardant, imperially crowned, all or.
Motto: "Splendor sine occasu."
Supporters: Dexter, Wapiti Stag; sinister, a Big Horn, all ppr.

The design has been ofificially adopted by the Government of Uie Province
as the British Columlna Coat of Arms.

132

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

XI
B

■r.

tU)

-o

-0

■S a S rt
S V s

« . y

CI «! «

3! .

•a

c
a

u
w

ir
r<
C
t<

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

133

DOMINION ELECTIONS.

I
at

u
s
o

'S
<n

a
a

a
cd

•a

•*^

tsi
O

•o

S
(A

The result of the elections in Britisii Columbia for tlic lluusc of Commons,
held June 23. 1896, was as follows:

BURRARI).

No. voters, io.2;;o; No. members, i.

Voles cast Votes c;i>^t

Liberal. Con'^.

Geo. Maxwell 1512 ....

G. H. Cowan 1214

W. J. Bowser 420

VICTORIA.

No. voters, 6,971; No. members, 2.

\'otes cast \'otes ca'^t

Liberal. Cons.

Hon. E. G. Prior 1647

Thos. Earle 1551

Wm. Templeman. . . . 1452 ....

Dr. Milne i;i55 ....

YALE AND CARIBOO.

No. voters, 7,743; No. members, i.

Votes cast Votes cast

Liberal. Cons,

Hewitt Bostock 1SJ4 ....

J. A. Mara 1479

Total No. voters. 38,010.

Total No. members, 6.

Total No. Liberal votes cast. 8,921.

Total No. Cons, votes cast, 9241 ■

NEW WESTMINSTER

No. voters, 8,602; No. members, i.
Votes cast Votes cast
Liberal. Cons.

Aulay Morrison 1758 ....

R. McBride 1460

VANCOUVER.

No. voters, 4,404; No. members, i.

Votes cast Votes cast
Liberal. Cons.

W. W. B. Mclnnes . . 1020

A. Haslam 823

Jas. Haggart 647

At the last general election of 1891, although British Columbia was entitled
to six members, the distribution was somewhat different. As tlie result of the
decennial census-taking, Vancouver City, with a population of 15,000. had grown
up and was without representation. To remedy tliat, notwithstanding that the
whole increase of population was not sufficient to entitle British Columbia to in-
creased representation, the large but sparsely populated districts of Yale and Cari-
boo, that formerly enjoyed separate representation, were merged into one con-
stituency, and the new district of Burrard, which includes Vancouver City, was
created. At this election general political dividing lines were for the first time
introduced into the contest throughout the Province. Heretofore, altliough the
representatives from British Columbia as a rule supported the Administra'i'in at
Ottawa, local issues and personal considerations usually decided the results. Vic-
toria was the only constituency in whicli strictly liberal candidates stood, but the
sentiment was, prior to the last election, strongly Conservative.

^■11

i I

•a
I

134

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

CONSTITUTION OF TIIE SUPRKME COURT.

THE Sui)rcnic Court of British Columbia is composed of a Chief Justice and
four Puistit- Judges. Prior to the passinj? of the /\ct .42 Vict., (B.C.) Chap.
20. (i^<"8) tlie Court was composed of a Chief Justice and two Puisne Judges,
This Court was oriRinally called "The Supreme Court of Civil Justice of
British Columbia," and was constituted by proclamation having the force of law,
issued by the Cioverntir of the Colony of British Columbia on the 8th June, 1859.

PUISNE JUDGES.

NAMK.

From.

To.

Hon. Henry Pering-Pellcw Crease nth Mareh, 1870 Retired 1896 (i)

" John Hamilton Clray ^rdjuly, 1S72 5th June, 1889

" Alexander Rockc Robertson 26th Nov. 1880 1st Dec, 1881

" George Anthony Walkem... 23rd INIay, 1882 |

" jNIontague William Tyrwhitt Drake 14th August, 18.S9

(i) Mr. Justice Crease was appointed Deputy Judge in Admiralt} of the
Exchequer Court of Canada for the Admiralty District of British Columbia, 27tli
November, 1893.

CONSTITUTION OF THE COUNTY COURTS.

BY "The County Courts Act. 1883," passed by the Legisl.ntive Assembly of the
Province of British Columbia, which came into force on the 2Qth February,
1884, the following County Courts, which arc Courts of Jvecord, were estab-
lished, namely: —

The County Court of Victoria;
The County Court of New Westminster;
The County Court of Yale;
The County Court of Cariboo;
The County Court of Kootenay;
The County Court of Nanaimo.
An additional County Court, called the "County Court of Vancouver." was
established by the Act 56 Vict. (B.C.) Chap. 10, which, as respects this Court,
came into force on the ist December. 1893.

The Governor-General appoints the Judges for each Court.
Any County Court Judge may act as Judge in any otiier district than that
assigned him for causes such as death, illness or unavoidable absence, or at the
request of the Judge of that other district: the fact of his doing so with the cause
to be reported in writing to the ProvinciiJ Secretary.

The several Judges of the Supreme Court may sit and dispose of any busi-
ness in any County Court of the Province.

Justice and

B.C.) Chap.

isiic JtulKCS.

Justice of

orce of law,

une, 1859.

To.

red 1S96 (I)
June, 1889
Hec, i88i

ally of the
J'l'jia, 27th

y of the
"ebruary,
■re estab-

!J*. was
Court,

an that

at the

cause

busi-

Il.imliN. ISrow. H.ill.
Hi'llirook. W.ilki-iii.

r.inli. (l''iiink>- I i.1 KillK. M.ili.il>. Ili>iiui-. Cr/.i-o,

MEMBERS 2nd PARLIAMENT. NEW WESTMINSTER.

I-\ 1 1: ( ■|iii'.i 1 1^1 in. (_" wiKKi IN
\'. I.

MR M \ 1 I III. ll.MI 1 II.- I'll. I ; III K,
I. .lie t'liiil lusli',1-. \\. k.

Sii; I li \u\- I', r. Chv. \^i-,,

Ki'tiii'ii Siipri iiu- C'i>iirt.

: ■ .

i'i

Ili>\. |. !•. M, CkKh.iii.

Hon. M. W. T. Dkakk.

II"N. «.. A. Wmkkm.

Ilt).\. Tiii.:uiH.KK l)A\ii;,

C'liiit" Jiistiti.'.

MEMBERS OF THE SUPREME COURT.

After til
lprocf(liir('|
as<)iinil:tt(
loiiy cmp()|
\cc to 1)C
10 tlu' i)owr|
linlly llie C(
e Courts wj
lurt Judges 1
l8«j."

i^^iistus V. r

lliiir T. 1 »il
illiatu N. X ol
liiry M. Ball
4 Harrison
fin-nt P. C t

111 Porin

Harrison. . ,

x-v O'Reilly.

lliam Ward

ward H. San

irner R. Spal

$9.

(I) Jiulg

(2.) Judj

Customs; In
iH'onver, John I
^UHon. Inland '.

Miller.

Indian Depai
idput of Indian

Marine and F
I't. J. Walbran, '
ainboats, J. A. 1

Dominion
■stininster. F
,'s Banlt: Mai
IJaynesReed, E
<1 Timber: Lan
nitentlary; War
ctoria. Qv>aran

KM.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

137

After tilt, union of tlie Coloivies of British Colutnhia aiicl \ ancoiivor Island

procedure of the County Courts in all parts of Mritisii CoUiinhia was amended

assimilated by the "County Court Ordinance, 1^)7," and tlic Governor of the

ony empowered to appoint any Stii)endiary .MaKi^^trates or Justices of the

ce to be County Court Judges. This provision ol the ordinance w:is repealed

the i)owcr of appointing vested in the Govern()r-{ieneral of Canada. Subsc-

ntly the commissions held by the then County Court Judges were revoked and

C Courts were presided over by a Jud^u; ol the Sui)reme Court until County

I'lrt Judyts were again api)oiiiled uiuUr the provisions ol "The Couniy Courts

NAME.

IM.ACIC.

From.

To.

I>;ustus v. Pembcrton Victoria 23rd vSepl. 1H67. i.jth Jan. 1881

lliiir T. 1 ishby New W'm'ster ' i8th .May 1875

lUiamN. iole " " ; 19th vSept. 18S9 , "

inry M. Hull Cariboo . . . .

llarri.son ') "

tn.nt F. C> rnwall "

111 Forin Kootenay . , .

Harrison .N'anaimo . . .

x-r O'Reilly ,Vale

lliam Ward Spinks 1 "

i Lillooet

(1 Clinton
i Nanaiino

V\ and

(| Comox

I Vancouver. .

I ward H. Sandt s.
irrer R. Spahling

iSth .Sept. 1S67 14th Jan. 1881

25th A])ril. 1SH4 2iul Aug. 1889

19th Sept. 1S89

1896 '

^rd .Vug. 1S89

iSth Sept. 1867 14th Jan. 1881

19th Sept. 1889 !

)

' i8th Sept. 1867 ' 14th Jan, 1881

aSth Sept. 1S67 1 14th Jan. 1881

>9,

(i) Judge Harrison transferred to the County Court of N'anaimo 3rd August,
(2,) Judge of County Court of New Westminster acting.

';.

I IK,

DOM NION GOVKRNMENT OFFICI.VLS.

Customs: Inspector, J. S. lute. New Westminster. Colleetors — Victoria, A. R. Milne;
icouver, John >r. Bowell; New Westminster, Peter Grant; Nanaimo, B. 11. Smith; Nelson, George
iiison. Inland Revenue; Inspector, W. Gill, Victoria; Collectors— Victoria, R.Jones; Vancouver,
:. Miller.

Indian Department: (.'ommissioner of Indian Reserves, Hon. P. O'Reilly, Vi^'torla; Superin-
dent of Indian Affairs, A. V.'. Vowe I, Victoria.

Marine and Fisheries Department. Agent, Capt. .1. Gaudin, Victoria ; Commander S.S. "Quadra"
tit. J. Wftlbran, Victoria; Inspector of Fisheries, John McNab, New VVestminster; Inspector of
Hinboats, J. A. Thomson, Victoria; Inspector of Hulls, .T.CoUister, Victoria.

Dominion Public Works: Resident Engineer and Agent, Jas. R. Roy, New
stminster. Post Office: Inspector, Capt. E. II. Fletcher, Victoria. Dominion Sav-
ts Bank: Manager, J. H. McLaughlin, Victoria; Meteorological Service: Director,
Hnynes Reed, Esquimau. Experimental Farm: T. A. Sharpe, Director, Agasslz. Dominion Lands
il Timber: Land Agent, John McKenzie, New Westminster; Timber Agent, James Leamy.
nitentlary : Warden, J. C. White, New Westminster. Weightsand Measures: Inspector, H. Flndley,
ctoria. Qvarantine: Medical Superintendent, A. T. Watt, M.D.

!'!

THE policy concerning municipal legislation continuously followed by the
Legislature of this Province has been to give as large as possible a measure
of local and self-government to municipal corporations, and to facilitate
the incorporation of municipalities wherever warranted by population and
property. The general legislation at present in force respecting *-.unici-
palities is contained in three Statutes passed during the session of 1896, '.nown as
the Municipal Incorporation Act. the Municipal Elections Act, and the Municipal
Clauses Act and amendments to the two last-mentioned Acts, passed in 1897, deal-
ing respectively with municipal incorporations, elections, government and
internal management. Adequate provisions in these Acts conserve the corporate
rights, powers and liabilities of existing municipalities.

Under the first mentioned Act a city municipality, to include a tract of land
o* not more than 2,000 acres in area, may be incorporated by Letters Patent upon
petition signed by the owners of more than one-half in value of the lands within
ttie proposed boundaries, if within such boundaries there are resident and have
been so resident for six months immediately previous to the signing of the pe-
tition, not less than one hundred male British subjects of
incurporntioa. full age; and a township or district municipality upon pe-
tition by the like proportion of owners, (including pre-
emption of at least one year's standing), if there be so resident at leaet
thirty male British subjects of full age. The Act also contains elaborate provisions
for securing an extension or reduction of corporate limits, and for securing the
dissolution of a municipal 'Corporation upon petition of the ratepayers, should
circumstances render such a course necessary.

The Elections Act codifies the provisions relating to this branch of law;
the qualifications of electors, the methods of their registration, and the time and
method of holding the annual elections being all fixed by Statute, it being left
to the Municipal Councils to fix by by-law the places for holding the nomina-
tions and polls and to appoint returning oliicers and their deputies. For the an-
nual elections the nominations are held on the second Monday in
January, and the polling, if any, on the Thursday following. The
voting is by ballot; the provisions regulating the mode oi voting, the counting of
ba)!ots and announcing the results and for the prevention of intimidation and
corrupt practices being substantially to the same effect as those regulating elec-
tions for ihe Legislative Assembly; there are also provisions providing for the
filling of vacancies in Councils and provisions empowering the Supreme and
County Courts to try upon petition the validity of conte.sted elections. In order
to be qualified for nomination and election in a city municipality as Mayor,

Annual Election.

]

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

139

the candidate must be a British subject and must have been registered as the
owner of the property to the extent of $i,ooo in assessed vahie above any regis-
tered encumbrance or judgment, and as Alderman must be a liritish subject, with
a similar real property qualification of $500. The qualifications of Reeve and
Councillors in district municipalities are similar, with the exception tiiat the real
property qualifications are $500 and $250 respectively. All civic
yuai.hcation officers and employees are elected by ballot and hold office at
Candidates. the pleasure of the Council. Every municipality is divided into

wards so as to allow equal representation as near as may be on
the basis of assessed values, and a re-division on this basis is necessary wh»'n the
amount of i,ssessed property in any ward exceeds in proportion to its represen-
tation in the Council more than 40 per cent, of the assessed property in any other
ward.

Any male or female being a British subject of tlie full age of twenty-one
years who in city mun'^ipalities has paid on or before the ist of November, and
in district municipalities before the 30th day of N'ovember prior to the dato of
nomination all rales, taxes, fees, imp'^sts, etc., is qualified to vote at the muni-
cipal elections, (a)wlio is a land owner; (b) who is the holder of a trade license,
the annual fee for which is not less t'lan $5, or (c) who is a householder.

The Municipal Clauses Act, continuing and elaborating the policy of the
former Municipal Acts, has for its object the creation of a compreliensive system
of municipal government and management, altogether self-supporting, that is to
say, dependent for municipal expenditures entirely upon municipal
Municipal revenue; the Municipal Councils being for the more effectual ac-

(lausesAct. complishment of this object invested with powers to raise a
revenue by taxation, and also with legislative and executive pow-
ers, the scope and limits of these powers and the methods of their exercise
being fully and carefully defined.

In city municipalities the Mayor, and in district mu'iicipalities the Reeve,
is the chief executive officer of the corporation, his duties and powers being defined
by the Act, and including unrestricted powers and authority to order the conduct of
all municipal officer? and employees, to direct the method and management of
corporate business, and to return for re-confideration any by-law or resolution
of the Council, this partial power of veto being subject to the right of the Council
to re-consider and again pass the by-law or resolution over the veto of the Mayor
or Reeve. The Council exercise the corporate powers of the municipalities and
in cities consist of a Mayor and not less than five and not more than nine alder-
men, and in districts of a Reeve and not less than four and not more than .'even
Councillors.

Real property ownership as before mentioned is a necessary qualification
for the holding of elective office in a municipality. All civic ofticcr and em-
ployees are elected by ballot bv and hold office at the pleasure of the Council.

The Council of every municipality has power to make, alter and repeal by-
laws in relation to upwards of 150 classes of subjects, the general effect of the
elaborate statutory > numeration of their le^^islative powers being to invest them
with authority by by-law to assist the establishment of various enterprises within
the corporation limits; to construct and acquire water works, lighting, sewerage,
and tramway systems; to aid educational and charitable institu-
tions and objects; to raise municipal revenue by means of taxation
and by the issue of trades licenses; to prevent fires and accidents,
and to regulate the carrying on of all trades which have in them elements of
danger to life or health; to prevent practices injurious to public nmrals or tend-
ing to disturb the peace; to maintain, repair and regulate streets, bridges and
wharves; and to enable permanent works to be carried out on the local improve-
ment principle.

The general power of a Municipal Council to incur liabilities on behalf of
the corporation is restricted to the extent of the municipal revenue for the cur-
rent year. The carrying out of municipal works involving expenditure which
cannot be met out of the current revenue, loans by tht issue of debentures upon
the security of rateable lands or improvements (either or both) of the municipality
may be obtained upon by-laws passed by the Council and assented to by the rate-
payers assessed for property within the municipality up to an aggregate amount

Powers
by B)«Law

140

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

(exclusive of loans for works to be performed on the local improvement
principle) not to exceed twenty per cent, of the assessed value of the lanSs and im-
provements of the municipality. For the purpose of r^rrying out works to be
performed on the local improvement principle by local assessment loans may be
obtained upon by-laws in like manner, except that the by-law must expressly
show that the debt is created on the special rate settled by the by-law and on that
security only. A by-law passed illegally may be quashed upon application of any
ratepayer made to the Supreme Court within thirty days after the by-law has been
finally passed by the Council.

By-laws for contracting dcl)ts for other than ordinary expenditure can
only he introduced on a petition of at least one-half of the value of the land in
township or district municipalities and at least one-tenth of the value of real
property in city municipalities, and no such by-law after having been passed can
be altered or repealed except by consent of the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council.

Only those who are the assessed owners of land or real property may vote
on money by-laws. In city municipalities a three-fifths majority is necessary to
carry a by-law requiring the assent of the electors.

The Council of every city municipality may invest its sinking fund in Do-
minion or Provincial Government securities or deposit it in an incorporated bank,
or may invest it in other seci'.ritlos.

District municipalities may from time to time invest in Dominion or Pro-
vincial Government securities or in first mortgages of real property held and used
for farming purposes and being the first lien on such property, but no sum in-
vested in mortgages shall exceed one-half of the value of the real property on
which it is secured.

I N every municipality the Assessment Roll, as annually prepared and returned
J[ by the Assessor on the date fixed for such return by resolution of the Coun-
cil, is revis-id by the Council sitting as a Court of Revision to hear and deter-
mine all complaints made by ratepayers of having been wrongfully inserted in
or omitted from the Assessment Roll, or of having been therein undercharged
or overcharged. The sittings of the Court are advertised for one month in the
"Official Gazette" and in the local press; and the Court is composed of five mem-
bers of the Council, of whom three form a quorum. An appeal lies from the
Court of Revision to a County Court Judge or to a Judge of the Supreme Court
and again to the Court of Appeal. The Council may, after the
Assessment. final revision of the Assessment Roll, levy a rate of one mill for

health purooses and two mills for school purposes. The Court
of Revision is also empowered to act as. and its members are constituted a,
Board for the equalization of the assessed value of land and improvements which
are, under the Act, assessed separately; improvements, in many instances, being
exempted.

All arrears of taxes bearing interest at six per cent, are by the Act made
a first charge on the property affected, and payment may be enforced by action
and judgment, or by the sale at public auction of the lands in respect of which
taxes are in arrear. Owners of real property which has been sold for taxes have
the right to redeem within one year, by paying or tendering to the Clerk of the
municipality the sum paid by the purchaser with legal interest thereon.

in district municipalities every male person between twenty-one and fifty
years of age inclusive, not otherwise assessed, is liable to perform two days'
statute labour annually. Any property holder not assessed over $500. and whether
resident or non-resident, is also charged with two days; over $500 and not ex-
ceeding $1,000, three days; and for every additional $1,000, one day. Statute labour
may be commuted in casn, at the amount fixed by by-law, not in any case to
exceed $2 per day.

Municipalities in addition to powers of taxation by statute labour and as-
sessment may levy and collect license fees in respect of some twenty-nine trades,
occupations and privileges at various rates, the limits of which are defined.

Cities are also empowered to construct certain works such as sewers, drains,
sidewalks, pavements, etc., under the local improvement system, for which the

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

141

mem-
the
burt
the
for
burt
d a,
lich
eing

fifty
lays'
:ther

ex-
)our

: to

as-
des,

tins,
the

property specially benefitted may be taxed. No such local improveuients, however,
except branch sewers and connections, may he undertaken if a majority of
the owners of the property effected (holding at least one-half in value of such

property) petition against it. Provision is also made for the car-
Local iiiiprovcnieiit- rying out of works on the local improvement principle in district

municipalities. Drainage and dyking under the supervision of
the Commissioners on the local improvement plan are also fully provided for,
and in respect of all works of local improvement, the ratepayers are empowered
to proceed against the proposed by-law for illegality or to appeal, in regard to
any errors in the assessment, to a Court of Revision in the same way as provided
for in the general assessment.

The following property is exempt fr(mi taxation: Churches, burying-
grounds and cemeteries, hospitals (and grounds not exceeding twenty acres for
public and three acres for private hospitals); orphanages (and grounds not ex-
ceeding five acres); and property vested in or held by Her Majesty in an official
capacity Indian lands: and lands and improvements belonging to the munici-
pality (except where chargeable in respect of local improvement).

Administration
of
Justice.

POLICE Magistrates in city tnunicipalities are appointed by the Lieutenant-
Governor-in-Council, who also fixes the salaries, but they are paid by the
municipality. A Police Magistrate is also ex oMcio a Stipendiary Magistrate
and a Police and License Commissioner, and is not allowed, directly or indi-
rectly, to act as a barrister or solicitor in criminal matters. Mayors and Reeves
are ex officio Justices of the Peace. The Act expressly imposes
upon all municipalities the duty of maintaining a sufficient force
of police and providing a gaol and also of enforcing not only
the municipal by-laws, but the criminal law, and the general laws
of the Province. In township or district municipalities the police
are appointed and paid by, and hold office at the pleasure of the
Council. In city municipalities the police are appointed by and are under the
control of the Police Commissioners. The Commissioners fix the remuneration
of the police, and the Council is obliged, subject to the right of appeal to the Lieu-
tenant-Governor-in-Counc'l, to pay such remuneration, and to provide clothing,
accoutrements and accommodation for the police.

The Board of Police Commissioners consists of the Mayor, Police Magis-
trate and an appointee of the Government; two members of the Board constitute
a quorum. Provision is made for the filling of vacancies. The Commissioners
have full power as to summoning and examining witnesses and the making of
police regulations. In all cities and towns there are required to be a Chief of
Police and such number of officers and assistants as may be deemed necessary by
the Council, but not less than is reported as absolutely necessary by the Police
Commissioners.

All fines, fees and forfeitures imposed under by-laws, and in cases where a
municipality pays $250 or over for a Police Magistrate, those collected under the
authority of the Provincial Laws are paid into the Municipal Treasury and used
as a part of its revenue.

Boards of Licensing Commissioners are constituted in each city or district
municipality who have exclusive powers in the granting, transfer, renewal and can-
cellation of licenses for the sale of liquor. In cities the Mayor, the Police Magis-
trate and a person appointed by the Government constitute the Board and in
district municipalities, the Reeve, two Councillors elected annu-
Liccnsinu ally for that purpose by the Council, and two Justices of the
Boards. Peace with jurisdiction in the municipality and being the regis-

tered owners of property of the value of $500 or over. The Mayor
or Reeve as the case may be is the presiding officer. The Board does not make
regulations, but simply adiriinistcrs the law. The Council of every municipality
has power to pass by-laws regulating the conditions under which the Commis-
sioners may act, and limiting, prescribing and otherwise regulating the issuance
of licenses. Retail liquor licenses are granted in respect to premises only, and all
applications for transfer or new licenses must be duly advertised in a local news-
paper. An important feature of the licensing system in regard to new applications is
that it recognizes the local option principle. No retail liquor license can be granted

■im

H >'J

142

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

in a city unless the application therefor be supported by a petition of two-thirds
of the lot owners and resident house holders and two-thirds of their wives as well
within the lot in which the premises are situated, or in the block opposite; and if
the premises be situated on a street corner, then .>f two-thirds of all the lot own-
ers and resident house holders and their wives. In city or town municipaliues of
less than 1,000 inhabitants and in township and district municipalities no retail
licenses may issue without a similar petition in its favour with respect to the
whole of the municipality; and in order to obtain a license in any rural settlement
a like petition must be presented signed by two-thirds in number of the house-
holders, and the wives of such householders, residing withit* five miles of the
premises for which the license is sought.

ASSISTANCE to ])ublic schools is dealt with under the liead of Education.
Local ijoards of Health arc also dealt with in a special chapter. It is
the duty of every city municipality to make suital/ie provision for its poor

and ( I'stituto.

ilso the di

)f all

Special
Cbartcrs,

lunicipalities to publisli periodically statements
its financial affairs in a local newspaper; and no municipality can grant special
privileges or give exemptions of any kind imlcss assented to by a vote of the
peo])Ie. Councils may. however, by a resolution, grant aid to Hospitals, Agricul-
tural Societies, Mechanics' Institutes and charitable institutions, give bounties for
the destruction of wild beasts. i)rovide buildings for municipal purposes, acquire
land for sanitary purposes, regulate the meeting of ihe Council and pay the ex-
penses of delegates so far as these relate to their own municipality.

Provision is made with the assent of the electors for the establishment of a
free library, and any municipality may by resolution grant aid in celebrating Her
Majesty's birthday or in any gathering for public sports and amusements; or in
establishing an institution for persons afflicted with contagious or inieclious dis-
eases. The city nnmicipalities of Vancouver and New Westminster are incorpor-
ated under Statutes granting special charters, which have been from time to time
amended by the Legislature. The general Acts, of which an outline has been
given above, do not apply except where especially provided,
brought into force by. or where no special enactments in that be-
half is contained in the special Act. In the charters of the two
cities in question, while the methods of organization
and administration differ in many details, the principle of govern-
ment is in general effect the same as that in cities governed by the general Act.
In Vancouver the local improvement system has been extensively adopted, while
this has not been the case in other cities. In Vancouver also the ratepayers elect
representatives to the Licensing and Police Boards and the Boards of Park and
Water Commissioners.

The municipal system of British Columbia is largely founded on the ex-
perience of other Provinces, modified to suit local conditions, but more especially
is it based on that of Ontario, where the development of municipal institutions
received its earliest and most successful exemplification. In tliis I'rovince, niiik-?
Ontario, with its extensive and compact rural population, the con-
ditions of municipal growth have been mainly urban in character.
In the outlying districts, owing to extent of territory, sparseness
of population, and magnitude and costliness of municipal undertakings, the de-
velopment of municipal organizations has been limited and of slow growth, and
attended with difficulties wliich it is anticipated will be to a great extent removed
by the growth of population and consequent development of the natural resources
of the Province.

As in all new countries, perfection lias not been attained at the outset, and
the law has been subject to numerous alterations from time to time to suit con-
ditions which are necessarily more or less transitory. As the Province develops in
wealth and population we may look for a more rapid expansion of the municipal
system, more particularly in the interior mining districts; and although our muni-
cipal code has at last been fairly well established and worked out, it must con-
tinue for some time to be the subject of periodical revision and grave considc--
ation on the part of the Legislative Assembly.

Municipal
drowtli.

Bur

*Ct

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

143

LIST OF MUNICIPALITIES.

Name of
Municipality.

Date of Incoriwration
Month Year

Rural.

Burnaby Sept. 22 1^92

*Cnilii\vhack April 26 1873

Coquitlam

*Delta

Dewdney

Kent

Langley

*Maple Ridg«

Matsqui

Mission

Nicomen

North Cowichan. .
North Vancouver..

^Richmond

Salt Spring Island
South Vancouver..
Spallunicheen ....

Squamish

Sumas

*Surrey

(Urban.)
Grand Forks ....

Greenwood

Kaniloops

Kaslo

Nanaimo

Nelson

tNew Westminster

Rossland

^Vancouver

^Victoria

Wellington

July

Nov.

April

vSept.

April

vSept,

Dec.

June

Mar.

June

Aug.

Nov.

Dec.

April

Julv

Oct.

Jan.

Nov.

30..
10. .

I--
27..
26..
12.

I. .
14.

31-

18.,

13- •
10. .

23--
i3.-
21. .

27..

5--
10.

Julv

Sept.

Dec.

I.
14.
24.

July 16.

May
Aug
Oct.

2.
10.

1891
1879
1892
1894

i«73
1874
1892
1892
1892

i«73
1891
1879

1S73
1892
1892
1892
1892
1879

1897
1897
1S93
1893
1874
1897
i860

1897
1886
1862
1895

(Reeve.)

Nicolai C. Schou

A. C. Wells

(ViceT. !•:. Kitche'i.'lec'd)

H. A. Atkins

William McKee

I Albert I.. Dion

John McRae

' Phillip Jackman Sr. .
iRobt. Ulackstock

Louis R. Authier ....
James A. Catherwood
!(Cea.sed to exi.st)

Thos. A. Wood

(No Reeve elect. 1897)

Duncan Rowan

( Not now in existence)

George Rae

August Schubert Jr..

(Did not .rganize) . .

Fred Fooks

John Armstrong

(Mayor.)
John A. Manlv

Rol)ert Wood'

Marshall P. Gordon. .

Robt. F. Green

Jos. H. David.son ....
John Houston

W. B. Shiles

R. Scott

Wm. Templeton

C. K. Redfern

Alfrc' '^niither.
Joseph Scott . . .

Robt. D. Irvine

Charles F. Green. . .

Kdwin Davies

Harry Fooks

Albert H. Hawkins
Frne.st Wni. Beckett
Hugh G Currie. . . .
Anth'v M. Verchere

James Norcross.
W. L. Keene . . .
Alfred B. Dixon.

George ^Martin

Rich'd Stuart Pelly

A. C. Bowman. . . .

Alb'rt A. Richmond
(Clerk.)

J. A. Aikman

A. S. Black

John J. Carment. . .
F,. v.. Chipman . . .
Adam Thompson . .
Charles R. Sealev. .
Fred R. Glover. . ' . .

W. McQueen

Thos. F. McGuigan

W. J. Dowler

R. H. Holmes

Ind

)n-

)al

ini-
m-

*L,etter.s patent of Chilliwhack were surrendered and new letters patent issued in iSSi and
ag^in in 1S83; those of Maple Ridge and Surrey in iShz; Richmond 18H5, reinccjrporated 1S92; Delta,
18SS.

fXew Westminster was created a m\inicipality by ])roc1amatiQn of Sir James Douglas July 16
i860. Its limits were extended October 2-2, 1S61, and made subject to the provisions of the Muiiici-
pality .\cX. of 1S72. Letters i)atent were surrendered and new letters issued in iHSi. A special char-
ter of incorporation was obtained in 1S87, which was amended in i^>95.

^Vancouver was incorjiorated by special act in 1H86, The first b\--law appointing ofheers (not
dated) appeared in the H.C. (lazette May 27, 1S86. The act of incorporation was amended by the
Legislature in 1887, 1889, 1890, 1891, 1S92," 1S93 and 1895.

^Victoria was created a municipality by ordinance, dated .\pril 2, 1867, which repealed the
original act of incorporation of 1862, and subsequently came under the provisions of the Munici-
pality Act of 1872 on the 25th of June, 1873. The General Municipal Act, under which it is gov-
erned, has been amended from time to time.

Rossland, Nelson and (Irand Forks were incorporated under a special act passed last session
of Parliament, entitled the"SpeeJy Incorporation Act."

144

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

A.— MUNICIPAL

Burtiaby

Chitliwhack

Coqnitlam

Delta

Dewdney ..

Kamloops

Kaslo

Kent

I,aiigley

Maple Ridge

Matsqui

Mission

Richmond

Spalluincheen

Sumas

Surrey

South Vancouver. . .
North Vancouver..

Vancouver

Vernon

Victoria

Nanaimo

New Westminster.

Wellington

Cowichan

(lA)
OS

" fa

"O '■/! y
•V '* «

$ 779.555 00

812,076 00

256,857 00

1,153.164 00

101,524 00

152,420 00

235,201 00

12,060 00

810,10c 00

279.558 00
583,663 61

194.396 00

1,149,782 00

407,647 00

135,431 00

1,002,967 00

1.392.853 89

862,0141 1

13,000,869 cc

384,515 00

10,901,340 00

1,369,203 00

2,566,405 00

38,500 00
258,454 00

(111)

'V >

$ 199,008 00

' 157.350 00
I 48,435 00
'■ 19.742 38

157,9-5 00

I 143,453 88
\ not taxed.

21,522 00

184,140 00

55.105 00

28,221 00

824,489 70

•',918,285 00
114,318 00

(ic)

•4

^ .

$ 44,800 00

32,000 00 !.
3,000 00 I

31. 8n 38 I

7,700 00

28,221 00
500 00

(2A)

XT3
C3 II

.o-o

3 ID

(2Ii)

3 in
f^ IB

44.422
8,796

36,445
14,306

5.406
5.699

480

9.7975<

7.533

3.407
41.950
17.775
29,o3o

7,008
17,272

395}i
68,904

3,879
8.033
1,617

1,334
1,902

6,800
43.490

15,^91
6,098

21,790

(ac)

^•5

33,000
44,42a

42,144
13.728

480
10,193

76,437

30.564
43,083

77,000
12,898
65,280

667,000 00
91.30 00

3,640,460 00 2,701,630 00
j 20,000 00

I 959.260 00
I 77,000 00
i 283,074 00

$ 38,840,564 61 I $9,131,788 96

1,292,720 00

5,000

80
28,448

4.780 ! 33,248

$4,838,512 38 j 273,5571^ 108,047^ 477.476

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

145

STATISTICS.

(2C)

5i?

^•5

7,ooo
2,898
5,280
5,000

.24S
,476

(3A)

a"*

$ 2,206 00
5,042 01
1,036 II
1,192 30

(3B)

a
o

*' a

2p4

{-I

I 8,512 00

t 2,726 00
891 60

(4A)

§1

(4B)

■d

-a

in
u
X

h: MB -2

X B ■/) 4;
■r L, O O

(5A) (5B)

4,743 58
4.254 54

1.241 82
3,962 25

2,435 06
146,962 00

1.242 25
4,889 45
2,445 88
1,403 91
6,017 80
4,122 44

10,780 50

215 62
2,188 75

754 13
2,188 75

344 05
69'' 45
330 63

3.805 62

9.806 09

7 mills iJ4 p.c.

6 "

7 " 2% p.c. ..

6 " . iJ^p.C.

iK P-c. general rate

1% P-c

15 mills

[■^ of I p.c 254 p.c...

2-5 of I p.c 2,'2P.C...

I p.c 2}i p.c. . .

J4 of I p.c 2 p.c

5^ of I p.c 2j4 p.c. ..

5 mills 20 mills. .

6-10 of I p.c 2}-2p.C...

X p.c

6 mills — 2j^p.c...

% of I p.c 2 p.c

!i5 mills.

$ 11,336 13

5,042 01 $ 2,325 02

3,862 IT

9,523 34 3.974 74

1,343 05 1.886 90

5,049 58

9.475 04

2.577 78

5,000 00

3.254 19

4,020 81

1,716 05

10,410 60 15,924 II

2,776 51

1,808 91

10,196 42 2,888 67

13.928 53

10,880 50

305,000 00 9,784 72

7.598 50

209,025 85

I S-io p c. oil land. . )
1)2 p.c on improv'ts. \

I p.c

2}4 mills net

I3' " gross . . .

j5 mills

105,817 05
609 25

2,007 55
$421,43760 $30,62283 I i $817,649 04 $36,784 16 17,427

351 89 Iji p.c 2^2 p.c.

254,130 So

22,882 64

113 4" S5

661 75

2,763 94

«=<

<»> a
o o

^< i5

638 1

510 !
155
285 :
129

171
313
99
606
267
317

2T5

333
179

159

1,050

560

723
5,000

91
3.035
1,216

1,439
148
241

u •

a?
3 >

(5C)

S 9

< «

n ^

O w

3 4-t

75
178

28
127

73
116

361

240

122

144
82

208

179
32

153
63

153
5,000

91
3.035
1,216

1.319
93
190

13.331

563
106

127

1,100

'50

"5
173
92

•71
31
98

600

497
570
2,000
146
378
73

34
7.150

146

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

H
Pt)

u
o
«

Q
iz;
W

w
o

a
o

i/i

a (/I
rt o

cij
>

o
u

VO t-^ O >"

t O vO

o 1^ (y\ j\

00" uS
x CO

IN t^

00 ^O

fo 10

Q CO

N On

>/ ro
t^30

fj o
o -t

CO <-> avt--.r'5loy3 P)

CO foa>-t-no M o

P< t^X I- 10 M i-i N

vO X l-^vO O Ch fO 10
»t C< " <N M w

0^ i

\0 :

r^ O

cS r^ -"'

rO 10 (S

"* >/^ 1

^O P*

-y.

MCO M

tT)

80 10

o >o

CO VD

o t

80 O 10 U-) O
10 »0 rO "I- O

« « Tt Tl-

*«.'

VO CO

O O)

O ic t^ 10 X

1/5 P) I-" ro 'O

t^\0 vO fc-i O
vO O t~>- '-' PI
j^ — p) P4 'i-

M 1-1 fO fO "^-CO vO

•to

OvCO

CO c
O "^

P4 >•_

>0 ON't

10 l^ fO On
10 O

O OMO

•* 5 T

"8 8

10 Q

O lO 0»vO
CO t^ O fO
P< lOvO t>.

tC rovO ro
MM 1/5

C.)

a» o

M ^ I'
CO CO rj

6;= '^■

8
I/)

On
t O

in 5
no" :c

1-^

r
o

in
pT

o o

PI to

"^ 1-

M fO

m M

•n

in •*
TtvO

128

£8

M PI

CO o

CO X m in

VO CO

r-.^o
fO o

P< M

CO «
ro ;

. Q in

. vT

in in 't

PI On CO

.Sfc

. C/!

.t; c

en a
^ «>•

Mcc n § ®

C 01

ca h

o
in

•t

co"

CO
m

PI
P)

I vO
I P<

§-

VO P)
P<

v;- M u w *j ^ ,Y ui i2 U -t

K» ^

" en ^ cj H ^ tt^
J^ cs <u .S -iii -w c

'>l< I? >i; le^ M M ptH

U 1^
u Ih

V 111

M N 3^ '3 P3

CJ
01

^. M P)
lU

w<3

"t I -

VO I 10

m I Pt

CT;

cf^

P»

00
PI

m
1^

PI
PI

VO Tj-

O
CTv

in
m

3
O

S
<!

u
c«

s
fa

• 1-1

a
CO

•tH

3
*

/.^

MANUAL OF PROVIXCIAl

148

VEAK UOOK OF BRITISH COLL'MIUA

i~- fO 'O irj P« fi 1^ (N O fO

W
n

H
H

<N f*^ 'O

I
"" N I-" VJ I/)

1^^ rOvO
N M N (N

lO ro « O^ ") "t 'O >5

.00 >C m r^

f) -t u^ M W

•tM t >0

00 IC I

2 2'-'
p IC

rOfI f

t >0

CO •

N N

"« 1^

888

8 8 8

0_ q lo ■ ih

d" ci r^ •

• ro M

2^8=2^8

• M

-t vO o
fO lO 1^ lO

• r^

• w

•^ I--. rOX

.VO

O -t73 "t

oo'

• -f

w f/j

. M

• >o

• (JN

! '^

vO -t -t (S <S r<^ 1-

M 1/2 (N 1^ N -f -1

■ 5 >H

-t a\ >0 "- On '■

■ o_ "2

---,-,

-t n O ".D l^\0 nC

' ■^ 't

>£) '0 -t lA5v£> N "■

■^

<y\

o 'n
1^ o

C/3
CO

of^ScoSSSS"

02'<lQCOQQQ»t
CCI^OfOQOQQO

rc i^, q. '-' q, t O O
^ r^ ic n lo lo 1-^ fo »i

(J\NO O On '^ CT\ t^vO

IT 2^

f
i

«A

*«.

t^ <o

8 8 8 18^
I

lO fO

888

O lO

888

lOND CO
lO ►1 PI

I CO

I NO

CO nO

888
8§|

'^ o' '-<"
P» lO t--.

CO >-i

8 8 8 8 8 8

888

O r^ I- in lo uo

11 X t^X CO ON

^ i^ uo ic

IT)

<: ti

& ■ «
<=■ ?$ o -

. ;/! •

. a .

■ji .

■ a

. 4; .

ClJ

CI.

9 *'

• •*-' *^'

m " CA

obj
rre
itiV

■—

Jr". cj s

•fl 1- c^

u o"^ S-1

OJ o o

w
pq
W

O a* u

ou:

»0

»o

h40

AND MANUAL OF rUOVINCIAL 1N'F( )ini ATION.

»40

«
o

•^1

m
t/i

O 53

2 i« rt

cyi

•A

ffl

c
p

« o
00 -

en c*i

o o

8tn

C/i On

^1 ^

w f» 8

"w -^1 in

^^ o "^

3
3

"bo
^1

Ol CO +» "^1 O ^ I
K> Ol K> 0< 4- vO

CO^I ON OOOi
On ONM m t/J

OOOl vO

MOO

00 K> ^l G Oj

(J I

•H 4^ M Ol

O 00 ON-t'

On^I

t» nO

'vi sO On

w Ol Ol ?j !/; ►/^ ;*; u; j^ r ?i c tr

*- 3 B

p IT as

3 5^
o

3
O

00
Ov

^ ^*-*i-» 3

O ^ rD r*

5 5.S'?
: : Si* :

. . Cfq .
. . n .

-I

bo
(-
On

3
1

ELS; r*

o ■

Ol M

K> OJ »< K) O^ Ol

►- ON^l Ol 03^I W O
^jOj4- -•vOOJ-t* «
On^ K) Ol ^1 K> ^ Ol

CO 00^1 vO M gv 00 On

C On 0\ O W NO O

Ol -vl M i-i ^ O OC

i- V> Ol CO '-C +* ^1

g) M ^1 On " OJ nO
•5'X> +• M OJ ^I vC

Ol '^ OnOi ^I C/J O
Ol Oj ^I -(- i-i CO^ I

!r 3

K'sT ^ :

n
p

»— *

P 3 -I o

n
o

00
On

3 !/>

!/■.

_ "-►p53''^'— T!

rt .-^ 3 r _ :;• S !« 2 "^ /-, P s- S' ?^-

OP— e

p 3 :^ pc :; 5

r^ f/1 •- L. r^

-I n

+> Ol

K
X

n o 1 c

4^ W 0-> ^J C^) 4»

NO 0^ CO CO CO W

^ w Ol CO c U)

00 -^ ^

« CO (0

OS O CO

or;

On to "^I K)

o;^i •-< ^1

O Ol OJ CO

C^ Ol nO On
K> CO M

O ^ 7= /■ 3

o
s

50
X

vO nO 4^ On>.0 4»
^1 O On O to nO

CO " co^i o c*»

O to Ol Ol to Z

r*
VI

3'
w

n
3

(/I

I
I

Of?

I— <

S'
o
(II

C
n
"-I

t— •

ISO

YEAR BOOK OK HKITISH C(JLUMRI.\

I). — .^. RIRAI,.— ASSKTS

ii..«.»K., ' Chilli-

•Casli ill 'rredsury 1 456 03

7 60

C( . uit-
Ihiil.

Deltn. Dewdney Kent. T.anglcy,

Mnplc
Kiilge.

H.H^n 6h

I I

13a 25

55 06

TnxiH ill iirrfiirM,'. j TI,6,«|6 5H 10,86324 f,,yft(i Hi 3,ii>H 3'i 8,(/>i 471 88ij Hj

SinkitiK I'lindf ! 942 ou 1 63764, 2,26,^09;

otlur invt"*tin»iitn ] 60 75 |*(dyW'g)

l,aii(l(iiiclii(liiiKI»>>'kil, I

i>n'.) 20300 2,000 00 1

Iluilditii;**. rurtiitiire, ' 1

itc. . . I 2<) 0<) 950 00 I

OtliiT as«etH , 32,237 y) I

578 a I
3.«<5 la 3.*

93 6«
,308 00

300 00

10 00 . .

40 IK) 50 Jo 3,329 26

l,noi> no 1,000 00

20 00

35.5>S 00 13.8H1 59 8 ■243 5a •4.a94 >', 9.0837a 99628 8,72a 591 4,61961

i 1 I I ' I

'KxcUiHivt: ufsinkiiig fuiid

D.— 4. Rl'RAI..— Liabilities,

Mai

Debentures oiitstniul-
iiig—
I, Railways

2. Draitiiiijf aiiddy'K

3. All ntlu-r objects..
I iitf rest L'oiipoiis

35,(KK) ()()

13 (VXJ
6,000

00
00

J7.a2« 75

20,000

.SOO

742

00
00
00

1,549 71

1,838 16

Due SiiikiiiK I'unds. , .

Loans, current expen-
ses. . .

1,000

3,000 00

6 67
1,266 20

750 00

l6t 65
1,672 97

400 00

Interest, current ex-
penses .

'■38I
381

37
37

Other liabilities

i-o 00

19,386 09
20,935 80

997 91

35,170 00

20,000

31,343

22,339 78

2,584 62

«,397 91

1,3

I,:

Fac-siuiile of $iu pieces coined in the old H.C. Mint, New Westminster.
(Hy kind permission of lion. .1.8. Helmckcn).

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFURMATlUN,

151

Dkckmhrk .VHt, 1H96.

2(XJ 00

M«tH.,U.,' ^_

l.KlJ 81

9.0*3 87

Rich- S|)iil1iilii- c,,rrev I N'ortll '
moiid. cliecii. '"''CJ. 'c<)s»icli'n

hiitiittH.

North

>ii>iith

Vaiii'ijuvtr. Viiiicdiivfr.

30 00

145 00

I I f '

aai 30 11,1) 77 r,o79 12 2,748 00

3,786 17 35,313 38 666 46 36,434 yi

11,69764 18000 33000

I l,o<jo 00

III'
355 84

634 46, a,997 54

I '

3,607 60

1,396 73

Total.

2,975 a*. 23,8_v) ir

10,508 50 i5,s,,siij 53

3,150 60 2i),377 6q
i.ofM) 75

100 oo| 1,000 00

6(>o uo 20U 00 I, ion 00 3, 300 00

728 10 8,331 10

10 00 3,181 31' 36 00' 180 00
I 1,993 0/ 68,83000 15,00000

307 60' 533 501 3(X) 00 485 70 7,1.14 II
5100 I III, '185 32

11,041683,11747. 52.343 J 7, 7o.77« 5N> 46,18291, ,4300 4.62104 35,331 15 17,84819337,81051

I I I ' I I J I I

Dkcicmhkk 31st, 1896,

1
1

90,<xx) 00
90,090 00

35,000 00

151.22 75

2'i(l.(XMl 00

:.■'.'.■.■;'

20,000 00

6f/|Ooo 00

2,3(X) 00

35,(xxj 0()

49 ,000 00

750 00

«i.i . ;KH t6

2,291 71

fifif^Z 00

21)1 *.&

300 00

4 00

5S7 07

791 07

1 '

1,533 00

39 26
65a 32

3,314 5**

63,300 00

1.259 50

643 00

1,043 64
26,793 64

445 50
445 50

464 74 28,6y6 31

1.259 50

180,000 00

69,643 00

35.464 74' 508,963 51

CFXTRAI, SCHOOL, VANCOUVKR.

Hir.ii scHoor.. VAXcorvKR.

(|U)|

the

EDUCATIONAL

THE educational system of British Columbia as ^t present developed is an
adaptation of the best features of the systems of the other Provinces, which
are all more or less homogeneous. It is quite a comcidence that two Prov-
inces of the Dominion so widely separated as British Columbia and New
Brunswick should in the same year, 1872, have adopted a Free School Act,
both, in some measure, muJcUed after a similar Act passed in Ontario as early
as the year 1846, but which was subsequently changed and amended before being
brought into satisfactory shape.

In 1855 the Hon. the Hudson's Bay Company established free public
schools on Vancouver Island. For several years these scliools o:\ Vancouver
l&land supplied the educational needs of the community, which, it is needless to
say, at that period wort limited. In 1865 a free school system was established

uariy by the Vancouver House of Assembly, and the s .m of $io,oo<)

History. get apart as a school fund for that year. When the union of the

colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia was effected in i368, the free
school system first referred to was virtually dead, and school matters throughout
the Province generally continued in a most crude and unsatisfactory condition
until 187^:.

The educational system in this Province, as established by the Public School
.Act 1892, was adminisLered by a Board of Education, composed of "six fit and
proper persons," appointed by the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council, and presided
over by t':j Superintendent of Educatior'

After the abolition of this Board by the Public School Act, 1879, its chief
powers and duties were transferred to the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council; more
couiplete control over locil school matters was given the Boards of Trustees,
notably the power of appointment and dismissal of teachers, formerly held by the
Board of Edacation; and a system of monthly reports of the attendance, etc.,
for each school was instituted, the teacher being required to supply the Minister
of Educatio'i and the Trustees with monthly information in all matters pertain-
ing to his school. By the Public School Act of 1891, which involved a some-
what radical departure, the members of the Executive Council are created a
Council of Public Instruction, with power to create school districts,
provided, as amended in 1896, that no school district shall be created
wherein there shall not be at least twenty children of school age (be
twf.en six and sixteen years), to grant such sum or sums of money as may be re-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION'.

I5J

The Xcw
System.

quired to pay the salary of the teacher in such district; in rural districts to defray
the cost of erecting school houses; to appoint a Board of Examiners to examine
teachers and grant cortihcutcs; to appoint Inspectors of Public
Schools; to make rules and regulations for the conduct of public
schools; to prescribe the duties of teachers; to determine the
subjects and percentage required for teachcrc' certificates; to prescribe a uniform
system of text books, as well as the courses and standard of study for school >;
to establish a Normal School, and make regulations for its conduct and manage-
ment; to establish High Schools, where the higher branches may be taught, and
to cancel or suspend for cause the certificate of any teacher. The chief executive
officer of the Education Department is the Minister of Education, who is assisted
by the Superintendent of Education. To the latter official are committed, sub-
ject to the approval of the Council of Public Instruction, the supervision and
direction of the inspectors and '■chools, enforcing the provisions of the School Act
and the regulations and decisions of the Council of Public Instruction, the organ-
izing of Teachers' Institutes, the granting of temporary certificates, countersigned
by the Provincial Secretary, the preparation of an annual report of the condition of
the Public Schools, and the closing of schools when the average attendance falls
below ten, and tlie preparation of suitable forms for making all reports required
under the Acf.

From the introduction of the Public School System until 1888, the whole
cost of maintaining- the school machinery was paid directly from the Provincial
Treasury. Since that time the municipal corporations of the various cities of the
Province, four only being included, have been required to bear riore and more the
cost of education within their respective limits, until at the pre-
sent time the Provincial aid to these corporations on account of
education consists of a per capita allowance of $10 per head
based on the actual average attendance, all expenses being borne by the cities.
The salaries of the teachers outside of the four cities and those of the vari-
ous officials of the Department are fixed and voted each year by the Legislature.

The liberality with which education is provided for is evident from the
fact that, wherever outside the limits of the cities there are twenty children of
school age within a radius of a few miles, known as a school district, a school
house is built, the salary of the teacher paid, and the incidental expenditure borne
by the Province. For all purposes during the year 1895-6 the cost of education
to the Province was $234,,535.04, and to the cities $9i,:)ii.93, or $325,846.97 in all.

The various schools embraced in the system are spoken of as common,
graded and high schools. These schools are free and are conducted on strictly
secular and non-sectarian principles. It is enjoined upon all teachers that the
highest morality shall be inculcated, but that no religious dogma or creed shall
be taught. The Lord's Prayer ni.iy be used at the opening and closing oi
schools. There are at proseiu in operation 20J rural schools, 22 graded schools
(including ward schools) and 4 high schools. Total number of teachers cm-
ployed in rural schools. 258: graded, 118; high, 12.

The course of study in rural and graded schools embraces reading, spelling,
writing, arithmetic, grammar, composition, history (English and Canadian) geo-
graphy and physiology (anatomy, physiology, hygiene and agriculture). In ad-
dition to the above the following subjects may be taught: book-keeping, men-
suration, geometry, drawing, algebra, temperance, music, needlework and calis-
thenics.

Act «)f
Maintenance

'It

154

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I'f

Manni{i'iiK'nt
of Scliools.

The management of schools in rural districts is cntrusti-d to a board of
three trustees elected by votes of the district. In city districts the school board
consists of six members elected by the votes of the electors duly qualified to
vote lor Mayor, and to act without emolument, except the Sec-
retary of the Board. Women, the wives of qualified freeholders
or householders (except the latter be trustees) are eligible to sit
on the Board of Trustees, and in Victoria act in that capacity with satisfactory
results.

The (|uc'stion of providinjj for hij^lier education very early occupied the at-
tention of the Legislature, a. id as soon as warranted a high school was estab-
lished. The City of Victoria was the seat of the first institution of this kind.
The Victoria High School was opened in August. 1876, aiid continued to be the
only free institution of that rank until the establishment of a similar one in New
Westminster in 1884. During i,S86 a high school was opened in Nanaimo, and
in January. 1890 one was established in Vancouver. The high schools are under
the control of c'^e local Boards of Trustees in the districts in whicli such high
schools are situated, and no such school can be established in any school district
in which there are fewer than twenty persons duly qualified and available to be
admitted as high school pupils. For admission to high schools pupils are re-
quired to pass a satisfactory examination in the subjects prescribed for graded
and common schools. The curriculum in addition to the English course of sub-
jects prescribed for graded and common schools embraces the commercial course
(book-keeping, etc., together with all subjects prescribed for the English course
and other subjects in which candidates for tirst-class grade G certificates are
examined), and a classical course (Latin, Greek. French, together with all sub-
jects in which candidates for first-class grade A certificates are examined).

In 1896 an important departure was made looking to university affiliation.
School Boards in Victoria. Vancouver. Nanaimo and New Westminster were
allowed on petition to obtain a charter of incorporation to permit the affiliation
of the high schools with colleges managed by Boards of Governors, and it is
probable that advantage will be taken of this provision by several of the boards at
least. No fees can be charged in high schools except in the case of pupils over
sixteen years of age.

The standard of qualification for a teacher is a high one, and the examina-
tions, though perhaps not so severe as in some of the other Provinces, are fair
and ample tests of efficiency. Examinations take place once a
year simultaneously at Kamloops. Vancouver and Victoria, be-
ginning on the 4th of July and ending on the i6th. Candidates
arc rccjuired to give thirty days' notice of their intention, to be twenty years of
age. if male, and eighteen years of age. if female, and to furnish satisfactory tes-
timonials of good moral character. Tiie following certificates are granted, viz: —

1. Temporary, good until next examination;

2. Third-class grade B, valid one yeai .
Third-class grade A, valid two years;
Second-class grade B, valid three years;
Second-class grade A. valid five years;
First-class grade B, valid for life or during good conduct;
First-class grade A, valid for life or during good conduct.

Temporary certificates are only granted in exceptional cases and are prac-
tically obsolete now.

St.iiuliird (if
Qualiliciitiitn.

3-
4-
5.
6.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

155

Educational
Institutes, ac.

There are thirteen subjects prescribed for third-class, which arc the same
as those lauj^ht in tlie pul)Iic schools, with education added. Tliirty per cent, of
the marks for each subject and forty per cent, of the ajjgrcKato are rcciuired for
grade B. and forty per cent, and fifty per cent., respectively, for K^ade A.

Second-class H. same as third-class, with mensuration, book-keeping, and
one of the following: Music (theory), drawing (linear), botany. Forty per cent,
of the regular subjects, thirty per cent, of the speci.i!. and fifty per cent, of the
aggregate marks arc required.

Second-class A, same as second-class B, with algebra, geometry (Book l),
and one of the following: Zoology, astronomy, rhetoric: forty per cent of each
paper and sixty per cent, of tlie aggregate.

First-class B, same subjects as second-class A, with mensuration (measure-
ment of vf>himes). book-keeping (double-entry), algebra (to know the subject),
geometry (Books 2, 3 and 4), natural philosophy, statics, dynamics and hydro-
statics. English literature, and one of the following: General history, chemistry,
geology; forty per cent, of the individual subjects and sixty per cent, of the whole.

First-class A, same as first-class B, witli geometry (Books 5 and 0). prac-
tical mathematics (trigonometry, land surveying and navigation), ancient history,
Latin, Greek, or French; i)erccntage of marks forty and sixty per cent, respectively.

There is no Normal School for the training of teachers, although the ques-
tion of its establisiiment has been niucli discussed oi late. The lack of one is
greatly felt. It is quite probable that this is an institution which
will be inaugurated at an early date. The present Minister of
Education recognizes its value, and is favourable, not only to
its establishtnent, but to the introduction of industrial training and applied sciences
as well. Provision has been made for the supervision of all tlu- scliools in the Prov-
ince, although owing to the extent of country to be travelled, and the rugged
character of its exterior, this must necessarily be limited in the outlying districts.

While the schools in the Province were few in n unbei the whole work of
supervision devolved upon the Superintendent of Educaiion, but the subsequent
expansion of the system called for the appointment of four additional officers (two
being appointed recently), who, as Inspectors of Schools, now undertake almost
the whole work of inspection. Victoria City has also recently appointed a City
Inspector.

Even in the Provinces that can boast of a Normal School, the establishment
of Teachers* Institutes has been considered necessary, in order to secure in as
high a degree as possible the benefit contemplated by the school system. Th;se
conventions were held in this Province as early as the year 1874. but tlie most
successful educational institution which was provincial in its character was organ-
ized in 1885 by Dr. Pope, the present Superintendent of Education. Branch insti-
tutes were subsequently formed, and have done much to elevate the tone and bring
about uniformity of method.

As has been stated, the educational system of British Columbia is entirely
free, undenominational and non-sectarian, and the disposition on the part of the
great majority is in favour of its continuance in that form. There are, however,
Xntionii ani numcrous private and denominational academies, where those
Sectarian who desire may have their children educated on lines agreeable
Schools. to their own religious beliefs. The Roman Catholics have col-

leges for boys at Victoria and New Westminster, and Mission Schools at Victoria.
Mission City, Kamloops, and elsewhere: while the Sisters of that denomination

156

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

have successful academies at Victoria, Vancouver, New Westminster and Nanaimo.

Tlie Methodist denomination carries on a well-equipped college at New
Westminster, which is aiiiliated with similar educational schools in Eastern Canada.

Mission Schools for Indians are also conducted under its auspices at Fort
Simpson, Chilliwack and elsewhere. With the exception of the Roman Catholic
body, the Churcli of England was the first to establish denominational schools
on the Coast. Tliere are several boys' and girls' academies in Vancouver, New
Westminster, Victoria, and Nanaimo, under its control, and a number of Mission
Stations along the coast. The kindergarten has not yet been oriicially incorporated
in the public school system, but there are private kindergartens in several of the
cities.

The gradual growth of the schools as well as the cost of maintenance are
fully shown by tlie record of attendance and expenditure given in the following
tabular statement taken from the Annual School Report of 1895-6: —

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF ATTENDANCE AND COST OF PUBLIC SCHOOLS FROM

1872-73 TO 1895-96.

aegi

Year.

Number of

School

Districts.

95
104
109
123
141
154
169
178
18i'
193

1872-73

1873-74

1874-75

1875-76

1876-77

1877-78

1878-79

1879-80

1880-81

1881-82

1882-83

188;^84

1884-85

18.S5-86

1886-87

1887-88

1888-89

1889-90

1890-91

1891-92

1892-93

1893-94

1894-95

1895-96

ARKregHte
Enrolment

1.028

1,245

1,403

1,685

1,998

2,198

2,301

2,462

2,571

2,653

2,693

3,420

4,027

4,471

5,345

6,372

6,796

8,042

9,260

10,77:<

11,196

12,613

13,482

14,160

Averflge

Daily

Attendance.

575

767

863

984
1,260
1,395 50
1,315 90
1,293.93
1,366.86

1,383.00
l,t'08.t)0
2,089.74
2,481.48
2,873..')8
3,093.46
3,(181 14
4,333.90
5,134 91
6,227.10
7,111.40
7,786.50
8,610.31
9,254.25

Percentage

Expenditure
for Education

of At-

tendance.

Proper.

55.93

1 36,763 77

6160

35,i87 69

61.51

34.822 28

58.39

44,506 11

63.06

47,129 63

63.49

43,334 01

67.19

•22,110 70

52.66

47,006 10

53.16

46,9fi0 09

51.21
51.36
52.88
51.89
55.50
53.75
48.54
64.16
63.89
55.45
.57.80
61.85
61.72
63 86
64.00

49,268 63

50,>'50 63

66,6.'S5 15

71,151 52

79,527 56

88,521 08

99,902 04

108,190 59

1-22,984 83

136,901 73

160,627 80

190,5.58 33

169,050 18

189,037 25

204,930 32

UaU-year.

Teachers.

1
12

1
16

SCHEDULE OF SALARIES, 1895-9«;.

Salaries.

Teachers.

Salaries

1135 per

month

$67 50 per

month

125

66 00

120

60 00

108

55 00

100

52 50

l.-iO

50 00

40 00

35 00

30 00

25 00

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

157

The following is a list of the schools for the training of Indians under the
aegis of the Indian Department, but conducted on denominational lines: —

Ahonsaht CowiohRn

Aiyaiisli Nnrth-weBt Coast

Albenil Home West Coast

Alert Day liidustriiil Alert Buy

Girls' Home "

" Day NimklHh

Bella Bella .... Bella Bella

Cape Miid^e C.nye Mii<li;e

Coqualeet/.a Home Cliilliwack

Gwayiisdums K wawhewlth

Hazelton Hazeltoii ,

Kamloops Indii<itrial Kamloor>«

Kineolitli Kincolith

Kishllax Biibine Luke ...

Kitkahila North- west Coast

Kootenay IiKliistrial Kootenay

Kuper Island Industrial Knper Islsnd

Lakalsap North-west Coast

MaB^ett Massett, (i.e. 1

Metl^kahtlrt Industrial Metlr-lrahtla

Metlakahtla Day

Nanaimo Xanaimo

NiHiiat West Coast

Olaht Haines Island

Port EssiuKton Hkeena

Port Simpson Girls' Home Port Simpson

" Day Simpson's

Skideffate " Queen Charlotte Island

Somenos Somenos

SouRhees Victoria

St. Mary's Boarding St. Mary's Mission

Ucltieleht jWest (Uiast

William's Lakelnd\istrial William's Lake

Yale Boarding Yale

Presbyterian

Church of Kngliind.

Presbytt^rian

Church of Knglund.

Methodist.

Church of England

Roman Catholic

Church of England.

.Methodist

Church of En-iland.
Roman Catholic

Methodist

Church of England.

.Methodist

Roman Catholic.
Methodist

Roman Catholic.

Presbyterian

Roman Catholic . . .
Church of England.

CERTIFICATES OF TEACHERS, 1895-96.

Class and Grade.

Male.

29
44
*!
87

1
149

FE.MALE.

18
5C>
84
12

180

Total.

First Class A

First Class B

Second Class A

62
89

Second Class B

121

Third Class A

Thi rd Chiss B

lj<;ugth of Service

Temporary

330

Total value School Property Rural Districts |293,845 00

" " Victoria City 296, 2 M) 00

" " VancoMver City 299,;«X) 00

" " New Westminster r)6,M)0 00

" " Nanaimo City 3o,399 00

Total value School Property Province |891,1U5 00

EX PENl )ITL' RE , 1895-90.

Total Expenditure Education, all purposes, Government ^2.34,335 04

" Victoria 50,182 69

" " " Vancouver 61,050 02

" " " New Westminster 18,178 04

" " " Nanaimo 19,973 42

- 81

1373,719 84

Per capita Grant to Cities I 47,872 97

Net Expenditure to Province '. 326]846 —

Average Daily Auendance 9,255

158

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

AHSTKACT OF ATTEN'DANCK, isaviifi.

No. of Pupils Knrolled 1-I,4(i0 No. of iriRh Sc/iool I'upi's 460

Boys " 7,-13" ,\voriit?e Kdily Ailt'iirtHiice 288

" GirlH " 7,02:!

AveraKC -Vctual Daily .Mtt'iiflanri' IM'-V) " "

KXPKNDITL'RK TO DATK.

(iovornmcnt. Citlt's.

Education Proper f.'.l 1(1,115 ()0 |.')00,0UO 00

( 'oiistruction, repairs, etc 40'J,4.sO 00 JOCOOO 00

Cities .'J,4M

rural 3,475

Total.
|2,(>4r.,115 00
602,4:^0 00

To Total f->,")4S,o'.i,) 00

Le^B (iovcrnment Grant to Cities since lh!)l

1700,000 00
Net to date $3,02o,;)*t5 00

|;!,248,5i>.') 00
22;') ,000 00

It is very (lifficult to arrive .at exact figures in the case of the cities, but
approximately the .statement of cost of education under the two headings, since
1891, is correct.

The foregoing statistical inforniation gives not only a clear idea of the
growtli of scliools but of the Province itself. It is worthy of note that during the
past decade the number of children attending school has been more than quin-
tupled.

PROVINCIAL HEALTH LAWS.

por
He

old
tak

ON the 23rd of February. i86g. the "Health Ordinance, 1869." was passed, the
preamble reciting: "Whereas it is necessary to adopt measures with the
object of preventing or guarding against the origin, rise or progress of en-
demic, epidemic, or contagious diseases, and to protect the health of the inhabit-
ants of this Colony, and for the purpose to grant to the Governor-in-Council ex-
traordinary powers to be used when urgent occasion demands." This Act
remained in force at the time of the consolidation of the Provincial Statutes in
1888, and, with the exception of the preamble, was incorporated into that consoli-
dation as Chap. 55. Its provisions were found to be inadequate when put to the
test at the time of the smallpox epidemic in i8qj.

The development of health legislation in British Columbia has followed the
same course that such legislation has usually followed in the several Provinces,
States of the Union, and other countries. The incentive of every improvement in
the laws concerning the health of the people has been a visitation, or threatened
visitation, of some dread disease.

In the summer of 1892 the disease was on several occasions itnported from
the Orient, and on one of these occasions the infection seemed to have been sown
broadcast. The sudden outbreak caused a panic throughout tlie
Coast cities. Over 150 cases occurred, and there were thirty
deaths. The money loss to the community, direct and indirect, was very great.
The money paid oitt by the City of Victoria alone was some $60,000. It also
affected more or less severely all the Coast cities.

The need of a better Health .\ct was made - pparent by this epidemic, conse-
quently at the next session of the Legislature the then .\ttorney-General and
Premier. Hon. Theodore Davie, introduced an .\ct modelled on the Ontario Pub-
lic Health .\ct which was verv much more comprehensive and complete. An im-

Smallpox Epidemic.

AND MANUAL OF TROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

159

400

288

5,492

3,475

Reguliitiiins liy
Order-In Council.

portant feature of the new Act was the establishment of a Provincial Board of
Health, coi sisting of five nicinbtrs.

Previous to the epidemic of iKyj very little work had been done under the
old Act. .Many ()f its provisions could not be made use ol until action had been
taken by the Lieutenant-(]overnor-in-Council in the direction of making rules,
regulations, etc. Until the year mentioned no important order-
in-council had been passed under this Act. But at the be-
ginning of the outbreak in the summer of that year, a popular
demand induced the Provincial Government to take the necessary action to pre-
vcnc the further spread of the disease. Ur. Uavie was then appointed as Pro-
vincial Health Ofiicer, and acting under the regulations tiiat were quickly drawn
up and proclaimed under authority of the Act. he was able to ctTectually check
tlie spread of the epidemic. Of course, under the authority of the Municipal Act,
Municipal Councils were empowered to legislate on healtli matters, but action
taken by virtue of such authority was necessarily restricted in scope and lacked
unanimity when uniformity and concertness were reipiircd.

During the same year cholera had been prevalent in many of the cities of
Europe, particularly Hamburg, and this coiuinent was seriously threatened, sev-
eral infected ships arriving at the New V(jrk (luarantine station. The ai)proach of
this plague served a good turn, since it, too. intluenced tiie growing opinion as
to the necessity f)f more etTective legislation regarding the public health. As one
r« suit of this opinion a set of sanitary regulations were promulgated by order-in-
council.

The "flealth Act. 1893." was broader in its provisions than the old one, and
contemplated bringing into existence an etficient Board f)f Health fc^r the Province,
which was to study the causes ai.d labour to prevent disease, not merely to deal
with should it unfortunately make its appearance. Local Boards of Health were
also created, consisting in municipalities of the Council, and in outlying districts
cf the Government Agent or of such other constitution as the Lieutenant-
Governor-in-Council might see fit.

When the bill was passed by the Legislature the excitement in comiection
with the epidemics of smallpox and cholera had subsided and the Act was not
brought into force at once. Owmg, however, to the widespread prevalence of
cholera in Japan and its arrival at Honolulu the Act was proclaimed on Septem-
ber 26th. 1895. Probably serious outbreaks of diphtheria, typhoid and scarlet
fever in various parts of the Province also influenced the taking of this step.
.\mong the duties assigned by the .\ct to the newly appointed Board were the
following: To take cognizance of the interests of health and life among t'le peo-
ple; to study the vital statistics of the Province; to make sanitary investigations
and en(|uiries regarding the causes of disease and especially of
Hca1th"*^Act! epidetnics; also of the causes of mortality and the elTects of lo-
calitie.'., employments, conditions, habits, and other circumstances
upon the health of the people; make suggestions regarding the prevention and
limitation of contagious and infectious diseases. in(|uire into the action to that end
being taken by local Boards of Health; also to UKpiire into the sanitary condition
of public institutions und buildings; to ac(|uire and disseminate informatitju con-
cf-rning the i»ublic heai'h and distribution of sanitary literature; to issue regulations
(subject to the approval of the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council) for the prevention,
treatment, mitigation and suppression of epidemic, endemic, infectious, or con-
tagious disease. Speaking broadlv. it is. in fact, the duty of the Board to con-
cern itself with all things affecting or likely to aflfect the public hea'th. ,\
consideration of the duties thus imposed upon the Board makes it ai)parent tr.-xt
the Provincial Board of Health has a most important work to perform.

The Board at once commenced the work of organization. It prepared regu-
lations regarding smallpox, scarlet fever and diphtheiia and supplenieiUed them by
a well-digested pamphlet on disinfection. The regulations embody pro-
visions for the enforcement of modern methods of isolation and cpiarantine, dis-
infection, vacci lation, etc. They provide for the appointment of medical and
other health ofificers. establishment of isolation hospitals and suspect stations.

There was at first a disposition to underrate the usefulness of the Board,
more especially as the expense of carrying the work on on the scale contemplated

1
s

100

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

by the Act involved considerable expense durinf^ "time of peace," and as a con-
sc(iuence the appropriation made by the Lcnistatiire wa.; limited. A series of
events occurred, however, to call for active interference and the unexpcndid bal-
ance of the previous year was called into rcfjuisition by ordcr-in-council. which
enabled the Board to perform its functions more fully than would otherwise have
teen possible

The most imprrtant of the forces united to demand tliis action on the part
of the Government was what threatened to be a serious outbreak of typhoid fever
in the mining region of the Kootenay country. A great number of people hatl
lately been attracted to these districts, but there had practically been no attcntj >-i
paid by any one to sanitation. The inevitable consec|uences of neglect, of proper
sanitary supervision and lack of prcvioi:.-, preparation to cope with an outbreak of
Typhoid In d'st^'isc soou became manifest. The condition of afTairs was
kootcnnv. alarrning. His Honour the Lieutenant-Governor, after a visit
to this i)()rtion of the Province, brought the facts to th<' attentio,^
of the Premier in a letter dr'ed Mav jrt , i8f)6, in which it was recommended
tlat *he Health Act be put us 'ov v , ;»h. ut delay Thi-s .ttcr was laid before
th': jioarcl with, the : |ust ih;;v 'J;>' vseccviry action be taken tmmediatelv. The
information placed before the iJuard iro^n this and other sources made it apparent
that many places in the Pre -incv '.s-n: m a condition favourable to the spread of
disease, should it make its appear.; ace. 'i'; Board, after full discussion and con-
sideration of all these facts, prepared a set oi ,' unitary regulations applicable to the
whole Province.

The main features of these regulatioi.s are as follows: Provision is made
for the effective abatement of nuisances injurious to the public health. The
pollution of all classes of drinking water and running streams is made punish-
able. Public water supply, drainage and sewerage is dealt with and the duty im-
posed upon local health authorities of constructing the necessary works. The
abolition of the unsanitary i)rivy-pit and cess-pool system and substitution of
earth-closets is called for. Improved methods for the disposal of waste waters
Snnitnrv Rc-aiii.iHons ^^ required. The adoption of an etiicient scavengeriug service must
be inaugurated or other effective means, such as burning or bury-
ing, employed for the disposal of faecal matter, garbage and refuse in each
community. Inspection and regulation of slaughter houses, dairies, piggeries and
market gardens are provided for. The sale of food and drink unfit for use is pro-
hibited. Duties of local Boards of Health, Medical Ofhcers and Sanitary Inspec-
tors are prescribed. Other subjects alYecting the public health are comprehensively
dealt with. In fact, between the "Health Act, 1893," and the various regulations
of the Hoard, t lie range ot pre \entive medicine lias bee 11 covered tocoiisidirai K- extent.

The Board also passed a resolution instructing the then Secretary, Dr. A. T.
Watt, to prepare pamphlets dealing with various sanitary topics, infectious dis-
eases, etc. A resolution was likewise passed suggesting that tlie Government
instruct the Secretary to visit the different towns and settlements of the Province
for the purpose of acquiring information as to the sanitary needs of those places
and givii.T: instructions to local health officers. A trip was subsequently taken
with very ^satisfactory results. Many matters in much need of attention were
examined into and action taken thereon. After his return. Dr. Watt pointed out
the necessity for the appointment of a Provincial Sanitary Inspector who should
devote his whole time to organising the sanitary services in the various parts of
the Province. Capt. Clive Phillipps-Wollcy was accordingly appointed and pro-
ceeded at once to the Kootenay country, where he spent the latter part of the
summer and the fall. He succeeded in placing the towns he vrsited in a greatly
improved condition.

As to the political issues involved, or tlie personal work of the members of
the Board of Health, however meritorious, it is not within the scope of this vol-
ume to discuss, except to say that as an officially constituted organization its
usefulness and necessity have been demonstrated. Efficiently controlled, it is a
guarantee of protection against epidemic forms of disease whicli, by contact with
the Orient through steamship communication, are frequently imminent. The
Board has been but a short time in existence, and in addition to the efforts already
put forth towards improved sanitary condition, it has made numerous suggestions
which will doubtless be shortly incorporated in the health code.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFOkMATlOX.

i6i

Tlie executive of the Provincial Board of Health is as follows: J. C. Oavie,
M.D., Victoria. Chairman; J. M. Lefevre. M.D., Vancouver; K. I'.den Walker,
M.D., New Westminster; L. T. Davis, M.D.. Nauaimo; Cico. II. Duncan. M.D.,
Victoria. Secretary.

Thi re are local Boards of Health contemplated for each of the municipali-
ies and certai i defined districts in unorganized territory.

VITAL STATISTICS.

THE subject of vital statistics is one tliat has had attention from time to time
from the Legislative Assembly, and one of tlie first of the early acts was one
to provide for registration of births, deaths and marriages; but it was imper-
fectly carried out and amendments were m.ide for more etTective record. How-
ever, the system has not, in the opinion of the Executive of tlie Provincial Board
of Health, yet attained perfection, and it is one of the matter o which attention
is being devoted. Heretofore, apart from the records con.;i:nc ' ii tiie official
reports of tlie Registrars of Births, Deaths and Marriages, -nd 'itain classifi-
cation of causes in regard to death, nothing has been att .1 ttd upon which to
base scientific conclusions, Jt will be obvious that the ;!..;o i ilowing does not
give an accurate record of the iiat'"-al increase of the po')ula' 011 due, as already
intimated, to imperfect registration. From this it >'ould appear that the
excess of births over deaths in a period of twenty-four . r was only 2,690. In
latter years it will be seen that the more stringent provision for registration has
had a beneficial efTect.

Ykar.

Births.

1872

[4 mos] .W

l(i4

1874

174

iH7r>

181

1876

•SM

1877

19;J

1878

22(1

187',t

223

1880

263

1881

314

1882

2!»:5

1883

283

1884

203

Deaths. Markiaqes

[4 mos] .17

moBl 15

112

113

!«1

141

its

104

1'.'2

134

145

170

2IH

148

2H0

140

328

lliO

377

227

Year

1C85
1886
1887
1888
IfSJ
1890
1891
18!»2

189;'.

1894
1895
189J

HiRTHS.

Deaths. MAitRiAOBS

.120

:!35

;«J2

462

572

till

922

1,165

1,241

1,378

1 .252

323
:i07
439
.527
.552
555
750
757
827
836
735

Not yot receivt'tl.

11,513

8,823

193
212
262
342
431
4.31
656
655
610
595
6'J

6,i(^.

'■\ln

VlI.I.Ai.l; Ol- MICII.AKAIITI All.

OUR INDIANS.

The Indlnn
Populatiun.

AV'ER^ accurate census of the Indians is contained in tlie Indian Department
Reports of 1895 and 1896. In found numbers they are put down at 25,000.
For some years previous they were ^iven at al)out .^S.ooo, but this investi-
gation proved to be the result of duplication, a mistake which arose out of
a change of the classification of some of the northern tribes, and wliich was
continued witlioiit bein^ detected. From the fact that tlic census of the Indians
obtained about 187.^ for the northern half of the Province being largely an esti-
mate, it is impossible to say very definitely to what extent they
have decreased. I am not inclined to the belief that the decrease
since that time is as great as generally supposed. In the early
history of the Province, owing to the ravages of smallpox and the fierce inter-
tribal wars which were carried on, the Indians of the North-West Coast were
greatly reduced in numbers. The Haidalis. for instance, once a powerful and
numerous nation, have in British Columbia dwindled down to three small com-
munities, and their home in Queen Charlotte Islands contains many deserted
villages, which have long been the prey of curio collectors. They still continue to
decrease, as do also others of the Coast tribes, but on the wiiole, within the past
twenty-five or thirty years the influences of civilization, not wholly wi'liout evil
results, have tended to arrest decay, and some tribes have even been on the in-
crease. It is perhaps inevitabiv; that the Red Men should gradually retire before
the white race, but the conditions in British Columbia have been more favour-
able to the struggle against Fate than in almost any other part of the Continent
of America. The abundance and accessibility of I'ood, the mildness of the Coast
climate, the protection afforded under a very beneficent form ■ f
Government, and the better social status of many of them, na\ e
given them an advantage as to permanency over all other 01 the
One thing which has tended largely to their benefit is t'leir position
of independence. With the exception of being in ;i general way under the ;egis
of the Indian Department they receive no special favours such as are accodid
to the Treaty Indians — no annuities or financial assistance. They are obliged
to maintain themselves by hunting, fishing, trade and labour, the opportunities
for which are always at hand. Game is abundant, the sea and rivers teem with
fish; during the canning season they are largely employed at good wages, and at
various seasons earn money lumbering, on the farm, and in tjther capacities. They
are, as compared with their eastern brethren, industrious, and are usually well

Favouriibic
Conditions.

native races.

1 64

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMUIA

Influence <>r
niid»oii> Itiiv Cn.

supplied with ready cash for all their necessities. Such a thing as famine or
starvation amonK our Indians is extronu-iy rare, if, indeed, it ever occurs. Their
trade is highly esteemed by traders, and is as a rule a fairly Uiorativc one. In
many places they have comfortable houses, and though nt)t remarkable for their
cleanliness or intelligence, they possess to some degree the refinements of civiliza-
tion. Though not so picturcs(|ue as the plain Iiulians they a<-c, sociologically
speaking, on a higher plane. Naturally more docile and less nr)madic, it was
fortunate that, owing to the wise policv of the Hudson's Bay
Company in dealing with tliem, wlien tlie country came under
tlie rule of organized Government tlicy were prepared to accept
the sovereignty of white men with good trracc. If we except some trouble in
the early days with the miners on the Fraser River, several murders by the Fort
Rupert Indians, and the Chilcotin Massacre, which latter was not without pro-
vocation, nothing has occurred of the nature of the atrocities which have taken
place in the United States, or in a lesser degree, on several occasions east of the
Rockies in Canada. In fact, British Columbia has been remarkably free from
disorder of this kind. Wiu-n troul)le did, or threatened to. occur it was ri'i)rossed
in its incipiency with a firm, but not a cruel hand. Respect for the law was early
instilled in a judicious way, rather by the demonstration, than the exercise, of
force. The worst Indians inhabited the coasts of Vancouver Island and adjacent
islands, and these had ever in their hearts the wholesome dread of a Hudson's
Bay Company's gyn-boat or a man-of-war. It was rarely necessary to call either
into requisition.

Probably one reason to account for the Indians of the Coast being more
vicious than the interior tribes was that for a century they had been brouglit in
contact with traders of foreign countries, who in their ships carried on a barter, in
which rum was more or If '■-3 a factor and honesty or scrupulous methods formed
no part of the consideration. Those tribes who traded exclusively with the Hud-
son's Bay Company, learned to trust white men and respect a covenant.

A very large volume could be written on the Indians of British Columbia,
and ot the whole Coast, with respect to their habits, customs, traditions, etc.
Much has been written in a disconnected way. To give even a brief outline
description of what an intelligent conception of their life and character as a
whole involves would be quite impossible in the space alK ttcd to the Indians in
this volume.

ese IS

ality.
Japan
must
ance

•N

Compared with their eastern brethren, concerning whom readers outside of
the Province are more familiar, it may be said that in most respects they are their
antithesis. The "plain Indian" is tall, lithe, sinewy; has elongated face, aquiline
nose and black piercing eyes. He is built to run, ride, see and. smell at long
range. He is quick, agile and restless. The "Siwash," which is the common
name to designate our Indians, is short, thick-set in body and small in legs,
with a big, square, flat face on a head that sits close to a pair of heavy shoulders.
There is usually large chest and arm development. Nature has
built him to suit his occupation, viz: to sit in a canoe and fish.
The canoe is to the Siwash what the horse is to the Sioux. Or
it may be, perhaps, more accurate to say that his occupation has made him what
he is. This description applies more particularly to the Coast tribes, but as you
go farther interior the types more nearly approach that of the plain Indian. It
has already been referred to in a previous chapter, the resemblance to the Japan-

Physlcnl
Appearance.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINXIAL h\ri)UMAT10N.

165

esc is striking, atui dressed alike it is sometimes diriiciilt to di'-tingiiisli the nation-
ality. Tlic Indians, howxvir, arc lu-avirr in l)iiil(l and coarser in leiturc tlia 1 tlie
Japanese, who possess a tiKlitly knit frame and rmmdisli, smooth features. It
must be understood, however, that dilTerent nations and septs difler in appear-
ance and minor ciiaracteristics.

A I'tcutlrir

I'l'Oplv.

ETHNOLOGICAL AFFINITIES.

IN discussing this (|uestion, whidi lias become one of very wide interest amonjj
ethnologists, especially on the American Continent, it is not possible at the
present sta^e of investi(j;atioii to arrive at very definite conclusions. In
respect to the oriwin of the aboriginal races of the New World, none per-
haps excite more interest than those of the Pacific Coast. While they pos-
sess certain of the characteristics peculiar to all the Indians of North America,
the Rocky Mountains seem to draw a broad, well-defined etimoKraphical line of
demarcation, which suKKests ailinities of an .\sian rather tlian of an Eastern
American nature. If an "Atlantis" can account for the Inxiuois,
there may have been a lost continent in the Pacific to account
for the great Tinneh nation r , people. Or as the Norseman by
way of Greenland reached the North American vinlaiul i.ox) years a^o, so suc-
cessive migrations of Tartars by way of Behring Straits or the Aleutian I'-les m ly
have in primitive times peopled this coast. If in a Welsh colony, by chance or
design, cast upon the eastern sliores of America, wc arc to look for the progeni-
tors of the noble Mandans, though ever so doubtful, we might with eciual proba-
bility imagine a fleet of junks, storm-beaten, drifting to the west coast of Vancou-
ver Island, and the crews there perforce making a home for themselves. By
whatever route or under whatever circumstances our native races found a footing
here, there is much to suggest for them an Asiatic origin.

Mr. Charles Hill-Tout, of Vancouver, Western Member of the Special
Committee appointed by the British Association to organize and carry out an
ethnological survey of British North America, having devoted himself to the in-
vestigation of this subject and acquired a good deal of data necessary for its
discussion, was requested by the author to contribute a monograph to the Year
Book, giving some of the results of his enquiries, which he kindly did. It is to
be regretted that the space available will not permit of this admirable paper being
reproduced in full, and the liberty has been taken of condensing parts of it and
extracting others.

At the outset Mr. Hill-Tout refers to some of the theories advanced at an
earlier period to account for the origin of the primitive inhabitants of America,
which are proi 'unced to be "the wildest and most contradictory." Among
these is one put forward by Thomas Norton early in the seventeenth century that
they were Trojan refugees, because there was a fancied resemblance in some of the
words he heard them use to the language of the Greeks and Romans. For in-
stance, there was the word "Pasco-pan," the former part of which was jniie Latin
and the latter pure Greek, which left no doubt in his mind tliat it\o spenk.'rs
were acquainted with the Grecian deity Pan. ''It is only fair," ad' Is the writer,
"to say of this singular method of demonstratin;.; aiTinity that
comparative philology wa? a science then unknown." Another
theory by Dr. Cotton Mather was that the app;arance nt ntan
on this continent was due to the direct agency of the Wicked One. which, in the
quaint manner of thinking of the last century, was to place him beyond the in-

Siimc Early
Theories.

V.iii,

i66

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The Aslnn
Element.

flijcnce of the Gospel, and tints to preserve a rcmn; m of the hitman race wholly
his own. Still another attetiipt at the solution of tlie i)fobleni made the Indians
the lost ten tribes of Israel. "But with all their extravagance of fancy," says Mr.
Hill-Toitt, "the early investigators never fell into the error of supposing them
to be Autochthones. This unwarrantable hypothesis was reserved for later inves-
tigators to put forward."

It is i)ointed out that the general tendency to look to the Old World as the
original home of the Aborigines of Atiierica accumulated such a mass of evidence
in its support that it only re(|uired "the crowning and coticlusive evid.nce of
linguistic research to make what was before a highly probable fact a scientific-
ally demonstrable truth." To Dr. Latham, by the application of the principles of
comparative philology, is due the credit of first drawing attention to t'.ie Asian
element in the language of certain Western tribes. He claimed that the Western
Indians were related to the Peninsula Mongoloids', the name given by him to the
.lapo-Corean and allied stocks. Following him came other investigiitors, among
wliom were Prof. Vinson, a noted Basque scholar; Prof. J. Campbell, of Mon-
treal; Horatio Hale, and. more recently. Cyrus Thomas, of the
American Bureau of Ethnology. Prof. Vinson, it may be stated,
discovered a resemblance between the "grammatical structure
of the language of that singular people, tiie Bar.(|ues of the Pyrenees and the
tongues o' the Iro<|Uoian and .\lgon(|uian .stocks," who. by the way, are eyoep-
tional in the use of the "r" sound, and his disc<neries were corroborated by C;»inp-
bell and Hale. Cyrus Thomas claimed Polynesian aflinities foi the Mavo-Quiche
of Central .\merica. Mr. Hill-Tout's own investigations on the same lines hive
enabled him to "gather incontestable evidence of i'^ast .Asian and Po'yn.siaii
atlinities for some at least of the British Columbia stocks." He points out, what
has been remarked and is a matter of common observation even among strangers,
the marked i)liysical traits they share in common with Asiatics among us, a f.ict
of which the latter are themselves aware, and upon which th-.'y comment, and says:
"I possess copies of photographs of some Yeniseians. taken by GenrKje
Kennan in his journey through Siberia, which so closciy resemble photograph*
of Indians of the district taken by myself that it is impossible to distingiiisli be-
tween them. This remark.ible likeness struck Kennan himself, who writes thui
in this connection: 'It will be seen from the illustrations that
Hesemil'i'm'tH. ^''*^ Kacliiiiski feminine type is distinctly Indian, and there are
suggestions even of the Indian in their dress. .Ml of the Kach-
inski Tartars that we saw in the Minusinsk <listrict (on the \'enisei), if tliey were
dressed in .American fashion would be taken in any Western State for Indians
uiihout hesitation or (piestion.' There is no exaggeration in saying that in phys-
ical traits the Coast Indians appro.ximate inuch nearer to the tribes and races of
Fasiern .Asia than they do to the stocks of Eastern .\mcrica."

Referring to migratioi'. to this Continent. Mr. Hill-Tout remarks: "I d"
not desire to be understood as saying that this .Asian migration took place within
recent times, or in one single wave, such evidence as we have all tending to show
that it was at some comparatively distant period in the past, probably before the
settlement of tin- Ja])anese and their congeners in their present home, and pl)S^i•
l)ly during some of those periodic upheavals and conse(|uent displiic'inent of
po]>ulation whicii we know to h.ive taken place in Asia in former times. .\or do
1 think it very likely that we shall ever be able to ariili.ite wit' .-my degree of
closeness any of the present tribes of this Province (M* Coast t' -ny of the exist-
ing tribes or races now in Asia. The sei)ar.itioii ha^ hem too long lor thi't. But
that the ancestors of our preseiu tribes; and the ance-lois of
certain Asian stocks had a comniunity ni origin, or oiue lived
in dose contiguity, tlie evidence at land makes it impossible to
doubt. Let us brielly examine some of this evidence, and particularly that drawn
from linguistic smirces. which is of the higlR--t imi)ortance in (let'rmiiiiiig all
<)uesti(nis (jf racial atVmity; and whicIi, indeed, is tiie only eviilence t'at h;is any

A<i|iin
Miuriitiiiiii.

A Cliissllicii-
tliin.

I.
3-

4-
6.

weight in tlic minds of American ethnologists, wlio have found by experience
the general unirustwortliiness of otlier data in attempting tlie classitic ition ol
the diverse tribes and nations of this Continent. And it may be intenstiiig here
to state that this method of linguistic classification has residted in giving us
some i63 distinct groups, or stocks, as they are called, in America, whose <liversv
languages differ among themselves more widely than do the
languages of the .\ryan races of luirope. .According t^ the
learned Americanist. Dr. Hrinton. there are about eigiity dis-
tinct stocks in each half of the C(»ntiiient. and Major Powell, the director of
the American Bureau of Ethnology, who has mainly confined his attention to
the Indians within the jurisdiction of the United States, numbers about tifty-nine
north of Me.xicf). of which no less extraordinary number than forty are fouml
along the west coast, six of which inhabit our owi. Province of Hriti>h Columbia.
These arc the

Haida-Tlingit.

Kwakiutl-Nootka.

Kitunaha (Kootenay).

Tsimshean.

Salish.

Dent" or .Vthapascan.

"These, of course, are divided and sub-divided into mrniy divisions and
septs. * * * ] would here warn those who look for startling, su])?rficial
resemblances that the evidence gathered from a comparison oi languages cannot,
/oni the nature of the case and from the long separation of the races in <iuestion,
be nearly as self-evident and obvious as the evidence from physical and otlier
material sources, although in the case of the Dene stock the lexical, and. in t e
m(>re primitive elements, even the structural, resemblance to archaic (limese and
allied forms is plainly discernible: .iiid as certainly demonstrable by correspond-
ing resemblances in the .Aryan stocks, and infinitely more so than tlie n seinb ; nc s
in the if)0. more or less, '.American' stock*^ themselves."

Mr. Hill-Tout goes on to i)oint out that the ajipaient lack oi s mikir ty i:i
Western .American and East .Asian langu.iges. when the physical resiinb'.itiCvS
arc so striking, is not far to seek. Racial traits are the result of slow and Liraduil
processes, ctYccted by varying local conditions, and. once iniiirintivl. ;ire indelible,
while si)eech is an organic growth, liabh' to const.int ch.ange, the
The yucstion princiidc of which i-^ well understood and anii)ly d' niopstrated
in f)ur own tongtie, which, in its present form, differ- widely
frotn that of our .^.i\on forefathers, or even from that of Chaucer.
Many instances are given of the cli;mgi< thus olTected. Dialects of ;iny one l.irge
division or stock differ widely, and. therefore, it is not surprisin-j; tliai after the
uiidotd)tediy long period that has elapsed since the sei)aration from their .Asian
congeners the languages of our native tribes should 1)ear little snpefici.il r s mi-
blance to modern .Asian stocks; but, while tltere may be wiile nioriihologic il di,
ferences. fundameiUally there may still e\i-i a r.idical unity.

"It is oidy." says the writer, "in ;i com|)arison of tlu' radical and co-s ;iiU
elements — for the science of Philology li;is demonstr.ated nothing so cle;irly as
th;it amid all the mutations ;in<l tr;insfoini;itions of lanun.ige there is ;in u der-
iving constant eleirent — of the Western .\meruan and l'"asteni Asian laiignigcs
that we can hope to diseover their primitive ri'lalions'iip." However, wit > Ian
guages so diverse and imperfectly known, time and c.irefnl an.ilysis alon ■ cm
dei.ionstrate satisfactorily their origin and ])roperly cl.issn'y t'lem. Cone rrinv,
the six stocks of the Provim-e. though tliere have been vocabularies and gr.iiii-
mars .if all of them, no serious attempt h.is been made ;it riui<l analysis, wh reby
the radical .and constant elements can be sepaiated from the more nuitd)le and
formative parts, such, for instance, as has been accomplished by Rev. l"at ;er
Morice in respect of the Dene language. This is cotisidered a sine q iii luni in
order to arrive at s.afe conclusions. A number of th< se root forms -.iw g.veii to
illustrate the writer's meaning. N'otwitlist.anding the imperfect data .at < ur d .9-
posal, there are nevertheless sutVicient "to detect Asian at'linities in th' LaiiLrnages
of the aborigiius of thi>^ district, and eiiougfi progress has been made to w.irraiit

of
Langiinue.

Ira

i68

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I'svi'hU'iil
Traits.

the claim here set fortli and to encourage further work in the same dirc-ction."

While philological evidence stands first in determining ethnological affini-
ties, stress is also laid on psychical traits. The writer goes on: 'It is wtll known
that the Kwakiutl tribes are the most warlike, most independent and adventurous
of all the Brit'sli Columbia groups. They were the scourge and tirrnr of the
coast in former year?. It was a party of this stock which attacked and slew the
crew of the ship "Tonfiuin. ' sent out by Jacob Astor to this Coast in 1811. It was
these K\vaki"utls who used to sail uj) the Frast-r for fifty or one hundred miles,
plundering and devastating the villages of the Salish tribes on its banks and car-
rying off tiicir captives into slavery. In short, for warlike daring, independence
oi character and adventurous spirit, they wi-re without equals on the Coast. These
psychical traits, while they mark them off from the other stocks, assuredlj sug-
gest aflinity to the Polynesians, between wliom and themselves there are many
points in conimon. It is also a significant iact. I tliink, tiiat the name of tlieir
culture-lieni, "Kanikilak," round whom so many of tlieir legends centre, is .strik-
ingly I'olyiiesian in form, and is practically identical with the Hawaiian generic
term for man. viz: ■'K.inaka." At any rate, if the Kwakiutl-
Xootka stork is not of purely Polynesian origin, it has undoubt-
edly come under Polynesian inlluences and partakes of the Poly-
nesian character. And. indeed, there is nothing antecedently improbable in this.
The distance between the Sandwich Islands and our Coast is less than that trav-
el sed by many of the Polynesian groups, and the current that here sets north-
ward may well have carried one or more of tin ir adventurous bodies of (migrants
to our shores. \W' know that the Sandwich group was peopled by Samoaii emi-
grants in successive waves or bodies. How easy, then, for some of these to have
missed and passed the islands and been carried northward. However, wluther
the Kwakiutl may be considered as descendants of some of these adventurous
bodies, whose purity of descent has been obliterated by marriage and intercourse
with Columbian stocks, or whether we see in them an original West Coast Indian
race, merely modified by Polynesian blood and influences. I will not at this time
\enture to determine, but I do aUinn that the reseml)lances between tliem and the
Polynesian in character, language, and other respects, and their separation from
the other British Columbia stocks by many customs, beliefs and practices peculiar
to themselves, make one or other t)f these hypotheses necessj ry.

And what has been s.iid of the Kwakiutl-Nootka may, mulotis viuttiiidis. be
said of the Ha'da-Tlingit with regard to Japo-Corean altinities. The superior
artistic powers of the Haida. as manifested in their well-known carviiu's and
sculptures, not only mark them off very strongly in this re^nect from all the other
tribes of British Columbia, but readily suggest marked psychical similarities be-
tween them and the Japanese, the general principles and conventionalized forms
of whose arts have much in common with the Haida, the paintings of the Japan-
ese being characterized to this day by tlieir lack of jierspeetivc : and, while 1 am
fully conscious that this alone is not conclusive evidence of n .ationsliip lietween
them, if these facts, together with their remarkable phys cal re^embl nice, be taken
into consifleiation with the data furnished from the r 1: nguage.
Comp.ired it will. I think, raise more than a i>resumption .f tluir racial

alVmity. But I confess to the same diiliculty lure as w'.ta the
Kwakiutl-Nootka stock, of determining with precisio 1 the rela-
tions which undoubtedly do exist between the Haida-Tlingit and the Jaiaiu-e in
the present stage of my investigations While certain marked physical and men-
tal characteristics point to a conmion origin, the evidince thus far e.ith-
ered from their language, though strongly f.ivounng the idea, scircely
yet warrants my asserting it as a denionstrabli' fact. But tlie appar 'titly
limited lexical forms in conimon may well be <lue to our imperfect kn>wl tlge
aiul faulty analysis of the ll.iida tongue, as well as to the difference in t'le intel-
lectual life and conditions of the people since tlieir separation; as their ditTereiices
in grammatical structure are undoulitedly due to the ditferent iiilluv-nce:- under
which their languages have been brought, ciiising them to develop along differ-
ei.t lines; the Japo-Corcan developing under Chinese inlluences, t(j a large extent,
along Chinese lines; the 1 l.iida-TlingU under Americni influence- developing

Willi

Jap.incsc.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

ilxj

along American lines. Moreover, tlic one liri'; been a literarv langua^^c fjr at
least 1,500 years, and ihe dtlu-r merely a s]i()keii lani-uaL';.-. -iili'iect to alF t'le in
ItiUcrci.i lluences of mutation wiiich affect the speecli of an unlctlcred and

Cuiiditiuiiii. l)arl)arous people. Hut, notw iihstaiulin^ all liie diherences which
now exist between these lanKUia.ues.the number of lexical e'ements
in common is sulVicienl'v great, and some of llie structural similarities so marked
that if they do not actually conclusively j)ruve a coiiiniunity of origin for tlie-;e
two peoples, yet they fully warrant me in clr.luiing Japo-Corean attinities of some
kind for the liaida-TIingit stock. Again, the dilliculty of determining the exact-
relationship between the two is proportionately greater, inasmuch as the Japanese
themselves are undoubtedly a composite race. Latham classifies th'in a?;
Turanian, as also does ICdkin: Pickering as Malays; Pritchard as he-
longing to tiic same type as the C'hinese; and in the narrative of the United StatiS
expedition they are ranked as a branch of the Tartar family. They
might e(iually well have been classified as Polynesians, for their ian,;;uage
is full of Polynesian terms, and their system of syllabication is prarticilly on';
with the Polynesian. These seemintjly contradictory classifications are nit so
mutually antagonistic as they appear. J'hysical and linguistic data alike furnish
undoubted evidence of relation to these diverse grorps; and the vocabulary of the
tcwigue demonstrates the comi)osite origin '-i the peojile as assuredly
a.s our own language demonstrates the eompositc elements that go to make up
our own race. In view, then, of these wide racial affinities and the composite
nature of the Japanese tongue, it will be seen that it is no easy task to d.tcrmine
with anything like exactitude the connection between the liaida-
c"onciusioii'.' Tlingit and the Japanese. I was at first disposed to regard such
linguistic rescmldances as 1 ii.ive di>-iovered as the result of
some comparatively recent contact with the Japane^^e nation, but the strong
physical and mental traits they have in common: and the fact that in their folk-
Ir.ie they have a tradition of two separate races or i)copU s on the Islands, t'le
one Heaven-born, i. c, themselves — which myth is strongly Japanese in senti-
ment and character — the other clam-siicU, or earth-l)orn, whom they pressed mlo
slavery; and the additional fact that there is no trace, so far as I have been abb'
to discover it. though it may yet be discoverable, of Buddhistic doctrine
in their beliefs, whicli one would expect to find if contact or intercourse of any
kind with the Japanese had taken place since the doctrine of Buddha had l)ee:i
known in Japan, have led me to change my opinion in this respect. However, the
exact relationship of the Haida-Tlingit to the Japanese may be for the present
left undetermined; it is sufticient thr.t they have undoubted Asian afhnities of some
kind.

Bu'. beyond doubt the clearest and strtjngest evidence of Asian relationship
and origin comes from the Dene or .Athapascan stock. In mental traits there are
not wanting striking similarities to mark this relationship. They are as a
race — at any rate, the I'.ritish Columbia division of them — (juirt and peaceful,
conservative and patient. Physically they approximate ,nore nearly to the
Mongoloid type than they do to the typical Eastern stock;- but the evidence
from their language is the overwhelming i)roof of their .\sian
atlinities. 1 have already referred in brief to the monosyllabic
character of the primaries, or radicals, of their tongue, r.nd to the
Chinese-like method of associating these by aimple ju.\taposiiif)ii ; and if
this were the occasion for it. it would not be difficult to bring out these
resemblances in detail. It will be sufficient to point out here that there are four
district classes of nouns in the Dene tongue These .ire: First, radicals, which
are always monosyllabic in form, and cornsiioiid to the "primaries"
of the Chinese, ami, like them, are always simply determinative in iorcv, such as
"tse," stone; "thu watct. Second, radicals of simple import and mainly dis-
sxllabic in form, which. l''al!r..r Tiloiice says, arc genuinely unsynt'K tic, b.inu,
like the former, merely determinative, as "tse-khe," wom.in; "tan-gron."' summer;
and wliich answer to that class in the Chinese which has been called for obvious
reasons the "clam-shell" substanti< e. The third and fourth classes are poly-
syllabic nouns of the "eye-lash" and "plough" kind already illustrated, the for-
iiur of which is in close a(.:reemcnt with the Chinese compound nouns that take

Drildidlv
Ah) nil.

!^ i

i I

1 1

170

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Cniii|iiiniti\e
Vociibiiliii'ii"'.

a chiS'^irHT with tlinn, tliis c-jassificr hrin^? fdniid in tin- Dc'mu' at times also, as in
tlu wdid "lyclaslu's," uluTr it is sei'ii in tlir initial syll;i1)k' "nc." nuanitiR man.
and indicating that the particui.ir cyelashos spoken of belom? to the In.man kind,
'i his "liomo" I'lassifier is seen in many other snhstamives ot this class tnai stand
for different i)arts of the hnman l)ody, partienlaily the head. I
will inst call attention to one other salient characteristic of the
two lanfjjuap^es. and then hriiifi: this introdnctory sketch to a close
I<y jjfivinK a hrief cotnparativc list of some of the radicals common to the two
lan.^na.ues. I rvfer to the nasalization of the fiii.-il "n," which is as marked in the
l'<'i ir tonyue as in the Chinese. The 'similar t'cs between the Dent' and Chinese
here mentioned liy no means exhaust the list, hnt they will be snriicient. 1 tliink.
with the coini)arative vocabnlary. to afford a fair idea of the ^ronnds upon which
I base niv claim of Chinese atVmities iov the Dene stock:

KNf.I.lSn.
filCf

fill
iniiitth
skin
inoiiiitaiti

SiPll

suimiicr

stout-

Krass

corpse

fisli

star

water

l)inl

wood

tree

wet

arrow

l)oiie

cliikl

(lojj

(lay

man

graiidfatlier

KraiulniuthtT

mouse

eddv

fisli'

l)reatli

yes

tonfjiit."

arm ( tlie whole)

tjreeii

far

white

sin.'dt

short

good

c mini: SI'.

men

Kca, keuk

how

tsan

tsai (hoy)

chaii-chon

tse

kle-/ie

ngue

slen, sen

tsiii

dea, tea

chi

tse

tsel

chi

kwet

tsi

kuen

''1 -n

y • , jiii

t.ai

tsu

shu

ooi

tiu-li

kin-pong

lii of herbs)

ueii (farther)

pak (grey)

tsai

tiien

shin

I sen

inn

khe

fwa

eve

tsai

tsail

tan-groii

tse

llo

e-/ie

liiKii

shell,

thn

chiji

tsel

t.sel

kie

kwen

tse-va

tlen'

t/.in

dane. tin

etsi-yan

etsn

kin, tin

eyi

n, haha

tsu-ri

kill

Hi (of wood)

viieii

i)a

tsel

tne

ziii

( )f tin .above tlu Dene radicals are taken mainly from the lists prei)ared
by I'athcr Moriee, and the Chinese from Kdkin, Chambers. Lobsoheid. and in-
tellij^a'iit loc.il C"antonese. With regard to tliese latter 1 may stite that
in a recent con\ ersatic^n with one of them on the Chinese similarities in th-'
Detie tonfi'ie. he remarked that lus coiiiitr\ ineii were (piite aware of many points
in common l)etween themselves and tlu Miterior Indians, and that they were
if.teiested in discovering the reason of thi^ They believe tiiat Chinese .:ame to
this Coast ill some way in the distant past, luid, lieing unable to
intirnci I" itieiiic. return, settled here; and he offered as evidence of this belief that
ancient C iiinese money had been found in the Cariboo district
iMidei sii -Ji ';ircirnstances that it could only have been lost or placed there many
centuries ago. ,md th.t the Dene nietiiod of sending messages by means of lying
knots in a cu: t; was just what the Chinese used formerly to employ. These facts
niav I'c i" liMle .:Iiie in thenisehe.s, \,\{ they are of interest here as showing that
the (ir'.ie'i i cjem!»lai.ces 1 have di>^''>vered in the Dene are familiar to the Chi-
'rovincc. vv-h < .lave th-'.nsclves sotight in various ways apparently to

I
I

ncse o
account

f.-s«

>r il.ein.

(

: i

i i
I

I ;ii

SOME INDIAN TYPES.

See Cm*P»EH on INOIAN*

^ 1

i il

my^-li til
iVii-r atVil
oi ilu' A'

l.ilinK III

race be. I
ihf Asial
r.iic. 1'
unity 11^^
Brinton

his

Nori|

an cxtci

and :i"y|

would 111

are divi|

Their m»«r|

side o? tl
from tlif
River
SovUheril
Arizona^
the nort
ulso des
propriat

Xorthcrn

pewayai
tains n
cast), tl
numhei
i.Goo'.
Wcstei
whuni
tribal

SI
T
'1'
1

SOME INDIAN SKETCHES.

StF CHAi>reH Oh INDIANS.

AND iMANUAL UF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

1/3

Of the otlicr tlirce British Cohinihia stocks not dealt witli in this skotcli.
th'Hinh I Iiavr discovered sutlicicnt A^iaii olcnicnts in tluir lanKuaK^s to pnt lor
niVM If tlicir Asian alVmitics and oriuin iicyond d<iiibt, I have not yet dete mined
tlusc atlinities nor fornuilated my evidence; i)nt if no otiicr evidence were otTered
of the Asian allinities and ori^'in of onr native tril)es tlian tiiat of the Dt-ne alone,

the traits they have in ct)nimon with tlic other stocks and the
ijiiDiiiiiiiy. nndcrlyinp ethnic ntiity of all the Coast tribes wonid of itself

estaltlish this fact; and if the ethnic nnity of the whole Aniericm
rate he, as Dr. Hrinton claims, ,i verital)le fact, then woidd it not only esialdish
till .\sian allinities and origin of the British Cnlnmhia stocks, hnt of the whole
race. For if one of its intcKral niemhers be .Xsian, then, if this claim of itinic
unity means anythii.t;, all arc .\sian. Bnt with this logical conclusion I le.ive Dr.
Brinton to deal — I am not concerned to establish th's view myself."

1'^HE Denes, or Tinnehs, .irc very widely distributid. Rev. F.ithcr Morice. in
his "Notes on the Western* Denes," says: ".\o other aborijjinal slock in
North America, perhaps not even excepting the AlKonqnian, covers so jijreat
an extent of territory as the Dene. The British Isles, France and Spain, Italy
and any two or three of the minor luircjpean Commonwealths taken tO},'i^ther

wou

are

Italy
ether
They

.111^ iwii oi 11IIV.C 'II on. iiiiiitii I .III i.i|)v<iii V < iiiiiiioii>v<.aiiii> uitvcii iu).;viMCi

Id hardly represent the area of the rejjion occupied by that larpe family. Thej
divided into two important branches, the Northern and Sonthcrn Denes.'
Re(.jardinK the former the writer just (juoted says: 'West of the
Their nistrihutluo. Rocky Mountains they are to be found from 31 de^. .V) 'uin. of
Latitude to the borders of the I-lskimo tribes, while on the east
side of the same ranpe they people the immense iilains and forests which extend
from the Northern Saskatchewan down almost to the delta of the Mackenzie
River ♦ * 'K (i,e almost eiuire breadth of the Arr-rican Continent." The
Southern Denes, which include the Nav.ijos and .Apach », cs.cnd through Oregon,
Arizona, Colorado, Oklahoma. California and New i.Ievi'.T.. in round figures
the northern trilies number i(),ooo and the southern 23,u(K>. The Dene stock is
also designated ".\thapaskan." but. as Rev. I'"ather Morice )>oims out. very in.ip-
The habitat of the noniiern half has already been indicated, practic-
ally covering what is the unorganized district of the North-West
Territf)ry of Canada, and including the Loucheux, the Hares. Bad
People. Slaves. Dog-Ribs. Vellow-Knives. Caribou-Katers, Chip-
pewayans, the Reavers ;ind Sarcees. Those on the west side of the Rf)cl<y Moun-
tains in British Columbia are a few Beavers, the Nah'ane (Stickeen River and
east), the Carriers (Stuart's Lake n<jrth and south). Tsilkohtin (Chilcotin). Their
numbers are: Beavers, probably joo in British Columbia; Nah'ane. 700; Carriers,
T.600; Chilcotins, 4(^)0. To these tribes Rev. Father Morice has j^ivcn the name
Western Denes. It is not practicable to give the exact spelling of the author from
whom we i|uote. owing to typographical limitations, but as nearly as possible the
tribal sub-divisions ajul their localities are as follows:

Sloiif Tsit-Koirtin, iiiiiMtdiatfly south ol'l'liiUotiii Kivcr.
Tles-Koh'tiii. 10 miks imrtli of tin- nioutli <>tCliilei)tiii River.
T'l<)llieii-Ki)irtiii. mirtli l)a!ik of Cliili'otiii Kivcr, 4s mites fro
Indepeiuleiit SepLs, l-'ui l .\le.\aii(lir ami Nakiinll 1111.

propriately

.N'urtlKTii Trlbts.

t'-

ii*i

C.xKKii'.K Tkihi:.

I.lluiu'teniie. Fort .\k'\aii<ler.

Nazkii'tenlie, Qtiestielle and nioutli of lUack Water River.

Niitca'tenne. on lilack Water and lliroutfliout its l)aiin.

Taiio'teiine, l-ort (VeorKe.

Natlo'teniie, Kraser I.at^e.

Na'kraztli'teiiiie, Stuart's I.ake.

T'la/'teuiie, upper end of Stuart's I.ake and tributaries.

Baiiink Srii-rRiiii;,
Netu'tinni, lljil)ine I.ake
Ilwotsu'tiuni, lluckley Rivsr and I'rancais I.ake.

YEAR BOOK OF BUITISH COLUMRIA

tVB'icKtiNi-, THink.

Yutsut-<ieiiiu-, from Salmon Miver to Mcr.fods l.ake. •

Tsc'keliiRaz, from Mcl.fod's Lakes to llli' Kocky MomitniliH.

Tsal'iifiuie (tlic Ikavcrs), soiitli side of I'cacc Kivtr.

Tse'taut'qciiiR', base of kocky .Mountains, close by prect-aiiig.

Sarci'fs, iiniai diatcly tast of Rockv Momi tains, si lat. N.

Siiscliut kcniic, Comiolly Lake aiicf norlli : west side Kocky Mountnins.

t)tzi'Ulle, north of jircicdiny ; same side of nionntuilis.

T^eloluie, north ofprtcedinjj ; same side of niuutitalns.

It will be observed tliat Rev. Father Morice does not include among the
Denes cillur the Tsimpslieans or tiie Kooteiiais, and generally it may be remarked
that the classification of nations, or peoples, given by Mr. Hill-Tout as belonging
to British Columbia is the accepted one.

On this point Niblack. in his "Indians of the North-West Coast" says: A
provisional chissification of the Indians of the Xorth-West Coast, from Puget
Sound to Cape M. ICIias. based on i)liil()logical considerations, would, according to
Dr. Franz Boaz, divide them into three groups, as follows: i. Salish, Kwakiutl
and VVakashan (Nutkan); 2. Tsimshi;ia. 3. Tlingit and 4aida."

1'^HE Haida n.ition or people are perhaps the most notable of all on the Coast.
Thev are quite distinct in their language, traditions, and physical and psychi-
cal traits. The Rev. Mr. Harrison, of Massctt. for many years a missionary
theri', and llioroughly familiar witti liitrin, sav>- —

"The Haidas do not in any way resemble the red Indirn met with in other
parts of British Columi)ia. The face is broad, and cheek bones protrude, their
"ye-brows have a Mongolian .slant, they are powerfully built, lut are not without
grace in their manner and walk. They may be said to be of the square,
wood •" *vpe. with brown ^kins and black hair, ruddy cheeks, and brown and red
hair ar»_ ;ot uncommon. All the Haidas from the lowest to tlie highest are re-
lated in rank to the head Chief of the nation. Tiie slaves, however, do not rank

at all. but were formerly bouglit and sold like dogs. * * *
siiivcry. The Haidas are industrious; men, women and children all find

somethmg to do at all seasons of the year. * * * The in-
tellectual powers and nocesses of the Haidas e.xccl the ordinary class of Indians
on the North Pacific "^oast. Their language contains more words, and is most
difficult to master. Ci . i pared with other Indians in British Columbia and Alaska
they would be placed at the head in rank of physicpie and activity. The young
people are eager to be taught and also evince a determination to master their
books. Some of the men are six feet two inches tall and their bodies are developed
in perfect proportion. They are expert seamen and can sail their buoyant cedar
canoes in a storm that would be dangerous to ships. The women share the good
qualities of the men. They are exceedingly strong and work equally as hard as
the men. Comparitively speaking they have handsome and agreeable features. '

Rev. Father Morice, who is probably the best living authority on the Denes,
which numerically is the largest and most widely distributed Indian race in West-
ern America, in his "Notes on the Western Denes," describes the three principal
tribes on the Western Slopes of the Rockv Mountains as follows: "The Tse
Kehre? are slender and bony of stature, rather below the average, witli a narrow
forenead. hollow cheeks, prominent cheek bones, small eyes deeply sunken in
their orbits, the upper lip very thin and the lower lip somewhat protruding, the
chin very small and the nose straight. * * * Qut of every ten men, five who

have long been fathers will appear to you like mere cuiidren. I
The Tiiiniciis. have never seen but one fat person among them, and one that

was bald. Now the Carriers are tall and stout without as a rule
being too corpulent. The forehead is much broader than that of the Tse Kehne
and less receding than is usual with American aborigines. The face is full, with
a nose generally aquiline, and in every case better formed than their heterogene-
ous neighljours. * * * The Tsil Koh'tin. on the other hand, are short in
stature, broad-faced and broad-shouldered, with prominent cheek bones, heavy

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

175

jaws anu wifh a nose wliidi is not uncommonly tliick and llattlsli. Tlicy mav be
said to liavc some physical resemblance to the Cliincse. ♦ * * The only points
in eoninion ainouK tin- three tribes are tlie black eyes, tlu" dark, coarse and
straight hair, and the sr.iill liands and feet."

Father Morice describes the Nortiiern Denes as generally piisilanimous.
timid and cowardly, but a noteworthy cptalitv, c^pecialiy in such as have remained
untouched by iiiodern civilization, is their ^'eat honesty. They are generally
gentle in disi)osition, he says, and have usually shown a remarkable recei)tiveness.

THEIR PLACE IN THE NATION.

THE Indians of Canada arc wards of the Dominion Government, which lias an
Indian Department especially orpanized to guard their interests and to attend
to their requirements. The Department is under the general sup.rintendence of
one of the Dominion Ministers of State, usually that of the Minister of the In-
terior. There is a Deputy Superintendent General of Indian Affairs under the
supervision of the Minister who has imtnediate control of, and takes action in, all
matters concerning the Indians and their general v el fare. Connected with this
Department there is in each Province of the Dominion of Canada a Superintendent
of Indian Affairs, who reports to the Deputy Superintendent General and receives
his instructions. He is assisted by Indian Agents, clerks and other functionaries
sufficient to carry out the object of the Government.

The treatment of the Indians is uniformly just, considerate and humane.
Wars and minor disturbances of the peace have consequently been almost entirely
avoided, the Canadian Indian being in most cases a useful, law-abiding subject. In-
(Intsrial boarc'iuK schools and ordinary day schools have been established by tiie
(iovernmcnt and missionary bodies for the Indians, wherever practicable, with good
effects. They are fast advancing towards modern civilized conditions. Some of
the bands are enfranchised and exercise all the rights of citizenship in full. The
less advanced ones, who, to a small extent, may be said to be in a state of pu-
pilage, have their minor affairs regulated by the provisions of the Indian Act
which are from time to time amended by the Dominion Legislature to suit their
advancing conditions.

Reservations of land are made for the Indians of sufficient extent to enable
them to make independent livings. These are held for them inviolate by the
Indian Department and are subdivided into plots which the Indians may hold and
own in severalty, but they may not sell any property belonging to the reserve
without permission from tiie Government. The Indians are not. necessarily con-
lined to these reserves; they have full liberty to move about the
^ ^'l*'"" country and to seek employment wherever they can find it. They

I'riviicBcs. j^,^y ^jj^^ jj^^, ^jjj^^j ^^^^,j^ lands outside of the reserves and enfran-
chisement is open to them alk. under proper and necessary qualifications The
same laws apply to the Indians as to the whites, with the exceptions: That the
Indian reserve properties may not i)e seized for debt, that there are special enact-
ments against supplying Indians with intoxicants of any kind, and that certain pro-
visions are made in their case for the descent of property.

Under the provisions of the Indian Act the Indians may elect chiefs and
councillors who may enact by-laws for the regulation of minor local affairs on
their reserves. These by-laws require the approval of the Grivernment before tliey
can be enforced. The procedure !"(jr enforcing tliem being under tlic Rules for
Summary Proceedings, ct- . befon the established courts. The Indians are not
allowed judicial powers altnougli some of the chiefs are at times prone to assume
very arbitrary measures in respect to their tribesmen.

The e.Kcrcise of th« functions mentioned above has the effect of opening the
Indian's mind to tlie principles jnd possibilities of local self-government, and by
the time he is admitted to the pn.ilege of enfranchisement h. becomes proficient
as regards the standing and obligations of citizenship.

176

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

^Mm r, — ■•""Sajr'.

*- a. 2 ii

--2 y-^ yj;-

Si ;:! -; u ^ 4;

- = d 3 ir^, :;; c ^ 3 =

Di 2 5-£ . -S-'- « » 5
f; t: '^. a .« o . . > ■ •*-

.2
o
u

• 1-1

a. 2 '■« a *>.:; >.s

'J S _ „ E *^ r", 11 S x

« h ■" u a? -^ ,/

a jj 2

^•c p-H 2 -r
»^ E c^T^i «'^ a-=i'

Cj3"S i; ^ a a;
y (A -' -; ^ o a

►-1 .ti li ;'- " "^ .r.

a s

•soiiVN

•><V!)V,l

.A - . ,

'.i.<<v.LS:i i.iiM.l
•on

;8'

<8-S>;r^-S>'S3.5P.2'

S" IN N N 'X i^i 1/5 t-ix° j\u'i-^ ini ?^?r-."«>s

u
/.

: *4

3i ?

a
.2 3

rt.-

.s 3

V i2

■/I s
o

on"

a.
a

3.3 iii.o 35.?
rt 3 3 ."! .^.^ n 5 a— 3 s y.i

•JiOIiVN

■wiiv,!

•DIIOII.LVD

.1 SV.1.S-.I.L<IM,I

2 2ftg5 :i3:^§«?o/2'^i'':?^::3;| ^-

20 M ^' O •/", N ^ O tr> O O « O ^»0 O ^ JN

— -. ^

■OK

W 4>

^ ^ -S =.s; *"' ? t! "

^^ ?H +i : c« c3.a o

>
u
•A

•A

U.
<

H
If.

tar'

.i 3
u

u o

Ml l-»| ^ |J^

29'i-.e5.'S»'.i<.s-;iS^*.'Si^3i:
"i.S'*''TS'''3o2Cyr^_y_r- X."!;

j:5xJ=5,^o_ii' >•«=•" 0.2 c.« 6 «

.J. ..Cjj . .

J U "i 5 J=
— O ." C. « tfl

3 O

tfl

>;
o
u

I
a:

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

177

h: X

- - - : - - - I *-

5?.|>^'S^ 7, iy, tflS, = ^ 7, .tjy S .5 4->r''5i?,RSKi I

= u<«X

: o
'. %t ij ij

\UiAiA

^ (Q (^ CQ

= s -J J J c n -; "J -' -' J'

< < - vj 'J o - X S K I-? »• i. C<'ji •/. X

o
1/

2 !«

t, - ,-' >
X X (T, H ?

X-

3
B3

^ « W> ITj > 1 ^ to

o
u

N « N — '^ 1

IXOO — NfOQMS^-

CO S

o
o

Si-

-rC (J

N « - s j: .,.; s
— C-S c o — r

CO If

3 is

3 5

tfiX

X X •

< :'.c

I s « S »> O ?:^ B 3
; X X H H H H

in
2

isf rt_j;j<i

IT.

^ £ o

3 ti O

sea
- <J^

iS<^>0-

52:

'^O.

g-o

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-S)

^/ '/l^^^.

1.0

I.I

■2.5

1^ m

m m

ll£

||!J5 lim iiiiij^

<?m. ' . o'i*^ ^ j>

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14SS0

(716)872-4503

-si,^

t/.

178

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBL

■NoixvM

•NV',)V,I

•anoHxvo

1 lA Q ^•O ^'

« S> I

\2 M 11 ■- a

M.NViSIl.I.OH.I

•ON

o it

g oJ 3

3 Ucd

.^33 =

II? IS'

"= O ,2 <« rt « ») — , .2 n .'^ "
K f n S H (i. !- {-> fc<! CJ tJ « W 0(

. _ «-• i* (H (J rt
"iJ." 3 >,V

1 o^

N-. ■«)■ -H

VC « -

1 "

3 r^

0(t)5S';^t^>4'-;£H<5

3 • 11

!* CM'

A 3^

2 o i;

3 3 3

cs 3 a

rs 3 u
;= >'•-

!< * rt

3 V

iS C.

tl 3

O
H

3 Sj: 5

N 5 s ♦J

3^ 3 «

•NOIXVK

■KVUVd

«: : H-

■onoHivo

■XNVXSMXOMJ

•OK

m ■- N ►■

i 'T.Z

CC r^ TT N ^ I N

M in I

t/!

H
K

2i'S =

o
o
US

4-*

C«SKrt
3'^-S--2

;; ;/; H ',1. fc<

j:^y;

H «3

i^i

C 3

X 64

oc x

n 3

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

179

I ftl

■J

't \r, M i^'i

- I u%

I- I 00

N t^ to ir^ O^ 'J-'C ^O ^tt^rO'tvO C

I t-^ O'CC t~-fO

'5 -4,
III

5 .a •= c £ o = S

Ci-'SD'JSS —
rfi a. r/: t^ 'J -^ rf. f/-.

^sr-c

:j2 :

I
y

•7

•

^cr

r^«(t^\0»-iu^Nc^Cl^r^ otir, M-trHWTt»r,

•i O

- Jl c

j5 ^ c? « -,
!- U «5 X U

; c:

5.^
1/ -

•X -X

•^ — >> •■'
;^ = X s

-^ >. 5* 2 s >.'S '

:bS2

5 •-'«
?§-^

'-' 1/1 u

fcSa

11 O M

c o

8*:

CC t^ CTs *r N f)
i-i rO O fO fO PO

IS'''-

• »1

pi'

X a?

N C O
K '^ .

roJS <«
.-O fl

a.as

o'*0
i- . -

•O ..

'- - M

= s-

/§•= a

ro ^ X
O C'j

^-,': J
o « ■-

i<S-= = o

R — -

:^.

: -^ s r- X

■r<5 <5 x i? >• X X /'. ^ X /. 'i; a X "^ a x J'h c< tt^' J^, ^ x u! U X

s >.^^ a^ s

;M„

■"O

i8o

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

RECAPITULATION.

AGENCY AND TRinKS. |

I
i

West Coast Agency i

Kraser River Agency

Babine and ITppcr Skeena River Agency

Williams Lake Agency

North-west Coast Agency

Kootenay Agency

Cowichan Agency '

Kamloops Agency

Okanagan Agency, |

K wawkewlth Agencv

Bands not visited, afcout i

Grand Totals

No.

2,750
3.3S

2,7S3
1,899

3,994
562
2,029
2,8So
651
1,639
2,500

25,068

Protf.s-

TANT.

i,S4
237
605

37
3,273

167
i'.437

859

Catholic. Pagan.

1,469
2,962
1,712
1, 86a

56»
r,862
1,441

651
107

6,769

12,628

1,127
182
466

721

673

3.171

On Ihe North-West Coast totemism permeates the whole tribal organization.
The ceremonies at birth, initiation, naming, matrimony, feasting, dancing, funer-
als, and all the other social occasions, all have for their object,
Totem sm. -^^ some way, the identification of the individual with his totem
under its specific name. A totem is simply an organization of consanguineal kin-
dred into a recognized group or band, but with its definition and practical work-
ings we have more to do later.

Amongst the Tlingit, Haida and Tsimshian, the organization is based on
mother-riglit; that is, birth-rights, such as rank, wealth, property, etc, are re-
ceived from th" mother. Amongst the southern tribes of British Columbia father-
right is the form of social organization.

Considered in relation to men, totems are of at least three kinds: i. The
clan totem, common to a whole clan, and passing by inheritance from genera-
tion to generation. 2. The sex totem * * * ^_ The individual totem, belong-
ing to a single individual and not passing to his descendants.

These totems, clans, or gentes are sometimes organized into groups called
phratries, the union of the latter forming the tribe of people. We have, therefore,
(i; the household or family; (2) the totem; (3) the phratry; and (4) the tribe. On the
North-West Coast the household is not the unit of the totem or
r)ivisions. ^f ^j^^, phratry, as more than one totem is represented in each,
the father belonging to one totem and the mother and children to another. Be-
sides this, a brother and his wife may belong to the household, or a sister and
her husband; thus numerous totems may be represented under one roof.

NoTK.— I'age 171 : The central figure in plate, "Some Indian Types," is the Chief of the
Kootenais, in modern costume. The others, left to right, from top, are : (1) An Oweekayuo girl.
West Coast, V.I.; (2) an old Indian ; (3) Indian Mary, an old Haida woman ; (4) a Siwash : (5) a
Medicine Man ; (6) Kloochman with basket ; (7) an Indian baby strapped : (8) Medicine Woman;
(9) Indian guide at Vale.

Page 172: (i) Haida women making mats; (-2) Indian pack train : (3) Indian tepee;
(4) Halmon cached in tree ; (5) carved dish ; (6) interior Indian hut ; (7) Indian Mission ou Burrard
Inlet; (8) Indian village on Coast, shewing totem poles; (9) cedar canoe.

«»

PHYSICAL

CHARACTERISTICS.

THE Province of British Columbia may be doscril)cd as a great quadrangle
of territory, seven hundred miles long by four hundred miles wide, lying
north of latitude 49° and west of the central core of the Rocky Mountains,
extending along the Pacific Coast as far as latitude 55°, and including the
islands adjacent. North of that degree of latitude it continues inland to
latitude 60°. but is shut off from the coast bv a narrow strip of Alaskan Territory,
and is bounded on the east by longitude 120°.

The southern half of the Province lies between to]cra1)ly well defined boun-
daries. It forms a large and regular rhomboid of elevated land, whicli is sup-
ported on each oide by ranges of mountains. Of these the eastern and western
may be said to be double, and consist respectively of the Rockies and Selkirks*
on the east, and of the Coast and Isl?nd Ranges on the west.

The easternmost range of the above enumerated is that of the Rocky Moun-
tains. It is the northern extremity of the great range which foims so well known
a feature of the North American Continent. Entering the Province at the 49th paral-
lel of latitude, in constitutes the eastern boundary to latitude 54", and continues
to between 56° and 57°, where it loses its distinctive rampart-like character, and
dies down into lower hills. It has been shown to consist of the up-
turned edges of the strata that underlie the great north-west plain,
;ind its massive walls are formed chiefly of Devonian and carbonifer-
Thoir average height may be stated at about 8,000 feet. "Near
the 49th parallel several summits occur with elevations exceeding 10,000 feet, but
northwards few attain this elevation until the vicinity of the Row River and Kick-
ing Horse is reached. The range appears to culminate about the head waters of
the Saskatchewan, Ivlount I^Iurchison being credited with an altitude of 13,500
feet." There are twelve principal passes, at elevations ranging from 7,100 feet —
the South Kootenay — to 2,000 feet — the Peace River Valley.

Parallel to the Rocky Mountains proper, and frequently included under one
name with them, though of distinct formation, run the Selkirks. This range,
which has been shown by geologists to represent an earlier upheaval, and to

The
Rocky Mountains.

ous limestone.

*XoTK.— The Selkirks are, properly speaking, only a subordinate portion of the more
western of the two ranges, but since no terin has been generally accepted for the entire range,
and since the Canadian Pacific Railway has especially familiarized travellers witli this name,
it has been thought good to apply it to the whole range of which it thus constitutes the best known
part.

r,:<» f

i!, 1 i I

u:^\ '

1 82

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

lit

^xliiiiit an entirely different series of rocks, is so l)roken and complex as to iiavo
received several names in different parts of its course, as though composed of dis-
tinctly separate mountain systems. Such, however, is not the case.

Entering from the south in a three-fold system divided by important valleys,

they are called respectively the Purcell, the Selkirk, and the Gold Mountains. To

_ the north of the great bend of the Columbia River, thesj give

place to the term Cariboo Mountains. At about latitude 54° they

die out, or .'e merged in the cross ranges which form the northern boundary of

the interior plateau, and from whence spring the headwaters of the Peace River.

In average altitude these mountains are not greatly inferior to tlie Rockies,
their loftier members rising from 8.000 to o-ooo feet above the sea. The contours
are. generally speaking, more rounded and less precipitous than tlie latter, though
in many places they are strikingly pointed with steep and continuous grades, down
which snow-slides sweep with resistless force. Their sides, up to several thousand
feet, are clothed in dense forests, affording an unlimited supply of good timber.

The average width of the Rocky Mountain Range is about sixty miles, dim-
inishing to the north: that of the Selkirks is about eighty miles.

There is a valley of most remarkable length and regularity, extendiny: from
the southern boundary line along the western base of the Rocky Mountains as far
as the northern limits of the Selkirks, a distance of over 700 miles, and dividing
the two ranges.

To the west of these great ranges British Columbia extends in a wide
plateau of table land, which has been originally elevated some 3,500 feet above sea-
level This plateau has been, however, so deeply intersected and eroded by lake
and river systems that, in many places, it presents an aspect hardly differing from
that of mountain regions. At others, however, it opens out into wide plains and
rolling ground, with comparatively low eminences, affording fine areas of agri-
cultural and grazing land. The entire district has been subject to vast over.^lows
of lava, of the disintegrated remains of which the present soil is
mainly composed. There is a general but very gradual slope of
the land from the mountainous country on the southern boundary of the Province
to the north, where as has been previously stated, it is hedged in by cross ranges
attaining an elevation of from 6,000 feet to 8,000 feet. Notwithstanding this gen-
eral slope, the principal flow of water finds its way southwards through deep fis-
sures penetrating the mountain boundaries on the southern and western sides.
This plateau forms the chief agricultural area of the Province. "The whole of
British Columbia, south of 52° and east of the Coast Range, is a grazing country
"P to 3,500 feet, and a farming country up to 2,500 feet, where irrigation is pos-
sible." — (Macoun, Geol. Rep. 1877.)

The interior plateau is terminated on ihe west by the Coast Range, a series
of m.isive crystalline rocks of some 6,000 feet in average height. This range has
a mean width of about 100 miles, descending to the shores of the Pacific, and is
in turn flanked by the submerged Island Range, the tops of which form Vancou-
ver and her adjacent islands, the Queen Charlotte Islands and those of the Alas-
kan Peninsula.

"The most remarkable feature of the coast are the fiords and passages,
which while quite analagous to those of Scotland, Norway and Greenland, prob-
ably surpass those of any part of the world (unless it be the last named country)
in dimensions and complexity. The great height of the rugged mountain walls
which border them also give them a grandeur quite their own." — (Dazuson, Geol.
Sui:, 18S4)

Interior Flate.-iu.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

183

Rivers.

The unique position of British Columbia as a watershed on the Pacific
Coast of America, will at once be recognized when it is seen thai all the rivers
of great irnportance on that coast, with the exception of one (the Colorado), arise
from within its boundaries. The drainape from its extensive area of mountaini,
and highlands is received into the mimerous lakes, which have
been noticed as forminjj: so striking a feature of the interior.
Thence the surplus is discharged iiUo the few large rivers or their many tribu-
taries, which finally reach the sea. These rivers arc the Columbia on the soutli
(debouching through American territory into the Pacific Ocean); the Eraser (750
miles long ). the Skeena (300 miles), and the Stikine on the west: the Lair.l (over
300 miles in British Cf)lumbia) on the nortli, and the Peace River (over .100 miles
in British Columbia) on the east. These rivers are of great size and volume, and
the first four are sufficiently navigable to steamers to form waterways of no small
value in the development of tlie country.

The submerged mountain range which lies to the west of the Mainland, is
represented by an archipelago of islands, great and small, the most prominent
being Vancouver and the Queen Charlotte Islands. Of the others it may be briefly
stated that they produce in miniature all the physical features of the larger group.

The island may be described geologically as a group of upturned gneissic
rocks, embracing certain tertiary areas and worn down by glacial action, so that
in one place extensive gravel moraines, in another beds of boulder clay, are to be
found, while in a third a regular series of late sandstones alternate with the bar-
ren clifTs of trail. Upon such unpromising surface generations of
Other "islands! ^^ ^''^^^ have nourished, and by their decay have gradually de-
posited a mould of increasing thickness sutTicient to provide suit-
able ground for other forms of vegetation, until the country has become covered
with a dense growth of timber varying according to its situation and adaptability
to the wants of each particular kind. Tims, upon the ridges the pines and many
species of undergrowth have held their own, best suited to a moderate degree of
moisture and the rocky subsoil. Upon the boulder clay, alder, poplar, and wil-
low have contended successfully against the larger trees and where the gravel has
afforded insufficient moistures for the conifers, the hardy but more slow growing
oaks, which had no chance for existence in the dense pine forests, have gained
a foothold, and stud level plains clothed with native grass. Maples appear to
hcve succeeded in some places the burnt out pines: indeed in time much the same
sequence of soft and hard timber might be expected on this coast as is known to
have occurred on that of the Atlantic, where firs, oaks and becclies liave followed
in successive order. — (British Coluinbiit. Its i'rcsciit Resources and I'ntnrc Possi-
bilities. Official Pamphlet.)

'\\ 'ii \.

:;r

CAMP AT SKA(;\VAV.

i84

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

GEOLOGY OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

1'^HE genet al surface of the mainland of Britisli Columhia seems to have been
covered with glaciers at no very remote geological period, during which ^he
principal movement of the ice was southeasterly and northwesterly in con-
formity with the trend of the mountains, leaving traces at several locaK.ies at an
i.ltitude of more than 6.000 feet above the sea. Superficial deposits of boulder-
clay and water-worn stones occur at all heights up to 5.000 feet, and in the lower
levels, especially in the northern low country, is found a fine white
Ginciiii Action. silt. Large moraines occur in great numbers, especially in the
line of retreat of glaciers towards the mountain ranges. There
are many evidences that large bfjdies of water e.vcisted at various heights between
the present sea level and over 5,000 feet, such as shore lines and terraces, and clays
which must have been deposited in water.

The Strait of Georgia must have been entirely filled with a great glacier,
called by Dr. G. M. Dawson the Strait of Georgia Glacier, with a width of ov-r
fifty miles and a thickness in places ->ear its termination of more thati 600 feet.
Ice groovings of remarkable depth and polish are seen in very recently exposed
rock near \'^ictoria. showing that the glacie.- must have swept over the Saanich
Peninsula in a direction mostly towards the south with a slight westerly deviation.
On the southwest coast of Vancouver Island in the Strait of Fuca the groovings
point nearly west, sliowing that the ice probably escaped to the open ocean
through tliat cliannel. Further north above Seymour Narrows indications prove
that a second Lirge glacier, fed from the fiords of the jMainland, pushed in a north-
westerly direction. This is called by Dr. Dawson the Queen Charlotte Sound
Glacier.

Tertiary rocks, containing' '".arine shells, are found on the south-west coast
of Vancouver Island near Sooke and near Carmanah Point at the entrance of ilie
Strait of Fuca and at various places between these two points, forming a narrow
belt parallel with the coast. Tertiary leaf-bearing rocks are found in Burrard In-
let and about tlie estuary of the Fraser J^ivcr. Further north in the Queen Char-
lotte Islands Dr. Dawson found the whole of the nortlieastern portion of Graham
Island to be underlain by tertiary rocks, mainly of volcanic origin. On the main-
land of British Columbia east of the Coast Range the tertiaries
occupy large areas with lignites and in certain places even bitum-
inous coal occurs. In the north there has been but little dis-
turl)ance of the beds, but the southern part of the interior plateau is more irregular
ar.d iiiouiitainous and the strata, as on the Nicola, are sometitnes found dipping
at an angle of thirty degrees. Remains of platits, insects and a few fresh water
molluscs have been obtained from these interior regions, resetnbling those else-
where considered to be miocene, and indicating a tetnperate climate.

Underlying the tertiary beds in many places are cretaceous rocks, inese
include the true coal-bearing beds of Nanaimo, Comox and the Anthracite region
of the Queen Charlotte Inlands. The flora of the Vancouver Island beds consists
in the main of tnodern angiospermous and gymnospermous genera, such as oak,
planes, poplar and Sequoia. The Queen Charlotte Island fossils indicate a lower
horizon. On the mainland cretaceous rocks have been described along the north-
eastern border of the Coast Range, to the south behind Boston
The Cretaceous. g^^. ^^ ^j^^ Fraser and near the head waters of the Skagit. East
of the Coast Range and well to the nordi the cretaceous is probably represented
near the Lower Nechaco and also abou: the upper part of the Skeena River and
on Babine Lake. Sections measured in the Vancouver Island region give a
thickness of about 5,000 feet, in the Queen Charlotte Islands at Skidegatc abtut
1.3.000 feet, and at various places on the mainland from 5,000 to 7,000 feet.

The Torti.-iii
Period.

AND MANUAL OF IMUJVIXCIAL 1 \ l"( )KM ATIOX.

185

The Rocky Moiiii
tain Series.

The sub-divirions of the prc-cretaccous rocks have not yet been satisfactorily
made, l)nt in the limestone interbedded in tlie layers of ij^neotu rorks crinitid.il
remains, and poorly preserved corals and moUnscs indicate lliat the carboniierous
formation is largely rei)resentcd.

In the interior of the mainland the older rocks arc m.iinly mas^jive lime-
stones, dioritcs, felspathic rocks, quartzitcs and serpentines. The limesiones often
appear as coarse-grained marbles.

Characteristic forms of the Ali)iiie Trias have been found by Dr. Dawson
in a black calcareous argillite and in beds of limestone beneatii the cretaceous
series, and may be n^presented near Victoria by the slaly rocks of Leech Riv -r.

On the Mainland the Coast Ran^u- is largely composed of K^anitie or
Kneissic rocks, not yet fully examined.

In the Rocky Mountains is seen the broken margin of the undisturbed
sheets of strata whicii underlie the great plains. They project in block-like masses
and the total (exposed) thickness of their beds is reported to be very great. A
section in the Rocky Mountains, on the west side of the range, according to Mr.
McConnell, of the Geological Survey of Canada, shows 1.300
feet of dolomites and ciuarl/iti's containing lialysitcs. 1.500 feet of
shales, blackish argillites and limestones containing gniptolilcs,
about 10,000 feet of calc-schists, shales and slates oi the Castle Mountain group,
and 10.000 or more feet of dark argillites and conglomerates of the How River
series. The foregoing 'Strata range from the Silurian downw.'irds to the Cambrian.

In the Peace River region of the 55th and 56th parallels the conditions are
somewhat changed. Massive limestones of Devonian and probably Carboniferous
age, associated with saccharoidal (|uartzitcs form thr axil mountains. Volca'iic
accumulations appear entirely absent from the limestone scries.

Arch;ean rocks are believed to be found in thr Shuswap serifs in Kootcn.'.ie
and Adatns Lakes, and also in the Selkirk Range where the Canadian Pacit'ic
Railway crosses it. T his probably in Devonian or Carboniferous times formed a
more or less coiUiinious barrier along the line of the Gold Range, between tlie
interior continental basin to the north-east and the Carboniferous Pacific to the
south-west.

In the eastern sea organic limestone with sandy and shaly beds was being
deposited. In the west and south-west of the land barrier the conditions were
widely different. Here, too. limestones were in process of forination, but exten:;ive
siliceous deposits were also forming with a great chain of volcanic vents, nearly
coincident with the present position of the Coast Range and that of the Van-
couver and Queen Charlotte Islands. Trap and agglomerate rocks were th""
added to the series.

Evidence of disturbance at the end of the Carboniferous period is found

in the unconformable superposition 01 the Nicola Triassic on these rocks in Uie

southern portion of the interior f)f the Province. To the west of the land barr'cr

in the Triassic and Jurassic a great thickness of volcanic rock with

c r.isse. limestones and argillities was being formed along the border of

the Pacific.

A further circumstance of interest in connection with the Jura-Trias period
is the evidence now obtained that the sea a]iparently spread uninterruptedly east-
ward across the Rocky Mountains into the Peace River country at least as far as
the S5th parallel. This is proved by t!ic lithological character of the rocks and the
fossils they contain, giving us an approximate dchnition not only of the west-.'.'n
but also of the northern limits of the great inland sea which cxtendefl southea-t-
ward to New Mexico. This period was closed by great disturbances along the
whole Cordillera region. In California the Sierra Nevada rose up as a mass of
crumpled and compressed folds. In the nort'^M-n part of Rritish Columbia the
disLi'rbances affected the region from the Gold Range to the coast, extending
the land area westward to the 121st meridian, and giving, so far as known, the first
upthrust to the mountains of Vancou^•er and Queen Charlotte Islands, but form-
ing no continuous range where the great belt of coast mountains now is.

In the earliest beds of the Cretaceous there is evidence of a general s'lb-
sidence in progress in the formation of conglomerates and the shore line of the
Cretaceous Pacific can be traced a long distance southward and south-westward.
In the southern parts of British Colurnbia it would appear that the Rocky Moun-

i86

VKAK ilUoK UF BRITISH COLUMBIA

t;im^ propir uric iiol (•n-.,it((l iit tlii^ tinu', Imt tliat the Cretaceous Mediter-
ranean waslicrl the eastirn shore of tin- (iold Rani^e. Tlie Rocky Mountains,
however, liad beKUu to t'orni in the Peace River region as a nmre or less continu-
ous sl'ore line, or si'ries i>i islands. 'I'he (,'rctaceous period closed with another
jieriod of fiddinj;. in which addition.il hei^rht was ^iven to the N'ancouver and
i.)ueen Charlottt' l^hmd K'anurs .iiid the (!oast Ranges, At this time the Koeky
Mountains .-ittaitud tlieir fullest development.

No traces of the <'arlier eocene tertiary has been found in British ( "oinnihi'i,
and it is prohahle tli.at the i'rovince was thr( ii(rhont. at that time, ;i land area, In
the miocene the relative elevaticjii of the s;a and land was much as at presem.
lint ^;re;u inland lakes were in existence.

The miociiie closed with extensive volcanic disturbances throuK'iotU 'lit
country south-west of the (loltl Kan;;e and eventu.ally bv ;inotlu'r jicriod of crnmp-
lin'.,^ .'ind elevation, probably coiiu'ideiu with that which jiro-
duced the tertiary coast hills in Ca''fornia, and which r.'ivc to the
northern part of the British Coluiubian coast the gre.nter eleva-
tion it ajjpears to have possessed during Pliocene titues. when the wonderfnl sys-
tem of fiords, by which it is now dissected, were cut out.

Nmoni; the strikin.L; points of neolo,i.;ic;il interest in British Columbi;i are:
iMrst, the repeated corrugation, parallel in the main to a single axis which lias
occurred in the ("ordiller.'i re^i'in. and second, the ^reat and widespread masses
of volcanic material at at least four distinct horizons, iirovinp the activity of an
immense period of volcanic forces alonj:; this portion of the Pacific mar^?in.

\'iiliiiiile
nistiirliiinieH.

POLITICAL DIVISIONS.

TH IC Kootcnay District, which includes East and West Kootenay, comprises an
.area of i.t.oCio.ooo acres, and occupies a triangular space of the south-east
corner of British Columbi.a. The apex of this district is at a i)f)int wliere 52°
north latitude crosses the Rocky Mountains, and the base extends from 118° west
latitude to 114° wTSt latitude. The triangle is divided into about two equal i^arts,
called I'ast and West Kootenay. respectively, the Purcell Range of the Selkirks
constitutintr the dividing line. 'I"he whole territory is drained by the Columbia,
which forms what is known as "the great bend," passing iKjrtli through East and
south through West Kootcnay.

There are three main valleys: one in East Kootenay, occupying or being
the drainage basin of the Columbia River, going north; the other, the valley of
the Kootenay River and the Kootenay Lakes, in West Kootenay the third lying
between the Selkirk and Gold Ranges, through which the Colum-
kLotcnav. j^j,^ River expanding into the Arrow Lakes, flows into the three

valleys in f|uestion, constituting the main routes of communication northward
and southward.

I'.ast Kooten.ay contains a large extent of agricultural land, but retiuiring
irrigation as a rule. West Kootcnay has but little arable land, the principal part
of which lies at the southern boundary along the Kootenay River and is made up
of a tract included in the Kootenay Reclamation Scheme described in the chapter
on Agriculture.

It is unnecessary, however, to state that the name Kootenay in British
Columbia has become almost synonymous with mineral wealth, its mountains
being rich with gold, silver and copper, and disclosing so far indications of re-
markable promise. In conseeiuence of the development that has taken place a
number of towns, several incorporated, have sprung up, and are enjoying a large
measure of jjrosiierity — Revelstoke, Nelson, Kaslo, Rossland. Trail, New Denver,
Sandon, Slocan City, Three Forks, Fort Steele, etc., etc. Donald and Golden in

FREDERICK ARM.

•■ C A IUI<

SAM'S LANDING" AND STAGE, KOOTENAY.

FORT SIMPSON.

•«'|

•

;■

l|i

■
1

PENTICTON. YALE.

CAYOOSE CREEK VALLEY, ENTERING FRASER.

East K()(
way di'vt'
district w

Yai
(U'^rcf
whole oc
w'illiiii til
soil and
Similkain

Ynle.

(ttlicr disB
lent wlu';

as a fruit
grapes, \n
Coast dis
passes vc
the Shus\
cation so
Okanagai
referred t

Yal
as a mint
sides whi
Kamloopi
coverics (

Lil
District,
5i°to 52°

Llllooet

tude. It
and in a g

a pastoral
protrrcss.
The
passes thr
and cattle
climate, a
in the dr
farm pro(
time. Tl-
extent, an
controllin
located.
Anderson

We
although
it is terri
occupies
Gulf of G
by Ignite
valley of

Wcstmlns
nistrlc

fertile, an
is apricul
back of
it is altc

AND MANL'AI. OI" l'K()\l NflAI, I \ I'OR M A I K )\.

iS-)

East KootLMiay, were hnmulit iiilo liic by tlir Cl K. With tlic i)rosi)cctivc raij-
way di'vi'lopinciit at liaiul. tliore is no (l<)ul)t tliat tlic population and wialtli of this
district will be surpriMiiKly aiiKinriitoil from liiis time forward.

Yale occupies a larye area to the west of Kootenay, extending to tiu' J-|-iid
decree of west longitude, and from about 4<> to 5-'' north latitude. The
whole f)ceui)ies an area of about i.s.Sso.oih) S(|uave miles, and lies almost wholly
witliin the dry belt of the I'roviuce, althou^jh from its extent it has a variety of
soil and climate. It includes the rich valleys of the OkanaKan. the Nicola, the
Similkamecn, the Kettle River c(juntry, and the valleys of the North and South
'riionipson in the vicinity of Kandoops. It possesses i)erhaps
''"''■'• the larj^est area of purely aRricultiual and pastoral lands of any

other district in tiie Province. The valleys of the < )kanaK;iu District raise excel-
lent wheat, which is milled at two local ^jrist mills

Vale coiUains lar^e cattle raiiKcs, and, in addition, yives excellent promise
as ;i fruit-Krowinjf district, the rauKe of prodticts indudin^j; tomatoes, water mi'loiis,
grapes, peaches, almoiuls, etc., which are not raised to ])erfection anywhere in the
Coast districts. Fruit-growing, however, is nidy in its incipicncy. The C.l'.U.
passes very nearly through the centre of the district, a little to the north, while
the Shuswap and Okanagan branch from Sicamous to Vernon affords communi-
cation southward, which is continued to the Moundary Line by means of the
Okanagan and otlier lakes, forming a system of water stretches, parallel to those
referred to in the Kootenays.

Yale, in addition to its agricultural resources, is coming into prominence
as a mineral district, the new Boundary country being in the southern part, be-
sides which, in the locality of Nicola, in the Similkami'en, at Cliervy Oeek. Hope,
Kamloops, and other parts, there have been numerous locations and rich dis-
coveries of ore.

Lillooet contains io,.^oo.ooo acres, lying west of the northern half of N'ale
District. The northern part of Lillooet forms a parallelogram, extending from
5i°to 52° north latitude, and between i20°.?o' and 125' west longitude. The
southern part forms a smaller parallelogram between 121" and
uiiooet j2^o ^yj,g^ longitude, and extends from 5023' to 51" north lati-

tude. It contains a large portion of the interior plateau previously referred to,
and in a general way exhibits characteristics similar to those in Yale. It is largely
a pastoral country, but in the southern portion of it fruit-growing is making good
progress.

The district is bisected by the Fraser River, and the Cariboo waggon road
passes through it northward from Ashcroft. The district is well adapted for dairying
and cattle-raising. Irrigation is necessary in many places owing to the dryness of the
climate, and is accompanied by success wherever it has been tried. Formerly,
in the days of the Cariboo gold excitement, Lillooet supplied the miners with
farm produce, and agriculturally was even tnore flourishing than at the ])resent
time. There is a number of placer deposits which have been develoi)e(l to some
e.Ktent. and it is in this district that the somewhat celebrated Golden C ache mine, a
controlling interest in which was recently purchased for a very large sum, is
located. It includes such districts as Bonaiiarte River Valley. I^ac la Ilache,
Anderson and Seaton Lakes. Clinton is the judicial centre.

Westminster District lies to the west of the southern half of Yale, and.
although by the Redistribution Bill of 1894 its area was very much diminished,
it is territorially still an important district, containing about 4,500,000 acres and
occupies an unique position in the Province, being bounded on the west by tlie
Gulf of Georgia, on the north by Lillooet, on the east by Yale, and on tlio south
by United States territory. Westminster district is largely made \i\) of the
valley of the Fraser River, which, according to Dr. Dawson, is the bed of an
Wcstmi ancient arm of the sea. which extended as far inland as Hope,

ni^r?cV^ and is thus to a large extent made up of alluvial deposits of the

Fraser River. What is known as the Fraser River Valley is very
fertile, and. with the exception of its being subject to occasional overflow in places,
is agriculturally one of the most desirable locations in the Province. The draw-
back of floods, however, is being overcome by a series of dyking schemes, and
it is altogether probable that the Dominion Government will undertake a

'; il

ii\

I 11! 5

190

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

comprehensive sclu f protection 1)y straightening the river bed and protecting

it? l)anks.

Politicallj, Westminster is divided into four Ridings: Richmond, Dewdney.
Cl'iilliwack, and Delta, the latter two being on the south side of the river, and the
former on the north side o' llie river. It is largely made up of Municipalities,
which include Richmond, i^elta, Surrey, Langley, Matsqui. Chilliwack, Kent.
Dewdney, Mission, Maple Ridge, Coquitlam, Burnaby, North and South Van-
couver. In this respect Westminster differs largely from llie rest of the Province, in-
asmuch as it is the only district in which development on municipal lines has taken
place to any extent. At the south-west corner are the cities of Vancouver, the ter-
minus of the C.P. 1^.. and Westminster, which is often referred to as the fresh
water terminus, and is the centre of the salmon canning industry.

North of Yale and Lillooet lies tlie great district of Cariboo, which extends
from 5_' lo 60° nortli latitude, the latter l)eing the northern boundary line of
the Province, and from the 120th to the 126th degree of west longitude, con-
taining in the aggregate the vast area of about 96,350,000 acres. It is drained in
the south by the Eraser River and its numerous tributaries, in
Cariboo, ^^^^ centre by the Parsnip and Peace Rivers and tributaries, and

in the north by the Nelson and Liard and tributaries. It was in the district
drained )y the tributaries of the Fraser River, in the vicinity of Barkerville. tliat
occurred the great gold excitement of British Columbia in early days. It is esti-
mated that out of these rich creeks lias been taken an amount equal to between
$45,000,000 and $50,000,000 in gold.

The northern half of the district lias l)cen but very imperfectly explored,
and the information regarding it is limited. The central portion was a rich
fur preserve of the Hudson's Bay Company in early days, and in it are located
Forts St. John, McLeod, Stuart, and St James. The Omineca Gold Mining Dis-
trict lies in the western portion near tlie centre between the nortiierly and south-
ern limits, and to the south-west lies the large pastoral and agricultural districts
included in the Blackwater and Nechaco Valleys, in which are contained areas
of grazing land and rich river bottoms, several million acres in extent, which,
when communication has been provided, v. ill afford homes for a large number
of settlers.

In the auriferous district already referred to, where the rich placer mines
exist, large hydraulicing enterprises have been inaugurated, and some half dozen
companies, expending between $250,000 and $600,000 each, have obtained exten-
sive leases, and are operating on a very comprehensive scale. The result of these
operations will, no doubt, bring back to Cariboo much of its old-time prosperity.
Railways are projected into the mining districts from both sides, one from the
main line of the C.P.R. at Ashcroft or Kamloops. and the other by way of Bute
Inlet on the Mainland coast, either of which would materially advance the mining
interest and open up a district which has long suffered from lack of communi-
c'ltio''

Cassiar lies west of Cariboo, occupying an area considerably larger than
the latter, or about 105,150,000 acres, extending from the northern boundary of
Comox at 51 north latitude to the northern boundary of the Province at 60 north
latitude, and all the territory west of that meridian to the Pacific Ocean includ-
ing Queen Charlotte Islands, except the territory of Alaska, which extends to a
iittle south of 55 north latitude. Tliis extensive tract of territory has for many
years lain practically dormant, and very much of it is still unex-
Cassiar. plored. It is drained to the westward by two large parallel riv-

ers, the Skeena and the Stikine, referents? to which is made elsewhere. There
are also within its northern limits the sources of the Liard, known as the Dease
River and the head waters of the Yukon.

In former years Omineca and Cassiar, a brief history of which is given else-
where, were from 1871 onward the scenes of mining excitement, to some extent
similar to those of Cariboo in early days and the Klondyke of the present, only
on a much smaller scale. The Omineca District occupies a central part of
Cassiar. while the richer gold diggings in the vicinity of Dease Lake lie at the
extreme north and are accessible by the .Stikine River.

Recentiv much attention has been attracted both to Omineca and to Northern

ph
mi
of
eel

agl
mi

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

191

Cassiar, and a revival of interest in their mines is looked forward to with
confidence. This interest has been intensified by the Yukon rush, and it is alto-
gether probable that the whole northern interior of British Columbia, including
Cariboo, will be thoroughly prospected and explored by miners, railway promot-
ers, and others within the next few years, and it is possible that a very important
industrial future is in store.

Agriculturally little can be said, or, in fact, little is known, but the general
physical characteristics give but little promise on that score, altliough there are
many valleys and low ranges of hills whicii will aiYord a very considerable area
of pasturage, and it is also probable that vegetables and the hardier fruits and
cereals may be grown in many places. In fact, Dr. Dawson's remarks as to the
agricultural capabilities of the Yukon would apply to the Cassiar District, only
more favourably.

Comox District may be described as a large rectangle, including the northern
part of Vancouver Island and a portion of the opposite Mainland, being bounded on
the north by the 51st degree of north latitude, and on tlie east by the I24tli ilegree of
west longitude, and comi^rising about 9,750,000 acres. On the INIainland .side it is
deeply indented with inlets, of which Jervis, Toba, Bute, Knight and Kingcombe

are the piincipal. These inlets are the outlets for a number of
Comox. rivers which flow through canyons, and are fed by numerous

glaciers. The country generally is very rugged, and the coast, on
both sides of the straits, and the many islands, large a.id small, which intervene, are
heavily timbered. Here are found the principal logging camps of the Province, and
a very important siipply of the best merchantable timber. Although sparsely poj)u-
lated as yet, perhaps no other area of British Columbia of similar si/e contains so
much and varied natural wealth, rejjresented in timber, minerals, fish and agricul-
tural land the last named, though considerable in the aggregate, being, compara-
tively speaking, the least important. Many cftlie islands contain good land, and in
the vicinity of Comox there are some excellent stretches, while north from Seymour
Narrows to the head of the island there are considerable areas, which, if drained and

cultivated, would make valuable cattle ranges and meadows.

Coal measures, which at Comox are extensively worked,

extend almost to the end of the Island ; good fishing is found
everywhere and several salmon canneries are in operation. On this coast
are abundant fine building materials — .stone and .slate, while of
minerals iron, copper, gold and silver are largely represented. In
the vicinity of Thillips Arm are promising 'uiniiig camps ; in fact,
the whole district is richly endowed and is capable of prosperous development. The
west coast has been but little pro.spected as yet : there is comparatively little known
of its resources, but there are good fi.sheries all along it, and recently a number of
mineral discoveries, principally of copper, have been made.

The main physical features of Vancouver Island have already been referred
to in the opening part of this chapter, and the part not heretofore described, consists
of the large district of Cowichan-Alberni, lying south of Comox on the west side,
extending .south to Rscpiimalt District, and other political divisions lying eastward.
The greater part of Alberni is rugged and mountainous, and has, as
is, in fact, true of the whole interior of the Island of Vancouver,
been only faintly explored. There are some grand scenic effects
and beautiful inland lakes. Along Alberni Canal, however, is a large area of fertile
land and a number of settlers. Here, too, there are many promising mineral indica-
tions, with a good deal of preliminary development. On Barclay Sound, and up the
coast as far as NootVa, prospecting is active, and particularly for coi)per, is
regarded as one of Lhe coming mining districts of the Province. Owing, however, to
the heavy undergrowth, prospecting is difficult. P'squimalt District occupies the
south-eastern corner of the Island, in whicli Victoria City and Kscjuimalt are
situated. North of Esquimalt is the Cowichan District, and north of that the
Nanaimo District, which politically is a tri-partition, consisting of South Nanaimo,
Nanaimo City and North Nanaimo (ihe latter including Wellington, Texada, and
contiguous islands), Victoria District, North and South, including
Saanich and Salt Spring Island, and others of a group known as The
Islands, lies east of Cowichan and Ksquimalt Districts, on and in
the Gulf of Georgia. All the south-eastern portion of Vancouver Island is, compara

A Rich
District.

Vancouver
Island.

Its Political
Divisions.

■ill
jl

'rin!

!: ' I

"V ,1

''HI

1 92

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

lively speaking, well settled, and contains a good deal of agricultural land and many
well-cultivated farms. This portion of the Island is well served with good roads, and
has railway communication by the Esquimalt & Nanaimo and Victoria & Sidney
railways.

The area of British Columbia has been variouslj* set down from 380,000 square
miles to 394,000 sfjunre miles. From careful surface measurements of the map, the
foUowitig results approximately have been obtained, according to the present main
political divisions :

PoijTiCAi. Division.

Square Mii.ks. Square Acres.

Kootenav .... . .

Yale . . .'

I^illooet

Westminster

Cariboo

Cassiar

Comox (Mainland)
Vancouver Island .

23,50t)

24,300

16,100

7,660

150,550

164,300

7,100

16,400

409,910

15,060,000

15,850,000

JO, 300, 000

4,900,000

96,350,000

105,150,000

4,550,000

10,000,000

262,160,000

"Ti
H.

The above figures are given appro.ximately to approach round figures as near-
ly as possible, and include the territory claimed by Canada in connection with the
Alaska Boundary dispute.

CITIES AND TOWNS.

ASHCROFT is a town on the Canadian Pacific Railway. 205 miles east of Van-
couver in the Yale District. Its importance consists in its lacing the forward-
ing point to Cariboo. Clinton and Lillooet, via the Ca-iboo waggon road.
The B.C. Express Company have their headquarters, and the
Ashcroft '-British Columbia Mining Journal." a very reliable and well

written newspaper, is pul)lished there.

Barkerville is situated on Williams Creek, 285 miles from Ashcroft, at the

terminus of the Cariboo waggon road, being reached by the Express Company's

stages once a week. Barkerville was formerly an important

BnrkervUic. mining town and is the centre of a mineral district which is again

rapidly coming into prominence.

Chilliwack is a thriving little town situated in the centre of the famous
Eraser Valley, and on the banks of the Fraser River: is fifty miles east of
New Westminster, and about thirty miles west of Hope. The Fraser Valley
is about twenty-two miles long and eight miles wide. Chilliwack is distinctly a
farming community, and all kinds of fruits, cereals and farm produce grow abund-
antly. It is also noted foi stock raising. .\ great many of the
ChHUwiicU. |_^ggj. ^j^^ niost successful farmers and fruit-growers of British
Columbia have large, well-cleaied farms and comfortable houses here. Fish and
gatne abound, and it is a desirable resort for summer tourists.

Our roads are in first-class shape, and are generally admitted by bicyclists
to be the best in the Province

Chilliwack is a progressive, growing town, with a population of about 500
souls, and contains a number of enterprises.

W. T. JACKMAN.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

193

Esqiiimalt. three miles from Victoria, is the Naval Station for Her Maj-
esty's ships on the Pacific Coast, where a dry dock and marine railway have bein
built. It is rather a quaint old village, and is one of the points for sightseers visit-
ing Victoria. The harbour is one of the finest on the Coast, and
'"'" "*" '■ is securely fortified. It is also the chief station of the Dominion
Meteorological Service in British Columbia, in charge of Mr. E. Baynes-Reed.
The ships at present on this station, with ]iead(|uartcrs at Esciuimalt. arc IT. M.S.
"Impericuse," H.M.S. "Amphion." H.M.S. "Phaeton" H.M.S. "Leander." and
H.M.S. "Icarus." The Rear Admiral in charge is H. St. L. Bury Palliser.

Fort Steele is the present judicial centre of East Kootcnay. It is sitnatrd
on the Columbia Lake 180 miles from Golden, which is the nearest railway ^ration
^ and telegraph office. It is reached by a steamer from Ciolden to

Windermere and thence by stage. It is on the direct line of the
Crow's Nest Pass Railway, now in course of construction, and is about ninety
miles from the Crow's Nest Pass. It is in the centre of a mining district of con-
siderable prominence, and the North Star mine, one of the principal properties
of East Kootenay, is in the vicinity.

Golden is situated in the valley of t'le Upper Columbia River at its junc-
tion with the Kicking Horse River. The town derives its importance from
the fact that it is the headquarters of navigation on the Upper Columbia
River, and also the .supply point for the country extending along the Columbia
and Kootenay Valleys.

A great deal of lumber is exported annually from Golden. Beaver, and
Palliser. at each of which places sawmills are established.

Mining is assuming extensive proportions, and great activity is being dis-
played in the development of the ore deposits in the McMurdo District, Cariboo,
Bugaboo Basins, and at Ottertail, in the Kicking Horse Canyon. A smelter
has been built at Golden, but has not yet been operated. The
Golden. Recorder's Office for the Golden Mining District is located in

the town, and contains a magnificent collection of specimens of the mineral ores
of the district.

Agriculture is carried on along the Columbia Valley, the present grain pro-
duction being about 1.000,000 pounds per annum. The breeding of horses and
cattle raising are pursuits followed by a large number of settlers. The C.P.R.
Company have decided on making Golden the divisional point between the
Pacific and Western sections, and the railway workshops at Donald are to be
removed to this point. The town has the privileges of a public park, a school,
and a money order office. Fishing, shooting, and boating are available pastimes,
the large sloughs on the Columbia River north of this town affording excellent
facilities for canoeing and boating. The present population of Golden is 500.

A. E. HAGGEN.

Greenwood is one of the many prominent towns which have sprung up
in the midst of newly discovered mining camps. About two years ago. when
the hardy prospectors were discovering that to the east of Kootenay there
was yet another El Dorado. Robert Wood, a pioneer of the Province and an
enterprising business man. came into Boundary Creek from Vernon, and. after
following the banks of the stream until he came to where it is joined by Twin
Creek, he decided that here was the point to which the trade of
rcenwoo . ^j^^ surrounding mining camps could be diverted. He secured
the necessary land, surveyed the townsite, built roads to the mining camps, erected
a hospital, graded streets and spent money in other directions. His work and the
expenditure of his money proved not barren or unprofitable, for to-day Green-
wood is a thriving town of 600 inhabitants.

The Boundary Creek "Times" is published at Greenwood.

The success of the town is dependent upon the development of the rich
and varied mineral resources of Central. Wellington. Skylark. Providence, Sum-
mit, Long Lake, Kimberley, Pass Creek, Deadwood, Copper, Smith's, and Gra-
ham Camps, which encircle the town, and none of which are at a greater distance
than nine miles. All these camps nre at a higher altitude than Greenwood, so
that ores can be hauled down hill on an easy grade. An ample supply of water

\! <tl

194

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

and water power for smelting or other purposes can be secured from Boundary
Creek or any of its numerous tributaries. The route for the Columbia & Western
Railway is through the Boundary Creek Valley, and the railway when constructed
will therefore pass throufrli the town.

Greenwood is at present reached by a daily stage from Marcus, a distance
of sixty-five miles, or by a tri-weekly stage from Penlicton, a distance of eightv-
three miles. Both these lines carry mails.

Greenwood is pleasantly situated between the hills. It stands about 2,400
feet above the sea level, and in summer is climatically a delightful spot to live
in, while the winters are not sufficiently severe to prevent mining operations being
carried on at all seasons of the year.

D. ROSS.

Harrison Hot Springs, a health resort, is situated on Harrison Lake, five
miles from Agassi/., on the main line of the C.P,R It obtains its name from the
mineral springs existing there, to which a large number of per-
sons go for treatment. The Harrison Hot Springs Hotel is
located on the lake. The .situation altogether is pictures(|ue as
well as healthful, and good fishing is available. .\ new mineral district is being
opened up north of this lake.

Harrinon H(it
SpritiKs.

Kamloojis is the oldest city of any commercial importance in the interior of
the Province. It is charmingly located at the junction of the North and South
Thompson Rivers, on the line of the Canadian Pacific Railway, in the District
>>f Yale, 250 miles from the Pacific seaboard at X^mcouver. More than eighty years
<'!go the Hudson's Bay Company established a trading ])ost here, and around
this gradually clustered a population which carried on a very widespread commerce
throughout tiie interior. Kamloops (which is the Indian word

am oops. signifying "the meeting of the waters") was the outfitting place
frr the adventurous miner and trapper; and the splendid pasturage afforded by
the table-lands and valleys for many miles around early attracted people to the
business of cattle raising. Ranching, mining, trading and trapping were the in-
dustries wdiich first gave Kamloops its start, and it is the progress being made in
these industries, but chietiy in that of mining, which is now advancing the pros-
perity of Kamloops by leaps and bounds.

The completion through the mountains to Eastern Canada in 1886 of the
Canadian Pacific Railway ushered in a new era in the progress of this thrivin;4
city, and its growth from that time continued steadily till last year, when it was
immensely accelerated by the discoveries of rich deposits of gold-copper ores on
Coal Hill, about four miles south of the city. These discoveries have attracted
great attention to Kamloops. and hundreds of people, either with money to in-
vest in mines or with the golden expectations of the prospector, have flocked in
and overrun the adjacent country. The discoveries were made too late last sea-
son to permit as yet of any gre.it development of the mining claims, but enough
is already known to satisfy experienced mining men as to its future.

The cattle ranges adjacent and tributary to Kamloops are very extensive,
and give pasturage from year to year to about 40,000 head of cattle. About 10,000
head are sent to market each year. Agriculture in the vicinity of the city is car-
ried on by irrigation, and wherever water can be obtained fine crops of fruit, grain,
hops, vegetables, etc., are raised, for which good prices are obtained.

Five years ago the City of Kamloops was incorporated. The city has put
in a .system of electric lighting and water works, assuring at all times a whole-
some and copious supply of water for domestic purposes and an efficient protec-
tion from fire.

One of the most delightful features of this city is the fine climate with which
it is blessed. Sunshine is the prevailing condition tie year round; there is very-
little wet weather; the winters are mild and not of long duration
and the spring, summer and fall seasons charming. The remark-
able salubrity of the climate has made Kamloops a favourite
health resort.

Kamloops is well supplied with stores of general merchandise, lumber
mills, schools and churches of nearly all denominations; and very many of the

CUnintlc
AdvantaKcs.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LN'FORMATION.

195

]

citizens have supplied themselves with residences of comfortable and pretty de-
sign. At Kamloops the '"Inland Sentinel" is published. [The Kamloops "Stand-
ard" has been esvablished since the above was written. — En. | The population
of Kamloops is about i/)00. The city is the seat of Government for the K^eat
Yale District. The Court House and Jail are located here, as well as the Land
and Registry Offices of both Dominion and Provincial Governments. There are
steamboats plying on the waters of the North and South Tiiompson Rivers, and
in these waters also is to be found as good trout fisliing as is to be had in Uritish
Columbia. In season grouse, duck, chicken and deer are plentiful, so that the
angler and hunter are here favt .red with good sport in a good climate.

W. BAILLTK.

The city of Kaslo is situated on the west side of Lake Kootenay, sixty
miles north from the Internationa! Boundary Line and seventy-eight miles south-
east from Revelstoke on tlie main line of tlie C.P. R. Population. 2,000. It has
splendid water supi)ly by gravitation from Kaslo Creek and good fire protection.
The waterworks cost $28,000. Kaslo is the central distributing point for the
Slocan mines, seventy-five good shipping mines being tributary to it. These may
be worked all the year round and at very little expense. The

"* °' development work is increasing, although a mere l)cgin-

ning has been made. Sjilendidly e(|uipped steamers run on the lake making
connection with the through trains on the C.P.R., N.P.R. and Great Northern.
'!'hc Kaslo & Slocan Railway (Robert Irving, General Traffic Manager) runs daily
trains between Kaslo and Sandon, distance thirty-three miles, where connection is
made with the C.P.R. system to Nakusp. The International Tr.iding and Navi-
gation Company's steamers "International" and "Alberta" run daily between
Kaslo and Nelson and make connection at Five-Mile Point witli the various
transcontinental railways of the United States. The "Kokanee" steamer of the
C.P.R. also makes daily trips to and from Nelson. Other steamers ply on the
lake to Bonner's Ferry, Lardo, Argenta. and Duncan River districts, calling at
way ports, such as Balfour. Ainsworth, Pilot Bay, etc.

Kaslo has a beautiful situation on a flat plateau on the lake front. There
are numerous fine buildings (chictly wooden frame), ciiurches, school house,
public offices, sawmill (capacity 40,000 feet per day), planing mill, sash and door
factory, ore sampling works, brewery and bottling works, two banks, electric light
works, and numerous stores for miners' supplies, etc. The city is progressive, 100
buildings having been erected during the spring and summer of 1897. and muni-
t ipal improvements such as sewerage system, are in contemplation. Kr.slo has two
newspapers, one weekly (the B.C. "News") and one semi-weekly ("Kootenaian").

J. B. McKILLIGAN.

Ladner's Landing, a town on the south bank of the Fraser River four miles

from its mouth, is the business centre of Delta Municipality, one of the best

agricultural districts in the Province. There are also a number

Ladner s Landing. ^j- s;jj1,,,^q,,, canneries ill the vicinity, and steamers from Victoria

and Vancouver to Westminster and up-river points call regularly.

Midway is a town near the International Boundary in Yale, twenty-eight

miles distant from Osoyoos. At present the means of communication is limited.

It is in the centre of a farming and mining district. It has

' *"*■ a population under 1,000 and a newspaper, the "Midway

Advance."

Nakusp is a small town on Upper Arrow Lake, the terminus of the Nakusp

& Slocan Railway, seventy-five miles distant from the main line of tlie C.P.R.

at Revelstoke. It is the point of trans-shipment for goods going

aku.sp. jj^^^ ^i^g Slocan country, and for ore coming out via the C.P.R..

which connects with the steamers on the Arrow Lakes and Columbia River.
There is a sawmill located there.

Nanaimo City is the direct outcome of the discovery of coal at that point
in the year 1850. The Hudson's Bay Company erected a tort there in [852. from
which time it assumed an importance peculiarly its own as the centre and chief
point of the coal mining industry of British Columbia. It was incorporated as a
municipality in 1874, since which titne it has gradually increased in size and

I'^itV

f :

1^6

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

population until at the last census the population was given at about 5,000. Mining
operations there at the present time are carried on by the New Vancouver Coal
Mining and Land Company, which employs a verv large number of men. This
Company is the successor to the Vancouver Coal Company,
.Nanaiiuo. which purchased its property from the Hudson's Bay Company.

Nanaimo is connected with Victoria, seventy-eight miles distant, by the Esqui-
malt & Nanaimo Railway and by steamers with Vancouver, thirty-five miles dis-
tant, communication being daily in both instances. It is connected by steamer
with Comox and various points on the coast in the vicinity. It is favourably
situated for the growing tjt fruit, and farming to some extent is carried on suc-
cessfully in the vicinity. The harbour affords safe anchorage and is commodious.
Tlie principal shipping of the port is created by the export of coal by ships from
San Francisco. The city possesses waterworks, electric light, telephone system,
gas works, etc.

Nelson, which was incorporated during the present year, started into life
about the year i8yo, when the first rush of prospectors into the imerior of West
Kuotenay took place as the result ol tiie discovery and location of the now cele-
brated Hall mines. Since then it has gradually grown in size and importance until
it is now regarded as one, if not the most important point in the whole of the
Kootenay country. It is situated on what is known as the West Arm of Kootenay
Lake, twenty-two miles from its mouth, at a point where the Kootenay River
begins, and is the terminus of the Columbia & Kootenay Railway, twenty-eight
miles from Robson, on the Columbia River. Connection is made
Nelson. .^j. ^j^^ latter place with the C.P.R. line of steamers. It is also

the northern terminus of the Nelson & Fort Sheppard Railway from Waneta. on
the International Boun'ary, seventy miles south, and from Spokane 200 miles.
Nelson is the Government hcadijuarters for the southern district of West Koote-
nay, where the offices of the Gold Commissioner and Government Agent and
other offices are located. It is also the port of entry for the Kootenay District,
and headquarters for the C.P.R. officials. Communication is had by steamers
with all points on Kootenay Lake and Kootenay River, including Ainsworth,
Pilot Bay and Kaslo. It is on the proposed line of e.Ktension of the C.P.R.
through the Crow's Nest Pass now under construction, and a branch of the
C.P.R. is now being constructed from Slocan Crossing near Nelson to Slocan
City, whicl. will give Nelson direct communication with Slocan District. There
are three newspapers, the "Miner." the "Tribune" and the "Economist"; two
charierea banks, a sawmill, sash and door factory, foundry and machine shops,
waterworks, electric light, telephone system, etc. The Hall Mines and smelter,
which give employment to over 200 men, are located in the vicinity, as are also'
other mines both silver and gold, on Toad Mountain. Population, about 3,000.

New Denver is an important town on the east side of Slocan Lake at the
mouth of Carpenter Creek. It is thirty-two miles from Spokane, nine miles from
Sandon and about forty miles west of Kaslo. and the same distance north of
Slocan City. Steamer accommodation is had daily to Roseberry,
New Denver. Silvertoti and Slocan City. There are several sawmills here
and a number of mining properties in the vicinity. The New Denver "Ledge."
a characteristic mining paper, is its journalistic exponent. The C.P.R. branch
line from Nakusp passes close to the city.

The particulars regarding the founding and early growth of the city of
New Westminster have been given elsewhere and it will not be necessary to refer
at length to its history and development. Its commanding situation on the north
bank of the Fraser was the reason for its being selected as the Capital of the
Colony of Britisli Columbia. The city is sixteen miles from the Gulf of Georgia,
seventy-five miles from Victoria and twelve miles in a direct line from Vancouver
City on Burrard Inlet. By the census of i8gi it possessed a population of 7.000
New inhabitants, and for practical purposes that may be taken as the

Westminster. population at the present time. In addition to the regular
steamer communication from Victoria. Vancouver and river points, the citv is
connected with the main line of the C.P.R. by a branch from Westminster
Jimction and hourly communication by electric tram line from Vancouver, twelve
miles distant, is had. The Royal City, as it is sometimes called, is the centre

AXD MANUAL OF i'R( )\I.\ ClAL IXi'UR.MATlOX.

Kj;

•^

Port Moodv.

of the salmon canning industry of tlic Frascr River, on wliicli tiiorc arc liuatid
al)OUt forty-five salmon canneries. Sailinj? vessels frf)m En.Lrland and otlier part'^
of the world come up the Fraser as far as Xow Wi'stminster to load luinher and
salmon. Tlic city has a larpc numher of siilendifl business blocks of brick and
stone, and here are located the Dominion Penitentiary, the Piovincial Asylum for
the Insane, and the Provincial Gaol. The city owns its electric li^ht system
and was the first in the Province to recoKuize the principle of municipal owner-
ship in this. It also has a splendid system of waterworks. There are several
large sawmills, iron foundries. carriafj;e and furniture factories, a city market,
which is very successfully carried on. cold storage, creameries and other indus-
tries. The Great Xorthern Railway, 7'iii Blaine, has its terminus
Its Features. on the oi)posite bank of the river. There is one daily newspaper
the "Columbian. ' a number of churches, a Methodist College
arid good schools. New Westminster City is the centre and chief market town
of New Westminster District, whicli in respect to farming development, is
foremost in the Province, and upon the agricultural wealth of the district and the
salmon canneries of the Fraser River its future must largely depend.

Pilot Bay is situated on the Kootenay Lake, eighteen miles from Kaslo and

eight miles from Ainsworth on the opposite side. At this point the Kootenay

Lake Reduction Company have erected their smelter, which.

"-' although for some time closed down, is again about to resume

operations. It has daily communication with all points on the lake.

Port Moody, at the head of Burrard Inlet, was the former terminus of the
C.P. R. from which place the line was subsequently extended to Vancouver. At
the time the C.P.R. was completed to that point there was considerable activity
in real estate, and Port Moody promised to become what Van-
couver is to-day. but the change of terminus suspended all build-
ing operations. With the growth of industries around the shores of Burrard Inlet
it will undoubtedly yet assume a considerable degree of importance.

Port Simpson is a Hudson's Bay Company's post on the northwest coast of
British Columbia near Alaska, 640 miles north of Victoria. A large village of
Tsimpshean Indians is located here, and in connection with this
■*'*"• there is a Methodist Mission and several industries. The har-
bour at Port Simpson is a good one, and for this reason it was at one time
regarded as a possible terminus of the C.P.R. There is communication by steamer
at legular intervals with Victoria.

In the navigable waters of the Great Columbia River where crossed by the
Canadian Pacific Railway's main line, Revelstoke is admirably situated as,
and is fast becomng, an cntrct^ot of trade for the West Kootenay District,
amongst the principal towns of which it must be always numbered. Reliable
business houses of national as well as Provincial reputation are establishing ware-
houses there, and the C.P.R. management are there centralizing
Revelstoke. ^j^^ business of the Pacific Division as much as possible. Revel-
stoke is also surrounded by the mineral fields of Big Bend, Jordan Pass. Albert
Canyon. Illccillewaet. Lardeau, and Trout Lake, and is for them the chief point
of supply. As these camps (now coming rapidly into pul)lic favour) progress and
are developed a local as well as district trade is secured to Revelstoke. and a
steady growth is noticeable in this respect.

In conseciuence of the trade advantages of situation, the richness and de-
velopment of its adjacent mineral fields, and the recent recognition of it by the
C.P.R., the town is rapidly growing and its population steadily increasing. It
has splendid hotel accommodation, banking, jiostal an-l daily mails, and other
business facilities, churches, schools, newspapers, societies, and all the advantages
of a place mucli larger. It occupies a splendid site (affording immense room for
expansion), is surrounded by magnificent scenery, and has a very mild and fairly
equable climate. All hardy plants^ fruits and grasses grow well. I'opulation, i.ooo,

B. R. ATKINS.

Rossland (population 7.000). on the slope of a basin formed by Red. Monte
Christo. Columbia. Lookout Lake, and Deer Park Mountains, about seven
miles westward of Trail, on the Columbia River, and eight miles north of

'im

198

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLU^FBIA

Uo!isliin(l.

A Great IViwcr
System.

the International Boundary. Connection is had with the Columbia River by the
Colunil)ia & Western Railway to Trail, thence by steanisliips to the Arrow Head,
and rail to the main line of the C.l'. R. at Revelstoke, and with the Spokane Falls
& Northern Railway by the Columbia and Red Mountain to Nortliport.

It owes its imi)ortance to the inmensc denosits of iron and copper pyrritic
ore, carrying Rold, in the hills surroundin^j: it. The permanence of these mineral
lodes has been demonstrated by development work a^JKi't^K-'itinj; upwards (jf four-
teen miles. During? July, 1897, the (|uantity of ore shipi)ed to smelters, chiefly
that at Trail, averaKed 1,400 tons a day, and w'tii a reduction of $2 per ton in
cost of freight and treatment, a carefully prepared estimate of the amouiit of ore
that could be shipped with profit within a year is 4.000 tons per
day, with the probability that tlie amount could be doubled
in two years. The deci)est workings are in the Le Roi mine, where 650 feet has
been attained. A triple compartment shaft has been commenced, which, when
completed, will be furnished with hoistin>r ai)pliances capable of raising 2.000
tons per day. The business portion is closely built, chielly in wood. .\ >i;ravita-
tion .system supi)lies ample water for domestic and fire protection purposes, and
an electric liKht system li^htinK. Work has commenced in the direction of utiliz-
ing the power derived from the falls of Kocjtenay River to operate an electric
plant, from which power will be conveyed to operate and light the mines of the
\icinity. In the first instance .^ooo horse power will be generated. .\ charter
has also been granted lor similar works to utilize the power
derivable from the Petid O'Reille River for the same purpose.
The city is provided with public schools, churches of the Roman
Catholic, Ei)iscoi)al, Presbyterian. Methodist, and Baptist denominations, three
theatres, social clubs and reading rooms. The hotel accommodation is ample
and of good (luality. In sanitatu.n the health of the city has been well main-
tained througli a rigorous enforcement of suitable regulations, and tlie constructitHi
of a system of sewerage for the mo, ■ thickly populated part was commenced in
1897. Tennis, baseball, football. ;in(l gun cbibs have been organized, as well as
two social clubs. Rossland was incorporated in April. i8()7, and is governed by
a Council -insisting of a Mavor and six .\ldermen. It is the seat of the Alining
Recorder's ' )rfice for Trail Creek Mining Division, and has a Deputy Registrar
of the Supreme and County Courts.

W. H. JONES.

Sandon is situate' in about the centre of what is known as the wet ore belt
of the Slocan District, the ore being mostly galena and carbonates. The
first locations were the Payne Group. Slocan Star. Noble Five Grouj). and
Washington, in iP'j/i.

The townsite was located as a mineral claim in fSqj by J. M. Harris, but
nothing was done toward laying out the town till January, 1896. .\boiit that time
two railroads, the Kaslo & Slocan, from Kootcnay Lake, and the C.P.R., from
the Upper Arrow Lake, made Sandon their terminus, and the town
began to grow rapidly. Now (May, 1897) it has a population
of about 2,000, with water system, electric light, fire department, public school,
theatre, Methodist and Presbyterian Churches, lodges of the different secret
orders, and one newspaper, the "Paystreak."

Four concentrators are now in operation in the /icinity of Sandon, the
Slocan Star, Noble Five, Washington, and Alamo. A number of mines are' pre-
paring to build concentrators, and others have ore that does not need concen-
trating, but is shipped direct from the mine. Cody, one mile east, and Three
Forks, four miles west of Sandon, have good mines, and are promising points.
The wages of miners is $3.50 per day.

E. C. BISSELL.

Silverton is a mining cami) on Slocan Lake at the mouth of Four Mile
Creek, four miles below New Denver, nine miles from Rosebeiry, (jn the Nakusp
Silverton ^ Sl()caii Railway It is one of the numerous towns in the Slo-

can district which has sprung into life owing to the mining devel-
opnient tliere. The townsite was laid out during the present vear and the popu-
lation is rapidly on the increase. It has a weekly newspaper."

S.indon.

AND MANUAL OF TROVINCIAL IXroRMATlOX. J(X>

Stcvcston is a fishiiiR villa^?c at the mouth of the Soutli Ann of tlic Frasi-r
River and is the chief town of Richmond Municipality. It is surrouiuled hy num-
erous sahnon canneries, to which it owes its existence. IMiere is
regular communication by steamers from Victoria, \'ancouver.
New Westminster and river i)oiiits.

Three Forks is a mininjx town on the Xakusp iS: Sh)can Railway, thirty-
three miles from Nakusj) and four miles from Sandon. It has sta^e conncc-
tions daily to Sandon ami Cody. Alamo is one mile west ot
Three Forks. '1'],^^^. lM)iks, where a concentrator is located.

Trail, situated on the Columbia River, six miles north of the Internation.d
Boundary line, is the site of the smelter of the li.C. Smelting & Retiniiik'
Comjjany, with a capacity of 400 tons of ore per day. It is the terminus oi
the C.P.R. line of steamships plying; between that point and Arrowhead, at tlie
north of the .\rrow Lakes, while a steamer makes regular trips to Northport.

on the Spokane Falls & Northern Railway. Besides the bnsine-s
'^" ■ incidental to tiie demands of the lar^e staff of men employed al

the smelter and in the mining; pronerties of the vicinity, an excellent supply trade
is done with mining cam])s alonjjf .10 Columbia River. There are excellent hotils.
and religious services are re^j;ularly held by Roman Catholic, Episcopal, Presby-
terian, and Methodist denominations.

Union is the centre of a coal mining and farminjj; district, which gives it
considerable importance as the only town north of NIanaimo on tlie east coast
of Vancouver Lsland. It is Ijeautifully situated on the fof)thills of the Beaufort
Mountains, sixty miles from Xanainio. It is connected with llain Sound by a line
of railway thirteen miles in leni^tli. by whicii the coal, tlie mining of which is tin-
principal industry, is taken to the sea for shii)ment. The coal mines here are
operated by the Union Colliery Company, which jjroduce from 700 to i,ocx) tons
per day of the be^t sleam coal. In addition to sliipments to the San Francisco
market the coal is manufactured into coke, ovens lor whicii have been recently

erected, and on account of the demand of the smeitint;- industry
" ""■ promises to t^row to larj^e proportions. Union is the market for

the Comox farming:: district, which is one of the best on the Island. There is a
considerable population and business is well rejiresented. The "Comox Weekly
News" is the only newsjjaper. The town is divided into two parts. The Camp and
Cumberland, each havin.u: about the same ])0))ulation. Incorporation is abf)Ut to
take place, application for w'hich has already boen made. There is a t^ood water
supply and an incorporated company has been formed for the purpose of utiliz-
ing it to supply the town.

Vancouver is called the Terminal City because it is the land termiiius of
the Canadian Pacific Railway in British Columbia, and on account of that fact
and its situation on Burrard Inlet, one of the finest natural harbours in the world, it
has acquired the importance it has during the last decade, witliiii which period
it was created and has grown to its i)resent proportions. ICarly in its existence it

was swept by fire, but the loss it then sustained only tended as
Vancouver. ^ further stimulus to the exertions of the citizens. Vancouver
from its position has always been regarded as a city with a future. As the ter-
minus of the C.P.R. with its multifarious connections, and as a natural seaport,
it has every prospect of and is surrounded by the proper conditions for becoming
one of the great shipping marts of the I'acific Coast. .\t present Burrard Inlet
is the centre of the lumber trade o.' British Columbia, and the shipi)ing port of
the Australian and Oriental steamers running in connection witli the C.P.R.
The city itself was laid out on a com])reliensive scale and made rapid growth.
The authorities early applied themselves to the jiroblenis of water su])])ly, sewer-
age, street paving, electric light and tramways, etc.. and succeeded in completing
satisfactory and substantial systems. Its paved streets and fine water sui)i)ly art
two things of which its citizens arc especially proud. It possesses many cluirches,
good schools, several social clubs, a fine theatre, fraternal und benevolent orders in

abundance, athletic associations, etc. Industrially it has made good

progress, although not perhaps on the scale at first anticipated.

Its iirineijial industries are lumbering, sugar refining, jute and
cooperage works, iron works (including the C.P.R. shoi)s). fruit i)reserving. fur-
niture and candy factories. .\t English Bay. near the city limits, is good bathing,

Sncial
Features.

300

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

and with Stanley I'ark, a very ]argc reserve, form tlic principal pleasure resorts.
Mrtri; recently a number of lart?e wholesale firms have established themselves
ii; Vancouver and are competing; successfully lor a share of the business of the
rro\incc. The populaticjii at the last general census was al)out I4,(K)o.

Vernon is the centre and chief supply point for tlie Okanagan District,

wiiich containri several large agricultural valleys of peculiar promise. It is the

trrniinus of the Shuswaj) Ik Okanagan Railway, forty-six miles from Sicamous

Junction, and has in addition to Goverimient oliices a branch of the Bank of

Montreal, a newspaper, the "News and Okanagan Farm Live Stock

*''°*'"' and Mining Journal." There is daily communication via the

C.P.R. and with the southern country as far as the boundary by means of
steamers on (Jkanagan and Dog Lakes, and stages with various points
of the district. Some attention has been recently directed to mineral de-
posits in the vicinity, and hopes are entertained of a considerable mining devel-
opment. The city is l)cautifully situated and the climate is healthful and ex-
hilarating.

Victoria is the Capital and oldest city of British Columbia, and its history,
from the outset up to within ten years ago, is practically the history of the Prov-
ince. Its nucleus was the old Hudson's Bay Company's fort erected in 1843. It
was laid out for a city in 1851, and was incorporated as such in i86j. The fact

to which, however, it owed its greatest stimulus was the gold rush
Mctorin. j^^ ]Hs,H, when it suddenly grew into a city of tents with between

20,000 and 30,000 inhabitants. It, however, suffered many reverses subsetjuent
to that, and there were times when a cannon could have been fired up or down
its streets with impunity, except, perhaps, for the danger which might have been
incurred by the rival editors, who in such serene days used often to sit on the
.sidewalks and read their proofs and exchanges. Between the years of 1881 and
hScji population increased very rapidly and at the latter date the olticial census
gave it a population of 16,800, although a mucii Inrger population was claimed
for it. The attractions of Victoria are its picturesque situation, its climate, and
its residential conditions, and in the latter respect it has a future peculiarly its
own. Its numerous homelike residences and the great profusion of flo\ ers by
which they are in summer surrounded have always been a matter of comment
among visitors ami added to these are many pleasure resorts easy of access, with
good suburban roads in every direction. It has, of course, electric tram lines,
waterworks, electric lighting, etc.. etc.. and is well supplied with churches and
all the social adjuncts of a modern city. Its shipping trade is a large one, one

of tlie largest in tonnage in the Dominion, and its wholesale
Industries. trade is extensive. Its industries, of which there are a number,

including Hour, feed and rice mills, iron foundries and machine
shops, furniture and biscuit factories, chemical and metallurgical works, fruit
preserving, pickling and spice factories, boot and shoe and trunk making, soap
factories, powder works, etc., arc as a rule on a solid and paying basis. Victoria
being the Capital has the new Parliament Buildings described elsewhere. It is
a port of call for tlie China and .A.ustralasian steamships and has direct conmiuni-
cation with San Francisco, Sound ports and all Coast points as far as Alaska.

Wellington, which was incorporated last year, is about six miles nortii of

Nanaimo. with a po]nilation of about 2.000. It is the northern terminus of the

Fsquimalt & Nanaimo Railway and is in the vicinity of coal

njiton. niines to which it owes its existence principally. The coal from

the mines is conveyed to Departure Bay, three miles, by means of a narrow

gauge railway, where it is shipped to market.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LN'FORNLMION.

JO I

CLIMATE.

^IOTVVITIISTANI)ING tliat much lias been written about tin- climate oi Untish
i Columbia, many misjonceptioiis appear to prevail on tin: subject outside
of the Province. In some (piarters, through confusion witli the north-west
interior of the Dominion, an impression has been formed that at least to the east
of the Coast Range fearful extremes of cold are to be endured by tiie inhabitants,
while in others, through a misapprehension of the report of travellers, it has been
imagined that the climate of the coast resembles that of tlie shores of the Medi-
terranean. In order to aciiuire a reasonable idea of the true state of the caso,
let anyone first examine upon a map of Europe that portion of land which lies
between the same parallels of latitude, and extends over the same area from the
Atlantic coast east, and then consider how far conditions which are known to
exist there will be modified by local dilferences on the Pacific. It will be seen
that between latitudes 49°-59° must be included Great Britain, the north-east
corner o? France, Belgium. Holland, North Germany, P^Mssia,
ciimatcH. Denmark, the south of Sweden, the Baltic Provinces, ana the

coast of Russia to the Gulf of Finland. This tract of country
in area and latitude approximately represents British Columbia, and may be con-
sidered as a whole to present almost the same climatic conditions. Tlie differ-
ences to be allowed for are as follows: First, the Japan current, the north equa-
torial current of the Pacific, does not tlovv so closely to the American coast as the
Gulf stream does to the shores of Nortliern Europe, but admits of a return
Arctic current from the north. This Arctic current which renders the waters
of British Columbia extremely cold, causes a condensation of the moisture borne
by the prevailing westerly winds eastwards, and produces a humidity most bene-
ficial to the vegetation uf the Province. The winds are arrested, in a measure, by
the Coast Range, creating a dry belt to the east of these mountains, but the higher
currents of air discharge their moisture against the Selkirks, causing the more
copious snowfall which distinguishes that range from its neighbour, the Rookies.

Thus a series of alternate moist and dry belts are formed throughout the
Piovince. which have no parallel on the coast of Europe, whore tlie more broken
coast line and absence of lofty mountain ranges, together with
Alternate Belts, the practical non-existence of an Arctic durrcnt. tend to distribute
the rainfall over the whole area. Tt will be easily seen how these
belts will be broken and modified in places by the varied elevation of the moun-
tains and the presence of passes such as the Eraser canon.

Again, the decrease in elevation of the Rocky and Selkirk Ranges as they
approach to the north, admits a free passage for the winds of tlie Arctic regions
to sweep down over the northern portion of the Province, bringing with them a
corresponding reduction in temperature in winter or increase in the summer, when
the long Arctic day admits an accumulation of dry hot air over these regions.
Since there is open sea to the north of the European continent these conditions
exist there only in a modified form, aithougli the P>aUic Provinces. Poland, and
Prussia experience very similar effects from the north-cast winds.

I ;1 ■

JOJ

yi:ak liooK or uuinsii l(ji.umbia

Ovnurnplilinl
Cnnilltlims.

And lastly, tlic elevation of tlu- interior plateau s. uf course, greatly su-
perior to that of Nortiurn l''.iiroi)c, making an aviT.iK*' lilTcrence in baromrtric
pressure of some two iiirlies.

The KeiitT.ii result of tlir altove ditTereiices between tiie two regions is to
accentuate llif rainfall on tiu' shores of the I'aeitio Coast and the extremes of tem-
perature in till' interior. Where the latter extends in areas of hinh elevation, these
extremes of tenii)eratures will necessarily he more felt, while in
the valleys and canons n\)vn to the coast and well protected from
the north, a more mild and e(|uable climate will result. At the
same time, there is a ^(reater sytnmelry in the main features of land and water
the straiKht coast line ;md i)arallel niomii.iin ranges, so the Kreat ocean winds are
probably less interfered witii liy local conditions, and there is a ^r^'ater regularity
of the seasons.

So far as the coast is concerned ;in increase in rain-fall and K'eiieral humidity
must be exi)ected to the north, where tin Arctic current is colder, the Japan cur-
reirt sweeps nearer to ihe shore and condensation conse(iuently is greater; the east
coast of Vancouver will be less humid than the west, from arrest of moisture by
tile mountains and forests of ilie island interior, and the shores of the mainland
opposite will be more liable lo rain and fog from the low temperature of the
waters of the (Inlf, which are ni;iinly ilerived from the cold northern backwash, and
fioni the i)roi)in(|nity of iieavily timbered mountainous tracts.

It may be said then, that the climate of Hriiish Columbia, a; a whole,
prt sents all the featmes whicli are lo be met with in lutropean countries lying
within the temperate xoik', the cr.idlc of the greatest nations of t'le world, and is,
therefore, a climate well adapt'd to the devclopmenl of the human race under the
most favourable conditions.

The various local ditferences alluded to in general terms above, in relation
tc) (hose causes which produce them, may now be mo^-e particularly described.

In the valley of the Colnmbi.i and throughout the Kootenay Di.;tricts wliic.i

C(irresi)ond, as has been seen, with the mountain belt of the Selkirks, the high

avev.'.ge altitude renders the air rarilied and bracing, the precipitation of mo;^t-

nre being greater on the eastern tl,iid< of the Rockies, but falling far below

that of the coast. Regular meteorological returns have ii^i

hitherto been made from stations in this section of the country,
but from observations taken by Lieut. -Col. Baker during some years' residence at
Cranbrook. in the Upper Columbia \'alley, the following data may be depended
upon as fairly accurate:

The rainfall averages from eighteen to twenty inches per annum, the lesser
amount being experienced in ICast Kootenav, and the snow attains to a depth of
from one to three feet, making a total precipitation of about twenty to twenty-four
inches of moisture, according to locality.

The winters extend from l)eceini)er to March, snow not falling, to lie,
earlier than the last week in December as a rule. Navigation on the Upper Co-
lumbia closes about the beginning of Xovember: on the .Arrow Lakes and Lower
Columbia not till the end of that month: it opens again about the middle of
March. The Kootenay Lake does not freeze over. During the winter the ther-
mometer falls at times consider.ibly below zero, and in summer rises as high as
eighty or ninety degrees in the shade, the nights being always comparatively cool.
The extreme cold is not severely felt and is of short (lm-;ition. nor is tlie summer
heat exhausting as in the interior of the continent. Vegetation is rarely affected
by drought, and althougli summer frosts occasionally cause damage in swampy
localities, their effects are modified by drainage and cultivation.

Farther west, throughout the region of the Interior Plateau, a drier cli-
mate prevails, culminating in the bunch grass country immediately east of the

Kootfnav.

AND MANUAL OK I'UOVINCIAL INFOKMATION.

aoi

A l>i\ Mvlt.

1( cality. Tlif
iiiomctcr falls

Coast RatiRi'. Hero luxuriant vi'Kttatioii is ontirrly cimriiU'il f.i thr Ixirdors of
tile iakcs and water coiirses. while the iliKiier heiiches and roimd titpped hdls pre-
sent the '.-haraoteristic semi-barren appeaiaiice ot this class of
pasture land. The rain and snow-fall is very moderate, total pre-
cipitation averaK'iiiK from seven to twelve inches accordiuK ''J
winter is confined to ei^ht or ten weeks' frost, when the ther-

to zero, and in severe seasons considerably below. The average

is not extreme nor are the cold spells protracted. The summers, like tho.e of
Kootenav, are warm during the day with cool evenings. As the me.in ele\iition
is some i.sckj feet, tlu' air of the Interior Plateau is clear and bracing.

South of the .Shuswa|) Lake, a climate is cxi.crienced tyi)ic,d of tlie mdder
and more moist conditions which prevail in the wide depressions once fornieil by
glacial lakes, and which may be said to present a mean between the dryness of the
true bunch Kf-'i'^'* country and the humidity of the coast. 'I'lie timber is here
I)lentiful but scattered, vevjetation is varied and luxuriant, the rainfall suliicient to
obviate the need of irrigation; the winter and summer not appreciably differing
from that of (!entral I'.urope.

In the narrow valleys which traverse the Coast Ran^o a clim.ite is found
which once more cills lor special remark a>^ i)rosentin^( features of some interest
and pecidiar to tliesr situ.itiotis. At Spence's Hrid^e. on tlie Fraser. a char.ictcr-
istic point, a meteorolo(j;ical station has been est.iblished lor sonu' ye.irs and ac-
curate data of this class of climate obtamed. Sheltered as these
""""*," "* canons are from the cold northern wind<. they admit tlie warm
Const iinuc. breezes of the coast and upon their sides the sun's rays ar- con-

centrated •vith almost tropical intensity. A temptrafiirc much war'ner than would
be expected is the result.

No sooner is the Coast Uaiiue crossed than an entirely new order of things
becomes manifest, indicalin^j a K'«-'at chanxt in climatic conditions. V'cKet.ition
is extraordinarily luxuriant, forests are everywhere, the underKrowth impenetrably
dense, riie reason of this is at once apparent whi'ii it is seen tiiat the rain fall
attains to some sever.tv inches, increasin^r as you proceed north and come more
witiiin the immediate inlluence of the Jap.in cnrreiil. to over a hun-
dred inches. The winters are shorter and much less severe, nor
are the summers so hot as those of the Interior; yet. owinjj; to
the increased amount of moisture in suspension, extremes, such as they are, make
themselves more felt by the inhabitants. Still i"- on can call tlie climate of the
coast of British Columbia an unhealthy or uncomfortable one. l".i|uable, sunny
and with a singular absence of storm or temi)csts, the vicissitudi's of life, so far
as tlicy depend upon climate, arc perhaps less accentuated here tlian in most part^
of the globe.

As was previously stated above in the general account of tlu' climate, the
driest i)oint on the coast is seen to be the south-eastern extremity of \',iiicouver
Lsland, which includes Victoria, and is represented by the observations taken at
Esi|uimalt.

To speak more generally of the climate of this section, tlu- nights, even in
the height of summer, are invariably cool, more so tlian is ordinarily exi)erience(I
in ICngland during spells of warm summer weather. The harvest time is rarely
unsettled so that until recently, many years had elapsed since damage was in-
curred in reaping the crops. Winters occur every now and then during which,
fr(jm the absence of northerly winds, no p'-rceptilile degree of frost is exi)erienccd,
and geraniums and other delicate i)!ants can be grown in the open air. Such severe
weather as is met with comes usually in sliort sjjclls during the months of Janu-
ary and February.

Local fogs prevail over the water during the early si)ring and late autumn,
chielly in November, when they arc sometimes a serious hindrance to naviga-
tion. The tides of the coast, between \'aiicouver Island and the Mainland, as they
flow through narrow channels at the northern and southern extremities of the
Island (Seymour Narrows and San Juan de Fuca Straits) are very
FoKs and Tides. eccentric, and cannot :)e reiiuced to :i fixed table. I'or similar
reasons the currents and tide-rips whicli prevail among the islands of t'u- co.ist
are somewhat perplexing and ref|Uirc local study. Wind storms are rare and the
shipping sufifers little damage on that account.

West Ci.iist
nnd Isliinds.

mi;

;)

tl -

:ll'

204

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

In this portion of the Province the higher latitude is responsible for a cor-
respondingly severe climate. In Cariboo and through the Chilcotin country the
winters are, for instance, somewhat longer and colder than those experienced in

the Okanagan and Columbia Valleys. At Barkerville, in the
Northern interii.r first named district, the mean January temperature has averaged,

for the last foui years, 19°, that of April 34". of July 54°, and Oc-
tober 40°. This, considering the altitude and situation which corresponds with
that of Central Russia, is not extraordinarily severe, indeed is very moderate as
compared with the interior of tlie Continent of America far to the south.

NoTK— The foregoing has been taken from the very excellent (it-scription of British Col-
umbia climate contained in the official liandbook entitled " British Columbia, Its Present Resources
and Future Tossibilities."

COMPARATIVK TABLH OK TKMPKRATUKJ';,
Showing mean highest, mean lowest, monthly mean, and average for twelve months, 1896, at :

January,

Februarv...

March
April .
May . .
Tune .,
July ..

August

September . .

October

November. . .

December.

Mean highest . .

Mean lowest . . .

Monthly mean..

Average . . . .

(Mean highest . .
Mean lowest. .. .
Monthly mean
Average

/■ Mean highest . .

I Mean lowest

"I Monthly mean .
I Average . . . .
I' Mean highest . .

I Mean lowest

j Monthly mean.

V A erage

( Mem highest . .

J Mean lowest. . .
I Monthly mean

V .\verage . . .
? Mean highest . .

J Mean lowest. . . .
I Monthly mean

\ Average

/" Mean highest . .
j Mean lowest. . . .
I Monthly mean

V Average . , . .
/" Mean highest . .

j Mean lowest

I Monthly lucau
\ Average . . . .
/" Mean highest . .
I Mean lowest.. . .

1 Monthly mean
I Average . . . .

I Mean highest . ,

I Mean lowest

j Monthly mean
'. Average . . . .
/■ Mean higliest . ,
I Mean lowest . .
Monthly mean
I, Average . . . .
/ Mean highest .
I Mean lowest. . . .
j Monthly mean

V .\verage . , . .

s
I

42.9

33-8

38.22

38.2

46.8

37.0

41.47

41.5

480

?4.o

40.56

40.6

53.1
38.6

45-27

45.3

58.5

43-1

49.71

49-7

65.6

48 I

5.S.51

55-5

70.8

51.0

60.34

60.3

68.0

509

58.20

58-2
j 60.6

44-5

51-44

5' -4

^ 55-8

; 42.4

^ 48. 1 1

48.1

I 40.5

' 33-1

1 36-77

36.8

46.8

38-5

42.83

142-8

fc'^'

f>J

3rr

u ^

>4 ii

U.O ,

,43.1 ,

I 33-3
I 36.60

36.6

46.4

34.8

39-05

39-1

47-7

3I-I

38.22

38.2

,S3.6

36.9

44-7

44.7

60.3

40.7

50.86

50.9
68.5

46.3

57-57

57.6

76.5

51-8

64-35

64.4

74.0

518

61.24

61,2

6.5.1

44-9

.52.78

52.8

56.8

40.0

46.82

46.S

39-3
29.2

34-13
34-1

46.2

37-1

41-25

41-3

40.4

30.1

35-24

35-2

45-2

32.6

38.87

38.9

46-5

29-3

37-93

37-9

52.2

35-1

43.61

43-6

58.9

39-6

49.27

49-3

66.0

45-2

55.<'2

55-6

75-7

51-4

63-.56

63.6

74-3

50-4

62.31

62.3

65.0

43.1

.54-04

54.0

55.8

38.3

47.08

47-1

38-5

26.8

32.62

32.6

40.8

36-7

40.76

40.8

■^ O

34-5
22.4

28.57
28.6
42.0
28.8
35-39
35-4
42.7
27-3
35-«5
35-8
48.0
31-I
40-43
40.4
I 54-6
i 36.3
48.27
48-3
57-6
42.4
51-90
51-9
63-4
47-7
58.07
.SS.I
64.8
47-2
57-83
i57.8
I 60 8
43-2
53-48
■ 53-5
,54-4
40.2

: 4789

47-9

351

20.1

28.18

28.2

48 I

336

39-94

39 9

; 40.5
1 27.7

3413
341

47-1
32.9
40.0
40.0

49-1
I 30 2

39-66
I 39-7

;54.i

I 35-2
44.61

44-6

61.4

42.0 j

51.68 I

51.7

69-4

48.7

59-03

59-0

80.2

52.9

66.58

66.6

74.1

52.3

63.20

63.2

67-3

45-1

56.19

56.2

59-2

40.2

4967

49-7

37-1

24.1

3060

30.6

44-9

33-7

39-29

39-3

I o

: 37.0
i 27-9
i 32.45
1 32.4

147-2

1 35-9

I 41.57

41.6

i 50.6

I 33-4

40.19

40.2

55.6

36.9

44.72

44-7

62.2

43-5

50.63

50.6

71.7

46.2

56.05

56.0

82.2

51.4
65-77
65.8
82.3

50.3

62.09

62.1

71-3

41.7

53-99

.54-0

65-3

40.4

51-92

51-9

34-5

24.7

29.06

29.1

45-6
.34-4
39-98
40.0

29.8
16.8
23.27
23-3
46.7
, 25.5
i 36.09

I 49-3
I 25.9
37-56
; .37-6
I 60.1

I 34-62
47.35
47-4
1 69.4
j 41.4
i 55 39

I 80.1
1 49.0

! 64.58
■ 64.6

189-3
.58.1
73.72
73.7
87.9
56.8
72.36
72.4
73.0
48.8
60.90
60.9

64.4

41.2

52*80

52.8

266

10.6

18.62

186

42.6

28.0

35-34

35-3

.2 41

.2 rt
2>

30-0 ;
I4.I '
22.081
22.1
40.1

19-9 I
30.0 ]

30.0 :

.8.1

32.46 ,

325 '

.56.7

28.3

42.50

42.5

63-4

35.7

49.53

49-5

76 2

<)o.o

58.19
58.2

83.4

46.6

65.04

65.0

79.4

45-0

62.20

62.2

67.8

34-1

50.98 j

51-0 I

54.6 I

30.5 I
42. .54
42.5 I
27-7 I
13-7 i
20.70 1

20.7 I
32-6 I
24.6
28.64
28.6

30.4

12.4

21.41

21.4

40.4

21,0

30.70

30.7

43.0

20.1

31.54

31.5

54.2

30.1

42.13

42.1

62.6

37-6

50.09

50.1

78.1

40 6

5936

59-4

85.8

48.7
67.28

67.3
81.2

44.7
62.95
62.9
67.6
36.2
51.90
51.9
.59.2
27.1
43.16
43-2
26.9
6.4
16.65
16.7
35.8
24.1

29.95
29.9

M
u
CD

Annual mean 47.37 ! 41.25 46.74 43.82 47.89 47.37 j 48. if 28.64

Average mean j 47.4 147.3 ,46.7 143.8 147.9 j 47.4 48.2 ; 42.1

19.4
5.8
12.63
12.6
31.0
19.6
25.28

25-3

30.0

12. 1

21.03

21.0

40.8

25,2

33.02

330

50.4

32.7

41.53

41.5

61.5

37.9

49.72

49-7

73.9

44-6

59.25

59.3

72.8

41.4
57.11
57.1
62.9
32.8
47.86
47-9
47.1
31.8
39.47
39.5
13.2
2.8

5-20

5.2
32.7
19.4
26.03
26.0

29.95 34.84

43.1 I 34-8

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORM.VTION.

205

TABLK SHKWINO THK AVKRAGK MONTHLY AND ANNUAL RAINFALL AND SNOWFALL
In inches at ten principal stations in British Columbia, derived from a group of years :

February jH^i^|{^

^^a-" l^^llll

,„,., i Rainfall

AP"^ i Snowfall

„„ , I Rainfall

^«y 1 Snowfall

.„.,„ (Rainfall

J""^ 1 Snowfall

Tnlv Rainfall

J"'> I Snowfall

A«g«-t i^;:;;;;^!,

September.... jH;^^}^

October 1««S},

xT„..«™t,— i Rainfall

No^^'nber ; snowfall

December Rainfall

uecemoer | snowfall

Year Rainfall

^^^^ Snowfall

0.36 , 0.27 I 0.80 '

. .. 1 . .. I

0.52 0.17 ] 0.44

2.50 ' 1.23 I 2.76

3"3
0.6

^•95
3-2
H.20
2.4

37-47
310

2.56 ' 2.46

6.06

9-7
8.41

3-0

3«-23

52- 1

4.62

6.6

5.20

31-36
36-9

5-20^

7.79 i

10.02

12.71

i3-6i i

1-7

10.90

15.4

1.2g
1-33

5-50

7.81
2.8

7-51
6.4

96.28; 56.32
60.0 28.6

N
'S

S bo

§^

n-o

inS 1

.2 <tf

1896

5.22

0.72

0.38

20.7

4.8

9.2

.S.42

0.20

0.00

12.6

6-5

130

5.1b

0.39

O.OI

3.1

0.6

I.O j

5-45

0.50

0.4

....

4.»5

:.io

1.52

3-97

0.74

0.93 i

1-55

0.36

0.22

1.62

0.40

0.51

5-25

0.88

0.15

6.56

0.63

0.65

8.24

0.51

>^-37

4-5

«.3

ii-;

8.67

0.44

0.2b i

7.6

8.6

25.0 !

61.96

6.87

5-52 i

4S.9

28.8

59-7 i

u
O

0.66

9-7
0.05

5-4

0-.53

3-0

0-94

2.1

T.64

1.32

1.05

1.92

0.62
0.4
0.96
12.2

0-.S9

7-2

11.30

M
u
CD

0-34
26.2
0.17

, 24.3

0.08
I 18.1
j 0.51
! 16.3
I 2.22

! 2-3

I 3-13
, 0.3
2.76

302

3.18
1-3
1-45
9-7
1. 01

25-9
I 0-07

! 36.8

17-94

40.00 1 161. 2

COMPARATIVK TABLK OF THK AVKRAGE RAINFALL
In inches at ten principal stations in Kritish Columbia in the months April to September, derived
from a group of years :

a
I

April

May

June

July

August 0.52

September 2.50

sS Si;
.5 X .1- ,^,

in.

in. 1

In.

2.98

1.68

1-15

1-94

1.64

2.60

1. 19

0.H8

1-37

o.3f)

0.27

o.ho

0.17
1-23

0.44
2.76

V) .

<«s

bo
<

0.00

.^4

in.

5.08

5-31

5-45

0.50

0.48

0.94

0-5:

4-57

4-.38

4-«5

i.io

'§7

1.64

2.22

4.56

3-96

3-97

0.74

0.89

1.32

^A^

5.20

1.29

1-55

0.36

0.38

1.02

276

7-79

1-33

1.62

0.40

0.48

1.05

3.02

10.03

.S-12

5-25

0.88

I 51

1.92

3.18

io6

o
U

(/)

c
_o

-4—1

-4— >

SO
O
00

'bJD
O

(D
-»— >

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

UJ
(T

I-
_l

(-
Z
UJ

Q.
UJ

-J
<

>
o
ae
Q.

>
CO

Q
UJ

I
CO

_l
CO

z
a:

h-
UJ

S
O

'^,>

•^

«! i I

20«

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

A COAST TRIP.

A (irand
Holiday Trip.

II' a busiiifss man. worried by the ceaseless demands on his attention, and
mentally and physically exhausted by close application to office work; if a
^indent whose cheek has paled under the liM^ht of the midnight oil; if a man
of leisure whose routine of social responsibilities and pleasurable pursuits
lias produced ennui: if a lover of sport and travel, keen for adventure, and his
spirit restless for fresh trophies and a new arena; if a pupil in nature's school,
eager to witness the operation of her laws in other and wider forms; if an artist,
in whose soul turns the desire for subjects of sublime beauty
and massive grandeur; if a collector of rare and interesting objects;
if he belong to the literati and is thirsting for fresh fields and
unhackneyed topics; if plunged in statescraft and wearied for the nonce by the
ceaseless jar of opposing parties; if a professional man with brain and nerves
tired and overworked; if no matter who — and can afford two or three weeks holi-
days, let us invite him to a pleasure excursion, the attractiveness of which among
the many opportunities advertised for the summer season, is unequalled for nov-
elty, healthfulness, interest and picturesque outlook — the trip par excellence of the
American continent.

Come for a two weeks' voyage along the west coast of British Columbia
to Alaska. Free from the cares and conventionalities of every day life, and
breathing the very air of heaven itself, you burst, like the Ancient Mariner, into
an unknown sea filled with untold beauties, and sail over a bosom of waters
unruffled as glass; among myriads of islands; through deep, rugged, rock-walled
channels; past ancient Indian villages, mediaeval glaciers, dark, solemn, pine-
clothed shores, snow-capped peaks, dashing cataracts, yawning mountain gorges,
spouting monsters and sea whelps — away to the north a thousand miles almost,
to mix with the icebergs that once floated under the sovereignty of the Czar of
all the Russias, but now drop peacefully from ancient glaciers over which the
American eagle holds watchful guard — a continuous panorama in which the
purest, the rarest, the wildest, the most beautiful, and the grandest forms of nature
are revealed.

All this may be enjoyed under auspices of ease and comfort equal to that
of your own home. The passage from Victoria to Vancouver affords only an
inkling of the scenic efTects that will be obtained for the next fourteen days.
Leaving the inner harbour'the Jjoat swings out into the Straits of Fuca, and you
get the first swell of the ocean, fifty miles to the westward. To the right is passed
the historic island of San Juan. To the left Vancouver Island is in view. The
Strait of Georgia is crossed at its greatest width. After San
Juan is a succession of beautiful low lying and timbered islands.
Midway is Active Pass, always a point of great interest and
beauty, and which is now a popular summer resort. Having passed Point Rob-
erts, the mouth of the Fraser River, Point Grey and through the Narrows into
Burrard Inlet, Vancouver City is reached in about six hours' easy sailing. Right
under the bold, high bluft of Brockton Point promontory are the remains of the

From Vutoria
to Vancouver.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

209

up the Gulf of
Georgia.

old Beaver, the first steamer on the Pacific Ocean, whicli wenr to pieces on the
rocks, and for some time before its final plunge lay the prey of teredo anj relic
hunters.

From Vancouver the steamer takes a straight cut of thirty miles across
the Strait of Georgia, passing Nanaimo and Wellington, where the coal mines
of Vancouver Island are located. From here for the whole length of Vancouver
Island the steamer hugs its shore, and here, too, begins that maze of islands
which continues in more or less bewildering profusion as far north as you go.
gradually increasing in size and in ciiaracter from low lying and heavily timbered
to high, bold and rocky. The Strait of Georgia continues about seventy-five
miles. The Mainland shore to the right is indented with numerous inlets or arms
of the sea — Howe Sound, Jervis Inlet, Toba Inlet. Bute Inlet, and so on, up
which, were there time to go, wonderful beauties would be disclosed. There
are Indian reservations and logging camps and settlers found
all along. Up Jervis Inlet is a fiuarry of excellent slate. Texada,
thirty miles long, low and timbered, with a bold, rockv shore,
and traversed by a ridge of rugged trap mountains, is on the Mainland side. It
contains important gold, iron, marble, lime and other mineral deposits. To the
left are Hornby and Denman, picturesque islands. Over these are seen the
mountain ridges of Vancouver Island, the peaks of which here are the highest of
the range. Point Holmes on the left, a bold promontory, is passed. From here to
Comox the coast is low and heavily timbered inland, and here lies one of the
most important coal measures of Vancouver Island, included in the E. & N. Rail-
way belt. Opposite, in the direction of Desolation Sound, are numerous islands —
Hernando, Cortez, Mary, and so on — upon some of which are settlers and logging
camps. Over in the distance, on the Mainland, rise up the Cascade Mountains,
range after range.

Now you creep closer to the Vancouver shore, and presently enter the
celebrated Seymour Narrows, once in which, by reason of the high bluff shores,
you are shut out from the view on either side. The Narrows proper are about
800 yards wide and about a mile and a half long, though Discovery Pass, to which
it is the entrance, is about twenty-three miles long. At flood the tide runs from
six to twelve knots an hour, and at ebb from six to eight, the flood and ebb running
equal intervals of about six hours each, with about ten minutes still water. Valdez
Island, lying at the entrance to Bute Inlet and forming the
right shore of this channel, is a finely timbered island, with a
number of logging camps on it, and some well-to-do ranchers
on the benches back from the shore. The Euclataw, or Back Narrows, of almost
equal note among navigators, on the other side of the island, are also very rapid.
and dangerous as well. It was at this point where it was once proposed to bring
the line of the C. P. R. through the Yellow Head Pass down Bute Inlet, and
connecting with a line of railway to Victoria by bridging Seymour Narrows, the
present proposed route of the British Pacific.

Just before entering the Narrows is a village of Euclataw Indians, once re-
garded as the worst of all the British Columbia tribes, and said to have been
cannibalistic. Passing the mouth of Campbell River, you look up the fine Men-
zies Valley, and over westward on Vancouver Island are towering snow-clad
peaks extending for miles. Sailing by Menzies Bay, you enter the Narrows,
already described, which, after an exciting run, widen out into Johnston Straits.
Along here, on the Vancouver shore, are some beautiful beaches and snug coves
and bays, and on the other side a group of small rocky islands — Helmcken, Hard-

Seymour
Narrows.

i iN

(

210

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

wick, etc.— on the timbered benches of which is to be found the finest Douglas
fir in the Province. The famous Bickley Bay logging camp is located on the
back channel on Hardwick Island.

After having rounded Chatham Point the steamer gets in closer and
closer to Vancouver Island, and the shores become more and more precipi-
tous. Along Johnston Straits westward you steam past the mouth of Salmon
River, where there are rapids and overfalls, with heavy sea. The straits widen
out to about three miles, and now you are directly between the shores of Van-
couver and the Mainland, the only place where they directly approach each other.
This approximation continues ten or twelve miles, both shores
injohiistons ^j^jj^g thickly wooded. On the Mainland side are Blinkinsop
stra ts. g^y ^j^^ Port Neville. The former is a good harbour, with

rocky, picturesijue shore. The latter is an inlet seven miles long, up which first-
class building granite is found. On the Vancouver shore, which presents a bold,
rocky front, is the mouth of Adams River, just opposite which commences Cra-
croft Island, running twenty miles parallel with our course. At the south-east
end of it is Port Hartney, a fine harbour.

Myriads of islands, large and small, are to be seen all along the Mainland
side as far as Cape Caution, locally known as the Broughton Archipelago. The
next point of interest on your left is Beaver Cove, which, in addition to being
a good harbour, has an excellent milling site. A marble (juarry has been located
here. Back of Beaver Cove, extending to the great Nimkish Lake, is an exten-
sive valley. Nimkish River, which is the outlet of the lake into Broughton Sound,
Nimkish Lake and Kammutseena River, which empties into it, all afford the finest
trout fishing in the Province. This district is a veritable sportsman's paradise,
now much frequented for big game — elk. deer, panther, etc. — while the scenery
is simply enchanting. From this point the centre of the Island is easily accessible.

Five miles above Beaver Cove we arrive at our first stopping place, Alert
Bay, on Cormorant Island, just opposite the mouth of Nimkish River. It is very
prettily situated, and is a favourite calling place both up and down. Here are an
Indian village with a population of 150 or so, whites included.
^ " "•*■ a salmon cannery, a sawmill and two stores, an English Church
Mission and an Industrial School. Here the salmon canners have turned their
attention to canning clams, which abound in the neighbourhood.

The first thing which strikes the tourist's eye on rounding into Alert Bay
is the Indian burial ground, on the south point on the right hand entering the
bay. It is fantastically decorated with streamers and flags of different colors, and
a variety of grave fences and epitaphs. The next thing which particularly at-
tracts a stranger is a fine totem pole, about thirty feet high, beautifully painted
and carved, which guards the entrance to the present chief's house.

Cormorant Island possesses coal formations. Near it are several rocky
islets, upon which discoveries of silver and copper have been made. Farther up
is passed Haddington Island, all one quarry of the finest building stone, out of
which the stone for the new Parliament Buildings was taken; and atill farther on
is Malcolm Island, agriculturally the best piece of land on the coast. At this
point in our trip we are beginning to lose the companionship of the Douglas fir,
which has been abundantly with us from the outset, finding instead forests of hem
lock, spruce, red cedar, cypress, birch, and alder, which prevail more or less for
the rest of our journey. Opposite Malcolm Island is Port McNeill, boasting a
commodious harbour. The country all along here comprises coal measures, which
extend for twenty-five miles through to the west coast. Three miles beyond
Broughton Straits we enter Queen Charlotte Sound, where the ocean swell is
already noticeable, and skirting the north-east coast of Vancouver Island, we put
in at the historic Fort Rupert, twenty-one miles beyond Alert Bay.

It consists of the old Hudson's Bay fort, and a large Indian village, situ-
ated on a long open beach of shingle and shells, which gives it a white, snowy
look. There are no wharf accommodations, and consequently it is only in cases
of absolute necessity that steamers call here, in which case com-
rort Rupert. munication has to be made with the shore by boat or canoe.
On two occasions this huge village has been shelled and laid in ashes by gun-
boats sent to demand the surrender of murderers among them.

•rf-j"--***

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LNFORMATION.

211

The Scenery on
the Wav.

Twenty miles beyond Fort Rupert we enter the Galiano Channel and pass
Galiano Island, and into Queen Charlotte Sound; thence through Christie Pas-
sage, where for the first time we receive the full sweep of the Pacific Ocean, and
sniff the salt sea breeze. In the next two hours the steamer has to buffet the long
rolling sea from Queen Charlotte Sound, and, heading north-westerly in the direc-
tion of Cape Caution, we encounter a low-lying, rocky shore, where are dangerous
sunken reefs. Cape Caution is appropriately named, as in its vicinity are innu-
merable rocks and shoals, requiring great caution on the part of the navigator.
This brings us to the entrance to Fitzhugh Sound, and on the right is Rivers
Inlet.

During the time since starting up the Straits of Georgia we have not
omitted to note the scenery, which, though not on so magnificent a scale as that
yet to come, has been nevertheless peculiarly charming. It has been one long
series of subjects for the artist, in which rare and elusive effects have entered —
marine sketches, land and water combinations, here depressed and there bold and
broken shores, backed by recurring benches densely timbered, and away over all.
far off and high up, have risen majestically the tops of the Coast Range of moun-
tains ridging the entire length of Vancouver Island on one side, and the might.)
peaks of the Cascades of the Mainland on the other, giving, on
the whole sweep of vision, that indefinable charm which "mag-
nificent distance" alone can lend. Leaving out the few tide
rips, which you experience with delight, you have been gliding, not propelled,
over water as smooth as glass, and at times your impressions liave been dream-
like — now weird and solemn, and again exhilarating. Sea fowl innumerable —
gulls, ducks, geese, and others — have kept you company, and occasionally, some-
times frequently, the attention of the party has been diverted to a spouting whale,
or a swarm of porpoise, and even land animals, which are to be seen once in a
while from the deck. To Rivers Inlet, our next objective point, we will have
covered some 350 or 400 miles, and our promises so far have been more than
fulfilled.

Now we have entered a distinctly new phase of our trip. We are going
north, with the ocean and scattered islands on the left of us, and the Mainland
on the right. Leaving Cape Caution and passing Smith's Inlet, a few miles on
we enter Fitzhugh Sound, and steam up Rivers Inlet. This was named Rivers
Canal by the great Vancouver. Our friends will have recognized in the names
of the islands passed some time ago — Hernando, Cortez. Tcxada, Valdoz, and so
on — historic memories of early Spanish explorers and navigators, who held the
coast for a time conjointly with the British, but, as usual, the christening, which
remained with British ascendancy, was done by Vancouver over i» hundred years
ago.

Rivers Inlet runs up about thirty miles. At the entrance and for several
miles up, the sides of the Inlet, which is only one to one and a half miles in width,
are steep and covered with dense forests of spruce and cedar. At the head of the
Inlet the sides mount up abruptly for about 2,000 feet, and are almost bare of
verdure through the action of landslides and avalanches. In this Inlet are seven
canneries, a sawmill and a station, formerly used as a salmon saltery. One pe-
culiarity of the salmon run here is that it never, or very rarely, fails. Rivers
Inlet is a strikingly pretty place. We travel from here up Fitzhugh Sound,
on the right shore of which is to be seen Namu Harbour, where Messrs. Drany
& Shotbolt have a cannerv. and enter Bentinck Arm, at the head
Rivers Inlet. ^j ^j^j^,j^ j^ situated the Bella Coola Indians. There is an In-
dian village here. John Clayton, a trader, and family reside here and keep a
store. He has, as well, a large stock ranch. There is a large extent of agri-
cultural country here, where a prosperous colony of Norwegians have settled.
The Bella Coola Valley affords the easiest and best route into the Chilcotin
country. From here you pass into Lama Passage, where the Bella Bella Indians
reside. They have a large, beautiful village, with several stores and a resident
missionary. This was the old Fort McLaughlin of Hudson's Bay Companv
days. Leaving Bella Bella, we sail into Millbank Sound, and enter Graham Reach,
passing along the inside of Princess Royal Island, which has high, bluff, rocky
shores, and thence through various passages we reach the mouth of the great
Gardner Inlet.

212

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The sail up this discloses the most wonderful scenery on the route. The
shores are thousands of feet high and aln.jst perpendicular, lending a grandeur
and impressiveness to the scene almost indescribable, while magnificent waterfalls
and glaciers are to be seen. Perhaps there is not on the whole western coast of
America scenery which quite equals it in its way. Captain Vancouver, who ex-
plored this channel over a hundred years ago, described its beau-
(.nrdncr Inlet, ^j^^ ^^^^^ graphically. At its head is situated the Kitlupe tribe
of Indians, after whom the Inlet is sometimes called. Almost parallel with Gard-
ner Canal is Douglas Channel, the extension of which is known as Kitimat Arm.
At the head of this arm there is considerable good land and a pass into the in-
terior. Kitimat Arm is similar in the massiveness and beauty of its scenery
to Kitlupe Inlet, but differs in the character of detail. The shores, which are
wooded with hemlock, spruce and cedar, are not so abrupt, but are bounded with
lofty ranges of mountains running parallel to each other.

Going out of Gardner Canal we enter Grenville Channel, which is ninety

miles long, passing along Pitt Island. Here the scenery is extremely picturesque,

with adjacent bare walls of rock and high distant peaks. At

'■■'"' " Lowe Inlet, off the channel, is an Indian station and a cannery.

.in( scape. 'pj^g general effect of so many mountains rising one above the
other, renders Grenville Passage one of the most beautiful landscapes on the
coast, and is equalled only by Klemtoo Passage.

It was omitted to state that on Gribbell Island, at the mouth of Gardner
Inlet, is a very fine hot spring. Through Grenville Channel, on Pitt Island.
China Hat is passed. This is an Indian village, with the usual missionary and
trader.

Lowe Inlet is the residence during the fishing season of the Kitkahtla In-
dians, whose chief is the far-famed Sheiks. Chief Sheiks has a monopoly of the
fishing here, and with a seine net in the bay, often hauls in from ;2,ooo to 3,000
salmon a day, for which he gets the highest market price. We have already passed
Hartley Bay, where there is a sawmill and an Indian village. And now we are
at the mouth of the Skeena River, and take Telegraph Passage, passing the well-
known Standard cannery.

The Skeena River, the mouth of which we have entered, is the largest river
on the British Columbia coast except the Fraser, and takes its rise several hun-
dreds of miles in New Caledonia, near Babine Lake. It is the route into the
gold country of Omineca. The scenery up to Hazleton and beyond is not unlike
that of the Fraser, and in some places quite equals it. Its rugged canyons and
fierce rapids require skillful navigation. It is to the Forks of the Skeena where
oiic of the alternative surveys for the C.P.R. was run, and here in 1866 the West-
ern Union Telegraph Company reached with a line which was to connect over-
land, by crossing Behring Straits, with a Sib2rian line, when
' *'"" the news of the Atlantic cable being laid was received, and the
scheme was abandoned. We, however, only explore the mouth of the wonderful
river as far as Port Essington. In it are located a number of salmon canneries
and three sawmills, the timber used being red cedar, cypress, hemlock and spruce.
There is an Indian village here and a church. The view from any point here
is very fine, and there is a great deal to interest tourists. The shores are heavily
wooded, with mountainous back-ground, and potatoes and berries of all kinds
are very plentiful.

Leaving the Skeena, we pass out into Chatham Straits, and, rounding the
Tsimpsean Peninsula, soon arrive at one of the mo? noted places on the coast,
Metlakahtla, a very prettily situated Indian village aoout twelve miles from the
Skeena.

This at one time used to be a veritable beehive, under the management
of Rev. Mr. Duncan, a missionary sent out in the early days by the Church Mis-
nery, a brickyard, a hoys' home, a girls' home, an industrial school, and many
sionary Society of London, England. He had a sawmill, a woollen mill, a can-
other means of keeping the Indians employed. Later on the Home Society
sent out Bishop Ridley (the Bishop of Caledonia), to take charge
Metlakahtla. ^^^ j^^j^ ^^^^^ ^j^^ Society's interests. This caused a strife be-
tween two factions, which arose, some siding with Duncan and others with the
Bishop, which ended in Duncan leaving with his adherents for a new settlement

B. C. MAMMALS IN PROVINCIAL MUSEUM.

A 70-lb. Salmon, landed with Hook and Line (in Cannpbell River by

Sir Richard Musgrave.)

, 1

::i

i i

■ 1

:-Uf

' > -ill' 1

1 '1^^

h
h
<
U

Z
D
O

>
<

OQ
<

Q
<

-1

h
<

z
<

(!)

Q.
O

-1

UJ*

-1
O

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

215

^I'f

:'^€':

some thirty miles above Fort Simpson, called New Metlakalitl.i. 'I'lio boys' and
girls' homes are still running, and tlie industrial school is doing good work.

Their houses, until lately, were all built in one style, a loity two-story

building, which, if divided u

lid

tain abf)Ut eifiht

Fort Slinpson.

won I
one has a nice little garden p.ilcii laid out in fruit trees and veKetai)U's, which
have been much neglected of late, but, nevertheless, gooseberries, raspberries,
currants and strawberries thrive here wonderfully. The (!liurch of iCngland,
built by Mr. Duncan, is a beautiful piece of work, and is the largest and most
Anglican in appearance in the I'rovince. The Indians are very musical, and have
a brass band, and in almost every other house is an organ. The ciiurch organist
is an Indian. Metlakahtla is situated on the great Tsimpsean I'eninsuia, inhabited
by the once mighty Tsimpsean nation of Indians, of wlioui those at Metlakahtla
and Fort Simpson arc notable examples.

A few miles farther north, the ciiief of the Hudson's Bay Company's trad-
ing posts, is a populous Indian village, situated on an excellei'* !iarbour, which
was once also an aspirant as a terminus of the C.I'.R, by wav oi tlie Forks of
the Skeena. Even here there was an incipient boom in town lots, looking in the
direction of another railway. The Hudson's Bay Coin>''^iiy have a large stt»re
here, where anything can be procured, from a needle *' the latest pattern Win-
chester rifle. There is also a wharf, about a ([uarter of a mile long, and a
warehouse at the extremity. The harbour here affords excel-
lent anchorage at any dei)th up to tliirtv fathoms, with good mud
and sand bottom. The rise and fall of the tide is from eighteen to twenty feet,
and on this account considerable of the shore is dry at low-water tide. The Met-
lakahtla Indians are first cousins to tlie Fort Simpsons, with whom they inter-
marry. The latter, however, are Methodists. They have a church,
houses, a fire hall, two stories witli a tr)wer, a two-story drill hall,
door factory, a shingle mill, worked by water power, a turning mill
water power, a boys' home, a girls' home, also an excellent mission
a hospital. They have also an excellent brass band.

Bidding good-bye to Fort Simpsf)n. we sail past the mouth of the Nais
River, where there are seveial canneries and impf)sing views, across Chatham
Strait, around Cape Fox, into Dixon's entrance and into .Maska. On the way up
we sail by Tongas Islands, the home of the Tongas Indians. In Tongas is where
Mr. Duncan has established his celebrated mission. New Metlakahtla. On the
way up we visit Sitka and Juneau, and circle around among
Into Alaska. numerous channels, and enter several noted glacier bays. This
is the land of the midnight sun. a:ul a great attraction to .American tourists.
However, for diversity of scenery, for beauty, and for interest, apart from ice-
bergs and glaciers, it contains notliing which will outrival, or. some might even
say, compare with the route just passed over, wholly in British Columbia waters
and in Canadian territory. Here ends the journey and the homeward trip is made.

two school
a sash and
worked by
house, and

NAXAIMO IN i860.

2\(i

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

MAMMALS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

THE folIowiiiK list was taken from tlic Rullctin of tlic Xatiir.il History Society
of British Colunil)ia, and was prepared hy Mr. r'anniii, Curator of tlic I'l >•
vincial Museum, and is consecjucntly authentic. No comprelicnsive check
list of the mammals of North America has ever been published, and the follow-
ing is the careful work of the best authority in British Columbia in this line.

From a sportsman's point f)f view this L'rovincc is decidedly an interesting
field as well as a very rich and wide one possessing: as it dons
■many varieties of game and presenting by reason of its extent and
rugged exterior those physical obstacles to success which are the real
stimuli to the true sportsman. Notwithstanding the somcwiiat
stringent game laws which have existed there has been an indis-
criminate and wasteful destruction of. especially, big game. Ow-
ing to wide extent of practically unorganized territory with sparse population and
the number of Indians, who slaughter for the heads and hides, the law is diffi-
cult of enforcement.

One element of protection exists in the fact that the rugged and mountain-
ous interior affords a retreat for game which only the most adventurous sports-
man can hope at times to reach. Mining development will tend to dispersion,
but it may be safely premised that it will be many, many years to come before
prospector and miner, to whom no spot on earth may be said to be sacred or
inaccessible, will have dislodged it.

DvNtructlon u(

BIr (illllK*.

CHECK LIST.

American Elk, "wapiti' (Cervus Canadensis) — At one time distributed over
the southern portion of the mainland, now extinct there. Still tolerably abundant
on Vancouver Island chiefly through the Interior, West Coast, Comox District and
to the northward.

Woodland Cariboo (Ranifer caribou) — Through the interior of the mainland
from the Columbia River to the northern limits of the Province. Abundant in
many places throughout this range.

Moose. (Alee americanus.) — Confined almost entirely to the Arctic slope of
the Province. Peace River and Cassiar.

Black-Tailed Doer. (Cariacus columbianus.) — West of the Cascades from
Washington to Alaska, including all the larger islands except the Queen Char-
lotte group. Abundant.

Mule Deer. (C. macrotis.) — ^Mainland, east of and including tlie Cascade
Mountains from Kootenay to Chilcotin. and ranging into the wooded portions of
the Cariboo district. Verv abundant.

AND MANUAL OF PFiOVINCIAT. INFOFUIATION.

2iy

WhltP-Tnilrd Door, "roninmn Dcor." (C. virffiiiintnu.)")— Confined to :1ie
Bouthern portion of tlic Provinrc, cast of the Cascades. Okanawan and Kootenay.

Antclonc Cioat. "White (Joat." (Ma/ama montana.)— Found on nearly all
the mountains of the mainland, its alnmdancc ccntcriny along the suniniit of rlic
Coast range. Very ahundant.

Bighorn. "Mountain Sheep." (Ovis canadensis.)— The mountains of 'he
mailand, except the Coast range, from Kootcnay to Cassiar, Similkamcen, Bridge
River and Chilcotin. Abundant.

Flying Scjuirrel. (Sciuroptcris orcgonensis.) — The mainland at large. No-
where common.

Richardson's Chickaree, "Squirrel." (Sciurus Hudsonius Rrichardsoni.)—
Ii terior of the mainland. Abundant.

Douglass' Chickaree. (S. Hudsonius Douglassi.) — Mainland west of the Cas-
cades. Common.

Vancouver Chickaree. (S. Hudsonius Vancouverensis.) — Vancouver l^ia id.
Common.

Townsend's Chipmunk. (Tamias Townsendii.)— \'ancouver Island, and the
mainland west of the Cascades.

Columbia Chipmunk. (Tamias quadrivittatus atfinis.) — The mainland east
of the Cascades.

Parry's Marmot. (Spermophilus.) — Southern portion of the mainland oast
of the Cascades.

Hoary Marmot. (Arctomys caligatus.) — The mainland and Island. Abun-
dant.

Sewellel. "Showl't." (Ap.odontia rufa.)— From the Hope Mountains
through the interior to the Rocky Mountains.

Beaver. (Castor fiber.) — At one time distributed throughout the greater
portion of the Province, now fast disappearing, except in the unsettled districts,
where it is still fairly abundant. Not uncommon on Vancouver Island.

Musk Rat. (Fiber zibethicus.) — Mainland east and west of Cascades. Tol-
erably common.

Western Porcupine. (Erethizon epixanthus.) — The mainland at large. Tol-
erably common.

Little Chief Hare. (Lagomys princeps.)— The mainland chiefly in the in-
terior. Abundant.

Northern Hare. (Lepus americanus.) — Interior of the mainland and north-
ward to the boundaries of the Province. Abundant.

Western Varying Hare. (L. Americanus Washingtoni.) — West of the Cas-
cades.

Oregon Gopher. (Thomomys talpoides Douglassi.) — Southern portion of
the mainland east of the Cascades.

Panther, "Puma," "Mountain Lion," "Cougar." (Felis concolor.)— This
animal is said to range as far north as the 6oth degree, but there is no record of
its occurrence in British Columbia above the 52nd degree. It is very rare any-
where in the interior of the mainland. It is tolerably common west of the Cas-
cades, but its centre of abundance seems to be on Vancouver Island, where it
appears to hold its own notwithstanding the numbers killed annually.

Canada Lyr.x. (Lynx canadensis.) — The mainland at large. Abundant in
northern portions of the Province. Rare on the coast.

Red Cat. "Wild Cat." (L. fasciatus.) — The mainland west of the Cascades.
Tolerably common.

Gray Wolf. (Canis occidentalis.) — The Province at large. Common along
the coast and some portions of Vancouver Island. A black variety of this animal
is also found both on the island and mainland.

Cayote. "Prairie Wolf." (C. latrans.) — Open country east of the Cascades.
Tolerably common.

Red Fox. (Vulpes fulvus.) — With its colour phases, "Black," Silver Gray,"
and "Cross." The mainland east of the Cascades and ranging northward to t' £
boundaries of the Province. Nowhere abundant.

fr'

I'l

;!;l|

^ rf

ill'

'[!

2l8

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Black Bear. (Ursus americanus.)— Common along the coast and through-
out the wooded districts of the mainland, Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands.

Grizzly Bear. (Ursus horribilis.) — Confined to the mainland, where it
ranges sparingly over its entire length and breadth. It is probably more abun-
dant on the north-west coast than anywhere in the interior.

Raccoon. (Procyon lotor.) — The Province west of the Cascades, including
Vancouver Island and most of the larger islands. Abundant.

Land Otter. (Lutra canadensis.) — Vancouver Island and the mainland.
Chiefly coastwise.

Skunk. (Mephitis.) — The mainland at large. Common.

Little Striped Skunk. (Spilogale phenax latifrons.) — The mainland west of
the Cascades. Very abundant on the coast.

Mink. (Lutreola vison.) — Vancouver Island and the mainland. Abundant.

Weasel. (Putorius erminea.) — Mainland at large. Tolerably common.

California Bat. (Vespertilio nitidus.) — Vancouver Island and the coast of
the mainland.

Mririiii. (Mustela caurina.) — The Province at large including Vancouver
and some of the larger islands.

Fisher. (Mustela pennantii.) — Found throughout the greater portion of the
mainland.

Wolverine. (Gulo luscus.) — Irregular through the interior of the mainland.
Also along the northern coast and Vancouver Island.

Sea Otter, (Enliydris lutris.) — West coast of Vancouver and Queen Char-
lotte Islands.

Fur Seal. (Callorhinus ursinus.) — Ranges along the Pacific Coast into the
Behring Sea and Northern Pacific Ocean, in the islands of which it has its breeding
places or rookeries.

Hair Seal. (Phoea vitulena.) — Common in all the waters of the coast. Of
little commercial value.

Sea Lion. (Eumetopias Stelleri.) — Found commonly in the northern watars
within the Arctic Circle.

English rabbits and hares have been introduced, but do not apparently
thrive. So far they give no evidence of multiplying witli that rapidity which fol-
lowed their transplanting in the Australasian colonies, or indeed of multiplying
at all.

Note.— It is net cl.iinied that the foregoing is by any means complete as regards the
smaller mammals, concerning which there is probably much yet to be known.

*-«,!&

■ ■ -W^'tw-i , ■ ; :

nuNTixc; iiic, iioKN on .\bh.nc)i,.\ mountains.
1

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

!I9

BIRDS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

Local
Characteristics.

TO the ordinary lay reader, apart from those varieties whic afford sport
as g?ime, a check list of birds will be rather uninteresting, more especially
as the scientific nomenclature must be a conspicuous feature. It is how-
ever, inserted for the purpose of reference for those who may desire to
consult it. It is practically a complete list, revised and corrected to date.
The list is reproduced from the one prepared by Mr. Fannin, the Curator of the
Provincial Museum, and published by the Government. Biologically, of course,
the animals of B.C. differ from the same varieties in other
parts of the world in the measure that local conditions have
affected their development, and the differentiation in many
instances is marked. Speaking generally, it may be said that tilings are on
a larger scale on the western than on the eastern slope of North America — higher
mountains, larger trees, bigger animals. Compared v/ith similar latitudes, tiie
epvironments, perhaps, are more favourable to growth.

With reference particularly to birds, though it maj be questioned to what
extent plumage is affected by local conditions, the distinction is noted that the
forms are larger and darker than in the east. The humidity of climate and the
density of forest no doubt account for the fact. One special feature may be noted,
and the circumstances referred to are quite consistent, and that is the absence of
singing birds. There are comparativ'ely few native songsters. An effort is being
made to introduce foreign varieties, and as the country is opened up and culti-
vated conditions will become more favourable. Few forms of bird life are to
be met with in the deep woods, these being mainly found in the open stretches
on the Coast and throughout the Interior.

As might be anticipated from the irregular and deeply indented sea-coast
and the extent of streams and lakes throughout the Province, there are numerous
water-fowls. There are no native pheasants, but the one variety introduced from
China (Phasiamis torquattts) has thriven and is quite abundant in
the southern end of Vancouver Island. They have, however,
many enemies besides man, the worst of which is the owl. During the latter part
of 1896 and early in the present year owls were unusually abundant, having prob-
ably been driven from the north by the early severe "old.

GREBES.

Western Grebe, (^chmophorus occidentalis.) — An abundant resident
throughout the Province. Breeds round the lakes of the interior of the Main-
land. A winter resident along the coast.

Holboell's Grebe, "Red-necked Grebe." (Colymbus holbcellii.)— The Prov-
ince at large. A winter resident along the coast.

Horned Grebe. (C. auritus.) — A wintei resident on the coast. Breeds in
the north,

American Eared Grebe. (C. nigricollis californicus.) — An abundant resi-

PheasantSi

i :vM.

}'^

dent. Winters on the coast. Breeds in the interior.

Pied-billed Grebe. (Podilymbus podiceps.) — A resident. Breeds both on

the Mainland and Island.

LOONS.

Loon, "Great Northern Diver." (Urinator imber.) — The Province at large.
An abundant resident.

Black-throated Loon. (U. Arcticus.) — Not common.

Pacific Loon. (U. pacificus.) — The coast of the Mainland and Island.

Red-throated Loon. (U. lumme.) — Rare.

AUKS, MURRES, AND PUFFINS, ETC.

Tufted Puffin. (Lunda cirrhata.) — Tolerably common along the coast.
Breeds on the islands of the Gulf.

Cassin's Auklet. (Ptychorampus aleuticus.) — West coast of Vancouver
Island.

Ancient Murrelet. (Synthliboramphus antiquus.) — One specimen taken at
Cape Beale.

Marbled Murrelet. (Brachyramphus marmoratus.) — An abundant resident
along the coast. Breeds.

Pigeon Guillemot. (Cepphus columba.) — An abundant resident from Race
Rocks to Alaska.

California Murre. (Uria troile californica.) — The same distribution as last
species, but not nearly so abundant.

GULLS AND TERNS.

Ivory Gull. (Gavia alba.) — One specimen taken at Dease Lake.

Glacous-winged Gull. (Larur. glaucescens.) — An abundant resident. Breeds
on the islands.

Western Gull. (L. occidentalis.) — A resident. Very abundant on the coast
during winter months. Breeds in the interior and probably also on the coast.

American Herring Gull. (L. ar/jentatus omithsonianus.) — An abundant resi-
dent Breeds on the coast and interior of the Mainland.

California Gull. (L. californicus.) — An abundant resident. Breeds in the
interior.

Ring-billed Gull. (L. delawarensis.) — A winter resident on the coast. Breeds
in the interior to the northward.

Short-billed Gull, "Mew gull." (L. brachyrhynchus.) — A winter resident
on the coast.

Heermann's Gull. (L. heermanni.) — Not common. Breeds.

Bonaparte's Gull. (L. Philadelphia.) — Distributed throughout the length
and breadth of the Province, and an abundant resident. Summers in the interior.

Arctic Tern. (Sterna paradissea.) — Only recorded from Dease Lake.

American Black Tern. (Hydrochelidon nigra surinamensis.) — Taken at
Burrard Inlet and Shuswap Lake.

ALBATROSSES.

Black-footed Albatross. (Diomedea nigripes.) — From c^ast of California
to Alaska. There is no record of this bird on the B. C. coast.

Shon.-tailed Albatross. (D. albatrus.) — Tolerably common on both coasts
of Vancouver Island.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

221

PETRELS.

Pacific Fulmar. (Fulmarus glacialis glupischa.) — Taken at Chomainuv

Slender-billed Shearwater. (Puffinus tenuirostris.) — One specimen taken
oflf Albert Head

Forked-tail Petrel. (Oceanodroma furcata.) — A winter resident along both
coasts of Vancouver Island.

Leach's Petrel. (O. leucorhoa.)— Confined to the west coast of Vancouver

Island.

CORMORANTS.

White-crested Cormorant. (Phalacrocorax dilophus cincinatus.) — From
Race Rocks to Alaska, all along the coast. Tolerably common.

Violet-green Cormorant. (P. pelagicui robustus.) — An abundant resident.

PiiLICANS.

American White Pelican. (Pelecanus erythrorhynchos.) — Not common.
Said to breed in the Chilcotin country.

California Brown Pelican. (P. californicus.) — Not common.

GROUSE.

The grouse family is well represented and is widely distributed.

Canadian RufYed Grouse. (Bonasa umbellus togata.) — East of and in-
cluding Cascades, abundant; Gray Ruffed (Umbelloides), Rocky Mountain Dis-
trict; Oregon Ruffed Grouse* (B. umbcllicus sabini), abundant west of Cascades).

"Blue Grouse," Sooty Grouse (Dendragapus obscurus fuliginosus'), abund-
ant west of the Cascades; Richardson's Grouse (Richardsonii), abundant
east of Cascades.

Franklin's Grouse/'Fool Hen." (D. franklinii.) — Abundant resident tlirough-
out wooded interior.

Willow Ptarmigan (Lagopus lagopus), Dea:.e Lake; Rock Ptarmigan (L.
rupestris), summits most of the mountains, abundant, White-tailed Ptarmigan
(L. leucurus), summits mountains Mainland, except Coast Range.

Columbia Sharp-tailed Grouse, "Prairie Chicken." (Pediocaites phasian-
ellus columbianus.) — Abundant east of the Cascades.

Mountain Partridge, "Quail." (Oreortyx pictus). — Common on Vancouver
Island, introduced from California; California Partridge (C. californica), on \'an-
couver Island, also from California.

The Sage Grouse (Centrocercus urophasianus) has been taken at Osoyoos
Lake, but considered accidental.

DUCKS.

Of these birds there are numerous representatives, about twenty-six species
being noted.

American Merganser (Merganser Americanus) genv::rally distributed but not
common; red-breasted (M. serrator) and hooded (Lophodytes cucuUatus) both
abundant residents.

"m
m

:V'A

'\i\

*Thi.s Grouse is locally known as " Willow Orouse."

222

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

River Ducks — Mallard (Anos boschas), widely distributed and abundant;
blue-winged teal (A. discors) rare; cinnamon (A. cynanoptera) rare; green winged
(A. carolinensis, very abundant; gadwall, ''gray duck" (A. strepera), rare;
American widgeon "bald pate" (A. Americana); shoveller "broadbill" (Spatula
clypeata), abundant Mainland east of Cascades; pintail, "sprigtail" (Dafila acuta),
abundant; wood-duck (Aix sponsa), summer resident, not common; redhead
■'pochard" (Aythya Americana), not common; canvas-back (A. Vallisneria), no-
where abundant; American scaup duck "blue bill" (A. marila nearctica), abundant
resident; lesser scaup duck (A. affinis) not common. Ring-necked duck (A. col-
laris), not common; American golden-eye (Glaucionetta clangula Americana),
abundant; Barrrow's golden-eye (G. islandica), abundant; buffle-head "butter
ball" (Charitonetta Albeola), very abundant; Old Squaw "long-tailed
duck" (Clangula hyemalis), abundant resident on the coast; barleciuin
duck (H. histrionicus.) breeds abundantly on the coast; American
scoter (Oidemia Americana), rare; white-winged scoter (O. deglandi), abundant
resident; surf scoter. (O. perspicillata). abimdant resident of coast waters; ruddy
dnrk (Erismatura rubida), common in interior.

GEESE.

Lesser Snow Goose (Chen hyperborea) — A winter resident on the coast.
Tolerably abundant.

Ross's Snow Goose (Chen rossii) — Occurrence rare.

American White-fronted Goose (Anser albifrons gambeli) — An abundant
resident. Breeds both on the Island and Mainland.

Canada Goose (B. canadensis) — A very abundant resident. Breeds through-
out the interior of the Mainland.

Hutchin's Goose (B. canadensis hutchinsii) — A resident. Tolerably abun-
dant on the coast.

White-cheeked Goose (B. canadensis occidentalis) — Taken at Chilliwhack.

Cackling Goose (B. canadensis minima) — A winter resident along the coast.

Black Brant (B. nigricans) — An abundant winter resident along the coasts
of Island and Mainland. Breeds in the far north.

SWANS.

Whistling Swan (Orlor columbianus) — A winter resident in the southern
portions of the Province, and very abundant in summer in some portions of the
Mainland interior.

Trumpeter Swan (O. buccinator) — Seen in Cassiar, where it appears to be
not uncommon.

HERONS, IBISES, ETC.

White-faced Glossy Ibis (Plegadis guarauna) — Only two specimens taken
in the Province.

BITTERNS.

American Bittern "Stakedriver" (Botaurus lentiginosu?) — Common through-
out the Province. Breeds east and west of Cascades.

Great Blue Heron (Ardea herodias) — Abundant throughout the Province.
Snowy Heron (A, candidissima) — Rare.

CRANES, RAILS. ETC.

Little Brown Crane (Grus canadensis) — B.C. at large, especially in the in-
terior of the Mainland.

Sandhill Crane (G. niexicana) — B.C. at large. Tolerably abundant.

Virginia Rail (Rallus virginianus) — Mainland and Island. Not common.
Breeds.

Carolina Rail "Sora" (Porzana Carolina) — Mainland and Island. Common
east of Cascades. Breeds.

American Coote (Fulica Americana) — An abundant resident.

ab
th<

sp:

C05

chi
the

wh
der
tol(
Re!
cor
kar
Ba:

aro
thr

Bn
the

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

223

PHALAROPES.

Red Phalarope (Crymophilus fulicarius)— Chilliwhack and Burrard Inlet.
Northern Phalarope (Phalaropus lobatus) — Abundant along the coast.
Wilson's Phalarope (P. tricolour)— Taken at Chilliwhack.

SNIPES, SANDPIPERS, ETC.

Wilson's Snipe (Gallinago delicata) — Island and Mainland. Tolerably
abundant. Resident. Breeds in the interior of Mainland.

Long-billed Dowitcher "Red-breasted snipe" (Macrorhamphus scolopaceus)
— Tolerably abundant. Island and Mainland. Breeds in the interior.

Knot "Robin Snipe" (Tringa canutus) — Abundant during migrations, along
the coast.

Pectoral Sandpiper (T. maculata) — Not common.

Baird's Sandpiper (T. bairdii) — Chilliwhack.

Least Sandpiper (T, minutilla) — Abundant along the coast during fall and
spring migrations.

Red-backed Sandpiper (T. alpina pacifica) — A very abundant resident on the
coast.

Semipalmated Sandpiper (Ereunetes pusillus) — East of Cascades.

Western Sandpiper (E. occidentalis) — An abundant resident

Sanderling (Calidris arenaria) — Taken at Fort Simpson.

Marbled Godwit (Limosa fedoa) — The whole of British Columbia. Breeds
chiefly east of Cascades.

Greater Yellow legs (Totanus melanoleucus) — An abundant resident along
the coast during winter.

Yellow-legs (T. flavipes) — Tolerably common.

Solitary Sandpiper (T. solitarius) — Found throughout the Province. No-
where common.

Cinnamon Solitary Sandpiper (T. solitarius cinnamomeus) — Summer resi-
dent in the interior.

Wandering Tatler (Heteractitis incanus) — The Province at large. Breeds;
tolerably common.

Buff-breasted Sandpiper (Tryngites subroficollis) — Tolerably common.
Resident.

Spotted Sandpiper (Actitis macularia) — The Province at large. Nowhere
common.

Long-billed Curlew (Numenius longirostris)— Breeds at Okanagan, Simil-
kameen.

Hudsonian Curlew (N. hudsonicus) — Taken at Fort Simpson and Cadboro
Bay.

PLOVERS.

Black-bellied Plover (Charadrius squatarola) — Abundant, during migrations,
around Victoria.

Aynerican Golden Plover (C. dominicus) — A common summer resident
throughout the Province.

Killdeer Plover (.^gialitis vocifera) — Occurs throughout the Province.

Semipalmated Plover (M. semipalmata) — Not common.

SURF BIRDS AND TURNSTONES.

Surf Bird (Aphriza virgata) — The coast line of the Province.
Turnstone (Arenaria interpres) — The coast line.

Black Turnstone (A. rnelanocephala) — The coast line. Tolerably common.
Breeds.

THE OYSTER CATCHERS.

Black Oyster-catcher (Haematopus bachmani) — An abundant resident along
the coast.

h I

224

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

PIGEONS.

Band-tailed Pigeon (Columba fasciata) — Irregularly through the southern
portions of the Province. Summer resident. Tolerably common.

Mourning Dove (Zenaidura macoura) — Mainland and Island. Nowhere
common.

AMERICAN VULTURES.

California \ ulture (Pseudogryphus californianus) — Probably accidental
visitants.

Turkey Vulture (Cathartes aura) — Distributed throughout the Province, but
nowhere common.

FALCONS. HAWKS, EAGLES, ETC.

Marsh Hawk (Circus hudsonius) — Abundant chiefly on the Mainland east
and west of the Cascades.

Sharp-shinned Hawk (Aipiter velox) — Abundant, chiefly west of the Cas-
cades.

Cooper's Hawk (A. cooperi) — Rare.

Western Goshawk (A. atricapillus striatulus) — Tolerably common through-
out Province, especially west of the Cascades.

Western Red-tailed Hawk (Buteo borealis calurus) — Very abundant. East
and west of the Cascades.

Red-breasted Hawk (B. lineatus elegans) — Not very common.

Swainson's Hawk (B. swainsoni) — Island and Mainland.

American Rough-legged Hawk (Archibuteo lagopus sancti-johannis) —
Taken at Burrard Inlet and at Chilliwhack. Rare.

Golden Eagle (Aquila chryaetos) — The whole of British Columbia, but
chiefly east of the Cascades.

Bald Eagle (Halijeetus leucocephalus) — The Province at large. A resident.
The most abundant bird of prey we have, especially along the coast.

Prairie Falcon (Falco Mexicanus) — Taken at Chilliwhack.

Duck Hawk (F. peregrinus anatum) — Tolerably common east and west of
the Cascades.

Peak's Falcon (F. peregrinus pealei) — Not common.

Pigeon Hawk (F, columlaarius) — Common east and west of the Cascades.

Black Merlin (F. columbarius suckleyi) — A common summer resident along
the coast.

Richardson's Merlin (F. richardsonii) — Not common.

American Sparrow Hawk (F. sparverius) — Distributed throughout the Pro-
vince. Very abundant. Breeds.

American Osprey "Fish Hawk" (Pandion haliaetus carolinensis) — An abun-
dant summer resident throughout the Province. Breeds.

OWLS.

American Long-eared Owl (Asio wilsonianus) — Rare.

Short-eared Owl (A. accipitrinus) — Abundant, Island and Mainland.

Great Gray Owl (Scotiaptex cinereum) — Rare.

Saw-whet Owl (Nyctala acadica) — Not common.

Kennicott's Screech Owl (Megascops asio kennicottii) — An abundant resi-
dent throughout the Province.

Western Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus subarcticus) — Abundant resident
throughout the Province.

Dusky Horned Owl ''B. virginianus saturatus) — Abundant west of the Cas-
cades.

Snowy Owl (Nyctea nyctea) — Resident northern portions of the Province.

American Hawk Owl (Surnia ulula caparoch) — A resident east o. Cascades.
Breeds vallev of the Similkameen.

Ca
rcj
we
ou

th«
Ca
Ca

res

vet

of
me

Ian

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

225

resi-
ident
Cas-

Burrowing Owl (Speotyto cunicularia hypogaea) — East of Cascades.
common.

Pygmy Owl (Glaucidium gnoma) — Common throughout the Province.

Not

dents.

CUCKOOS.
California Cuckoo (Coccyzus americanus occidentalis) — Rare summer resi-

THE KINGFISHERS.
Belted Kingfisher (Ceryle Alcyon) — An abundant resident.

WOODPECKERS.

Northern Hairy Woodpecker (Dryobates villosus leucomelas) — Eastern
Cascades and Rocky Mountains. Common resident.

Harris's Woodpecker (D. villosus harrisii) — West of Cascades. A common
resident.

Gairdner's Woodpecker (D. pubescens gairdnerii) — A common resident
west of Cascades.

Batchelder's Woodpecker (D. pubescens oreoecus) — Very common through-
out the interior.

White-headed Woodpecker (Xenopicus albolarvatus) — Cascade Mountains.

Arctic Three-toed Woodpecker (Picoides arcticus) — East of and including
the Cascades. Resident.

Alpine Three-toed Woodpecker (P. americanus dorsalis) — Mountains east of
Cascades. North to Cassiar.

Red-naped Sapsucker (Sphyrapicus varius nuchalis) — Common east of the
Cascades.

Red-breasted Sapsucker (S. ruber) — East and west of Cascades. Common.

Williamson's Sapsucker (S. thyroideus) — Taken at Similkameen.

Pileated Woodpecker (Ceophlceus pileatus) — Common.

Lewis's Woodpecker (Melanerpes torquatus) — East and west of Cascades.

Flicker "Higholder" (Colaptes auratus) — Vancouver Island and Mainland.
Very rare.

Red-shafted Flicker (Colaptes cafer) — East of Cascades. Common.

Northwestern Flicker (C. cafer saturatior) — West of Cascades. Abundant.

GOATSUCKERS.

Nighthawk (Chordeiles virginianus) — East of Cascades. Summer resident.
Western Nighthawk (C. virginianus henryi) — West of Cascades. A summer
resident.

SWIFTS.

Black Swift (Cypseloides niger) — A migrant.

Vaux's Swift (Chaetura vauxii) — East and west of Cascades, not on Vancou-
ver Island.

HUMMINGBIRDS.

Black-chinned Hummingbird (Trochilus Alexandri) — Mainland; both slopes
of the Cascades.

Rufous Hummingbird (T. rufus) — West of Cascades. An abundant sum-
mer resident.

Allen's Hummingbird (T. Alleni) — Eastern Cascade and Rocky Mountains.

Calliope Hummingbird (T. calliope) — East and west of Cascades.

TYRANT FLYCATCHERS.

Kingbird (T. tyrannus) — East and west of Cascades.
Gray Kingbird (T. dominicensis) — One specimen taken at Cape Beale.
Arkansas Kingbird (T. verticalis) — East and west of Cascades, chiefly Main-
land.

'b\i

226

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Say's PhcEbe (Sayornis saya)— Ditto.

Olive-sided Flycatcher (Contopus borcalis) — Ditto.

Western Wood Pewee (C. richardsonii) — Ditto.

Western Flycatcher (Empidonax difticilis) — Ditto.

Trail's Flycatcher (E. pusillus trailii)— New Westminster, Mt. Lehman, and
Ashcroft.

Hammond's Flycatcher (E. hammondi)— Chiefly on the Mainland, east and
west of the Cascades. Summer resident.

Wright's Flycatcher (E. Wrightii)— Taken at Chilliwhack. Summer resi-
dent.

LARKS.

Pallid Horned Lark (Otocoris alpestris leucolaema^ — In and east of Cascades.
Streaked Horned Lark (O. alpestris .«'.rigata) — West of Cascades. Nowhere
common.

Dusky Horned Lark (O. alpestris merrillii) — Chiefly east of Cascades.

CROWS, JAYS, MAGPIES, ETC.

American Magpie (P. pica hudsonica) — .A.n abundant resident. Breeds east
of Cascades.

Steller's Jay (Cyanocitta stelleri) — An abundant resident. Breeds on Island
and Mainland.

Black-headed Jay (C. stelleri annectens) — East of Cascade and Rocky
Mountain districts.

Oregon Jay "Whiskey Jack,'" "Hudson's Bay Bird" (Perisoreus obscurus) —
Abundant resident.

Northern Raven (Corvus corax principalis) — A resident throughout the
Province,

Northwest Crow (C. caurinus) — Chiefly west of Cascades. Very abundant
on coast. Resident.

Clarke's Nutcracker "Clarke's crow" (Picicorvus columbianus)— A common
resident east of Cascades, West, but rarely, Vancouver Island.

BLACKBIRDS, ORIOLES, ETC.

Cowbird (Molothrus ater) — Similkameen.

Yellow-headed Blackbird (X. xanthocephalus) — A rare summer resident.
On Mainland, chiefly east of Cascades.

Red-winged Blackbird (Agelaius phceniceus) — Chiefly west of Cascades.
Breeds on Vancouver Island. Common.

Western Meadowlark (Stumella magna neglecta) — East and west of Cas-
cades. Abundant. Winters on Vancouver Island.

Bullock's Oriole (Icterus bullocki) — East of Cascades only. A rare summer
resident.

Brewer's Blackbird (Scolecophagus cyanocephalus) — East and west of Cas-
cades. Breeds.

FINCHES, SPARROWS, ETC.

Western Evening Grosbeak (Coccothraustes vespertinus montanus) — East
of Cascades, straggling west to Vancouver Island.

American Pine Grosbeak (Pinicola enucleator canadensis) — East and west
of Cascades, except Vancouver Island.

California Purple Finch (Carpodacus purpureus californicus) — An abundant
summer resident, chiefly west of Cascades. Breeds.

Cassin's Purple Finch (C. cassini) — East and west of Cascades. Tolerably
common.

American Crossbill (Loxia curvirostra minor) — An abundant resident.

White-winged Crossbill (L. leucoptera) — Mainland and Island.

Gray-crowned Leucosticte (Lc costicte tephrocotis) — Rocky Mountain dis-
trict.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

227

Hepburn's Leucostictc "Gray-crowncfl Finch" (Tephrocotis littoralis) —
From the coast to tlie Rocky Mountains.

Redpoll (Acantliis linaria) — The Province at large,

American Goldfinch (Spinas tristis) — Chielly Mainland. Both slopes of
the Cascades and Rocky Mountain districts.

Pine Siskin, "Pine Linnet" (S. pinus) — The Province at large. An abund-
ant resident.

SnowHake (Plcclroplicnax nivalis) — An abundant resident.

Lapland Longspur (Calcarius lapponicus) — The Province at large. No-
where common.

Macown's Longspur (Rhynchophanes macownii) — Chilliwack.

Vesper Sparrow (Pooc:etes gramineus) — East of Cascades. Abundant sum-
mer resident.

Western Vesper Sparrow, "Bay-winged Bunting." (P. gramineus confinis)
— Chiefly west of Cascades. Vancouver Island.

Sandwich Sparrow (Ammodramus sandwichensis) — An abundant summer
resident west of Cascades.

Western Savana Sparrow (A. sandwichensis alaudinus) — Summer resident
on the coast.

Intermediate Sparrow (Zonotrichia intermedia) — Very common east of Cas-
cades.

Gambel's Sparrow (Z. gambeli) — West of Cascades, especially on the coast.

Golden-crowned Sparrow (Z. coronata) — An abundant summer resident.

Western Tree Sparrow (Spizella monticola ochracea)— Chilliwack.

Western Chipping Sparrow (S. socialis arizonjc) — An abundant summer
resident east and west of Cascades.

Brewer's Sparrow (S. breweri) — Eastern Cascades and Rocky Mountain
districts.

Slate-Coloured Junco (Junco hyemalis) — Chilliwack.

Oregon Junco, "Snow-bird." (J. hyemalis oregonus) — An abundant resi-
dent west of the Cascades.

Rocky Mountain Junco (J. hyemalis shufeldti) — East of the Cascades.

Rusty Song Sparrow (Melospiza fasciata guttata) — An abundant resident,
chiefly coast. Vancouver Island.

Sooty Song Sparrow (M. fasciata rufina) — An abundant resident, coast of
Mainland.

Lincoln's Sparrow (M. lincolni) — East and west of Cascades.

Forbush's Finch (M. lincolni striata) — A doubtful species.

Townsend's Sparrow (Passerella iliaca unalaschcensis) — West of the Cas-
cades. Common summer resident on Vancouver Island.

Spurred Towhee (Pipilo maculatus megalonyx) — East of Cascades.

Oregon Towhee (P. maculatus oregonus) — Abundant west of the Cascades.

Black-headed Grosbeak (Habia melanocephala) — Summer resident east
and west of Cascades.

Lazuli Bunting (Passerina amoena) — Abundant summer resident, chiefly east
of Cascades.

Louisiana Tanager (Piranga ludoviciana) — An abundant summer resident.
Breeds on the Island and Mainland.

SWALLOWS.

Purple Martin (Progne subis) — A common summer resident, chiefly west
of Cascades.

Cliff Swallow (P'jtrochelidon lunifrons) — East of the Cascades, where in
some localities it is very abundant.

Barn Swallow (Chelidon erythrogaster) — Abundant summer resident
throughout the Province.

White-bellied Swallow (Tachycineta bicolor) — Province at large. Abundant.

Violet-green Swallow (T. thalassina) — Abundant summer resident through-
out the Province,

Rough-winged Swallow ((Stelgidopteryx serripennis) — Common all over
the Province.

:!!!

228

YEAR BOOK Ol- BRITISH COLUMlilA

WAXWINGS.

BolK'iiiian \\'a\uii\)^ (Ami)c'lis k-iituIus) — Chiclly cast of Cascades a.i.l
Rocky MoiiiUaiii districts.

Cedar liird (A. cedronini)— A coniinoii siiiiiurt resident.

SIIRIKICS

Nortlicrn Shrike, "Butcherbird" (Lanius borcalis) — Province at large. No-
where common. /

Wliite-rumped Shrike (L. ludoviciaiuis excuhitorides) — Cliilliwack and \ an-

couver Ishmd.

VI R EOS.

tains.

Red-eyed Vireo (V^ireo olivaccus)~I',ast of tlie Ca-;ca(U's and at Chilli\v:tck.
VVarI)linK X'ireo (\'. gilvns) — luist and west of Cascades. Common sum-
mer resident.

Western Warbling Virco (V. yilvus swainsoni) — Coast to the Rocky Moun-

Cassin's \'ireo (\'. solitarins eassinii)— East and west of Cascades only.
Plumoeous Vireo (.V. solitarins plumbcus) — Cliilliwack.

WOOD WARBLERS.
All the warblers are summer residents.

Orange-crowned W^arbler (Ilelniinlhophila celata)--East and west of Cas-
cades.

Lutescent Warbler (II. celatu lutesccn.s) — Chielly west of the Cascades.
Abundant.

Yellow Warbler (Dendroica lestiva)— East and west of Cascades. Abundant.

Myrtle Warbler (D. coronata^) — Abundant, chielly west of the Cascades.

Audubon's Warbler (D. auduboni) — Very abundant over the Province.

Black-throated Gray Warbler (D. nigrescens) — Not common.

Townsend's Warbler (D. townsendi) — East and west of Cascades. Not
common.

Hermit Warbler, "Western Warbler" (D. occidentalis) — Chiefly west of Cas-
cades.

Grinnell's Water-thrush (Sciurus noveboraccnsis notabilis) — Taken at
Duck's.

Macgillivray's W^arbler (Geothlypis macgillivrayi) — Throughout the greater
portion of the Province. Breeds on Vancouver Island.

Western Yellow-throat (G. trichas occidentaMs) — Throughout the Province.

Pileolated Warbler (Sylvania pusilla pileolata) — Chiefly west of the Cascades.

American Redstart (Setophaga ruticilla) — Southern portions of the Prov-
ince and interior as far as Barkerville. Nowhere common.

WAGTAILS AND PIPITS.
American Pipit (Anthus pensilvanicus) — East and west of Cascades. Abund-

ant.

DIPPERS.

American Dipper, "Water Ouzel" (Cinclus mexicanus) — Mountain streams
in the Province.

W'RENS.

Catbird (Galeoscoptes carolinensis) — Common east and west of Cascades.
Summer resident.

Rock Wren (Salpinctes obsoletus) — Rare on the coast. Common east of
the Cascades.

Vigor's V/ren (Thryothorus bewickii spilurus) — A summer resident, chiefly
west of the Cascades. A fine songster.

ANT) MANUAL OF !'RO\'I N'CI AL INFORMATION.

329

I'arkmaii's Wreti Crroylodylcs acilon parkiiianii)— Summer resident east
aii'l ui'st of tl'c Cascades.

Western Winter Wren (T. Incinalis pacitknis) — Chiefly on the coast. Abund-
ant.

Tulc Wrtii (Cistotliurus palustris paludicola)— Fast of tlic Cascades. Abund-
an'..

CRILFl'FRS.

California Creeper (Ccrtliia faiuiliaris occidentalis)— Fast and west of the
Cascades.

NUTHATCH FS AND TITS.

Slender-billed Nuthatch (Sitta carolinensis aculeata)— Common east of Cas-
cades.

Rcd-I)reasted Nuthatch (S. caiia<!eiisis)— Common cast and west of Cascades.

I'yjjiny Nuthatch (S. pyf,Mna'a) i'.ast of Cascades.

-Mountain Ciiickadee (I'arus ^;;lInbeli)— Wooded hills east of Cascades, and
Rocky Mountain district.

( )reRon Chickadee (P. atricapillus occidentalis)— Common west of Cascades.

I.ong-tailed Chickadee (P. atricapillus septentrionalis)— Common on the
\voode(l hills cast of Cascades.

Chestnut-backed Chickadee (P. rufesccns)— Common west of Cascades.

WARBLFRS, KINGLETS.

Western Golden-crowned Kinglet (RcRulur, satrapa olivaceus)— Abundant
Western Cascade district.

Ruby-crowned KiuRlet (R. calendula;)— Ditto.

THRUSHES, SOLITAIRES, AND BLUEBIRDS.

Townsend's Solitaire (Myadestcs townscndii)— .\ rare bird, east and west
of Cascades.

Willow Thrush (Turdus fusccscens salicicohas) — Common east of Cascades.
Summer resident.

Russet-backed Thrush (T. ustulatus)— A common summer resident west of
Cascades, as far north as Deasc Lake, Cassiar.

Dwarf Hermit Thrush (T. aonalaschk.e) — West of Cascades, chiefly coast-
wise.

Western Robin (Merula migratoria propinqua) — Abundant throughout the
Province.

Varied Thrush. "Swamp Robin" (Hespcrocichla mcvia) — Common west of
Cascades.

Western Bluebird (Sialia mexicana) — Common summer resident east and
west of Cascades.

Mountain Bluebird (S. arctica") — .\ summer resident east of Cascades and
Rocky Mountain districts, west occasionally.

ADDITIONS TO '.^HE LIST OF 1891.

Horned Puffin (Fratcrcula cornicntata) — Q. C. I.

Pacific Kittiwake (Rissa tridactyla) — Q. C. I.
. Common Tern (Sterna hirunda) — Saanich.

Black-vented Shearwater (Puffinus gavia) — Albert Head.

Dark-bodied Shearwater (P. griseus) — Q. C. I.

Emperor Goose (Philacte canagica) — Chemainus.
' Gray Falcon (Falco rusticolo) — Comox.

MacFarland's Screech Owl (Megascops asio aikeni) — Mainland south.

Arctic Horned Owl (Bubo virginianus arcticus) — Victoria.

California Pygmy O vl (Glaucidium gnoma californicus) — Mainland coast.

Alaskan Three-toei' Woodpecker (Picoides americanus alascensis) — North-
ern Mainland.

■ i

330

YKAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Rocky Mountain Jay (Pcrisortnis canadensis capitalis) -Interior Mainland.

wack.

Pinon Jay (C"y''ni'«''"I>''''il"s cyanorcplialiis)— Interior Mainiand.
Sonoran Kcd-winn HlacUI)ird (Anelaccns i)li(cniccus sonoricnsis)-

-Chilli-

Haris's Sparrow (Zonotricliia (lucrula) — Victoria.

Western Lark Si)arrow (Cliondcstes tj;ratTiinaceus strigatus)— Sicamous.

Bank Swallow (Clivicola riparia) -Last of Cascades.

Anthony's Vireo (Vireo luittoni obscuriis)— Victoria.

Calaveras W'arblei UI«-"ltnintliopliiIa rnticapilla gutturalis).

Ma^jnolia Warbler ( iJendroiea maculosa) — iMcld.

Wilson's Warbler (Sylvania pnsilla) — iMold.

Rocky Mountain Creejjer (Lertliia fatniliaris montaiia) — Nelson.

Columbia Chickadee (I'arus hudsoniius columbianus) — Nelson.

Oiive-backed Thrush (.Turdus ustalalus swaiusoniij— Nelson.

CI'EN CUT ON THE CONSOI.IDATEU ALBERNI GOLD MINE.

iland.
:hilli-

FOREST WEALTH.

NATURALLY in the consideration of tlic rconoinic products of British Co-
lumbia comes tlic timber wealth. Apart from minerals it reiiresents the
most important and most readily available .esnlts. British Columbia may
now be said to possess the greatest compact area of merchantable timber
on the North American Continent, and if it had not been for the great
forest fires that have ra^cd in the interior in the years pone by, durin^^ which a
very large portion of the surface has been denuded of its forest, the available
supply would have been much greater than it is. This was an e.\i;;cncy, which,
in the unsettled state of the C' untry, could hardly have been provided against, if
at all. However, as the coa>l possesses the major portion of the choice timber
and that which is most accessible, the ravages of tire have not had. by reason of
the dense growth and the humidity of the climate, any a|)preciable effect on that
source of supply.

As far north as Alaska the coast is heavily timbered, the forest line follow-
ing the indents and river valleys and fringing the mountain sides. Logging op-
erations so far have extended to Knight's Inlet, a point of the coast of the
mainland opposite the north end of Vancouver Island. Here the Douglas fir, the
most important and widely dis])ersed of the valuable trees, disappears altogether,
and the cypress, or yellow cedar, takes its place. Nortli of this, cedar, hemlock
and spruce are the principal timber trees. It will be of interest to know that
Douglas fir {Pseudo-tsuga Douglassi) was named after David Douglas, a noted
botanist who explored New Caledonia in the early twenties of
this century. It is a very widely distributed tree, being found
from the coast to the summit of the Rocky Mountains and as far east as Cal-
gary and as far north as Fort McLeod. On the coast it attains immense propor-
tions, is very high and clear of imperfections, sometimes towering three hundred
feet in the air and having a base circumference of from thirty to fifty feet. The
best averages, however, are one hundred and fifty feet clear of limbs and five to
six feet in diameter. This is the staple timber of commerce, often classed by the
trade as Oregon pine. It has about the same specific gravity as oak. with great
strength, and has a wide range of usefulness, being especially adapted for construc-
tion work. It is scientifically described as standing midway between the spruce
and the balsam, and in the opinion of Prof. Macoun. the Dominion naturalist,
is a valuable pulp-making tree.

Perhaps the next two most important representatives of our forest wealth

Duugtiis Fir

2.32

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Red and
I'cllow Cedar.

are the red cedar (Thuya gigantea) and the yellow cedar (Thuya excclsa). The
former is found all over the Province, but reaches its j^reatest development on the
roast, where it out-girths all others. In addition to its conunercial value for
shingles and finishing purposes, it is the friend of the settler, inasmuch as out of
its straight-grained logs he can build his house, make his furniture and fence his
farm, and that with the use of the most primitive of tools only — an axe. a saw,
and a froe. It is especially valuable, however, for interior finishing, being rich in
colouring and taking on a beautiful polish. For this purpose it is finding an
extended market in the east of Canada, and no doubt its merits will soon find ap-
preciation far beyond these limits. Important as tlic red cedar is, the yellow
cedar, though much more limited in area and (|uantity, is still more important,
and I was going to say useful. It is very strong, comparing with
the Douglas fir in this respect, is wonderfully durable, finishes
to perfection, and grows to great dimensions. Lying farther
north, it will not be probably as soon in demand as the more ubiquitous red
variety, but is already occupying attention. During the past year an extensive
timber limit was disposed of in England, and a company has undertaken its
manufacture. The cypress, which is found in great quantities in the interior of
Vancouver Island, and on Mount Benson, near Nanaimo, comes within 1,200 f'?et
of the sea. Towards the end of the island on Queen Charlotte Islands, and ^n the
north coast of the Mainland, it is found lower down and is very plentiful.

It is out of the cedar that the Hydah Indians build their celebrated war
canoes, some of which have an eight-foot beam, are sixty feet long and can stem
the heaviest seas of the coast waters.

Coming next in usefulness — and, economically considered, this may oe taken
exception to, as there are many who will class it as the most useful of all our tim-
bers — is the white spruce (Picca Sitchcnsis). Its habitat is principally low, swami)y
and delta lands, usually interspersing the forest of fir and other trees, but in no
place is it found in very large or compact bodies. From its comparative scarcity
and the many uses to which it may be put, it is commercially more valuable th.in
the Douglas fir, to which it is first cousin. It attains a circumference almost equal
to the latter, but does not grow so tall or so clear of branches. It is utilized largely
for making doors, finishing, salmon boxes, barrels, fruit cases, and many other
similar purposes, being, as it is, the best adapted for these uses of all the native
timbers. It is par excellence, too, the wood for pulp manufacture, which some d.iy
or other will be one of the most important industries of the Province, and con-
cerning which more may be said at a later date. It increases in (|uantity as you go
northward.

H'^mlock (Tsiiga mertensiana) is a common timber, and up the coast is
found in considerable quantities. It is a useful tree, and answers about the same
purposes as the Douglas fir. For that reason it will not be in general demand until
the latter has become to some extent exhausted. White Pine (P. monticola) for
cabinet purposes and general utility is very valua1)le, but is
limited in quantity. Balsam (A. grandis) is widely distributed,
being found principally in river valleys, but is commercially of little value, except
ior pulp. With the exception of the yew {Taxiis brei'ifolia) and tamarack, of
which there are several varieties, principally (L. occidenlalis), the foregoing are the
representatives of tlie family of coniferous trees.

Of deciduous trees, the large leaf maple (.leer .^facrofhytluin) . vine maple

Other Timbers.

^'I^ .; V>'^w

t'. >i:

1. British Columbia Forest.

2. Logs at Mill.

3. Loading Lumber for Export.

! I

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

235

til

(Acer clrcinattrn), alder (Alnus rubra), crab apple (Pirns rlvularis), oak (Quercus
Garryana), two varieties of poplar or Cottonwood iPoptilus balsamifera) and
(trichocarpa), aspen poplar (Popnlus trcmuloides), arbutus (Arbutus Mcnciesii), birch
(Bctula occidentalis), willow and juniper are the principal. The maple, alder and
arbutus make first-class cabinet woods, though they art not abundant enough
to be extensively used for this purpose. They also make popular finishing woods.
Poplar, or, as it is more commonly called, cottonwood, has been principally used
in the past for the manufacture of "Excelsior," but its greatest use will be in
paper-making. The aspen poplar is common in Vancouver Island and the northern
interior of the Province. It is also a good paper-maker. The oak is mainly con-
fined to the southern end of Vancouver Island. It is a stunted, gnarled species,
of little use, but very picturesque. Crab apple is plentiful in swampy places
around ponds, beaver meadows and along river banks. The hard woods are
usually found in bottom lands, and indicate fruitfulness of the soil. • There is no
part of British Columbia where the timber supply is not sufficient for local
demands.

The principal timber limits and the great bulk of the timber are located on:
Vancouver Island, running up the valleys of the Cowichan, Chemainus, Nanaimo,
Englishman's, Little Qualicum, Big Qualicum, Comox. Oyster, Campbell, Sal-
mon, Adams, and Nimkish Rivers, and French and Black Creeks, and along
other streams and tributaries of the foregoing rivers, and in the Alberni Valley;
in Westminster District — along the Eraser and Pitt Rivers, on Burrard Inlet, in
South Vancouver, and on Howe Sound; the principal inlets of the coast as far
as Knight's Inlet; and on the islands in the Gulf of Georgia — notably Cracow.
Valdez and Harwick. North of Knight's Inlet, as already stated, comes the
cypress and considerable spruce that will yet be largely utilized in commerce.

One feature of the forests of the Coast is their density. As high as
500,000 feet of lumber have been taken from a single acre, which seems almost in-
credible to a lumberman of the east, whore 20,000 is considered not a bad average.

There are over eighty sawmills in the Province, big and small, with a daily
capacity of about 2.000,000 feet, mainly on the coast. l)ut this limit has never been
reached, the annual cut running between 50,000,000 and 100,000.000 feet. Various
estimates have been made of the amount of timber in sight. These range be-
tween forty billion and one hundred billion feet, a guess that is
Timber Limits. Only practicable as showing the possible limits of supply as ex-
tremely wide. The acreage of timber under lease is about 1,175
square miles, and the total area of forest and woodland is put down by the Do-
minion statistician as 285,554 square miles, but this must not be taken as all of
commercial value, as much of this is covered with small trees, suitable only for a
local supply of fuel and lumber.

For some time the lumber industry of the Province has suffered a severe
depression, but at the present time the indications are favourable to a revival.

The future of the lumber industry is very great for British Columbia, and
when foreign demand fully revives, and the Nicaraguan Canal has been cotn-
pleted, it cannot fail to receive an immcn.se impetus. As it stands at present
the Province will be the last resort of the lunibcnnan on this continent, and
those who own timber limits will reap rich harvests. Perhaps not the least
remunerative will be the by-products, and particularly that of pulp.

^'i

230

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The following list of trees beionging to the Province has been taken from
the Report of the British Columbia Board of Trade. Victoria. The distribution
;tnd economic use and value of the principal of these have been referred to in the
foregoing: —

UOTA.N'ICAI. N.VMl';. IvNC.I.ISH NAMK.

HOTANICAL NAMIC.

iCNCiLKSli NAMK.

Abies aniabilis White fir.

" grandis i Western white fir.

" subalpina Mountain balsam.

Acer macrophyllum . Large-leaved maple.

" circinatuni .... Vine Maple.

Alnus rubra Red alder.

Arbutus Menziesii . . Arbutus.
Betula occidentalis. . Western birch.

" pupyrifera . . . Canoe birch.
Corntis Nuttallii .... Western dogwood.
Juniperus Virginiana Red cedar.
Larix Americana. .. . American larch.

" Lyalli Mountain larch.

" occidentalis . , Western larch.
Picea alba White spruce.

" Ivngelmanii ,. West'n black spruce.

" nigra Hlack spruce.

• " Sitchensis .... West'n white spruce.
Pinus albicaulis White-bark j^ine.

" contorta Scrub inne.

Pinus monticola .... White mount'n pine.

" Murrayana . . Black pine.

" ponderosa .... Velio w jjine.

Pirns rivularis Western crab-apple.

Populus balsamifera Balsam ijoplar.
I " monilifera . Cottonwood,
" tremuloides .-^sijen.
" trichocarpa Cottonwood.
Prunusemarginata. . Cherry.

mollis

PseudotsugaDougrsi Douglas fir.
Quercus Garryana . . Western white oak.
Salix lancifolia Lance-leaved willow

" lasiandra Willow.

Taxus brevifolia .... Western yew.

Thuya gigantea Giant cedar.

A'ellow cypress or

" excelsa cedar.

Tsuga Mertensiana . Western hemlock.

" Pattoniana . . . Alpine hemlock.

Free
Grow III.

Economically, the value of the forests of British Columbia could be greatly
enhanced by diversification. There is such a wide area unsuitable for any other
growth than trees and grass that there is almost illimitable opportunity for the
seeding and planting of trees on the summit of hills and the sides of hills and
mountains, introducing nearly all the deciduous trees of the
temperate zone. The climate is favourable to tree growth, and
the experience of the Dominion Experimental Farm goes to show
that the range of successful'y acclimatized trees and shrubs is verj' wide ind'jed.
When we consider the statement of Mr. E. D. N. Southworth, Chief of the
Forestry Department in Ontario, that the annual growth in that Province — theo-
retically, of course — is fifty times the annual consumption, we can at least im-
perfectly imagine the tremendous future possibilities of a coast line so extended
and deeply indented, to say nothing of the vast interior. Mr. Southworth's esti-
mate, which, as already stated, is a theoretical one. or, rather, is based upon
mathem.'iiical conditions of growth, is endorsed by Sir Henry Joly. of Quebec, a
reputable authority on the subject.

Of course, practically, the increment of forest growth is subject to condi-
tions of check, which are obvious, and materially modify actual results. Industrial
conditions have so altered of late, and arc so rapidly changing, tl'.at this possible
annual growth is of the greatest importance. The increasing demand for wooden
ware, manufactured from various products of wood, and the variety of uses to
which wood is being put, places a premium on every stick to be grown for all
time to come. The value of the younger trees in the manufacture of pulp out
of which so many things are liiade, gives a value to our forests they never before
possessed. It will be possible hereafter to regard forestry as a branch of agri-
culture, and to speak of the wood crop, to reap which it will not be necessary to
wait a lifetime.

The subject of forestry, as an economic science, is one to which very little
attention has been paid in this Province, and there is little to be said so far as a
special 1 nowlcdge of the conditions that exist, or of the possibility of develop-
ment is concerned, except in so far as the experience of other countries may apply.

:^.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

237

It is one that will yet demand the most serious consideration on the part of the
authorities. Not only is the conservation of the forests a matter of very great
importance, because the timber is an asset of great value peculiarly subject to
depreciation and waste, but of perhaps even greater importance is the utilization
of the timber supply economically and advantageously in an industrial way.
There is annually a very large waste going on by forest tires, in clearing land and
in other ways, and in view of the many uses to which wood and products of wood
are now being put, it is a matter of some concern to determine if methods could
not be adopted both to minimize waste and turn it to useful account. The manu-
facture of wood pulp, of indurated ware, of cabinet woods, of turpentine, of varnish,
of tannin, of cordwood, of second rate structural material, of charcoal and of other
_, by-products, which enter into modern industrial requiro-

ConsideraTiuns. ments. are all matters worthy of attention. Tt is not
improbable that a careful study of the economics of forestry
would develop a system in connection with tree growtli and forest
clearing that would ultimately equalize supply and demand and render the abso-
lute destruction of wood as at present unnecessary. It is diflicult to realize the
value of forests until they arc gone, and until some chca]) structural material shall
have been obtained to wholly take tlie place of wood and fulfill all its uses which
does not appear likely to be obtainable, the demand must continue to increase,
and British Columbia is of all countries naturally most favourably situated to
supply it. As a speculation nothing in the way of national enterprise can ei|ual
the desirability of husbanding the natural resource of timber, because it nnist
inevitably grow into inestimable value. If in Canada, with a population of 5,000,-
000, the present annual cut of timber is a subject for anxiety as to the future,
what consideration will attach to it when the population has grown to 25,000,000?

A careful estimate of t'ne aggregate cost of tlie mills in operation places
the amount at $1,500,000. This docs not include all the capital invested necessary
to carry on the industry, which would increase the amount to $2,000,000. The
investment in timber limits is additional to this. Sawmills in British Columbia
cost on an average $700 per i.ooo feet of daily capacity, ten hours' running. Of the
eighty-five mills constructed not all are in operation, and the greater number are
of limited capacity.

Although the conditions are hardly ripe for it yet. one of the most promis-
ing industries in store for British Columbia is that of the manufacture of wood
pulp, and when we consider the opinion of Prof. Macoun that Douglas fir, as well
as spruce, is a good pulp tree, the possibilities of the industry, in a Province where
Douglas fir is the dominant and most widely distributed conifer, are obvious. A
paper mill was started and ran for some time at Alberni, but under conditions not
favourable to success, and although it met with failure reorganization on a better
and successful business basis, is confidently anticipated. Incidentally, it may be
pointed out that the exports of pulp wood of Canada since i8qo have been: —

1891 5i,'^S,(.9S 1S94 .^92,262

1S92 . 2 ;9.45S i,S95 ?46S.^,59

1S93 3S6,( 92 1S96 627,865

The pulp industry is rapidly increasing in Canada and a great many mills are
engaged in it. The export of pulp during the past six years has been: —

1890 ..$lhH, iSo

1891 2So,6i9

1892 555. .1"^

1893 4.S5-895

1894 I547.217

i«95 .590,874

i''^96 675,777

The British demand for wood pulp is largely on the increase. The imports
for 1895, for example, were of the value of .£i,574,40o( 297,0118 tons), an increase
of ,£150.000 over 1894.

The United Kingdom imported in 1895 unprinted pai)er to the value of
£2,046,106, and straw boards, mill boards and wood pulp boards to the value of
. '--548,254, The exports of paper from the United States were of the value of
about £500,000 sterling. At present Great Britain looks chiefly to Germany,
Holland, Sweden and Belgium for her imported unprinted paper.

I> i

238

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

DOMINION T'MBER REGULATIONS.

Timber Licenses.

ALL licenses to cut timber are disposed of by public competition. Parties ten-
dering are to state sum per square mile wliicb they will pay over and above
ground rent and royalty, and cheque to accompany tender. The highest bonus
will be accepted. The length of any berth is not to exceed three times the
breadth thereof.

The licensee to pay a ground rent of five ($5.00) dollars per square mile,
except for lands situated west of Eagle Pass, British Columbia, in which case
it will be five (sc.) cents an acre. Within one month after obtaining a timber
berth the licensee is to pay a year's rental in advance, and if not
then paid, the said rental shall bear interest at six (6) per cent.
per annum until paid. The licensee is to pay a royalty of five
(S) per cent, on sales, or on the value of lumber in the log. If on the latter,
it will be calculated on the average price of lumber for the three months
previous to payment of dues. Timber from the berth must be manufactured
at the sawmill of the licensee. The royalty on lumber, etc., made from burnt
timber is two and one-half (2J/2) per cent.

On the first day of May of each year licensee shall send a sworn detailed
statement to proper officer, appointed for that purpose, of the number of pieces
of timber, lumber, etc., and the correct measurement of same, according to Scrib-
ner's Log Rule, cut in the previous twelve months. All shortages, or dis-
crepancies, between amount of the sales and the said statement are to be ac-
counted for to the Minister of the Interior, and the licensee shall pay five (5)
per cent, on the value of the deficiency, said value to be based on average price
of lumber for the previous six months. Licensees are to furnish each year a
ground sketch of exact locality of berth, and within one year from date of such
notification from Interior Department, to have and keep in operation a sawmill
capable of cutting one thousand (1,000) feet, board measure, in twenty-four (24)
hours, for every two and one-half (2j<^) square miles of area licensed, or shall
establish such other manufactory of wood goods acceptable to the Minister of
the Interior. The licensee cannot assign or transfer his berth without the con-
sent of the Interior Department.

The licensee has no claim to renewal of license except by an Order-in-
Council.

In unsurveyed land the party to whom a license is promised shall, before
the issue of license, and before any timber is cut, make a survey by a duly quali-
fied Dominion Land Surveyor, and he shall be liable for dues on any timber cut
subsequent to ten (10) days from tlie date of the award of berth to him.

Dues not paid at maturity to bear interest at six (6) per cent., and cut
timber on brirth may be seized and sold to satisfy same.

All cut timber is liable for Crown dues wherever found or in whatever
condition.

The licensee has no right to cut timber of less diameter than ten (10)
inches, except for roads and to facilitate taking out merchantable timl)er, and shall
have no right to interfere witli "Land Settlements," but may within sixty (60)
days alter notice of such, remove all timber over ten (10) inches in diameter.

This license shall not prevent individual homestead settlers holding free
permits from cutting and removing building timber, fence rails, firewood, as such
permit ir.ay set forth (and the Government may grant such permits;.

]

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFOR.\JATIO\.

2J9

Licensee may take from every tree cut down all the timber fit for use and

manufacture the same, and is to prevent unnecessary destruction of timber from

men or fires; to make stated returns of all lumber and its value, sold in any

shape; to pay five (S) per cent, on returns of sales, or on ^r^ount

Conditions of gf |ijniber in log. unless from burnt timber, which will be two

Ucensc. ^^^^\ one-half {214) per cent, (all in addition to ground rent);

to keep correct books, subject to inspection of collector of dues; and to the right

of the Crown to deal in minerals, etc.. in timber berth, and to make roads for

transportation of such, paying licensee for all timber thus used; and to forfeiture

for infraction of any one of these conditions.

The license c:innot be transferred without the consent of the Minister of the
Interior.

Permits to cut timl^er. subject to dues hereafter specified, arc granted by
public competition. exce'.)t to actual settlers, who can cut timber for his own
use without competition.

Cordwood 25c. per cord

Cordwood of dry or fallen timber, over 7 inches diameter, cut by set-
tlers for their own use lOC. per cord

Fence posts. 7 ft. long and 5 in. at small end ic. each

Fence posts. 8 ft. long and from 5 in. to 9 in. diameter 2c. each

Fence rails (poplar) and 5 in. at butt end $2.00 per 1,000

Rails of any other woods. 3 in. at butt end J/aC. each

Building logs of poplar. 12 in. at butt end y>c. per lin. ft.

Building logs of any other wood. 12 in. at butt end ic. per lin. ft.

Building logs of oak. elm. ash, maple, 12 in. at butt end ij<;c. per lin. ft.

Shingles 40c. per 1,000

Telegraph poles, per ft. over 22 ft ic. per ft.

Telegraph poles. 22 ft. long 5*-'. each

Railway ties, 8 ft. long 3c. each

Square timber and saw logs of poplar $2.00 per M. ft. B. M.

Square timber and saw logs of pine, cedar, spruce, tamarac and other

woods $2.50 per M. ft. B. M.

Square timber and saw logs of oak, elm, ash, maple $300 per M. ft. B. M.

Pickets $350 per M.

Piles I K'C. per lin. ft.

Shingle bolts 50c. per M.

All other products ten (10) per cent, ad valorem.

Dues on burnt timber are five (5) per cent, on sales and fifty (50) cents per
M. in lieu of rent.

A fee of twenty-five (25) cents is charged for each permit.

The Minister of Interior will instruct issuers of permits as to quantity of
grant and dues to be deposited.

Additional dues may be levied for surveying, etc.

The pains and penalties of the Dominion Land Act apply to a breach of
foregoing rules.

Trees are to be cut without waste, and the refuse piled together.

Timber permits on school lands may be granted, provided they do not
impair the value of the land. Persons exempted from dues are, miners, pros-
pectors, travellers, scientists or explorers.

Homesteaders may obtain permit to cut 1.800 lineal feet building timber
not over 12 in. at the butt end, 400 roof poles. 2.000 poplar fence rails. 30 co'ds
dry wood, burnt or fallen timber for fuel or fencing up to 7 in. diameter inclusive.

Homesteaders in possession of farms having timber or wood lots will lot
get free permit.

An order-in-council was passed 3rd of January. 1896, stating that the dues
on timber sold in the Province of British Columbia and exported to Manitoba
and the North-West Territories will be 5% royalty on the sales and that the dues
on lumber otherwise exported from the Province will be at the same rate less a
rebate of 40 cents per M.

240

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

CROWN LANDS.

I^HE Crown Lands are surveyed into quadrilateral townships, containing thirty-
six sections of one mile square in each, by lines running north and south,
crossed by others running cast and west. These sections being in turn
divided into quarter-sections of i6o acres each.

Unoccupied and unreserved Crown Lands are open to pre-emption for
agricultural purposes only throughout the entire Province. Any pcrsoji being
the head of a family, a widow or single man over the age of i8 years, and a Brit-
ish subject (or, if an alien, upon making a declaration of intention to become a
British subject), may become a pre-emptor. A.n/ incorporated company may be-
come a pre-empto" by special permission of the Lieutenant-Governor in Council.

To the northward and eaptwaid of the Cascade or Coast Range of moun-
tains the size of a pre-emption claim may be 320 acres; in the remainder of the
mm^ :~ - \ I . Province it: is limited to 160 acres. The procedure to l)e
rc-erapti«ii. followed in the acquiring of a pre-emption record is set forth
at length in the "Land Act," and is made as simple as possible. The pre-
emptor is entitled to a Crown Grant to his land upon paying $1 per acre there-
for and (jhtaining a certificate of improvement, the rcciuiremcnts for this pur-
pose being: ist, a continuous bono fide personal residence of the pre-emptor, or
of his family, on the land recorded by him for the full period of two years after
the record; 2nd, permanent improvements on the land to the value of $2.50 per
acre; 3rd, if the record be of unsurveyed land, a survey in accordance with the
Act; and 4th, if the pre-emptor be r.n alien, his becoming a naturalized British
subject.

Crown Lands for the purpose of sale and purchase are divided into three
classes, and may be purchased in tracts not exceeding 640 acres upon compliance
with the Act, under the following classification and prices: ist
urc asc. class, agricultural and natural meadow lands, $5 per acre; 2iid
class, lands cultivable with the aid of irrigation, $2.50 per acre; 3rd class, moun-
tainous and rocky lands, $1 per acre.

Timber lands are not open to purchase. Grants of land purchased must
provide that in the event of any of the lands being divided into town lots, one-
Timbur La d fourth of all the blocks of land shall be re-conveyed to the
m ur nn s. (^rown. A purcl.ascr in order to become entitled to purchase
a second tract must improve the lands already purchased by him to the extent of
$5.00 per acre if first, $2.50 per acre if second, and $1.00 per acre if third-class land.
Leases of lands not exceeding 160 acres in extent may be obtained of
meadow lands by holders of adjacent land tor a period not exceeding five years
at a rental cf 10 cents per acre, and of lands for the openin, or working of
quarries, or as sites for fishing stations, for a <.eim of twenty-one years at a
rental to be fixed by the Government. Lands held by the Crown
Leasts. within a city may be leased for any term not exceeding t«n years;

and agricultural lands which have been surveyed into lots of twenty acres or
less may be leased to British subjects upon building conditions, and upon a stipu-
lation that the lessee shall, at the end of the term, if he has complied with ilo
lease, receive a Crown Grant of his leasehold lot.

The right to cut timber on Crown Lands may be obtained in several
iD'jthods, the simplest of which i? tht taking out of au annual license, upon pay-
ment of $10, entitling the holder to cut timber as a hand logger
Crown Lands, ^p^^^ Crown Lands, not being limbei limits, without any reser-
vation as to area. The timber cut under such license is subject to royalties to
the Crown. . ^

*' V

•

r-.\^:

r"Vi.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

241

A special license may be obtained, valid for one year, tor $50, entitling the
holder to cut timber upon a specified tract, not exceeding 1,000 acres, subject to
the paynent of royalties to the Crown.

Ti-nber leases a. .« to be put up for public competition for periods not ex-
ceeding twenty-one years, and may be granted to the tenderer who offers the
highest cash bonus, in addition to an annual rental of 15 cents per acre and the

eayment of royalties. A rebate of 5 cents per acre on the rent may be obtained
y erecting a saw mill appurtenant to the leasehold.

The royalties payable to the Crown amount to 50 cents per 1,000 feet board
measure on all timber: 50 cents per cord on railway ties and mining props; 50
cents on every 200 running feet of piles, and 25 cents on every cord of wood.

There is reserved to the Crown a royalty of 5 cents per ton on all
merchantable coal obtained from lands held urder Crown Grants. This reser-
vation of royalty does not apply to land held under earlier grants in which the
coal was not eitiier reserved to the Crown or made subject to a royalty.

.'I

THE LUMBER CUT.

STATISTICS of the timber and lumber industry are not available prior to the
year 1888, when the reports of the Inspector of Forestry began to be published.
Since that time a very complete annual statement has been included in the report
of the Chief Commissioner of Lands and Works. However, a careful estimate of
the cut of timber in the Province, since the commencement of the industry, made
from available data in various years gives the following result: To 1871,
250,000,000 feet; from 1871 to 1888, 595,000,000 feet; from 1888 to 1896 inclusive,
654,986,465 feet, or in the aggregate, 1,500,000,000 feet. Taking into consideration
annual growth, and assuming that effective measures for a reasonable protection
of the forests from the ravages of fire could be maintained, the timber supply, at
the present rate of consumption, would remain perpetual, so that the conservation

of forests becomes one of the most important subjects that can engage the atten-
tion of the legislators; but forest fires, the clearing of land, and the reckless de-
foresting for lumbering purposes, are having appreciable effects in reducing the
supply. The following is a statistical statement of the lumbering industry since
1888:—

!#;

Year.

No.

Daily Capacity.

ACREAGK

Lumber Cut.

Mliyl^S.

feet.

UNDER Lease.

feet.

1888

769,000

135,063

31,868,384

1889

1 ,089,000

179,224

43,852,138

1890

1,343,000

225,526

79,177,055

1891

1,796,000

273,428

83.108,335

1892

1,752,000

386,122

64,186,820

1893

1,785,000

496,956

60,587,360

1894

1,786,000

524,573

64,498,227

J895

1,815,000

495,346

112,884,640

1896

1,903,000

496,746

112,957,106

The value of the exports of lumber since Confederation is shown in the
table of exports given elsewhere.

1*1

242

YEAR BOOK. OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

LU
OQ

O
H

Q«

c/i <

•T C> C^ "1

^ lAi r^ r

N
"1 t>.

>=2

■s|,iss.<_\ -ox

— — — 1-1 M

r; ■

u-i o 'O -t
C. "1 ri in in

in ''I o^ >-•
*f t

so JC oc

-jO

<•

rj^i

' l<

S! H

¥*

«/>

1 • _

9.^

■SJOSSO^ -Olli;

--It N

t ui

t>i

ii:

»>

CA is

* PI

Cli

t^iS

V S

t-».

•1

•spssDA -ox

""'0

l-CI

i>5

'■n

•

t-l

»-«

»>.

« fo

I - - O r^
00 O !> -

— 0^ O PI
ro d^ -f 00"

o 00

P4 00

- a^

1^ -i-

VO I--

in —

KO -

r^oo

^ X
t^X

X
X

— INI

I O

-•o

"•n

■^

r^ •* "ISO t ttx
rn in>o — \0 c —

in P) PI r", ON'O —
in rf 'o" d^^-D — l-C

— — P4 —

"■1

sjossOyY Miij — \r,KO '■'t — PI — — — P|r<~TtP|

~pV o o o^ pr«t

t~, o O — — r^i

C^ O O t-» O O

PI r^ ir o
t^ PI -t rn

r^ ro — X

O '■O ■* -
1^ O C^ '■n
1^ — O X

\0 1^
X tT
rn 1^

- t

f n ri

vO vO rn — PI

X
PI

Tj- o C^ 1^ i/^ — ^

— vo — '^ t^^O m

t>. t O i» X f O

— — PI — —

PI I O

m i Pl_

PI I ri

in I ri

PI
PI

>^3

aj 5

- C O I. "C

'O rt - = . -

•3 E~ cO-

c
"■' 2 r

r>.

o
£

■j:

1-1

«2

■s

r^HE British Columbia Coast of tlic Pacific Ocean extending iroiu llie 49rli
parallel to Alaska is extensive and deeply indented. Vancouver Island and
Queen Charlotte Islands, standing out seaward, are separated from the
Mainland by numerous channels and thousands of islands jjrouped in minor
archipelagos. Stretching inland are many long inlets, the whole contig-
ufcition being irregular, but exceedingly picturcsqup and rich in food fishes.
From the time the Strait of Juan dc Fuca is entered until the farthest point
north is reached, with the exception of Queen Charlotte Sound, where the ocean
swell is felt, and a few tide rips, it is one continuous, glassy reach of water, which
offers no obstacles to navigation, and renders coasting deliglitfully easy and [)Ieas-
ant. The conditions on the whole are most favourable to conducting the fish-
ing industry.

It is for the purpose of portraying the wealth of these waters, whicli, with
the >ne notable exception of salmon canning, have been but faiiitly exploited, tiiat
this chapter is penned. From time prehistoric the Indians of the coast in their
primitive way pursued the almost sole means of livelihood, fishing, and with a
temperate clime and an abundant supply of this food at all seasons, existence was,
except in so far as tribal warfare endangered it, in no sense precarious.

Says Mr. Ashdown Green, a local authority in piscatorial science, "Unlike
the Indians of the plains, whose lives depended on their exertions and who had
to roam over a vast extent of couiilry to obtain meat enough to put up for winter
use, the fish-eating Indians could count securely upon their winter supplies com-
ing to their very doors." Those on the Mainland coast had immense supplies of
salmonid-e in their seasons, which for winter use they dried, smoked or other-
wise preserved in unlimited quantities. Those on the western coast depended
upon the halibut and cod, which, too, were without limit as to numbers and within
easy reach. These were cut into strips and dried, and were edible to even more
cultivated palates than those of the natives.

To take the fishes first in the order of their importance, we have the salmon,
of which there are several varieties, enumerated as follows: Quinnat, Chinook '.<r
Tyee salmon (Oncorhynclius tscliaziytscliaj ; silver salmon, or cohoe (0. Kisutcli) ;
sockeyes, or blue back salmon (O. Xcrk'a); dog salmon (0. Keta); humpback (0.
Gorbusca); cut-throat trout (Salmo riykiss); steelhead {S. Gairdnctij; Dolly Var-
den trout (Salvelinus malma). All of these are abundant. The quinnat, the first

i-ll

2A\

YKAK BOOK OF MKITISH COLUMBIA

salmon to appear, is tlic l.^r^Jcst. varying from ten to scvcnty-fivc poinuls in weight.
It is the must important of the salinonid;e family, and for tahle pnrposes is the
Comerninu most highly pri/.oil. For camiinu imrposL" thi- sockcye is

the siiimon preferred, beinjj more uniform in size and colour, runninj? in im-
m(nsc sho.-ils. wiiicli the spring; salmon docs not, and liitj;luT in colour. On the
Columl)ia River the former is the nios. ^,'enerally used for canninj?. In Britiih
Ctilumhia tiie Imlk ol the fish used for cnnninj^ is the sockcye, and it is during
it-i run, usually in prodigious numbers at the hci^'ht, that the pack is made up.
As many as j.cmm) l)oats ;ire seen at the mouth of the I-'rascr at one time, and in big
runs they will average from loo to 500 fish each in a night. It is scarcely possible
to estimate the numljer of tliese li^li that go up the river. The cohoes are a less
prized variety, but running later arc utilized very often to make uu a pack, if the
run of sockeyes should not be sullicient. Mr. Green says that when caught in
salt water the cohoe is int'uiitely superior to the sockcye as a table fish, though
not so rich in llavoiir as the tyee salmon. The spring salmon is plentiful on the
ctast from November to April, the sockeyes make their appearance in July and run
in July and August, and the cohoes in September. The dog salmon and humpback
are not commercial varieties and are never used except by the Indians.

The run of salmon first begins in the northern waters, the fish entering the
various inlets and rivers a little later in the season until the FVaser is reached.
Canneries are situated on the Naas and Skeeiia Rivers, Gardner's Canal, Rivers
and Knight's Inlet, Alert Bay, ind other points on the coast, but the principal
business is carried on in the Eraser, where some forty-two canneries are in opera-
tion, there being sixty-two in all, with others in course of construction. The indus-
tty began in 1876 with a pack of about 10,000 cases (forty-eight pounds to a case)
and has steadily increased until in 1897 it has, it is estimated, reached over 1.000,000
cases, valued at $4,000,000. The principal market for the output is in
England, though it finds its way to many other markets of the
world. The commercial varieties of the salmon as a rule do not
rise to the fly and therefore are not fished for sport, except that in certain times
of the year they are trolled for in the bays near the cities of the coast. This fact
gave rise to the fiction that for a time gained credence that the British Commis-
sioners appointed in connection with the determination of the North-West Boun-
dary between Canada and the United States gave up the States of Washington
and Oregon as not worth contending for because the salmon in the Columbia
River could not be tempted by the wiles of the sportsman. It was a piece ot
pleasant and effective sarcasm directed against the supineness of the British au-
thorities in the matter, but nevertheless a fiction.

The trout which abound in nearly all the rivers and inland lakes of British
Columbia, and the salt water as well, though difTering locally as to size, colour and
flavour, are said to be identical in species. These make up to the sportsman for
the obstinacy of the salmon and attain in places to a size of thirty and forty
pounds. They are not to be mistaken, however, for the "speckled trout," the
charr, of which there are two varieties, but much less frequent and more limited
in their habitat.

Concerning the habits of the salmon in British Columbia waters, there is a
wide field for investigation and not much is confidently known. The wiiole sub-
ject has been one concerning which there has been much speculation and discus-
sion. There have been only a few local students, whose opportunities, for want

Salmon
CannlnK.

I I

1.1

f '..!.

I
o
<

-1

o
o
in

1. Salmon Kleet on Fraser River.

2. Unloading Salmon at Cannery.

3. Interior View of Cannery.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

247

Hublti of
the Salmon.

of leisure in the pursuit of knowledge, have been limited, and the Dominion
Government, under the special jurisdiction of which the fish are, has only begun
through its officials to give scientific a<tciilion to the subject in question so far as
it relates to the West. The conditions of fish life and tie habits
of fish are materially different to those in the East of Canad i.
and a lack of the proper appreciation of these facts has given rise
to much misconception on the part of the authorities at Ottawa, and the regul.i-
tions governing the close season, the disposal of offal, the distribution of fry frcn
the hatchery, etc., have resulted at times in much irritation on the part of those
engaged in the fishing and canning industry, and discussion of a mutually in-
criminatory character. This to a very large degree has recently been overcome
and official relations are more harmonious.

The facts as to the conditions governing and affecting spawning, the ti-iic
of going to sea, the extenc to which salmon return after spawning, the effects
injurious or otherwise of dumping the offal of the canneries into tlie river, the
economic results of the hatchery and the methods of incubation and disposal of
the fry, the degree of protection necessary and the proper limits of a close season
are not to be determined wholly by experience elsewhere, but by local observation
and systematic investigation extending over a series of years. Of this there has
been ample demonstration, but regarding the real facts nothing has been deter-
mined so definitely about any one of them as to justify an authoritative statement,

and therefore I hesitate to volunteer information that might be accepted in a rea-
sonable degree as reliable concerning really important economic considerations.

However, the regulations heretofore in force, although they have been
regarded by the canners and in some measure by the fishermen, as unnecessarily
restrictive — and experience seemed to favour their contentions — have in the main
been wholesome in effect. In other words, whether really creditable with the
results or not, there has been no apparent depletion of the enormous supply of
fish. In fact, the supply seems to be on the increase and more uniform from year
to year. The opposite has been the case in the Columbia River, where fish traps
and other indiscriminate and destructive means of catching are employed. The
decrease for a time was very marked and the industry seemed in
a fair way to extinction. There the peculiar anomaly exists of
two States, eacli- with its own fishery law, exercising what
is almost concurrent jurisdiction on the river which separates them. The result
is a clashing of interests at times and occasionally serious frays ])et\vecn rival fislier-
men. On the Fraser River only nets are allowed; there are stringent regulations
strictly enforced as to the size of the mesh, the duration of close season, fishing
on Sunday, the length of the seines, the issuance of licenses, etc., etc.. all of which
have had without doubt a beneficial effect.

As to the economic results of the hatchery there was for some time a great
deal of dispute. Canners as a rule attached but little value to it and held that
the unnatural conditions of incubation and distribution of the fry could have but
inappreciable results. A peculiar condition of things existed on the Fraser River,
for which as yet no accepted e.xpbnation has been offered. There were periodical
and uniformly varying degrees of runs of the salmon. Every fourth year witnessed
a prodigious supply, the next a good but diminished run, the next a poor run and
the next a scarcity. Although scientific experts are skeptical on this point experi-
ence extending over a number of years established the rule eo
the Hatch'ry. firmly that canners were enabled to count, with a fair degree of
certainty each year on the dimensions of the pack. If, therefo-e,
the hatchery possessed any practical utility at all it was destined to alter this con-
dition of affairs, and the test was looked forward to with a considerable degree of
interest by both sides to the dispute. For a time it did appear as though the
canners had the best of the contentiO:r, but the runs of recent years liave demon-
strated effectually that either the natural conditions have changed or the hatchery

Effect of
Restriction.

:¥■!

248

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I i

I I

An Offul
Problem.

has fulfilled its mission satisfactorily; for, despite the great increase in the num-
bei and efificiency of the canneries, the fish appear in apparently increasing num-
bers and without regard to the "off" and "on" variations— the alternate two years
of plenty and scarcity. As a result opinions have altered in favour of the hatchery,
and the usefulness and extent of its operations will be greatly increased.

Another bone of contention was the disposition of the oflfal. The law, in
effect, was that it should not be dumped into the river, which of course necessi-
tated, if carried out, that the waste should be taken to the salt water and deposited
there. The law, however, was more respected in the breach than in the observ-
ance and was practically a dead letter. It may be readily understood XhS the
heads, tails and entrails, at the height of the canning season, when from thirty
to forty canneries, all within a few miles, were in full blast putting up many thous-
ands of salmon every day, would constitute an enormous waste, and deposited
in the river by the ton were calculated to give rise to much anxiety as to the
effect on the fish supply, not to speak of the health of the neigh-
bourhood. The authorities at Ottawa shared what is a popular
conception in the East and in the older countries, that offal is
most injurious to the living fish and highl- detrimental to the industry if placid
in their way. From a hygienic point of view it was considered most objection-
able, as the offal deposited itself on the banks of the river and entered the sloughs
everywhere, and it is alleged developed the germs of typhoid, which was
prevalent for several seasons in the Fraser delta. It was decided as a consequence
to enforce the law, and measures were taken, which were resisted, to do away with
the nuisance. These proceedings forced the issue and brought the officials of ihe
Fishery Department and the canners sharply into conflict, both in a political and
judicial way.

The canners objected on several grounds. They argued that the offal de-
posited in the river was not injurious either to the fish or to the health of the
C'.mmuity. at least not in any appreciable degree, and even if it were so, it could
not compare with the injury done by the thousands, or millions of fish, for that mat-
ter, that died each year after spawning and lay exposed, putrid and rotting, along
the banks of every tributary and part of the river, against which no action could
be taken; that the fresh offal thrown in the cool waters of the Fraser with rapid
current does not pollute it; that animal decomposition was not in
any degree as dangerous as vegetable decomposition; that what
typhoid existed contiguous to the canneries was the result of local
hygienic conditions apart from the fishing industry, and that in and around the
canneries sickness was rare; that the expense of removing the offal to sea was too
j::rcat; that the duty of utilizing the offal or disposing of it to a great degree devolv-
ed on the Government as a quid pro quo on account of the revenue arising out
of the fishing industry; and that the experience of years, extending over the entire
liistory of fishing on the Fraser River did not warrant the assumption that the
offal in any way affected the run of fish. Strange though it may appear, the can-
nerymen had a strong case, established by experience, and the result was that
the regulations in regard to the offal were practically set aside.

Owing, however, to the number of canneries in operation and the enor-
mous catch of the present year the accumulation of offal has created an unsanitary
condition of affairs, to remedy which the Provincial Board of Health was obliged
to intervene. As a matter of fact, originally, the Dominion authorities in assum-
ing to regulate the disposal of offal on hygienic grounds undertook a respons-
ibility which rests with local authorities acting under Provincial health laws. So
far as protecting the fish is concerned, which is :>roperly within the Federal jurs-
ciction, the experience of years has gone to s'low. judging by results, that the
efiect on the quantity or quality of the salmon entering the river, is inappreciable.
The only practical solution of the problem, however, is the utilization of the
offal as a fertilizer, by m<xing with the seaweed of the coast and composting with
lime. This affords a cheap process, with abundance of material at hand. A cheap
fertilizer within easy reach of the farmers and gardeners would be a great boon,
as in many parts of the Fraser Vallcv. and along the coast, there is much need of
it for the lighter and gravelly soils. To what extent the oil to be extracted from
the salmon offal would be merchantable has not been demonstrated, but as to the

The Canners'
Case.

exi

PrI

th^
wa

till

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

249

A Valuable
Fertilizer.

extent to which it could be made available there is no doubt. In the whole of the
Province the annual refuse amounts to between six and ten thousand tons, which,
with the seaweed and lime added, would represent between twelve
and twenty thousand tons, not at all too great for the immediate
needs of the Province. Much has been talked and written about
these and other by-products of the industry, but as yet nothing has been done. It
was announced that the Dominion Government intended experimenting for fer-
tilizing purposes with the offal and seaweed. If successful, as anticipated by many,
the results would materially enhance the economic value of the salmon.

The active canning season extends over a period of about six weeks, durnig
wliich time operations are very brisk and a great many men and women are en-
gaged. In 189s over 11,000 persons were employed in the fishing boats and ves-
sels. The employees consist largely of Indians and Chinese and licensed fisher-
men. The Indian women, or kloochmen, and the Chinese are engaged on the
inside, while the "Siwashes," as the male Indians are familiarly termed, fish m
boats. The fishermen, though required to be British subjects, are of all nation-
alities, including Indian, Japanese, Scandinavian, etc. Licenses are necessary, of
which a certain number are issued to and controlled by each
Lahor cannery. For some years the number of licenses issued was

ttnpioycd. limited, but as this proved to be practically a monopoly for those
who were fortunate enough to obtain them, the limit was taken of? and the only
restrictions now imposed are those of being a British subject and obtaining a
license. The salmon canning industry is one of the largest and most remark-
able industries of the British Columbia coast. It has developed rapidly and has
been on the whole remunerative.

A word here is necessary with respect to the reports circulated in Great
Britain, which were proved to be the result of preconceived malice, reflecting
very seriously upon the methods, and groatly to the detriment, of cannerymen.
Whatever cause of complaint, if any, existed, it was outrageously overstated.
It is possible that In some instances, as in the case of every industry, proper care
is not exerciwsed, but so far as local observation has gone, and visitors in great
numbers are freely admitted to witness the operations of the canneries, nothing
has ever been reported to justify complaints of the character referred to. On the
contrary, cleanliness and care are the rule of all well-conducved
canning establishments. However, too gr°at care cannot be ex-
ercised in the conduct of any industry in orv?er to maintain the
reputation of its products in the markets, and good will probably result from the
temporary evil of such misrepresentation, inasmuch as the interests of the can-
nerymen themselves will demand a system of supervision which will obtain for
their canned goods a standard of excellence unquestionable in the open markets
of the world.

Misrepresen-
tation.

''•''• I

I HAVE dealt with the salmon, at present the most important economic food fish
of the coast, somewhat in detail. The next in order is the halibut {Hippoglossus
vulgaris), likely to become a rival of the salmon in commerce. It is the
laigest and most useful of a large family known as the Pleuronectidae. It is in
gieat abundance all along the coast of British Columbia, its principal habitat be-
ing around and to the north of Queen Charlotte Islands, where it attains to a size of
over two hundred pounds and a length of five or six feet, and is caught in great
quantities by deep-sea fishing. Not until recently has the halibut assumed any im-
portance commercially, except for local consumption; but efforts have been made
with some success to supply the Eastern markets. A small
steamer in good weather will take in a cargo of 20,000 to 6o,Of50
pounds in a couple of days, and make the trip in ten days. Dura-
tion of the trips and success of the catch depend upon the weather. A su))ply
of ice is taken with the steamer, and when she arrives back the fish are immediately
packed in boxes with snow or broken ice, atid shipped by a fast train to New
York. This enterprise, so far, has been carried on with varying fortunes. Freight
rates are necessarily high, and the market fluctuates with the supply from ihe
Atlantic coast with which it comes in competition. Profits are uncertain under

Halibut
I'ishcrics.

2S0

YEAR BOOK OF BKITISH COLUMBIA

Conilitions of
Tr.idc.

such conditions, and so far tlic trade has not achieved a permaticiicy. althougli it
has assumed considerable proportions at intervals. Without doubt there is the
basis for a trade of almost unlimited proportions, as the fish is higiily prized as
a table food, and the consumption in the United States alone is sufficient to war-
nmt great expectations. Undoubtedly it could be cured so as to form an import-
ant staple along with dried cod and mackerel. So far sufficient capital has not
been brought into requisition to place the export trade on a firm footing. For
rapid transit to and from the fishing grounds two or more fast steamers are neces-
sary, ample facilities of cold storage at both ends and along the line, indci)endcnt
agencies, and an adeijuate and regular supply. Commission dealers in New York
a.id elsewhere charge ten and twelve per cent, commission for handling tiie fish,
and the necessity of disposing of consignments on the spot causes frequent sacri-
fices; but with cold storage this would be avoided, and agencies independent of
the eastern combine could handle the goods more advantageously.

There is, too, the competition of the American fishermen on the coast who
fish in Canadian waters, and ship from American ports, which give them a ile-
cidcd advantage over Canadian fishermen. This is a matter upon which repre-
sentations have been made to the Dominion Government, and it
is hoped that measures will be taken to enforce international law
in regard to the three-mile limit. There are no absolutely reli-
allc statistics as to the catch of halibut, but it is stated that the export in 1895 by
Canadian fishermen was 2.000,000 lbs., and an equal amount by Americans, or
4000,000 tbs. in all. This, as a result of the trade in its incipiency, is most
promising

Belonging to tlie same family arc a number of fl(Aniders. sonic of them very
abundant and good food fishes. The market is local.

Referring to deep-sea fishing, the skil fAnolylopoma fimbria) is perhaps one
of the most delicious of table fish. It is found in great abundance off the coast
of Queen Charlotte Islands, but is too delicate of fibre to stand shipment. This
is often referred to as "black cod" commercially, and somewhat resembles the
mackerel. I will quote what Mr. Ashdown Green, President of the Victoria
Natural History Society, in a paper read in 1891, says regarding it. Speaking of
tlieir habitat on the west coast of Queen Charlotte Islands, where there vere until
recently several stations established for the purpose ot curing them, he remarks:
"The mode generally adopted was that of pickling, the fish being too fat to dry
and salt, and turning rancid when kept a short time. I am sorry to learn that
as a commercial venture this fishery has been abandoned; *he
labour and expense involved being disproportionate to the re-
turns when compared with other fisheries. Opinion varies re-
garding the quality of the fish on the table. 1 Iiose brought to Victoria are dry
and very inferior. I have never liad an opportunity of tasting one from Queen
Charlotte Islands, but I can well believe that they are excellent. As I remarked
before, there is no comparison between fish of all kinds in Queen Charlotte Sou-id
and those taken near Victoria. The skil undoubtedly ranks very higli in quality
when taken fresh and eaten, or after being properly cured; but ordinary methods
of curing fail in preserving it for use and shipment. There is. it miglit be re-
marked, a wide field on this coast for the study of the methods of preservation
of these and many other fish for market; one difficulty to be overcome is the super-
abundance of oil as compared with eastern fish. Some experiments tried last
yeai at Port Essington in a small way by bottling and canning, after special pre-
paration, were said to have achieved excellent results. Whether an industry on
these lines could be made to pay or find a market remains to be determined."

Another fish belonging to the salmonidae group, oolachan (Thaleichthys
pacifirus), spelled in a variety of ways and also locally known as the "candle fish,"
should be of considerable economic value. It runs in enormous quantities up the
rivers and inlets of the coast, coming into the Naas about the middle or latter part
of March, and reaching the Fraser about the middle of April, de-
teriorating somewhat in quality as it comes southward. This is
a delicious pan fish and is greatly In favour in its season. It,
however, like the skil. is too tender for carriage, and has, therefore, only a local
market. It is about nine inches in length, and so plentiful at times when running

HIack Cod
Of "Skil."

tbc

Oiilacban.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

-'51

as to be scooped up in bucketfuls. A good many are pui up in pickle in small
kits and cured like bloaters, but not mucli progress has been made in these direc-
tions, remarks applying similar to those in regard to the skil.

The Indians catch tliem in immense ((uantities and extract tlie "oolachin
grease," which they use much as we do butter. Oolachan oil. properly retined,
might become of commercial value, there being practically no limit to their num-
bers. Experiments have been made with oolachan by bottling and canning, it is
said, with success The oolachans, besides the Indians, have numerous enemies.
The seal, sturgeon, salmon, and porpoise follow them in their run, and even bears
and pigs gorge themselves on them when the opportunity offers. If they could
be preserved as indicated for export so as to retain their flavour and body, tliey
would undoubtedly demand a sale co-extensive with sardines.

The anchovy (Stalephorus ringcns) is also abundant, of large si/e and excel-
lent (piality. At times they are seen in the harbour of Victoria in phenomenal
numbers. Nothing had been done so far in utilizing this most valuable fish.

There are two varieties of smelts common in the markets (the Osmcnis
thaleiclitliys and the Ifyfoiiiesus pretiosus), and are in brisk local demand.

There are no true soles in our waters, what is sold as such being the
(PleuroHcctcs vctiilns), a species of flounder. They are, however, a choice tal)le
article. It is a small rtsh seldom exceedinrit a pound in weight.

The herring (Clitpea iiiirabilis), which Mr. .\siidown Green regards as equal in
flavour to the English herring, though not so laige in size, are also very abundant,
and are consumed locally both fresh and as bloaters. A factory was established
at Burrard Inlet some time ago to cure them and also for the extraction of oil,
and the manufacture of fish guano, but was burnt down and not re-built, and noth-
ing has since been undertaken in the same direction.

The capelin (Mallolus villostis) is common in Alaskan waters, so Mr. Green
says, but only an occasional visitor to the British Columbia coast. It is sometimes
exposed for sale.

Although plentiful in northern waters, the Gadid;e. of which there are sev-
eral species, is not common farther south. Mr. Green says the comhiion cod.
(Gadus Macrocephalus), appears in several of our harbours to spawn, but is not more
than sufficient for local demand. Its principal habitat is on banks of the north-
west coast.

Tlicrc are two other species of fish sold locally as cod. one the Ophiodon
eloti gains or "cultus cod." and the red rock cod (Sebastodcs plnniger). The former
is one of the best food fishes of the Pacific Coast waters and is in season almost
the whole year round, generally hiding in eel grass or kelp. It takes a spoon or
other bait freely. The Indians secure this fish by sinking a
wooden bait shaped like a shuttlecock at the end of their spear
and releasing it at the bottom. The fish follows the shuttlecock
to the surface and is speared. It spawns about the end of February, and ranges
in weight from two to forty pounds. Another of the same family Hexagraiiunns
decagrammus. the kelp trout of the market, seems to be in considerable demand,
to judge by the quantity exposed for sale, but Mr. Green regards it as worthless.
It is sometimes dried and smoked.

The A. piniiigrr belongs to the bass family (Scorpacnidac) of which there are
several varieties, — Sebastodcs rubcrrimus. the red bass, A. piiinigcr and .S'. Mcl-
anops, or black bass. "As food fishes tliey arc unsurpassed by any in our waters,"
says Mr. Green, "though rather expensive fish to buy, considering the amount of
head and ofifal you have to pay for." These fishes are ovoviparous.

Another important fish, though not utilized to any large extent, is the stur-
geon, the roe of which when salted forms caviar, and the bladders are manufac-
tured into isinglass. The Pacific Coast sturgeon (Acipcnscr transmonhiaus) enters
the Fraser about the end of April, following up the oolachans
The sturKcon. ^^^ spawn, although little or nothing is known about the period.
They are taken by spearing or by night-lights, baited with salmon, and very often
they are caught in the nets of the salmon fishers. They grow to enormous sizes,
some of them weighing from 700 to 900 pounds, and it is said that the largest
caught weighed over 1,000 pounds, although it is not authenticated. There is a

C(d
FlslilnK.

til

■\y

I--

if.' !' ^
i \

fr V,

iS2

YEAR liOOK OF BKITISII COLUMBIA

small local demand for this fish, and a company was organized at New Westmin-
ster for the purpose of catching and exporting, which it did in a limited way, but
as to the commercial results, little is known. Sturgeon have also been found in
interior lakes. The most abundant skate is raja Coohcrii. As a food fisli it is not
much in demand, probably on account of its repulsive appearance. It grows to
a large size and sometimes is over six feet in length.

1"^ ROM an economic point of view, the dog fish, of whicli two varie'ies exist,
"* namely Sqitalus acantliias. the spike dog fisli. and Gclcorhinus f^alcus, the tope
shark, tliough not a food fish, is one of the most valuable. They arc found in
abundance all up the coast to Alaska, and several factories have been established
for the reduction of oil from these fish, in which they are vcy
1'scM.f the j.j^j^ rpj^g jiy^j. contains a very superior oil, which for lubricating
Dn« Fish. ,^j^j machine purposes is of the very highest {(uality. A large

amount of oil is also taken from the bodies which are steamed in large retorts.
This oil is of inferior quality and not used for machines, but undoubtedly, if sub-
jected to a proper refining process, would become a useful and cheap product.
Both the liver oil and the body oil are largely used in tlie Province, and were
formerly quite profitable as an industry, but latterly competition with Eastern
oils has very materially reduced the profits.

In addition to the dog-fish there are several other oil-bearing fishes, the
principal of wiiich is the Hydralagtis collioei, or "rat-fish." It is found in groat
abundance in places, and the oil jjrocured from its liver is used for the very finest
work in watches, gun locks, sewing machines, etc. It is a very prolific oil-bearer,
and should prove to be valuable as an industry.

The Cctorliinus viaximtts, or basking shark, is also plentiful in Queen Char-
lotte Sound during the summer months. It attains to a great size, is perfectly
harmless, and so tame that while basking it may be touched by the hand. In
England, 150 gallons of oil is the average yield of the liver, which alone is treated.

The foregoing are the principal of the economic food and other fishes of
the British Columbia coast, although the complete list, taking the representatives
of the various families and their varieties, is a very long one.

In addition to these, whelks, cockles-, clams and crabs are to be found in
large ciuantities, both in winter and summer months, and are largely used locally
and by Indian fishermen as bait. Dealing with the question of bait, Mr. Ash-
down Green says: —

"The favourite bait with our fishermen is the octopus, common enough on
our shores, but ditticult to collect in sufficient quantities to fill the demand. Herrings
at times may be taken by the ton, and wlien salted are the cheapest bait that can
be procured. In fact, there is little else to be obtained in the winter; in the
summer there is no difficulty in obtaining all that is wanted. Smelt, atherine, an-
chovy, and the different species of ditrcina can then be taken in numbers. The
sand launce (ainmodytes pcrsonatus) is very plentiful, and if a dainty bait, and one
highly prized by the Dutch fishermen, be wished for, there is ^he
''*' " *■ river lamprey ('/am/)<?*ro/ndfna/o^. These little fish ascend the river
in thousands, and I do not know of a more curious sight than is to be seen in
any of the canons of a large stream during their migration upwards. Some few
attach themselves to the sides of steamers and save themselves an immensity of
trouble by doing so, having their passage free and meals also. But the bulk cf
them toil upwards, resting sometimes in the swifter parts of the river by holding
on to a stone. Should the water become too rapid to stem by swimming, the lam-
prey holds on to the rocks at about the water-line, and during the momentary
period when it is left dry manages to advance an inch or so by a succession of
jumps, holding on whenever the water rises aiid there is no danger from t'.ie
current."

So far the fishes of British Columbia have been treated from an economic
point of view, but from a sportsman's standpoint the field is not a less interesting
one. The whole mterior of the Province, Island and Mainland, possesses a won-

AND MANUAL OF PROVIXCIAL IN'FOf^MATION.

253

derful system of water communication, lal<cs and rivers. These as well as the

lesser streams are abundantly stocked with lish, principally salmon or trout, ihe

several varieties of which have already been enumerated. There are also white

fish in the northern waters. While the best known and favourite resorts are on

Vancouver Island, there is no locality where a fisherman may not prosecute with

Fishin F r '^'^^^ ^'^'^ timc-honourcd sport; and even on the sea coast during

s o"rt ""^ *'^*^ salmon run with trollinj? line he will meet with gratifying

■'*"'^" success. The waters of Kootenay and Southern Yale are already

becoming locally noted as fishinR resorts, and wiu-n lines of communication are

opened up. the rivers and lakes of the whole interior will attract numerous si)orts-

men. aflfording as they do fish of uncommon si7:e and numlier. The scenery, too,

everywhere is on a grand and picturesiiue scale, and all natural conditions are

healthful and invigorating.

FISHERY REGULATIONS.

THE regulation and government of the fisheries in B.C., are at the present time
and have been within the exclusive jurisdiction of the Dominion Government.
Reference is subsequently made to a decision of the Supreme Court of Canada,
which if upheld by the Judicial Committee of the Privy Council, will give the
Province a large measure of control over the fislieries.
The regulations in force are as follows:

1. Fishing by means of nets or any other fishing apparatus whatever for any
kind of fish without licenses from the Minister of Marine and Fisheries is prohib-
ited in any of the waters of the Province of British Columbia.

(This evidently was not intended to include the ordinary fishing with rod
and line for sport, although that is the practical effect of the language of the
section. Such a construction, however, has never been enforced.)

Indians may at any time, with the permission of tlie Inspector of Fisheries,
catch fish for thc'r own use only; but Indians may not spear, trap or pen fish
in their spawning grounds, nor catch them during close season, or in any place
specially reserved.

2. Nets for catching "(luinnat" or spring salmon in the tidal waters of
British Columbia shall only be used from the ist day of March to the 15th day of
September, inclusive, and the iieshes of such net shall not be less than seven and
three-fourths inches in extension measurement.

3. The meshes o^ nets for catching salmon other than quinnat or spring
salmon in the tidal watTS shall be not less than five and three-fourths inches in
extension measurement, and shall only be used between the ist day of July and
the 25th day of August, inclusive, and between the 25th day of Septenibtr and the
31st day of October, inclusive.

4. No salmon shall be taken in any of the waters of British Columbia from
the 15th day of September to the 25th day of September, inclusive, nor from the
31st day of October to the last day of February following, inclusive.

5. No nets other than drift-nets shall be used '^or catching salmon of any
kind, and such drift-nets shall only be used in tidal wafers.

6. No nets of any kind shall be used for catching any kind of salmon in the
inland lakes or n the fresh or non-tidal waters or rivers or streams. (Indians
may, with the pfrmission of the Inspector of Fisheries, use dipnets to catch for
their own use.)

7. Drift-nets shall not be used so as to obstruct more than one-third of the
width of any river or stream or any branch or channel thereof, and nets shall be
kept apart at least 250 yards.

> '

254

YEAR BOOK. OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

8. No seines shall be used witliin the distance of 500 \ards from any j^oint
in any direction wliatever from an imaginary line drawn across tlie niuuth of any
river or stream in British Columbia, and the points between which the said line
shall be drawn shall be fixed by the Inspector of Fisheries.

9. No one shall fish for salmon from Saturday morning at 6 o'clock until
the following Sunday afternoon at 6 o'clock. (Heavy penalties arc imposed for
violation.)

ID. Before any net or fishing boat or other fishing apparatus is used, the
owner or person interested in such net, fishing boat or fishing apparatus shall
cause a memorandum m writing, setting forth the name of the owner or person
interested, the length of the net or boat, aiid ihe description and size of any fishing
apparatus it is the intention to use, and the place wlierc it is proposed to use the
same, to be filed with the Inspector of Fisheries, and if no valid objection exists,
the Inspector of Fisheries may. subject to si'^h instructions as he may receive from
time to time from the Ministe: of Mp.r .e nd Fisheries, issue a fisi.c.y license
for th( '.ame. (Violations subi* ,1. to h- a," p nalties.)

i,. Ail nets and : ■ bing bo.il. -.'taW be numbered, and every boat shall have
its number and the name of its oxvncr paiiiied on it in a conspicuous manner, and
every net shall have the nann^ of us ov. /nr «^r owners, as well as the numbers,
legibly marked on buoys of wood uv met li r-aintcd white, and lloating on tlie
viater, attached to each end of the net. and such names and numbers shall be per-
manently kept on such nets and boats during the fishing season. ;<nd shall be so
placed and kept as to be visible without taking up the net or n',ts, and any net
or fishing boat used without such mark shall be liable to forfeiture.

12. Each bona fide fisherman, being an actual resident of British Columbia,
shall be entitled to obtain one license to fish for salmon.

13. Each firm, company or person actually engaged in the business of freez-
ing and exporting fresh salmon shall be entitled to obtain not more than sr-rn
licenses.

14. Each firm, company or person actually engaged in the business of ship-
ping or exporting fresh salmon on ice, not frozen or canned, shall be entitled to
obtain not more than seven licenses.

15. liach firm company or other person actually engaged in dealing in sal-
mon for home consumption shall be entitled to obtain not more than se'.rn
licenses.

\<i. Each firm, comjiany or person carrying on the business of salting,
curing or smolcing salmon for the domestic or foreign markets shall be entitled to
obtain not more than seven licenses.

17. Each firm, company or person actually engaged in caiming salmon for
the domestic or foreign markets shall be entitled to obtain not more than twenty
licenses.

iS The holder of every license shall at the end of cacli fishing season make
a true retu-n of all fish caught under such license.

19. No license shall be granted to any company firm or person unless each
member of sucli firm or company or such person is a British subject, and such
fitni or company or person must .be the actual owners or proprietors of the busi-
ness, nets, boats and fishing gear for which the licenses are granted, and all sal-
mon caught for the purpose of being frozen, canned, salted, cured or smoked shall
be so frozen, canned, salted, cured or smoked in the Province of British Columbia.

20. No license shall be transferable under any circumstances, unless the
written consent of the Minister of Marine and Fisheries has been first obtained.

21. All licenses granted under Sections 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, and 17 s^liall be
called a "commercial" license, and no net to be used under any such "ccmmer-
cial" license shall exceed in length three hundred yards, and the fee for sucli "com-
mercial" license shall be ten dollars ($10).

22. Every settler or farmer actually residing on his lands or with his
family, being a British subject, shall be entitled to obtain one license, by applying
therefor to the Inspector of Fisheries, and under such license may fish in any of
the waters of British Columbia, except in any prescribed limits, or during the
close season. Such license shall be called a "domestic" license. Xo net to be
used under any "domestic"' license shall exceed three hundred yards m length.

AND iMANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

^55

The meshes shall be of the same size as those inuler "commercial" license, und
such nets shall only be used for obtaining fish for the use of the owners' families,
and not for sale, trade or barter. The fee for a '"domesuc" license shall be one
dollar ($1).

2j. No person sh."ll tish lor. kill, buy or have in his possession in the Prov-
ince of British Columl>ia aiiy younq: of the salmon such as fry, parr, smolt, or
grilse, und'.M" tiiree pounds in weigl.t, and if any such young are cauglit by acci-
dent in nets or o^^her fishing apparatus, they sliall be liberated alive at the cost and
ri.sk of the owner of such net or ap .iratus.

24. Holders of licenses for aoing nets to catch salmon trout and uiiitclish
in t' i lakes in the Province of British Columbia may use gill-nets, such nets not
to exceed one thousand yard, in lengtii, with the meshes not less than live inches
extension measi"-"^. The fee for a license to catcli salmon trout and whitrtish
shaP be tin duliars ($5).

25. No one shall fish for. catch, buy. sell or possess in the Province of Brit-
ish Cokimbia any salmon trout or whitofish from tlie first day of October to tlie
30th day of November, both days inclusive.

j(>. No one shall fish for, catch, kill, buy, sell or possess any brook trout of
any kind, or speckled trout, between the 15th day of Octoi)cr and the isth day of
March, both days inclusive. But Indians may at any time c;'"h such trout for
the purpose of providing food for themselves and tlicir famil- . -^ for no other
purpose.

27. No one shall at any time fish for, catch or kill !• ok any kind of
speckled trout by other means than angling with hook and n, , ui •! this restric-
tion shall apply to Indians.

28. The use of firearms of anv kind, explosive matt-rial, spears of any de-
scription or torch or other lights to kill fisli is proliibited ir tlie I'rovince of British
Columbia.

The following provisions are contained in the I'ishc ■ Act, C. 95, K. S.: —

Every dam, slide, or other obstruction across or in any stream where the
Minister of Marine and Fisheries determines it to l)e necessary for the public
interest that a fish-pass should exist, shall be provided l)y tlie owner or occupit-r
with a durable and efficient fisli-way, which shall be maintained in practical and
effective condition, in whatever pUice and of whatever form and capacity will
admit of the passage of fish through the same; and the place, form and capacity
of the fish-way may be prescribed by any fishery ofticer by notice in writuig.

Every one who violates the provisions of the foregoing section shall incur
a penalty of four dollars for eacii day during which any such obstructi(jn remains
unprovided with a fisii-way, after three days* notice in writing to the owner or
occupier thereof.

Fish-ways shall be kejjt open and unobstruc'.ed, and shall be supplied with a
sufficient quantity of water to fulfill the purposes of this enactment, during- such
times as are required by any fishery officer.

No person shall injure or obstruct any fisli-way. or do anything to '
or hinder fish from entering and ascending or descending the same, or injure .jr
obstruct any authorized barrier.

Sec. 14. ss. 2. Seines, nets, or other fishing apparatus shall not be set in ;-uch
a manner or in such places as to obstruct the navigation with boats and vessels,
and no boats or vessels shall be permitted to destroy or wantonly injure in any
way any seines, nets or other fishing apparatus lawfully set.

No one shall catch, kill or molest fish when passing or attempting to pass
through any fish-way or fish-pass, or in surmounting any obstacle or leap, — or
shall use any invention to catch, kill or molest fish in the mill-dams, fish-w.iys,
mill-heads and water courses appurtenant thereto.

Nets or other fishing apparatus shall lot be so used as to impede or divert
the course of fish in any small river.

Every one who throws overboard ballast, coal ashes, stone or other pre-
judicial or deleterious substances in any river, harbour or roadstead, or any water
where fishing is carried on, or throws overboard or lets fall upon any fishing bank
or ground, or leaves or deposits or causes to be thrown, left or deposited, upon

'a
;i3

250

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

the shore, lieach or ba <k >->f .my water, or upon the beach between hiffli and low
water mark, inside of an.- dtlal estuary, or within two hundred yards olthc mouth
of any salmon river, remains or offal of tish, or of marine animals, or leaves de-
cayed or decaying fish in any net or other fishing apparatus, shall be liable, for
each offence, to a penalty not cxccediiii? oiil- hundred dollars, or to imprisonment
for a term not exceeding two months; Provided always that such remains or
offal may be buried ashore, beyond high water mark, ?nd at establishments
situated inside of the mouths of rivers for carrying on dee|>-sea fisheries, the same
may be dropped into i>erforated boxes or enclosures built upon the beach, or under
stage-heads, in such manner as to prevent the same from being floated or drifted
into the streams, or may be disposed oi in such other manner as any fishery
officer prescribes.

Lime, chemical substances or drugs, poisontjiis matter, dead or decaying
fish, or any other deleterious substance, shall not be thrown into, or allowed to
pass into, or l)e left or remain in any water fieiiuented by any of the kinds of fish
mentioned in this Act; and every one wlio throws or allows to drift into any
stream fie(|uented by fish, saw-dust or mill rtil)l)isli shall incur a penalty not ex-
ceeding one hundred dollars. (The Minister of Marine and Fisheries may exempt
from the operation of this sub-section, wholly or partially, any stream or streams
in .espect to whicii he considers that its enforcement is not requisite in the pub-
lic interest.)

The tidal boundary for salmon net fishing within the estuary of the Fraser
River to be from a line drawn from the mouth of Sumas River to a point due
north across the above-named stream.

In the Naas River, from a line drawn across said river, at right angles from
a place known as Rocky Point, on the right bank thereof, immediately above
Fishery Bay.

In the Cowichan River, at a line drawn from Cowiohan Wharf due nortli.

In Wanuck River. Rivers Inlet, from a line drawn north-west from the Vic-
toria Packing Co.'s wharf to the opposite shore.

In the discharge of his duties any fishery officer, or other person or persons
accompanying him or authorized to such effect, may enter upon and pass through
or over private property without being liable for trespass.

Disputes between persons relative to fishing limits or claims to fishery sta-
tions, or relative to the position and use of nets and other fishing apparatus, shall
be settled by the local fishery officer.

Gurry grounds may be designated and defined by any fishery officer.

The use of nets or other apparatus for the capture of salmon shall be con-
fined to tidal waters, and any fishery officer may determine the length and place
of each net or other apparatus used in any of the waters of Canada: Provided,
that no one shall fish for or catch salmon with swing nets in any of the waters
of Canada.

The Minister, or any fishery officer authorized to such e(¥ect, shall have
power III define the tidal boundary of estuary fishing for the purposes of this Act;
and every one who, without the special fishery lease or license above provided for,
fishes for salmon above the actual limit so laid down, except vvith a rod and line,
in the manner known as fly-surface-fishing, shall be liable to a penalty not ex-
ceeding one hundred dollars, and in default of payment to imprisonment for a
term not exceeding two months.

AND M.\NUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORM.\TION.

257

A QUESTION OF JURISDICTION.

IN tlie special case referred by the Governor-General-in-Council to the Supreme
Court of Canada, and intituled "In the Matter of Jurisdiction over Provincial
Fisheries," reported in Vol. 26. Supreme Court Can. Reports. 444, the Court
held:—

{a.) That the beds of all waters, except the beds of public harbours vested in the
Dominion at Confederation, belong to the respective Prcjvinces in which they
are situate, without any distinction between the various classes of waters:

(b.) The Dominion Parliament cannot authorize the giving l)y lease, license or
otherwise, the right of fishing in non-navigable waters, nor in navigable
waters the beds and banks of which are held by the Provinces. The legislative
authofity of the Dominion is confined to the regulation and conservation
c. sea-coast and inland fisheries under which it may reciuire that no person
shall fish in public waters without a license from the Department of .Marine
and Fisheries, may impose fees for such license and prohibit all fishing with-
out it, and may prohibit particular classes, such as foreigners, unconditionally
from fishing. The license as required will, however, be merely personally
conferring qualification, and will give no exclusive ri^ht to fish in a partic-
ular locality.

HATCHERY— DISTRIBUTION OF FRY.

A HATCHERY was established in British Columbia and put into operation
in 1885. Additional accommodation for hatching purposes is promised. Re-
cently shipments of lobsters and oysters were made from the Atlantic and
planted in British Columbia waters. The result of these shipments is yet unknown.
and is looked forward to with interest, as, if the conditions are favourable, the
extent of sea coast would materially augment the fishery wealth of tlie Province.
The following is the record of the hatchery up to the present year: —

1885

1886

1887

1888

1,800,000
L>,6l'.'),000
4,414,000
.■),» .7,000

1889

IMlK)

1891....
1892

4,41',i,000
f.,t) 10.000
:),r,o:i,soo
6,o0O,iJOO

' \».y<i

' IS'.tl

is'.t.")

IhlKi

."i,7C,4.000
7,.MI0.0(0

t;,:?'.io.ooo
io,;j'.i.i,ooo

Ou,tVi.i,HoO

'%■

astt

YK.\K BOOK OF BKITISH COLUMBIA

VAI.l'K OF BRITISH COM'MBI.X FISHKRIFS" I'RODICTS.

KlNDH.

1895.

Sahnnu in cans

Salmon fresh and smoked...

vSnlnion salted

Herring, ail kinds ,

Trout

Sturj^eon

Halibut

Oolachans ,

Oysters

Clams

Crabs and I'rawns

Smelts

Skil

Tooshqua

Cod

Fur Seal skins ,

Sea Otter skins

Assorted or mixed fish ,

Fish Oils

Fish products

Fish for home consumption

$2,884,710 10

186,579 20

31,480 00

10,238 (X)

5.635 Of J

18,750 00

126,835 CX)

30,625 CK)
8,000 00
9,080 00

23,600 00
2,9(KJ <X)

850 o«»
14,100 00

713.590 00

2, OCX) 00

22,395 00
54,(KJo 00

'5,987 50

250,000 CX)

$4,401,354 80

IH96.

♦2,985, 304 00

127,094 CX)

24,130 00

12,835 00

6,450 00

'9,025 (X)

227,655 00
29,550 00

^ .14,630 00

2,750 CX)

15,060 00
*556,770 00

* 1 ,500 CX)

21,270 00

834 00
250,000 00

ToT.M. V.\i,( i:s

I'ROM 1876 TO
1896 INCMSIVK.

$28,873,083 yo

2,915,131 60
699,326 00
212,554 00

70,623 (K)
240,650 30

799,762 (X)

192,301 00
61,750 00

85,349 (X>

199.920 (K)

35,115 'X>

35,642 00

72,157 00

103,991 00

7,300,299 00

92,175 CM)

298,604 50

1,164,718 00

298.921 50
2,160,612 50

$4,314,857 00 $45,912,686 30

♦Kstininted.

fNovn Scolin $i'l4,43o,q4J 00

fNcw Ilniiiswick • 8,y?y,H55 00

f I'riiicc Kdwnrd Island 24,270,5^0 00

fQuebec 44,557,212 00

toiitnrio $26,192,44200

tMnnitoba nnd N.W. Territories. . s,75o'o(m 00
fVnlues for iSy6 estMr.,ied on b.isis of'prfeediiig

years.
I From 18S6.

VALUE OF FISHERIKS' PRODUCT OF BRITISH COLUMBL\
By years compared with Canada.

Fishery
Output.

British
Columbia.

1
Canad.v. i

Fishery
Output.

Cc^SSi^a. CAX.n..

1876

1877

1878

1879

1880

1881

1882

1883

1884

1885

1886

$ 104,697 00
583,433 00
925,767 00
631,766 00

713,335 00
1,454,321 00
1,842,675 00
1,644,646 00
1,358,267 00
1,078,038 00
1,577,348 00

j
$11,117,000 00

12,005,934 CX)

13,295,678 00
13,529,254 00
14,499,979 00^
15,817,162 00
16,824,092 00
16,958,192 oo|

17,766,404 00;

17.722,973 00:
18,679,288 00

1887

1888

1889

1890

1891

1892

1893

1894

1895

1896

1897

$11,914,293 00 $168,215,956 cx>

1,974,887 00 18,386,103 CK)
1,902,195 00 17,418,510 00
3,348,067 00 17,655,256 00
3,481,432 00 17,714,902 00
3,008,755 00 18,977,878 00
2,849,483 00 18,941,171 00
4,443,963 00 20,686,660 00
3,950,478 00 20,719,573 00
4,401,354 00 20,199,338 00
4,314,857 00 *20,500,000 cx>

*5,ooo,ooo 00 *2i,ooo,ocx) 00

$11,914,293 00

$168,215,956 00'

$50,589,764 00 $380,415,347 I'O

♦Estimated.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINXIAL INFORMATION.

259

iiig

DO
tX)
CX)
GO
GO
UO
OO
OO
OO
OO
OO
OO

C)0

SCHKin'LK OF CANNKRIKS, 1896.

Nanu' of
CHiiiierv.

SKKKNA KIVKR.

Carlisle Carlisle racking Co.,

Munii, Holland & Co.

Sandanl Victoria CaiiniiiK Co. I.d.

Inverness Turner, Heeton & Co.

Halinoral Turner, Heeton & Co.

Windsor B.C. Canning Co.. Ud.

North I'acific) . ,. -a ,,

''t';r^''".". ) " ''^" '""'« s' ^°-

SkeenaCann'ry Cunninj^hatn & Son.
Royal Canadian Royal Can. Packing Co.

NAA.S RIVKR.

Naas Harbour/ i Federation Hraiid Can-
Mill Ray ( [ > ning Co.

RIVKR.S' INI.KT.

Brunswick Brunswick Canning Co.

(;ood Hope H. Bell-Irving & Co.

Victoria / < British Columbia Can-
Rivers' Inb't.f } ning Co., Ltd.

Warnock Victoria Can. Co., Ltd.

I.owe Inlet;

Cannery .... CunninghaTU & Rhude.
Alert Bay Can-
nery S. A. Spenser.

Naniu Harbour

Cannery . . . . R. Dranie.
Clayoquot Can- (iClayoquot Fishing &
nery '( Trading Co.

XootkaCann'ry West Coast Packing Co.
FRA.SKR RIVER.

Kwens A. Ewen & Co. .

Westhani Isl'nd McDonald Bros.
Westminster . . Sam Tung.

Name of
Cannery.

Pacific Coast. . .

Federation. . . .

Mai comb &
Windsor . . . .

Star

Fishermen's . . .

John A. Hume .

Sea island . . . .

Imperial

Canadi<«n Pac-
ific

Delta

Harlock. . . .

Holly

Wellington .

Terra Nova. . . .

.\tlas

Richmond. . . t

Beaver ji'

Provincial

Anglo .\meric'n

Brunswick

Boutillier

Phoenix

Britannia. . ..

Wadham's . .

Canoe Pass. .

British Amer-
ican ,

B.C. Cannery .

Industrial . . .

Alliance

Dinsmore I'd .

McPherson's. .

Fraser River..

Owners or .\gents.

N. H. Bain.
Walter M(»rris.

Malcomb & Windsor.
Costello & McMoreii.
S. Hinchcliffe.
J. A. Hume & Co.
Munn iS: Co.
Short & vSquire.

Canadian Pacific Can. Co.

Victoria Canning Co.,
Ltd.

Rowen Bros,
Hobson & Co.

J. H. Todd & Son.

Provincial Canning Co.
E. Pen/er.

Brunswick Canning Co.
Boutillier & Co.

H. Bell-Irving & Co.

P. Birrell.
H. Youdal.
R. Colquhoun.
Goodmurphv & Co.
McPherson.ilickev &Co.
M. Costello.

THE ANNUAL PACK (since the beginning of the industry).

Year.

Ca.se.s.

Year.

1876

1877

9,847
67.387

113,601
61,093

61,849
117,276
225,061
196,292
141,242
108,517
161,264 j

1887

1888

1878

1879

1889

1890

1880

1891

1881

1892

1882

1893

1883

1894

1884

1895 . . '

1896 i

l88s

1886

Case.s.

204,083

181,040

414.294

409464

22^,470
590,229

'^94,371
566,395
601,570

iHi!

26o

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

THE SALMON PACK, 18^7.

BELOW is given a list of the packs by the different Frasei River canneries and
the aggregate of the pack of the Northern canneries this year. The Fraser
pack, which is larger by a great deal than any previous year, is estimated at
840,000 cases, and that of the Northern canneries 200,000 cases. The returns, which
are approximately correct, are as follows : —

WESTMINSTER CITY.

CASES.
Cleeve Canning & Cold Storage

Co 20,000

Ontario Packing Co. (Brennan's) ic,cxx)

Boutillier & Co 10,000

Sinclair & Co 12,500

Western Fisheries Co 12,500

Westminster Packing Co. (Lam

Tung) 20,000

NORTH ARM.

Provincial Canning Co 9,000

Alliance Packing Co 6,000

Terra Nova Cannery 15,000

McPherson 8 Hickey 20,000

Sea Island (Munn & Co.) 32,000

Dinsmore Island Packing Co. . . 9,000

Richmond (Todd & Son) 18,000

Welch & Co 12,000

SOUTH ARM AND CANOE PASS.

Westham Island Packing Co.

(McDonald Bros.) 15,000

Anglo-American Packing Co. . . 18,000

Currie & Mc Williams 22,000

Gulf of Georgia ... 50,000

Star (Costello) 22,000

Light House (formerly Federa-
tion) 25,000

London (formerly Lulu Island).

Hume & Co. (English)

Pacific Coast Packing Co. (Bain)

Colonial Canning Co

Beaver (Todd & Sons)

Canadian Pacific (Hennessy). . .
Fraser River Industrial Society

Ewen & Co '

Deas Island Cannery

Fishermen's (Hinchcliff)

Victoria Packing Co

Harlock

Delta

Wellington

Anglo-Britisii Can. Packing Co.

British Columbia

Phcenix

Britannia

Canoe Pass

Wadhams'

British-American

Brunswick Canning Co. (Canoe

Pass)

Brinswick Canning Co. (Steves-
ton)

Northern Canneries (no details
at hand)

CASES.
21,000
17,000
25,000
15,000
20,000
25,000

II,OfX)

39,oi.)o
27,500
21,000

19,000
25,000
12,000

i6,(.oo

33. '"'^
31,000
20,000
28,500

20,0<)()

25.000

22,000

2<X).000

Total, cases 1,040,000

PACK BY DISTRICTS.

Cases
1896.

Cases
1895.

Cases
1S94.

Cases
>893.

Cases
1892.

Cases
1891.

Fraser River

356,984

107. 46S

100.140

14.649

10,395

5.107

3.987
2,840

400,368

58,579

67.797

19.550

8,681

3.320

3.000

5,vx>

363.967

39.351

61,151

19.587

8.315

2,000

457.797
38.659
59.683
15.190

8,724

3.700
6,476

80,215
15,126
89,780

25,434
8,161

!j'.598
6,156

228,470

178.954
34.924
78.135
10.323

8,031

650

3.876

Rivers' Inlet

Skeena River

Naas River

Lowe Inlet

West Coast, V.I

Namu Harbour

Alert Bay

Gardiner's Inlet

601,570

566,395 ;

494.371

590,229

314.893

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

261

Numbet of men employed and capital invested in Fishing Plant and Fur
Sealing Industry of British Columbia aud Dominion of Canada for the year 1.S95 : —

British Columiiia.

Can.m, \.

KlSllKKIKS. SK.M.I.VC.

No. Value.

No.

1,642

12,47s

217

4? I

Vahie.

No.

9,804

61,530

1,221

34,26«

Value.

No. of fishermen in vessels

•i6s

" " boats

" vessels

" boats

119 $2i;,4io (X)
2,600 106,050 00

1389,200 00

2I,7<*) 00

10,525 00

j2,3lS,2ij<i 00
1,014,057 00

" canoes

Salmon canneries

49 980,000 00
12 9,000 00
4 35,000 00

4 ,000 00

Oil factories

Cold storage and freezers

Salteries

dill nets and seines

296,700 00

i,7i3.ui>i 00
4,2oH,3ii 00

Other material

ISi^iS'J <*o

f 1,664,010 Oo

$421,425 00

J9.a53.M8 00

Total invested in H.C $2.0^5,435 00

Since the year 1895, which is the last year jjivinj^r official returns, the capital
invested in British Columbia fisheries has increa.std one-third ot the total amount
and the approximate value is now (1897) 52,780,580.00.

PACIFIC COAST FISHERIES.

;es

954
924
135
323

"31

650

S76

893

FOR the purpose of comparison, tlu statistics t>l'the whole Pacific Coast are given,
as extracted from the reports of the United States Fishery Commission, riiibr-
tunately, although the latest report was issued in 1895, it does nut contain
information subsequent to 1892. That year, however, may be taken as a fairly
average one ; and while in the United States the outpu*^ has not materially increased
since 1892, that of British Columbia has in a most important degree.

The enquiries of the United States l-'isheries' Commission disclosed the fiict
that in 1892 the number of persons engaged in the fisheries of the Pacific vStates was
16,929; of whom 5,403 were in California, 4.332 in Oregon. 4. 3ioin Washington, and
2,884 in Alaska. ■ The aggregate capital invested was found to be $9,002,314. The
shares of the different States were, f2.52b.746 for California; $2,272,351 for Oregon ;
$1,593,567 for Washingtor.. and j.2. 609.650 for Alaska. The value of the catch was
$6,245,192; a sum representing the products as landed by the fishermen. Of this
amount California is credited with $3,022,991; Oregon with $872,405 ; Washington
with $93i,568.^and Alaska with $1,418,228.

The extent of the industry of the Pacific Coast in 1892 is shown in the follow-
ing figures, the numbers for^ British Columbia, Oregon, Washington and Alaska
being separately given :

l}l

I 'I

Jt)^

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Plack.

5-2

^ B

liritish Columbia 5.177

California 222

(~)rf^'oii i,5'o

Wasiiingtuii S^i

Alaska 1.399

■j:

1.1
15

Total
Investment.

$1,771,352 00

135,000 00

1,433,000 00

889,750 00

1,560 9<X) fX3

Sai<mon Cannkd.

Cases.

239.346

I5,«84
394,486

238, 75«
468,970

Value.

$1,378,631 00

75,696 00

2,085,072 00

1,163,590 00

1,969,674 00

The extent of the pelagic fur seal and sea-otter fishery is shown in condensed

form, for 1892, heluw : —

I'l.ACK.

Rritisli Columbia
i^an I'rancisco . . .

'/.

'-J

-X

■I,

■s.

'■J

'"" i

Si:\i, Skins.

Value.

vSlCA OttkrvSkins.

66 4,456
18 i.308

No.

46,362
14. 71"

No. Vautk.

5602,706 00 14
167,526 00 i 227

34,950 00

The extent of the \vhalin,!.f Ijiisiness (■.irricd on 1)\- vessels owned at San Fran-
cisco is as follows for the year 1S92 : Xinnher of iishermen, 1,240; vessels. 36;
tonna.tje, 8.983. Total value of catch. 51.121,877.

The annual results of the saltnon caniiiiiLj industry on the Cohimhia River
from 1S76 to 1S93 are as follows : —

Ykak.

XiMni'iR <u'
Casi;s Packed.

Vamk

1876,

1877

1878

1879

1880

1 88 1

1882

1 883

1884

1885

1886

1887

1 8.88

1889

1 890

1 891
1892
1 893

Total

450,000
3.So,o(JO

460, (XX)

480,000
53o,ik:k)
55(),CKj(j

541. 3'X'
629,400

620, OCX)

553,800
448,500
356,(X)o

372,477
309,.S85

4.15,774
.^98,953
487.3.38
37o,o(xj

8.373.427

$2,475,000

2,052,000

2,3CX),000

2,640,000

2,650,000

;, 475, 000

2,600,0(X'

3,147,003

2,915, lOO

2.500,0 X,

2, 1 35, (XX)

CX)

2,I24,(X>0

2,327,981

1,809,820

2,407,4.56

2.240,964

2,679,069

2.107,500

I43.585.790 00

i
o

r
m
m

i? I

'k:

1 1
1 ' 1

h, J,

''xl

» «

t '

! r

A Ci/^APTER IN SEALING LIFE.

$tl SCtLINO.'

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

26s

THE ALASKA SALMON PACK FROM 1883 TO 1893 ;

Yrar.

18H3

1884

1885

1886

36,CKX)
45,(xxj

74.850
120,700

1887.
1888.
1889.
1890.

190,200
298,000
675,000
641,449

1891.
1892.
1893-

Number of
Cases.

808,908
468,970
636,427

SEALING OPERATIONS.

THK industry of sealing has had many vicissitudes larj^ely arising out of the
international issues involved. For some ye4;rs it was very hcrative. but !a"-
terly owing to the low prices of seal ski is, and the complications and lusse-
arising out of the Behring Sea question the industry has suffered severely. It is
confined, so far as the Province is concerned, pn.^cipally to Victoria. The iniijorl-
ance of the industry may be judged by the following particulars: There are sixty-
five schooners of a net tonnage of 4.292 registereo, valued at $614,500. VAy^d
hundred and seven whites and nine hundred and three 1 idians are employed. Tin.'
annual cost of outfitting is about $135,000, and some $,v'o.o<Jo is paid it' wagi";.
The value of the skins has averaged $750,000 i>er annum .or tlie past three years,
of which $500,000 is the product of Behring Sea.

A CHAPTER IN SEALING LIFE.

The plate on page 264 entitled, "A Chapter in Sealing T-ii--
plete and suggestive than anything that could be written about it
from j)hotographs taken by Mr. Maynard on Pribyloff Islaii'
grounds in JBchring Sea of the seals. The first shows a herd
beach disporting themselves on the sand: in the second they
in great numbers to the slaughter grounds; in the third the yru
clubbed to death; in the fourth view the seals are being skin
are spread out in great numbers. This industry is carried on -
mercial Company as an exclu-sive monopoly.

. IS more ci>ni-
The views are

1-^, the breeding

i' seals near the

e being driven

seals are being

i. and the ^kins

he .Vlaska C-itn-

.SKAI.INO OPKRATIONS IN BRITISH C(JI.UMUIA SINv i iSqo.

9
10

1895-

Niiniber Vessels 64

Tonnage 4,096

Value j f4'9.3*'o

Number Whites 1 705

" Indians R54

" Canoes 421

Uoats , 210

Value Uoats $31 .sz?

Catch 70,739

Value I 1707.390

1894.

59
3,866
386,600
888
.S78
259
26^)

$33,075

94.474

J944.740

>893-

3-743

1384,200

84f
432
204

256

$30,700

68,231

1843,984

180

6t)

4.45<^

$513.(100

g6i

57"
250
28 1

J28,i(

46,3
$60^,701

1891.

5«

3.378

.8,606

716

336

$57,900

52.995

I794.925

1S90.

29
2,042

$2.-.S.250

678

250

107

$10,825

54,853

$5i'>.5n

job

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLL.vlBIA

1889.
1890.
1891.
1892.

SEALING CATCH.

THE CATCH KOR THE PAST EIGHT YEARS HAS HKEN :

35.310 1893 70.592

43.325 1894 97.474

52,365 1895 74.124

49.743 1896 55.677

LIST OK TlIK CI.AI.MS KOR COMI'KNSATION IN RKSPIXT (>r TIIK SKIZCKKS 1)1' IIKITISII VKHSKI.S IN
HKIIKINc; SKA IIV THE AUTHORITIKS OK TIIK rNITK.I) STATKS.

YEAR.

Vksski..

Amount I
Claimed. '

Total.

1S86.

Caroleiia J.'^S.oSO 25

Tbornton ' 42,163 04

(iiiwanl 45,570 10

Favourite 6,20200

Black Diamond... 10,68700

f W. 1'. Say ward $47,9H4 y6

Anna Heck 54,30908

] Alfred Adams 20,746 00

1887 .-i Uolphin 68,897 71

I Grace 64,498 25

I Ada 61 ,003 07

Triumph 5,32550

i 1142,711 39

YEAR,

1889.

VKSSH... ' ^momu I t„,,,.

322,764 57

1890.
1892.

Jitanita ... $32,481 <x>

I'atlitinder 34,622 do

iniack Diamond.. . 41,901 00

Lily 34, ,'^74 00

Minnie 40,41)70.1

Triumph 40,95000

Ariel 20,001 00

I Kate 22,384 00

' Wanderer ''^,^97 <>o

il'athfinder

I Henrietta $21,404 10

Oscar and Hattie. 11,3651x1

Winnifred 6,63305

{Costs Sayw'd Ca.se

$286,277 JX)

3,70000

3y,4'>2 15

62,847 12

Total $857, 7"2 23

Interest on above at the tate of 7 per cent, from dates mentioned in the pavticularN until
payment.

THE BEHRING SEA QUESTION.

I !

S intimated in a former part of this book, the Beliriiig Sea Question, whicli
is intiirately connected with the sealing interests, grew out of tlic old and
hi.storic subject of boundaries on the nortliwest coast of America, and is one
of the brandies of liic diplomatic dispute originating prior to the Russian Treaty
of 1.S25. The Oregon boundary, the San Juan difticulty. and the .Vlaskan Bound-
ary Question are limbs of the same tree. It is not necessary
Origin ..( the j^gj.^ ^^ discuss that phase of the subject. Like the Alaska
boundary the Behring Sea difticulty is directly the outcome of
tiic treaty referred to.

Historically, the origin of the presini dispute lies in the possession of
.Maska .'uid the islands pertaining thereto by the Russians, and the subscciucnt
transfer of this territory by Russia to the United States, the Government of wnich
ac<iuirod all the inherent rights of property and domain of the former. The
PribylotT Islands in the southeast corner ol the Behring Sea are the great !)recding
gnnmds of the fur seals, on the coast of North .Vmcrica, and conseiiuently
Behring Sea is a prolific hunting ground, and the principal seat of the sealing
industry. .\? the Pribyloft' Islands are exciusivoly the property of the L'nited

!!'

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL LN'FOKMATlON.

267

A ' Marc
Clau«am."

States, tliat country leased to the North American Commercial Company the
right to kill annually on these islands 100.000 seals. It is not probable that the
United States Government of its own volition made the dispute, l)Ut the private
commercial interests which this arranj?ement created undoubtedly suRgested
claims to rights in regard to the seals which the United States Government
fathered and subsequently undertook to establish. Control of the breeding
ground, if it were accompanied by control of the sea itself, would carry with
it a monopoly of the sealing industry. Hence, to secure this the
claim was set up that Behring S-a was a mare claiuam. or closed
sea. although over a hundre(. miles wide and a part of the
Pacific Ocean. This claim was based on a right arrogated by the Russians to
exclusive jurisdiction. — which, by the way, was formally taken exception to by the
United States Government itself, and was never recognized by any nation, much
less Great Britain — on the plea of inheritance by purchase. Great Britain, in the
first place, denied the existence of any such right on the ground that Behring
Sea was part of the high seas, and also that, even if such right had previously
existed on the part of Russia, that nation had by conventions witli the United
States and (ireat Britain in 1824 and 1825, respectively, renounced such claim.
Canada through Great Britain disputed the claim in 1886 and from that time dis-
putes and seizures were frequent. A list of these seizures and their dates is given
sub.sequently. At one time the situation was somewhat strained, but the most
serious result was the loss to the owners of British Columbia sealing vessels.
Claims for compensation were made and the outcome was a Treaty of .\rbitration,
negotiations towards which began i" 1891 — the modern and best
mode of settling international d il'ii uhies. The Court >>! Arlii-
tration which met in Paris in Aici.;,, 189J, was composed of
distinguished jurists and all parties to the dispute were ably represented by coun-
sel, agents, commissioners and experts.

It would be quite impossible in limited space to indicate even meagrely the
whole ground traversed. Briefiy, the questions at issue submitted to the arbitra-
tors included: (1) The extent of the exclusive jurisdiction of Russia in Behring
Sea and the nature of rights exercised in regard to tiie seals; (2) The extent to
which Great Britain recognized such jurisdiction and rights; (3) As to whether
Behring Sea was included in the phrase "Pacific Ocean" as used in the Treaty of
1825. and what exclusive rights were exercised by Russia after the Treaty; (.4)
As to whether all the rights possessed by Russia passed unimpaired to the
United States; (5) The right of property of the United States in the fur seals out-
side of the three-mile limit. Article VII. of the Treaty of Arbitration also pro-
vided, in a certain event, that the arbitrators should determine what concurrent
regulations outside of the jurisdictional limits of the respective governments, were
necessary for the proper protection of and preservation of the fur seal in or
habitually resorting to the Behring Sea.

In the arguments of the United States counsel the claim to the exclusive
jurisdiction over a portion of Behring Sea was practically abandoned, but an
ingenious claim, presented with great force and ability, was set up, that as the^
breeding grounds of the fur seals were on the Pribyloff Islands the United States
had exclusive property m the latter wherever found, and that tiicir indiscriminate
killing was contra bonos mores. In other words, that the seals in a
"craTra.""" peculiar sense were domestic animals, bred on, and periodically
frecjuenting. islands exclusively the property and within the
jurisdiction, of the United States, and that if it were possible to brand or other-
wise distinguish them with a property mark, that wherever found, no matter in
what waters, they still remained the property of that nation. Pelagic sealing,
which, as the origin of the word "pelagic" suggests, is killing seals in the open
sea. it was strongly urged, should be prohibited as in the interests of seal life. In

The Pari!)
Arbitration.

.■'.I

268

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUl^tliA

Hritish Conten-
tion!) Sustained.

view of the interests involved, and the uectdiar pDsilion of the United States in
relation to the sealing; (lucstion generally, the subtle skill and delicate finesse
exhibited by the advocates ol that nation before the Paris Tribunal arc worthjr
of all admiration, and. while all the points at issue were decided in favour of the
British contention, the etTect of their presentation of the case was evident in the
regulations which forimd a sort of codicil to the main Award. It is needless to
say that the contra case was sustained with great ability as well, and the general
issues submitted and nreviously referred to were definitely and forever set at
rest. It was decided that Russia had not exclusive jurisdiction
or rights beyond the ordinary limit of territorial waters: that
Great Britain did not recognise or concede any such jurisdiction
or rights; that Behring Sea was included in the phrase "Pacific Ocean" as used
in the Treaty of 1825: that all rights of Russia passed to the United States at the
time of the purchase of Alaska; that the United States had no property rights of
protection or property in the seals outside of the three-mile limit.

As already intimated the effect of the United States ar<?ument wa= evi-
denced in the reirulations determined as necessary by the arbitrators. Under
these pelagic sealing was forl)idden to subjectf- of both nations within a zone of
sixty miles around the Pribylof? Islands: a close season was declared between
May 1st and August ist, not only in Behring Sea but in ihe Pacific Ocean north
of the 35th degree of north latitude, and east or the i8oth de/ree of west longitude.
Only sailing vessels are permitted to carry on sealing, using no nets. guns, or
explosives, and operating under license. Although both governments claimed the
Award as a victory, the subjects of each, who happened to be particularly inter-
ested in the sealing industry, were di.sappointed and accepted the finding with bad
grace, and ever since there have been strong efforts made in the
behalf of both to have the regulations amended, in opposite direc-
tions. Article IX. provides that the regulations are to remain in
•orce until wholly or in part abolished or amended by common consent; and that
ihey are to be submitted every five years to a new examination in order to enable
bc'ih {..• "nments to cons-iiJer whether, in the light of past experience, there is
occasion .0 make any modifications. In addition, the arbitrators made certain
suggestions, the most important being that the two governments should come to
an understanding to prohibit the killing of seals on land and sea for a period of
from one to three years, and should enact regulations to carry out the findings of
the arbitrators.

The liability of ' ie United States Government was clear under the Award,
and the arbitrators ma i a special finding on the facts agreed upon by the agents
of both governments wh reference to the seizure of British vessels in Behring
Sea. Evidence was not gone into respecting the compensation due on account of
individual sealing schooners, but. in the absence of an agreement between the
two governments as to the compensation to be paid, provision was made for
reierence to a commission for that pu:'pose. The two governments did come to
an agreement whereby Canada on behalf of the owners of sealing .schooners,
agree to accept the sum of $425,000 without prejudice to rights otherwise ascer-
tainable; but the United States Senate refused to ratify the agreement entered into
by tiie President; and a commission was appointed as provided for under the
Award. The commission met in Victoria in the latter part of 1896 and voluminous
evidence on the part of the sealers was heard. Just recently the commission
resumed its sitting in Halifax for the purpose of argument by the counsel on be-
half oi their respective governments. A decision by the commissioners has not
yei been reached.

Kt'KuIatioD!) Under
the Award.

II!

Xo
Ko>al Road.

AS President Cleveland would say, it is a condition, not a Uicory, that cnnfrf)nts
the farmer of British Columbia to-day. TIk theory is that the soil is par-
ticularly fertile and the climate equable an 1 mild, peculiarly adapted for
' perfect fruition. Both assumptions are quite correct. Conditions, however,
somewhat modify the theory. Farmincr in TVC has not been the success
that might naturally have been anticipated under circumstances which appeared
so favourable. 1 have lieen asked to write an article on the "present tendencies,
needs, and possibilities'' of agriculture in British Columbia. The
farmer of Ontario, who I consider enjoys the very Eden of
.America, if. indeed. suc!i a spot in agriculture can be said to
exist on this or any other continent has had his cup full of woes, California,
of which the cornucopia might most appropriately be chosen as an emblem, has
sufifered much. In fact, the farmer everywhere * * has had "a hard row

to hoe, " more particularly in the Golden \Ve>t. 1 heretore, it is not with the
intention of giving a "black eye" to the industry ihat the broad statement han
been made with reference to farming in our Province.

Ten years ago, although agriculture was but slightly developed here, the
highest hopes oi succes.s were held out. On the face of it the conditions were
most favourable— comparatively limited area of agricultura! lands; protection by
tariff and freight rates lro.ni outside competition; generous, even extraordinary,
yield of all kinds of crops: freedom from blights, parasitic diseases and the like;
sure crops, and a der.:an4 for farm products, which brought high prices and
imports per annum amoumang to between ;?i, 500,000 and $2,000,000 in the aggre-
gate. The drawbacks were those, ot course, incident to a new country — imperfect
cummunication, immature nietiiods, the diUiculty and expense (in our case pecu-
liarly so; of bringing the accessible land into cultivation, and all
the rest of it. On the whole, however, tlie advantages were
clearly in favour of the farmer who could reach the market. For
a lime he prospered, or should have prospered, like a grt-en bay tree. Just about
the time referred 10 g».«jd lann lands began to be at a premium. Knowledge of the

The " I'ros ■
iinil " Cons.'

Thi-s article was written tor ami appeared in the Chi-itmas IvUtion of the r,oiidon
(Out.) KariMers' Advocate, 1896, at tht requestor the llditor.

2-0

YRAK BOOK OF BRITISH C(^I.L MBI A

On <i Ken I
IStali' Hfisis.

cf.ndition«; referred to above impressed most p<uple tliat farming' some day would
become the most prosperous of industries, and it was thoUKbt. and with good show
of reason, that when tlie varied resources of the Province began to develop— min-
inj?, timber, and tishe'ie« — with the conseriuent inflow of population, the demand
for farm products wriiild place tho^e fortmiate enough to have land i|"'te on tiic
"velvet."

It is .scarcely possible to imagine a more fortuitous combination of circum-
M.'.nces or better opi)ortunities for success. With, as I have frequently known it,
fresh eggs in the winter time ",:> cents and $i per dozen, good butter 33 cents to
50 cents per pound, eastern apples $0 and $7 a barrel, meats and all other pro-
visions on a similar scale, and a splendid climate and fruitful soil, faith in the
future seemed to be well founded. It is the unexpected that usually happens.
The first drawback was that farm lands became "real estate." Every available
piece of land was either bought up or i)re-einpted — not for the purpose of farm-
ing. Ijut to hold for a rise in prices. .Ml of us. more or less, had the making of
from one to a dozen "good" farms. The farmers themselves rapidly grew ricli.
or. at lea.'-.t, fancied themselves growing rich, and speculation was rife. There
was little production, but mucli activity in buying and selling. Values went up
until la.d th.it never saw an axe or ;i plow was held at from $50 to $75 an acre,
and the more favourably situated. ."?ioo to $130. and. in some instances. $200.
Where it liad residence prosjiects (suburban property) it was not
unusual to ask $,^00. $300. and even $1,000 an acre. We lived
gloriously in a fool's paradise. 1 speak with due humility. a.s
well as rcsiKct for those wlio luxuriated in it. because only lack of means, per-
haps, prevented me from "plunging" like the resi. It did not occur to U'^ until
tf)0 late that farm land can only have a value determinable by the earning power
of it> products, and tliat 110 land for ordinary purposes could earn a dividend on
such a cai)ital investiiient f(jr fully imiiroved lands, not to speak of virgin acres
that refjuired as much more to put them into cultivation. However, we are all
wi.se alter the event. Lands suitable for farming were held unimproved: specula-
tion led to mortgaging; .irrcars of i)ayment and taxes began to pile up: ;•. world-
wide dei)ression set in. accentuated 1>y the crises in .\ustralia and the United
States: over-production in the States 01 the Pacific Coast (California. Oregon,
atid Washington) sent down the prices of produce and created serious competi-
tion: with cultivation came the pests which are general in the east to worry and
hamper the producer: lloods came and wasted the fields in the Fracer \"alley;
se\era] bad seasons followed each other in succession — these and otlier tilings
quite unexpected, and nmst of them unusual, contributed to the disappointment
we all feel in not having had our ardent anticipations even partially realized.

1 may be wigged well for doing so, but as I see no ;, ood reason for not
telling the truth. I have to state that the farmer in British Columbia has struck
rock bottom, .\lter a \igorous descent, however, he has reached sure footing
and can fearlessly begin to ascend again. He has learned much and has dis-
abused hi. mind of many lalhicies which were current a few >ears ago. He has
found out tha: there is no royal road to fortune, except by pursuing farming as
a business on a business ba«i£. By the work of the Fruit-Growers' Association,
the influence of the Dominion Experimental Farm, the educative efifect of farmers'
meetings, and the dissemination of agricultural intelligence by means of the
several Hepartnients nf .Agriculture and other agencic-'. considerable development

■«a. ''■>-:;J*B»i

.-**t, ' .J**.' ■ «■■■

3
CO

■o

E
o

(0
CQ

■o
u

-s

£
■^

I'.t ', •

t '

, /-

ii) i

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

'</ /l^T^.

;/.

1.0

1.1

■ 50

2.5
1^ 12.2

^m'^

MS. 12.0

SI A

L25 il.4

'/I

Photographic

Sciences

Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716)872-4503

(/.

i >

1 I

2
O

r
>
z
p

H
O
X

:i!ii

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

^11

KetUr
Mcthuds.

ha? taken place on right lines and knowledge greatly increased. Farming is
really on a better basis than ever it was, because the difficulties in the way of
getting along are understood and the necessities of the situation more fully
appreciated. It is understood now that better and more improved methods of
sowing, reaping, and selling are required, and that eternal vigilance and industry
are the price to be paid for success.

Present tendencies, therefore, are in the direction of systematic effort rather
than the slip-shod and happy-go-lucky ways that prevailed in the past, which
have been described by one writer as "playing at farming." and by another as
"scratching the earth in places" instead of cultivating it. Tendencies are, to be
more definite, in the direction of smaller holdings, proper clearing and drainage
of land, better care oi orchards, co-operation for dairying purposes, improved
methods of marketing, and generally an attempt to supply the home market in
butter, eggs, poultry, fruit, meats, and the like, and in a way to attract the buyer.
For years, for instance, it was common to see British Columbia
fruit displayed in large, uncouth boxes made out of split cedar,
filled in with all sizes, kinds, and varieties. When placed along
side of the neatly packed and uniform packages from Oregon and California it
had only one effect, and that was to make customers for the imported article.
Latterly, too, much has been done in the way of improving dairymg. Three or
four creameries, with excellent demands for their products, have been established.
There is a decided improvement in fruit-growing in every particular, and this prom-
ising industry will yet assume large proportions. Much remains to be done:
everything, in fact; hut a start has been made.

As to the needs of agriculture in the Province, that opens a wide field which
cannot satisfactorily be traversed in one article. Local conditions, too, vary so
much that no particular remarks will apply to the whole. On the lower Main-
land, for instance, dyking and draining is a problem for solution; while in the
upper Mainland irrigation is a prominent need. All along the coast the cost of
clearing and the necessity for fertilizing wooded lands when cleared are worthy
of every attention. Everywhere roads giving easy access to railway or steamboat
communication are required. Cheaper lands and cheaper money arc desirable
objects. Railways giving communication with the mining districts are of the
greatest importance; and so on. The list is a large one. For easy classification
I should enumerate them as follows: —

I should advocate a form of government, or corporate assistance, whereby
settlers would be enabled to buy lands in blocks of ten to fifty acres in extent at
reasonable rates, being permitted to pay for them in twenty-five annual instal-
ments, interest at four per cent.; all improvements in the way of drainage, fencing,
roads, etc., to be chargeable to the land. This is not a Utopian
scheme. Its feasibility has been demonstrated in West Prussia,
in Great Britain, and in a modified form in New Zealand. It is a
perfectly business-like and practical proposition. The only mat-
ter to be looked after is that the settler or farmer shall invest enough of his own
money to tie him to the land. When a man has to buy land in British Columbia
at its full price for cash, bring it into cultivation, and live on it until his holding
becomes reproductive, he must either have a lot of capital or go deeply into debt,
which means failure to begin with.

This includes direct communication by rail with the mining districts of
British Columbia. Yale and Kootenay, and with Northern B.C., too, when that

Cheaper Lands

nnd SmaMer

HoldlnKs.

fc'i:

'it!

•i

■mdi

274

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

is opened up.

Ronds and

Rnllway Coni-

municatlon.

A railway by way of Hope, with a direct line through Westmin-
ster District south of the Fraser, and the ranching district of
Yale through to Crow's Nest Pass, would make the whole of the
farming regions tri!)Utary to the mines and aft'ord a profitable
market. This road, however built, should be so safeguarded as
to rates that our fanners could ship their products cheaply to the interior and
send their fruits to the North-West, which is their natural and ought to be tiieir
most profitable outlet.

Atiother need is tin; conservancy of the Fraser Valley from floods. That
is essentially an engineering problem, and belongs largely to the Dominion Gov-
ernment. However it is attempted, it should be on a comprehensive plan, and
in my opinion should be undertaken as part of the railway scheme
Fr.aser'vaiic'v' referred to in the foregoing. From 150,000 to 200,000 acres of
the best land in America is atTected by the periodic overflow
and high water, which might be converted into a valley as famous for its fruits
as the Annapolis.

Of even greater importance is the problem of irrigation in the interior,
where large areas could be made to blossom like the r(jse. Reference
has been made to Utah. There the Mormon colony was planted by the
master mind of Brigham Young, right in the heart of arid America. Whatever
we may think of the system of theology he established, he certainly promoted
the greatest and most successful colonizing enterprise the world
Irrigation. ^^^^ ^^,^^. i^^q^^.„ * * * What irrigation and industry have

done in Utah can be done in the interior of British Columbia. The three great
principles which governed the Utah colony were that no man should own more
land than he could cultivate, that lie should not speculate, and that he should not
go into debt. They were part of his religion, and no doubt the conscience clauses
have accounted for the phenomenal success of Brigham Young's experiment.

Co-operation in dairying, fruit-marketing, road-making, and in other direc-
tions in which a farmer's isolation is his weakness, is required. I do not mean
to say that farmers should become Grangers or Patrons, for in the present state
of society the few-er societies the better; but that they should co-operate for busi-
ness purposes. This is especially a need of British Columbia at the present time.
As I liave already intimated, our farmers, all along the Coast districts
especially, require a knowledge and appreciation of the economy of fertilization.
A cheap and readily available manure is one of the great requisites to success.
I do not now refer to the bottom or prairie lands, which are abundantly fertile,
by careful cropping for some time, but to that characteristic and predominant

brownish, gravelly soil of which our wooded land is composed.
FertMizim:. It is largely destitute of potash and lime — two essential elements.

I have advocated strongly the utilization of the fisli offal, some
6,000 tons of which are annually dumped into the waters out of which the salmon
are taken, to the detriment of the fishing industry. There are millions of tons
of kelp and other seaweed on our coast for the gathering. This, mixed with the
oiTal and composted with lime, would furnish a "dirt cheap" and invaluable fer-
tilizer, available to all. * * *

L^;^tly, I shall refer to the desirability of cheap money. I mean a low rate
of interest. Interest charges are eating our farmers up. The Government can
borrow money at three per cent. : the farmers in British Columbia are paying from
eight to twelve per cent., and nearly every farm has a mortgage. The dispropor-
tion is too great. The system of agricultural credit banks is what is needed.
They are growing rapidly on the Continent, and in Great Britain have had re-
markable expansion. Those who want to know all about them should read
Wolff's "People's Banks." The principle is that any number of reputable persons
may organize as a credit bank, the capital of which is the joint credit of the
members, each person being jointly liable with his fellows for all the debts of tlie

bank. It then borrows a small capital at say four per cent, and
Bankinu. lends out at Say five per cent., and also invites deposits, paying

the same rate of interest. The borrower has to furnish two sure-
ties and the object for which he wants the money has to be approved by the

AND MANUAL OF PROVIN'CIAL INFORMATION'.

275

directors. Both tliey and the sureties watch the borrower to sec that tho money
is used for the purpose specified, and call it in if it is being improperly used. If
the money is spent for anything insurable, insurance is effected to further secure
the loan. It is designed especially for those who need only modest sums— $25
to $50 or $80. Farmers and others who borrow large amounts can usually arrange
for the same by mortgage or through established banks of discount. The agri-
cultural credit bank does a business that ordinary banks do not usually touch.
As it succeeds in a small way its operations can be extended. It also offers all
the advantages of a savings bank or a co-operat.'ve bank to those who wisli to
invest their small savings from time to time in a way to earn four or five per
cent, interest witiiout risk.

I have always been sanguine of the future of farming in British Columbia,
and never more than at the present time, notwithstanding the reverses of the
past few years. The conditions are not less favourable than ever. The opening
up of the mines of themselves will afford an outlet for all kinds of farm produce
at paying prices. Our farmers will not have a monopoly of this, but will work
under healthy competition. When the lands revert from the hands of the spec-
ulators into the hands of users; when the terms of payment and the rate of interest
will enable a settler to pay and yet live; when the farmers have easy communica-
tion to markets, and the lands now lying idle are brought into cultivation by

means of clearing of land by machinery; when mixed farming
for'-a'rni'nK. becomes general and special attention is devoted to the growing

of fruits best adapted to the market and for industrial purposes,
to the growing of hops, flax, sugar beets, tobacco, and other special products for
which the Province is adapted; when the surplus of products (especially fruits)
becomes so great as to force the farmer to seek a market in other lands; when
industrial products can be manufactured cheaply enough to compete witli those
of England in the markets of China and India and Australia; when, in short,
the Province becomes fully developed and its resources are utilized to their great-
est extent, the position of agriculture among other industries will be pre-eminent,
and what now occupies a very secondary place in the Provincial economy will be
established as the basis of our wealth and possess a permanency which cannot
be shared by any of the other natural resources of the future ol whicli wc now
speak so hopefully.

J > ^ ■

¥\

111.

! Hi

I ;

I-,

DREDGING ENTERPRISE.

ANNUALLY, at uncertain periods, ranging from the beginning of April to
the end of August, the Fraser River is in freshet. The date on which the
maximum height is reached is as uncertain as is the height itself. Thus in
1876 there occurred the highest freshet then on record, reaching its maximum
height about the beginning of July. In 1882 this record was surpassed by thirteen
inches, at Mission, and the height was considered phenomenal. In 1894, to the
astonishment of all, a freshet occurred on the 6th of June, which exceeded that
of 1882 by some two and a half feet at Mission, while in 1896 one almost equalling
that of 1882 reached its greatest height on the i6th of July.

The rising of this river is due to the large quantities of snow that fall on
the various mountain ranges of British Columbia during winter, melting as the

? '-H

If '

!' 1

L'.

276

YEAR ROOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

The Friisfr
In Flood.

At
AKiissu.

warimr weather of spring and summer sets in. The river in this coiulition while
flowing through the narrow valleys and canyons of the mountains, though rising
often as much as sixty and eighty feet above its normal height,
causes little or un agricultural damage till as it enters the wider
valley of tlie Lower Fraser, ■i the district of Westminster, at a
much lower level here, the result is very different. In this district are found large
and detached areas of low. Hat land, which, in this condition of the Fraser. become
flooded, and. though the soil deposited by these freshets enriches the land flooded,
the immediate effect is to destroy all agricultural efTorts of the year.

Many areas sul)ject to the flooding are, for the present, at least, not worth
reclaiming owing to the high cost of the work, compared to their value, such,
for instance, as some of the numerous islands of the river and of a few narrow
strips on its banks.

There are. however, several large areas of land which can be reclaimed
with advantage for a comparatively small sum per acre. Some of these are
already reclaimed, others are in process of reclamation, and the day is jirnbably
not distant when the remainder will be taken in hand.

Leaving out the large Indian reserve of Maria Island, the first important
area of flooded land is the flats of Agassiz. They lie on the north bank of the
river and consist of about 5,500 acres. The northern half of th. area is practically
dyked by the embankment of the C.P.R.. which runs through
Agassiz, leaving necessary only the insertion of a flood-gate in
a stream running through the bank to the Fraser to complete
the reclaiT ation. Previous to 1894 there had been a gate in this stream, but dur-
ing the freshet of that year it had washed out. The reclamation of the balance of
the Aga'isiz flats is not at present under consideration, but when taken in hand
will be effected by a dyke of small average sectional area.

Ct-)ntinuing down stream on the south bank of the river are tlie flats of
Chilliwack, consisting of about 22,000 acres. Excepting certain ' ^w stretclies,
most of these are only subject to overflow in high freshets. The flats of Chilli-
wack lend themselves admirably to dyking in sections.

A small portion of Chilliwack is in process of reclamation by private enter-
prise, but no scheme is as yet in contemplation for the balance. Nor can one
. be very successfully devised till the question of controlling the

iiiiiiw.-ick. channel of the Fraser has been settled. This the Dominion Gov-
ernment has in contemplation. A party of engineers is engaged in makinvi the
necessary preliminary examinations.

The lower flats of the Chilliwack Municipality, known as Lower Sumas,
have iiad under consideration for some time past a dyking scheme in conjunction
with Upper Sumas, a tract of low land separated from the former by a lake of
the same name, which in its normal condition is a shallow stretch cf water of
about 9.000 acres in extent, fed chiefly by the Vedder and Upper Sumas Rivers,
and discharging into the Fraser by a channel supposed to be a continuation of
the Sumas. and known a'.so by that name. The two Sumases contain about jo, 000
acres of flooded land, and from time to time various schemes have been devised
for their reclamation. Latterly the question has been left in the hands of com-
missioners appointed under the Act by the settlers, and through their instrumen-
teility a very complete study of the question has been made, resulting in the opinion
that the most effective and apparently only practical way of accomplishing the
task would be to run a dyke from the east side of Mt, Chilliwack — a hill
standing on the banks of the Fraser — up 'the western side of the Atchelitz — a small
stream running across the flats — to a point on high ground; also a dyke from
the west end of the same hill along the Fraser to Miller's Hill,

Van "v. "^'i the banks of the Fraser; and a dyke from the west end of that

hill to Mt. Sumas. a mountain of considerable size, which is at

the river end of a chain of hills separating the Sumas flats from the Matsqui.

This would necessitate a large gate being built in the River Sumas, and, inasmuch

as it would be impossible to handle by pumping the accumulation of water in the

A BRANCH OF CHERRIES.

lies,

illi-

t cr-

one

the

rOV-

tlie

nas,
tion

: of

• of

ers.

1 of

.000 ^

scd

)ni-

en-

ioii

the

hill

lall

[ill.

hat

lui.
ich

the

1 1

A BUNCH OF PLUMS.

^l ' ' • . ••'•1'-' V --H^^^:*.-' .;4il^l^' ' '■*" \'

in Winier. »•>. ' *

i"t

I /

ISii

SVil

( I

>■
u

-I

fifi
u

flC

(t.

!i __

AND MANUAL OF PkOVINCIAL INFORM ATIOX.

279

A Serious I'rolilcni.

lake supplied by the Vcddor and Sumas Rivers combined, it was piDposcd to
divert the waters of the former at a point where this river e'lnerges from the
nionntains into the channel of tlie Luk-a-kuk, which orij^inally had piobably been
one of the m my channels throuKli which the Veddcr at some past period
flowed. It \va< assumed that a laree portion of the remaining
water-; entevini? tin- lake and spreading f>ver it.- area would evapor-
ate, and it was intended to pump tl;e balance. This, so far as the reclatnation of
the Sumas lands was concerned, would have worked adniiral)ly. but the turning
of the Vediler into the Luk-a-kuk is a serious problem arTec'.ins otlicr interests,
and when tiie^e. as veil as tlie lii;.rli co>^t of the undertaking, were considered, as
compared with the val.ie of the land reclaimed, it became for the present imprac-
ticable.

Lying on the north side of the river is the large island of Nicomen, con-
taining about 3.600 acres. This island is separated from the Mainland by a cl'aii-
nel of the Fraser known as Nicomen Slougii. It, too. at present remains un-
reclaimed, owing to the cost of reclamation being high compared with the value
of the land.

Following after Nicomen. on the same side of the river, are the tlats of
Dewdney. These containing about 5,.?oo acres, are, like Agassiz. divided into
two districts by the embankment of the C.P.R. That north of the line, which
includes Hatzic Prairie, was reclaimed in tiie year 189.1 by using the C.P.R. em-
bankment as a dyke and inserting a tlood-gaic where it crosses Hatzic Slough.
It was intended to utilize Hatzic Lake as an evaporating reservoir, and pump
the balance during high wa er. In 1894 the tlood-gate gave way. an ^ the damage
has not yet been repaired. The southern portion is not yet reclaimed and has no
scheme in contemplation.

Tlie flats of Malsqui. consisting of about 10.000 acres, lie a little further
down streaiui en the opposite or south side of the river, and are i)rotccted by a
dyke running from Mt. Sumas to Mt. Lehman, on the Fraser. This dyke was
built as far back as 1880; it proved effective during the ycir iSSj.
but has been unsatisfactory since. In each of the two main
sloughs no fewei than four different sets of gates have been built.
Three of these have been destroyed in succession. Tiic fourth, which is designed
on a novel plan compared to any hitherto made in the Province, has not yet been
sufliciently tested to prove its efficiency.

The next large area of tloodcd land is the flats o" the cast and west of the
River Pitt, a large tributary of the Fraser entering it from the north. Progress-
ing up the Pitt are the dyked meadows of Maple Ridge: they lie on the east of
the river and contain about S.600 acres. The embankment was ineffective in 1894
and is now being raised and strengthened.

To the north of Maple Ridge and separated from it by the Lillooet lie two
areas of meadows dyked under commissioners. These small tracts consist of
2,500 acres and are separated by the North Lillooet. Their embankments suffered
very seriously during the freshet of 1S94 and have since been completely repaired.

On the west of the Pitt are the two areas of Coquitlam separated from each
other by De Boville Slough and containing 3,600 acres, and north of these is the
little area known as the Wilson, consisting of only 400 acrc~ and
Co(iuitiani. protected by an embankment put up by private enterprise. Un-
fortunately during the freshet of last year the gates of the Wilson,
through some unforeseen cause gave way. and have not, up to the present, been
replaced.

The dykes of the meadows average ten feet in height, and have been erected
by means of dredgers with material taken from inner ditches, which latter are now
used for drainage purposes. Ample protection has been made for the discharge
of this water by means of flood-gates, and each section has been provided with a
pumping station which acts during high water when the gates are closed.

The dykes on the Fraser, like those of other large rivers, are exposed to
great risks. Up to the present they have in many respects proved unsatisfactory,
but the Government is contemplating taking over the entire management, when
the most approved method of protection will be adopted, and the greatest care
taken to keep the works in a state of efficiency.

.Matsiiul
Flats.

!li

2Ho

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Tlic cost of the erection of the protection works executed by c<jmmissioncrs
has been met by loans raised under flovernnient guarantee, and the land is sub-
ject to a small annual assessment to cover interest and sinking fund. Those ans
are about to be bouKht in by the Government, when the burden on the land will
be still further reduced.

Apart from the llats subject to overflow by freshets, a large quantity of

the delta is subject to tidal inundation. Reclamation works on this have been

going on since the year 1890 and most of it is now protected

inni\n. ^ierc 'he risks aic small compared to the freshet dykes, and the

nilticulty of maintenance is easily overcome. All these lands are

admirably suitcl to agricultural purpcses, and in spite of the assessment for dykes

and the necessity of drainage, arc with greater ease and less cost made productive

than the bush covered high lands.

KOOTENAY RECLAMATION SCHEME.

: (

Causes of
Flnodinic.

THE lands held by the Alberta & British Columbia Exploration Co., Ltd., of
London. England, of which Mr. George Alexander, of Calgary, Alta , is man-
ager in British Columbia, for the purpose of reclamation, are known on the
official map as lands B. West Kootcnay, and comprise tliat portion of the valley
of the lower Kootenay Rivor lying between the International Boundary at Rykert
on the south and the lower or southern end of Kootenay Lake on the north, a
distance in a direct line of some eigliteen miles, or twenty-eight miles by river,
with a varying width of from three to five miles.

Unfortunately for the purposes of cultivation, the banks of the river are
not of sufficient height to always retain the volume of flood water during the
spring freshets: as a result, during the period of extreme flood in
May and June, reached every six or eight years, the river over-
flows its banks, or in ordinary years backing up in the sloughs
with the same result — of converting the entire valley into a temporary lake.

This large tract contains an area of some 45,000 square acres of land, unsur-
passed in richness and fertility by any 'and in the Province. And in addition to
its being the only available land for agricultural purposes in West Kootenay. is
directly tributary to the now established mining centres of Rossland, Nelson, Pilot
Bay, Ainsworth, Kaslo and Sandon, with their constantly increasing demand for
the natural productions of this district.

This area of 45,000 acres is sub-divided by natural topographical features
into five sections, varying in extent from 8.000 to 10.000 acres each.

The work of reclamation by the Alberta & Britisii Columbia Exploration
Company has been in progress since the summer of '92. and the first section of
8,000 acres is now practically reclaimed, divided into eighty-acre blocks, and ready
for settlement. The agricultural and pastoral lands form fully eighty-five per cent,
of the entire area, and consist of open meadow, which will be thoroughly drained
by a complete system of arterial and lateral drains, with well constructed roads,
giving access to any portion of the property. There is at present water com-
niunication by daily steamers plying on the river between Bonner's Ferry in
Idaho and a connection with the Great Northern Railway in United States terri-
tory and the lake ports on Kootcnay Lake, witli the prospect in the immediate
future of the construction of the C.P.R. through the Crow's Nest Pass, giving
direct railway connection east and west from the centre of this property; so that
the facilities for access and egress are all that could be desired.

AM) MANUAL ( )r I'Rcn'INCIAL INFORMATION.

281

The
Cllmntc.

The climate is most favourable to settlement and is not subject to the ex-
tremes of heat and cold experienced in the prairie provinces. Navigation remains
open for eight months in the year, or from April to Noveinl)er inclusive. The
summers are most pleasant, and witli sufficient rainfall to dis-
pense with irrigation. The winters are clear and comparatively
mild, tlie thermometer rarely marking below zero at any time,
and the snowfall moderate, averaging only from twfi to three feet. Situated at
an altitude of 1.750 feet above the sea. the air is refreshing in the suimmer and
bracing and exhilarating in the winter months.

With the advent of the Crow's Nest Pass Railway, coal will be plentiful and
cheap, and in the meantime, and. if necessary, for many years to come the side-
hills furnish the best of fir and other timber suitable for firewood.

The Company has established a "Home Farm" of some 1.3H0 acres upon the
property reclaimed, upon which a most comfortable and commodious farmhouse
has been built, with large barns, cattle sheds and outhouses. The farm is well-
stocked with draught horses and dairy and beef cattle, and all the necessary and
improved agricultural implements for successful farming. .\nd the result of the
first year's trial, although in a great degree experimental as to what fruits, vege-
tables, etc., were best adapted to the district, has been most gratifying and satis-
factory, establishing beyond any doubt the exceptional fertility and productiveness
of the soil.

It is the intention of the Company to continue their system of reclamation
to the remaining sections ahead of any future demand such as will naturally arise
for these lands, and in the meantime place upon the market the property already
reclaimed on the easiest possible terms for intending i)urchasers. and also show-
ing in a tangible form by the work done on their farm, the possibilities and
special adaptability of t!ie land for mixed or general farming.

G. A. KEEFF.R.

MUNICIPAL ENTERPRISE.

■\»;

it:

I i

.'M

THE dyking which has been undertaken in the Province, outside the schemes
un' ;r the auspices of tlie Government, has been done by several of 'he muni-
cipalities in New Westminster District. The principal of these are in Delta,
Richmond, and Surrey.

The Delta lands are affected by the tidal waters of Boundary Bay and those
of the Eraser River. Several years ago a dyke was constructed commencing at
the south-easterly corner near the Semiahmoo trail, extending southward to the
mouth of Big Slough. Here a dam was built with sluice-gates, and a dyke, six
feet high, rounded off at the top. with twenty-six foot base, built along Boundary
Bay westward for four and one-half miles to the highlands near Point Roberts by
means of a dredge. A lateral drain was made, extending due eastward from Lot
177 to the south-east corner of Let 34, on Boundary Bay. The total cost of this
section of dyke, which protects the adjoining land from the tidal
waters of Boundary Bay, was about $30,000. Another section
has been more recently built, extending from the high lands above Crescent Island
to the Eraser River, following the south bank of the Eraser past Ladner's Land-
ing to a point on Canoe Pass, where a small section of private dyke intervenes,
after which the municipal system is continued from near the mouth of Canoe Pass

Delta System.

jSj

YKAU UOUK Ul' UKITISII CULUMMIA

HIchmoiKl
\liinii'l|>Mlll.\.

t(i I'.iinlisli Bluff. The cost of this section will amount in the aKK^^gatc to proh-
ably $<»f),ooo when finisherl, the two sections referred to practically conii)leting the
protcitioii of Delta Muiiicii)ality from tidal aiul hiah waters.

Lulu Island is almost comi)letely surrounded by dykes, p.irtly hand built
and partly the work of dredgers. The latter begins near the mouth of Nelson
Slouch, on the North Arm of the I'raser River, extending to tlie corner of the
<.io\ernmenl reserve, in the vicinity of New Westminster City, and crosses the
Island at that point with an open cut to the opposite corner, and
from there is continued dowi\ tf) tlie corner of Lot 27, opposite
Tilbury Island, a distance in all of seventeen miles, which, in-
chuliiiK ii fh"" 'ind ^ drainage ditch, cost in the neiKlibourhood of $52,500. The
other portions of Lulu Island, as well as Sea Island, were dyked by hand work,
done principally by Chinamen. Westham Island, which is included in the Delta
Mmiicipality, and is one of the most fertile spots in the New Westminster Dis-
trict, is also entirely surrounded by hand dykes.

In Surrey Municipality there is what is known as the Serpentine Flats
<jn .Mud Bay, which are drained by the Nicomckl and Serpentine Rivers, the
watershed of which includes an area of over 10,000 acres of very fertile land.
Surrey Municipality undertook to protect this by buildinK a dam across the mouth
of the Nicomekl at the point where the Semiahmoo waggon road crosses. This,
however, proved ineffectual, being carried away by the high water. Two methods
of reclamation are presented by tlie special conditions of this locality. One is the
erection of a dam with ilood-gates at the mouth of the Nicomekl River, and the
diversion of the Serpentine into the Nicomekl at a point wliere
they converge, or by straightening, by means of dredging, the
Nicomekl River and deepening it for some distance towards the
source, and constructing a dam at the mouth of the Serpentine River provided
with tlood-gates. The latter method would make the Nicomekl navigable for
small boats as far as Clover \'alley, and possibly farther, whereby scows could
be towed up the river and be loaded with produce on the banks. The e.xcava-
tions from the bed of the river, being thrown up on both sides, would be sutfi-
■cient to afford protection of the land from the tidal waters.

The other small portion of land subject to reclamation, not already re-
ferred to, is that of Langley Prairie, where, by dyking in a small way. an area
of 2,000 acres will be protected thoroughly against the waters of the Fraser River.

Surrey
Munu'ipality.

ill

THE growing of hops in British Columbia, especially in the coast districts, has
passed the experimental stage. Indeed, so far as that is concerned, it has
never been in the experimental stage. The experience in Washington and
Oregon, which, in most respects, are similar to British Columbia and possess to
a large degree identical conditions, has shown that the country as a whole is
essentially well adapted for this industry. In the States in question hop growing
was carried on extensively, for some years very profitably, but
(irowfiiK latterly the low prices ruling in England, which is the market for

the greater part of the Pacific Coast product, have materially in-
terfered with its success. The introduction, too, of insect pests and diseases has
had its effect. Hops grow in British Columbia on almost any character of land.
The luxuriance of the plant as an ornament proves its general adaptability, and in
good, well cultivated and well grained land it invariably grows well and yields
largely. The industry several years ago received considerable impetus, and was
engaged in by a number of persons in various sections of the coast districts, not-
ably Saanich on Vancouver Island, Chilliwack, Agassiz and Squamish. and other
points on the Mainland'. The experience of the last few years, however, has some-
what dampened the ardour of those who engaged in it, and many have retired from

OS
OJ

(U
O

"ffl

I ;

■t 1

I )^

il^i

r
m
m

c
m
r
H
>

Jt-Si.

Flax
Growina.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 285

the business. This was due largely to artificial rather than natural causes, includ-
ing the low prices referred to. It may not be amiss to state that the hop industry
is one in which expert knowledge and experience are required, not only in the
preparation of the soil and cultivation of the plants, but in the varieties grown and
in the process of cu'''ng and marketing. Hops would no doubt prove a remuner-
ative crop if exploited by men with r. practical knowledge of their cultivation and
the full requirements of the market. In the Agricultural Report of 1897 it is
pointed out that it is essential to know the varieties most irsed by English manu-
facturers, and the suggestion is a valuable one.

With regard to flax growing, this has been recommended by several per-
sons, notably Mr. H. T. Thrift, of Surrey, who has been engaged in a series of
experiments with a view to testing the adaptability of the soil and climate for the
production of flax, both as an article of feed for cattle and for industrial purposes.
Mr. Thrift says that Hax has been grown in Westminster District for several
years with most gratifying results, the (|uality of the fibre being equal to the best
produced elsewhere. Samples have been exhibited at various local exhibitions.
There are thousands of acres of land in the district, suitable fo"*
its production. The industry, however, has heretofore been con-
fined to a series of experiments. The fibre produced is long, fine
and peculiarly silken, and yielding from two to three tons per acre. Tlu- price
usually paid in Eastern Canada is $12 to $14 per ton, including the seed.

Mr. Thrift regards the conditions of development in this Province as pe-
culiarly favourable to this industry on account of the demand, which is rapidly
on the increase, for products such as ropes, twine, fishing gear, grain and ore
sacks, etc.. and which is likely to reach very large nroportions, especially <>ii ac-
count of the grow<^h of the fishing and mining industries. In addition to local
requirements, on a'count of the facilities possessed for shipping the prepared fibre
to Europe, to the linen manufacturing centres of Great Britain and the Conti-
nent, the cultivation of flax for that purpose ought to prove a profitable branch of
husbandry. The value of flax compared with other crops, as an economic
product he considers as consisting in the amount of labour involved in its pro-
duction, and is one in which settlers with large families might profitably engage
by utilizing their own help to assist in its cultivation, harvesting and the after-
processes necessary for its preparation for the market. Mr. Thrift points out
many other advantages in connection with the carrying on of this industry, which
constitute it, in his opinion, as peculiarly applicable to the dominant conditions
obtaining on this Coast, included in which is the manufacture of linseed oil and
oil cake. Its cultivation on a large scale would naturally lead to the construc-
tion of flax mills, thus adding an additional industry to the list of manufactures
in the Province. Through his representations, largely, the Department of Agri-
culture has distributed seed among a nurnber of farmers in various districts for
the purpose of experiment.

That flax does well in British Columbia has been proved beyond doubt by
several years' test, and among others by the manager of the Experimental Farm
at Agassiz, whose experience and views on this subject are of value. However,
the opinion is expressed by some practical men that for practical reasons the in-
dustry is not one which is likely to be engaged in to any large extent in this
Province, either in the way of the manufacture of oil or fibre. One view e.v-
pressed is that the area of land available for crops is much too limited and too
costly to warrant it being undertaken on a scale necessary to in-
sure its success. The fact is pointed out that a large amount of
agricultural products has been and is being imported into
this Province for the purpose of supplying local demands, and in districts con-
nected with mines, if the development reasonably anticipated is realized, the in-
crease of population consequent upon mining activity must necessarily increase
this demand. The people engaged in other than agricultural pursuits must be
fed, and they can be tmore advantageously supplied by farmers in the Province,
who are as a rule well-posted on the requirements of the market. The farmers
will naturally, therefore, extend on lines in which they are already engaged instead
of leading out into untried fields, which, as a rule, they are very reluctant td do.

OpposiOK
Views

\{'>-

ill

286

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I 51

as witness the efforts and expense for years put forth to establish beet root sugar
factories, both in Eastern Canada and the United States.

It is argued that if in the older and well-settled countries where there is a sur-
plus of produce, these extraordinary industries, such as llax and the growing of
the sugar beet, are difficult lo establish, the chances are still greater against success
in this Province, where conditions are new and local demand for other products
very much greater. The solution of the problem, in any event, would seem to lie
along the line of natural demand. British Columbia is, of course, favourably
situated for shipping by sea and in regard to the important and growing industries
of mining and fishing, etc., in which twine products are largely used; and. if. in
the future, the demand for flax and the area necessary to produce it can be found
sufficient and the industry made profitable, under such conditions, no doubt efiforts
will be turned in that direction. It is difficult, therefore, while natural conditions
may be ever so favourable, to come to any definite conclusion as to the outlook,
which must be determined by experiment and the character of industrial expansion
in the future.

Reference has been made to forestry, which, in a comprehensive sense, is
included in the field of agriculture. The opinion was expressed that forestry in
tliis Province, owing to the natural conditions of growth, could be greatly di-
versified by the introduction of economic woods and fruit and nut
Forestry. growing trees. The experience of the Dominion Experimental Farm
at Agassiz has shown that this is quite possible. From the re-
ports of that institution it is seen that English, American and Japanese walnuts;
American, Spanish and Japanese chestnuts, hickory, butternut, ash, elm, maple,
«tnd, in fact, all eastern timber and nut trees, do very well if planted where they
can be given a little attention. Mr. Sharp says that a large number of the most
valuable forest and nut trees have been planted and are growing on the mountain
sides where they received no attention whatever, and many of them are making
very fair progress. He points out. however, that they are planted in open spots
here and there among the fir, maple and birch, where exists as well a luxuriant
annual growth of ferns. Under such circumstances it will be a few yeats before
they become very conspicuous, but at present they are well-established and doinu:
fairly well on land that could scarcely be used for any other purpose. The con-
ditions, for obvious reasons, were not made too favourable, as in thit cusc the
results would not be fairly indicative of what the country generall/ is capable.
The success of these experiments goes to show that rocky places, hill and moun-
tain sides which constitute at present very large waste space, the usefulness of
which mainly consists in scenic effects, could be utilized for the propagation
of large and economic forests. If to the cultivation of forest trees were added
the experiments which the writer has on other occasions advocated of seeding
down waste places with clover, and many of our natural grasses, which, on ac-
count of the humid climate, grow luxuriantly in almost any place where soil of
any character exists, the area of pasturage would be tremendously increased, while
the danger from forest fires now so great would to that extent be minimized.
Prof. Macoun has pointed out that if the land adjoining the railway lines through
the Province were seeded down in the way recommended so thai the grass roots
would give strength ai'.d cohesion to the soil, mud and rock slides.
Waste places, which are so frequent, would be largely avoided; and if in ad-
dition to this the vicinity of trails leading in various directions and
particularly to the mining camps, were similarly treated, pasturage would be
created for the feeding of cattle driven in and out and for pack trains, otc. It is
iiiv.loubtc-lly true nisc iliar in this way many 'i the barren st.'etch.es cf la"d along
tlie coast could be utMized f( r sheep raising, affording a supply cf m..iti<in for lo "al
maikets. This, of course, is a subject which has not yet attracted attention, and
necessarily would have to be carried out by a somewhat slow process; but the
area could from time to time be materially increased until large sections now use-
less might be made profitable.

;-|l'

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

287

PRICES OF PRODUCE.

Nut ii Guide:

REGARDING the price of products, it is very difficult to arrive at
what is an average price, which would apply over any considerable

area of the Province or any period of time. The marketing of local
produce has not yet been systematized in the same w'ay as that of outside
produce. The supply is much more irregular and the facilities for reach-
ing market are comparatively less adequate and perfect. There is, also,
the difference between the prices received in a retail way and in job lots
at a river bank. Either one given by itself without explanation would
be misleading. Then again the prices received by individual ranchers in Cariboo.
Lillooet, East Kootenay and the southern part of Yale, if given
without reference to the conditions governing sale, would lead
to extraordinary misapprehension. In these places farmers are much isolated,
their farms being far apart. There is only a local demand, and a limited demand
at that, yet prices are very high compared with quotations at the Coast, because
little is grown and the demand is limited as well. It would, therefore, for prac-
tical purposes, ai'ford but little information to give the prices jiaid at many interior
points, and they are not referred to. What has been considered of much more
value are the average prices at New Westminster, where the only regular and
successful market has up to the present been established, and they will serve as a
fairly good guide to those obtaining farm produce on the Lower I\Iainland and
Coast generally. At Vancouver, Victoria and Nanaimo, although there are mar-
ket houses at the former two. most of the farmers' produce is retailed by grocers
and other dealers, and the prices paid to tlie farmers are not easily obtained.

Quotations at New Westminster are: —

Butter— summer, ij^c ; winter, 22j.'2C. to 25c. per lb. Eggs — summer. i6c.:
winter. 35c. Poultry — Spring chickens, $3 per dozen; hens, $4.50 per dozen;
young ducks, $4.50; ducks, $5.50; turkeys, I7J'2C. per Itx; geese, $1 ui)iece.

Beef — fall, 51/^c. per lb.; summer, 7c. to 7J/2C. ; mutton. 7c. to 8c.; lamb. 8c.;
veal, 6?. to 8c. (7c being an average); pork, 5c. to 7c.

Potatoes — fall, $12 to $14 per ton; mangolds, $7; carrots and turnips, $8.
onions. $1.25 to $1.50 per 100 fts. ; parsnips, ic. to i^c. per lb.; cabbages, l,2'\
to ic. per It).

Ajjples — $1 to $1.25 per box of 40 lbs.; pears, $1; cherries and small fruits
vary very much and are from 5c. to 8c. per lb.

Taking Ladner's Landing as the point most central in relation to the four
cities of the Coast, the following is a fair average of the prices of oats, hay.
wheat, jtotatoes and carrots for the years i895-(X): Oats. $18 per ton; hay, $8; wheat,
$22; potatoes, $8; carrots, $6.

Milk is suijplied by dairymen at from 8c. to loc. i)er (|uart.

For three or four years, owing to competition from Washington. Oregon
and California, where prices were very low and the markets in tlie state of ciironic
congestion, i)rices in British Columbia have ruled correspondingly,
but during the latter part of 1896 and the present year a verv
great improvement has taken place and produce is in demand.
This is owing to a general improvement in the business situation, and to a large
extent, the mining activity, as a factor in business, is responsible for it.

In tlie past and at the present time — although conditions are altering
favourably — the great majority of agricultural products, particularlv the manu-
factured varieties, such as butter, cheese, bacon, etc.. are imported. Fruit in very
large cpiantities earlier in the season is imported from California and Oregon.
Grapes, peaches, and apricots all come from there and formerly apples, plums and
cherries as well, though the latter have greatly decreased on account of the in-
creasing supply of home ])roducts.

Outside

Competition.

:il^'

If:

jS8

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

GENERAL CONDITIONS.

Agriculturnl
Districts.

IT is impossible, witliin tlic limitations of a work, which aims to describe the
Province as a whole, to make detailed reference to the localities in which
agriculture is carried on, givin<T local adaptabilities, special products, areas
of arable land, crop yields, and the thousand and oiic particulars which go to
ma':" up the complete information desired by intending settlers. Those who
are anxious to obtain all these accurately and authentically set forth are recom-
mended to consult the report of the Department of Agriculture, Victoria, B.C.
in which an admirable compilation of all available data is contained.

In a general way the agricultural districts may be referred to as the Fraser
Valley, Westminster District, in which there are about 350,000 acres of arable land
150.000 acres being alluvial deposit: the southwestern portion of Vancouver Island,
which is comparatively well settled and contains some excellent land; and the
Okanagan District, in which there arc numerous fertile valleys, comprising in all
about 500,000 acres suitable for general agricultural purposes. In
the latter, in addition to the areas referred to there are still larger
areas of pastoral land suitable, and used, for grazing only. The
three foregoing districts have been referred to first, because they are distinctly
agricultural and are the localities in which the principal farming settlements are to
be found. There are. however, extensive tracts of open country in the North and
South Thompson River Valleys, in the Nicola X'alleys. in the Similkameen, in
Lillooet, Cariboo, and East Kootenay, in which, though principally pastoral and
requiring irrigation for crops, are to be found at intervals good farms, or, as they
arc usually designated, "ranches."' and these detached areas constitute in the
aggregate many thousands of acres, which either do produce, or are capable of
producing, any crops within the possibilities of the temperate zone — cereals, fruits
and vegetables. And, added to these, the capabilities of which, with intelligent
and intensive methods of farming, are very great, are still more extensive, though
remoter, tracts to be found in the Columbia Valley, East Kootenay; in the Canoe
River Valley opening the way to the northern interior from Kootenay; in the
Chilcotin country, including the Nechaco and Blackwater Valleys;
■""^ '■ on the northern end of Vancouver Island and on the islands and
coast of the Mainland, which with increased facilities of communication and the
demand created h\ the almost certain immense development about to take place
and the consequent rapid augmentation of population, will provide homes for
thousands of settlers. As yet these lands are mainly in the hands of the Gov-
ernment, and until cotnmunication is afiforded and development takes place they
are not recommended for settlement, because, without facilities for reaching a
market, farming life in isolated communities presents many obvious obstacles to
success. Although suitable land in the already settled districts has been all taken
up and is in the hands of private parties, farms partially improved, or in favour-
able localitites, may be obtained from $10 to $50 an acre, according to situation and

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

289

Improved Farms.

character of land, improvement, etc., and it may be remarked here that a small
farm of from forty to one hundred acres in extent is sufficient in British Columbia

for the average farmer. A good many farms in good localities

may now be obtained, and the average price for 100 to 160 acres,
•with from ten to twenty-five acres cleared, and buildings is from $15 to $20 an acre
on easy terms. However, it is difficult to give exact prices, which, as has already
been stated, range all the way from $10 to $50 per acre. Farms with excellent
possibilities may be obtained for the latter figure. In most cases, however, a set-
tler -.^ho has improved farming in view, may count on having a good deal of
■extra fencing, clearing, underdraining and building to do after he has acquired
any land, in order to obtain the best results. Many of the farms have young
orchards, but here, too, improvements of varieties and further planting will be
desirable. Plenty of good water and good timber are almost always available.
It is difficult to give a fairly honest and average description of the condi-
tions of agriculture in British Columbia. In the first place, farming is in a some-
what primitive condition as yet, and to understand why it is so, one must really
know the history of the Province and have lived in it. Farming like mining,
lias suffered from lack of communication and very little incentive to progress can

exist without an easy market. In the majority of instances it was
tarminK Described. ^^^ farmers who took Up, and settled in the land; hence farming
was not undertaken systematically; and. besides, the difficulties of clearing land
are great compared with most places. Numbers of persons who came to the
Coast without a very definite purpose in view — to take chances in mining, specu-
lation or anything else that might happen to turn up in the absence of any other
occupation to employ their energies, took up land, and. figuratively speaking, sat
down on it waiting for prospective development to make it valuable. It is easy
to imagine how. under such circumstances, a general condition of farming on
tentative principles came about. A few applied themselves intelligently and indus-
triously to the task, and demonstrated locally the wider possibilities; but the rule
was otherwise. On the better lands in favourable localities, by the growing 01
hay, fruits, etc.. many were enabled, owing to local demand, to live comfortably
and even grow prosperous without too great exertion. With the coming of rail-
ways, however, and the competition of outside produce, conditions have altered,
and that, with the introduction of insect pests, and the depressed times, has. to

use a favourite Western expression, made farming on former
Changed Conditions, jj^^^^ ^ ^^..^ "difficult proposition." As a result, many have be-
come dissatisfied, especially as mining offers peculiar temptations, or have encum-
bered themselves with liabilities, and are willing to sell out at prices which a few
years ago would have been rejected with scorn. At least, many are willing to
part with a portion of their usually too large estates. In other words, farming is
finding its level in British Columbia as elewhere as a business, which requires
the same careful attention and intelligent application as other businesses. As a
further and necessary explanation, it may be added that throughout the interior
the settlers, as a rule, engaged in cattle raising as the easiest and readiest means
of utilizing their land. There has always existed a good market in the Coast
cities for beef; and rattle can be driven long distances to a market or point for
shipment. The life, too, of a cattle rancher is not without its attractions and is
rarely arduous. It being necessary under such circumstances to have plenty of
pasturage, farms were, as a consequence, taken up on a large scale, .1
with a view to utilizing the ranges on the side hills, covered with bunch-grass.

The favourite location was a river bottom or valley, which once
argc o ing.>. gecured, commanded the hillsides and commons, and these even
if not leased or purchased, were often deliberately fenced in and occupied. In
this way, the pastoral and agricultural lands have been secured in large allotments
and the settlers are far apart, unfortunately surrounding the question of further
settlement with peculiar difficulties. In the Okanagan Valleys, however, many of
the landholders are cutting up their holdings, seeing the inutility under changed
conditions of endeavouring to retain unproductive property and the wisdom ot
parting with portions, to others who will improve them and add value to what
remains in their own hands. There is generally a growing inclination in a simi-

2yo

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

)-.

lar direction, among landholders in British Columbia, but a great deal still requires
to be done before the possibilities of settlement are achieved.

Climate is, of course, a factor which always affects the agricultural condi-
tions of any country — is, in fact, in itself one of the main factors. Elsewhere,
this subject has been dealt with fully. As will have been seen there arc several
distinct climatic zones in the Province, and the treatment of agriculture must be
divided on corresponding lines. On the coast, where the direct effect of the
ocean is felt there are; A decidedly humid atmosphere, a good
ciimatk ^oifs. ^j^^j ^^^ ^^-^^ during the winter months, no extremes of heat and
cold, a long growing season, cool nights, and profuse vegetation. It is scarcely
necessary to explain the general effect of such conditions — tree growth is generally
greatly stimulated; roots and vegetables flourish; the softer grains, such as oats
and barley, yield largely and grow to great perfection; grasses are abundant; fruits,
such as pears, cherries and plums and all small fruits, are practically indigenous to
the soil and yield enormously; flowers, especially roses, and all the good old-
fashioned varieties, are profuse bloomers; and shrubbery is dense. It is a country
of great growth, and where fertile soil deposits exist no better results can be
obtained anywhere. Unfortunately, the beneficial effect of the climate in con-
tributing such favourable conditions is accompanied by corresponding disadvant-
ages in the creation of dense forests and thick and heavy undergrowth, in encour-
aging the growth of weeds, and in the propagation of insect pests and plant
diseases once they have found a foothold. Under average conditions.,
to clear a farm for cultivation requires much more labour than it does
keep it in a clean and healthy condition. Eternal vigilance is the price of immunity
from weeds, second growth and insect pests. On the other hand, intensive farm-
ing gives wonderful results. It is no ccantry for a lazy or indifferent farmer.

Adverting to insect pests and plant diseases, these have been of recent import-
ation, coming with nursery and fruit shipments from the East and South. Pre-
vious to that the farmers enjoyed peculiar freedom from insect enemies, blight
or disease. Once here, however, they made rapid progress. In their eradication
and prevention the Board of Horticulture has done good work, and as a matter
of fact industry and proper treatment are all that are necessary as preventives.

Owing to the character of the Coast climate already referred to there are
other crops, which do not do so well, and as a general rule do not pay to raise.
These are: Wheat, which though yielding heavily and producing a fine-looking^
kernel is too soft for milling purposes, and in limited quantities is mainly valuable
for feeding chickens; fruit and vegetables requiring plenty of heat and sunshine
to mature them — grapes, peaches, nectarines, almonds, tomatoes,
Co'nsHercd. water melons, and the like. These all do well some seasons, but
except in favoured localities, are not generally well suited and do-
rot ripen properly. Apples, which are perhaps indi.gcnous to more rigorous cli-
mates, do fairly well, and generally speaking succeed on the Coast, but their suc-
cess is subject to exceptions which materially modify the experience of growers
in Ontario. In colour and size apples of all varieties excel in British Columbia,
but in quality they do not equal the most successful varieties of that Province.
Of such varieties those that succeed are limited. In fact, the apples that have
been developed on the eastern side of America as distinctively American, do not
as a rule succeed best on this Coast. Experience has shown that Old Country
and Continental varieties, some of them hundreds of years old. are better adapted
to this climate. Most of these where tried are succeeding admirably; and this
fact is in accordance with well established laws of development. It may
be stated as axiomatic that, while the general principles underlying
the science of horticulture obtain, the experience of fruit-growers
"Experkiii^"''" '" Ontario in matters of detail does not apply in British Colum-
bia, and many of their methods and theories in practice demand
revision. It may also be added that in this Province trees bear quickly and wood
rapidly, and in this exists the greatest drawback. Young orchards, if not care-
fully watched, over-fruit and exhaust themselves before maturity is reached.

In the interior of tJie Province, which is characterized as the Dry Belt,
conditions are somewhat reversed. The Pacific Ocean still exercises its beneficent:

■ I-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORNLATION.

291

Cnnd'tlons Not
Unlforni.

FartninK in its
Infancy.

influences, but the atmosphere is stripped of its excessive moisture by the inter-
vening mountains. In summer there is jjreatcr h^ai. more sunshine, and in
winter greater degree of cold, with mucli drier and cUarer atn'osphero. Given
good soil and facilities for irrigation, where necessary, and the conditions for
production are perfect, and. within the capabilities cf the temperate zone, tlicre
are no limits to what may be grown. In this zone arc found all that the Coast
produces and those other crops referred [n for which the environments seaward
are not favourable. It must be understood, however, that local modifications
..'ire important factors, and conditions are not by any means unifi.^m. Irrigation,
for instance, is not everywhere required: local winds in exposed
localities have sometimes a disastrous effect; and in winter m
places the sudden barometrical dips render orcharding iireoarious.
Exceptions to any general statement of conditions are numerous, and an adecpiate
knowledge of individual localities is only obtained by experience. Stating wliat
may be regarded as applicable in the average: Wheat ripens and mills well. In
many_ places peaches, grapes, water melon"-, and tomatoes mature fully ;ind aro
prolific in yield and excellent in quality. .Apples, if we except sucli localitie-; as
ha\-e been referred to, do remarkably well with careful treatment. It would be
difficult to find more beautiful or better specimens in any country than those
exhibited at fall fairs from the interior districts. They are so good, indeed, as to
give a probably exaggerated impression of the ext'.Mit and character of fitiit-
growing generally in the Province. All other fruits, subject to similar exceptions,
do equally well in the interior. These remarks are based on preliminary experi-
ence only, because, so far, fruit-growing, as well as general farming, is only in its
initial stage. This is largely true of the whole of the Province. Many orchards
have been planted out and are bearing, some of them ([uite old; but the care, or
rather lack of care, exercised in their cultivation, and the pro-
miscuous character of the fruit trees, purchased, without know-
ledge of local requirements, from unscrupulous agents of foreign
nursery stock, afford but little indication of what would have been possible under
ordinary skillful management. Strangers to this Province, who have for a long
time heard of its fruit-growing capabilities, would undoubtedly be surprised that
more has not been accomplished under conditions so favourable; but the truth
is that the industry began wrong, and has practically to be re-created in order to
obtain desired results. The selection of proper varieties in due proportion, the
preparation of the soil, the husbanding of the trees afterwards, the i)icking. and,
what is equally important, the marketing of the fruit, are all features of the indus-
try requiring attention and each is essential to ultimate success.

Hop and flax growing are referred to elsewhere. Tobacco does well. It
has been tried in the Okanagan district with good success and an official report on
the quality of the leaf grown speaks highly of it. Sugar beet, from experiments
made, would undoubtedly succeed. The yield of all roots is exceptionally large,
and some specimens tested for saccharine qualities were favourably reported upon.
Apiculture has only been tried in a limited way. but with suf-
spcciai Products, {^(^ig,.,^ succcss to demonstrate that as the cultivated area extends,
bee-keeping is well within the limits of practical and profitaljlc husbandry.

There is a diversity of soils in the Province, as there is of climate, and any,
even a limited area of land, is apt to exhibit many variations. This is. indeed, so
true, that it is difficult to describe with any degree of accuracy what are predom-
inate soils and what are not; sub-soils vary quite as much as surface soils. This
diversity is, of course, due to the action of water and glaciers, and a series of
physical disturbances the conspicuous evidences of the force of whicli we see in
the entire Cordilleran region, and the explanation is found in the study of its
geology. The most prevalent and what may be regarded as the characteristic
soil, is a brownish sandy and gravelly loam with gravelly sub-soil. This fre-
quently gives place to clay loam, clay, coarse gravel and granitic
wash. The sub-soils seem to have no definite relation tc the
top-soil, ranging from sand and gravel to heavy clay and not in-
frequently an agglomerate, often very hard. The brown soil is largely character-
istic of heavily timbered and up lands. The river bottoms and valleys are usually
made up of alluvial deposits, known as "black muck," very fertile when drained.

Soils and
Sub-Soils.

202

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

' t

':■}

The land skirting the foot-hills and mountains is principally granitic wash. Of
the forest land the best is what is known as "alder bottom." upon which alder,
maple, willow and some cedar grow. The heavily forested land is not the richest
soil, as in the case of Eastern Provinces, where heavy timber is indicative of fer-
tility. The conifers return little in the way of leaf irould to the soil, and the
thin layer of vegetable deposit is usually burned off in clearing. Sucli land is
deficient in humus, but when brought into cultivation and fertilized grows sur-
prisingly good crops of vegetables and fruit. The atmosphere, which is a humid
one, contributes greatly to plant growth and grasses and. especially leguminous
plants, which assimilate nitrogen by bacterial processes from the air, do remark-
ably well. Clovers, which grow luxuriantly. i)lay a most economic part in such
land. Flxpcriments have shown that hill and mountain sides are capable of culti-
vation to an extent that will ultimately greatly increase the area of arable lands.

Undcrdraining is one of the essentials of most of the land under cultivation,
and the best results need not be anticipated where it is neglected. .'\s previously
pointed out. irrigation in the interior is one of the problems to be dealt with. In
many places the facilities are excellent, and. in individual instances, have been
successful, though particularly for fruit care is necessary as to the time for irri-
gation and the quantity of water to be brought on the land. For considerable
areas, however, there are not only engineering but other difficulties in the way
of inaugurating a comprehensive system. In some cases the question of water
rights is involved; in others the height of the land above the water level or dis-
tance from a source of supply places the accomplishment out of reach of indi-
vidual enterprise, while the large allotments of lands and the distance between
settlers render co-operative efforts unavailing even if the inclination existed, which
in too many cases is absent. The remedy seems to be in the sub-division of lands
into smaller holdings, and the union of effort on the basis of the betterment sys-
tem. Large ranches under present conditions are necessary
*frrU! .Hon"' ^'^^ stock-raising. but with small holdings, cultivated and irri-
gated, so as to render winter-feeding with ensilage or stored hay
practicable, and, if necessary, ranging in common, an increased beef supply and
generally better results would follow. More settlers with fewer stock, each, would
be infinitely better for the Province than few settlers and large bands of cattle,
as at present. Closely associated with the subject of cattle raising i.s that of cold
storage. It is stated on good authority that there is sufficient beef in prime con-
dition standing on the ranges in November of each year to supply the Province
until the following June, by which time the pastures would have tim to renew
themselves. With no market except the regular consumption of the cities, cattle
have either to be held over and fed at a large expense, or allowed to winter on the
ranges, subject to much loss and depreciation. With public cold storage at one
or two points on the railway, to which cattle could be driven and slaughtered.
Smaller Hoidin){.s there would be a tremendous saving to the farmer as well as to the
Desirable. Province. Farmers by such a system could also draw on ware-
house receipts and realize on a portion of their stock early in the season. The
economy of such a system is too obvious to require further comment. It is one,
too. that is bound to force an appreciation of its merits on the attention of those
vvb.ose interests are involved.

The raising of horses in the interior has been carried on to an extreme, and
of the large bands many have become wild and constitute one of the greatest nuis-
ances there are in the way of animal pests. Horses of that class, owing to their
rapid multiplication on the ranges, are a drug on the market. Reports from all
(juarters state that the supply exceeds the demand. Recently, however, since the
Klondyke excitement began, a new demand has been created, and hundreds of
animals have been shipped north for the purpose of packing in goods and miners'
outfits. First-class stock, however, has never been too plentiful. Sheep-raising
has had some attention, but so far has not proved remunerative. There are several
reasons for this. In the absence of woollen mills there is a limited market for
Ho « . 1 sh- ^^'°°'- ^" t'^^ interior the raising of sheep is discouraged by
ctp. ranchers engaged in cattle-raising, as the sheep destroy the pas-
turage by too close cropping and injure the grass roots with their sharp trot-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

293

ters. Tlic cxperii'iice has been that cattU- aiul sheep do not do well to^!;othol• and
for this reason a statntory limitation lias been placed on sheep-ranging. In addi-
tion, the coyotes are destructive, killing large numbers annually. On the Lower
Mainland the conditions are not favourable, the lower meadows tending to foot-
rot, and the heavy rains in winter months being detrimental, On the Islands.
there exists i)robably the best opportunity for success, but so far sheep-farming has
not been carried on extensively, and will not until they are more largely cleared
and settled. Wherever wolves exist they will work havoc with the slieep. On
Vancouver Island, in the Cowichan District, the industry has been carried on to
a larger degree than elsewhere, but there panthers are numerous, and although
harndess in respect to the settlers themselves, are very destructive to sheep and
pigs. Generally speaking, the natural conditions throughoiit the Province are
rather favourable than otherwise to sheep-raising, but its success
"* *■ depends ui)on improved methods and better breeds. With respect

to sheep-farming on the Island of Vancouver and adjacent islands, a very great
improvement has been efYected in the breeds, largely owing to the efforts of the
Flock "^"^usters" .\ssociation by the importation of thoroughbred rams. One dis-
couragiiig feature, so far as this industry is concerned, lias been the low price of
Washington and Oregon mutton, which forms the chief sowrce of supi)ly. though
this has been perhaps less harmful than the iianthers.

Poultry and pigs, in small farming, arc probably the most promising of
live stock, but notwithstanding the general demand for dre*sed poultry, eggs,
pork, bacon and hams and the high average price, these have not been raised
largely or with any degree of system. The situation affords a curious anomaly,
inasmuch as while there has been more than sutificient fresh pork to supply the
market there have not been enough hogs raised to make a packing establishment
pay. A noticeable improvement lias been observed of late, and the prospects are
quite in favour of a much greater share of attention being paid to this class of
farming and its ultimate success.

Cattle raising naturally should occupy a greater relative importance than it
does in the scale of agricultural productions, but it. to(.. has languisiied. Refer-
ence has already been made to the condition in the Ui)i)er Country, where the
industry is coiitn)llcd by the larger cattle companies and stock ranchers, who
are able to supply the markets regularly and in large (piantities.
Cattle Kiiisini!. ^^ ^j^^ disadvantage of the smaller men. who by the inexorable
laws of commerce are at their mercy. In the Lower Country, the supply being
too limited for marketing in sufficient ((uantities at all seasons, the dealers buy
almost wholly from wholesale sources, a condition that obtains as a law in com-
merce; hence the farmers, though near to the centres of demand, have difficulty
in disposing of their animals. This was true for a long time in regard t • l)utter,
eggs, fruit and vegetables until local produce became sufficient to form a regular
supply for dealers: but that condition of affairs is rapidly disappearing, and im-
ported produce is becoming relatively less, except for products out of season or
those not raised in the Province. A similar result will follow in regard to the
meat supply. Tiie establishment of a local farmers' market is contributing to that
end: and not the least important factor is the demand created by mining activity.

Dairying, which is an im.iortant adjunct of cattle raising, until recently was

in a very unsatisfactory condition, and relatively but little ""ranch" butter found

the market, and much of it was of indifferent character. A great improvement

has taken place within the last two or three years. The revival of tlie industry

in the East, and the efforts of several Departments of Agriculture,

a r> ii«. Dominion and Provincial, have acted as a strong stimulus to the
farmers, and the creamery question has been taken up with great zeal and energy,
and as a result about half a dozen creameries are in operation and the local out-
put has been greatly increased. British Columbia possesses every element to con-
stitute a great dairying Province, the products of which should include cheese and
condensed milk. There are extensive areas of pasture lands in the interior, while
increased cultivation in the Lower Country will give the necessary feeding ground.
With a plentiful supply of good water and luxuriant and nutritious grasses there
is every re(|uircd facility added. It may be remarked in passing that the bunch-

: : f

294

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

.ii

jjrass ranges of tlie interior liavc l)een ovcrpasturcd l)y stock, and aro bciii^ ex-
hausted in many places. A knowledge of the nature of buiicliuirass will readily
sugffest the reason for this, and unless steps are taker to allow the raiines to
renew themselves the result will be a serious one.

The inridental obstacles and drawbacks of insect pests and i)!aiit disi-ases
have been referred to. There are also noxious weeds in plenty and of animal pests
there are in the outlying districts wolves, panthers, coyotes, and wild horses.
Blue jays and robins are complained of by orchardists, and owls
l»ru»T.B"i«>. sometimes infest the poultry yard. In the interir^r irrigation is
a problem; and on the Lower Mainland dyking and draining .i.re
important considerations. The dil'ticulty and expense of clearing land have not
been overlooked. Indeed, the more heavily timbered lands cannot be economically
dealt with for farming purposes, until mechanical means can be devised to reduce
the labour involved and cheai)en the cost. The expense, which varies from $150
to $.^oo an acre, is a burden on the land, which under tiie most extensive fanning,
cannot return interest on the investment. The financial pnjblem is one which
affects the farmer in British Columbia as elsewhere. He lias had, and still has,
his share of troubles. The wider problems and depressing trade inlluences which
extend over the whole of the continent affect him. too, though in a lesser degree.
Leaving out. however, the financial aspect, which is certainly improving generally,
the local ciicumstanccs affecting his welfare will be and are being overcome by
patient, persistent and intelligent effort, without which no avenue of industry can
be smoothed, and, comparing all his prospective advantages with
Advantnac"." 1^''' pi'^scnt disadvantages, the outlook is more promising in agri-
culture here than in perhaps any other Province of the Dominion.
The very physical obstacles to be overcome, considered in connection witii the
comparatively limited area of farming lands, will zi'licn overcome constitute a
positive advantage to the tiller of the soil. A rapidly growing population and the
enormous expansion of industry bound to ensue as a consc(iucnce of the develop-
ment of immense natural resources, together with a contiguous great future mar-
ket in the northweste'Mi and northern territories of Canada and a rcm;irkable
vantage ground on the sea-board, will yet create a demand, local, interprovincial
and foreign, that will tax the agriculturist to Mis utmost to supply. Having con-
trasted all his advantages fairly with his disadvantages, it is not an over-sanguine
view, taking into account his remarkable situation and the balance in his favour,
conditional upon the application of scientific, practical and business methods, to
predict for the farmer of this Province a great and prosperous future.

Readers may perhaps be inclined to regard some of the incidental criti-
cisms in the foregoing as too severe and as a reflection on the methods of the
farming conimunity as a whole; but those who understand the situation from
local experience and observation will, it is confidently assumed, generally sub-
scribe to this chapter, and farmers themselves will appreciate honest criticism
and a candid statement of facts rather than flattering encomiums
that are rarelv sincere. Much that has been stated is intended to
apply to a past rather than a present condition of affairs. The Province is enter-
ing on a new agricultural era, and a large number of farmers arc making earnest
and diligent efiforts, under many difficulties, to re-create the industry on a sound,
economic and healthy basis. Progress so far is not measured by many or conspicu-
ous mile-posts, bi'.t looking back over ten years a decided advance has been
made, and in ten years hence the change v.'!l have been marvellous. Tlie time
may reasonably be anticipated when the adjacent forests will be cleared away,
the valleys fertile with waving grain, the hill-sides vine-clad, and the landscape
dotted with farm houses nestling among orchards and clusters of home-born
trees and shrubbery, with long vistas of hedge lines and roadways to guide the
eye — a pleasing picture to which the mountain background of native grandeur
and the reflection of summer skies will impart a rare charm of scenic beauty and
an air of pastoral and picturesque repose.

Looking furn-ard.

AND MANUAL OF PkOVIN'CIAL INFORMATION'.

295

LEGISLATION AFFECTING AGRICULTURE.

AGOOI^ dial ftt attention lias hiiii i)aicl to tlic sulijcct of aKricultuie from ;i
statutory point of view, .-md ilio interests of the farniin^{ eoininiinity have heen
carefully looked after, the leRislation atTectii\K thcni bcin^ developed, as in
tnc case of other interests, as their recpiirenicnts were trade ai)pareiU from time
to time.

Tlic provi.iions for the regulation of the Department of .XRriculture and
for defining the powers and duties of the Minister of Agriculture and other otiicers
of the Department will be found in the "Department of Agriculture Act." The
Act also contains provision for the appointinent of a Statistician, and for the col-
lecting, abstracting and tabulating of statistics and information of public interest; a
general report being presented to the Minister at the close of every year. .Ml
Aurirtiitiirni pcrsons engaged in agricultural, horticultural, and pastoral pur-
Kepiirtmcnt. suits. and the officers of all societies dealing with these and allied
subjects, are re(iuircd to supply to the Statistician, in reply to his official eiuiuiries.
details, statistics and information regarding the matters within their cognizance
to which such enquiries relate.

Provision is made for the interchange between the Federal Authorities and
the Provincial Departtnent of information and statistics relating to the subjects
above mentioned,*

For the prevention of the running at Lrge of certain animals and tlie pre-
vention of injury by and to domestic animals, the Animals Act contains provisions
restricting the running at large of certain animals, and provisions to prevent in-
jury by dogs, and for the arrest and sale of animals unlawfully at large. It is
also enacted that in any action brought to recover damages for
injury caused by animals of a domestic nature it shall not be
necessary to prove that the owner of the animal knew or had the means of know-
ledge that the animal causing the injury was of a vicious or mischievous nature
or accustomed to do acts causing injury.

These and cognate subjects are dealt with in a series of Acts to which only
the briefest reference is here possible.

In regard to dairying, provision is made by the Dairymen's Association Act
for the formation (a) of a Provincial Dairymen's Association having for its ob-
ject the general advancement of dairying throughout the Province; (b) the local
Dairying Associations known as cheese and butter associations for the purpose
of carrying on the business of manufacturing cheese and butter
and certain objects incidental thergto. or which may profit
ably be combined therewith; and (c) the establishment of

creameries on the co-operative system, which, when so established, may,
on complying with the requirements in the Act contained, obtain Govern-
ment aid by way of loans to the extent of a sum equal to one-half the actual cost
of creamery builaings. plants and fixtures, such loan to bear interest at the rate
of five per cent, and to be re-payable in three installments, the first at the expira-
tion of two years and the remaining installments yearly, so that the whole loan
be paid with interest within four years.

By the Milk F"raud Act, 1895, careful provision is made for tlie prevention

.Animals.

Dairvinu nnd
Cattle Farming.

; !,

ago

YI'AK BOOK OF HHITISH COLUMBIA

If!

:i;

Milk FrniHl anil
Cnltlf Art*.

of thr adulteration cif milk ami tlu' funiisliinK of adulterated or deteriorated milk
to dairies and creameries.

In regard to cattle, ti'c Cattle I'armiuK .\ct makes provi>ii(»n wlicrehy the
owners of cattle may entrust iluin to a farmer under renistired agreement for
the purpose of securing their care and increase, the efTect of the registered a«ree-
inent beinj,' to protect the entrusted cattle from all claims against and liabilities
of the farmer to whom they are entrusted. The cattle lien Act confers upon
apjisters of cattle and animals and keepers of livery stables a lien
upon cattlf and effects left witli them for the value or price of
any food, care, attendance or accommodation furnished such
cattle and animals. The Cattle .\ct contains elaborate provisions for the protec-
tion and marking of cattle. RegardinK the establishment of rewistrics for and
tilt mode of registration of biands and marks upon cattle; provides penalties for
contravention of the .\ct; provides a nuxle of transfer of the brands and marks;
for the inspection of hides (it beinw provided that no slaughter of cattle shall take
jilace except at a definite and recognized place of slaughter); and also provides
for a record for cattle shipped from cast of the Cascades into the remaining por-
tions of the Province, so as to guard against the stealing of cattle; and by the
Breeding Stock Act and Cattle Ranges .Act and the Act respecting island pas-
turage, provision is made for the ])r(>tiiti<>n and preservation of cattle ranges and
for their being rendered available <iu an equitable basis for the use of Provincial
settlers.

For the prevention and eradication of disease among cattle the Contagious
Diseases (Animals) Act contains provision for the appointment of Inspectcjrs for
the inspection of cattle and for the cjuarantining, and wherever necessary the de-
struction of cattle infected with disease, the provisions of the Act being in an
especial degree lor the prevention and eradication of tuberculosis and pleuro
pneumonia in cattle, and to guard against the transmission of disease by the use
of milk.

Associations and societies in respect of the following classes of subjects:
(a I. Agricultural and Horticultural; (bj. Benevolent and Friendly: (cj. Co-oper-
ative; (d), Industrial and Provident: and (c). Investment and Loan, may be
formed under the provisions of the Act relating to each of these
subjects respectively. Space does not permit detailed reference
to these statutes, but it may be said that the Provincial legisla-
tion in this behalf has been in an especial degree comprehensive and well oon-
sidered. and has in operation afforded tlie most satisfactory results.

In view of the fact that there exist throughout the Province largo tracts of
land which can be rendered available for cultivation by the undertaking and con-
struction of adequate dyking and drainage Acts, careful and extended prcnision
is made l)y the Drainage, Dyking and Irrigation Act for tlie ap-
pointment of Commissioners and their investment with powers
to un.'iertake and carry out works of the above character, and by
the Fencing Act and tlie Line Fences and Boundary Water Courses Act provision
is made for the delineation of the boundaries of land, the maintenance of proper
fencing and the adjustment of disputes between adjoining land owners.

For the provisions relating to the pre-emption of land, etc.. see "Crown
Lands'' in the chapter on "Forestry."

At the last session of *hc Legislative Assembly of British Columbia an Act
was passed providing for the establishment of Farmers' Institutes, which may
be organized by petition to the ^Minister of Agriculture, signed by fifteen persons
resident in any district in which it is proposed to organize.

The f)biects of these Institutions are the encouragement and improvement
of agriculture. Iiorticulture. arboriculture, manufactures, and the other useful
arts. The annual fee to each member is fif*^y cents, which the Governinent sup-
plements as follows: To each Institute whose membership can be shown to amount
to fifteen to one hundred, a sum of fifty cents for each paid-up member, and
twenty-five cents for each paid-up member over one hundred, the grant being
made conditional, upon all the provisions of the Act being complied with.

Provision is also made for the organization of Divisional Institutes in each
of the three divisions referred to, and also of a Central Farmers' Institute for the

Si c:cllc!t iinil
.AHsoclntlniis.

Mrninouc.
n.vklnK. etc.

A
h
d(
ii
w
n
a

ANU MANUAL Ol- PROVINCIAL LNFOKM ATION.

a'>7

inilk

whole of tlu' Provincf, :iinl also for tlio ainalKamation oi" t!\i' I'ruit firo\v«r»*
Associatifni, or any «'xistin^f agricultural association, with tlu- Central l-'ariiuTS*
Institute, for tlic purpose of carrying on the work n| hotli in conjunction, if
deemed desirable. Authority is taken under the Act liv tin- Lieutenaiit-tlovcnior-
in-Council, to frame Rules and ReKuiationi, wliicii ilel'iite in greater detail, the
work of the Institutes nul the system umler uhicli tliey may operate, in con-
nection witli this Act, which is larwely liastd on .\ci> in < )ntario and .\l.initoli:i,
an important departure has been made as loilows; -

Upon application to the Minister ten or more residents urn! l<<^ihi ll'ie
farmers may engage in and carry on, on a co-operative basis, any of the folhtw-
ing, viz: (<i) a Farmers" I^xciianKC for buyinjj; and selliuR farm produce; (^i ^
chce.se factory; (cl a creamery; d/) a fruit canninw;, preser\invf or evaporating
factory; ie) a mutual credit association lor the luupose oi riceivinu dei)osits .ind
loaning money to its members; (/i or in any otlu'r enterprise that may be
approved by the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council as cominn: among the objects
and within the meaning of the .\ct. and such applicants are constituted Provisional
Directors under the .\cl for manaKinu; the att'airs ot the As-^o-
A Co-(.p«riitivc i.j.Ttjon until the first .-'nnual election of oilicers. and |)Ossess .ill
i-caturi-. ji^^, |)owers of an iiicori)oratc(l company under the "Companies

Act," Part T.. "The Cotnpanies Act, 1862," (Imperial), to hold property, to sue
and I)e sued, make by-law.s, and do all things necessary and purtenant to the car-
rying on of anv business for the nuuual benefit and )rtifit of the members ub-
scribing and holding stock: Pros-ided, aitiong other things : dO That a notice of
incorporation containing the names of >uch applicants be published in the "Rrit-
ish Columbia Gazette," for wliich .' fee of ten (lollars shall b*- charged; (/>) Th.it no
subscriber may hold or hereafter acquir'. more than one-tenth of the stock allotted
by the Association ; ic) That twenty-five per cent, of the capital stock be sul)-
scribed at the time of making application.

One important feature of legislation i- the Act providing for the cre;ition

of a Board of Horticulture, which has verv comprehensive powers with respect

to the inspection of orchards, imi^ortod nursery stock and fruits. The I'.oard is

composed of three members, one repteseiitiiig the Island of

Inspection. Vancouver, one the Lower Mainland, one the Interior or I'uper

yuarantine, Etc, Country, with the secretary, who is also the Deputy Mini-ter

of Af;riculture, and the Minister of Agriculture, acting ex officio. The Board has

been in existence for several years and the members have been very active in the

performance of their dii.ics of inspection and quarantine, and their efforts botli in

an educative and preventive way nave been largelv successful.

In respect to the Dominion regulations for this Province relating to the in-
spection of stock entering Canada which are contained in an Order-in-Council
promulgated on the 25th of January, IiSq;, they are too elaborate to be given here.
Suffice it to say, complete regulations exist governing all classes of stock entering
the Province and are capable of very rigorous enforcement.

Under the Canadian Customs tariff, the following free goods are admitted:
'AV'earing apparel, household furniture, books, implements and tools of trade.
occupation or employment, musical instruments, domestic sewing machines. live
stock, carts and other vcliiclcs and agricultural imi)lements in ust,- by the settler
for at least ''ix months before his retnoval to Canada, not to
.ctters . fc s. j,-,(>]ijci(> niachinery or articles imported for aiiy use in any m.iiiu-
facturin,"? establishment or for sale; also books, pictures, family plate or furniture.
personal effects and heirlooms left by bequest: provided that any dutiable article
entered as settlers' effects may not f)e >o entered unless brought with tlie settler on
his first arrival, and shall not be sold or otherwise disposed oi without payment of
duty until twelve months' actual use in Canada: Provided, al>o. that under regu-
lations to be made by the Controller of Customs, live stock, when imported into
Manitoba or the North-West Territories by intending settlers, shall be free until
otherwise ordered by the Governor-in-Council."

The following is the authorized number of live stocl
ported unle the conditions of the excerpt above quoted:

Horses, one to every ten acres, sixteen in all allowed
sheep, one to each acre; 160 in all allowed; swine the same.

allowed to be iin-
cattle the same:

' -ji

;; (

298

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

LAND CLAUSES CONSOLIDATION ACT.

Ill

' II-

i .('1

Complete
Procedure.

Bif an orflinance known as tlie "Vancouver Island Lands Clauses Consolidation
Act, ih'63," taking effect on the 25th of February, 186.3, the English Lands
Clauses Consolidation Act. 1845. was applied to the former colony of
Vancouver Island, with necessary adaptations to render its provisions applica-
ble to local institutions and circumstances. This ordinance was consolidated
as Chap. 65 of the Consolidated Acts, 1888, and remained in force in Vancouver
Island until the passing of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act, 1897. This
latter Act applies to die whole Province, and contains the provisions of the
English Act of 1845, with the necessary adaptations introduced
in the ordinance above referred to. and with such further amend-
ments as are necessary to insure the proper working of the
Act under the local conditions as at present existing. The Act contains a com-
plete procedure relative to the acquisition of lands required for undertakings or
works of a public nature, as well by agreement as by the exercise of statutory
powers of eminent domain, and its provisions are, by the Water Clauses Consoli-
dation Act, 1897, expressly made applicable to the procedure upon the exercise of
any of the powers relating to the acquirement of lands and property thereby
conferred upon municipalities and incorporated companies.

The "Crown Franchises Regulation Act, 1897." makes provision for deter-
mining the rights to charters, franchises and offices held from the Crown. Pro-
ceedings under the Act may be instituted by the Attorncy-Gen-
Ouo Warrants ^^.^j^ ^^ ^^ ^j^^ Attorney-General with the leave of the Supreme
Court, on behalf of any person desirous of bringing proceedings under the Act,
termed a "Relator."

In any action brought under the Act, the Supreme Court may adjudge:

if:

'i '\

(a.) That any defendant be ousted and e.xclnded from any office by him usurped, intruded into,
or unlawfully held, and that sucli defendant dc'ii--er up to the per.son, and within the time appointed
by the Court, all property, books, documents, papers, and effects, in his possession, custody, or
power belonging, relating, or appertaining to the said office ; and that such office vest in the person
oy law entitled thereto, or that tlie procedure by law provided for the vesting of such office be fol-
lowed to ascertain the person lawfully entitled thereto :

(/'.) That any person or persons be restrained from doing and exercising acts as and the
powers of a corporation without being legally incorporateil ;

i\ That any corporation has, by any act done or omitted, surrendered or forfeited its corporate
rights, privileges, or franchises, and that such corporation be dissolved and wound up under the
Statutes regulating the winding up of corporations ; or that any corporation be restrained from
■contravening or offending against its Act of Incorporation, or against any Act or Acts under the
provisions of which it has been incorporated ; or against any Act or law for the time being in force
in this I'rovmce ; or

(d.) That any corporation has surrendered and forfeited its powers, privileges, and franchises
through non-user during the full term of tl'.r^fe years.

The Companies Clauses Act. 1897, relates to the constitution and management
■of joint stock companies empowered to carry out undertakings of a public nature,
■and embodies the provisions of the English Companies Clauses Consolidation Act,
1845, an Act apparently in force in this Province so far as applicable by virtue of
the Statute respecting the application of English law. On the
second reading of the Act, during the last session of the Legis-
lature, it was stated that the Act wa? brouglit forward with spe-
cial reference to the provisions of the Water Clauses Act, 1897: and in this last-
mentioned Act it is provided tiiat iw company desiring to avail itself of the
powers and privileges therebv conferred and created must be specially incor-
porated so as to be exclusively governoi liy the Companies Clauses Act.

Companies'
Clauses.

the

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

299

WATER CLAUSES CONSOLIDATION ACT.

THIS is an Act passed during the session of 1897, confirming to and declar-
ing to be vested in the Crown all unrecorded and unappropriated water and
water power in the Province, and making provision for the acquirenient and
regulation of water rights for the following classes of objects, namely, ordinary,
domestic and agricultural purposes; mining, including milling,
^Tv^rTo'li's' concei.. rating and smelting; the establishing of water works
Purposes. Systems by municipalities; the supplying of water to municipali-
ties and unincorporated localities by companies; and the appli-
cation of water power to electrical, industrial and manufacturing purposes by
power companies. It repeals the provisions relating to the acquirement of water
rights of the Mineral Act, 1896, the Placer Mining Act, 1891. and the (Crown>
Land Act.

The first part of the Act, after declaring the rights of the Crown, provides
that no right to the permanent diversion or exclusive use of water can be ob-
tained by prescription, and that the Lieutenant-Governor in Council may pro-
mulgate general rules and orders fixing anc' providing for the collection of rents,^
tolls and royalties for the use of water; these .ire to be fixed for a period of three
years, and to be thereafter subject to triennial adjustment.

Then follow parts 2, 3 and 4 of the Act respectively, making provision for:

(a) The acquisition of water by record for domestic, agricultural and min-
ing purposes;

(b) The supplying of water by water works systems to cities, towns and
incorporated localities; and,

The principle of the Act is to render the water and water powers of the
Province av ilable to the fullest extent in aid of Provincial divtlopment; to
limit the amount of water held under any record to an amount actually necessary
for the carrying out of the object for which the record is obtained; to give priority
where necessary to applications for the obtaining of water for domestic an<f
agricultural purposes; and to provide means whereby water
records can be adjusted so as to prevent any water or water
power being locked up, and prevented from being applied to a
beneficial purpose. To review the procedure provided in respect of tlic ob-
taining and regulation of each of the classes of rights above referred to would
require a great amount of space, and would involve more reference to detail thar»
is expedient in a work like the present.

In order to obtain water records for electrical, industrial or manufacturing
purposes, a company must incorporate pursuant tn the provisions of the Act re-
lating to specially incorporated companies; and before commencing its works
must obtain from the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council a certificate setting forth
that the proposed undertaking of the company has been approved. These jxtwer
companies ar (except as to the procedure to secure incorporation) governed bv
the "Companies Clauses Act, 1897."

Part V. of the .\ct contains procedure for the expropriation and acquisition
of land in aid of the exercise by municipalities or companies of privileges and
powers acquired under the Act. It guards against an oppressive f.vercise of a
power to expropriate: and provides that such power shall be carri.d out under
the provisions of the Lands Clauses Consolidation Act, 1897.

The Principle
»t' the Act.

ti -U! ,

'-I I

300

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

,T i
)(

%■■'
■%[■

f i ■<■ '

\ \

|5
It

In part VI. of the Act will be found general provisions regulating the
holding and user of water privileges under the Act: empowering the Lieutenant-
Guv ernor-in-Council to create reserves of unrecorded water; to promulgate gen-
eral rules and orders under the Act; to appoint a Water Com-
missioner; to regulate and adjust fees, tolls and charges to be
levied and collected by power companies; and to establish a
scale of fees to be payable in respect of proceedings under the Act. The Act
comes into force on the ist r)i June. 1897.

(tcncral
Provisions.

AGRICULTURAL ASSOCIATIONS IN BRITISH COLUMBIA.

NAsri;.

Addkkss.

I'KMSIDKNT.

Secrktarv.

.■\. n. Dixor, Terra Nova.
Albert Deans.

li. C. AgriciiUtiral Associa-
tion Victoria V,. J,. Milne, M.U A. J. Uallain.

Roval Agricultural Society. New Westminster T. J. Trapp 'Arthur Matins.

North and South Saanich |

Agricultural Society Saanich II. Simpson, Turgoose p.o. O. C. Kox, Turgoose.

Cowichan .Agricultural As- j

sociation Duncan. 1". H. Maitland-DougallJ

Nanaimo District Agricul- Corfield p.o. (i. H. Hadwen, Duncan.
tural Society Nanaimo Cleorge Panell W. H. Morton.

"Wellington District Agricul-
tural Society Wellington Wni ' tuncaii,

Islands' .Agricultural and Sandwick p.o. 'John M\indell, Sandwick.

Fruit Growers' Associa- i

tiou Salt Spring Island J. P. Hooth, M.P.P., |

Mission City Agricultural Vesuvius I!ay John Purvis, Vesuvius Bay

•"r* .Association Mission City J. K. Wren ij. A. Catherwood.

Delta Agricultural Society . . Delta \V. H. I.adner, I.adner p.o.i.A. De R. Taylor, I<adner.

Chilliwack Agricultural So- I

ciety Chilliwack I,. \V. Paisley C. B. Reeves.

Surrev Agricultural Society. Surrey J. v:. Murphy, |

Richn'iond .Agricultural So- Clover Valley S. H. Shannon, Cloverdale
ciety Richmond Duncan Rowan

I.anglev-C.lenwood .Agricul-
tural Society Langley S. C. Baumgartner

Okanagan Agricultural and i

Trades .Association Mission H. W. Raymer.Kelowna .'K. J. Watson, Kelowna.

Kamloops Agric\iltural .As- j

sociation Kamloops James Mellors ij. J. Carment.

Okanagan and Si a'lum- j

cheen Agricultural So- |

ciety !'■ KUison, Vernon i.A. Postill, Vernon.

Inland Agricultural .Associa- i

tion : T. ('.. Karl, I.yttou !J. W. Burr, Ashcroft.

B.C. Horticultural Society » I

and I'riiit ('.rowers' As- > T. ('.. Karl, T.ytton T*. R. Pearson, New West-

sociation ;* it;. Hutcherson, ! [minster.

B.C. I'ruit Exchange Society t Ladner's Landing. T. R. Pearson, New West-

Lower Vraser P'ruit t'nion. -New Westminster W. J. Moggridge, | [minster.

Kraser Valley Kruit I'uion,' Hazelmere A. Malins, N.Westminster
Ltd ' <;. W. Henry, Hatzic (J. .A. Catherwood,

Chilliwack Valley l-'ruit j Mission City.

Crowing and Shipping I

Association, Ltd .A. S. Vedder, Chilliwack.. ijos. Ogle.

Maple Ridge l-ruit In ion J. C. .Metcalfe, Port HaneyJ. W. White, Port Ilaney.

Victoria District l-'niit (".row-
ers' .Association Victoria J. Lamberton D. D. Dove.

V.L I-lockmasters' .Associa-
tion Capt. !•;. Barkley ,

B. ('. Dairymen's .Associa- WestholmeT. A. Wood, Quamichan.
tion ". W. 11. Ladiier, Ladner O. H. Had wen, Duncan.

Cowichan Creamer v.Associa-

tion Duncan W. P. Jaynes A. R. Wilson, Westholme.

Delta Creamer V Co., Ltd W. H. Ladner, Ladner's p.o. A. H. Fawcett, Ladner.

Li
M
Bi
Fi
T;
O
D
M

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

301

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OF AGRICULTURAL IMPORTS.

30th June,
1S94.

Value.

Live Stock j $238,041 00

482,824 00
651,206 00
198,786 00
10,729 00
16,748 00
659-^43 00
164,177 00

Meats, etc.

BreadstufFs, and products of

Fruit and Vegetables

Trees and Shnibs

Oils

Dairy Products

Miscellaneous

30th June,
i«95.

Value.

I159.573 00

495,671 00

650,664 00

169,309 00

3,187 00

11,742 00

513,767 00

157,386 00

30th June,
1896.

Value.

$282,401 CX)
445.706 00
642,099 0(J

187,267 (X)

3,158 (XJ

22,011 00

579,221 00

200,435 "o

Total I $2,422,354 00 $2,161.29900 $2,362,29800

Ill'i

i I

302

U
<

o
u

(-
O

UJ
<

C/3

rt
t/i

.5
o

c
o
u

(LI
Vi

u
O

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUiMBIA

Vr^

^ 1

■4-1

•l-J '

•s

»m4

x 1

5
11

^H^

§-

o r.

•X

u 5

"5
<

PC k c tt u '-I r 7

ore »'• n ,1^ ,

-~- is _J;ste:

s^ 1^ o
u s c« u

CSS s:C!/;x.i!

>-' = o a s a •"=

X! t- -5 -S .- 'J
P ^^^^ re c8 rt , ,

Sii-o •£ s s s 5 •-

CreiuOOOOOg

bo.
•O

-■ X

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. .m

H O

o r

2 n

> n

n n
n 3

3 5

3 2.

n 3

- TC

3- 2.

t/2

»5. (/I

V^'.>r"^WWwS_--^ www W

c o

H -J

o o

1 i.

^ 2

B 3

'^i 2

o o

■£, C

- X

O 1

C 1

X x

S. 3

•< s 5

2 s;

r - - r_ 1 = a-

■3
^ X

ft a'

X 3-

5.^

— o

-3s

„ 2

•fl

5 E.
r 2

p X i.

2:o

" X ^ -I
— £• "^ M

X £. i. »

» 1

' 1

— —. 3 -^ < — .
•T n S ' < -

3 O

3" 't'
O '<

O n
V »

» 7.

(A
ft

n
o

S = -

=>• 5L b

o ■

-I c

S %

n, -1

3 o S. J
ft ^ -•

o ^fc

X -.

rt »

1^ 3

r. o

£ 5,

5 ^

= = c ■ ^ "

o ^' I I

'X.

V m !-•

cn 1

o _

3" »

K 3

» —

rr' n

" X

-. C

O 3

3 -I

X JT

? -■
a =:

■/■■ X

c* -.

'^ 3

« 1^
P /^

•< =;

£ 3

3 ri

1^
■C B
3
=1 '".

;; w -

■J. B

X' ^ 3

T i, "*

5. c" 2

X C —

_ - 2.
o

C 3
X K5

— X iT^

s X

S. 2

5- '*

2 -

.?^

c -'

O _

X -

p o

W =
2 ^

*■ 2. r

2 '*

a~Sv

O
—1

X a.

3" P

o •

' ?

Z. 3*

B 3

3 W

" -I

2 ^

X O

X- P

^ p

I- r*

C/) -•

C O

V" 3

III

n
n

X 5^ 5 -i -. i JCiC
W a' u' 3 3- ■^ O 3

';;■;;■ S- s B a -
-^^"xFr; Bt
T3 o tr2 • : . „

^^ X

£-^-=?:

S.r:

3 B
*< 3

3'<
o

•^ •— P f^ r* r*
P B'*^ P 3*.^

3 3 o- 3 >> 5"

r* •• X r* < O

rs's-^'t 3*

3 3 3 3'*
^ "^ IT. ^ n* ^

5' •' nt.

Si*

"^ r*
Pl-H

3 P

3*:
p .
"1 •
&•

X •

w :

c ■
X •

p a X P , •>

•^ '^ ^"'5 £ 2
'^ "^ ^ "^ c 2>
33?. 3 S?*

3 "

3 S

2 2
5' 5'

2.2.

X T

n n

X X

n n
u B

X X

o o

3'3'
B P
B B

p B

:^ '•'♦

3 3 r

St i

'— >

I V.

3 P
3 1

P B

B -t
3 1^

re r»

}','■■;■

t.i!i ^1

304

YEAR BOOK OF HKITISH COLUMBIA

ENTOMOLOGY.

liii

BRITISH COLUMBIA being wonderfully rich and varied in its flora is con-
sistently profuse in its fauna, and is therefore a grand field for the entomolo-
gist. Thousands of species representing all of the different orders, are to
be found within its boundaries, eacii succeeding year bringing to light new
species, and occasionally new genera, though a very few of the lepidopterous
insects to be collected in British Columbia are identical with those found in Great

Britain, amongst them being I'tDicssa antiopa, Pyrauicis atalanta
Xcw Genera. and cardui of the Rhopalocera (butterflies), and Scolioptcryx liba-

tri.v, Thyatira dcrosa, Hibeniia defoliaria and Arctia caja uf the
Hotcrocera (moths); nearly all the species of lepidoptera to be obtained in British
Columbia are indigenous and characteristic of the Pacific Coast fauna — the beau-
tiful McUtaca iaylori is peculiar to the lowlands of Vancouver Island, and Chion >-
bas gigas also occur there in its home amongst the mountain peaks. Possibly the
geographical format' jn of the Province, combined with its varied climate, is tlie
main cause for so diverse a fauna existing, for as each plant has its own special
habitat, so each of the larvre of the various insects requires its own particular
food-plant, and is to a large extent dependent on this for its own limits of distri-
bution; hence it is that on Vancouver Island where the oak (Q. Garryana) flour-
ishes is found Ellopia somiiiaria and on the mountains of the Mainland Parnasiins
snuiithcus, and other butterflies occur, the handsome Parnassius Elodius flies on
Mount Finlayson and the surrounding peaks. The caterpillars of both feed on
species of sedum. British Columbia is so favourably known as a good hunting
ground for collectors of all kinds of natural history objects that visitors are con-
tinually arriving from all parts of the world for the sole purpose of capturing the

rarities indigenous to it, both in the valleys and in the mountains, for one must
climb high into the latter to procure chinobas gigas and must penetrate the lux-
uriant forests in the valleys to obtain others. Among the rarities to be found in
the interior are various species of the handsome genus argynnis, as Xcvadaensis,
curynome, Lcto, chitonc, char idea and Frigga.

While the number of species of the butterflies occurring in the Biitish Isles

is but sixty-five, in British Columbia there arc about 150. The moths are,

comparatively speaking, in the same ratio. The beetles have

Collectors. been probably studied more than any other order and many

treasures have been secured. In Queen Charlotte Islands the

Rev. J. H. Keen has discovered many new species, several of which are named

after him, as Haida Kccni, Platycenis Kccni, etc. Among the greatest varieties

are Cychrus tuber culotus. Liparocephaltts brcvipenuis. Agytcs loiigulns. corymbites

spcctabilis, and singularis.

On Vancouver Island the Rev. G. W. Taylor has made extensive collec-
tions in all orders including beetles. A complete list of his Hymcnoptera has ap-
peared in the "Canadian Entomologist." Energetic collectors are also Mr. W. H.
Danby. of Victoria, and Mr. C. dc B. Green, of Osoyoos, in the Okanagan Valley.
The immense increase during the past ten years in the number of insects
which feed upon vegetation, popularly known as "injurious insects," or insect
pests, has proved a fertile source of damage and expense, especially to fruit grow-
ers, and here, as in other fruit producing countries, the science of economic ento-
mology has been called upon to assist in checking their ravages.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

305

Prcdaccous
Insects,

llomoptcrous insects, nearly all of which are more or less injurious to
plant life, have been notably numerous and active. The increase of their favourite
plant foods, due to the extensive planting of fruit trees, combined
En'tmiioioKy. ^^'^'^ ^'^^ favourable conditions furnished by our long, dry sum-
mers for their propagation, especially in the case of the various
Aphides or plant-lice, is largely responsible for this condition of affairs.

Most of these "injurious insects" are of imported origin, and the natural
checks upon their increase, in the insect world were not imported with them,
hence again the economy of nature was disturbed. Frequent reference is made
by "old timers" to the days when fruit trees flourishd in the Province without in-
sects to plague or bother them, while at the present, surviving fruit trees of
"early days" planting usually are found to furnish homes and food for countless
numbers of bark-lice (mytilaspis ponwrum), woolly aphides (scliicoiicunt lanigcra),
and green aphides (aphis mali), from which newer orchards become infested

Spraying has become generally resorted to by commercial fruit growers to
hold these and other pests in check, and the number of what are termed beneficial
insects, being predaceous, or parasitical upon, the injurious forms arc also be-
coming more abundant, and in future there is a reasonable prospect of a more
even balancing of the respective numbers of both classes. Of
the predaceous forma, we now have in Diptera. tlie Syrpliida, or
syrphus flies, in Neuroptera, the Chrysopie. lace-winged or golden-
eyed llics, and in Coleoptera the Coccinellidte, ov lady-birds, all well repre-
sented, and proving of valuable assistance to fruit growers and agriculturists.

Tent caterpillars and all larvai of Lepidoptera are subject to the attacks of
members of the Ichneumonid;e.

The success attending the importation and distribution of beneficial insects
of the Coccinellidie family in the States to the south of the Province, indicates a
useful field for operation in the same line to the advantage of our fruit growers.

In practical entomology much good work has been done by the officers of the
Provincial Department of .\griculture. Mr. J. R. Anderson, Deputy Minister, and
Mr. R. M. Palmer, Inspector of Fruit Pests, have taken an active part in protect-
ing the fruit growers of the Province from the attacks of many pests of the orchard.
Their thorough work in preventing the introduction of the codling moth has been
of great benefit to the Province. The plum aphis, hop aphis, and other pests have
been fully described in the annual reports of the Department with instructions for
applying the proper remedies. The San Jose scale, the most per-
NewPesu. nicious enemy of fruit trees, iias twice been detected in the
Province, having been brought in on imported fruit trees, but has
been promptly eradicated when discovcied. The apple fruit miner, a new fruit
enemy, the caterpillar of a small growth, which during 1896 did a great deal of
harm, has been successfully reared to maturity by Mr. E. A. Carew-Gibson, of
the Department of Agriculture. Owing to the profuse manner in which insects
are produced in the charming climate of British Columbia some species occasion-
ally occur in vast numbers and are the cause of wide-spread devastation. The
oaks are occasionally defoliated by the larv;c of lillopia soiniiiaria. The California
tent caterpillar in like manner sometimes strips the wild roses and other shrubs
of their foliage, and pines and spruces are much injured by the caterjjillars of
Neophilia Mciiapia. a pretty black and white butterfly, and of Halisidota sobrina. re-
spectively. As is usually the case, however, in other parts of the world, as soon as
any insect appears in undue numbers it is suddenly brought down again to its
normal occurrence by parasites. They are also subject to diseases of fungous or
bacterial origin.

ill

i ■■■'

305

YEAR BOOK OF DRITISH COLUMHIA

NATIVE FLOWERING PLANTS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

1r is not claimed that the following list of tlie wild Howers, shrubs and trees of
British Columbia is at all a complete one, but it is believed that it includes
UK^st of the species of common interest likely to be collected near the larger
centres (jf population both near the moist sea-coast and in the dry ."'.nd mountain-
ous interior.

The latter district contains a large proportion (jf species, especially of the
alpine f(jrms, well-known in ICastern Canada and even in Europe, whilst the
former, or coast region, is inhabited by a flora which includes a larger proportion
of species found in the coolei parts f)f Oregon and California, and a few that
are also inhabitants of Asia. The al])ine forms cm the Mainland and the Islands
closely resemble each (jther. Fuller information can be obtained by consult-
ing Prof. Macoun's Catalogue of Canadian Plants, published in Montreal, especi-
ally concerning the grasses, sedges and other large and interesting families.

Anemone nuiltifida (Poir) — V.I.

Anemone Oregana (Gray), Wood anemone — Throughout British Columbia to

Vancouver Island.
Anemone occidentalis (Watson). Western anemone — Mountains of Southern Brit-
ish Columbia and Rocky Mountains.
A(|uilegia forniosa (Fisch). Columbine — Throughout the Province and Queea

Charlotte Islands.
Aquilegia flavescens (Watson), Yellow-Howered Columbine — Rockies, Kootenaie

Pass, Selkirks.
C!lematis ligustifolia (Nuttall), Virgin's Bower — Spence's Bridge, Lytton. Kam-

loops, in the dry country.
Clematis douglasi (Hooker). Douglas's clematis — West side of Rockies, etc.
Delphinium ^lenziesii. D.C., Larkspur — Common near Victoria. Cypress Hills

and Wood Mountain on Mainland.
Delphinium scopulorum (Gray), Rocky Mountain La-kspur — Rocky Mountains.
Delphinium variegatum (Torr & Gray), Variegated Larkspur — Yale, Spcnces

Bridge.
Caltha leptosepala (D.C.), Marsh Marigold — Cariboo Mountains, Selkirks. Coast

Range, etc.
Ranunculus aquatilis (Linn), White water-crowfoot — Common near Victoria,

Spence's Bridge, etc.
Ranunculus multifidus (Pur.'h), Yellow water-crowfoot — Common everywhere in.

stagnant pools and ditches.
Ranunculus occidentalis (Nuttall), the Western crowfoot — Mostly confined to the

West Coast.
Ranunculus Eschscholtzii l^Schlecht), Mountain crow-foot — Near the region of

perpetual snow. Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.
Trollius laxus (Salisb), Spreading globe-flower — Higher summits of the Rockies

and Selkirk Mountains.
Trautvettria grandis — Cowichan River.
Trautvetteria palmata (Fisch & Mey). Var. occidentalis (Gray), False bugbane

(worthy of a better popular name) — Base of Mount Finlayson. V.I.
Berberis repens (Lindl.), Rocky Mountain Grape — Vancouver Island and dry

slopes on Mainland.
Berberis aquifolium. Oregon Grape — Common on Vancouver Island, also at Yale

and Shuswap Lake.

AN J MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INI-OKMATION.

307

Aclily^i tripliylla (D.C.), WL-stcin May Ai)ple. "DccT-loot (Irass"— Cniniiioii on

\'ancf)uver Island.
Nupliar i)olysepaluni, l^njrlon). Wcstcrii Water-Lily — Coininoii near X'ictoiia, ,it

Sliavvniiran Lakt and r)n Mainlainl Ictwocn McLood's River and the iMas^r,

(Jueen Char'ottf Islands.
Nupliar advena (Ait.). Coninioii Yellow Water- Lily— Columbia Valley, Mainland

of Hritish Columbia.
Dicentra tormosa (D.C.). Dutciiman's Hreeelus — • Mirnon over the south of

\'ancouver Island. Port Mondy on the Mainland.
Nasturtium palustrc (D.C.). M.irsli' Cress — Vancouver Island and valley of the

I'^raser.
Nasturtium curvisili(|ua (Nutt) — Common near \'ieto.-i;i and near New West-
minster and ^'a!e.
Cardaniine olij^osperma (Nutt). Hitter Cress — Common around- Victoria.
Cardamine an>;ulata (Hook) — Around Victoria and Now \V estminsier.
Capsella divaricata (Walp). Shei)herd's Purse — Spence's Hrid^!;e.
Viola i)alustris (Linn). Marsh Violet — Generally distributed in wet swamps.

Flowers i)ale lilac.
Viola blanda (Willd), White Violet, and var. renifolia — In cedar swamps. Mowers

white.
Viola i)almata (Linn). Common Blue X'iolet; var. ciicullata (Gray) — Cienerally

(listributed.
Viola canina (Linn). Doif Violet: var. longipes ( Nutt)— \'ancouver Island south,

Columbia River X'allcy. etc.
Viola glabella (Nuttall). Western Yellow Violet — Rich moist woods X'ancouver

Island and Mainland.
Viola sarmentosa. Yellow Violet — \'ancouver Island. I'raser River, Selkirks.
Silcne antirrhina (Linn.), Sleejjy Catch-tly — Vancouver Island and Mainland, on

rocks and sandy soil.

Silene Mcnziesii (Hook) — X'ancouver Island and Mainland.

Lychnis apetala (Linn). Cockle — SummiVs of Rockies and Selkirk Mountains.

Lychnis elata (Watson) — Kof)tenaie Pass.

Arenaria verna (Linn): \'ar. hirta (Watson) — ()n dry rocks near Victoria; also
on summits of the Rocky Mountains, at Stuart Lake Mountain, etc.

Arenaria laterifolia (Linn). Broad-leaved Sandwort — On swamjjy Ki'f'nnd every-
where.

Arenaria peploides (Linn). Seaside Sandwort; \'ar. oblonjjfifolia — Straits of [•'uca
and Georgia. Queen Charlotte Islands, etc.

Stellaria nitens (Nutt). Chickweed Star-wort — Vancouver Island.

Stcllaria umbellata (Turex.) — On the Rocky Mountains.

Stellaria crispa (Cham. & Schlecht) — Victoria. X'ancouver Island and Selkirk
Range.

Cerastium arvense (Linn). Meadow Chickweed — X'ancouver Island and Mainland.

Sagina occidentalis (Watson), Pearl-wort — On rocks near the sea, Vancouver
and Queen Charlotte Islands.

Huda marina (Dumorl). Sand Spurry — Salt marshes along the coast and inland.

Lewisia rediviva (Pursh) — Thoniiison River, Nicola Valley, etc.

Claytonia. Spring Beauty — About twelve sijccics found in the Province.

Calandrinia Menziesii (l-|of)k.) — Vancouver Island, on rocks.

'Hyi)ericum Scoulcri (Hook.). St. John's Wort — Vancouver Island and Mainland
in dry soils.

Sidalcea malvacflora (Gray) — Near \'ictoria and on Mainland.

Erodium cicutarium (Hook.) — Victoria.

Cieranium Richardsoni (Fisch. & Mey). Cranesbill — Vancouver Island and Main-
land.

Geranium incisum (Nutt.) — Rocky Mountains. Nico'a Valley. Spence's Bridge.

Limnanthes Macounii (Trellase) — Margins of pools near Victoria.

Oxalis oregana (Nutt.) Wood Sorrel — Woods on Lower Fraser. l*"lowers pinkish.

Ceanothus velutinus (Douglas), New Jersey Tea— Home Lake, \ancouver Island,
above Preston Bar and at Stuart Lake.

Ceanothus sanguineus (Pursh.)— Mainland, coast to Stuart Lake. Slimy.

f. •(

!:£i

3o8

YKAK BOOK OF UKITISH COLUMBIA

Rhamnus Purshiana (D.C). 'Rucktiiorn, "Cascara Sa:4racla*'— Damp thickets in

Vancouver Island and Mainland.
Acer macrophyllutn (Pursli.), Broad-leaved Maple —Common on Vancouver

Island and in the lower valley of the Fraser River.
Acer circinatum (Pursh.). Vine ^laple— Has the same distribution as tlie la"^!

species.
Acer Klabrum (Torrey)— Valleys near springs, west side of Rocky Mountains to

Vancouver Island.
Rhus diversiloha (Torr Ik Gray). Poison Oak— Dry open places on the Mainland.
Rhus Toxicodendron ( Linn)— Mainland at Yale. etc.
Lupinus littoralis (DoukD. Lupin. "Chinook Licorice"— Southern coasts. Ruot

edible.
Lupinus microcarpus (Sims) — Near Victoria.
Lupinus Nootkatensis (Donn.) — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands. I'ort

Moody, etc.
Trifolium microcephalum (Pursh.), Small-flowered Clover— Close to shore. \'an-

couver Island.
Trifolium mepacephalum (Nutt.). Great-headed Clover — Mountains of Sciutlura

British Columbia.
Trifolium involucratum (Willd)— Vancouver Island.
Astragalus lentiginosus (Dougl.). Milk-vetch— Mainland.
Vicia Americana (Muhl.), Vetch — Mainland.
Vicia gigantea (Hook.). Giant Vetch — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands.

And twelve other species.
Lathyrus maritimus (Bigel.), luerlasting Pea — Coast of B.C.
Lathyrus Nuttallii (Watson), Nuttall's Pea— Common in thickets. Vancouver

Islands and Mainland.

Hosackia parvitlora (Benth) — \'ictoria.

Prunus Pennsylvanica (Linn), Bird Cherry — Mainland.

Prunus Virginiana (Linn), Choke Cherry — Valley of the Fraser.

Prunus de missa (VValp.), Wild Cherry — Mainland f»f British Columbia.

Prunus emarginata (Walp.). Cherry; and var. mollis (Brewer) — N'ancouver Island
and Mainland.

Nuttallia cerasiforniis (Torr and Gray), Oso Berry — Vancouver Island and Main-
land.

Spiraea Douglasii (Hook), Spira-a; and var. Menziesii (Hook), Hardliack — Com-
mon along the West Coast.

Spinca betulifolia (Pallas), Birch-leaved Spir;ca — Northern British Columbia and
stmimits of Selkirks.

Spinea aruncus (Linn). Goat's Beard — Queen Charlotte Islands and Mainland.

Physocarjjus opulifolia (Maxim). Nine Bark; var. mollis (Brewer and Watson) —
Vancouver Island and Mainland.

Rubus Nutkanus (Mocino), White flowering Raspberry or Thimbleberry — Van-
couver and Queen Charlotte Islands and Alainland.

Rubus Arcticus (Linn), Arctic Raspberry — Northern British Columbia.

Rubus pedatus (.Smith). Creeping Raspberry — On mountains of Mainland

Rubus triflorus (Richards), Dewberry — Mainland north.

Rubus strigosus (Michx.). Red Raspberry — Mainland.

Rubus spectabilis (Pursh), Salmon Berry — Along the coasts of islands and Main-
land.

Rubus leucodermis (Dougl.) Raspberry — Islands and ^lainland.

Rubus ursinus (Cham & Schlecht), Blackberry — Islands and Mainland in Columbia
River Valley.

Rubus nivalis (Dougl.) — On snowy ridges of Rocky Mountains,
Purshia tridentala (D.C), Chapparal — (Dsoyoos Lake, Kootenaie, etc.
Geum macrophyllum (Willd), Large-leaved Avens — Island and Mainland.
Geum rivale (Linn), Purple Aven,s — Mainland.

Fragaria Virginiana (Duchesne), Wild Strawberry — Mainland from the east to
the Coast Range,

AM) MANUAL OK PROVINCIAL I N rOinL\ TION.

FniKuria Chilcnsis (Ditclu-siu-). Western Strawberry — On shores ni i>laii(U and
Mainland, and found in the interior to the west of the Coast KatiKC. V'a-.

Scf)uleri (Hook) — Qneeii Cliarlotte Islands.

I'ursh). Ci

■ M:

ind

nith

fotentilla ar^u

Potentilla gracilis (i)fniv?I.) — Islands and Mainland.

Poterinni Sitchense (Watson), Hnrnet — N'ancouver and (.Juecn Charlotte Islands,
Mainland.

Rosa pisocarpa (Gray)— Abundant on Vancouver Island and Mainland.

Rosa Nutkana (Prcsl.). Nootka Rose — Queen Charlotte and \'anc<iuver Islands
and North-VVest.

Rosa blanda (Aitk.), I'^arly Wild Rose — British Columbia Mainland.

Pints sanibucifolia (Cham & Schlccht), Western Mountain ,\sh— Vancouver and
Queen Charlotte Islands.

Pirus rivularis (DouRlas), Orep:on Crab-apple — \'ancouver and Queen Charlotte
Island.s. Lower Eraser River Valley.

Crata'ijus Dou^Iasii (Lindl.). White Thorn— Vancouver Island and Mainlancl.

Cratie^us rivularis (Nutt.)— Near Victoria and in southern parts of Mainland.

Amelanchicr ainifolia (Nuttall), June Berry. Service Tree — N'ancouver and Qm-en
Charlotte Islands and Mainland.

Saxifraga oppositifolia (Linn), SaxifraKlc — Northern British Columbia and sum-
mits of higher mountain ranges.

Saxifraga occidentalis (Watson) — Mounts Finlayson and .\rrowsinith. N'ancoiiver
Island. Rocky Mountains, Yale and Lytton.

S.axifraga c.espitosa (Linn): Saxifraga adscendens (Linn): Saxifraga rivularis
(Linn): Saxifraga nivalis (Linn): Saxifraga cernua (Linn): Saxifraga punc-
tata (Linn)— On the summits of the higher mountain ranges.

Saxifraga bronchialis (Linn); Saxifraga azoides (Linn) — Mainland of British Co-
lumbia.

Saxifraga sileniflora (Sternb.) — Abundant on rocks near Victoria and in the (Jueen
Charlotte Islands.

Saxifraga ranuncifolia (Hook) — Near Yale and in tlie Rocky Mountains.

Saxifraga Virginicnsis (Michx.). Spring Saxifrage— Dry gravelly soil on margins
of rivers.

Saxifraga integrifolia (Hook) — .Abundant on Vancouver Island.

Saxifraga leucanthemifolia (Michx.): var. fcrruginea (T. & (i.)— Islands and
Mainland.

Saxifraga Lyalli (Engler) — Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.

Saxifraga heterantha (Hook) — ^Iainland.

Saxifraga foliosa (R. Br.) — Vancouver Island and Mainland. ^

Boykinia occidentalis (T. & G.) — Near Victoria.

Toimiea Menziesii (T. & G.) — Northern Islands and Mainland.

Tellima grandiflora (R. Br.) — Islands and Mainland.

Tellima parviflora (Hook) — Islands and Mainland.

Tiarella unifoliata (Hook), False mitre-wort: Tiarella trifoliata (Limi) — Islands
and Mainland.

Mitella pentandra (Hook), Mitre-wort — Mainland in mountain woods. Islands
and Mainland.

Mitella trifida (Graham).

Mitella caulescens (Nutt) — Mainlanu of British Columbia.

Mitella Breweri (Gray) — Mountains of Mainland.

Heuchera micrantha (Dougl.) — Alum Root: glabra (W. Ud.); cylindrica (Dougl.)
— Islands and Mainland.

Chrysosplcnium alternifolium (Linn). Golden Saxifrage — Mainland of British
Columbia.

Parnassia palustris (Linn.), Grass of Parnassus — Rocky Mountains, etc.

Parnassia parviflora (D.C.) — Columbia Valley on Mainland.

Parnassia fimbriata (Koenig) — Islands and Mainland.

Philadelphus Lewisii (^Pursh.), Mock Orange — Near Victoria, Fraser and Koot«-
naie Valleys.

Philadelphus Gordonianus (Lindl.) — Fraser River Valley.

Ribes Lobbii, Gooseberry — Vancouver Island.

' 1 '"

J 10

VEAK iiOUK (Ji- UKITlSIl COLUMiUA

i:
?!

^ li;

Kibos (liv iricatiim (DoukI). (iooxeltcrry— V^ancouvcr Inlaiul .iml Maiiilaiid. lUrry

I'dihlr; dark |)uri)lf.
Ribcs oxyaraiitlioidfs (Limi). (iDoschcrry. Berry small, pitrplo— Vaiu'ouvcr

Island. M:iii)laiid.
Kil)C's lafustri' (I'liiri. and variftii-s, Swani]) (loosjbcrry. curraiU-likc — Mainland.

Berry small, liulit ri'fl, aoid.
kii)cs rubiiim (I. inn). Ui-d C'nrrant — N'ortlirru .M.iinlatid.
Ril)cs laxitlorum (I'nrsli,). Small kcd Currant — .Mainland.
Ribcs brartcnsmn (DomkI.), Black Currant — \'anc tuvcr Island and M.iinlanil.
Ribcs I Indsnni.mnni ( Riiiiard>). Black C.irrant. berry sinuutli. dark — Nurihcrn

Mainland.
Ribcs ccrcuni (DoukI). Currant, berry rcdrlisli, sweetish— .Mainland.
Ribcs viscosissimum (I'ursli.). Currant, berry black — Cascade and Selkirk Moun-
tains.
Ribe> sanKuinenm (Pursli.). Berry blackish, bitter — \'aiu-nn\er l-land and .Main-

lan(l.
Sedum stenopetaluni (I'ursh,). Stone-crop — N'ancouvcr Ishmd and .M.i.nl.md on

Rocky slopes.
Sediini spathulifolium (Hook.) — .\bundant on Vancouver and Queen Ch.irlotte

Islands.
Scdum Nhodiol.-i (D.C). Rose Root — (Jueen Cliarl )Uc Islands ami N'ortliern

Maudand.
Sedum orcK-nuim (N'ult.) — llorne Lake and Mountr.in-i of N'.mcouver Island.
Orosera rotundifolia (Linn). Round-leaved Sun dew— Vancouver and (juecM

Ch.'irlotte Islands. Maiidand.
Drosera .\nKlica (Hudson) — Ilonie Lake. Vancouver Island and Mainland.
Myriophyllum spicatum (Linn). Water Milfoil — Maiiiland.
(fil)puris vulfjari.s (Linn). Mare's Tail — (lenerally distril)uted.
Kpilobium aiiKi'stifoliuni ( Limi). ^ire-weed — Generally distributed.
Epilobium luteum (Pursh.), ^'ellow Willow Merb — Selkirks and Northern British

Columbia.
Epilobium alpinum (Linn). .\li)ine Willow Herb — Higher summits of the Main-
land.
'Enothera biennis (Limi). Common EvjniuK Primrose, and varieties; \'ancouvcr

Lsland and i\Iainlatul,
'Enothera strij^ulosa (Torr and (jray) — Near N'ictoria, \'ancouver Island.
Godetia auKcna (Lilja), (iodetia — Vancouver Island and Mainland.
Godetia epilobioides (Watson) — Vancouver Island.
Clarkia jnilchclla (Pursh). Clarkia — Mainland.

Circ;ca alpina (Linn). Enciianter'- Nightshade — In damp, shady woods.
Circ;ea Pacitica (Asch. & Map.)— -viountain ranges on Mainlancl,
Megarhiza Oregona (Torr). Big innt. Wild Cucumber — Lslands of Gulf of Georgia.
Upuntia fragilis (Haw), Prickly Pear. "Cactus" — Shores of Gulf of Georgia,

common on dry rocks on sonic of the islands.
Sanicula Menziesii (H. & A.), Black Snake Root: N'ancouver Island.
Sanicula arotopoides (H. & A.) — Queen Charlotte and N'ancouver Islands.
Cicuta virosa (Linn). Musquash poison; var maculata (C. & R.) — Islands and

Mainland.
Osmorrhiza nuda (Tofrey), Sweet Cicely — Vancouver Island and Mainland.
CEnanthe sarmentosa (Presl.) — Vancouver Island and Mainland. Succulent stems,

eaten by Indians like celery.
Angelica Dawsoni (Watson), Angelica — Passes in the Rocky Mountains.
Arcliangelica Gmelini (D.C), Archangelica — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte

Islands.
Peucedanum utriculatum (Nutt.) Hog's Fennel — \'ancouver Island and Mainland.

Roots eaten by Indians.
Heracleum lanatum (Michx.), Cow Parsnip — Northern British Columbia. The

petioles are chewed by Indians.
Daucus pusillus Michx.); var. microphyllus (T. & G..), Wild Carrot— Islands of

British Columbia.
Aralia nudicaulis (Linn), Ginseng, Wild Sarsaparilla — Mainland of British Co-

lumb

la.

ANU MANUAL Ol- l'U()\ INCIAU I N lOKM ATION'.

.Ill

of mountain'*
Mainland of

-V'ancou-

Fatsia liorrida ( lU'tith. & Hook.). Dovil's Clul)— TslaiHh'. and Mainland,
(■"irnns N'nttallii (Anilnlinn), I.arMn- Ddvcwnud Isl.uids and M.iinland.
(.■'•rnn^ Cinadi'iisis (Liini). Duari Cornol. lUnuh Hcrry -N'aiu-onvi'r and yuccti

CliarlDttf Islands and Mainland.
Cornus pubosccns (Nntt.) — \'anc<)u\rr Island and .Mainlantl.
S.inilinons raci'tnosa (Linn). Urd-hc-rrifd Lldi-r — Islands and .Mainland,
Samhuius ^lauca (Nntt.) — V'anconvir Island and Mainland,
Sandiiuns iiu'lanocarpa (dray) — C'olnnihia Kivcr X'allcy ;ind Si-lkirUs,
Viburnum paucitlorutn (Pylaii-). .\rro\v Wood— Northern parts of the Mainland.
Linnaa Ixircali^ ((ironov, ), Twin Flower — Islands and .Mainland,
Syn))ihori(.-arpos mollis (Nntt.). Snow-hcrry — Island- and .Mainland.
Symi)!ioricarpos raccino.sus (.Michx). var. paucitlorns ( kohhins) — Saino hahitat

as till- last.
Lonicrra ciliosn ( Poir). Ffoncysnckk' — Islands and Mainl.ind.
Loniiira his|)i(lnla ( Donnlas) — Vancouver Island.
Loniccra involucrata (Hanks) — Islands and Coast Ranui' of B.C.
Lonicera c.i'ruloa (Linn), Mountain HoucysuckU' — I liKhor ranges

on Maiidand.
dalinm tritlorum (Michx.). Three- Flowered (ialium— Islands and

R,C. Sweet scented when drying? like the ICurf)pean "Woodruff."
Galium Horcale (Limi), Northern lied-strasv — Northern Maiidand,
X'aleriana syUatica (Ranks). \'alerian — .Moin\tains of Mainland.
\'aleriana capitata (W. LTd.)— Mainland of B.C.
N'alerianella connesta ( I), C. )— Islands.
Valerianclla niacrocarpa (T. & G.) and ValeriancUa sainolifolia (lloesk)-

ver Island.
Grindelia scpiarrosa ( Dnnal)- -Mainland.

Grindeli ■ inte^jrifolia (l).C.) — Vancouver and (Jneeii Charlotte Islands.
Solida^o mnltiradiata. Golden Rod — Cohunhia Valley and Selkirk Kanjj;a
SoIidaK') confertitlora ( D. C.) — Islands and Mainland.
SolidaKo Icpida (D. C.) — Islands.
SolidaKo elon«ata (Nntt.) — Islands and Mainland.

Solidajff) Canadensis (Linn). Common Golden RofI — Generally distributed.
Aster conspicuus (Lindl), .\ster — Islands and Maiidand.
Aster Douglasii (Lindl.) — Islands and Mainland.
Aster falcatus (Lindl) — Rocky and Selkirk Ran^J;es.
Aster occidentalis (Nutt.) — Vancouver and Mainland,
Aster peregrinus (Pursh) — Vancouver Island.
Aster foliaccus (Lindl.) — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands and parts

Mainland.
Erigeron tilifolius (Nutt) — Mainland.
I'rigeron compositus (Pursh) and varieties — Mainland.

Lrigeron salsuginosus (Gray) — Queen Charlotte Islands and Alpine summits

mountain ranges on Mainland.
I'.rigeron Philadelphicus (L.) — Islands and Mainland.
Antennaria racemosa (Hook.), Everlasting — Alpine woods on Mainland.
A.ntennaria Carpathica (R. Br.) — .\lj)ine summits of mountain ranges.
Gnaphalium Sprcngelii (Hook. & .\rn.). Everlasting.
Gnaphalium palustre (Nutt.) — Islands and Mainland.
Gnaphalium purpureum (.Linn.) — V^ancouver Island.
Adenocaulon bicolor (Hook.) — Generally distributed.
Franseria bipinnatifida (Nntt.).
Franseria Chamissonis (Less.) — Shores of B.C.
Balsamorhiza sagittata (Nntt). — Mainland on dry grassy slopes.
Balsamorhiza deltoidea (Nutt.) — Islands. •

Helianthus annuus (Linn). Sun Flower — Dry interior of B.C.
Psilooaruus Oreganus (N;;tt.) var. — Vancouver Island.
Madia Xuttalli (Gray), Tar Weed — Woods. Island, and Mainland.
Helianthelia Douglasii (T. & G.)--Mainland of B.C.
Eriophyllum caspitosum (IJougl) — Islands and Mainland.
Gaillardia aristata (Pursh)— Interior of Mainland.

I ' '11

r 'I

If J

!!!
I

31^

YEAR BOOK OF BRITIS}! COLUMBIA

- 'J

Achill.Ta Millefolium (Lmn) Yarrow — Generally distributed.

Matricaria discoidea ( D. C). Wild Chamomile — Islands and Mainland.

Tanacetum Huronense (Nutt.). Tansy — Coast of B.C.

Artemisia dracunculoides (Pursh), Wormwood — Spencc's Bridge. Cliilcotin, etc.

Artemisia Canadensis (Michx.)— Sea beaches, lake shores, and river banks.

Artemisia tridentata (Nutt.) — On arid soil in the interior of B.C.

Luina hypoleufca (Henth.) — Barclay Sound. Cascade Mountains.

Petasites palmata (Gray). Sweot Colt's Foot — Vancouver Island and Mainland-

Pctasites sagittata (Gray) — Mainland of B.C., in swamps, etc.

Arnica cordifolia (Hook.), Arnica.

Arnica latifolia (Bonyard).

Arnica foliosa (Nott.) — Mountain regions of B.C.

Ainica Chamissonis (Less.).

Arnica amplexicaulis (Nutt.) — Queen Charlotte Islands and Mainland.

Crocidium multicaule (Hook.) — Near Victoria.

Senecio aureus (Linn.), Groundset and varieties — Mainland.

Cnicus undulatus (Gray), Western Prairie Thistle — Kootenay Valley, Spence's
Bridge.

Cnicus edulis (Gray), Thistle — Island and southern parts of Mainland.

Hieraceum umbellatum (Linn). Hawkvveed — Mainland of B.C.

Hieraceum Scouleri (Hook.) — Vancouver Island and Mainland.

Taraxacum officinale (Weber). Dandelion; var. alpinum (Koch) — Mainland of
B.C.; and var. glaucessens (Koch); var. lividum (Koch) — Vancouver Island
and Mainland.

Prenanthes alata (Gray), Rattlesnake Root — Queen Charlotte Islands and Main-
land.

Kalm's Lobelia — Near sources of Columbia River.

Venus' Looking-glass — Islands and Mainland.
Bell-Flower — Cariboo Mountains and Northern

Lobelia Kalmii (Linn),
Specularia perfoliata (A. D. C),
Campanula lasiocarpa (Cham.),

B.C

Campanula Scheuchzeri (Vill.), var. heterodoxa (Gray) — Queen Charlotte Islands,

etc.
Campanula rotundifolia (Linn). Blue-Bell, Hare-Bell — Kootenay Valley, etc., and

var. Alaskana (Gray) — Queen Chrrlotte Islands and Vancouver Island.
Campanula Scouleri (Hook.) — Southern parts of Vancouver Island and Mainland.
Heterocodon rariflorum (Nutt.) — Vancouver Island.
Vaccinium uliginoseum (Linn.), Bog Blueberry; var. micronatum (Herder) — Mt.

Arrowsmith, Vancouver Island.
Vaccinium c^espitosum (Michx.), Dwarf Bilberry; var. cuneifolium (Xutt) — Near

Victoria.
Vaccinium myrtillus (Linn), Whortleberry, Bilberry; \-o.-. microphyllum (Hook.) —

Alpine woods on Mainland.
Vaccinium myrtilloides (Gray); var. membranaccum (Dougl.). and var. rigidum

(Hook.) — Damp Alpine woods on Mainland.
Vaccinium ovalifolium (Smith), Blue Huckleberry — Vancouver and Queen Char-
lotte Islands, and Mainland. Berries large and edible.
Vaccinium parvifolium (Smith), Red Huckleberry — Same distribution as last.

Berries pale red; edible.
Vaccinium ovatum (Pursh) — Southern parts of B.C. Berries dark purple, with-
out bloom.
Vaccinium vitis Idsea (Linn), Mountain Cranberry — Islands and Mainland.
Oxyococcus vulgaris (Pursh), Cranberry — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands,.

and Mainland, in sphagnous swamps.
Chiogenes hispidula (T. & G.), Creeping Snowberry — Rocky Mountains; sources

of Columbia.
Arbutus Menziesii (Pursh), Madrona — Coasts of Vancouver Island and Southern

Mainland.
Arctostapliylos alpina (Spreng), Bearberry, Kinnikinnick — Generally distributed.
Arctostaphylos tomentosa (Dougl.) — Southern parts 01 the Province.
Gaultheria ovatifolia (Gray), Aromatic Wintergreen — Cascade Range and Mt,

Arrowsmith, V. I. Fruit scarlet, aromatic.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

313

etc.

Gaultheria Shallon (PiirslO. Salal — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands and
western parts of Mainland. Fruit purple, becoming black.

Cassandra calyculata (Don.). Leather Leaf — Northern B. C. in bogs and swamps.

Cassiope stelleriana (D. C), Cassiope — Northern coasts.

Cassiopc Mertensiana (Pallas) — Upptr wooded slopes Mainland mountains.

Andromeda polifolia (Linn) — Peat bogs ^nd swamps.

Bryanthus empetriformis (Gray), False Heather — Vancouver Island (Nootka)^
Rocky Mountains.

Bryanthus Grahamii (Hook.) — Mainland mountains.

Bryanthus glanduliflorus (Gray) — Summits of Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.

Kalmia glauca (Ait.), American Laurel, .ind var. microphylla (Hook.) — Queer*
Charlotte Islands and mountains of Northern B.C.

Ledum latifolium (Ait.), Labrador Tea — Peat bogs and marshes.

Ledum glanduloGum (Nutt.) — High plateau near Nicola, at 5.000 feet.

Rhododendron Kamschaticum (Pall.). Rose Bav- Ranks Island, etc.. Northern
B.C.

Rhododendron albiflorum (Hooper), Mountain Rhododendron — Rocky and Selkirk
Mountains, Cariboo, etc.

Rliododendron Californicum (Hook.) — Mountains between Hope and the Skagit
River.

Menziesia glabella (Gray) — Alpine woods.

Menziesia ferruginea (Smith) ---Vancouver and Queen Charlotte Islands, and
higher woods on Mainland.

Cladothamnus pyrol?ef!orus (Bong.) — Woods on Islands and Mainland.

Pyrola minor (Linn), Wintergreen — Agassiz, Observ .tory Inlet. Rocky Moun-
tains.

Pyrola secanda (Linn) — Woods on Islands and Mainland.

Pyrola chlorantha (Swartz)— Northern B.C.

Pvrola elliptica (Nutt.) — Damp woods in the Selkirk Range.

Pyrola rotundifolia (Linn), Round-leaved Wintergreen, and varieties— Gener.illy
distributed.

Pyrola picta (Smith) — Nootka and Victoria, V.I., and at Yale.

Pyrola aphylla (Smith) — Somenos and Mt. Finlayson, V.I.

Monescs uniflora (Salisb.), One-flowered Wintergreen — In shady and mossy-
woods.

Cliimaphila umbel'.ata (Nutt.), Prince's Pine — Dry woods. Islands and Mainland,

Chimaphilia virgsta (Torn & Gray) — "slands and Mainland.

K motropa uniflora (Linn), Indian Pipe— Damp woods. Islands and Mainland.

Montropa Hypopitys (Linn.) Pine Sap — Queen Charlotte and Vancouver Islands.

Montropa fimbriata (Gray"* — Little Qualicum. Mts. ^lark and .\rro\vsmitli. V.I.

Armeria vulgaris (W. Ud.), Thrift, Sea Pink — Seashores everywhere.

Primula Mistassinica (Michx.), Primrose — Rocky Mountains.

Primula farinosa (Linn.), Bird's Eye Primrose — Rocky Mountains. Often pro-
ducing thirty flowers in a capitate cluster.

Androsace occidentalis (Pursh).

Androsace septentrionalis (Linn.) — Mainland.

Douglasia nivalis (Lindl.) — Sources of the Columbia at an elevation of 12.000 feet.

Dcdecatheon Hendersoni (Gray), American Cowslip — Victoria, Yale, etc.

Dodecatheon Jefifreyi (Muore) — Kanaka Bar. Fraser River.

Dodocatheon frigidum (Cham. & Schlecht) — Mt. .\rrowsniith at an altitude of
5.700 feet; also near Victoria.

Trientalis Europ.xa (Linn), Star-Flower : var. arctica (Ledeb)— Cariboo and Sel-
kirk Mountains, Mt. Finlayson, V.I. Var. latifolia (Torr) — Near Victoria
and Comox. etc.

Centunculus minimus '^Linn) — Kamloops and near Alb^rni.V.I.

Steironema ciliatum (Raf.), Loosestrife — Abundant near small ponds.

Glaux maritima (Linn), Sea Milkwort — Salt marshes in the interior of B.C. and

along the coae*.
Apocynum androsremifolium (Linn.), Spreading Dogbane — Borders of thickets

everywhere, Kootenay, Donald, etc; var. incanum (D.C.), Frasef Valley.

tyti

3'4

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

i i:.-

* n.
Ml

A]i()cyniini cannal)ituini (Linn.). Iiulian Henii); var. liyper^i folium (Gray) — In
grassy thickets. Its bark yields a fine and tough bark fibre (Gray).

Asclepias speciosa (Torr.). Milkweed — Shuswap and Thompson River.

Gcntiana Amarella (Linn.). Gentian; var. acuta (Hook.) — Vancouver and Queen
Charlotte Islands and Mainland generally.

Gentiana propinqua (Richards) — Alpine swamps in Rocky Mountains.

Gentiana Douglasiana (Bong.) — Queen Charlotte Islands. Cassiar. and Northern
B.C.

Gentiana glauca (Pall) — Alpine ranges on Mainland.

Oentiana platypetala (Griesb ) — Qi een Charlotte Islands and Northern B. C.

Gentiana sceptrum ((jriesb.) — Vancouver Island and mountains ot Southern B.C.

Menyanthes trifoliata (Linn.). Buckbean — Swamps near Victoria.

Menyanthes Crista-galli (Menzies) — Queen Charlotte Islands and Northern B.C.

Piilox Douglasii (Hook.), Phlox — Rocky Mounfains and Kootenay Valley.

Piilox longifolia (Nutt.) — Southern British Columbia.

Phlox linearifolia (Gray) — Eastern parts of the Mainland.

Collomia linearis (Nutt.). and C. gracilis (Dougl.) — Vancouver Island and Main-
land.

■Gilia liniflora (Benth): var. pharnaceoides (Gray) — Kamloops. etc.

Gilia tenella (Benth).

G. squarrosa (H. & A.).

G. capitata (Dougl.).

G. inconspicua (Doug!.) — Dry slopes near Victoria and Southern B.C.

Gilia aggregata (Spreng.) — Near tlie Similkameen River. Flowers large and
showy, usually scarlet.

Polemonium confertum (Gray). Greek \"alerian — Passes in Rocky Mountains.

P. micranthuni (Benth.) — Victoria, V.I.. Boston Bar, etc.

Hydropliyllum capitatum (Doug!.), Water-Leaf — Rocky to Cascade Mountains.

H. Virginicum (Linn.) — In rich woods at Goldstream. V.I.. Mainland.

Nemophila parvitlora (Dougl.). Nemophila.

Nemophila Menziesii (Hook.) — Near Victoria. Flowering in early spring.

Phacelia circinata (Jac(i.) — Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.

Phacelia sericea (Gray): Franklinii (Gray) — Rocky Mountains.

Phacelia Menziesii (Torr.) — Nicola and Thompson River Valley. Spence's Bridge,

Lytton, etc.
Cynoglossum grande (Dougl.). Houndstongue — Thick woods in Southern B.C.
Echinospermum fioribundum (Lehm.). stickseed — Spence's Bridge and Northern

B.C.
Echinospermnni dollexum (Lehm.) — Rocky Mountains.
K'ynitsia Californica (D. C);
K. Chorisiana (D. C. ):
K. Scouleri (Gray) — Near Victoria.
Amsinckia intermedia Fisch. &. Meyer;

A. lycopsoides (Lehm.); var. bracteosa (Gray) — Coast of Vancouver Island.
Myosoiis verna (Nutt), Forget-Me-Not; var. macrosperma (Chai)in.) — A small

form near Victoria. V.I., and near Cache Cr^ek.
Lith.ospermum pilosum (Nutt.), Gromwell — Spence's Bridge, etc
Lithospermum angustifolium (Michx.) — Nicola. Lytton. Cache Creek, etc.
Cuscuta salina (Engelm.). Dodder — Saline marshes on coast.
Nicotiana attcnuata (Torr.). Tobacco — On sand hills from Lytton to above Spence's

Bridge, along the Thonqjson River; viscid and stinking; used bv Indians

(Gray).
Collinsia granditlora (Dougl.), and var. pusilla (Gray) — Common on grassy and

gravelly hillsides in early spring near Victoria.
Collinsia parviflora (Dougl) — Rocky Mountains. Southern Vancouvci Island.

Pentstemon Menziesii (Hook.), Bean, Tongue — Rocky ^Fqv;ntains; and var. Scou-
leri (Gray) — Rocky and Cascade Mountaii
Mitstemon confertus ( Dougl.) — Columbia Rive
•ntstemon venustus (Dougl.);
difTusus (Dougl.) — Higher mountains. Vancoi

North V. I., etc.
Crow's Nest Pass, etc.

r Island and Mainland.

AND MANUAL (JF TROVINCIAL IXFORMAtlON.

315

Scou-

Mimulus Lcwisii (Pursh). Rose-coloured Monkey-flower — Wet ground near
springs on Mainland at high altitudes.

Miniulus luteus (Linn.), Yellow Monkey-flower — Islands and Mainland generally.

Miniulus alsinoides (Benth.). Small Monkey-flower — \'ancouver Island and Main-
land.

Mimulus moschatus (Dougl.). Musk-plant — X'ancouver Island.

Gratiola ebractcata (Benth.). Hedge Ilysoj) — Ditches and wet places near Victoria.

Veronica Anagallis (Linn.), Water Speedwell;

Veronica Americana (Schwein):

Veronica scutellata. Marsh Speedwell — Brooks and swamps. Islands and Mainland.

Castill'eia miniata (Dougl.), Painted Cup — Vancouver Island and Mainland.

C;istilleia parviflora (Bong.) — Islands and Mainland.

Castilleia pallida (Kunth) — Rocky Mountains.

Castilleia breviflora (Gray) — Arrow Lake, Osoyoos Lake.

Orthocarpus bracteosus (Benth.);

Orthc'^;arpus attennatus (Gray);

Orthocarpus castilleioides (Benth,);

Orthocarpu" pusillus (Benth.) — Vancouver Island.

Orthocarpu.s luteus (Nutt.) — Chilcotin River and Rocky Mountains.

Pedicularis Groendlandica (Retz), Lousewort;

Pcdicularis racemosa (Dougl.) — Mainland of B.C.

Pedicularis bracteosa (Benth.) — Cariboo. Cache Creek, Rocky and Selkirk Moun-
tains.

Pedicularis Langsdorflii (Fisch.); var. lana (Gray) — Mountains of Northern B.C.

Rhinanthus Crista-galli (Linn.). Yellow Rattle — Vancouver and Queen Charlotte
Islands; Rocky Mountains.

Melampyrum Americanum (Michx.), Cow-Wheat — Coast Range.

Aphyllon uniflorum (Gray), Cancer Root — Abundant near Victoria, Kootenay Val-
ley.

Aphyllon fasciculatum (Gray) — Nicola and Spence's Bridge.

Aphyllon comosum (Gray) — Coast near Victoria.

Aphyllon Ludovicianum ((jray) — Vancouver Island. Okanagan Lake.

Boschniakia Hookeri (Walp.) — Mts. Finlayson and Benson, V.I.

Utricularia vulgaris (Linn), Bladder Wort — Ditches and slow streams on Islands.

and Mainland.
Utricularia intermedia (Hayne) — Selkirk Mountains.
Pinguicula vulgaris (Linn.), Butter Wort — Wet i)laces, Milbank Sound, Coast

Range. Columbia Valley, etc.
Verbena hastata (Linn.), Vervain — Spillimacheen, B.C.
Verbena bracteosa (Mchx.) — Spence's Bridge and Kamloops.
Teucrium occidentale (Gray) — Spence's Bridge.
^Mentha Canadensis (Linn), Canada Mint — Wet places along streams
Lycopur. Virginicus (Linn), Bugle Weed, and —
Lycopus sinuatus (E. U.) — Wet woods.

Micromeria Douglasii (Benth.), Verba Buena— Shady woods, Vancouver Island.
Monardo fistulosa (Linn.), Oswego Tea: var. mollis (Benth.)— Rocky Mountains;

Spence's Bridge.
Scutellaria angustifoiia (Pursh.), Skull-cap-— Victoria, V.I., in moist ground; alsa

near the sources of the Columbia River.
Physostegia parviflora (Nuttall), False Dragon Head— Shuswap Lake, Thompso't

River.
Brunella vulgaris (Linn.), Self-Heal— Islands and Mainland.
Stachys palustris (Linn.), Wound- Wort— Wet ground everywhere.
Stachys ciliata (Dougl.) — Islands and Mainland in soutli of B.C.
Plantago macrocarpa (Cham. & Sehl)— Alberni and Qualicum, V.I.
Plantago maritima (Linn.)— Gulf of Georgia, etc.
Plantago major (Linn.) — Kootenay.
Ahronia latifolia (Esch.). and —

Abronia umbellata (Lam.)— Growing in sand along the seash(jre,
Atriplex Alaskensis (Watson) — Orache.
Atriplex zosteriefolia (Watson) — Sea ctjast.

310

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

-Higher slopes

Atriplex patula (Linn.); var. littoralis (Gray)— Sea coast.

Chenopodium hybridum (L.), Maple-Leaved Goose-foot — Islands and Mainland.

Clienopodium rubrum (L.) — Islands and Mainland; Kamloops.

•Chenopodium Fremonti (Watson) — Kamloops.

Salicornia ambigua (Michx.), Glass-Wort — Muddy Hats along the seashore.

Sujtda depressa (Watsonj, Sea-Blite — Spence's Bridge.

Oxyria digyna (Campdera), Mountain Sorrel — Sub-Alpine.

Polygonum amphibium (Linn.). Knot-Weed — Fresh water ponds.

Polygonum paronychia (Cham. & Schl.) — Sandy cliffs near Victoria.

Polygonum minimum (Watson) — Griffin Lake.

Kiiinex paucifolius (Nutt.). Sorrel — Kootenay Pass, Telegraph 'frail.

Asarum caudatum (Lindl.), Wild Ginger — Islands and Mainland.

Ei:egnus argentea (Nutt.), Silver-berry — Spence's Bridge. Rocky Mountains.

Shepherdia Canadensis (Nutt.). Soopolalla — Islands and Mainland.

Arceuthobium Americanum (Nutt.), Mistletoe — Growing on Pinus contorta, Van-
couver Island and Mainland.

Arceuthobium robustum (Engelm.) — Growing on Pinus ponderosa. Kootenay
Valley.

■Coinandra livida (Richards), Bastard Toad-Flax; and —

Coinandra pallida (A. D. C.) — Mainland of B.C.

Euphorbia glyptosperma (Engelm.), Spurge — Thompson River.

XJrtica Lyallii (Watson), Western Nettle — Old Indian villages on Islands and
Mainland.

Uriica holosericea (Nutt) — Nicola, Okanagan, etc.

Myrica Gale (Linn.), Sweet Gale or Bog Myrtle — Along lakes: common on Van-
couver Island and the Mainland, especially to the north.

.Alnus rhombifolia (Nutt.) — Mainland.

Alnus rubra (Bong.) — Islands and Mainland.

Alnus incana (Willd.), Common Alder; var. viresccns (Watson)
of Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.

Rotuia glandulosa (Michx.), Dwarf Birch — Vancouver Island and Mainland.

Betula occidentalis (Hooker), Western Birch — Common on Mainland, in the Val-
ley of the Columbia, to the Selkirk's summit.

Betula papyrifera, Canoe Birch — Mainland, generally distributed.

Corylus rostrata (Ait.), Beaked Hazel — Southern parts of Vancouver Island and
Mainland, Sicamous and Shuswap.

■Qucrcns Garryana (Dougl.), or Jacobi — South-eastern pi^rt of Vancouver

'Populus trichocarpa (T. & G.), Cottonwood— Columbia Valley; Selkirk

tains; Lower Eraser Valley.
'Populus tremuloides (Michx.), Aspen — Northern forests.
.'Salix balsamifera (Barratt), Balsam Willow — Nechaco River.

Salix Barrattiana (Hook.) — Alpine swamps of the Rocky Mountains.

Salix Candida (Wild.), Hoary Willow — Peat bogs. Northern B.C.

Salix oordata (Muhl.). Heart-leaved Willow— Islands and Mainland generally.

Salix desertorum (Rich.), Prairie Willow — Columbia V^alley, Cache Creek, and on
Mainland.

Salix tlavesceus (Nutt.), and var. Scoulcriana (Bebb.) — Common. Islands and
Mainland; var. villosa (And.) — Selkirk Range to Fort McLeod.

Salix herbacea (Linn)., Herb-like Willow — Summits of Rocky and Selkirk Ranges.

Salix lasiandra (Benth.), and var. lancifolia (Bebb.) — Islands and Mainland.

Salix longifolia (Muhl.), Long-leaved Willow; and var. argyrophylla (And.) —
River bottoms Northern B.C.

Salix myrtilloides (Linn.), Myrtle Willow — Mainland, in peat and other bogs.

Salix prolixa (And.) — Near Victoria, V.I.; Spence's Bridge.

Salix reticulata (L.); var. nivalis (And.) — Summits of Rocky and Selkirk Moun-
tains.

Salix rostrata (Rich.), Livid Willow — The most common species from tke Coast
Range eastward.

Salix sessilifolia (Nutt.) — Eraser River Valley.

.Salix sitchensis (Sanson), and var. angustofolia — New Westminster, Quesnelle,
North Kootenay, Rocky Mountains, etc.

Island.
Moun-

AND MANUAL OI- PROVINCIAL INFOkNLMION.

J17

slopes

Salix spfciosa (FT. & A.) — Mountains of British Columbia.

Salix commutata (Bebb.)— Gold Range, B.C.

Salix vostita (Pursh.) — At high altitudes in the Rocky and SclkiiU Mountains.

Salix conjuncta (Bebb.) — Rocky Mountains, Selkirk and (iohl Ranges.

Salix macrocarpa (Nutt.)— Near Victoria. V.L

Empetrum nigrum (L.), Black Crovv-berrv — Queen Chariottt- IsIatuN and North-
ern B.C.

Abies amabilis (Forbes), White Fir; Vancouver Island and Mainland.

Abies grandis (Lind!.), Western White Fir — Confined to the vicinity of the Coast;
Balsam Fir.

Abies subalpina (Engelm.), Mountain Balsam — Rocky and Selkirk Mountains.

Juniperus occidentalis (Hook.), Western Juniper. "Red Cedar" — Islands and .Main-
land.

Juniperus sabina (Linn.), Creeping Juniper; var. procumbens (Ph.) — Kicking
Horse Lake, Rocky Mountains.

Juniperus comnnuiis (Linin.), and var. alpina (Linn.) — Vancouver Island and
Rocky Mountains.

Larix Americana. Tamarach — Rocky Mountains.

Larix Lyallii (Partat), Black Larch.

Larix occidentalis (Nutt.), Western Tamarach — Rocky Mountains, Selkirk and
Gold Ranges.

Picea alba (Link), White Spruce — Rocky Mountains,

Picea Engelmanni (Engelm.). Engelmann's Spruce — Throughout interior of B.C.

Picea nigra (L.), Black Spruce — Northern B.C.

Picea Sitchensis (Carr), Western Si)ruce — Coast of B.C.

Pinus albicaulis (Engelm.), White-barked Pine — Generally distributed on high
elevations.

Pinus contorta (Dougl.), Scrub Pine — Everywhere on the Coast.

Pinus Hexitis (James), Rocky Mountain Pine — Southern Rocky Mountains.

Pinus monticola (Dougl.), Western White Pine — Plentiful southern interior.

Pinus Murrayana (Balf), Black Pine — Characteristic tree of interior plateau.

Pinus ponderosa (Dougl.); var. Scopulorum (Engelm.) — Central and southern
dry region.

Pseudotsuga Douglasii (Carr), Douglas Fir — Generally Distributed; greatest per-
fection on Coast.

Taxus brevifolia (Nutt.), Western Yew — Vancouver Island and South-Western
Mainland.

Thuya excelsa (Bong.), Yellow Cypress — North-Western Coast and on Vancouver
Island.

Thuya gigantea (Nutt.), Western White Cedar — Southern B.C. and Coast gen-
erally.

Tsuga Mertensiana, Western Hemlock — Southern B.C. and Coast generally.

Tsuga Pattoniana (Engelm.), Hemlock — On Eraser River; Yale.

Calypso borealis (Salisb.), Calypso. — Generally distributed: abundant in shady

woods.
Corallorhiza innata (R.Br.) Coral Root. — At liigh altitudes. Vancouver Island

and Mainland.
Corallorhiza .Mertensiana (Boug.) — In rich shady woods. Vancouver and Queen

Charlotte Islands and Mainland. Common near Victoria in July.
Corallorhiza multiflora (Nutt.) — In woods. Vancouver Island and Mainland,

flowering in May.
Corallorhiza striata (Linn.) — Vancouver Ishuid and Mainland.
Cypripedium Montanum (Dougl.) Lady's Sli])per. — Southern parts of Vancouver

Island, Columbia V^alley. Okanagan Lake, etc.
Epipactis gigantea (Dougl.) — Osoyoos Lake, Mainland of B.C.
Goodyera Menziesii (Linol.) — Rich woods throughout Vancouver and Queen

Charlotte Islands. In Selkirk and Rocky Mountain ranges.
"Goodyera repens (R. B.) — Cool mossy woods.
Habenaria hracteata (R.Br.) — Columbia \"alley. B.C.. also southern parts of

Vancouver Island.
Habenaria di'.atata (Gray) — Common in the Rocky ^lountains, in swamps.

^'wn

^i|^^^H

31H

YEAR BOOK OT BRITISH COLUMBIA

Island
Island

Pnget Sound
of Shawnigan

and
and

by
and

near Victoria;

llabcnaria tIcKans (Roland) — SoiUlicrn parts of Vanoouvcr Island.

Uabonaria gracilis (Watson) — Vancouver and Queen Cliorlotte Islands.

JIabenaria leucostachys (Watson) — In swamps. Vancouver and Queen Charlotte
Islands and Mainland of B.C.

Ilabenaria Unalaschensis (Watson) — Rocky Mountains and Southern \'anc<>u-
ver Island, on gravelly soil.

Ilabenaria IIyi)erborea (R. Br.) — Rocky Mountains and Selkirk Ranges. Ques-
nelle. etc.

Listera convallarioides (Nutt.). Twayblade — Mountains of Vancouver
Mainland.

Listera cordata (R.Br.) — Common in mountain woods. Vancouver
Mainland.

Orchis rotundifolia (Pursh.) — McLeod's Lake. etc.

Spiranthes Ronianzoftiana (Cham.), Ladies' Tresses.

Iris tenax (Dougl.) — A doubtful resident, but found near
Douglas.

Sisyrinchium Californicum. Blue eyed Grass, etc. — Shores
f)thcr lakes on Vancouver Island: flower small, yellow

Sisyrinchium grandifiorum (Dougl.) — Common in early spring
flower large, purple.

Si.syrinchium mucronatum (Michx.) — Generally distributed throughout the Prov-
ince; flower small, purple; later than the last.

Allium acuminatum (Hook.). Wild onion, garlic. — Common near Victoria, as are
also the next three species.

Allium cernuum (Roth.).

Allium Geyeri (Watson).

Allium Nevii (Watson).

Allium reticulatum (Fras.). A. stellatum. (Fras.).

A. tricoccum (Ait.) — Are found at considerable heights above sea-level on the
Mainland.

Allium Vancouverense (Macoun) — ]\Iount Arrowsmith. V.I.

Brodiaea Douglasii (Watson); Brodiaea grandiflor-i (Smith); Brodiaea lactea
(Watson). — All three reported from the neighbourhood of Victoria and the
south of Vancouver Island.

Calochortus elegans (Pursh.). var. nanus. (Wood) — Rocky Mountains.

Calochortus macrocarpus (Dougl.) — Lytton. Kamloops. Kootenai Valley, etc.

Camassia Leichtlinii (Watson). Camass.

Camassia esculenta (Lindl.) — Both found on

Clintonia uniflora (Kunth). Clintonia — Cool.
Mainland

Erythronium albiflorum (Hook.). Dog's Tooth Violet — Abundant throughout
the southern part of Vancouver Island. Locally known as "Lent Lily."

Erythronium Smithii (Hook.) — A pink variety rarer than the last. Found at
Alberni. Comox. Cowichan and Sooke: all on Vancouver Island.

FZrythronium giganteum (Hook.) — Flowers large, bright yellow. Coast Range
and Harrison Lake. B.C.

Erythronium minus (Morren.) — Bright yellow, usually one flowered. At high
altitudes. Vancouver Island and Mainland of B.C.

Fritillaria Kamtschatcensis (Ker). Fritillary — Generally distributed along the sea-
coast to the far north.

Fritillaria lanceolata (Pursh.). and var. floribunda — Southern B.C.

Fritillaria pudica (Spreng.) — Mountain slopes. Lytton and Spence's Bridge.

Lilium Columbianum. (Hanson) — Common on dry soil in southern Vancouver
Island.

Lilium Philadelphicum (Linn.) — Columbia Valley. B.C.

Maianthemum bifolium (D.C.). Lily of the Valley; var. diiatatum (Wood)— Com-
mon in low woods from Victoria to Port Simpson and the Queen Char-
lotte Islands. Apparently confined to the west coa.st.

Prosartes Hookeri (Torn) — Mainland of B.C.

Prosartes Menziesii (Don.) — Nootka Sound, Vancouver Island.

Prosartes Oregana (VVatson) — Near Victoria. New Westminster, Coast Range, etc.

the southern islands of B.C.

shady woods. Vancouver Island and

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

319

high
sea-

ouver

Coni-
Char-

e. etc.

Smilacina raceniosa (Desf.), False Solomon's Seal — Near Victoria, Sonienos, etc.
Smilacina sessilifolia (Nutt.) — Southern Vancouver Island. Frascr Valley, etc.
Smilacina stellata (Desf.) — Rocky Mountains and Columbia Valley.
Stenanthium occidentale (Gray) — Mountains of Vancouver Island and Mainland

of B.C.
Strcptopus amplexifolius (D.C.). Twisted Stalk — Wet thickets, (generally di.stri-

buted.
Strcptopus roseus (Michx.) — Rocky Mountains, Selkirks. Cariboo, etc.
Tofieldia glutinosa (Willd.). False Asphodel — Cold bogs and borders of mountain

lakes and rivers. Islands and Mainland of B.C.
Tofieldia occidentalis (Watson) — Selkirk Range and Queen Charlotte Islands.
Trillium ovatum (Pursh.), Three-leaved Nightshade— Rich woods in southern

parts of Vancouver Island and Mainland of B.C.
Veratrum viride (Ait.), False Hellebore — Generally distributed on mountains

slopes and river valleys from southern B.C. to Queen Charlotte Islands and

the Stikine coutnry.
Zygadenus elegans (Pursh.), Zygadene — Columbia River Valley. Donald.
Zygadenus venenosus (Watson), Poison Camass — Common in southern parts of

Vancouver Island and through the Selkirk and Rocky Mountains.
Lysichiton Kanitschatcense (Schott), Skunk Cabbage — Common on the islands

of B.C. up to the far north. Also on the Mainland in the Selkirk Range.

LIST OF FERNS OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

Adiantum pcdatum (L.), Maidenhair Fern— In rich damp woods, pretty generally
distributed.

Var. rangeferinum (Burgess) — Base ofAIount Finlayson. near Victoria.

Aspidium aculeatuin (Swartz)— Port Simpson, B.C.

Var. Braunii (Doell.) Nootka. V.I., and sources of Columbia River.

Aspidium Filix mas (Swartz). Male Fern — Selkirk Range. '

Aspidium Lonchitis (Swartz) — Rocky. Selkirks and Gold Mountains.

Aspidium nutnitum (Kaulf) — An evergreen species: common on the islands in-
cluding the Queen Charlotte group, also on western Mainland.

Aspidium Oreopteris (Swartz) — Wet ground on mountain slopes. Selkirk Range
and Port Simpson.

Aspidium rigidum (Swartz) — Growing in tufts amongst rocks on Mount Finlay-
son, near Victoria.

.A.spidium spinulosum (Swartz) — Partially evergreen. Generally distributed.

Var. intermedium (D. C. Eaton) — Same range as last.

Var. dilatatum (Hook.) — General. In places this forms almost the whole under-
growth.

Asplenium Filix-foemina (Bernh.) Lady Fern — Generally distributed. Growing
in moist places.

Asplenium Trichomanes (L.). Maidenhair Splecnwort — Crevices of rocks Van-
couver Island, west coast of Queen Charlotte Islands, also in Coast
Range, Selkirks and Rocky Mountains.

Asplenium viride (Huds), Green Spleenwort — Moist shady crevices of rocks in,
various parts of B.C., Port Simpson, Queen Charlotte Island", Rocky-
Mountains, etc.

Chcilanthes gracillima (Eaton), Lip Fern— Southern Vancouver Island, Harrison
Lake, Spence's Bridge, in fissures of dry rocks.

Cheilanthes lanuginosa (Nutt.)— In matted masses on exposed rocks. North
Thompson River. Ashcroft. Banff, etc .

Cryptogramme acrostichoides (R. Br.), Rock Brake. Paisley Fern — On bare hills
in many localities on Vancouver Island and Mainland.

'I : I

JJO

YEAR BOOK UF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Cystopteris fragilis (Bern,), Bladder Fern — Universally distributed, g'owing on

shady rocks and in rich woods. Very variable.
Gyninograinnie triangularis (.Kaulf), Gold Fern — Crevices ol rocks near Victoria.
Lomaria spicant (,0^^''^.) — Abundant along the coast in rich cool woods reaching

as far as the (Jueen Charlotte Islands.
Onoclea Struthioplens (liolTm.) — A tall species found in the valleys of the Fraser

J^^iver, in the (Jold Range, etc.
Palhea atropurpurea (Link.), Cliff Brake — Crevices of locks in Rocky ^lountains,

Kootenaie. District, Nicola aiu' I\.,\niloops.
Palla^a densu (Hook.) — A rock spe.u: trowing in exposed places above Yale

within tlie Cascades Mountains, Sicamous, B.C., and Mt. Finlayson near

Victoria.
Pella:a gracilis (Hook.) — Kicking Horse Lake, Mt. Stephen, Kootenaie Dis-
trict, etc.
Phegcpteris alpestris (Mett.) — Cascade, Selkirk and Gold Ranges, B.C.
Phegopteris, Dryopteris (Fee), Oak Fern — Rocky Aloui. tains, southern Vancouver

island. Queen Charlotte Lslands and Port Simpson.
Phegopteris polypodioides. (Fee) — Sources of Colmbia River. Port Simpson.
Polypodiuni falcatum (Kellogg) — Common along the coast of Southern B.C.
Polypodium Scoulcri (H. & G.) — On exposed rocks close to the sea west and

north coast of Vancouver Island.
Polypodium vulgare (L.) and varieties — Common in B.C.

Pteris aquilina (L.). Brake: var. lanuginosa (Boug.)— A common fern on Van-
couver Island and the Alainland of B.C.
Woodsia obtusa (Torr) — Amongst loose rocks at Port Simpson and west side

of Rocky Mountains at sources of the Columbia.
Woodsia scojiulina (D. C. Eaton) — Growing in dense passes on rocks and in their

crevices, chielly in shade. Mt. Finlayson. V.I., along the Thompson and

Fraser Rivers from Yale to Sicamous, etc.
Woodsia Oregana (D. C. Eaton) — Fraser and Thomiisfin Rivers, Kamloops, etc.
Woodwardia radicans (Smith) — Texada Island, Straits of Georgia, in moist places

:ti-

ST. ANDREW'S I'RKSHY fKRlAN CHDRCH,
VICTORIA.

Y. M. C A. BUILDING, NEW WESTMINSTER.

Dis-

MINES AND MINING.

A Source of
Disappointmunt.

IN dealing with the general conditions of mining in British Columbia, the ques-
tion has often arisen in the minds of outsiders as to how it was that a Prov-
ince so long known to the world as a mineral country, so much and so con-
tinuously talked about, and one tliat. in fact, sprang to lite on account of
auriferous wealth, discovered so many years ago, has in the past proved such
a source of disappointment to those who looked for development on a large scale.
It is true that in the early period of the history of the Province much gold was
taken out. In fact, its placer diggings proved to be very rich, but they were,
so far as gold could be produced by primitive appliances, soon exhausted, and,
despite all expectations, the output after the first few years continued to steadily
decline, with no compensating development of new fields, or
progress in lode mining, until very many began to question if,
after all, their faith in mines was not largely founded upon myth.
Writers and speakers since the first had declaimed on the immense possibilities of
the mineral resources until it became a monotonous strain; new hnds and new
ventures cropped up with unvarying regularity, and a great deal of local capital
from time to time was invested in the various schemes; but all without returns.
Hope was oft deferred. Foreign capital, that jewel oi great price, eiuueu an
Ltturts to entice it into assisting the most favourable propositions. The few ven-
tures in which it embarked in a preliminary way were doomed to misfortune. So
on it went, year after year, the close of each seeing bright hopes for the next,
which were never realized. The public grew skeptical.

The writer remembers, not longer than eight years ago, that the opinion
was expressed by many not incompetent to form one on such subjects, that Brit-
ish Columbia was a doubtful field for mining, and that even where local deposits
of value existed conditions rendered exploitation extremely unfavourable. No
quartz mines up to that time had been worked, hence nothing had been demon-
strated; and without demonstration no number of "indications" could furnish
proof to experienced mining men and capitalists. Much was heard at that time
about "broken formations" and "refractory ores," which in public esteem rendered
the rich surface exposures extremely unsafe as a criterion by which to determine
what might lie underneath. There was no doubt of the extensive coal measures
which existed, but the value of these was restricted by a limited demand. Analyses
had demonstrated |he quality of iron ores, and examirfcition of lodes had placed
their magnitude beyond question. Here, again, lack of access to markets and
the conditions of labour forbade the possibility of blast furnaces in the near
future; so that even in the matter of coal and iron, where, with the contiguity of

;l .

t !!

y 'i

322

YEAR BUUK UF BRlilSH COLUMBIA

wood, the natural conditions wcif iicrffct. tliere was tlu- absence of otlur and luces-
sary conditions. In tlie meantime otiicr countries — Australasia, tlie United Slates,
and South Africa — were Koii'K ahead and attracting capital by the millions It

:om(

The Gxplanntlon
of It.

secmecl as tliou^li liritisii L,oiumi)ia s time would never

The explanation of this unsatisfitctory state of affairs, which, as has been
stated, did not fail to excite comment, may be j^ivcn in three words — LACK OF
COMMUNICATION. No one who has not lived in British Columbia, and
especially who has not travelled in the interior, can properly appreciate what
that means. It is a country of enormous distances and of rugged
exterior. Without developed resources to start with, it was
next to impossible to induce capitalists to build railways at
unusual cost and under unusual difliculties. On the other hand, the resources
could not be developed without railways to assist. The situation was a pet-plex-
ing one and the obstacles many and dilticult to overcome.

The C. P. R. as a through line furnished an avenue of traffic only — a way
of getting in and out of the Province. Strangely enough, it uncovered no
mineral veins of any promise tliroughout its entire length. It did not connect
itself with those wonderful chains of interior lakes, which are great natural high-
ways. It re(|uircd, therefore, not only a main line, but branch lines to reach
these waterways, and independent lines from the South as well; but even after
the arterial system was established, a smaller network had yet to be accom-
plished. The mines which lie up steep mountain sides and in other compara-
tively inaccessible and im])assable places had to be reached by trails, and tram-
ways and roads, and short lines of railway. Prospectors must have communica-
tion with the base of supply; afterwards miners must be able to haul in machin-
ery; then the ore must come out and be transported at a rate cheap enough to
produce a profit, the sine qua non of all mining operations. Lit-
tle by little, after the construction of the main line of the C.P.R.,
all this was brought about, at least to a degree which has ren-
dered development in its present stage possible. It appeared slow to those who
were in a hurry to get rich, and to those who desired to see long cherished
hopes realized before they died; but, in reality, in the face of the many difificulties
to encounter, it has been wonderfully quick work. It is, indeed, astonishing thct
so much lias been accomplished in so short a time. The C. P. K., it must be
borne in mind, was completed within the past decade. Much has been done,
but in respect to communication the Province has but entered upon the threshold
of the possibilities that have been afforded thereby, and through its efforts in the
past has only demonstrated the needs of the future in rendering available the
opportunities which so wide and richly endowed mineral areas suggest.

It was fortunate, and, in fact, this gives the key-note to the great activity in
mining matters in Kootenay at the present time, that the lodes discovered on Toad
Mountain, in the Slocan District, and at Rossland, were so rich in character that
at the outset shipments of ore could be made at such an enormous cost, owing to
the lack of facilities of transport, and at the same time return a handsome profit.
Ore that brought from $50 to $200 a ton at the smelter, and was known to exist
in large and well-defined lodes, at once solved the problem of communication
and set at rest the future of a country so rich. Capital hesitated no longer.

Splendid
I'roKrcss.

ANU MANUAL Ol' PROVINCIAL INl-ORMATlON.

333

*EARLY HISTORY OF MINING.

Oregon
Territory.

HOW recent the knowledge of niir mineral wealth is may be judged from the
fact that Robt. Greeiihow, in 1S44, wrote as follows: "Oregon, indeed, con-
tains land in small detached portions which may afford to the industrious
cultivator the means of subsistence, and. also, perhaps, in time, of procuring some
foreign luxuries; but it produces no frrcioHs metds, no opium, no cotton, no
rice, no sugar, no cofTee; !ior is it like India, inhabited by a numerous population,
who may easily be forced to labour for the benefit of the few. With
regard to commerce it offers no great advantages, present or
immediately prospective It contains no harbour in which articles
of merchandise from other countries will probably at any future period, be de-
posited for re-exportation; while the extreme irregularity of iis surface, and the
obstruction to the navigation of its rivers, the removal of which is hopeless,
forbid all expectation that the productions of China, or any other country border-
ing on the Pacific, will ever be transported across Oregon to the Atlantic regions
of the continent."

Oregon as it was then known and the Oregon about which the above was
written included all that vast region of the coast from the Columbia River io
Alaska, or more widely speaking, what now constitutes Oregon, Washington and
British Columbia, exclusive of the New Caledonia territory. Greenhow was argu-
ing in connection with what was then a live subject of dispute between Great
Britain and the United States, viz.: the Oregon boundary question, and was point-
ing out that from material considerations the possession of this vast country would
be of no particular advantage to either country, and. except for political reasons,
was not worth striving for; but, apart from that, he was an exceedingly well-
informed man of his day and wrote conscientiously. How far he was mistaken on
every count, it is not necessary to indicate here. In no one statement was he more
mistaken than that there were "no precious metals."

It is true that the celebrated David Douglas, the botanist, unfortunate as

he was gifted, in the early twenties discovered the well-known ^^lue Bell mine

on Kootenay Lake, now the main base of supplies for the Pilot iiay smelter, but

that was an a'xidental circumstance that told the few little and the world nothing.

Just how, when and where gold was first discovered in British Columbia

is not easy to state with precision, notwithstanding the many accounts we have
of it.

it ^ -k Ai

The early discoveries of gold in small quantities range between the years
1850 and 1857. In 1850 specimens came from Vancouver Island and Queen Cha--

•The above, from the pen of the author, appeared in the Christmas number of the "B.C.
Mining Record," December, 1895, and in succeeding issues.

' -

: 1
!■ "1

' 1

.:i

334

YEAR BOOK OF DRITISH COLU lA

I'M

lotte Islands. An incipient mining boom took place at Queen Cliarlottc Islands

in 1851 and 185^. Dr. Dawson says that from one little jxickot <»r scant f)f Kold

in Gold Harbour, Moresby Island, between $20,000 ami $75,000

Di«rov«ric» lit ^^^^ taken, or were reported to have been taken. It is also

yuetn tlinrlniu- , . i , l ■ .

isiniKit. stated by otlicrs that more was lost in the iiarbour jn the opera-

tion of mining than was recovered. However much or little, the
"find" ended there. About the same time Indians from up tiie Skeeiia River
brought pieces of gold to tlie Hudson's Bay Company's fort, but tiie several expe-
ditions to find it in place met with failure.

In the Interior gold was found in the Natchez pass and Similkameen as
early as 1852, and in 1854, Colville Indians were known to have had nuggets in
their possession. It is stated in Bancroft that Chief Trader McLean i>rocured gold
dust from Indians near Kamloops in 1852. Various autliorities place tiic first
finds at various places. Hov/ever, between 1855 and 1857 discoveries were made
on the Thompson, on the Frascr, on the Columbia and at Colville, and the news
of these discoveries, together with the despatches of Governor Douglas soon at-
tracted attention to British Colunil)ia as a possible gold field. Exploiting for gold
was stimulated by the California excitement, and the discovery of any new field
was sure to produce a rush. Several parties prospected and worked on the P'raser
and Thompson Rivers in 1857 with good success, and the news caused the Eraser
River excitement, many of the participants in which are still living.

It is an old story now of how the people from Sau Francisco rushed into
Victoria by the thousands and set up their tents; of how they rushed up the Fraser
River, often crossing the Gulf of Georgia in open boats; how others came up the
tableland of the interior; how they crossed the Isthmus of Panama, and rounded
the Cape; how they entered from Whatcom and plodded wearily overland from
Eastern Canada. Victoria became a city in a day, and the Main-
land solitude was converted into a Crown Colony in a year. The
vicissitudes and hardsliips of the eager throng as they pushed
their way up the turbulent Fraser with facilities of transport limited, provisions
dear as gold itself, an unknown region to penetrate, and each a stranger among
a strange crowd of adventurers, constitute a chapter of history in itself somewhat
foreign to the history of mining development. We iiave to do with results rather
than incidents.

The Kush uf

Coal Mlninu.

COAL, Still the predominant wealth producer in minerals in this Province, was
known to exist at a much earlier period than was gokl. It was discovered
at Fort Rupert in 1835 and was used in small quantities. The Indians are credited
with making its existence known to the whites, the circumstance being ascribed
to an accident. Some development work was done at Fort Ruper/
by the Hudson's Bay Company, but the mines there were aban-
oned in 1851 for those at Nanaimo, which were discovered in a manner somewhat
similar to those at Fort Rupert. The Indians had observed a blacksmith using
coal and had informed him that there was plenty of such black stone at Nanaimo,
which, upon investigation, proved to be true. The work of mining was begun
in 1851, and has never been discontinued.

Coal is said to have been found at Burrard Inlet in an outcropping on the

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL I NI-OKM A lIoN.

.US

shore, and TLM.S. "Plumper" obtained enough of it there to steam the ship to
Nanaimo. No subseciuent indications have been reported. Borings m the vicinity
have proved iinsucccsstul in revealing a paying deposit. The coal l)eds of Queen
Charlotte, now attracting some attention, were discovered as far back as 1852, and
anthracite was known to exist.

The finding of coal at Departure Bay by the late Hon. Robert Dunsinuir
and its subsc(|uent development by hitn into the great industry it is at present, and
the fortune it brought with it, are too well-known to rccjuire detailed mention here.
From 3,000 tons in 185.^ the output has gradually risen to 1.000,000 tons (in round
numbers) per annum.

Ki'sult!* of
" New Find!i."

UP to 1858 nothing but preliminary work had been done, and little was known
of the mineral resources of the Province except those revealed by the frag-
mentary discoveries of Indians ;iiul ol't'iciais of the Hudson's Bay ( om-
pany. It was in iHj.< that gold miniiiK' really began, and from that period
dates tile history of mininj^ in this Province. The increase in the produc-
tion of gold was rapid, and from .$705,000. wliicli is a rou.i^h estimate of the out-
put in 1858, it rose in 1868 to $3,013,563. This latter amount came largely, if not
altogether from the Fraser River and its tributaries. In following the somewhat
irregular and uncertain course of mininK in British Columbia, we find that there
were series of excitements, all followecl by "rushes" to new
camps, and that interest in mining was proportionately stimulated,
each of these being marked by an increase in the mining output
for the time bcintr. Thus we have a decline from \Ht)j to iX/o, then an iiu'reasc,
then a docrease to 1873. then a jump in 1875 to $2,474,000. since which there has
been a decline until the present mining activity beg.m. which, roughly stated, was
five years ago. The effect of the activity of the last four i,r five years was not shown
until last year for the reason that it was mainly directed to development of
quartz veins. From this time onward we may expect to sec the output steadily
increasins:.

Coming back to the years 1858-9, during which time the work of mining was
mainly confined to the Fraser River as far as Yale, we find that the saine restless
spirit which actuated miners in Australia and California was present here, and that
daring prospectors had penetrated far into the interior. In 18') 1. after labourious
and hazardous journeyings. Williams and Lit^htning Creeks, Cariboo, two of the
most noted gold producers of British Columbia, were discovered, and in this
and the following years most of the other rich creeks in Cariboo became known.
Then began that rush which is the most notable event in the history of British
Columbia and one which has had the nnjst lasting effect in determining its future.
The finds were very rich and the lucky prospectors who became owners of claims
amassed large sums of money in a very short space of time. These discoveries
caused a second immigration from the outside world, which continued to grow
until the year [864. It will be remembered that the first immigration to Victoria,
in 1858, from California, estimated at between 23,000 and 30.000 persons, was
followed by almost as rapid an emigration, owing to the disappointment experi-
enced by the greater number in not finding the gold ecjual to their expectations.
The second period of inflation was the result of letters from miners and

! ,

326

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

others to papers in Great Britain. Eastern Canada, the United States. AustraHa
and elsewhere, principal among which is a rather remarkable series of letters to

the London "Times." One of the direct results of accounts pub-
Ercitement. Hshed in outsidc papers, was the celebrated overland party which

came from Eastern Canada in 1862. A numbe: of persons now
living in British Columbia formed a part of that party, a..d their trials and tribu-
lations in making the long and weary journey will ever remain an interesting
chapter in our annals.

Up to 1866 the principal operations were confined to Cariboo, but there
were, in the meantime, several lesser excitements, notably the discovery of rich
pKcer deposits on Wild Horse Creek in the Kootenay district, in the extieme
southeastern part of the Province. Then the Leech River excitement in 1864. in
the soutliern part of Vancouver Island. And again the Big Bend excitement
of 1865. The deposits of the last named place were found to be rich,
but the inaccessibility of the region, the total lack of facilities for b-inging in
provisions, and the great hardships consequent upon prospecting and mining in
this district, proved too great for continued success, and the excitement quickly
subsided. It is quite probable, however, tliat the Big Bend country vill soon
again excite the interest of miners and prove a rich field for them.

Shortly after the discovery of Cariboo goM mines, the restless prospector
began pushing his investigations further north, and in 1869 the Omineca country
was reached, where an excitement of not inconsiderable dimensions took place
and numbers rushed in. These mines were fa'rly remunerative for a time, and ha- e
been more or less operated ever since, but in 1872 the rich northern mines of the
Cassiar District at the head waters of the Dease, were brought to light, and the
second most notable mining epoch was effected. Out of this district some five or
six millions of dollars in gold were taken. True to his instinct, after the first
richness of the Cassiar creeks was exhausted, the prospector pushed further and
further north, until finally in 1880 gold was found in paying quantities in the tribu-
■ , ^ . taries of the Yukon. Ever since that time, this district, which

Cassiar and the , , , , , , ,• • r . n •

Yukon. extends further north than the extreme hmit of the Frovmce, to

the land of the midnight sun. has been the field for miners and
prospectors, and though not meeting with the returns with which they were re-
warded in the Eraser River, and Lightning, Williams and other creeks in Cariboo,
the returns have, nevertheless, been sulificient to attract them year after year. At
the present time (Dec. 1895) the Yukon is a prospectively rich country, and during
the last year or two. many adventurers have gone in, and the success of their
efFf^'ts has been such as to attract tlie attention of the Government of Canada,
the field being considered of sufficient value and importance to justify its borders
being protected by detachments of the North- West Mounted Police. Great hopes
are entertained of this most northerly mining district, and when easy communi-
cation by rail or otherwise is established, it is anticipated that results not second
to Cariboo itself will be achieved. [Which is proving more than true, as the pre-
sent excitement is the result of even greater finds than those of the early Cariboo
days. — Ed.J

In 1885. Granite Creek, a tributary of the Similkameen, afforded evidences
of rich piacers. and a small "rush" occurred, and although not so ich as was
supposed at first, it has ever since occupied the attention of prospectors, and during
the past two years has experienced very considerable exploitation.

P
ci
tl

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

.U7

Quartz Mining.

The period between 1858 and 1885 may be now regarded as an lustorical
one, the events relating to which and the development being tliose associated witli
placer deposits, and the machinery beinj^ sucli as is employed in the primitive
cradling of the rocker and the more anticjuated modes of hydraiilicing. Since
then attention h?s been directed to ([uartz mining, in which, if we except tlic
somewhat notable quartz excitement of Cariboo by whicli a number of worthy
citizens of the Province lost money, nothing heretofore has been done, and with-
out means of communication nothing indeed was possible. The
latter period is one to which we will devote more particular at-
tention in future articles. It may be called the railway era of Brit'sli Columbia.
The extensions of railways and the bianch liner, in the various mining districts
in the southern portion of Kootenay has made possible the developmerc of which
we hear so much to-day, and whicii promises in the near future to give us rank
with the great mining countries of the world.

As to the earlier period referred to a great deal is given in Bancroft's His-
tory of British Columbia, more particularly with reference to the excitement <»f
Cariboo. Dawson, from whose pages much of the foregoing has been condensed,
says that the details there collected may be consulted with advantage, and have
been frequently referred to in connection with localities mentioned in later pages
of his report. It must be added, however, that many of the statements quoted by
Bancroft must be accepted with caution, having been derived often from news-
papers of the time and other sources not always trustworthy, but which it has
naturally been impossible for tlie compiler to check, and many of which call for
an intimate knowledge of the country to properly correlate.

Dawson, in the report referred to. in concluding his historical summary
of events up to the time when it was wriuen, says: —

"While it may now be safely affirmed that gold is very generally distributed
over the entire area of the Province of British Columbia, so much so that
there is scarcely a rtream of any importance in which at least "colours' of gold
may not be found, tlie enumeration of the principal discoveries of mining districts
shows very clearly that most of these are situated along the lys-
tems of mountains and high plateaus which comprise the Pur-
cell, Selkirk, Colorado and Cariboo ranges, and the north-west continuation lying
to the south-west of the Rocky Mountain range, properly so called and parallel
in direction with it. C)f all the gold pro<ilucing districts tiiat of Cariboo has
proved the richest and most continually productive."

We have thus hastily glanced over a comparatively speaking wide stretch
of history, the details connected with which are of extreme interest, but which
must be dealt with by sections to be fully appreciated.

Gold Everywhere.

'•' 1

■,(. ^ I

I: V

' T (\

There has been much disappointment in the expectations formed by pioneers
in mining in British Columbia, there have been many financial reverses for those
who have risked their money on mining ventures, and hope has been time and again
deferred. Year after year for many years, the people v\fere invited to bright antici-
pations for the "next year," Few lost hope, however, and the faith in our future,

328

YEAR ROOK OF BRITISFI COLUMBIA.

long clung to, sometimes almost in despair, is, we are glad to say, to-day stronger
than ever. It has been strengtliened by results which are coming at last, and it
may be safely stated that the long looked for day of great things is speedily on
the way.

MINING IN VANCOUVER ISLAND.

/A OLD was first discovered in Vancouver Island in the year 1850, or some time
vJ prior to its existence being known on the Mainland. The late Mr. Pember-
ton in his book. "Vancouver Island and British Columbia,'' says he broke off,
almost at random, pieces of gold-bearing rock in various places "within a walk of
Victoria." He referred to the year 1852, the same that the Hudson's Bay Company
dispatched the "Una" to Queen Charlotte Islands, where anchoring in Mitchell
Harboiir a small vein of very rich quartz was exploited. Mr. Pemberton says that
the h'-aviest specimens received from there weighed from fourteen to sixteen
ounces.

Macfie in his book says that the first appearance of gold in Vancouver
Lsiand thac excited notice was found in 1863 in a district about fourteen miles
from Victoria, now known as "Coldstream." Here, he says, the precious metal
was extracted from quartz rock, there being no placer "diggings." "In a short
time," the account goes on "the auriferous ground was staked out and ten com-
panies were formed to work it, which they did with varied suc-
Goidstream. '^^s^- ^he Parmeter Company, in order to test thoroughly the
rock they had blasted, sent half a ton to San Francisco to be
crushed and assayed. A bar of amalgamated silver and gold was the result, giving
an average of $25 to the ton. * * * Other quartz mining companies engaged
in the same neighbourhood, though invariably finding fair prospects, have not
been so successful as the Parmeter; but the chief obstacle to progress, as in rela-
tion to other resources, has been the want of adequate capital."

Dr. Brown, who was among the first to explore the interior of the Island
of Vancouver, and who made a somewhat celebrated journey across, sent the
neivs of the discovery of gold in one of the forks of the Sooke River, and his
despatch, dated July 21, 1864, created a great deal of excitement.

Dr. Brown's letter contained the following: "The discovery which I have
to communicate is the finding of gold on the banks of one of the forks of the
Sooke River, about twelve miles from the sea, in a straight line, and in a locality
never hitherto reached by white men. in all probability never even by natives.
I forward an eighth of an ounce, or thereabouts, of the coarse scale gold washed
out of twelve pans of dirt, in many places twenty feet above the river, and with
no tools but a shovel and a pan. The lowest prospect obtained was three cents
to the pan; the highest $1 to the pan. The diggings extend for twenty-five miles,
and would give employment to more than 4,000 men." Mr. Foley, a member of
Dr. Brown's expedition, before a committee of Victoria gentlemen, explained at
some length the chaiacter of the country and the nature of the deposits. He had
prospected till in ascending Leech River he had advanced twenty-two miles from
Sooke Harbour. "As he ascended," Macfie says, "the quality of tiie g:old grew
coarser, yielding twenty-five cents to the pan. Tiie prospects became richer and
the gold got coarser as he travelled along the North Fork oi tlie Leech River."
Nuggets as high as $70 in value were found, and as high as $35 a day was earned.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATlUX.

329

A Local
Turn-out.

It was estimated that $30,000 was taken out of the Leech River in little more than
a month after the excitement began.

The discoveries referred to drew hundreds if not thousands of people from
Victoria to the district. There were to be seen men of all classes, some of whom
are well-known citizens of Victoria, with their prospecting pans and outfits. The
Hon. D. W. Higcins, the present Speaker of the House, says
that when the first California miners came to Victoria during
the excitement of 1858 and later, they expressed it as their opinion
that the mountains in the vicinity of Coldstream and Sooke were gold-bearing,
and some panning out was done to verify this theory, but the results were not of
such a character as to induce them to continue.

In Mr. Pemberton's book we find that in the appendix, describing a trip
fiom Cowichan Harbour to Nitinat, dated November 12th. 1857, there arc refer-
ences to gold-bearing rocks and indications of mineral wealth.

On page 160 of the same book we find a chapter headed "Professor James
Tennant on the rocks of Vancouver Island," in which it is reported (1852) that
a number of specimens contain gold. ^

It will be seen, therefore, that tlie prospects of gold and minerals gener-
ally were well understood as regards Vancouver Island, and that its possibilities
were suggested long before gold in Cariboo was known or thought of. The
existence also of copper, iron, and various structural materials was noted in many
parts of the Island and contiii^uous islands, and was referred to at length by the
early writers of Vancouver Island.

Coming now to Alberni, the scene of the present mining development on the
Island, little was known regarding its resources until quite recently. The existence
of gold in China Creek has been known for about twenty-five years, and the
Alberni placer deposits were worked at intervals by Chinamen and others.

District. and have been ever since. As is well known, these placers have

been considered of sufficient value to induce hydraulicing companies to under-
take their exploitation on a considerable scale, with what success time alone
en tell.

The discovery of quartz ledges so far as known is quite recent, within the
last two or three years, and it is interesting to note in this connection that the
prospector, whose name is forgotten at the present moment, discovered Mineral
Hill by following up one of the creeks. After reaching a certain point he dis-
covered that the mineral indications were fewer, if they did not cease altogether.
And so, speculating on the cause for this, he turned up Mineral Creek, which
continued to show mcreasing signs of gold, and thus came upon Mineral Hill,
where the largest quartz ledges hrive been found.

ALBERNI AND THE WEST COAST.

from

LITTLE has been done as yet in demonstrating the mineral wealth of Alberni,
although for a time it was the scene of a good deal of activity in prospecting.
The principal development has taken place on the Consolidated claims, Min-
eral Hill, where the Messrs. Dunsmnir expended considerable money. A brick
of gold was extracted, but, not meetins,'- witli tlie expectations at first formed,
these gentlemen relinquished operations. Development has been undertaken by
the original shareholders of the mine, however, and, it is stated, witli prospects
of success.

Prospecting has been continued along Alberni Canal, on Barclay Sound,
and up the West Coast, where a number of promising finds have been made, the
ores generally carrying a large percentage of copper, and some
icii in oppcr, gold. Many of these copper claims are situated on the seashore,
and as such, owing to the increased demand for copp«er, will, if capable of devel-
opment into mines, prove of exceptional value.

330

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

!'t may be here stated that the roasts of both Vancouver and the Mainland
of British Columbia contain many valuable mineral deposits, including iron, quick-
silver, and slate, marble and other building stones. These, with the indications
of the existence of the precious metais, which recent discoveries convey, afford
hopes of a future, all the conditions of which are favourable to industrial devel-
opment on a large scale. The existence of great bodies of high quality of iron
ore at several points, with abundance of coal, timber and structural materials,
generally gives promise, when the other essential conditions are favourable, of
blast furnaces, smelters, and those concomitants of industrial development which
have added so much to the wealth of countries where similar resources exist in
contiguity. Owing to the travel northward, the building up of the fisheries on
the coast, the rage of prospecting and the general activity being displayed in open-
ing up new districts, we may look very soon to the coast line being thoroughly
explored and examined, and to a more definite knowledge of its capabilities being
obtained.

Regarding Alberni, and. to some extent, the west coast, the only official

reports have been made by Mr. Sutton, in 1895, and by Mr. Carlyle, Provincial

Mr. cariyie's Mineralogist, in the spring of 1896. The former treated it geo-

Report. logically and described the formations. From Mr. Cariyie's re-

port the following excerpts are taken, and there is little to be added since the date
of his Bulletin, the purport of which was that sufficient had not been acc(miplished
to demonstrate the value of the claims visited. He says: —

"All mining or prospecting, except on the placers on China Creek, as seen
by me, was in igneous rock, in most cases, I believe, in diorite or rock closely
allied, rock nearly everywhere carrying more or less iron pyrites, that led some
prospectors to report exposures of such rock as ledges of great width, and in many
cases to call this fine grained or aphanitic rock, quartz, when, in fact little
quartz was seen apart from the regular quartz veins to be described, although
the feldspar that mostly constitutes this rock is very acidic or high in the per-
centage of silica. Prospectors find this country very difficult to explore on ac-
count of its being densely covered with heavy timber and thick underbrush, espe-
cially near the coast, so that it is only by pushing up along the streams that they
have picked up the clues that have led to many of the locations now made. Where
so little development work has been done, and so little of the ore really tested,
it is next to impossible for any one to reach a safe conclusion as to tiie value
and extent of the ore now exposed, and all interested in Alberni are awaiting the
results to be determined by more underground work, the milling tests soon to be
possible on the erection by Mr, James Dunsmuir of the prospecting stamp mill
at the foot of Mineral Creek, and the first clean-up on the placers where hydraul-
icing is being inaugurated.

"The drift of these few remarks is to the effect that in this yet untried min-
ing district there are needed much more work to ascertain the size and the char-
acter of the ore bodies, and also many careful mill tests, prosecuted with intelli-
gence and experience, to decide not only the value of the ore but its treatment
qualitites, and much can be done alouT these lines without an excessive outlay of
capital, thorough experience indeed being almost more requisite than money.

"About a mile up the Saritas River, on the left bank, is a steep blufT of
diorite, heavily covered with timber and underbrush, showing a considerable
amount of rock more or less permeated with magnetite, iron and copper pyrites
and pyrrhotite, which in places where a few shots had been put in showed in solid
masses of basic sulphides. As to the extent of this deposit no definite idea can
yet be formed until some work is done,

"On a small neck of land on the east side of Cappe Island, near a good
sheltered anchorage, a shaft has been sunk fifty or sixty feet on a ledge of mag-
netite that carries more or less sulphides. This ledge out-crops irregularly along
the shore, some parts very red or reddish-brown proving on fracture to be solid
pyrites.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

331

"On Scoliart Peninsula nuicli prcspcctinj: has liei n done iiy Mr. Anderson,
who has built good trails to ditiferent points, and has disclosed by stripping sev-
eral large exposures of iron ore. The tirst claim visitfd was the Lord o' the Isles,
altitude about 950 feet, where three men were enga..,vd uncovering a small ex-
posure of magnetite that lies in what appears to be diorite and ne.\t to a very
extensive area of limestone, that at the point of contact with the eruptive rock is
completely crystallized into large coarse crystals. On the Crown Prince, 800 to
900 feet altitude, two miles from the wharf, or about three-quarters of a mile from
the nearest salt water, a large steep face on the mountain side has been stripped,
disclosing much magnetite iron ore, in places in large masses separated by coun-
try rock, but no new faces exposed by blasting were seen. Mr. Anderson allowed
me to copy the following analyses made on samples of ores: —

"(a.) By E. H. Cook, Cleveland Iron Works, Middlesborough, England:
Iron, 66.0 per cent.; manganese, .44 per cent.; lime, 4.00 per cent.; sulphur, .02 per
cent.; phosphorus, .01 per cent.; silica, 2.00 per cent.

"(b.) By Dr. O. Worth, Pittsburg, Pa., J. S.. October 19th, 1893: Iron,
64.01 to 66.32 per cent.; sulphur, traces to .09 per cent.; phosphorus, .007 to .009
per cent.

"These analyses show a very small percentage of phosphorus, that would
rank this ore as a fine Bessemer iron ore.

'"Other deposits of iron ore have been stripped, but I had not time to inspect
them. These iron deposits can be easily mined, and thi. ore brought down to a
well sheltered deep-water harbour, but as yet no work has been done underground
to test the continuity or extent of these ore masses. Along the trails exposures
of syenite and felsite were seen, and limestone was abundant.

"The Sechart quicksilver claim, half a mile up Pot Hole Creek, which
empties into the sea about a cjuarter of a mile from the wharf, has three tunnels
and two shafts close to the creek in which it is reported native mercury was first
found by hunters. The rock on the dump appears to be a diorite or a diabase,
and some good specimens of the ore were found, which, on being broken, dis-
c'lv-ed the cinnabar disposed along the extremely narrow invisible cracks, while
decomposed rock was found carrying the metallic 'quick.' "

Along Alberni Canal a number of claims has been recorded, and some de-
velopment work done on Coleman Creek, Granite Creek, China Creek and Min-
eral Creek. The principal claims are situated on tlie last two
named. They include those owned by the Alberni Consolidated
Mining Co. and the Golden Eagle, concerning which very good
prospects are held out. Very good assays have been reported from all of these,
and milling tests are awaited to determine more definitely the general value of
the ore.

Two hydraulicing companies, the Duke of York and Cataract, have ex-
pended a good deal of money in developing placer claims on China Creek. It was
Worn this creek that Chinamen for years obtained gold, and the gravel on both
sides is said to carry it in every part. Operations have been suspended during
the present year.

On Alberni
Canal.

CARIBOO.

MR. H. B. HOBSON, engaged in connection with Cariboo Hydraulicing
enterprises, and who has . practical knowledge of the district, contributed
an article to the San Francisco " Chronicle " on the 17th of January of this
year on the subject of recent development on modern lines. After describing the
early working of the placer deposits, he says: —

"Since then the district has had a fitful experience. For a time there waa
a spurt in quartz, but it developed as a stock-jobbing affair and went through the

33a

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

■I

Uccent
ncvL'lopincnts.

usual experience of such movements. For thirty odd years Cariboo lias conse-
quently been regarded as a "petered out' mining camp. The old-timers have been
dig^'ing away in the old claims from which immense volumes of gold dust were
taken in early days, uncovering, now and again, a spot of rich ground that had
escaped notice before, and prospecting for lost leads on tlie various creeks head-
ing from 'Old Baldy' or Mount Agnes.

"During the past tlireo <>r four years, however — tliat is. since the new de-
velopments made in the Kootcnay district — Cariboo has shared, in common with
California, the attention of capitalists, and money for mining development in
and ;irotind 'Old Baldy,' the scene of the gold supply of tlie Fraser valley, has
been gradually flowing in. .\t present if- is being diverted to the development of
the deep placers in the district and the washing out of the gold
which has b(in released in times jiast from its native matrix in
the rocks and is lodged in the beds of the living and dead rivers.
Perliaps some day capital will branch out and attempt one of the most gigantic
engineering feats of the ages — the piercing of 'Old Baldy'- -in search of the veins
of the precious metal now concealed from the miner's gaze by t.ie forest growth
and tlie dense lining of moss nnderlying it and covering the entire face of the
country, excepting in such places as the miner has removed the placer deposits
in his search for gold. Such veins are supposed to be ribboning the famous peak
and to have yielded, through the elemental erosion of ages, the metal which en-
riched the gravel deposits.

"The new era of mining development in Cariboo is manifc^.ting itself on all
sides around the base of 'Old Baldy.' It was started five years ago under the
direction of Sir William Van Home, president of the Canadian Pacific Ry., with the
view of developing mining properties that would serve as valuable feeders to the
railroad, besides paying a fair interest on whatever capital might
be invested, opening up new territory for capital and industry,
and thereby furnishing freight and passenger traffic for the road.
The services of J. B. Ilobson, a mining engineer of long experience in this State,
having been associated with deep-gravel mining in the vicinity of Gold Run and
Dutch Flat, were enlisted, and as a result extensive purchases and locations have
been made, more particularly on the forks of the Quesnelle River and its tribu-
taries.

"The latter developments made in Cariboo indicate strongly the presence
there of the same kind of auriferous dead rivers as mark the flanks ol the Sierra
in this State and extend into Southern Oregon, and to which have been applied
the name of the Blue lead. The properties which Hobson secured on the Horse
Fly and the South Fork of the Quesnelle for the syndicate he represented, com-
posed largely of Canadian Pacilic Railway ollicials, bear all the characteristics
of the Blue lead of California so far as the operations already
Horsciiv Hydraulic couductcd shovv. Under Hobsou's management something like
Mine. $6oo,ooo lias been spent in the development and equipment of

the Horse Fly hydraulic mine and the Cariboo hydraulic mine, the
former being situated on Horse Fly Creek, four miles north of the discovery
claim of James Moore and his associates in 1859, and the latter tour miles east
of the town of Quesnelle Forks. The operations in both properties have been
on a gigantic scale, establishing beyond doubt the theory which possessed every
one of the early prospectors in Cariboo that only with the use of unlimited capital
was it possible to develop the wealth of the district.

The C.l'.W.

Interested.

I
•<

D
X
>

r
o

o
o

I
-<

c
r

z
o

o
o

■mn

\. [:

I. ;

the I

(lu;

invl

ingj
the I

rt-t
floe

perl

ROSSLAND.

f.
I:

TRAIL.

* V

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL I N !•( )l<.\L\TlO.\.

'J3

"Two thousand miners' inches of water was hrou«ht from Mussel Creek
to the Horse Fly hydraulic mine, through twelve miles of ditch, six feet wide at
the boilom, eleven feet at the top, and two and a half feet deep, and two and one-
(juartcr miles of thirty inch steel pipe. The pipe line is laid c i the plan of an
invetted syphon, and carries this lar;j;c body of water over three deep depressions.

"The giant has been introduced into these latter-day hydraulic (jperations
in the Cariboo district, and volumes of water (|uitc as lar^je as any used in Cali-
fornia in the best days of hydraulic minin'j; here are beinj; handled during the
'open season.' There is no anti debris law in that Province to interfere with min-
ing operations, nor arc there any farminti: lands in daiujfer of bein^ Hooded from
the overflow of the rivers. The I'Vaser an(l all its tributaries llow in deep beds
„ ^. . , between iiigli banks or benches where the level or prairie coun-

Condltions of . • . . , ■ ■ i .1 ^ •

try IS traversed, and in narrow, rocky gorges where the mountam

" ""■ ranges are pierced. The navigable waters of tlie I'raser are too

remote from the scene of mining operations to be affected by them, and the fierce
floods of spring and summer scour the river channels and keep them at their nor-
mal depth. Hydraulic mining is, therefore, possible of the highest and most
perfect development in the Cariboo district, with nothing to hinder or to interrupt
it except the long and severe winters, during which the snowfall is measured by
feet and the thermometer drops often below the freezing point of mercury and
sometimes touches a record quite as low as what any Arctic explorer has expe-
rienced in the far North.

"Almost all of the 'pay dirt' in the placer deposits o. Jariboo resembles the
material contained in the Blue leads of California. It is a sticky, compact con-
glomeration of highly washed gravel, sand and clay, with whicli every placer
miner is familiar, and from which when found he always htjpes to reap that rich
reward for which he is in search. In the Horse Fly hydraulic mine the dirt hith-
erto worked has been a free-washing gravel, but during last season it changed
to a hard, compacted, cemented gravel that must be crushed before washing to
win from it all the gold it contains. Since this change presented itself in the
face of the pit only a small portion of the gold contained in the
gravel piped off has been recovered, chunks of the cemented
gravel being found at the foot of the sluices, unaffected by the
pipe or tlie grinding in transit in the sluices, A ten-stamp mill, with a capacity
to crush from 100 to 120 tons per twenty-four hours, will be installed on the prem-
ises. Mr. Hobson estimates it will cost from $1.50 to $1.75 per ton to mine and
mill the cement, which working tests show contains froin $4.82 to $5.56 per cubic
yard of gold. The mill will be operated during summer with water powei and
during winter with steam, as drifting can be carried on winter and summer alike.

"The vastness of the deep gravel deposits of the Cariboo district is shown.

in the pit of the Cariboo hydraulic mine. The company controls about three miles

of the ancient river channel, which is a thousand feet wide between the rims, and

the bank of auriferous gravel rises from 350 to 400 feet above the head of the

sluices, while it is estimated that from 80 to 100 feet more pay

ast Years ^j^.^. jj^^, between tlie present workings and the bedrock. The lat-

"'''"' ter cannot be touched until the upper stratum is worked off.

This is the mine that yielded during the last season $i-\S,ooo worth of gold at a

total cost of $85,000. An early setting in of winter is said to have deprived them

of the means of taking out from $50,000 to $70,000 additional. There were four

giants in operation last summer. Two more giants will be put in operation this

year.

"How puny the efforts of the hydraulic miners of Cariboo of the sixties
were, when they wo-ked with canvas hose and one-inch nozzle pipes, compared
with the operations now going on in the district, is shown by the fact that the
canal and reservoir capacity of this mining company amounts to 10,000 miners'
inches of water delivered from the big nozzles of the largest giants manufactured,
and there is nothing superior to its system of pipes, canals and reservoirs any-
where on the Coast.

"Everything has drifted into big companies in the way of mining in that
district now. The Miocene Gravel Mining Company, of which R. H. Campbell
is manager and whose claims cover four miles of the Horse Fly to the mouth

Cemented
Gravel.

■

3.^6

YEAR iiUUK Ul' BKlTiSli COLUMBIA

i ■ !

of Bcavcr I.akc Crcuk, liris a paid-up capital of $.vx).fxx), ami Campbell has just
k'fi San l-'rancisco to hi'nin oprratioiis for oponiiiH up the property systotnatically,

"The Harper claiii) on tlie same creek is owned by a San Francisco syndi-
cate, and it is to be worked by a hydraulic elevator. About $50,000 has already
been spent there in the construction oi a ditch and pipe line.

"Seven miles soiulieast of the town of Quesnelle Forks is carried on one of

the most Ki^antic placer mining operations ever attempted on the Coast. It is

at a point where the ^reat (Juesnelle Lake empties its overflow waters into the

South Fork of the Cjuesnelle. There the tiolden^TTiver Quesnelle Company,

Limited, of London, is emplovin^j now about 400 white men and 100 Chinese in

excavatiiiK for an immense waste weir that is intended U> divert

AiK.tiuT jIj^, ^yjitj-r^ fp„„ their natural outlet. When this waste weir and

tntrrprise. ^j^^. necessary gates are completed, the construction of the dam,

to hold back the waters of the ^?reat Quesnelle Lake, which is 100 miles long

and from one to five miles wide, will be commenced. The overflow waters which

it is intended to divert cover a space 300 feet wide, and are now at the lowest

stage of the river — tlowing eight to ten feet deep. As the water in the lake rises

six or eight feet each season, it can easily be seen what a gigantic piece of work

the company has undertaken.

"It is estimated that the dam will cost $228,000, and probably $350,000 or
more will be expended before the company completes the work and gets ready to
clean up the gold from the bottom of the South Fork River, eight miles of which
it controls. It is expected that all f)f this will be worked out before the lake over-
flows the dam erected to hold it back.

"But the attack on the auriferous deposits of Horse Fly and Quesnelle Forks
represents only one side of the base of 'Old Baldy,' the supposed source of Cari-
boo's golden wealth. On all of the creeks taking their rise in it — Keithley. Snow-
shoe. Cunningham. Harvey, Willow. William. Grouse. Antler. Goose, Lightning,
ard other water courses equally familiar to old-timers — new efforts on a corres-
pondingly large scale to those named are being instituted. The
Carilino Gold Fields & Exi)loration Comp.'iny, organized in
London, with a capital of £1.000.000. have purchased nearly all
the old claims on the famous William Creek at B-^ •'.xervillc. in tlie Cariboo dis-
trict, and have expended several hundred thousand dollars in bringing up a bed-
rock drain tunnel to relieve the deep-gravel claims of the water that caused the
former owners to quit work. A la.ge ditch is being brought from Jack of Clubs
Lake that is intended to deliver the water to the hydraulic elevator under a pres-
sure or head of 900 feet.

"The old channel of Antler Creek, for which unremitting search has been
made fcr over thirty-five years, is claimed to have been discovered at a remote
point from the present stream, and extensive operations for working the dead
river channel are being made. A Canadian company, with a capital of $2,000,000,
has taken up twenty miles or more of Lightning Creek from its junction with
Cottonwood, intending to hydraulic it.

"A Seattle and New York company has been organized by Colonel Fish-
beck, in which the Goulds are said to be represented, with a capital of $5,000,000,
to work twenty miles of the bed of the Quesnelle River. A French syndicate
and a Montreal syndicate, the latter with a capital of $2,500,000, $500,000 of which
is to go at once into reservoir and ditch construction, are also operating at Ques-
nelle River. These are only a few of the big companies with large capital that
have recently entered this old-time and supposed to be 'petered out' mining dis-
trict. Even the beds of the Fraser and the Quesnelle. which cannot be reached
by pick, shovel or hydraulic monitor, are being attacked by dredgers in hopes of
winning the golden contents of their sands. The Cariboo miner of thirty years
ago looks on and marvels."

More recent developments in what may yet prove to be still the richest
district in British Columbia, are described in the following, for the information
contained in which the author is largely indebted to Mr. W. Carlyle. Provincial
Mineralogist, who had. at the time of writing (October of this year), just returned

Cariboo Gold
FleIdH Co.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

337

''fll has just

sttrnatically.

ii^isco syiidi-

lias aln-ady

d on one of

oast. It is
rs into the
Company,
Chinese in
fl to divert
e vvoir and
' the- dam,
Tules long
ters which
tlie lowest
Jake rises
•e of work

350,000 or
s ready to

of which
lake over-
due Forks
'■ of Cari-
■y, Snow-
'Rhtning,
a corres-
ed. The
nized in
early all
boo dis-
l> a bed-
ised the
if Clubs

a pres-

as been
remote
le dead
000.000,
n with

I Fish-

KX).000,

idicate
which
Ques-
il that
g dis-
:ached
pes of
years

ichest
ation
incial
irned

The Vucinclle
River.

HydraultcliiK
EnterprUcit

from an official visit to Cariboo, and wlio was kind inouKJi to anticipate in his
remarks some of the material of liis fortlicominK annual rt-pori Cariboo, so far
as mining at present is concerned, is divided into two districts —
(Jucsi.clle and Uarkerviilc. In tlio Qucsncllc district work is
beiiiK done on tlu' ancient river cl'.annels. Here tiie Cariboo
Hydraulicinpf Company has one of the finest mining propositions in tlit" Province
and has probably in hand one of the greatest hydraiilicing enterprises ever under-
taken in any mining country in the world, which is a large but justifiable claim.
The company has a very extensive concession and in opening the mine has already
obtained about $400,000 from the upper sixty to eighty feet of gravel, which is
200 feet in depth. It is necessitating the expenditure of a very large amount of
capital, but Mr. Hobson, the manager, who is a very capable and practical mining
engineer of extensive experience, is doing splendid work. Under his direction*
$6^,000 has already been expended, water being conveyed by a ditch seventeen
miles long. Next year it is proposed to construct a new ditch twelve miles long,
which, with a dam across Moorehead Creek, will cost $150,000.

At the mouth of Quesnelle Lake the Golden Rivers Quest. elle Company is
building a dam to throw the river back into the lake for as long a time as possible,
so as to exploit the bottom of the river, from whicli already a
large amount of gold, by Chinamen and others, has been won.
The company will expend about $400,000 in this enterprise, which
is a bold scheme, but well worth the trying.

On the Horsefly, the Horsefly Hydraulic Company has erected a ten-stamp
mill to crush the layer of cemented gravel lying next to the bed-rock, refciied to
in Mr. Hobson's article in the foregoing, the bank of gravel, 100 feet high, being
cemented too hard to hydiauiic in the ordinary way. No results of the crushing
are yet obtainable, and the merits of the proposition are yet to be determined.
About $300,000 has been expended in this enterprise, the water being brought by
piping, ditching, etc., a distance of thirty miles.

On the Quesnelle at Harper's Bar the Horsefly Gold Mining Company has
spent $100,000 in putting in a steel pipe line for water and two hydraulic elevators
but the lack of water has prevented any decided results being obtained as
yet. Near by, Senator Campbell, of California, has been exploring the same
ancient river channel exposed by the modern river at Harper's liar, and has sunk
a shaft 250 feet, 200 feet in gravel, w'thout striking the gutter, or bed-rock, where
rich gravel is expected.

Many other properties are lying idle, waiting for, and dependent for de-
velopment on. the results of the enterprises referred to in the foregoing. No
placer mining is carried on, except by Chinamen.

At Barkerville the old-time operations, which won so much wealth long
ago have practically ceased. Only desultory placer miniiig is carried on in the old
creeks. However, mining enterprise has taken a new direction on the line of
modern methods. The Cariboo Gold Fields Co. has spent about
$300,000 in ditches, pipe lines, sluices, and hydraulic elevators to
work out their leases on Williams Creek below Barkerville. Min-
ing will be begun next spring and success will greatly depend on the supply ot
water.

On Willow River, Mr. Laird, after sinking a shaft and driving a drift
through the bed-rock to tap the lowest point of bed-rock on Willow River, is
about ready to explore the gravels. In the neighbourhood of $40,000 has been
spent in this work, which is peculiar in character, but necessaiy owing to the com-
posite and unworkable nature of the ground overlying the bed of the river.

On Slough Creek, also, a company is preparing to reach the bottom of the
channel, 280 feet deep, in a similar way. If these companies succeed it will encour-
age the undertaking of a great deal of mining in the district, as only parts of the
famous creeks therein could be worked in the early days.

There are many quartz ledges on which considerable work has been done,
but with no results, no pay shutcs having yet been found, although there is little

Barkerville
Division.

b \

t. f , f

r '

338

YEAR HOOK OF HKITISII COLUMBIA

Orluin of til*
(iuld,

doubt that the k'filU <liscovcrcd in the famous placers of the district liad its source
in these or some other (|uartz leads. The theory has been advanced that the
Kreal (luantities of coarse Kold louiid within limited areas of
creek and river beds were deposited tliere by the glaciers moving
from the north, whieh had scraped otT the rich surface exposures
of quart/ leads liiRher up and carried it with other debris filling up the bcAtoms
in its eou'-se. On this assumption the "mother lode," a term used for its su^-
gestivene* rather than as strictly scientific, might be looked for on the mountain
tops or sides, to prospect for which, however, the thick mossy covering presents
serious diHiculties. From an exclusively hydraulicing point of view there is suf-
ficient to justify tht opinion expressed i>y Dr. Dawson some years ago.
that Cariboo would yet reinstate itself as a great wealth producing district and
attract a population, dependent upon its mining and other resources, outrivalling
that of its palmiest days, and with this advantage, that the industry, although
of a less stimulated (jr excited cha/acter, will be on a m<ire subslaitial and per-
m;inetit basis,

LILLOOET.

LILLOOET has had its mining history as well as Cariboo, but has not hereto-
fore been a large gold producer, although its creeks have, in a small way,
been worked on a paying basis almost from the first. Of late years they
have been principally exploited by Chinamen, whose returns, though uncertain,
have contributed their moiety annually to swell the total output. There have
been several hydraulic enterprises inaugurated, but for lack of ca])ital or other
reasons did not materialize according to expectations. Very little placer mining
is now being carried on.

A new mining era for this district has apparently dawned in the way of lode

mining, and during the present year considerable excitement arose out of the dis-

Kcccnt covery of promising quartz veins on Bridge River, on which a

Discoveries. good deal of work will be done this winter. Some claims have

been sold at good figures to outsiders, and not a little money has been turned in

to claim owners.

What, however, gave the greatest zest to mining development in Lillooet
has been the discovery last year of the Golden Cache mine, which has gained a
more than local fame as one of unusually good indications and has netted to the
discoverers and promoters very hanasomc returns in consequence of the rapid
advance in price of the shares of the company formed to operate it. The mine is
on Cayoosh Creek, situated on the face of a perpendicular cliflf. The company
has erected a ten-stamp mill and a three-rail tramway 2,800 feet long up to the mine,
No mill returns are yet to hand, but it may be stated that $400,000 worth of stock
was purchased by Mr. Oldroyd, an English manufacturer, after he had examined
the property. Between $35,000 and $40,000 has been expended on it, and a tunnel
100 feet long and several lesser tunnels which have been driven in several other
properties in the vicinity of the Golden Cache are being developed,
but the character of the ore is quite distinct from that in the
Golden Cache, which is free milling, with gold visible in milu
white quartz, while the quartz in the other properties referred to contains sul-
phides and arsenical ores.

The Golden
Cache.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

339

WEST KOOTENAY.

IN regard to tlie wooIokmojiI formations and structure of the districts under dis-
cussion, we are indebted for information to tlie "Reijort on West Kootenay.
of i88y," Ity Dr. (leo. M. Dawson, and tlie "Summary Reports" of if'94-95,
by Mr. R. G. McConnell, of tlie Dominion Cieolot^'ical Survey.

It is of (Treat interest, tliat in all of the Kcolojjical series represented here,

arc veins or mineral deposits, especially of silver and silver-lead ores, and no

longer are the prospectors limiting their researches to special formations or parts

of these districts, but energetic i)rospecting is being done with successful results

all over this part of West Kootenay. For a long time these

Genernl ,„j,n refused to enter the granite areas, until finally the discovery

■<•" »Ky- j^y some less skeptical of the silver-lead, and the gold-and-silver

or "dry ore" veins on the water-sheds of Springer and Lemon Creeks, east of

Slocan Lake, and the success of the I'oorman gold mine near Nelson, led to a

rush of men into the granite regions with gratifying results.

'I'he success of the ricii Rossland mines has caused widesjjread jjTos-
pecting of all the country in which occur the same geological formations, and
following these up as far as Nelson, many locations have been made in tiie coun-
try drained by the tributary creeks of the Salmon River, and elsewhere in the area
between Nelson and Rossland. In the Ainsworth iJistrict, (ju both sides of the
lake, can be found men in search of mineral, and. in fact, there is now very little
of West Kootenay that is not being over-run by them, and the wave of prospecting is
extending througiiuui the i'rovince, so thoroughly has interest and faith in her
latent mineral resources been aroused.

There is no reason why mineral should not be found in all of these forma-
tions here present, or in ;any part of this region, unless it has so happened
that the conditions have prevailed by which the mineral-bearing solutions have

not had openings or fractures along which to ascend and deposit their burden
of precious ores, either by tilling up pre-existing cavities or by leaching into or
impregnating the country rock with valuable minerals on one or both sides of
the channel or crevice. The finding of rich veins of ore in either oi the series,
such as of silver-galena ore, points strongly to the fact that as depth is obtained
in mining, the continuity of the pay-shutes is assured, the veins may be "in and
out," as the miners term it, or have perfectly barren parts along the fissure, but
more or less work will disclose other ore-sliutes if this work is pushed ahead along
this fracture in the rock, which has permitted the passage of ore-bearing solutions
and tile formation of ore-budies along it elsewhere. — .\lr. Carlylc's Kct^ort.

There is a very large area of granite which has been pushed up through
the highly metamorphosed stratified rocks, altering them still more near the line
of contact, but the boundaries and relations between these different series cannot
well be given before the publication of the geological map. However, by means
of extracts from the above mentioned reports, some idea may be given of the
geology of each of the districts visited.

(A.) The Granites. — Dr. Geo. !M. Dawson's "Report in Portion of West
Kootenay, 1889," says: —

"A large part of the West Kootenay District is occupied by granites and
granitoid rocks, the main area of which (so far observed) includes the whole basin
of the Lower Arrow Lake, and extends thence eastward nearly to Queen's Bay
on Kootenay Lake. Besides this great granite area, there are several others of
smaller dimensions, as indicated on the map, as well as numerous dykes and

I 1

I'V

i'l;

340

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

eruptions too small to be separately shewn. It is, in fact, probable that about
one-half of the entire region here reported upon is occupied by granite and gran-
itoid rocks. The granites differ considerably in appearance and
"" ■ composition, and appear to be referable to at least two and
probably to three distinct periods, though it is as yet impossible to define the
respective areas of these. The granites which are supposed to be of the greatest
age were found in some places un<'erlying the lowest beds of the gneisses and
mica-schists or Shuswap series. They appear to be closely attached to this strati-
fied series, if not connected with it in origin, and in texture and composition, as
seen in hand specimens, can often scarcely be distinguished from some of its
homogeneous gneisses. They are generally rather fine-grained, and are believed
to consist for the most part of muscovite-biotite granite, though much further
investigation would be required before it can be asserted that this is their charac-
teristic composition.

"The granites which, however, occupy by far the largest area, are of coarse
texture, generally grey, passing to black in colour, and are characterized by black
mica, with frequently much black hornblende. They may be described as a whole
as hornblende granites, but occasionally pass into mica-syenite. In some locali-
ties 'chey are not infreqi'ently coarsely porphyritic with large tv/inned orthoclose
feldspar crystals, while sphene is often present as an accessory mineral.

"These granites are evidently intrusive and of later date than the stratified
rocks, which are altered at contacts."

Mr. McConnell, in the "Summary Report of 1894," further writes about th?
eruptive rocks and granites: —

"The eruptive rocks of the district occupy wide areas and belong to several
periods. The oldest, as far as ascertained, consists of a series of basic dykes cut-
ting the Shuswap group, but now in many instances so altered and foliated by
pressure and other causes that they have the appearance of constituent beds.
They occupy, in some localities, a considerable portion of the area assigned to
the Shuswap series. They are older than the overlying forn^itions.

"Eruptive granite rocks, much younger than those referred to above, occupy
the western part of the region, from about the north end of the Lower Arrow
Lake south to Trail Creek and east to within a few miles of Kootenay Lake.
They cover a continuous area of fully 2,000 square miles. Numerous bosses and
dykes of granite and pegmatite also occur further to the east, along the borders
of Kootenay Lake.

"The granites, where examined, are usually grayish in colour, and coarse-
grained as a rule, and are often porphyritic. The principal constituents are feld-
spar, quartz, biotite and hornblende. The granites cut all the formations from
the Shuswap series up to the Slocan slates, and are consequently younger than
any of the stratified rocks of the district. A series of eruptive rocks still younger
than the granites, is represented by diorites and diabase and uralite porphyrites.
These rocks occupy a considerable area in the Trail Creek country, and are im-
portant, as they hold the principal lodes of that district. It is possible that some
of the porphyritic rocks, so abundant in the Toad Mountain region, may belong
to the same group.

"In addition to the main areas of eruptive rocks, numerous dykes, some of
them connected with the main areas, others much younger, as they cut through
everything, are met with in every part of the district.

(B.) "The stratified rocks bordering this granite area, are irregular, tilted
at high angles, broken by numerous faults, and frequently overturned."

Dr. Dawson determined their thickness to be, taking a section at Ainsworth,
23,200 feet, and he believes the Shuswap series to be Arch?ean, while those
series above this area, are evidently Palaeozic in age, and may yet be
referred to various systems, including the Carboniferous, and extending down-
ward to the Lower Cambrian. He also states that "the grey and greenish schis-
tose rocks are essentially composed of altered volcanic materials, and their pres-
ent schistose character may probably be regarded as in the main
Rock senes. ^^^ ^^ ^j^^ enormous pressure to which they have been subjected
during the movements of the earth's crust, which resulted in the uplift of the
mountains )f the i^gion, and the extrusion of the great masses of granite here

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL IXFORMATIOX.

341

hat about
md gran-
rance and

two and
efine the
e greatest
isses and
his strati-
sition, as
le o;f its

believed
h further
r charac-

of coarse
by black
( a whole
le locali-
rthoclose

stratified

ibout the

3 several
^kes cut-
iated by
nt beds,
gned to

, occupy
r Arrow
y Lake,
sses and
borders

coarse-
ire feld-
ns from
er than
younger
Jhyrites.
are im-
at some

belong

some of
through

r, tilted

sworth,
: those
yet be
down-
1 schis-
ir pres-
e main
bjected
of the
te here

everywhere found. In these different stratified series no strong evidence of
unconformability have been reported."

The •:eries of stratified rocks may be quickly described in ascending order.
i.e., by beginning at the lowest series, the Shuswap.

(a.) The Shuswap, or lowest series, probal)ly of Archaean age, consists of
gneisses, mica-schists, calcareous gneisses or calc-schists, horneblendic schists,
bedded diorites, ciystalline limestones or marble, and nearly pure quartzites.

(b.) The Nisconlith series of dark calc-schist holding occasional bands of
limestone and green schists.

(c.) The Kaslo schists comprising a series of greenish, probably mostly
diabase schists, interbedded with some slates or dark argillites, and linustones.

(d) The Slocan slates or a series of dark shales and slates with limestones
and calcareous quartzites.

biiice the commencement of mining in this region, says Mr. Carlyle, the
construction of new means of ingress and of transportation has (juickly followed
the discovery of ore-bearing districts, and the great material advanta^^es of fine
wat>.rways have been utilized in gaining access to the many points where mining
_ , is now begun. West Kootenay is singularly favoured by reason

Transportation, ^j ^^^ ^j^^ Columbia River and Arrow Lakes, {b) the Slocan
Lake, and (c) Kootenay Lake and its arms, and of the comparatively easy passes
for railways from one to another. Otherwise tliis very rugged and mountainous
country would have presented great difficulties that would have retarded for a much
longer time prospecting and mining, but now, however, none of the mines are any
great distance from these highways, and readier access is being gained by the
building of trails and waggon roads.'

The Provincial Government lias followed a plan of assisting, as far as pos-
sible, the building of roads and trails to the various new cainps, and though it has
been impossible to accede to all of the many requests for aid where so many v.cvr
parts are being opened up by fresh discoveries in many different directions, still
the assistance given has been valuabie, and has aided materially in the opening up
of the country.

West Kootenay is now easily entered from two directions, and almost any
part important can now be reached with despatch and comfort, an agreeable sur-
prise to all entering the country lor the first time.

First — From the north, at Revelstoke, on the main transcontinental line of
the Canadian Pacific Railway between Montreal, Winnipeg and Vancouver, on the
Pacific Coast, a branch line runs down the Columbia River thirty-two miles to
Arrowhead, at the north end of Upper Arrow Lake, whence (a) a small steamer
runs up to the north-east arm of Evansport, the port of entrance, to the Lardeau
and Trout Lake Districts; (6) the large stern-wheel steamers of the Columbia
and Kootenay Navigation Company run as far south as Trail,
connecting- at Nakusp with a hrancli line of the C.P.R. into the
Slocan and at Robson with anotlier branch of tlic same com-
pany into Nelson, along the Kootenay River, and at Trail with the Columbia &
Western to Rossland.

Second — Itoiii the south, from Spokane. Wash, whe-e direct connections are
made from the main trunk lines of the Great Northern and Northern Pacific Rail-
ways to all parts of the United States, the Spokane Falls and Northern Railway
runs north to Northport, a few miles soutli of the boundary lino, whence (.i) this
road, known as the Nelson and Fort Shcjipard Road, follows up the cast bank to
Waneta and Sayward. in Canadian territory, and thence across to Nelson, connect-
ing directly with the Kootenay Lake steamers at a point five miles east of Nelson,
whence the road switch-backs into the town; (b) from Northport another branch,
or the Red Mountain Railway, crossing the Columbia by large ferries, runs to
Rossland; (c) while daily steamers run up the river to Trail, from wliich point
again Rossland is reached, or the steamers taken for Robson, Kakiisp and Arrow-
head, as detailed above.

Third— (a) Tiie Nakusn and Slocan Railway, operated by the C.P.R., runs
daily from Nakusp on Arrow Lake into the Slocan as far as Sandon. (b) The
trains of che Columbia and Kootenay Railway run daily between Robson and
Nelson, connecting with boats on the Columbia River, (c) The Kaslo and Slocan
Railway runs trains daily from Kaslo on the Kootenay Lake into the Slocan, af-

Lincs of
Coinniunic.-itlon.

! '.

342

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

fording an outlet eastward from Sandon. (rf) Several steamers ply on Slocan Lake
stopping at Roseberrry, New Denver, Silverton, Brandon, Slocan City and other
points, (e) Three commodious and rapid steamers, tlie "Kokanet',"' "Alberta"
and "International," run daily each way between Kaslo and Nelson, stopping at
Ainsworth, Pilot Bay smelter. Balfour or other points along this route when called
for. Other smaller boats traverse t'le lake from the upper end down as far south
as Bonner's Ferry, stopping, among other places, at the terminals of the trails
into East Kootenay. Generally, if retiuired, a small •'teamer can be engaged to go
to any point on these waters.

On all these steamboat lines every v;ncie.ivour is made to assist the pros-
pectors, miners, etc., by willingly stopping at any point where signalled or re-
quested to land or take on board men, pack animals, supplies, ores, etc., and this
accommodation is simply invaluable. On the swift waters of the Columbia River,
the very clever navigation exhibited there is admired by all travellers, as great skill
and steady nerve are railed for at several points along this river, especially in the
season of low water, when these boats have to contend, in going up stream, with a
powerful current whicli, in the late autumn and winter seasons, compels the use
of Steel hawsers fastened to the bank or rocks and the steam capstan.

Large scows on the Columbia River line, which are fastened directly
in front of the steamers, and capable of carrying eight loaded railway cars, are
used between Arrowhead and Robson, on which loads of 370 tons of coke for the
Nelson smelter, loaded from the cars at Arrowhead, have been brought down this
fall, but if necessary loaded cars can be thus transported from the main line of the
C.P.R. on to these branch lines running in at Nakusp and Robson.

As a direct result of the mining development, the need of greatly increased
railway communication has become apparent, and capitalists have not been un-
mindful of their opportunities to promote lines in the directions
Projected j^^ which natural routes and prospective trafific suggest as the

RaUway Unes. ^^^^ desirable. The demand for these railways is great, and the
question of how best to supply the required facilities has been recently much dis-
cussed as a policy of both Dominion and Provincial statescraft. Mr. Carlyle in
his report remarks: —

These new lines, while having engineering difficulties to overcome, should
open up a large area of the southern part of British Columbia now lying practically
dormant, and make not only possible the development of resources now almost
inaccessible and valueless, but known to exist, and the easy assembling at large
smelting centres of the different classes of ores and fuels, but also the fostering
of a large demand for agricultural produce, for which no better market can be
found than in these mining centres.

Of the new lines projected there are: — (a) the Crow's-Nest Pass Railway,
connecting with eastern lines, thence passing close by the deposits of coal in the
Crow's-Nest Pass of large extent and fine coking qualities, through East Koote-
nay, with branch lines to the Kootenay River and along the west shore of Koote-
nay Lake to Nelson:

(b) A branch of the C.P.R. from Slocan City to a point on the Robson and
Nelson line:

(d) The extension of the Columbia and Western R.R. from Trail, up the
west bank of the Columbia to a point opposite Robson, and thence west into the
mining districts of the southern part of Yale:

(e) A railroad from the Columbia River west, through the southern part of
the Province, to ; point on the Pacific Coast.

From the fore}.coing it will be readily seen to what extent Nature, aided by
the enterprise of combined labour and capital, has rendered available wealth which
exists in lavish profusion. The conditions which exist, and as they will be im-
proved by continued development, suggest an era of extraordinary activity within
the area afTectcd. The concentration of energy and capital in their various forms.
it is needless to say. will attract a large population and create important urban
centres. As a field, therefore, for exploitation for some years to come it and the
Province as a whole will naturally afford opportunities which will be unequalled
in any other part of the world.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

343

le pros-
or re-
nd this
River,
eat skill
in the
with a
the use

AINSWORTH MINING DIVISION.

IN this, the pioneer mining district of West Kootenay, in which Dr. Dawson, in
1889, found mining being actively carried on: this industry for some time back
has been quietly progressing, but not with that advance the success of the pres-
ent mines and the mineral indiccitions would seem to warrant. This is due to sev-
eral facts, one of which is that many were attracted to the high-grade silver-lead
veins of the Slocan, whose early prospectors of 1891-92 flocked in from the towr;
of Ainsworth after Eli Carpenter and John Scaton, making their difficult way up
Kaslo Creek, located the Payne claim September, 1891. Again, many good prop-
erties. Crown-granted, owned by men who can afiford to wait, now lie
dormant, like others that carried ore of such a grade that was in earlier days
hardly profitable, but now, with cheaper rates and easier means of shipment,
should pay well if developed. Disastrous forest fires destroyed several good min-
ing plants on claims on which work had fairly started, but has not since been
resumed, and again, many have had ftn unwarranted lack of faith in the probable
permanence of these veins and ore bodies, especially of those in the limestones,
which have been considered as merely "pockets" and local, but to one who has
worked in silver ore-bodies in limestone, as in Colorado, this pocket theory is
not so alarming a bug-bear, as the general experience is that when one ore-shute
is found others are almost invariably discovered on prospecting further along the
line of break, up and along which have come from greater depths, the ore-bearing
solutions that have impregnated the country rock in favourable places and formed
ore-shutes.

The fact that at Ainsworth (or Hot Springs), where most work has been
done, good veins of very profitable ore are found in all the different geological
horizons, and also that while many seem to be conformable to some extent to the
stratification of these rocks, many cut through these formations, should strengthen
one's belief in the probable persistence of these veins, and give greater confidence
in beginning work on a good and liberal scale.

The tide of prospectors is spreading over this district, and from the terri-
tory at the north end of Kootenay Lake, along the Lardo and Duncan Rivers
and their tributaries, and from Crawford and Hooker Creeks, and White Grouse
Mountain, back from the cast shores of the lake, came reports o! locations of
veins of high-grade ore, while at Ainsworth itself new properties are beng found
and opened U]). By the way. it will be seen that this district embraces a wide
territory, and that in reality but a small part of it has become familiar to the pros-
pector or explorer.

With large smelting plants in British Columbia, the demand will vastly
increase for dry ores, or ore carrying a small or no percentage of lead to mix with
the galena ores: and such dry ores as are found at Ainswortii will be in special
demand and command favourable smelting rates when sliii)ped in bu'lx, i. e., not
sacked, and there will be yet shipped large quantities of low grade ore now not
very profitable.

All the formations of the series detailed in the foregoing are found in this
district, and in each formation of this series have been discovered valuable ore-
bearing veins and deposits, mostly of silver or silver-lead, but also of gold-silver
ores.

i'i'

344

)

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUiMBIA

ORES AND ORE-DEPOSITS.

In the immediate vicinity of Ainsworth, and at the Blue Bell mine on the
other side of the lake, many of the veins or ore-deposits appear to be conformable
in most part with the very marked stratification of the metamorphic rocks but
many others cut across the formation, and in many cases the veins present the
usual characteristics of the typical cavity-filled fissure vein, while in others, as at
the Skyline and Number One, the deposits have been formed by the impregnation
and replacement of the country rock by ore and quartz, and sometimes by calcite.

However, on none of the mines west of the lake has there been done more
than a comparatively small amount of work by which to form positive opinions
doubtful of the permanence of these ledges, and certainly not enough yet to con-
demn them as being likely soon to play out, for even if one shute should be ex-
hausted, further work on this horizon, nearly always indicated by slicken-sided
walls, a narrow seam of gouge or other evidences of a fault fissure, will, in very
many cases, disclose other ore-shutes.

Ores. — There is a considerable variety in the dififerent grades of ore, there
being: —

(a.) Solid galena ores carry a good silver value, as the Little Phil, Black
Diamond, Highland, Tariff, in which there is not enough zinc to bring the per-
centage above the smelter limit, or ten per cent. In some of the properties not
now being worked, can be seen a large amount of blende that concentration would
remove :

(b.) In the Number One, there is little galena or blende, but the chief and
important sulphide is iron-pyrites, with white quartz and calcite, a very desirable
smeltmg ore:

(c.) The Skyline ore is again different, being a quartz and lime matrix, car-
rying silver compounds, but a very small amount of sulphides:

(d.) In some claims the sulphides, as galena, are not found solid, but dis-
seminated, usually through quartz, and in the case of the Silver Glance and the
Wakefield veins, with presence of gold:

(c.) From Crav.fcrd and Hooker Creeks, from samples seen and by report,
the high silver-gold values are carried in tetrahedrite or grey copper in quartz with
galena:

(f.) At the Blue Bell mine, these large low grade ore-bodies consist of a
calcareous matrix, with a small percentage of galena, iron and copper pyrites and
pyrrhotite.

cl
vl
si

COSTS, ETC.

Mining. — The cost of mining is small, i.e., for drifting or tunnelling $6 to $9
per foot; of sinking, $10 to $16 per foot.

(b.) Labour and supplies can be got at the best figures, or about the same
as in other parts of West Kootenay:

(c.) Transportation of course is immensely aided by the main water-way of
the lake, and from nearly all parts waggon roads or aerial cable trams can be
built to the water front:

(d.) Smelter charges for the dry ores, i.e., with little or no le;id. run from
$4 to $7 per ton. the maximum price being on account of an occasional excess of
zinc; for the purely lead ores $12 per ton, with a freight charge on all classes of
ore to smelter of $8. Of the lead 90 per cent., and of the silver 95 per cent., are
paid for at New York prices at time of settlement. For gold all paid for, if at
least $2 in value are present.

There are a number of properties in the hills above Ainsworth upon which
large development has taken place and from which shipments have been made with
good results. Tlic principal of these are N'.imhcr One, the Skyline, Neosho,
Tariff, Highlander. Little Phil and the Canadian Pacific Mining and Milling Co.'s
properties. Several concentrators have been erected. Speaking of Number One,
Mr. Carlyle says: —

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

345

"While some first-class ore is shipped direct, most of the product of the
mine goes to the mill, the capacity of which is 18-20 tons per twenty-four hours,
concentrating 8 to i, yielding concentrates that average 295 to .500 ounces in sil-
ver, 4-8 per cent, lead, and usually less than 10 per cent. zinc. Experiments have
shown that ore assaying 15 to 20 ounces silver per ton can be mined and concen-
trated with a good margin of profit. * ' *

"Cost of transportation of ore or concentrates in sacks, 160 tbs. each, to the
lake landing at Ainsworth is $3 per ton; from thence to the smelter in the United
States, $8 per ton, while smelting charges arc $6.50 for crude ores, and $4 per ton
for concentrates, with a zinc penalty of 50 cents per unit over the 10 per cent,
limit."

And of the Skyline: —

"During the past year the ore has been shipped partly to the Pilot Bay
and partly to the American smelters, and at a lower rate of transportation to the
lakeside, by reason of the larger quantity of ore hauled, than for the Number One
ore, although a mile farther up tlie road. The smelter returns from seventy-four
lots, or over 2,000 tons in 1895-6, assayed from 35 to 149 ounces in silver, or an
average of 54 ounces per ton, and less than five per cent, lead, and of the large
amount shipped during 1896, the silver value varied from 51.5 to 74.5 ounces of
silver per ton, or an average of 58 ounces per ton."

BLUE BELL MINE AND PILOT BAY SMELTER.

i t

ii''y

Neither the Blue Bell mine nor the Pilot Bay smelter was visited by Mr.
Carlyle, as mining operations had fecen suspended, and the smelter was not in
blast; however, the following information is given as it may prove of interest to
many. In the Summary Report for 1895, p. 33, Mr. McConnell states: —

"At Hendryx. the Blue Bell is in active operation. This mine is situated
on a band of crystalline limestone interbcdded with the Shuswap schists, which
has been fractured in various directions. The ore, consisting mostly of low-grade
galena and pyrrhotite with some blende, iron and copper pyrites, and their de-
composition products, occurs either pure or disseminated through a calcareous
and occasionally a silicious matrix.

"It occupies irregular chambers in the limestone, some of which are of huge
dimensions. The ore body being worked at present, including some large horses
of limestone, measures approximately 70 feet in width by 200 feet in length and
150 feet in height. Forty tiiousand tons of pure and concentrated ores have been
shipped from this mine during the year, and prodigious (luantities remain in
sight."

PILOT BAY SMELTER.

' ■■«

This plant is located on a small peninsula on the same side (or the east) of
Kootenay Lake as the mine, but about eight miles south. There are three main
buildings, the roast house, smcltor and con cntrator, besides the smaller ones for
offices, laboratories, \vorkslio])s, etc., witli a smcltini? capacity of about 100 tons
per day.

The ore is brought down from the mine on large scows and then hoisved up
on an incline plane to a point whence it can be taken to any point desired. Mr.
Hendryx states (see Minister of Mines Report, 1895) : — "Since commencing oper-
ations to the finish of the works, July lotli, 1S04, to December 31st, 1895, the
Kootenay Mining and Smelting Company has expended in cash for purchase of
machinery, labour, ores, etc., a sum exceeding $650,000. During the year 1895
the company has employed daily on the average 200 men, and has paid from their
office on labour account, $170,000; for supplies, $85,622; for duties, $70,000; for
freight, $92,500; for ores purchased, over $150,000."

The above-described Blue Bell property consisting, in part, of the Blue
Bell, Surprii^e, Black Hawk, and Silver King claims, and the smelter plan:, equip-
ment, etc., are the property of the Kootenay Mining & Smeiting Co.. Ltd.
Capital stock. $2,300,000; general manager, A. B, Hendryx. Pilot Bay, B.C.

.Mfi

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Although the Pilot Bay smelter has been closed down, on account of in-
ternal business causes, it is understood tiiat a re-organization has been effected
and the smeitor will resume operations almost immediately.

SOUTH FORK OF KASLO CREEK.

N<j examination was made of this part of the district, but mining work is
now being done on several properties, such as those owned by the Gibson Mining
Company, and others, on which it is reported veins of high grade silver-lead ore
are being developjed. On the Montezuma two Hmnels are being driven, from the
upper one of which a winze is being sunk on a vein of galena ore to the lower
tunnel, lOO feet below and 270 feet long, in the face of which are said to be one
and a-half feet of solid galena ore, assaying uo to 140 ounces of silver per ton.
On tlu'si- properties during the present season work has continued.

CRAWFORD AND HOOKER CREEKS.

A trail now runs from Crawforrl Bay. on the east of Kootenay Lake, near
Pilot Bay up Crawford Creek to the divide, and thence down the St. Mary's River
to Fort Steele, in East Kootenay. Six miles from the lake a branch trail runs up
Hooker Creek to the claims there located, and at the head of this creek, or ten
or twelve miles from the lake, at an altitude of 4.510 feet above the lake, is the
Commonwealth group, comprising the Commonwealth, Sultan and Republic, now
bonded to the London and British Columbia Gold Fields Co.. Ltd. A tunnel is
now in 150 feet along a ledge, said to be four to sixteen feet wide, in which is
quartz disseminated with g;ilena, grey copper, silver sulphides and some gold.
Little or nothing has been dono on those properties during the present year.

NELSON MINING DIVISION.

THE Hall Mines Co. owns eighteen claims, of which nine, or 196.6 acres, are
Crown-granted, and the remainder, or .u^.R acres, mineral locations. Not all
these claims arc on the silver-copper belt, but the Silver King. Kootenay Bo-
nanza, American Flag, and Kooh-i-noor, or 56.9 acres, constitute the group upon
while the P.rittania. Enrck'i, >'.M.P... D.'.yliyht. Grand, Rose. Thistle. Shamrock.
while the Brittania. Eureka. Y. M. B.. Daylight, Grand, Rose, Thistle. Shamrock,
Bid and Jessie are locations close by on the gold belt, in the same geological
formation. The ni;iin group of four being <l'l locations, or made in 1HS6-7, possess
apex rights, and are located on Toad Mountain, five miles from Nelson, or eight
and a-half miles by waggon road.

Owned by the Hall Mines Co . Limited. London. Eng. Capital. £300,000,
of which 50.000 £1 shares are cumulative preference shaves, one-half of which
were issued when the company was formid. and 250.000 of £1 ordinary shares. Sir
Joseph Trutch, K.C.M.G., chairman; A. E. Ashley. Leadenhall Building. London,
E.G., secretary.

Canadian Ollicers: Gen. Manager, H. E. Croasdaile; Mine Superintendent,
.M. S. Davis; Smeliei Superintendent. Mr. lledley: Foreman. E. Kellog, Nel-
son, B.C.

Formation. — This copper-silver lode is situated in the greenish diabases
that, in proximity to the vein, are generally ma-sive. but also schistose, the planes

.r s. —

gold.

?:
o

c/)

_J
hi

»vi<

■ il

!■

■ h

■;i'

illi'i

»« V

n^kiiAJ

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

349

of the schistose lamination bein^ nearly vertical, and also nea-'ly parallel with the
trend of the ore zones that strike east and west, magnetic, and dip south 70 de-
grees. In the main workings of the big lode no distinct walls can be seen, but in
the largest stope the highest grade ore had lower grade ore reci Hng from it on
eitlur side, indie.iting that probably the ore-bearing solutions ha )enneated and
impregnated the country rock on both sides of the channel c c ivice up which
they had ri*^^' n. In several places could he seen where the srtlrt 's had evidently
followed ''i.ergent crevices and formed local impregnations leading off from the
main ore body. Several fault planes of different strike and pitch traverse the lode,
but with, as yet apparent, a very small amount of dislocation.

As yet but one large ore-shute 200-225 feet long extending right to the sur-
face, has been developed by the j)rcsent workings, but smaller ones have been
found, that on further exploitation, hardly yet begun, may expand t*^ much larger
dimensions.

This lode has been traced almost continuously throughout the length of the
Silver King and Kootenay Bonanza claims, or nearly 3,000 feet, into the claims
at either end, l)iit tli width of course •,>'-<: greatlv, from i or 2 feet up to the
maximum, so far shown, of 50 feet.

Ore. — The ore may be graded i. > t\\ 'asses: (a) iiito that carrying a high
percentage of value-bearing sulphides, 'c v V lower grade country rock impreg-
rated with a much smaller amount Tn •■he upper workings of the mine, down
through :i rich zinc zone in the sliuiv, t. " re consists of bornite, or "peacock cop-
jer," with .;o?..e tetrahedrite, also cppe, and iron pyrites, and a small amount of
galena and blende.

THE ilALL MINES.

To the discovery of the Hall Mine in 1888 on Toad Mountain, by the Hall
Brothers, is probably due a great deal of the present activity in mining in West
Kootenay. It gave an impetus to prospecting, which gradually at first and after-
wards extended more rapidly to the whole of the district. The local history con-
nected with the finding and development of this important mine, which is coin-
cident with the history of Nelson itself, has recently been the subject of much
discussion, but with that phase of the subject it is not necessary here to deal. The
initial stages were marked by many vicissitudes, and development was slow and
unsatisfactory. For some time there were partnership disputes and litigious con-
tention, which greatly reta/ded operations, in addition to which the lack of
shipping and treatment fa:ilities was a drawback. Finally a settlement was
effected, and a company iormed in England with :. large capital, sufficient to
acquire the property, continue its development and ere ' ^ smelter for the treat-
ment of the ore, all of which have been successfully catr out. The Silver King,
which is the principal claim of the group associated with it, has now a productive
capacity of 200 tons a day, and 150 men are employed by the company in con-
nection with its works. Two main tunnels on the ore shutc have been worked
to a depth of over 500 feet below the surface. The long Hallidic tramway, forty-
four miles long and in two sections, is one of the most remarkable of its kind,
and is now doing excellent work, easily handling the daily output.

THE SMELTER.

The smelter, which is part of the plant of the company owning and operat-
ing the mines and worked in connection with it, is now equipped with probably
the largest copper bh.st furnaces in tlie world, being 44x144 inches at the tuyeres
and having a capacity of from 200 to 250 tons per day. A refining plant of rever-
beratory furnaces has been added to the plant and is now in operation. The
matte is refined to blister copper and sent to Swansea for final treatment and the
extraction of the silver. Recently the local press record with justifiable pride, the
first shipment, making a full train load of the output.

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

During the year 1897 the ore of the Silver King has developed into higher
grade, and recently, aljo, the snu-lter company has declared its first dividend on
preference stock. No authoritative returns are to hand as to the output of the
present year.

WAGES AND COSTS OF MINING.

The number of men engaged at the mine was 160, bu* on completion of the
buildings this was to be reduced to 120. For lo-hour shifts miners are paid $3.00;
topmen and rustlers, $2.50; bosses, $4.00 to $4.50; blacksmiths, $3.50 to $4.00; engi-
neers, $100 per month

Cost of driving tunnels, $9.00 , to $10.00 per foot: cost of breaking and de-
livering ore at upper terminal of aerial rope tramway, $2.50 per ton; cost of trans-
port of ore by tramway, including cost of rf)pc, wear and tear, Sic, 75 cents to $l.

FUEL.

Both American and European ef)kc are being used, and of the latter quite a
large quantity has been imported this fall.

(0.) The American coke, from Wiikin^ton, Wash., contains, as nearly all
similar coke made from the coal measures of tlie Cretaceous, a large amount of
ash, or 18-19 per cent, and costs, delivered at the smelter, $13.40 per ton.

(6.) The Welsh or Cardiff coke is being delivered at the smelter for $15 per
ton, and over 4,000 tons were in stock. In the furnace on an average 11 per cent.
of this required.

{c.) 70J-600 tons of Westphalian coke has been imported and landed at the
smelter at a little less cost than Cardiff; these cokes having been sent out by sea
to Vancouver.

Fluxes. — A very pure limestone, crystalline, is brought down on scows from
9 miles above Kaslo, on Kootenay Lake.

f
TRANSPORTATION AND SMELTING.

tral

coi
ord
ass

to I

act
ab|

8tC

th^
toi

(0.) The C.P.R. has a spur up to the smelter, by which cars can be run to
the main line that leads out to Kobson, or to the wharf, where the steamers from
the Kootenay Lake land:

(6.) The Nelson & Fort Shcppard R.R. is about one mile distant, to which
will be built a waggon road, as by this railroad ore can now be shipped direct
from Rossland.

Custom Smelting. — This smelter has now entered the market at Rossland
for the gold-copper ore that can be brought to this point. Also by means of the
new furnace with removable crucibles, and especial Hues to be erected for the
condensation of lead fumes, it is intended to undertake the treatment of the silver-
lead ores, and thus make this one of the smelting centres for Kootenay ores.

iOLD CLAIMS.

The Poorman ^roup consists of six claims, in gold-bearing formation, the
Poorman, Hardscrabble, White, Myemer, Hardup and Electron, of which the first
is Crown-granted, the others mineral locations. Location on Eagle Creek, 6
miles westerly from Nelson, and about 2 miles south-east of the Kootenay Kiver
and the C.P.R.

The Poorman vein has the usual characteristics of quartz fissure veins in
eruptive rock, being persistent, but very irregular in width, varying from a few
inches to 5 and 6 feet of milky-white compact quartz, now holding a considerable
amont of sulphides, or copper and iron pyrites, with, in parts, a little galena. In
the upper workings the ore was found to be very free-milling, and several thou-
sand dollars worth of magnificent gold-bearing quartz was taken from a part of
the vein 5-6 feet wide, but now, as depth is attained, the ore has become less free-
milling, and the va'ue is going more into the sulphides that are saved by concen-

AND MANUAL OF PKOVINCIAL INFORMATION.

J5I

tration. About $100,000, it is reported by tlie owiilts, liave been taken from the
comparatively small area of vein so far wori<eil. and now tlie average value of the
ore saved by amalgamation, is from $t2 to $14 per ton. while the concentrates
assay from $26 to $30 per ton. with the proportion of concentration about 10 tons
to 1, so the total yield value of tlic ore is about $16 per ton of ore mined.

The Poorman has passed into the hands of a strong company, and is being
actively worked. Tt was purchas, it is iiiulcrstood, for $100,000.

A stamp mill is erected at the mine. The costs of milling were not oucain-
able, but the ore is broken by contract for $6 per ton, embracing, it was under-
stood, the cost of drifting, upraising, etc. The concentrates have been shipped to
the Hall Mines smelter at Nelson, with a freight and treatment charge of $8 per
ton, with 05 per cent, of the gold paid for.

Other quartz veins have been discovered and developed to a small extent,
in this same granite area on the mountain slope, south of the Kootenay River, also
in the formation in which is the Silver King lodo. Much attention is now being
paid to all such claims, and before long many of these will receive a thorough
testing. As the water supply in the small creeks is precariotis. and too small to
keep rnills running throughout the whole year, the Kootenay River will prove the
best site for stamp mills, as there is abundant water power, although special
allowance and provision will have to be made for the creat difference between
the high and low water stages of that river. The transport of the ore to the river-
side presents no difficulties.

As this ore will, without doubt, in depth, carry a fair percentage of sulphides,
which, in turn, will hold a part of the gold values, if such ores are shown to carry
pay value in this metal, the question of treatment of these sulphide concentrates
should be gn.itly simplified by the easy access to the smelters, where low smelting
charges should be the rule, and the necessity of the erection of chlorination or
cyanide works, although the amount of copper present may preclude the latter,
may be thus obviated.

THE NORTH FORK OF THE SALMON RTVER.

This is a very promising district and has been widely prospected. Several
townsitos have been proiected ns the result of the activity, which, however, has
not continued on the scale anticipated. During the present year little has been
heard of the claims in this district, and not much development ha.^: been carried
on. As yet only a few of the claims show signs of becoming mines.

On Hall Creek further work on the Fern mine has disclosed a fine body of
rich quartz, and a tramway and stamp mill have been erected.

THE SLOGAN.

THE particulars following here are extracted from Mr. Carlyle's Report con-
tained in Bulletin No. 3, on the Slocan. Nelson and Ainsworth Mining Di-
visions.
The Slocan, according to the number of its shipping mines and the amount
and value of the ore sold, now ranks as the mo.st productive mining district in
the Province, and in point of importance is not surpassed by any other.

In an area of fifteen by twenty-five miles, there have been discovered many
veins of hi^h grade silver-lead ore, which are being developed with great vigour
and success, and among the mining men is every feeling ^f confidence and hope-
fulness. Nearly fifty of these properties are shipping high grade ore that yields

35a

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

very profitable returns, and a larKC nuinl)cr of other claims arc beinK opened up.

So far but comparatively little imported capital has i)ccn expendrd here,
as in the case of nearly every mine now estblished, sulVicient money has been
realized from ore extracted duriiijf development to i)ay for more extensive work-
ings, new buildings, mills, trails, roads, and also dividends, but more or less
capital will be re(|uired to properly open up many other claims on whicli the
veins exist, but are not so easily accessible as those first discovered. But as most
of these veins are found alontj; the steep mountain sides and can be worked by
tunnels, and the cost of mining is low, requiring little or no machinery, capital
will be necessary mostly when tramways and concentrators are to be built, or in
some cases for hoisting i)lants and pumps when tunnel sites may no', be available.

Many of these mines are located near the summits of the hijfh precipitous
mountains at an elevation of 5,500 to 6,500 feet above sea level wh^re erosion has
cleared away nearly all dcbiis from the veins, but lower down si .so on the moun-
tain sides and in the valleys, are being found other veins or those discovered first
much higher u]), 'o the highest of which now run good trails or waggon roads or
else wire rope tramways. The snow that lies deep on these summits during the
winter is in nowise detrimental to mining operations, as most work is done after
its fall, when the ore can be dragged down the stnooth snow trails in rawhides in
larger loads and at lower prices than arc possible in the summer time, but the
tracks of snowslides must be carefully avoided.

Many of the veins are small, varying from two or three inches in width to
twenty to thirty inches of solid ore, but the high value of silver at present makes
this o^c very protitablo together with the low cost of breaking ground.

In the "Summary Report" of 1894-95, Mr. McConncIl says: "The region be-
tween Slocan Lake and River and Kootenay Lake, particularly examined during
the season (1895). is covered mainly by granite fringed on the north and east

by a border of slates and schi.sts, and is everywhere of a mountainous character.
The granite mass, originally dome-shaped, has been carved by the drainage sys-
tem of the region into bold, craggy mountains and mountain ranges, which cul-
minate in a rugged mass of snow-clad peaks situated between the south end of
Slocan Lake and Ainsworth, the highest summits of w hich approximate 9.000 feet
in height above the sea. The principal streams of the district, including Lemon
Creek, Ten-Mile Creek (Slocan Lake), the south fork of Kaslo Creek, Woodbury
Creek, and CofTee Creek, radiate from this group and descend
rapidly through deep, steep-sided valleys to the main waterways.
A second r.'vnge of prominent peaks, scarcely inferior in height
to the central group, occurs lorih of the Kaslo-Slocan Railway. The Whitewater,
Lyell Creek, and other tribulari.is of Kaslo Creek, head in glac>ers which descend
from this range.

"The principal geological boundary in the district between Slocan Lake and
River and Kootenay Lake is the sinuous line separating the granite area from
the bordering slates. Starting from Four-Mile Creek, on Slocan L.ike (at Silve--
lon), this line follows that stream in an easterly direction for ten miles, then bends
to tile nortli across the range separating Four-Mile Creek from Cody Creek, and
following the latter stream in a northerly direction for a couple of miles. From
Cody Creek the granite border runs almost directly east of Twelve-Mile Creek;
after crossing this creek the line becomes more irregular, as several spurs leave
the granite area and penetrate for varying distances the group of mountains lying
between Ten-Mile Creek and the south fork of Kaslo Creek. At the latter stream
the granite recedes a couple of miles, then bends arouid a deep embayment of
slates, and continues on in an easterly direction towards Kootenay Lake. Four
miles from the lake (now in the Ainsworth Division) the line of junction turns
abruptly southward, and continues in this direction until near Balfour, where it
bends more to the west and crosses the outlet of Kootenay Lake, about four miles

OcoloHicnl
Foriniitlon.

b(
Ci

AND MANUAL OF PKOVIN'CIAL I N ToUMATK ).V.

M,\

below Us head. Inlicrs of slate in the jiianite oirur at tlic lu-ad of I'.iKlit-Mile
Creek (Slocan Lake), on Four-Mile Crtck, and al citlur placis. wlulf bosses o(
granite, separated from the main area. l)reak tlirou«h the slates at I'addy's Peak,
Reco Mountain, and north-east ot New Denver

"The up|)cr series of stratified rneks. consisting mostly of dark, evenly
bedded slates, with some limestones, is largely developed in the Sloean country,
and is well shown along the Kaslo wagr'^n road from iMft^en-Mile llousi- west-
ward, to a point a couple of miles west oi Three l'"otUs, where this sines is enc
off by an are.i of eruptive rocks. Southward the si.ites di this series strike into
the great granite mass which occu|)ies the centr.il part of the district, and are .ill
cut ofT. with the eMcptmn ol i iiarm \ strip whiih skirts the granite nij the east,
as far south as the west area f)f Kooteniy Lake."

I. There are fi.ur distinct kinds of veins in the Sloean: -

I. The argeiilii'erous H'lle'na, with zinc Mend, and some gny-coppcr in a
gangue oi matri.x of (juartz and spathic iron. These veins cut across the strati-
fied rocks, and throngli the dykis of erui)tive rock, where, in \nany cases, there
is a good hody of ore, and they also occur in the granite area, and with even the
limited ainoinit of ptospceliiiK. some have li.tii lf;ued irom ,< (hk) lo 4.000 feet
along the strike, and one for nearly two miles. In the Slocan slates it has not
yet been proven that as the vein cuts through shales, slates, limestones or quart-
zites, that anv one of the series has been more favourable to the formation of
_. -^ Y* ore-bodies than another, as in the ditTcrent veins it will be seen
'" "^^ ""' that good ore shutcs may have the wall of atiy of these rocks
re epos ». mentioned. The ore has been deposited alouR fissures, both in
the open fissure cavities and by impregnation of the country rock, and in the
cavity-filled veins can be soen the banded structure dcscribc<l elsewhere, or the
solid, usually big-cubed galena, shows lines of foliation parallel with the walls,
but it is evident that furtlier motion has occurred along some of these vein fis-
sures, after ore has been deposited.

Most of the veins ;ire narrow, \arying from two and three inches to fifteen
and twenty inches in width, with occasional widenings to three or four feet of
solid ore, and even much more, as sei n in the Slocan Star and the Alamo-Idaho
veins. The ore shutes are not persistent horizontally, as is characteristic rf
nearly all veins, but ore is often continuous for several hundred leet. ;ind where it
then pinches, a thin streak of oxides is tiie index nsnally followed in the search
for more ore, which seldom fails to rc-appcar with more or less work. The mis-
take is made sometimes of following along a slip-wall or crevice that may cross
the vein crevice at a flat angle, and thus lead the miner astray. Besides the solid
ore, some veins have associated with them two. three or more feet of mixed ore,
gangue and country rock, or a brecciated mass, >vhich may be of sucii grade as
to i)ay well for concentration: and already there are tl ree concentrators, the Alamo.
Slocan Star and Washington, doing very satisfactory work, and the Noble Five
mill almost completed, with the erection of two, at least, contemplated this year.
The product or concentrates is silver-bearing galena, but any value contained in
the decomposed material that may enter the mill, will in all probability not be
saved, likewise that in much of the grey copper, which apparently slimes bajlly
and escapes.

The ore is shipped as "crude," or the solid or unaltered sulphides, or as
"carbonates," i.e.. the decomposed ore. consisting of oxides and carbonates of
iron, lead and silver, the mass having a reddish-br(>wn colour, with more or less
yellow material; those carbonates with a soft, velvety feel, assaying highest in
silver. All material about these veins should be carefully as:^ayed before being
relegated to the waste-dump, wlierc ^nod ore. unsuspected, has already been
thrown, especially soft, iron-stained, decomposed rock or vein matter.

It might be well to be on the looko-u tor gold, remembering the good
gold values found in the galena ores of tiie Moiiifor mine, which yield from $2
to $14 in gold per ton; one lot of twenty tons of cruc'e ore assaying $20 per ton
in gold, while the "carbonates" aver.'i;^*:. $13, the smelter paying
for all gold above S?. or one-tenth >! in ounce. The "carbon-
ates" seldom are as high grade in siLer as the unalte-t'l. or crude ore in the vein,
but in some mines this class of ore is ■■•, ry valuable.

I'H

■1

(

.■ i

354

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

While most of the veins are not wide, the riclincss of their ores greatly
compensates, as may be '^^' 'n from the lead and silver values as per smelter returns
from a few of the mines, us: —

Ounces Silver Per Cent,
per Ton. Lead.

Slocaii Star 80 to 95 70 to 75

Reco 83 to 730 19 to 67

Good Enough 167 to 507 15 to 67

Noble Five 62 to 543 30 to 73

Last Chance i.?5 <•> -M8 35 tu 78

Wonderful 1 13 to 133 70 to 76

Ruth 40 to 125 15 to 73

Monitor 142 to 367 32 ♦© 57

Wellington 125 to 328 10 *r, 55

Whitewater 72 to 326 10 to 65

Dardanelles 14910470 i5 to 55

Enterprise I55 to iHo 18 to 30

Two Friends 248 to 380 38 to 52

Etc., Etc., Etc.

The other Slocan mines have ore of the same character and high grade.
The lowest values in the above indicate the lowest smelter returns on ore that is
classed as "carbonates.' The average value of all the ore sold has been given
above.

In most of these veins the zinc blende carries a small silver value, and is
sorted or concentrated out of the ore, so that ve-y little ore sent tc he smelters
has over 10 per cent, zinc limit. But in the Ento'-prise mine, on Ten-Mile Creek,
the best silver assays are said to be got from the zinc blende,
• which is more valuable tlian the galena. As is to be expected,

small lots of very rich ore are mined, lots that will yield from 1,000 to 2,000
ounces per ton, but the average figures already given will indicate the importance
of these veins that are now being mined in both the granite and stratified rocks
of this district. ^

2. The veins of argentiferous tetrahedrite or grey copper and jamesonite
and silver compounds in a quartz gangue.

These veins can be seen in the granite exposure on the Best and Rambler
mines, and in the stratified rocks on the London Hill property, from which very
high-grade ore has been shipped.

3. The "dry ore" veins on Springer and Lemon Creeks, in the granite, with
a quartz gangue containing argenite. native silver, and gold.

These veins are now attracting much attention, as high assay returns have
been secured as per smelter returns; sorted ore of this character from the How-
ard fraction yielding 163 to 206 ounces of silver per ton, and $16 to $26 per ton
in gold.

The Chapleau recently received the smelter returns on four tons of sorted
ore, from which 3.6 ounces of gold and 94.7 ounces of silver per ton were re-
turned, netting to'the owners $102 per ton after deducting freight and treatment
charges.

4. The gold-quartz veins in the southern part of the grarite, such as those
reported to be on the Alpine group.

The values and characteristics of the last three mention :d classes of vein
will be better known later on, as the work now begun yields re; ults and informa-
tion.

DESCRIPTION OF CLAIMS.

Mr. Carlyle groups the mines^ j s follows, beginning at Sandon, on the south
fork of Carpenter Creel-, now the distributing and main shipping centre in the
Slocan : —

(a.) The mines and claims on the mountain range south of the creek are the
Slogan Star, Ruth, Wor-lerful, Canadian, and Adam's groups, Ivanhoe, Yakima,
Alamo, Idaho, Cumberland, Queen Bess, Monitor, and adjacent claims:

Si.

^.^

AND MANUAL Ol- I'U()\1NCIAL IXruRMATlUiW

J55

(h.) The minos and claims on tlio south slope of the niouiilaiii ratine run-
ning east and west, nortli of the creek, as Lucky Jim, Payne, Sloean Hoy, K. E.

lioy. Keco, Good KhoukI'. '^'ac. Bird.
north sh)i)e as Northern Cene, Darda-
W'.ishinj^ton, etc.:

Lcc. Last Cli.'.ncc, Nohk' hive, American
etc.. with the claims in the basins on tlie
nelles, Rambler. Ikst. .Snri):ise. .Nntoine,

(c.) Tiie mines and claims north of the K. iS: .S. R. R., a^^ llie Whitewater,
Wellington. London Hill, etc.:

((/.) The mines and claims on the creeks tributary to Slocan L;ike:

(c.) Cla'ms on Caril)oo Creek and its trd)Utariis:

It is nut contemplated to give i>;irliculars of the various mines and claims,
as beiiiK imi)ractica.>le m the space avaiial)le. but ;i brief description of the
Siocan Star as the reprej>entalive mine of the district is here inserted: —

ex-

the

lO'

SLOC.NN ST.\R.

Tiiis property had not only paid a larger aniount of dividends, or $300,000
at the date of NIr. Carlyle's l\e])ort, than .my otlicr mine in I'.ritish Columbia, .ipart
from the coal and placer mines, but has proved itself to l)e tlie largest silver-
lead mine so far develoi)ed 111 the Province. It was discovered October I7tii,
1891, by one of the present owners, Mr. Hruce White, and others, who, following
up Sandon Creek, discovered in the bed of this stream, a mile above its junction
with the south fork of Carpenter Creek, the site of the town of Sandon, a vein
thirteen {<■ et wide, of quartz and spathic iron interspersed with galena, zinc blende,
and angular i)icces of the sl.itc country rock. Prospecting to tlie west in ;i dense
forest of heavy limber along the strike of the vein, at about f<oo feet, a large
posure of the surface croi)pings of tlie large ore shute wa-i found, and here
Slocan Star claim has developed the ore-body to be described below.

L']) 10 the iMe-Miil time tlii>^ mine li;is paid .f.joo.ocK) 111 (IivhKikIs.

This group of claims, al) Crown Granted or Crown Grants api)lied
comprises the .Slocan Star, Slocan King, Silversmith, L.i Plunta. Wind'^or, Shogo,
Emma, and Jennie, of which the Slocan Star, Slocan King, and Silversmith, ape.x
claims, are located along the trci. ■ of the vein for about 4.(XJo feet. It is owmd
by the Byron N. White Co. — President. .A.ngus Smith, Milwaukee, Wis.; General
Manager, Byron N. White; Superintendent, Bruce White, Sandon. Capital stock
cf the company. 1,000,000 ■shares at 50 cents each.

Ore Body. — This vein cuts across the ^teej), heavily timbered mountain side
and nearly at right angles to the well straiitied slates, (juanzites and silicious Imic-
Etones of the Slocan slate series, with an east and west strike and a dip of 54° >')
the^outh. A large porphry dyke runs iieirly parallel with the vein and in places
in the mine is found in it. but evidently alTeited by this tis-ure.

It is doubtful if two well-defined walls can be traced in this mine, for while
tlii^ hanging oi' ti^sure will is very distinct. {'<<• ore merges into the country rock
tou.ird- the supi)OSC(l foot-\\;ill. but tnr)re time c mid not l>e spent in very careful
observation. In the mining of this one large ore shute as has been opened up
and ixj)loited upon the .'^'ocan Star, the ore body has lieen found to vary from a
few feet to 25 feet in width of mixed l)nt pay ore. and a large amount 01 ore has
beeii mined from bodies ..' to X and 11 feet wide of solid galena.

Ore. — {(I.) The first-class ore consists of the nearly pure galena, both fine
ami coarse-grained, carry in.g some grey copper and some blende, but not enough
to pass the excess line, or in per cent of zinc. Average value, 95 ounces silver per
ton, " J to 75 per cent le;id. This ore is sacked and shipped direct to the smelters,
the smelters.

(h.) The concentrating ore consists of the mixed ore or the spathic iron
quartz gangue with galena, with a little grey coppe- and in all the ore there are
evidently some of the silver sulphides. .Average value of concentrates, 80 ounces
sil\ er per ton, 70 per cent load.

The Slocan Star possesses the Iargc.>t ore l)ody in the Slocan, being from
25 to ,30 feet wide, with ten feet of solid rich-bearing galena. The lowest tunnel.
No. 5, has struck the same ore shute 200 feet below the upper workings.

The ore is sent to the conce.itrator, which has a capacity of 150 tons of ore
per day. or equal to the daily product of the mine, by tramway. .About too inen

356

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

are employed. The concentrates are shipped to the United States smelters for
final treatment.

Timber and water are abundant for mining purposes — the timber being of
large size, and immediately at the mine, where the stopes are timbered up with
heavy stulls and lagging.

A steep waggon road from Sandon climbs up past the mill to tunnel Nos.
3, 4 and 5, but all ore is sent down to the mill by the 3-rail gravity tramway,
about 1,600 feet long, covered where necessary by snow-sheds, the concentrating
ore being automatically dumped into the mill bins, the sacked first-class ore being
loaded into ore waggons or sleighs, and drawn, also the concentrates, half a mile
to the railroad at Sandon, at a cost of 80 cents per ton. Number of men em-
ployed, 83, of which 55 were in the mine, and 10 at the mill.

COST OF MINING.

ill

Mining. — (a.) The cost of driving tunnels and drifts varies from $3 to $9
per foot in stratified rocks, and from $7 to $10 in the granite:

{b.) The cost of sinking shafts from $IJ to $20, but so far little work of this
kind has been done:

(c.) The cost of stoping was not ascertained:

(d.) For labour the average paid miners is $3.50 for ten hours, or $3 for 8
hours; timbermcn, $3.50 for 10 hours: sliift bosses. $4 to $3 a dav: blacksmiths,
$3.50 to $4 per 10 hours; trammers and topnien, $2.50 tu $3 lor 10 hours;

(f.) For supplies, No. i giant powder costs about 18 to 22 cents a lb.; No, 2,
$9 per 50-ft). box; drill steel, lO cents a lb.; candles, $7 a 40-tt). box; cordwood,
$1.50 to $2.50 at the mine; rough timber, $u to $12.50 per M. I he cost of food
and other supplies is now very reasonable.

Transportation.- -(<;.) The cost of packing down ore on horses in the sum-
mer time varies from $5 to $8.50 per ton to railroad. In the winter time, by
rawhiding, $2,50 to $3.50 per ton:

(b.) By waggons or sleighs, $1 to $2.50 per ton:

(c.) Cost of transportation from shipping centres to the smelters in the
United States, from Sandon, $7.50; from Slocan City, $11.

Treatment. — The treatment charges depend upon whether tlie ore is crude
or "carbonates," and on the latter according to the percentage of lead. On the
crude ore, or nearly pure galena, the smelter charges vary from $15.50 to $18 per
ton; on the carbonates from $g to $15 per ton; the $9 rate being given in one case
where the lead did not exceed 20 per cent.

The smelters pay for 95 per cent, of the silver and 90 per cent, of lead, assay
values, at the New York quotations at time of settlement.

For zinc, 50 cents is charged per unit — above 10 per cent. The duty on
lead in the ore entering tiie United States is j4. of a cent per lb.

The cost of trail-building in most parts is not high, as only in some of the
deeper valleys and gulches is there much heavy timber, and if carefully super-
vised should average from $80 to 'S125 a mile for a good ordinary mountain trail,
and if possible there should always be a down-grade to facilitate the transport of
ore by "rawhiding."

The cost of the mountain waggon road varies from $800 to $1,200 a mile,
with a safe average of $1,000 per mile, complete.

In the winter time temporary tra'ls and roads are often easily made when
the snow has fallen to some considerable depth.

SLOCAN LAKE.

This beautiftil lake, lyinc- in a deep valley between the valleys of the Arrow
and Kootenay Lakes, is 23 miles long and about one mile wide, and in the val-
leys and on the ridges that trend away from it to the east, mines of very great
promise are being rapidly opened up, and new finds of value are being made as
prospecting is more thoromrhly and widely carried on.

On the south slope of the range dividing the south fork of Carpenter Creek
from Four-Mile Creek, on the north slope of which are a series of mines, from

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

357

.•Iters for

being of
up with

inel Nos.
tramway,
entrating
Dre being
i\i a mile
men em-

$3 to $9
rk ol this

■ $3 for 8
cksmiths,

b.; No. 2,
ordwood,

It of food

the sum-
time, by

the Slocan Star to the Idaho and Alamo, are the Mountain Chief. California.
Alpha Group. Reed and Robertson. Jenny Lind. Ottawa Group and Fisher
Maiden, all of which were visited, except the first two, and soutli of the Four-
Mile Creek are the Thompson Group, Vancouver Group, and the Hewitt claim.

Four-Mile Creek, for ten miles of it.s course, forms a dividing line between
the Slocan slates and the granite, although small areas of each cross the river in
places.

TEN-MILE CREEK.

An excellent waggon road has been built from the landing eight miles up
this creek, through a valley of fine timber, to the Enterprise mine, and thence
ttails pass over to Springer and Lemon Creeks and back to Slocan City, and also
farther east to the head waters of Kokance or Yuill Creek and the south fork of
Kaslo Creek, where a great deal of prospecting has been done during the past
season, with good results.

SPRINGER AND LEMON CREEKS.

From the rival towns of Slocan ;ind Brandon nt the foot of the lake, trails
lead off to the country drained by Twelve-Mile, Springer and Lemon Creeks, and
in this part of the district many locations ha\e been made, some on galena veins,
but many others on the "dry ore" veins and the gold-bearing quartz leads, all in
the granite. Much prospecting was being done and considerable development
work; but as many investors have recently been securing bonds and options on
many locations, the past season has seen much greater activity.

rs in the

is crude

On the

o $i8 per

one case

:ad, assay

duty on

Tie of the
ly super-
tain trail,
nsport of

K) a mile,

ade when

le Arrow

I the vai-

ery great

made as

ter Creek
nes, from

TRAIL-EARLY HISTORY.

Early
History

EARLY in the sixties the placer mines on Wild Horse, Findlay and other creeks
in East Kootenay ha\ ing been discovered, resulting in the rush there of min-
ers and the constant demand for supplies, as there was no means of com-
munication between the coast and this district, except through the United States,
with vexatious delays at the customs, Mr. E. Dewdney. now the Hon. the Lieu-
tenant-Governor of British Columbia, was ."nstructed to survey and construct a
trail entirely within British territory, throur;h the southern part of the Province,
as a passage to the north had been proved to he net feasible. I»
i86s this trail, since known as the Dewdney Trail, was finished,
and in its course it passed about one mile south of the present
town of Rossland on its way down Trail Creek to the Columbia River. Hence a
means of ingress was given to this region, and indications show that early pros-
pectors were attr:.':ted to the iron-stained cappings that have now attained such
importance and value, as a five-foot liole on the Le Roi and other openings testify,
but the low-grade surface rock discouraged them, while the means of getting such
ore? to smelting centres seemed ciuite out of reach. However, in l88o. Joseph
Bourjouij located the first claim, the Lily May. near the Dewdney Trail, which
in 1890 was recorded by J. Bordau. In this year J. Bourjouis located the Centre
Star and the War Eagle, while the Virginia and Idaho were staked by J. Morris,
his p'^rtner. They also discovered the Le Roi. but. forbidden by law to stake more

358

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

than one claim on the same vein, this piece of Rround became the properly of
Mr. E. S. Topping hy his simply payinjf the rxpcnsos of recording.

In November. i8<)o. Mr. Topping met at Colville two Spokane attorneys,
Mr. George Foster and Col. Wm. Rt.upath. showed them samples of Le Roi ore. and
offered to soli onc-hali' interest in the claim tor $,p,o<';o. These gentlemen became
interested in tliis property, went to Mr. Oliver Durant, a gentleman of long mining
experience in the West, in whose jndgmcnt they had had lull contidcnce, and h'.
also impressed with the ore, finally secured a workin;4 b-^nfl on sixteen-thirtieths
of the property for six months, with the proviso that during that time he should
.spend $3,000 on the claim. Although he knew good mining men had condemned
the ore deposits of this region as of altogiher too low a grade, Mr. Durant came
up at once, examined the claim, taking from a shallow cut
i<c Koi Mine. sixteen feet long across solid sulphides careful samples that re-
turned as higli as $60 in gold, at the same time visiting the En-
terprise, Centre Star, Idaiio, Virginia. War Eagle, and Josie. Satisfied with the
showings, E. J. Kellie was left in charge of the sinking of a shaft from which
during the winter weekly samples were forwarded with great difficulty to Marcus,
Wash., by trail uown Trail Creek and the Columbia, samples that assayed from
traces of gold up to $472. In the spring of 1891, after many vicissitudes, ten tons
of picked pure sulphide ore from the bottom of the thirty-five foot shaft, where the
vein was fully nine feet wide, were packed out to the Columbia and shipped to the
Colorado Smelting Works at Butte, when the excellent return of $84.40 per ton
was given as the value of the ore, or three ounces of silver per ton, 5.21 per cent,
•copper, and about four ounces of gold. The bond was then taken up. and in tiic
•course of time the remaining fourtcen-thirtieths were sold by Mr. Topping to
ome of the present owners. The Le Roi Gold Mining Company was then formed
and about 70,000 shares of the treasury stock sold at a small figu :?,

For over a year Mr. Durant liad charge of the work, contending with many

obstacles, insisting on the continuance of development, as he pertinaciously be

lieved in the ultimate conversion of this prospect into a valuable mine, but .finally

he decided to sell out his interest to the others, and with Mr. A. Tarbet bought

the Centre Star and Idaho, upon which nearly yoo feet of

work had been done at a cost of $J5,ooo. work that

was the main support of this little camp. But the need

of roads was pressing, no advance could possibly l)e made, and again

tiirough tile efforts of Mr. Durant, a trail and then a road were build up the

East Fork of Sheep Creek from Northport by the business people of that place,

and Captain Fitzstubbs, Gold Commissioner for West Kootenay, ordering the

construction '>f a road uj) Trail Creek from the Columbia, the conditions of the

camp were at once made more favourable. With the coming of the financial crisis

of iSy,}, Mr. Durant, whose unceasing and determined efforts had overcome

many difficulties and disappointments, and demonstrated that the properties he had

so faithfully worked at were good, was forced to suspend operations until 1895.

when he resumed work on the Centre Star, now organized into a stock company.

In the winter of 1893-94, the Le Roi, that had shut down upon the expendi-
ture i)i the nroceeds from the sale of the treasury stock, was able to ship by
«!eighs iver the Trail Creek road the ore that had accumulated upon the dump.
and ti\is netting a (.jood profit, active mining operations were begun, and the fast
increasing (;re shipments, as detailed elsewhere, bringing handsome returns to

Early
Development.

"operty of

attorneys,
jt ore. and
;n became
ng mining
e, and li'.
-thirtieths
he should
andcmncd
rant came
allow cut
s that re-
5 the En-
with the
3m which
3 Marcus,
lyed from
, ten tons
where the
ed to the

per ton
per cent.

nd in tlic
ipping to
n formed

ith many
onsly be-
>ut tinally
;t bought
feet of
3rk that
le need
id again
d up the
lat place,
ering the
ns of the
cial crisis
avcrcomo
es he had
mil 1895.
company.

expcndi-

1 ship by
he dump,
i the fast
eturns to

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

.^5y

Shlprnvntii
Made.

those who pluckily stuck to this claim, the Le Roi was fairly launclied upon its
successful career as a rich dividend paying mine. In the meanwhile. Mr. J. A.
Finch and Mr. 1*. Clark had been attracted to the camp, Mr.
Finch getting a bond on the War ICagle. whicli he relin-
quished ;::ter expendin^^ several thousands of dollars prospect-
ing; after which Mr. Cla'-k, who had thrown up his bond on the
Josie, obtained one on the War Eagle. In the work hithert(» done on
this property, a large shute of low-grade pyrrhotite averaging $14 to $16
in gold to the ton, had been more or less explored, but on going
farther west a few hundred feet, by trenching, the top of a splendid body of good
ore, averaging two and a-(iuarter uuiices in gold, nearly itx* ieet long and v-ight
to twelve Ieet wide, was unco\ered. and this mine took its place am(iii>4 the best
in the camp, paying shortly aUerwards its tirst dividend, I'ebru.iry is,, i8»J5, of
$32,500.

Another strong lactor in the rapid i)rogress 01 the camp is the connection
with it of Mr. Hein/.e and .\lr. IJ. C. Corbiii, jjresident of the Spokane Falls and
Northern Railroad. Mr. Ileinze, the head of a smelting works in Butte,
Montana, sent in tw(( men to go over the ground, with the result,
after much negotirtiii.n. liiat he made a contract with the iiiaiiageineiit ■>{
the Le Roi mine tiiai tiuy siio.ild supply him with 37.500 tons of (jre
on the dump, which lie v.ould I'.iy ior after the sliipnient and sampling
.'(' cacli loi. deducting $11 per ton for ireij^nt and treatment
RaHttHj!. ci^arges; and also .57,500 tons on wiiich the cliarge^ should be at

asH Fi.tt..r. tin l,,\vest rates obtainable in the open market. With this amount

of ore contr.icted for a land grant from the I'rovincial Government and a boms
of $1 per to/i smelted »rom the Dominion Government, Mr. Heiiize erected the
Trail Smelter and built t''e tramway frtjni the smelter to ihe mine. .\lr. Corbin,
who has iwti.'iidetl his road from Xorthport to \'els(tii, ^iipijlied also witii a Pio-
vnicial charier and land grait, has pushed liis road up Sheep Creek from tl^e
south to Rossland. Thus coi stantly as the conditions improve whereby the cost
of mining, shipping and treat ng the ore are material'y lessened, does the limit
decrease at which the ore ceases to be protitable. and iiuk!i more of the lower
gade ore now in sig.it is made a\aiiable.

^UE ( )RE DKI'OSIIS.

Mr. R. G. McConnell oi the Geological Survey of Canada, after a short visit
in 1894, reported* the country about K'ossland to be "an .area of erui)tive rock,
mostly dioritc and uralite porphyritt
logical survey has yet been made, 1
general description can now be attt

is evidently diorite, although it pr'
and structure, varying from a fii

ut by many dykes." but as no complete geo-
any reported lithological study, only a very
ited. The m.iin mass of all the country rock
nts many difTerent gradations in composition
.,'rained aplianitic rock with \ery little horn-
blende at one extreme to nearly massive hornblende at the otlier, often showing
mica and pyroxene. Much of it h .iks like a basic syenite, and samples have been
taken for microscopical examination and later report, but the main i)oint of
interest is the fact that these or. bodice or veins traverse the diorite. although
cores from t! i; mging and foot w.alls of the Le Roi shiite will
be examined veil as samples from either side of the Centr<»

"''"' ' Star ore shute ^c well definefl in the clifT running up Centre Star

Gulch, to ascertain whether these samples are all of one class of rock or two. In
go ng over this regie n the vari.iiions ;ire ^een to be \ i ry marked, in some places the
rock being stratifie<l as if f)f 'iedKuentary origin but in all probabilitv a more or
less altered eruptive. Porphyry iykes from one foot up to sixty and ei-^hlv feet
wide traverse the country, many v. ith a north nnd >^outh >-trike. but with noapparuu

*Siiiinii.'iry rt'.iorls of tlif Ceolojjical S irvey ofC.Ttiada for iS^) y:.

(

:i! {.

J l'

360

YEAR tiOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

dislocation of the veins which they cut through; indeed, at six such points of in-
tersection the ore seemed to be concentrated, and even to follow along the dyke
for some distance, but this must be made clear by further underground work. A
careful geological survey will reveal very interesting facts relative to the formation
of these ore deposits.

In this Rossland ore much prospect work has sliown clearly that there is
a large system of lines of fracture with an east by west and north-east by south-
west trend, and a persistent northerly dip, along which more or less ore has con-
centrated, either as bodies of solid sulphides or sulphides scattered through the
country rock. Some of these fissures can apparently be traced through several
i,SOO-foot claims, and alonjar them are the large ore shutes now being mined or
developed, the maximum width of pay ore so far being about 35 feet, and maxi-
mum length 310 feet. Many of these fissures have been or are now being pros-
pected, and in many instances with surface indications of the most unfavourable
character, the improvement lias been very marked in tlie increase of the amount
of ore and its value, and the great probability that more rich ore shutes will be
found by following these fissures has made all such property valuable, and is
deciding the commencement of extensive exploratory work. Again, large shutes
of low-grade ore, mostly the coarse-grained magnetic iron pyrites or pyrrhotite,
assaying from traces to $6 to $8 in gold, have been found and are being explored
for better grade ore and so far with some success, but development, except on a
few claims, has hardly yet begun and so far only the shutes that have been ex-
posed at the surface are being worked, and it is yet impossible to foretell how much
extensive underground mining will be rewarded.

The surface of tiiese ore shutes is covered with the typical iron capping, or
reddish brown sintery mass, and experience enables the prospector to distinguish
between disintegrating sulphides, and barren diorite heavily iron stained by the
oxidizing of the bisilicates or the iron pyrites nearly always present in this rock.
Although it is dilVicult to prospect such rock which may be much iron stained
but with no vein whatever in the vicinity, nearly all work is done along o"e wall,
and the ore appears to follow along one wall, where the rock is not too full of
fissures that disguise true conditions, but it is doubtful if more than one wall ever
really exists, although a parallelism of lines of fracture may for
T*^"i * short distance seem to prove the contrary. Wherever the ore

ron :ipp ns. jg found to consist almost of pure sulphides, it will be found
lying along and parallel to such a wall, after which ore is disseminated more or
less through the inclosing rock, often following along small fissures that in some
cases form small veins of good ore that run for a considerable distance away from
the main deposit. In all the mines the ground is faulted, thus dislocating the ore
deposits and stringers and complicating the search; but these slips will be better
understood as work progresses, although much development work will have to
be done by driving steadily ahead along the general course of the veins and cross-
cutting, for the good rule of following the ore is seldom possible for any distance
by reason of these dislocations.

THE ORES.

The orr-; at Rossland, with the exceptional free-milling gold quartz of the
O. K. mine, may be divided into three classes: —

(a.) Those I;irgo deposits of coarse-grained massive pyrrhotite. locally known
as the "iron ore." in which very little or no value in gold is carried.

(b.) The ore found in many claims on the south l^elt, as the Lily May, Home-
stake, Mayflower, Curlew. Goplicr, R. K. Lee, etc., in which the sulphides are not
pyrrhotite but iron pyrites and mareasite (white iron"), witli. in some <>i these
mines, much arseiiopyrile, and also zinc blende and even .galena, in which case the
silver value exceeds the gold, and the percentage ol copp.r is very small or nothinj^.

(f . ) The typical ore of the camp as sold by the Le Roi, War Eagle, Iron

AXlJ MANUAL ()F TKOVINXIAL IM-f )im ATK ).N.

^Cn

Mask or Josie, is divided into first-class and second-class. The tirst-class consists
of nearly massive fine-grained pyrrhotitc and copper pyrites, sometimes with a
little magnetite, or mispickel. with more or less quartz and calciti-. In this class
of ore, as got from the lowest workings of the Le Roi. the aniDunt of quartz is
much higher, the smeltei returns giving 41 to 52.870 silica, and 20.6 to 26.8%
FeO., but this is proving the best ore in the mine, the average smeller returns
being on i.joo tons, j.6 oz. of gold, 1.8 oz. of silver, and 2.5'}'o of copper, or
$53-05* net, per ton while some siiipments went as high as 4.06 oz. in gold.

The second-class ore, and the bulk of the ore of the camp shipi)ed will be
most probably of this character and value, is a diorite witli a comparatively small
percentage of these sulphides, but the value is still very good; 1,800 tons of the
Lc Roi, second-class, y\;"iding by smelter returns an average of 1.34 oz. of gold, j.a
oz. of silver, and 1.6% copper, or $27.97* net, per ton. Mr. Bellinger, of the Trail
smelter, kindly gave the average analysis of this ore to be FeO. 22''/c. Si02. 42.5%
CaO. 7%. MgO. 3%. AI2O3 18%: copper, i.s'/o, S. 6%.

TREATMENT.

The destiny of the mining operations of this part of the Province will de-
pend, to a very great extent, upon the means of transportation, and then upott
the cost of metallurgical treatment, for a l;*rge amount of low-grade ore is prom-
ised, and the possibility of treating such mes at a low figure to leave a fair mar-
gin of profit must attract the best endeavours of the metallurgist. The ores contain-
ing a high percentage of sulphides will be verv desirable, and should command
the lo'vest smelting charges, but in all probability the great bulk of the Trail Creek
ores will be of the mixed class, or diorite with a comparatively small proportion
of sulphides, and hence a low percentage of copper, while again the amount of
arsenic, abundant in some of the ore, will be an important element. This ore ha',
now been shipped to man- -m he American smelters, such as at Tacoma and Ev»;r-
ett. Washington, and G: : tt I- ills. West Helena, and Butte. Montana, and now
much will be smelted at t/v u.nv works at Trail, to be described. The erection
of smelters at Rossland, in the immediate vicinity of the mines, is being seriously
contemplated, but it is yet too early to make any definite statement. TKe cost of
freight and treatment is now about $10 to $14 per ton, when 95 per cent, of the
assay value of the gold and silver is paid for, and 1.3 is deducted from the per-
centage of copper present.

Of course the possibility of other processes being suitable to such ores is
being tested, such as the cyanide and chlorination processes, and the results will
be awaited with much interest as some such process may prove very successful,
and all judgments should be deferred until the conclusive experiments have been
completed.

Note:— All the foregoitiK relating to Trail is taken from Mr. Carlyle's report.
•Not deducting freight and treatment charges.

of the

LE ROI MINE.

known

THE area of the Lc Roi claim is about twenty-one acres, and is operated by the
Le Roi Gold Mining Company, of Si)okane: President, W. W. Turner; Gen-
eral Manager, George Turner, and capitalized for $2,500,000 in 500.000 shares
at $5-00 each. The Company own the Le Roi, the Black Bear and the Ivanhoe,
or seventy-two acres in all. On this claim tlie large surface exposure, six to
fourteen feet wide, of the rusty-red iron-stained rock, or the typical iron cap, that

3<'^

VKAR HOOK OF UUllLsll LOl.l'MMIA

on fracture proved to be the covering of a larwe body of sulphides, mostly pyrrho-
tite, with s(jnie chal'opyrite, oituhl be easily seen for Joo to .v^o feet in a north-
east by south-west direction, when at tlu west eiul of tiiis ore shute the vein seems
to branch into two or even three smaller veins that diverge.

The first shipment was made in 18^)3 of "oo tons. In the sjirini, of iS()5 a
contra'-t was made witli the Trail smelter for the delivery of "5.(X)o tons of crc.
Over 5().(XM) tons have been delivered under that contract. The Company |>aid its
first dividend of $_>5.ooo in October, 1895, and has paid up to date over $5_'5,ooo,
and is announced to pay $5o,fxx) a month hereafter. The main sh.ift has been
sunk throUKh a solid body of ore to a level of 600 feet, with e.vtensive Iriftin^; and
tunnelling Enormous ore bodies have been opeiu-d in all the d.ifts. In the
west drift on the .4501001 level the width of the ore body reached twenty-eipht feet.
the vein contracting;: at tlie 500 foot level, and auain dosvn to witliin twenty-five
feet of the fioo-foot level at tlie uniform width of seven feet, when it be>.;ins to ex-
pand, and on the Cjoo-fooi level the i)ay ore is twenty-two feet wide by actual
nieasurei.ent. Seven feet of it averajjed $80 per ton in Kold and ten per cent,
copper and fiftern teet of it $.^3. There are ^00 men emi)loyed in and about the
mine and .?oo tons ol ore a. c beinu raised every twenty-four hours. Tlu- pay-roll
amounts to $_'.ooo a montl . transportation charges $15,01x3 a month, treatment
charges $50,000 a month, and it is anticipated that the mine will ultim;ilely pro-
duce over 1. 000 tons of ore a day and give employment to Soo men. The owners
of the Lt Roi mine ;ire Innldin.u a smelter at N'orthport for the reduction of their
own ores. Thi- has given rise to an agitation tor an export duty on ores in order
to encourage the smelting of (jres on the Britisli Columbia side of the line, but
what effect it will have it is impossible to say.

Tllb: WAR RAGLE MINE

Next to the Le Roi, the War f*!agle is the largest mine in the district, and
was recently sold to a Toronto .Syndicate, of whic'.i Messrs. Ciooderham and
Bhickstock are the principal siiareliolders, for $7OO.(X)0 cash. The cl'iim was lo-
cated in July. iSqo. by two French-Canadian prospectors, and in the fall of 1804
it was bonded to Spok;.ne parties for $17,500 and a Company organized. Under
new management the course of the tunnel was changed and a big ore shute
struck ten feet wide in places, which made the mine famous at once, and early in
1895 a dividend of $27,000 was declared. There have been 4,500 feet of tunnelling
done on the mine, and since the projierty was first worked 30.000 tons have been
shipped, returning $900,000. Dividends to the amount of $250,000 have been paid.
There is said to be 75.000 tons of ore in sight. .\t the present time no shipments
are being made, the management devoting itself to the work of development and
blocking out ore, in which work about ninety men are employed.

I t

Till'. TRAIL SMELTER.

The Hritish Columbia Smelting and Refining Comi'any own tlie sm^dter
at Trail Creek, of which the President is V. A. Heinze. who also owns a smelter
at Butte, Montana. On securing the large contracts for ore from the Le Roi
mine Mr. Henize obtained the present excellent smeltei site, on the bluff over-
looking the Columbia, at the mouth of Trail Creek, where has si-ynmg up the town
of Trail. This smelter was erected with greiU ra^)idily in spite ui inclement win-
ter weather and great difliculty in securing supi)lies of building material and im-
porting the plant and machinery; l)Ut although work was begun October loth,
1895, the iirst furnace was fired up in l*"ebruary. iSX). and now five furnaces are
in full operation, with further extensive and important additions being rapidly
pushed to completion, additions that should greatly improve present conditions
and treble the capacity of the works. Besides that with the Le Roi. contracts
have been made with the War Eagle. Iron Mask and Crown Point The sme'ter
has a capacity of 4(X) tons per day. and the management contemplates extending
the same in order to me<'t the demands of the district.

AND MAXUAl, OF l';^:( )\l NCI AI. I N l( )K M A I'lON.

.If.?

SOUTir BFCI.T.

Oil Lake Mountain, soiitli of Russlaiul, and in tlu' intorvcniiit^; vailcy, alv)
on the east aiul ';onth slopes of Deer Park Mountain, all of wiiicli. with I-ookont
Mountain farther east, may he known as the South Belt, the same system of east
and west fissure*; obtain, and. with the comparatively little work done, tlie results
are such as to encourage the much more extensive investigation of many of che
claims. With the exce|)tion of the Crown Point and Deer Park, the ore bodies
have not yet been found of l.irge size, but the fissures are very persistent, and the
the average ore is of. so far. fair value, tlie ore on most of these properties being
different from the rest of the canin in that there is very little ityrrhotitc, but much
iron and arseno-pyrites, with some zinc blende and galena, while the .silver vabi*
is higher t'lan the gold. Hut pyrrhotite ore is also found, as will be detailed
below. The construction of the tramway through the centre of tliis belt his
rerdered easy the shiiuiient of ore. and alreaily the Crown F'oint and Mayllower
are shipping.

GENERAL CONDITIONS AND PROSPECTS.

MR. C.\RLYLJC. in discussing transjxirtation and comimiiiii ation. says: "Four
years ago only trail> led into this |)an. the Dewdney trail having been

built in iS'65. but now a waggon road runs (o Triiil. an<l anothev down the
fork of Sheep Creek to Northport. in the Slate of Washington, over which much
oie has been and is shii)ped in heavy ore waggons, which return with much of
the supplies for the town and the mines." Then, after referring to the lines of
communication described elsewhere, including the C.P. R. and Amcricm railway
lines travel'ing northward, adds "Tlial liie \<vA .Mountain Railway, passing in
close proximity to many of the leading mines, will connect at Spokane with the
two trunk lines, the Northern Pacific Railroad and the Great Northern Rail-
road, whence is direct communication with all parts of the United States, as wjII
Jis easy access to the smelters on Puget Sound, at Tacoina and h^veretl. to those
at Helena and Great Falls. Mont., and to the smelters farther south in Colorado
and at Kansas City, Hence the fast developing scheme of transportation vill
soon change the conditions of this district by giving clieaper and quicker egress
for the production of the mines, or for the assembling at the most favouralile
points at the snu'lting or other reducti<jn works, the dilTerent kinds and grades
«©f ores, the fuels, tluxes and other snpulies that should make i)ossil)le the im • ii
cheai)er handling ,iiul treatment of the varion^ ores now known to exist in large
quantities.

"Although much ure (^f high grade is being minetl. large bodies of low
grade, averaging $4 to $ij in gold, une to tliree ouiues in silver, and up to tliree
per cent, copper, are now exposed, and further necessary systematic and fearless
development work must be doiiie. which this widening range of tr;msport facilities
will aid most materially not only in handling tln' output of thi*; one camp, but
in collecting at the best point.^ ditTereiit classes of ores from the newer localities
BOW being prosi)ected. as well a> the camps already csUiblished elsewhere in Lhis
part of »hf Province. The restriction to the more or 1' >s same clas< of are,
•ss it be of a mo-t favourable character, seldom got or maintained. i-> genor-

|l|

'iflji^

.?'. .»

304

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

ally not at all cc<iiducive to the best smflting practice, and the localizinK of tlie
smelting industry of the iVovince at the most advantageoiis centres, where will
be collected the different ores from different parts that are so necessary for
the most economical treatment, one kind of ore helping to flux the others, will
be greatly determined by the shipping facilities by waggon road, railroad or
steamboat, that arc now being supplied or projected. As the future of the mining
business in Rossland and the surrounding districts will be largely dependent
upon the cheapest treatment of the ores produced, and we can now announce ihe
erection in the near future of very extensive smelting plants in the Province,
communication assumes vital importance, and now it is almost promised tiiat
it will be rapidly extended as the ore bodies are found to be persistent and profit-
able throughout more than a limited area.

"The mountains in this Trail Creek region are for the most part rounded
and covered with timber, not very high and not precipitous, so that a waggon
road can usually be built anywhere without much difficulty, while a railroad can
be put through any of the different valleys with switch-backs if needs be, so thai
nearly any mine will not be difficult of access. The supply of timber for fuel
and mining purposes on most of the claims will soon bo exhausted, but mucli
can be brought in cheaply by the railroads when the need comes. The supply
of water is also small, but .''.o far ade(iuate for mining purposes, and a large sup-
ply cannot be got less tha'i six miles distant."

In his report to the Minister of Mines, Mr. Carlyle says:
"Perhaps the greatest factor that will determine the progress of mining
and the realization of the wealth that undoubtedly is now locked up in those
mountains, is the means of communication and transport. The ores must be
cairied to the metallurgical centres for treatment, and if the ore deposits now
known to exist, and those that may yet be discovered, are to be made available
and to become a most valuable part of our resources, trails, roads and railroads
must be constructed to make possible the concentration of ores, fuels and sup-
plies at the most favourable points; and if this part of the industry is to be
retained in Canada. Canada must assist in boldly advancing these means o! com-
munication to make easily accessible the coal fields and the mines from which
the different classes of ore can be obtained, that separately are difficult to treat,
but brought together and intermixed, can be reduced at minimum smelter chargss.
Favoured by the trend of the mountains and valleys, American railroads are
rapidly entering from the south to transport Kootenay ores to the American
smelters; but, notwithstanding much greater difficulties of construction, Canadian
roads must be energetically built, and, not only will more mines be opened up,
but the large reduction works, with tlie large employment of capital and labour,
will be mostly retained within this Province. The opening up of Kootenay dur-
ing the last six or seven years has been rapid, but the most marked advance has
followed the building of the various lines of connection already completed, as is
seen, for one in.stance, in the rise of the new camp at Rossland; but more rapid ad-
vance is awaiting these better facilities, which it is safe to predict will be called on
to carry a heavy tonnage. Several important lines are seeking aid to be built;
lines that will open country that already is proving most promising as it is
further prospected, and it is hoped tiiat this aid will be granted, so as to per-
mit the immediate commence) ent of these important undertakings. Not only
is the bulk of this ore being shipped to the south, but the large proportion of he
fast increasing demand for mine and mercantile supplies is being satisfied by ihe
cities on the other side of the border, with the result that a great rival in their
business affairs has followed the opening up of these good markets in British
Columbia, greatly due to the fact that orders can now be more promptly filled
and forwarded from this source, this advantage more than counterbalancing the
customs duties that are imposed upon imports. Not only this, but much of the
mining machinery manufactured in Eastern Canada, and now being extensively
ordered, is being brought most of the way over American railroads to the point
of entry, Northport. If our own centres of trade are to benefit by this growing
bitsinoss. strong efforts must be made to get these facilities for rapid and prompt
delivery which, with customs dues, will more than give Canadian business con-

at
ef
it

AND MANUAL OF PKOXINCI \I. I \ ruRM ATION.

.1^3

cerns the advantaKi'. -'is tlit* fact should he nali/cd that new and Iir^'f m irlcts
arc opening up in Firitisli Coluinl)ia. Aimricaii husiiicss men arc niakiuK ^tiijng
efforts to sicurc this trade, and the current i>iu-f set m. it will ho difruiilt to d<M :ct
it into that channel inuit beneficial to the ciMnniercial inerests oi this country.

"The concensus of opinion of many mining men sviio liave studied the con-
ditions and surface showings in this new camp at Kossland, is in the effect that
few camps iiavc ever shewn so nian> . ivoiuahie indiiatioiis that warrant tlie belief
that on further extensive, systematic exploration other shutes of ^old ore will be
uncovered, i^rospecting has disclosed these many parallel veins, varymv^ in
width, when exposed, from an inch to several feet, and it is believed tliai many
more ore shutes will be found wiuu these most proinisniK surface iiiduatmns are
thoroughly exploited, lor it is (luiie iinprobai>le that the large shutes of rich ore
that have been shewn on the surlact. bv denudation will be found {<> be tlu only
ones.

"This district has now reached that stage when persistent, plucky development
work, sustained by ample capital, must be done to prove up these many veins and
surface showings, but a sufficient ainouni oi working capital is dem.inded. (o)
because much of die rock is very hard to mine, necessitating good maclimery to
make proper progress, {b) consideiable or even i .^tensive development wnrk must
be done in the search for tnore pay shutes. (c) while the more or less faulted
nature of the ground, though not serious, will complicate this work. While the
present mines were opened up with comparatively small capital by reason of the
mines producing pay ore shortly after work was begun, or ore that was ve\v
profitable as soon as roads were built over which it could be sent to the smelters,
still any enterprise that is now undertaken will require strong financial sui)port,
and already seveal powerful companies are it work."

Tcj the aliovi' may be .idded tiiat Kossland has now five or six well deter-
mined inines, and new ore shutes ate being opened ip. as systematic development
progresses. There is little (loulit that ni.iiiy of the other properties on whi.h a
little work has been done, with suriicient capital, will \ ct reach tin stage of ship-
ping mines; but a large amount of capital is reipiired. The cam]) has decidedly
made great progress during the present ye.! . allhougii the feverish activity of
some months ago has subsided. Henceforth, as the speculate. i- element has i>een
eliminated, mining will proceed on the basis of its merits and sound business
methods.

The construction by the C.l'.R. of a line from Kossland to t!ie (Joluinbia
River where cheap fuels will be easily obtainable and new smelting facilities
afforded, will lie of immense benelit

THE BOUNDARY CREEK DISTRI

THI*- Boundary Creek portion of the Kettle River .Mining Divisimi i,\ \;i\t\ two
years ago, meant a territory of about 150 square mile^ in extent, drained by
a small .streatn which joins Kettle River from the north at Midway, where
the river first crosfcs the International Iioundary. I'o-day the term "Honndary" has
lost its special significance by reason of the rapid extension of the area in which
valuable minerals are found, to points far distant from the nucleus which first
gave the district its reputation.

*Kiiriiishfil by S. S. lM)w!cr. .^.1!., IvM., Nelson, for tlie Mini -iter nl Mines Kfport.

\'<

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

ik^

«>

1.0

I.I

Uijm 12.5

1-25 nil 1.4

lllii^

^;.

?»■ j^ '^'

Hiotographic

Sdences

Corporation

a>'

^(^>'

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 872-4503

'9>''

I i

.^66

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

TOPOGRAPHY.

II i>

I I

l«

The topc>^raphy of the district, wliilc it affords a considerable diversity, is
not very different to that of all the Rreat interior plateau of British Columljia.
Whilst mountainous, its highest points seldom exceed 5.500 feet in altitude above
the sea, and the greater numiier of its many well-rounded mountains do not
exceed 5,000 feet — Kettle River, at the mouth of Boundary Creek, being about
1,800 feet above sea level. The ruggedness and nakedness of many parts of
Koocenay are not at all in evidence, for these rounded hills are splendidly forested
to their very summits, witli a very great variety of coniferous trees. The eastern,
southern and western slopes are open and afford a prolific growth of bunch-grass,
and along the valleys are many ranches which are specially adapted to diversified
farming with the aid of irrigation.

GEOLOGY.

The geological features of tliis region are varied and interesting. Not
having made a special study, and without assuming more than a general under-
standing of them. I may say that for several miles east of the North Fork there
is an area (jf .\rch;ean gneisses and siliceous and micaceous schists, which are the
basal rocks. West of tlie Nf)rth P'ork we come into an extensive series of mcta-
inorphic schists, (|uartzites, crystalline limestones and some clay slates, all of
which form a large i)art of the ridge lying between North Fork and Boundary
Creek. This series is apparently repeated through a distance of three or four
miles west of Boundary Creek, when these probably pre-Cambrian rocks are
found to be overlain by Devonian or Devono-carboniferous limestones, which
form the summit and western limit of tlie Boundary Creek watershed, within that
part of the latter at least, wliicli is best known. West of this summit is a series •f
Cretaceous sandstones and shales continuing to Rock Creek, eight or ten mil?s.
Through this series the last-mentioned limestones may be seen protruding at
points along Kettle River; but after crossing Rock Creek the schists and quart-
zites again appear in the vicinity of Camp McKinney, and these in turn are suc-
ceeded, on nearing the valley of the Okanagan, by a rectirrence of the Arch.-ean
rocks first mentioned.

Throughout this extent of territory these stratified rocks are found to ;^e
penetrated by, or underlain and overlain by, eruptive rocks of different ages ind
diverse natures. These eruptives are all more or less intimately associated with
the mineral deposits of the district, and a thorough knowledge of them (to be
derived only from a comprehensive and accurate geological survey) is much to
be desired.

Avoiding more technicalities than are necessary, these eruptive rocks *n-
clude granite, syenite (?), felsite. trachyte (both often porphyritic) and "diorite."'
The felsite and trachyte often pass under tlie name of "porphyry." The "diorite"
is meant to signify all those basic, heavy, hard and dark-coloured rocks which,
scientifically, may properly be called by other names: the term is much burdened,
a-; porphyry has been for many years, but it is convenient and not inexcusable.

The granites are probably the oldest eruptive rocks hereabouts. They are
found in th.e valley of Boundary Creek, about eight miles above its mouth, and
from therv' northward. Diorite. including the lighter coloured varieties, is 'he
predominant eruptive rock, and occurs throughout the region in dykes of greatly
varying width, with a strike somewhat north of west. Tliese penetrate the gran-
ite and all the other rocks, except possibly the more recent limestones and por-
phyry, as at the head of Copper Creek.

The porphyritic rocks are prominently associated with the limestones and
the Cretaceous strata.

Besides these, considerable areas are known to afford schistose rocks,
>.csentially comi)osed of magnesian minerals, such as chlorite, hydro-micas and ta'c,
•ogether with serpentine and dolomite. Large parts of these rocks are probably
alterations of an eruptive original, and they are especially in evidence in the south-
ern part of Boundary Mountain, as at White's and Attwood's camps.

AND .MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL I NF0R.\L\T10N.

,^67

ORES AND ORE DEPOSITS.

The Boundary District is essentially a gold district. The great bulk of
the ores is a mixture of the various iron sulphides witii copper pyrites, all more
or less auriferous. This class of ore is notably associated with the basic eruptive
rotks, which are of so widespread occurrence in southern British Columbia, and
with the older metamorphic rocks near or at the contacts of these with the former.
The magnesian rocks above referred to also afford this ore. This mineral mixtu'"e
occurs in bodies which at times are so elongated as to give the impression that
they occupy fissures, and again at others it occurs in api)areiitly isolated shutes
of limited horizontal e:.tent; finally what seem to be well-defined blanket deposits
hold the ore. The croppings of several of these deposits consist of very large
masses of (frequently polaric) magnetite, through which are disseminated copper
and iron pyrites. Where denudation and wearing action have had sufficient
opportunity these cappings have been removed, and calcite. specular hematiie
and quartz appear as the normal accompanying gangue. This class of ores has a
wide range in value, but, excluding the extremes, may be said to carry about
$15 in gold, with two or three ounces in silver, per ton. and five per cent, copper.
It is exemplified by many of the prominent properties of the district, among
which are the Emma, and Oro Dinero in Summit Camp; Stemwinder, Gold Drop,
Knob Hill . nd Snowshoe in Greenwood; Winnipeg and Calumet in Wellington;
City of Paris, Lexington, Golden Rod and Oro in White's Camp, and the Mother
Lode, Sunset and Great Hopes in Deadwood Camp.

In the granites along Boundary Creek and in the siliceous rocks by which
they are flanked — in other words in the more acidic rocks — fissure veins of vary-
ing width are found, which afford quartzose dry silver ores and some large bodies
of presumably partly free milling gold ([uartz. In the former case the minerals
present with the quartz include small amounts of galena, zinc blende and iron
pyrites with ruby silver, etc., as in the Skylark Camp; and in the vicinity of Long
Lake, beside the above, tellurium and tclluridos of gold and silver, with more
or less free gold at the surface, are found. All these dry silver ores contain gold.
Their veins are from a few inches to five or six feet in width, and the greater part
of the value is often concentrated in a narrow pay streak. An idea of the values
of this material is had from the statement that in 1894 a shipment of eig'ity-fi/e
tons of sorted ore was made from one property, and tlie metal contents were
16.947 ounces silver, loi ounces gold, and 7.836 tbs. of lead. .Small shipments from
otlier claims have been made, showing gross values of about $100 per ton, but the
average value of unsorted ore may be placed at about $50 per ton.

These ores are found over a considerable part of the district, and notably
on the Jewel and Dinero Grande claims in Long Lake Camp; G.A.R. and D..\.
in Providence Camp; Skylark. Crescent and Last Chance in Skylark Camp; None-
such, Boundary Falls and Ruby in Smith's Camp, and the No. Seven and Lincoln
in Attwood's and White's Camps, respectively, the latter affording grey copper
as the principal source of value.

The milling ore ijientioned above occurs on the O. B. and Big Ledge
claims, south of the D..^.. It affords values from $15 to $40 per ton.

The Devonian limestone, which extends north and south frorn the head of
Copper Creek, is cut through by several dykes of porphyry and felsite, and along
the contacts of these with the limestone are bodies of copper ores. In the south-
cm part of this belt the mineral is copper glance and copper pyrites, the latter
of which in places seems to be a constituent of the felsite. In the Copper Camp
the ore is entirely in the contacts, has a quartz gangue, and is almost entirely
copper glance, oxidized at surface and partly again reduced to metallic copper.
Tliese ores, while they carry only a small amount of the precious metals, some-
times give assays of over thirty ounces in silver. The copper tenure is about
seven or eight per cent, only, but this grade could probably be improved by wet
concentration of the sulphide.

This class of ore is found on the Copper Mine, King Solomon, Copper
Queen, etc., in Copper Camp, and the copper pyrites and some copper glance
aru found on the Bruce, Texas and other claims in Graham's Camp, four miles
v.cst of Midway.

, (

.•;68

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Of course, the chief want of Boundary is cheap transportation. Even the
high-grade dry ores of the district can do little more than bear the burden of
sixty or seventy miles of waggon haulage when added to the other necessary
expenses. So much the less then can the low-grade sulphide ores be profitably
exported.

With a railway system in operation it is doubtful if a well-equipped smelt-
ing plant adapted to the treatment of these ores could not be profitably operated
in the district; for with the certainty of abundant ores of varied character, as pure
limestone as can be deSired, and an apparently excellent metallurgical coal at
hand, no other material is needed. But the railway under ordinary circumstances
will wait until the production of tonnage, either directly or indirectly dependent
upon the mineral resources.

To those who are already interested in the Boundary District the necessary
tonnage seems to be in sight, but whether this has been proven to the satisfaction
of those upon whom the railway builder is dependent remains an open question.
Thus again we are brought face to face with the immediate necessity of an ample
and well-directed mining capital, which is certain to meet with its just reward.

[The lack of railway communication to wliich Mr. Fowler refers is not likely
to long remain an obstacle to development, as by the action of the Dominion and
Provincial Legislatures during their recent sessions adequate assistance has been
afforded for either the extension of the C.P.R. line by way of Crow's Nest Pass,
or the construction of an independent line from Robson to Penticton, which will
traverse this mining district and give access eastward to the smelters of Kootenay,
and also by way of Vernon to the coast. Ultimately, too. wiien the projected
short line is built to the coast by way of Hope, it will have alternative and direct
communication with the seaports of B.C. No doubt one or more of the American
lines will push up from the south, and one is already talked of to traverse the
interior plateau of B.C. to Alaska, a long talked of and probably quite feasible
route. In tliis way the facilities of Boundary Creek will be exceptionally good.
-Rd.l

M
w
o;
ha

SOUTHERN YALE MINING CAMPS.

Camp McKinncy.

THE three most important camps in Southern Yale or Boundary District are
Camp McKinney, Fairview Camp and Central Camp, in which a number
of claims have been recorded. Of these, on account of the development on the
Cariboo-Amelia mine. Camp McKinney is at present the most important. It is
situated between 3,500 and 4,000 feet above Okanagan Lake,
betveen Okanagan and Kettle Rivers, fifty-six miles east from
Penticton on the main stage road and thirty-two miles westerly from Midway.
The history of the camp dates back to 1884. when the first discovery was made.
It was not until 1887, however, when the Cariboo vein was found, that anything
was done.

The ores of the camp are. as a rule, free milling, consisting of white quartz
containing some sulphides. The principal claims are the Cariboo-Amelia, Al-ce
and Emma, Maple Leaf, Le Roi, War Eagle, Dolphin, Fontenoy, Vernon, Vic-
toria. Minnehaha and Old England. The quality of ore on the Cariboo-Amelia,
which is the representative mine of the camp, has increased with depth, the total
yield being from $15 to $20 per ton from the lowest works.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

369

likely

The mine consists of two claims owned by the Cariboo Gold Mining &
Milling Co., with a capital stock of $800,000. Three shafts have been sunk, of
which the present working shaft is 175 feet deep, with tunnels and drifts. So far
over 20,000 tons of ore have been mined, and dividends to the amount of $160,000
have been declared.

Fairview Camp is located two and a half miles -veit of Okanagan River,
and is twenty-eight miles south of Penticton by stage, twenty-nine miles west of
Camp McKinney. and twelve miles north of Osoyoos. The claims lie on the
eastern side of a low range of mountains separating the Okanagan and Similka-
meen Valleys, along a series of foot hills 700 feet above the Okanagan Valley.
The geological formation and character of ores are very much similar to those
of Camp McKinney, although it is difficult at the present time with the limited
p^i . - amount of development to say how far the values of the ores

n rv ew amp. correspond. So far the milling value has not proved so great as
that of the latter. In this camp are located a number of promising claims, such
as the Morning Star, Stem Winder, Tin Horn, Smuggler, Silver Crown, those
of the Strathyne Mining & Milling Co., the Joe Dandy, the claims of the Con-
solidated Fairview Gold Mines Co., Winchester, Comet, and Western Girl, i Iij
Tin Horn, Big Horn and Fortune are owned and operated by the firm of Dier,
Davidson & Russell, f)f Fairview. and are being actively developed. Not much
ore has been shipped, but 2,700 tons of Morning Star ore yielded about $12 a ton.

Central Camp, a'.^o known as White's, Douglas' and Atwood's Camps, at
the head of Douglas Creek, eight miles from Midway by trail and five miles from
Boundary Falls, lies at an elevation of 4.000 to 5,000 feet. In this camp there is
a variety of ores, gold and silver-bearing quart/C. gold-copper
cn ra amp. sulphidcs. and argentiferous gray copper. The principal claims
here are Golden Rod. Mabel, Number Seven, Norfolk, New York, Rob Roy,
St. Maurice, City of Paris and Oro. Development work has not been carried
to sufficient extent to fully demonstrate the ore values or extent of the veins.

With respect to the three camps referred to, the general character of the
ore is similar and largely free milling. The quartz veins seem to lie in large
bodies, and are what might be called low grade ores. Hence their development
as a mining district depends largely upon cheap transportation and communication
being established. At the present time communication is sornewhat difficult and
expensive, and consequently these camps will not become shippers to any large
extent until such facilities are provided.

There are limited supplies of water, and, as a rule, plenty of timber, if
not on the claims themselves within easy distance of them. Sufficient is already
known to justify the conclusion that this will be a very important mining district,
and will be a heavy yielder in gold.

EAST KOOTENAY.

ON account of the building of the Crow's Nest Pass, or British Columbia
Southern Railway, now under construction, the prospects for the great min-
eral wealth of East Kootenay being explcitcd are very good indeed, and in
anticipation of this line prospecting has been \- ry active, and several very fine
properties are being developed.

Official information respecting this district is contained in the Minister of
Mines' Report of recent years, but particularly in Mr. Carlyle's report of 1896
from which the following is condensed:

A short examination was made of those parts of East Kootenay where
mining was being actively carried on. but with the exception of mines such as the

370

YEAk BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

North Star, Moyic L;ikc Mines, and tlic placer mines on Wild Horse Creek, little
work other than assessment work was bcin^ done. However in tlie s'^i'*hern part
of Fort Steele District the prospectors were very bu.sy durint^ the past season.
both in the Selkirks and Rc^cky Mountain Ranges, and a large number of claims
were staked off in close vicinity to the North Star Min< and on the St. Mary's
Kiver, Bull River, Perry Creek, and tlieir tributaries.

Hitherto means ol communication have been such that considerable time
had to be consumed in reaching any part, and prospectors and mining men have

been attracted to other uaits more easy of access, but with a more extended steam-
boat service on the rivers, new roads and trails, and with keener interest aroused
by the progress of mining in other parts of Kootenay, the Divisicni of East Koote-
nay is on the eve of rec(.'iving much greater interest, with every probability that
her latent resources will prove very valuable.

TOPOGRAPHY.

Running north and south for over two hundred miles, Hanked on the east
and west by the towering ranges of the Rockies and the Selkirks, is the wide and
beautiful valley through which Hows the Columbia River to the north, and the
Kootenay River to the south, to join waters at Robson in West Kootenay. This
valley is ten to thirty miles wide, .'uid gmtly rises to the foot-hills along the main
ranges, which are often bold and craggy and rise in lofty peaks.

TRANSPORTATION.

Stkamicr •..— F^■om Golden, on the C.P.R.. a very comfortable steamer of
the Upper Columbia N. Si T. Co., Capt. F. P. Armstrong, leaves for the Upper
Columbia every Tuesday morning wiien navigation is open, and runs for most of
the season as far as Mud Lak'^ Landing, 113 miles, where passengers and freight
are transferrod by a horse tra;.i, four and three-ciuarter miles, t(j the Upper Co-
lumbia Lake, where aiiother steamer runs to Canal Flats, about fifteen miles, z.Ad
thence by the stage to Fort Steele, forty-six miles, stopping over night at Han-
son's, at Wasa Creek, twelve miles from Fort Steele, one of the best hostelries in
Kootenay. When navigation ceases a weekly stage runs between Golden and Fort
Steele, carrying the mails. To the south steamers of the same navigation company
run down the Kootenay River from the North Star Landing, six miles above
Fort Steele, to Jennings, and at high water these boats go as far north as Canal
Flats or about four miles from the steamer landing on the Columbia. Anticipat-
ing a large influx of men and supplies from the south during the present year,
Captain Armstrong intends establishing a daily steamer seivice, as long as the
depth of water will permit, between Fort Steele and Jennings.

Roads. — A good waggon road extends from Golden to Fort Steele, whence
roads radiate to Wild Horse Creek, Perry Creek and St. Mary's River. North Star
Mine, Cranbrook, and to Tobacco Plains and across the border to the south.

TuAii.s. — (n.) The Dcwdney or Moyie Trail runs from Cranbrook southwest
past the St. luigene Mines, on Moyie Lake, to the landing on Kootenay River,
where stop once or twice a week steamers on the Kootenay Lake service. This
was the trail traversed by the placer miners in the early sixties.

(/;.) The Toby Creek Trail, or Well's Trail, starts a few miles .north of Win-
dermere, and crossing the Columbia runs up Toby Creek to the Divide, thence
down Hamill Creek to Argenta, at the north end of Kootenay Lake.

{c.) From Carbonate, south of Golden, a road for part way and trails lead
up the dififerent branches of the Spillimacheen River ar.d into the McMurdo Dis-
trict. Of course there are many other trails, such as over the Crow's Nest Pass.

etc., etc.

Ork. — Shipments are made by the steamers on the Kootenay Lake south to
Jennings in the United States, and thence by G.N.R.R to the smelters. The
smelter at Golden has never yet been blown in, as no ore h.as so far been obtain-
able, but the development of the northern part of the Golden and other districts
may yet supply these works, which were built rather prematurely.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

37i

NORTH STAR.

The representative mine of the district is tlie Nortii Star.

This valuable property comprises the North Star, O. K., Dreadnaught and
Buckhorn, Cro», n-granted; and tiie Rowan. Daffodil, Cromarty, Notre Dame,
Dorval, Maverick, Good Luck, Canton, Full House, Brandon, Stcmwindcr and
Ontario, mineral locations, owned by the North Star Mining Co., Ltd., Montreal.
President, D. D. Mann; Secretary, H. S. Holt, Montreal; Business Manager, N.
W. Curran, Fort Steele.

These claims, 1,500 feet squar^", are located on a gently sloping mountain
one mile south of Mark Creek, and twenty-three miles by waggon road west of
the North Star landing on the Kootenay River six miles above Fort Steele, and
2,600 feet above the landing, or sixteen miles directly west of the river. This lode
was located in June, 1892, by Jos. Bourjouis, the locator of the Wur Ergle, Centre
Star and Lily May, at Rossland. and since that time it has been so devi-loped as
to expose one of the largest bodies of silver-bearing galena ore yet uncovered in
the Province.

GEOLOGY AND ORE-DEPOSIT.

The rock enclosing the ore found in these and adjoining claims is dark gray
with a fine-grained, hard and tougli texture, appare.iliy of igneous origin, except
for slight evidences of bedding i^kines on the Sullivan Group, indicating the
probability of its being very highly altered stratified rock. In the mine is rock
looking much like the typical miner's "porphyry," running in places as tongues
into tlie mass of solid ore, as if a dyke were there, but this might be simply the
country rock altered near tlie ore-shute.

The Ore. — (a.) Is primarily a veiy clean, solid, argentiferous galena, rather
fine-grained, with only a small amount of zinc blende, while underlying it along
the foot-wall is the "iron-ore." or iron and manganese oxides assaying about
twenty ounces in silver per ton. The assay value of the ore as per smelter re-
turns is: — ,

Silver. 23.5 ounces to 45.3 ounces per ton; lead 53 to 68%.

ib.) The upper part of the ore-shute has been decomposed to a mass of red-
dish-brown, black and yellow oxides and carbonites of iron and lead, with beauti-
ful specimens of moss-like metallic silver and crystals of cerussite. There is a
large amount of this ore, and unlike the "carbonate ore" in the Slocan it carries
a higher silver value than the crude or solid galena ore, the values from smelter
returns being: —

Silver, 52 to 60.8 ounces per ton; lead, 49 to 57%-

In shipping ore a mixture is made of both kinds of. ore and then sacked
in jute sacks (made in Montreal) so that sixteen sacks of the ore weigh one ton,
and this is not low grade ore by any means, as is shown by the smelter returns)
on between two and three thousand tons sold during the past season, when the
net or yield values averaged per ton: —

Silver, 30 ounces; lead, 55%.

Such ore was worth $52.40 per ton, and left a very good profit, after deduct-
ing costs of mining, transportation, smelting and duty.

Ore Body. — The existence of the ore body was betrayed by the large
amount of galena float on the surface, but it was not until mucli prospecting wo-k
had been done that the magnificent ore body was found, the value and significance
of the decomposed material first found apparently not having been appreciated
until proven to he the richer carbonate ore overlying the unaltered galena.

The ore body varies from eiglit to twenty feet in thickness, and during the
present year 2,000 tons were shipped to the smelter. Anotlier very large body of
ore has been discovered this year 1,200 feet north, similar in size and quality.
Ten men are engaged on t'lis prospecting, waiting for railway facilities. Timber
and water for mining purposes are somewhat scarce.

(a.) A waggon road has been built from the Landing, 23 miles, to the
mine, at a cost of $11,000. and in sumrner time a fotir-Iiorse team will take down
five to six tons of ore a day, and in winter six to eight tons, at a contract price
of $5 per ton, horses being changed at the stables, half-way between the mine
and the river.

i "

il2.

YEAR BOOK OF liRITISH COLUMBIA

(h.) The steamer carried the ore to Jennings Landing at a contract price
of $4 per ton.

(c.) The freight cliarges to the smelter at Gnat Falls, Montanr. from
Jennings was $4.50 per ton. while I.c smelter or treatment charge was $17 per
ton for crude ore and $15.50 for "carbonate" ore.

The cost of labour was the same as in the Slocan District.

oti-ii:r claims.

Other claims in the immediate vicinity include the Sullivan Group, on
Sullivan Hill, iiorth of Mark Creek, near the North Star. On tliis group t'
are large surface showings of mineral, not only of soi.d lead ore. but of con
trating galena ore. for which purposes the very ample supply of water and water-
power (jf AL-irk Creek, 4,000 feet distant, will be easily available.

The Quantrelle, Utopia and Stonewall Jackson, Midnight, Deanc and Ail-
Over, in the immediate vicinity, have all been more or less developed and disclose
ore bodies.

On the south side of Moyie Lake, 2,}^ miles south-west of Fort Steele,
reached by the Dewdney I'r-iil, is an important group of claims extending south,
up the mountain side from the lake, consisting of the St. Eugene, Peter, Loretta
and Rose (the last two fractional claims). C)n the St. Eugene a very fine body
of ore has been disclosed, similar in quality and extent to that in the North Star,
and there are several thousand tons of ore on the dump waiting foi shipment
when the railway is put through.

The Moyie, Oueen of the Hills, the Lake Shore and other claims are in
the vicinity, and are awaiting railway communication for development.

On Tracy or Wasa Creeks several veins have been disclosed in the moun-
tains of the Rockies, and also nearly as far south as the Boundary Line, on which
work is progressing.

GOLD PROPERTIES.

Considerable excitement was aroused by the discovery and location of
several very large quartz ledges on the north side of Perry Creek and west of
Saw Mill Creek, which flows into Perry Creek, a tributary of the St. Mary's
River, rr.d i strep'.ii much washed in the seventies for placer gold, two or three
miles above v, !.ich placer ground, or by roads and trails 25 to 30 miles westerly
from Cranbrook, these quartz leads are now located. For five miles west and
two miies east of Ellwood Creek, a small branch of Perry, the country has all
been located along the course of three, if not more, quartz ledges which have
proved to be auriferous, but to what value had not then been determined.

On the tributaries of the Wild Horse Creek, famous lor the production in
the past of its placers, many mineral locations have been made, on one of which,
the Dardanelles, mining was being done. The ore is roasted in heaps at the
mine, then rawhided down to a new arrastra near by an overshot wheel, the ar-
rastra being 9 feet in diameter, 2 feet 4 inches deep, with 5 to 800 pound drags,
and equipped with three copper plates and blanket sluices.

An English Company, the Invicta Gold Mining (Placer) Co.. Ltd., Eng-
land, having secured about one mile along Wild Horse Creek, from which much
gravel had been washed during the last thirty years, during the 1896 season began
the installation, under the superintendence of Mr. J. W. R. Young, M.E., of
a requisite plant, sluices, etc, for the hydraulicing of u. large bank of gravel.
About 70,000 cubic yards were moved, that yielded, according to the annual report
of this company, 7 cents per yard.

The Nip-and-Tuck Gold Mining Company, a placer mining company of
Vancouver, has rights over the placer ground below the Invicta ground, on the
south side of Wild Horse. There is a ditch about five miles long for the water
supply.

CRANBROOK.

Owing to the construction by the C.P.R. of the B.C. Southern Railway
through Crow's Nest Pass, Cranbrook. which is finely situated, will become an
important divisional railway point, and is the most central and suitable for smelt-
ing purposes, and smelting facilities are certain to be provided.

s
I

3
2
ii

ct price

r, from
$17 per

oup. on
up t' ^ ■*
con
id water-

and All-
1 disclose

t Steele,
\g south,
, Loretta
fine body
)rtli Star,
shipment

ns are in

lie moun-
on which

ication of
d west of
t. Mary's
) or three
5 westerly

west and
ry has all
hich have
ed.
iuction in

of which,
ips at the
the ar-

nd drags,

-td., Eng-
lich much
son began
M.E.. of
of gravel.
>ual report

mpany of

id, on the

the water

Railway
)ecome an
for smelt-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

373

WINDERMERE, GOLDEN AND DONALD.

, Some prespectihK' work was done during 1896, most of it on the Selkirks,
but also some on the Rockies, and from the very fine samples of ore seen, and the
reports of the characteristics of the ledges, a large and rich section of the country
is awaiting easier means f)f access and t!ie transport of ore to smelting cent.os.

Tiiic Thunder IIii.l property, I'S miles west of Upper Columbia Lake,
was standing idle, the ore having proved unsuitable for concentrating, .'or which
purpose a mill was erected on tiie lake, but recently tliis property has been -.ested
for its gold values, but with what result is not known. The ledge is reported to be
very large, and if it contains gold in paying ((uantity it should be thoroughly
exploited.

Bugaboo Creek. — Six miles west of the Spillimaclieen Landing or Galena,
Mr. F. \V. Aylmer of Golden, wn-; working the '"Balrath" group of two claims, on
which, crossing the slates and ([uartzites, was a wide vein strike. N.W. and S.E.
dip seventy degrees, about 16 feet wide, of which eleven feet were solid fine-grained
opaque (|uartz, and five feet broken slate and (luartz stringers. A cross-cut tunnel,
150 feet long, cuts the vein, where is nine feet of <iuartz, carrying about 20 per
cent, iron pyrites. Mr. Aylmer has had assays of $2.50 to $.?6 in gold per ton.
and if it proves to be profitable enough for milling, there is abundant and excel-
lent water power right at the mine.

ToBV Creek. — Prospecting was in progress in this country, now opened
up by a trail, and veins 10 to 22 inches wide of silver-bearing galena were being
located.

Vermont Creek. — From Well's Lar. ling. 30 miles north of Golden, a sleigh
road leads back 22 miles up the south fork of the Spillimaclieen to Vermont
Creek, where on the "Minnie," "Ruth" and "Charlotte," located in 1893, Capt.
Armstrong had mined over 150 tons of galena ore, carrying zinc blende.

McMuRDO District.-— Some prospecting was being done, and assessment
work, but nothing was doing on the "Bobbie Burns" and "International," gold
quartz veins situated along branches of the Spillimaclieen.

Some have waited long and patiently for the wave of mining interest to
flow through this large territory, and it will not be long now before the hidden
resources here will receive that careful examination they merit.

COAL FIELDS.

The coal fields of East Kootcnay arc without doubt among the most im-
portant on the North American continent. It is doubtful even if deposits to the
same extent and of equal value exist elsewhere, and on account of their nearness
to the mining regions and prospective railway facilities to be enjoyed, will be of
immense economic importance. Dr. Solwyn, late Director of the Geological
Survey, made an examination of the ground in 1891. and from his reports, which
have subsequently been confirmed by other exptrtj, the coal deposits are shown
to be of extraordinary extent and value.

Speaking of the ridge which runs in a north-easterly direction between
Martin Creek and Michel Creek, forming the west side of the valley of the west
branch of Michel Creel:, he says:

"From this ridge a number of spurs, with steep intervening gullies,
descend abruptly to the trail, in these, and on the intervening ridges, a wonderful
series of coal seams is disclosed, one above the othor from near the level of the
trail to the su.nmit of the ridge. No exact measurements were taken, and it may
be that some of the lower cannel seams are the upper ones, repeated by faulting.
The out-crops which can be seen on the ground are as follows, twenty seams in
all, showing a total thicknes of 132 feet of coal. ****** Elsewhere
Dr. Selwyn says: "On the Sth August we descended the Elk River Valley about
seven miles, then turning to the left ascended the mountain, a steep climb of
1,500 feet. Here on top of a broken-down cliff of massive sandstone, about 50
feet thick, we came to the first of a series of coal seams, the dip being E. 20, N.
35, and the seam 25 to 30 feet thick, with a shale parting about two feet, barometer
24.93. Ascending 130 feet, over shales and brown thick bedded sandstone, form-
ing a similar broken-down cliflf of about 50 feet, a second seam of coal was rearched.

l>4

374

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

also 30 feet ti.ick, l)arometer 24.8*). Above this four seams were (.•xaiuitud, aver-
aging 14 feet 111 thickness. * * *

"Al)ove No. there arc six more seaiiis wliich wcro not visited, hiii the
paiticulars ol which, given to me by Mr. Fernie, are as follows, averaging six
feet in thickness. * * "

"The above gives a total thickness of 148 feet of coal against 132 feet in
Marten Creek area on the eastern side of the basin, while in other respects the
seams correspond so closely as to make it alino;t certain that, except where cut
out in the valleys, tlijy are cot tinuous beneath the whole intervening area. For
much detailed information respecting the Crow's Nest Pass, the annual repot t of
the Geological Survey, Volume 1., Part B, 1^85, already cited, and the accotnpany-
ing map can be relerred to.

"Many of the seams a/e first-class coking coals and others are good gas
coals, but none of them are anthiacites.

"The few liours I was able to spend on the ground, while not sufticient to
enable me to at'tirm the absolute correctness of the details of the table, were,
however, ample to enable me to see that there is in the Crow's Nest Pass, be
tween the eastern summit, 4.330 feet above tide, and the valley of Elk River, i.
British Columbia, an are.i of not less than 1-44 stiuare miles, that is destined to
be one of the most valuable and most productive coal fields in Canada. A rough
calculation would give about 49,952,000 tons per square mile. If one-half of this
is available, there are in each s(|uare mile 24.970,000 tons. The average elevation
of the field is about the samo as that of Canmore and Banff, or between 4,000
and 5,000 feet."

Analyses, which are too elabora:c to be given here, show the coal in these
remarkable seams to be ol excellent ([uality.

PETROLEUM DEPOSITS.

Dr. Selwyn's report on the petroleum deposits of the south-eastern section
contains references to the numerous indications which he found in the field ex-
plored near the boundary. The lollowing extracts will suffice:

"Cameron Falls Brook is a rapid mountain str-iam eight or ten yards wide.
After following it up about a mile and a half on the left bank, I noticed a power-
ful odour of petroleum. Descending to the edge of the water and stirring the
stones and gravel in the bed of the stream, consideral le quantity of oil at once
rose to the surface and floated away. Crossing to the right bank, some inches
above the then level of the stream, here, skimming ofY the surface of a shallow
pool, a wine bottle full was soon collected. * * *

"On the 24th we proceeded down the valley, a'.id about four miles north
of the 49th parallel the trail came down to the leve! of the brook, and here, on
the edge of a beaver dam pool, there were ledges of dark blue snale dipping E. 30
degrees. N. 12 degrees. Lifting layers of this at r.nd below the water, a quantity
of dark green circular parches of oil rose to the surface, and a precisely similar
result followed by stirring up the mud in the bottom of the pool. * * hc

''The beaver dam oil is of a dark grccni^.h-black, and does not apparently
dififer much from that of Caineron Falls Creek. * * *

"Directly the layers of this rock are raised, the oil rises and spreads over
the surface of the water in such abundance that a short time suf^ces, with the aid
of a tin cup, to collect a bcttle full. Here (t2 miles farther up) also a considerable
quantity of gas escapes from the cracks and joints in the rocks, and ignites freely
on the application of a match.

"Less than half a mile higher up, on the right bank and on the opposite
or west side of the valley, oil was again found issuing from the base of the bank
or drift. No rock was exposed here, but every stone in the bed of the creek,
especially on being broken or rubbed, gave out a strong odour of petroleum."

No experiments have been made to test the quantity of the oil. owing to the
heretofore inaccessibility of the locality, but the oil fields will now be tliotougl-'y
prospected.

■^

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

KOOTENAY AND BIG BEND.

375

IS north
here, on

g 1'^. 30
uantity
similar

latently

Ids over

the aid

liderable

;s freely

jpposite
lie bank

creek,
mm."

to the
Eougl'y

THK Kootanic region, including uiuKr that general term the somewhat dis-
tinctly separated Big Rend country, extends from the International Boundary
north-westerly to the Great Rend of the Columbia, with a length of 246 miles.
It is, for purposes of description, also regarded as including the adjacent western
slopes of the Rocky Mountains proper. Wild Horse, Perry, French, McCuUough
and Carnes Creeks may be mentioned as the most productive, though there are
also many less noted localities, and a great number of streams which have as yet
been little, if at all prospected, though favourable in appearance. The mines of
Wild Horse Creek have proved the richest in this region, though confined to
about two miles in length along the valley of that stream. They were developed
early in the history of gold-mining, and have ever since produced a considerable
annual yield. Nearly all the other streams which enter the Columbia-Kootanie
Valley are known to hold more or less gold, and river bars have been success-
fully worked along the Columbia and in places on the Kootanie. The discovery
within the past few years of paying ground on Porcupine. Cafion and Quartz
Creeks, shows that the possibilities of this region for placer work are as yet by
no means exhausted, and the resumption of work on Carnes, French and McCul-
lough Creeks, since the opening up of the country by the railway, bears similar
evidence.

With the exception of some considerable tracts of fertile and partly open
country along the lower valleys, the greater part of this region is extremely
mountainous. It is generally well wooded, often bearing fine timber, but
it is penetrated with difficulty, and much yet »^emains to be done in the way of
prospecting before it can be considered to have been even fairly run over in
search of placer mines. There is good evidence, in several places, of the existence
of rich, deep ground in the valleys of creeks partly worked in former years, and
some attention is also being paid to the initiation of hydraulic work on a consid-
erable scale. The climate in the lower valleys enables a prolonged working
season to be obtained ( » the placers. — Mineral Wealth of British Columbia, Dawson,
1S88.

NORTH KOOTENAY.

Under this head is included the Revelstoke, Lardeau, Illecillewact and Trout
Lake mining divisions, in the North Riding of West Kootenay. All of this
section of country, which is very rugged and mountainous, is highly miner-
alized and has been widely prospected. Owing, however, to its physical character
and the difficulty of providing adequate facilities of communication none of the
many claims recorded and partially developed have attained to the dignity of
being mines, and consequently it is not easy, without going into endless details
of particular claims to give a good general idea of the mining characteristics, be-
cause the district has not been minutely surveyed geologically and there are no
representative mines to establish what will ultimately constitute its distinctive con-
ditions.

It may be stated generally that there are many claims recorded, upon which
assessment work has been done aggregating large amounts, throughout the entire

376

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

district, and the samplos of f)re and individual assays of hiffli avi-raKC reported
are nuiltitiidinous. It may thus ht- concUid<.(l tiiat tiu" indications arc in every
instance hopeful of ultimate success; but in minink'. of all industries, it may be
said tiiat only systematic and extensive development cf)nsidired in comiection
with all the necessary conditions can demontsrate the value of ores and ore bodies
and this district has not yet reached that stage.

REVRLSTOKE DIVISION.

Of this division little can be said definitely in addition to what has been
stated in the foregoing. The principal claims are on McCulloch Creek, Camp
Creek, Coldstream. Columbia River. Smith Creek, French Creek, Downie Creek,
Carnes Creek, Jordan Creek, and a tew in the vicinity of Revelstoke. In the
northern part, about the Bipr Bend of the Columbia River, a Rood deal of pros-
pecting has been done, mostly in ^old-bearing veins.

LARDEAU DIVISION.

In the Lardeau division the surface indications show gold, silver, copper and
lead, and the prospects are regarded as good. Some work has been done on the
creeks running into Fish Creek. Numbers of claims have been recorded on Sable,
Boyd, Pool and Lexington Creeks, most of which give high assays, with a large!
body of ore exposed in some of tliem.

TROUT LAKE.

Trout Lake is the chief mining district nortli of the Slocan and a great
deal of prospecting has been done, with the discovery of silver-lead veins above
the timber line. The valleys are steep, densely timbered and difficult of access, but
not more so than in the Slocan.

Near Ferguson the Lillooct, Eraser Kiver and Cariboo Gold Fields. Com-
pany is opening up the Silver Cup. on which the prospects of success are excel-
lent, but the company has stopped work on the Broadview, where such large ore
bodies were reported, but found not to exist. The Silver Cup is a small vein of
high grade silver-lead, with gray copper ore. A number of properties is being
opened up. There are numerous claims in this district, many of them bonded.

ILLECILLEWAET.

In this district also there have been much prospecting, many records and
some rich showings of ore. The principal work m this division has been done on
the Lanark, which was reported to have had a large amount of shipping ore in
sight. An aerial tramway and a conccntrr\tor were hurriedly erected, and the ore
mined out without prosecuting search for more, with the result that the ore in
sight, which was less than reported, has been extracted and the mill closed down
pending the result of development, which should have preceded milling. Very
complete and commodious buildings have been erected.

Apart from the Lanark there is no work going on in the district of any
consequence.

At Downie Creek the Grant-Govan Syndicate claim to possess a very
rich property in the Waverley, which is still, however, a prospect, but one which
has been declared by those who have seen it, to be a good one. There has not been
sufficient development to predict the output promised. A waggon road, twenty-
six miles long, has been built from the railroad, but it will require high grade
ore to stand the cost of transport.

Speaking generally of the West Kootenay district, too much has been
claimed for individual prospects, the value of which, as stated in the foregoing,
can only be determined by systematic development. As a rule, too, prospectors
hold their claims at too high a price, which seems to be the general complaint of
those who have examined them with a view to purchase.

AM) MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INIURMATION.

377

KAMLOOPS AND VERNON.

DURING the present year a K'ood deal .ii cxcitcnioiu \nuU place in the vicinity
of Coal Hill near Kaniloojis. aiul iliere was a stampede of prosijectors and
numerons claims rioctrded. 'i'lu euppir prospects tlinuKli k"J<"I are small as
yet. Mr. Cohblediek. who is iarjroly interested there, is doint;: nood work. Some
iron from the Glen Mine is heinK shipped to the Taconia smelter for llnxinR.

At Vernon considerable work on (piartz ledges lias been done, but sulTicicnt
has not yet been determined as to their v.ihie to enai)ie any decided opinion being

formed.

SIMILKAMKHX, R(JCK (RiiKK AND OKANAGAN.

The Similkamecn. Ruck Creek and Okana^an region iiulndes some of the
first discoveries of gold in British Columbia, and lias never since been entirely
abandoned, though the amount of work carried o;i has fluctuated from year to
year. This region stretches across the interior of the Province, and includes on
one side streams risinj.': in the inner Hanks of the Coast Ranges; on the other,
valleys which penetrate the western edge of the elevation of the Gold Ranges.
The physical characteristics nut with in this wide stretch of country are very
varied, including mountains and plateau country with extensive wooded tracts
penetrated with difticulty, but also some of the lowest, warmest and most arid
valleys of the Province, like that of the Similkameeii itself. The most notable
portions of the region in respect to the occurrence of "coarse" gold, of evidently
local origin, are Granite Crtek and Tulameen. Rock Creek and vicinity, Chirry
Creek and Mission Creek, i'llsewhere the gold is generally "fine," and is chiefly
obtained from river-bars and flats, or from low benches. The most interesting
features in the region are, the late resumption of gold mining on a somewhat ex-
tensive scale on the Tulameen. the recent discovery (in 1885) of rich deposits of
"coarse" gold on Granite Creek, an inconspicuous stream, passed by hundreds
of prospectors in early years; the transference of attention from the more or less
completely exhausted placers of Rock Creek and Cherry Creek to the devclop-
n^ent of veins containing the precious metals, in the same vicinity, and the occur-
rence in very considerable quantities throughout the Similkamecn district of
platinum, alloyed with other related metals. It may be added here, that no j)art
of this region is now so remote from means of communic.uion as to cause serious
difficulty in the development of any really rich metalliferous deposits, and the
adoption, where circumstances warrant, of improved melliods of placer-mining
on a large scale. — Mineral JFcaltli of British Columbia. Dawson, j888.

a very

le which

not been

twenty-

h grade

MOUNT SICKER.

One of the newly discovered districts of the Province which has attracted
some attention and afforded indication of promise is thr.t of Mount Sicker, south
of Chemainus Island, three miles from the E. & N. Railway station at Westholme.
Vancouver Island. On the west side of the mountain are several very large leads
of milk-white quartz on wliich. however, little or nothing has been done. Pros-
pectors have confined their work to small copper-bearing quartz veins in the
schists, but on the Lenora claim is a much larger body of copper ore carrying
some gold and silver, now being opened up. The formation is mostly eruptive
rock and schists. A trail six miles long leads to this camp.

t 5

I,
III

37ii

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

OMINECA.

OMINECA District was fiist entered about 1864, but scarcely developed till
1867. This district is situated near the 56th parallel of latitude and is in the
drainage-basin of Peace River. The area vt^ithin which tlie greater part of the
mining has taken place is scarcely more than fifty miles in greatest diameter, and
includes the upper portions of Germansen, Omincca and Manson Rivers and
their tributaries. This area is described as being hilly rather than mountainous.
and is nearly everywhere covered by the dense northern forest. A very high
opinion was at first formed by miners of the Omineca district, but when the Cas-
siar discoveries occurred, it was nearly abandoned. * * * This district is prac-
tically the most remote and inaccessible in the Province, the cost of supplies
lias always been excessive, and the difTiculties in the way of enterprise in the
form of exploralior. thus far very great. A wide area of promising country in this
region, therefore, remains untried. The head-waters of Finlay River have
always I)een considered particularly promising, from the fact that good "prospects"
of fine gold are found in all the river-bars, some of which have paid well for
work on them. The sources of the Nation River have also been favourably
spoken of, and the ^Tisinchinca and other tributaries of the Parsnip, present all
the appearance of gold-bearing streams, but so far as I know have never been
tested. The "fine" gola which is found and has been mined along the whole
upper portion of the Peace River, has doubtless been carried through the moun-
tains by that stream, and is derived from the wide belt of dark, shaly and schistose
rocks which run along the vvestern flanks of the Rocky Mountains in this portion
Considerable quantities of arquerite, a silver amalgam containing about
eleven per cent, of mercury, have been found of the gold in scales and nuggets
in Omineca, practically upon Vital and Silver Creeks. This metal is commonly
referred to by the miners as "silver," with which its appearance is identical. Very
promising deposits of hiuhly argentiferous galena have been found in the vicinity
of the placer mines in Omineca, but no attempt has so far been made to work
them.

The miners reached Omincca by two principal routes, viz., with pack-
animals, by trail from Quesnelle via Stuart Lake, and on foot across the Babine
and Fire-pan Mountains from the Furks of the Skeena, the Forks being attained
in the first place by .i.^cending the Skeena from the coast in canoes. — The Mineral
Wealth of British Columbia, Dawson, iSSS.

Mining in Omineca has continued in a small way ever since the outset,
a few miners remaining in the country after the first excitement subsided, and
small (piantilies of gold have been taken out annually. It is difficult to ascertain
approximately tlie amount of gold extracted, but it probably does not exceed
$1,000,000. which may be considered an outside estimate, taken almost entirely
from creek bottoms.

Recently, however, a good deal of attention has been paid to the district
as a prospective large i)roducer by hydraulic methods, and several large companies
have been organized and have secured a number of claims. The Omineca Con-
solidated Hydraulic Mining Co., Ltd., Victoria, is one of these, having i capital
of $100,000. and coninu'iiced operations in 18S6 on Manson and Slate Creeks.
This company was formed for the purpose of purchasing and operating nine
placer claims of 80 acres each, 4,800 inches of water, situated on Manson, Black
Jack Gulch and Lo.^t Creeks, from wliieh in the early seventies large pay was
taken.

ay was

<
ti.

P? '

•I

iHi

7;
>

r
O

(,< .-.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

379

The Caledonia General Mining Association, Victoria, with a capital of
$1,500,000, has purchased 640 acres of placer ground in Germansen Creek, and is
taking in supplies and machinery.

An Ottawa company, the 43rd Mininir & Milling Co., has acquired seven
claims on Manson and Slate Creeks and is erecting a saw mill and taking
in machinery. Timber is plentiful in places. Capt. Black, C.E., is manager.

All of these companies anticipate large returns. At present the district
suffers for lack of communication and the facilities for taking in supplies, and
especially heavy machinery, are limited. At present it costs about 17 cents per
lb. from Victoria for taking in supplies. However, ihis condition of affairs is
likely to be speedily altered, on account of the attention being paid to the Northern
Districts generally, and the prospects of improved communication by means of
roads and a railway are most favourable.

CASSIAR.

Chief Localities
of Mining.

THE Cassiar District includes the most northern region of gold-mining in British
Columbia, and some of the creeks which have been worked lie to the north
of the 6oth parallel, or northern boundary of the Province. Dease Lake,
latitude 50" 30', longitude 130° may be considered as the central point of the dis-
trict. This lake is the source of the river of the same name, which is a tributary
of the Liard, itself a branch of the Mackenzie. Gold had already been found and
worked on the river-bars of the Stikine for eleven years, when
Thibert and McCullough. coming from the East, reached and
discovered the richer deposits of the Liard drainage-basin in 1872.
The miners, who soon flocked into the district, came by the way of the Stikine
River, thouh a route for cattle and pack animals was also opened overland from
Eraser Lake. Dease, Thibert and McDame Creeks and their tributaries have
proved the richest, and a large quantity of gold has been obtained from them;
though the yeild has, of late years, become comparatively inconsiderable. The
region presenting identical or analogous characters with that portion of it which
has proved to contain these rich deposits, is very extensive, and much the same
narks which have been made in regard to the explocation of the Omineca Dis-
trict apply here also, though the cost of living in SCassiar has usually been some-
what more moderate. The country is generally wooded and mountainous, and
difficult to traverse, but a waggon road or even a railway, might
without difficulty be constructed from tlie head of navigation on
the Stikine to Dease Lake, and this will no doubt eventually be
accomplished, as discoveries of veins containing tlic precious metals are confi-
dently to be anticipated. Argentiferous galena has .ilready been found, and the
rough, unworn character of the gold on some of thee reeks leads to the belief
that its source might be ascertained without great difficulty. "Coarse" gold is
found locally on that part of the Stikine above Telegraph Creek, and the circum-
stances appear to indicate the existence there of an old channel, above the present
river-bed, but covered by massive flows of basalt of Tertiary age.

Difficulty has been encountered in this district from permanently frozen soil

met with in mining, but when once the covering of forest and moss has been

cleared oflf by fire these disappeared. — Mineral Wealth of British Columbia, Dawson.

The gold yield of the Cassiar District, from the commencement of mining

to the present date, is about $5,000,000.

RcKions to be
Prospected.

Ill

I''

380

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

HARRISON LAKE DISTRICT.

The

Formation

HARRISON LAKE District, as it is erroneously called, comprises a portion of
both Yale and New Westminster Districts, and extends from the southern end
of Harrison Lake to the Fire Mountain country, some fifteen miles inland from
the northwestern end of the lake.

The country rock at the southern end of Harrison Lake consists princi-
pally of ferruginous slates, often containing highly mineralized quartz seams, sye-
nite, and some diorite, and, strange to say, in nearly every case these slates show
a fair assay value in gold. In a belt of volcanic, rock lying south-
east of the lake some four miles away are found deposits of cop-
per pyrites, carrying with a good percentage of copper, some silver
values. The development work in this portion of the district has been hardly suf-
ficient to prove the existence of ore in paying quantities — though indications are,
however, very promising.

In the early sixties there was (|uitc an excitement on Harrison Lake, caused
by the discovery of silver ore south of Silver Creek about midway up the lake,
and a Victoria company expended several thousand dollars in running a number
of tunnels at the point of discu ery. As these tunnels, three in number, were put
in quite close to each other and were cross-cutting the same formation — shale — it is
hard to understand why more than one was driven. After a lapse of nearly forty
years, however, a Vancouver man has re-located this property and claims that he
has had very fair assays from the rock. In any case he has the good fortune to
find a developed prospect it not a mine.

At Silver Creek and vicinity, several local companies are developing some
very promising properties, l)ut so far on this, the east side of the lake, there are at
present no shipping mines.

The formation at and above Silver Creek, while similar in many respects to
that south of it, gradually changes into the serpentine formation, with the same
belts of slate traversing the country. From this ore there is a far greater per-
centage of copper in the veins discovered. Silver Creek is over thirty miles long
and runs through a most promising mineral country, while gold is to be found in
the benches and bars near the creek. The country.however, is here rough and
precipitous.

Crossing the lake above Silver Creek and about twenty-eight miles above
the hot springs, wc find the Providence mine from which such high assays and
smelting tests have come. The surface showings of this property have been most
favourable. So far the development work has proved that there seems to be lots
of ore similar in character and value to that first discovered,
but whether in a regular vein — hardened deposit of glacial mud,
carrying values, or the existence of a number of veins running
parallel with the mountain — is, at this writing, I fancy, an unsolved question. I
am, however, inclined to think from what little I have seen of this property, that
several veins will be found. There seems to be an abundance of ore which is
largely a matrix of calcide, and would probably yield greater profits to the
owners if it is found to be a good concentrating proposition.

Near the Providence mine the lake, which has been running in a northerly
direction, takes a turn to the west and by this change in its course appears better
to cut the different formations, an advantage which seems to be appreciated,
judging by the inany locations to be found between this point and the townsite of
Tipella at the head of the lake. These locations are of too recent date for any
positive determination of their value.

From Tipella townsite at the head of Harrison Lake to the already famous
Fire Mountain mines is fifteen miles. A capital pack trail has been built between

Providence
Mine.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

381

Hire
Moiintnln,

these points by the Fire Mountain Gold Mining Company, which also owns the
townsite of Tipella. This Company is now engaged in the transportation of a
complete mill to their mines, on which they are working night and
day. On this Company's property is a strong fissure vein aver-
aging from four to five feet in width, which is a free milling pro-
position of high value with the exception of some twelve inches of high grade
copper pyrites and is to be concentrated in the frue vanners included in the mill.

In no part of this Province no greater or more favourable indications of a
future great mining country can be found than on Fire Mountain. This mount-
tain appears to be an intrusion of volcanic rocks (trachyte and porphyry) between
the granite and i\r great slate belt of this upper country gold in a quartz matrix,
either free or in combination with azurite and bornite, often as telluride of gold,
can be found on all sides. Some of the ledges are very strong and large, others
appearing on the surface as small stringers, quickly developing into large and
strong veins, easily traced for thousands of feet — a second Cripple Creek Camp, if
not a better one. On the old Cariboo Road from Ft. Douglas to Lillooet Lake many
valuable discoveries have been made within the last year and while principally a
copper country with high values in gold and silver in the sulphurets, some very
good galena propositions have been located. Silver sulphides are also present.

The benches on the banks of the Lillooet River ofifer to the placer and
hydraulic miner a fine field, the gravel being rich in gold, with few large boul-
ders. The gold is, however, very fine.

The Indians in the different settlements on this route all own a few sluice
boxes and on approach of hard times do a little placer mining. If they, in their
desultory way, can make it pay, the more earnest white miner would reap a very
good harvest out of these golden sands.

JOHN R. BROWN.

NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT.

MR. D. ROBSON, Government Agent and Mining Recorder at New
Westminster, writes as follows, under date of June .5th, 1897 : " Re-
ferring to your letter of the 29th I^Iay asking for iiifonnation respecting
the mines in this district for publication in the Year Book, I have to say that there
has been so little development work done on any of these mineral claims that it
would be impossible to furnish any reliable information as to their value. Nearly all
these claims have been located and recorded within the past twelve months and
the great majority of them have not been developed at all. Apparently authentic
reports of assays of some of the claims in this district have been from time to
time published, showing assays as high as $1,400 to the ton (from
*"'''' Fire Mountain region), but one could not vouch for these assays

without personal cognizance of the facts. I am under the im-
pression that many of the mines in this district will prove valuable, and shall not
be surprised if some of them turn out rcniarkal)ly rich; but I could not under-
take to give even approximate figures with respect thereto for publication in an
official publication. There are now recorded in this district about 2,400 claims.
The situation of these you will find generally stated in the last report of the Min-
ister of Mines under the Victoria Mining District. Lately a great many locations
have been made in the region of Fire Lake, Fire Mountain, Red Lake, and north of
Harrison Lake generally, and there are a large number of prospectors up there now
locating new claims. I am sorry that I have not more definite information respect-
ing these mines, because I fully realize the importance of having the mining in-

!i|

382

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

terests of this district fairly set out in the Year Book. There is every reason to
expect that before the end of the year such dvelopment will have been made as to
enable one to procure reliable statistical information, and I am hopeful that then
it will be shown that the mineral wea'th of this district is not much, if any, less
important, than that of any other district in the country."

W, Pellew Harvey, Esq., F.C.S., Mining Engineer, Assayer, etc., Vancou-
ver, in response to a request for information respecting the mineral indications of
Westminster District, Texada. Phillips' Arm and the West Coast, replied: —

"I am unable to send you the particulars you wish. The fact is so little
development has taken place at the places named that a casual reference is all one
could make. At the same time I have a very good opinion as to the future of
some of the points you name."

NANAIMO DISTRICT.

.1'

II !

fl ii

MR. MARSHALL BRAY, Gold Commissioner, Nanainio, sends the fol-
lowing list of locations made in his district, which is a fair indication
of the activity prevailing, from the ist of January, 1897, to the 31st
of May, 1897 : —

Records.

Texada Island 247

Cameron District 15

Dunsmuir District 35

Wellington. Nanoose and Douglas Districts 57

Stewart and Thurlow Islands 40

Lasqueti Islands 32

Cortez and Valdez Islands 42

Hardwicke, Dent, Pearse, Read Rendezvous and Camp

Islands 16

Sechert, Jervis, Twin, Jeddidiah, Channe, Minstrel, Klootise. . 15

Cracroft 21

Johnstone Strait, V.I 2

Nelson District 16

Total 538

MINERALS IN THE E. & N. RY. BELT.

Regarding the mineral rights in the E. & N. Railway belt, concerning which
there has been a good deal of local political discussion, the following official no-
tice, published by the Land Commissioner of the E. & N. Railway Company will
indicate the terms upon which these may be obtained:: —

"To prospectors, miners, and holders of mineral claims on unoccupied land
within the Esquimalt & Nanaimo Railway Company land grant for one year
only from the date of this notice, the Railway Company will sell their rights
to all minerals (excepting coal and iron) and the surface rights of mineral claims,
at the price of $5.00 per acre. Such sales will be subject to all other reservations
contained in conveyances from the Company prior to this date. One-half of
the purchase money to be paid ten days after recording the claim with the Gov-
ernment, and a duplicate of the record to be filed in the Company's Land Office,
Victoria, on payment of the first instalment. The balance of the purchase money
to be paid in two equal instalments, at the expiration of six and twelve months,
without interest. Present holders of mineral claims who have not previously
made other arrangements with the Company for acquiring surface and mineral
rights, are hereby notified to at once make the first payment on their claims, as
otherwise they will be deemed and treated as trespassers."

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

383

COAL BEARING AREAS.

Two Distinct
Staxcs.

IN British Columbia the formations containing coals and lignites are the cre-
taceous and the tertiary. Rocks of cretaceous age are developed over a con-
siderable area often in great thickness, and fuels occur in them in important
quantities in two distinct stages, of which the lower and older include the coal
measures of Queen Charlotte Islands and those of Quatsino Sound on Vancouver
Island, with those of Crow's Nest Pass in tlie Rocky Mountains; the upper coal
measures of Nanaimo and Comox, and probably also those of
Suquash and other localities. The lower rocks hold both anthra-
cite and bituminous coal in Queen Charlotte Islands, but else-
where contain bituminous coal only. The fuels of the tertiary rocks are gener-
ally speaking lignites. Coal is found in large quantities at points widely apart.
The most northern cretaceous coal field is that of Queen Charlotte
Island which extends over parts of Graham and Moresby Islands, on both sides
of Skidegate Inlet. At Cowgitz in Skidegate Inlet, the coal seams are anthracite
in character, though somewhat broken. The best seam found has a maximum
thickness of over six feet and in composition compares favourably with the coals
of Pennsylvania. There are also coal areas on the Ya-Koun River between Skide-
date and the head of Massett Inlet.

A considerable area of cretaceous coal-bearing rocks exists in the northern
part of Vancouver Island. These are at Forward Inlet, Kokrino and Koskeemo
on the northeast coast of the Island. At Koskeemo the total length of the cre-
taceous area is about seven miles and its approximate area is 5,630 acres. At
Kokrino it extends along Quatsino Sound for seven or eight miles and has con-
considerable wealth. The Suquash area extends along the northeast coast of
Vancouver Island from Port McNeill to Beaver Harbour, a dis-

On Vancouver Island _,, _ • -kt •

tance of fourteen miles. The Comox and Nanaimo coal fields
are, however, the most important in the Province. The cretaceous rocks consti-
tuting these form a belt of comparatively low rolling or hilly country between the
mountainous region of the Interior and the Coast reaching to within about eigh-
teen miles of Victoria southwestward and to the vicinity of Cape Mudge in the
opposite direction, with a length on the shore of about 130 miles.

The Comox measures are probably grertcr in extent and the coals some-
what superior to those of Nanaimo. The former is estimated at 300 square miles
and the latter at 200 square miles. From both of these, especially the latter, large
quantities of coal have been extracted.

Reference has already been made to the vast valuable deposits of coal which
exist in Crow's Nest Pass and which economically will be a very important factor
in the development of the mining interior. Coal-bearing formations have also
been found on the Upper Skeena, in the Peace River country,
in the Westminster District, in the Nicola Valley, near Kam-
loops, and on the North Thompson. None of the latler have been extensively
prospected, but the indications are in each case promising, and would probably
justify exploratory work being carried on sufiRcient to determine the value of the
deposits.

Other Measures.

384

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

BUREAU OF MINES.

1^ OR facilitating the actiuirement of an accurate knowledge of the mining in-
dustry, for assisting in the work of development, and as a means of dissemi-
nating reliable information with respect to the mineral resources of the
country provision was made for the organization of a Bureau of Mines by the
passing of the "Bureau of Mines Act, 1895," and in accordance therewith W. A.
Carlyle, Esq., Ma. E., was appointed Provincial Mineralogist, and work began
in January, 1896. Mr. Herbert Carmichael, Provincial Assayer and Chemist,
was retained as an associate, and pending the removal of the office and appur-
tenances to permanent ciuarters, the preliminaries were vigorously entered upon
and a system established, which is being developed towards a complete and com-
prehensive Bureau, by which it is proposed to: —

(a.) Ascertain the nnnie and progress of every mine or mining company, keeping a
compreliensive directory of their locality, ownership, kind of ore mined and conditions of
property.

(f>.) To visit and examine, from time to time, the different minin^i; districts, and to issue
reports to the Hon. the Minister of Mines, descriptive of them, and their progress in mining
affairs.

(t.) To collect full and accurate statistics of the mine, output, number of men em-
ployed, etc.

((/.) To mainti in a laboratory for assay and chemical analysis, for which will be charged
the customary fees, and to letermine, free of cost, specimens of rock, mineral or ore that may be
sent in, and give all possible information concerning the occurrence or probable commercial value
of such, with hints concerning the best mode of treatment, etc., etc.

(f.) To maintain .student laboratories, for instruction in assaying, blow-piping, mineral-
ogy, geology, etc., etc.

(/'.) To assemble and systematically arrange in a public museum, specimens of mineral,
ore, country rock, building and oilier economical mineral materials from the mines ; and also, for
comparative study, specimens of the same from other mining countries, models, maps, etc.

(j,'.) To assemble, for the use of the Hureau and also the public, a library of the best
reference books and papers relating to the art and industry of mining and metallurgy, mining maga-
zines, reports, tables of statistics, etc.

(//.) To establisli and eiiuip a plant for testing, nietallurgically; the different kinds of
ore, coal, coke, etc., etc.

A series of lectures was given by Mr. Carlyle and staff, and it is announced
that several valuable monographs on subjects of practical mining are being pre-
pared in conjunction with the Bureau for the use of miners and metallurgists in
British Columbia.

Since the organization of the Bureau four important reports have been
issued, as follows: —

Bulletin No. i. — On the Alberni Mining District;

Bulletin No. 2. — On the Trail Creek District, which includes the celebiated
Rossland Mining Camp;

Bulletin No. 3. — On the Slocan, Nelson, and Ainsworth Districts;

Minister of Mines' Report, 1896, which, in addition to matters of a general
character, includes the former three.

The Bulletins in question were the result of personal visits of the Provin-
cial Mineralogist, who, as far as possible in the time at his disposal, made him-
self familiar with the general conditions of the districts in question, and the
actual development which had taken place up to that time. He also visited East
Kootenay, a district of rich promise. His observations on the latter are included
in the Annual Report just referred to. These reports have been of the most
satisfactory character, and were everywhere received with favour.

The foundation of an excellent library of purely mining interest has been
laid by the purchase of standard works and reports and the leading mining and
scientific periodicals.

AND MANUAL OF i'ROVINXIAL INFORMATION.

385

A comprehensive system of obtai
porated, with excellent results sc far.

One of the features of the Bureau
representative collection of minerals.

The Assay Otilice, in charge of Mr,
with the best appliances. The following

Sold and silver $1 50

Lead i 50

Copper 3 (10

Iron 3 fiO

Mercury 5 00

Tin 5 00

Antimony 5 co

ning mining statistics has been incor-

when fully in order will be a large and

Carmichael, will be thoroughly equipped
are the fees charged: —

Zinc $500

Nickel, qualitative assay 500

Nickel, (luantitativc assay 10 00

Cobalt, (jualitativc assay 5 00

Cobalt, quantitative assay 1000

Chromium, ([ualitative assay .... 5 00
Chromium, quantitative assay ...1000

INSPECTIOiN OF METALLIFEROUS MINES ACT, 1897.

1*^1115 Act was passed May 8th, 1897, and provides for the safety and health of
. men engaged in mines (other than coal mines) in this Province by the appoint-
ment of an Inspector by the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council. The said In-
spector shall be a man of at least seven years' practical experience in mining. He
shall not act as manager, agent or lessee for any mining or other corporation dur-
ing the term of his ofifice, but shall give his whole time and attention to the dulies
of the office to which he has been appointed ; neither shall he make a report on
any mine or mining property for any person interested in mines. The Minister
of Mines shall at such times as he may deetn necessary instruct the Inspector to
report on the safety and working of mines in general or into the cause of any
accident pertaining thereto, and in case of differences arising between owners
or agents of mines and the Inspector, tiie former may appeal to the Minister of
Mines. The Inspector must be admitted to mines on presentation of his certifi-
cate of appointment. This Act prohibits the employment of women, girls, Chi-
nese and Japanese underground and boys under twelve years of age; and no boy
under sixteen shall be employed underground for more than fifty-four hours in
any one week, or more than ten hours in any one day. Persons in charge of
machinery must be eighteen years of age, but in no case Chinese or Japanese
Owners shall send to the Bureau of Mines in Victoria by the 15th of January
in each year a correct return of the v/orkings of the mine for the preceding year,
and the number of persons employed. Notice of accidents in mines, or subse-
quent death caused by such accidents must be sent to the Inspector within twenty-
four hours after accident or death. Abandoned mines must be fenced round 'Dp
and plan of such sent to the Minister of Mines. Plans of workings must be kept
at the office of the mines and submitted to Inspector for examination on his
request.

MINING AS.SOCLVnONS.

Town.

President.

Secretary,

Boundary Creek Mining Association. . . Robt. Wood.

Anaconda Commercial Club T. Hardy.

Fort Steele Mining Association Thos. T. McVittie. .

Kamloops' Mining Association W. F. Wood.

Rossland Stock Exchange R. J. Bealey.

C. W. N. vSansom.
J. N, Miller.
C. F. Vanosta.
,1. S. Bennet.
I Ernest Kennedy.

f I

386

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

(.()M.> CoMMlSSIONKKS AND MIMNd KKCOUPKUS.

Mining I'tviHiuiiH.

Cahbiak, KTC.

Stlklne

I.litrd

Mi'|)iiinc . ..
Liiki'ton.. ..
t-kt'cna

Niniii' )( lIccoriltT.

Uriiioh PorttT,
lolin riL'win...

(ARIIIUO—

OmtllCCH 'V.7.UK i:vHii«

KlflitU'ld Ino. lliiwron....

(iiu!.sni'Ile \V. Slijilit'iKion, .

Aildri'KH.

Niinu* of (iold
CoinmlsNldiicr.

Addrt'SM,

Lnketoii, B.C..
I'ort SlmpHon.

.Iiinic'8 Porter,
\\ . S. (iore .. .

VuToitiA W. S. (lore

Yai.k

KHiiiIoiipH K. T. ^V. I'ciirn'

Yale Wni. Dndd

Siinilktinieen H. Hunter

Vernon I.. Norris

Ohovoos I. K. I'.rowii ...

Ketile Uivcr W. (i. Mo.Mynn.

Gkand KonKH H. U. Almond .

Mtinson (''cek .. ,
UHrkcrvlUi! .
(ini'siiille Forks .

Victoria, B.C.

W. .Si. (iore

I ^^\^<. Ilowron

\V. S. (iore

Kninlootis ....

V.ilf

flriinltf Creek

N'ernon

osoyooK

Midway

Laketon, H.C.
Victoria, 1».C.

Vlrtoriii, H.C.
Uarkervllle,

H.C.

VJctorlH B.C.

S (i.e. TunstHll iKntnloop.M.B.C.

C.A.It. I.nmt.ly. OsoyooH, B.C.

, . iCirnnd J'^orks

Kast Kootknay - I

Donald I. Stirret Donald

(ioluen ]■".('. I.unK ,(lolden

Windt rniere (i. (ioldie | Wiiideinu're ..

Flirt Seel'j C. M. Ivlwards il'"ort Steele ....

Fort Steele M. Ptiilliiipa Tot)ii('eo I'itdiia

) J. E. (irlflith .. .Donald, B.C.

I •'•'•'•'^'•"•■^'^«"«- Fort Steele,

Wkst Kootenay—

I{evelsH)ki' '.!.]). (Iniliani jRevrlsfoke..,

IlleelUt'waet K. ,1. .'^cott Illecillewaet

Lardean C, Menliinnick ..ll.ardcau

Trout Lake 'I" Taylor jTroiit Lake..,

Sloeiin A. Siiroat JNew ])enver

.Mnswortli f(dni Keen iKaslo

Nelson K. I'" 'I'dhnie ! Nelson

Trrtil Cieek T. Kirk up [liossiand

(ioat Hiver '. C. Hykert iHy kerfs

Arrow Lake V. (i. l'"aniniier Nakusp

Sloean City IL P, Christie Sloeaii City..

B.C.

.1. I).(iraliam

Uevel.sfoke

B.C.

fO. ti. Dennis Nelson, B.C

Nanai.mo

Al.liEKM

Clinton

LiLLOOET

New West.minster.

M. Bray Niinainio.

Thos. Fletcher Alberni ..

F. SoucK Clinton ..

!c. A. I'hair Lillooet .

M. Bray Nanaimo, B.C.

Thos. Fletcher.... Alberni, B.C.

I''. Soues Clinton, B.C.

F. Sones jciinton, B.C.

D. Kobson New Westminster. \V. S. Core 'Victoria, B.C.

TKXADA IvSLAND.

On the east of this i.slaml the Van Anda mine is now beinjf .slowly developed,
and shipments of gold-silver-copiier ore, averaging ^40 per ton by rejiort, are tiow
being made to Swansea, the cop])er being in the form of boinite, or " peacock "
cop]ier ore. To the. south of this, at the Raven, a deposit of chalcopyrite and pyrr-
hotite is being prospected, while inland near Kirk Lake and on the west shore gold-
bearing quartz veins, at jiresent small in size, an<l some copjier deposits, are being
tested. A deposit of iron ore is also being mined on a small scale for flux for
smelters. In the pa.st a large amount of money has been spent in exploratory work,
mostly by inexperienced men, and hence very wastefuily ; but more careful work is
now in progress to prove up many of the claims that have been located during the
past year.

*■ *

B.C.

O
Q
Z
<
CO

h\ \

z
>

C
(/i

DO
O

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

389

MINING STATISTICS TO DATE.

1
1

REFERENCE has been made to the conditions governing the procUiction o!
minerals in British Cohimbia from tiie outset to the present time. The sta-
tistics given liere, taken from the report of the Minister of Mines, illustrate
these more forcibly than can l)c done otlitTwise. and show at a glance the rapid
rise and steady decline of the old-fashioned placer mining, and the rcsnlt of the
n.'ccnt awakening in another direction— the development just recently of lode
mining. With the introduction of improved hydraul icing meth-
lMu"trute!i'. °^^ ^^ ^^^y ^'xp^'ct to .see the retiirns from placer deposits, which
\u u|iw.ird turn again in 1894, steaaily, if indeed tiiey do not
rapidly, increase from now onward. In former years the statistics of gold pro-
duction, though probably approximately correct, were obtained by indirect meth-
ods which for the earlier years were somcwiiat imperfect, but by the systematic
efforts of the Bureau of Mines recently organized returns have been made as com-
plete as possible and henceforth will afTord an exact record.

The tables given here are taken en bloc from the leport of the Minister of
Mines for 1896, and are consequently authentic and as complete as can be given:—

TABLE I.

ToTAiv Production roR Alt, YrjARS.

Gold, placer $57.704.855

Gold, lode 2,177,869

Silver 4,028,224

Lead i ,606,427

Copper 254,802

Coal and Coke 33.934.427

Building stone, bricks, etc.. 1,200,000

Other metals 25,000

$100,931,604

TABLE IL

Propi'ction roR Each Ykar from

1890 TO 1896 (inclusive).

Year. Amount.

1890 $2,608,608

1891 3,546,702

1892 3.017.971

1893 3.588,413

1894 4.225,717

1895 5.655,302

1896 7,146,425

With 1890 practically begins the new era of mining in the Province, and
future comparisons will naturally be based on the output of that year. The report
adds: "The increase for 1891 over 1890 being due to the larger export of coal,
the output of which for that year of 1,000,000 tons, being the
largest ever reached by our colleries. In the year 1892 the influ-
ence of the production of the lode mines began to be felt, and since then the very
marked increase in production has been carried on by the quickly growing value
Oi the gold, silver, lead and copper produced."

The New Era.

.<. !i

.*: *

390

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

TABLE III.
Amount and Vai,ub of Materiai^s Produced 1895 and 1896.

Customary
Measures.

1895.

1896.

Quantity.

Value.

Quantity.

Value.

Gold, placer

" quartz

Silver

Lbs

Tons

24,084

39,264

1,496,522

952,840

16,475,464

939,654

452

$ 481,683

785.271

977.229

47.642

532,255

2,818,962

2,260

27,201
6^,259

3,135,343
3.818,556

24.199,977
846,235

615

$ 544,026

1,244,180

2,100,689

190,926

721,384

2,327.145

3.07s

15.000

Coouer

Lead

Coal

Coke

Other material. . . .

10,000

$5,655,302

$7,146,425

It has as yet been impossible to collect statistics concerning the amount of
building stone, brick, lime, fire-clay, tiles, etc., hence these tables do not contain
any particulars this year about the mining of the economic materials which, of
course, should be here included.

TABLE IV.

Production of Metai^s per District.

Name.

Divisions.

Districts.

1895.

1896.

1895.
$ 282,400

1896.

Oaktroo

$ 384.050

Barkerville Division . .

1 81,000

40,700

18,200

142,500

$ 82,900

53,000

51,100

197,050

Lightning Creek "
Quesnellemouth "
KeitUley Creek "
Cassiar

22,575

17,575

2.223,206

21,000

TTnoTi'MAV East ....

154,427
4,002,735

TCootknay West ....

Ainsworth Division

388,944
63,608

1.057,677

702,457

10,520

189,589

545,529
2,010,048

i.243.36t>
14,209

Nelson "

Slocan "

Trail Creek "

Other parts

T,TT T noRT

40,663
241,581

33,665
206,078

■ • * ■

Yai,e

Osoyoos Division

Similkameen "

147,731
41,650

48,400

131,220

9,000

65,108

Yale "

Othfr Districts

10,000

15,000

$2,743-387

$4,5;>2,II5

$2,838,000

$4,816,955

Value.

544,026

[,244,180

2,100,689

190,926

721,384

2.327.145

3,075

15,000

7,146,425

mount of
it contain
which, of

rs.

1896.
384,050

21,000

154,427
,002,735

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

391

33,665
206,078

15,000
.816,955

TABLE V.
Yield of Placer Gold per Year to Date.

1858 $ 705,000

1859 1,615,070

i860 2,228,543

1861 2,666,1x8

1862 2,656,903

1863 3,913,563

1864 3,735,850

1865 3,491,205

1866 2,662,106

1867 2,480,868

1868 3,372,972

1869 1,774,978

1870 1,336,956

1871 1,799,440

1872 |)i, 610,972

1873 1,305,749

1874 i,S44,6i8

1875 2,474,004

1876 1,786,648

1877 1,608,182

1878 1,275,204

1879 1,290,058

1880 1,013,827

1881 1,046,737

1882 954,085

1883 794,252

1884 736,165

1885 713,738

1886 I903.651

1887 693,709

1888 616,731

1889 588,923

1890 490,435

1891 429,811

1892 399.526

1893 356,131

1894 405,516

1895 481,683

1896 544,026

157,704,855

This gives the yearly production of placer gold as determined by the returns
sent in by the banks and express companies of gold sold to the mints, and from
returns sent in by the Gold Commissioners and Mining Recorders. To these yearly
amounts one-third was added up to the year 1878, and from then to 1895, one-fifth,
which proportion was considered to represent approximately the amount of gold
sold of which there was no record.

This placer gold contaiiis from 10 to 25 per cent, silver, but the silver value
has not been separated from the totals.

TABLE VI.
Production of Lode Mines.

•

Gold.

Silver.

Lead.

Copper.

Total

H
>

Oz.

Value.

Oz.

Value.

[

Pounds. Value.

Pounds.

Value.

Values.

1887
T888

17,690
79,780

53,192

70,427

4,SOO

17,331
75,000

47,873
7'?.Q48

17,331
75,000

47.873
79.753
29,607

139.440

,297.400

781,342

2,342,397

4,257,179

1889
1890
1891
1892

1893
1894

1895
1896

111.000 fj.Sot;

4,00a 588,665 25,607
66,935 1,768,420 72,505

IQS.OOO 2.111^.021 78.QQ6

77,160
227,000

746,379
1,496,522

3,135,343

1,170
6,252

39.264
62,259

23,404
125,014

785,271
1,244,180

470,219
977,229

2,100,689

4,028,224

5,662,523 169,875
16,475,464 532,255
24,199-977 721,384

324,680
952,640

3,818,556

16,234

47,642

190,926

T'ls

108,945

2,177,869

5,907,993

50,943,072 1,606,4275,096,076

254,802

8,067,322

The gold production onsists mostly of the output of Rossland mines as
per smelter returns, but there are added the gold saved by amalgamation in the
Osoyoos District, as at Camp McKinney in the Nelson District, as at the Poor-
man Mine, and the product of small lots of gold ore sent out to the smelters from
other parts.

Some silver ore is known to have been sold prior to 1887, but no record has
been obtained regarding these small sales.

ii '

€1

<; .

392

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The production of coal has increased from 14,250 tons (2,240 tbs.) in i860
to 846,235 tons in 1896. The biggest product of any one year was in 1891, when
it reached 1,029,097 tons. The average production for thirty-six years has been
340,000 tons.

The production of coke is small, but will be now rapidly increased when
the coke ovens, now being perfected at the Union Mines at Comox, and the cok-
ing coal of the Crow's Nest Pass, will have begun the regular supply of this fuel
to the smelting centres. For the last two years the output of coal has been de-
clining by reason of the increasing competition of British and American coal in
the Pacific Coast markets of the United States, where most of the coal exported
from British Columbia is sold.

COAL MINING OPIRATIONS. 1896.

The collieries in operation during the past year of 1896 were: —

The Nanaimo Colliery, of the New Vancouver Coal Mining & Land Com-

Limited.

The Wellington Colliery, owned by Messrs. R. Dunsmuir & Sons.
The Union Colliery, owned by the Union Colliery Company; and
The West Wellington Company, owned by the West Wellington Coal Com-
pany, Limited Liability.

The output and export of coal for 1896 were as follows: —

pany.

Output.

Nanaimo

Wellington

Union Colliery. . .
West Wellington,

Tons.

320,575 13-20

539,896 15-20

233,610

800

Total output

On hand ist January

Total for disposal 928,333 1-20

894,882 8-20
33.450 13-20

Export.

Nanaimo . .
Wellington
Union

Totts.

232,436 11-20
235.916 5-20
165,885

Total 634,237 16-20

Home consumption ! 261,98312-20

On hand ist January, 1897 ,' 32,111 13-20

Total

928,333 1-20

The following shows the relative standing of British Columbia coal in
the California market for 1896: —

Where From.

British Columbia

Australia,

English and Welsh

Scotch

Eastern (Cumberland and Anthracite)
Seattle, Franklin and Green River. . .

Carbon Hill and South Prairie

Mount Diablo and Coos Bay

Japan

Total

Tons,

551.852
273,851
156,368
8,356
17,907
128,917

255.^93
110,237

2,247

1,505,660

Com-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

393

Shipments were made in California to San Francisco, San Pedro and San
Diego, and also to Oregon, Washington, Alaska, Petropavloski and the Hawaiian
Islands.

Mr. Dick, Inspector of Mines, in his annual report says: "The total
arrivals of coke into California for the year have been 36,132 tons. This is 50%
more than in 1895. Fully 75% of this coke was imported from England and
Belgium. Now that the owners of the Union Colliery at Comox, B.C.,
have begun the manufacture of coke on a large scale, having now 100 ovens from
which they are turning out a first-class article, they have begun to make regular
shipments to California, where it finds a ready sale. These shipments of coke,
it is expected, will lead to a decrease in the importations to California from the
countries already referred to. These ovens will also supply the Kootenay District,
where there is a good demand for coke of sach high quality for the smelters.
A market for a limited quantity will also be found in Vancouver and Victoria."

COMPARATIVE STATEMENT OP ORE EXPORTED
FOR TEN MONTHS, 1 896- 1 897.

Month.

January...
February.,

March

April

May

June

July

August ...
September
October...,

Totals

"«

en OS

s«

^•— •

Tons.

1,103

1,498V<
1,545; i

478;|

253

428^
584^
1,455
5G7
7t52Ji

<
S

Tons

1481^
1,2551^

889

200

695

552

665

798

560
l,056-:Ji

8,675i^i

1,021

1,448

207

409

397

234

1,249

53^

967^

441

1897.

a .

oS o

Tons.

6,819% i 6,365 | 624}^

2,644^
2,758%
3,3061^
1,088%
i 1,167

I 3,910^i

i 4,019
3,780Ja'
4,225^

!28,587>^

2.e

Tons.

842
1,215H

415

170

200
1,247}^

133
4,223

".a

K O

o.e
£5

Tons.

948%
2,625
1,88114
1,024^

824
1,648^

313

■"63"
_20^

9,317

09 a

09 ^
O CO

Tons.

35>X

* All gold ore.

Total, 1896, ore treated and ore exported 92,766^4! tons.

Total ore exported, 1896 25,734^ "

Total ore treated, 1896 67,03i>^ ' '

Total '^re exported (ten months) 1897 42,210 "

Value $3,042,268.59

Average value per ton 7,2.074

Produce of Smelters (shipped) to Nov. i, 1897 —

Nelson (Hall Mines^ matte 2,576>^ tons.

Trail, matte 4.664>^ "

Total value $3,689,682.06

•' " of ore and matte exported 6,731,950.65

*' " to November 6 exceeds 7,000,000

1897.

2,162%
2,402%
2,978
1,195%

846
3,357%
1,671)4

892^
1,694
2,526

,19,72«»4

394

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

DIVIDEND PAYING MINES.

THE following is a list of the principal mines in the Interior, which are either
paying dividends or shipping ore regularly. In this are not included the
North Star, East Kootenay, which has shipped several thousand tons of ore;
the Poorman, of Nelson, which under its former ownership, though not operated
systematically nevertheless made good annual profits; or all of the shipping mines
of the Slocan of which there are about forty. It may be remarked also that the
Hall Mines, of Nelson, recently paid a dividend on preferred stock. The list,
which follows, was taken from "The Rosslander," and has been corrected from the
most reliable information available: —

TRAIL CREEK DISTRICT, B.C.

Capital

ParVal.

Total Am't

Date Last

Am.

Le Roi, g.c

War Eagle, g.c

$2,500,000
500,000

500,000
500,000

$5.00
1.00

$625,000
187,000

Sept. '97
Oct. '96

•05
.06

SLOCAN DISTRICT, B.C.

Rambler-Cariboo, s.l

Reco, s.l .,. . .

Slocan Star, s.l

Two Friends

|5i, 000,000

1,000,000

500,000

240,000

1,000,000

800,000

51.00

1.00

$ 40,000

187,000

400,000

20,000

Apr. '97
May '97
Dec. '96
Mar. '97

.02
•05
•05
.02 J^

CAMP McKINNEY DISTRICT, B.C.

Cariboo, g.

$800,000 800,000 ' $1.00

$173,000

Eeb. '97

.02

The following mines are owned by private iudividuals, and have returned
profits. The exact amounts are not obtainable, but are estimated below :

Mine

Payne, s.l

Idaho, s.l

Poorman, g

Ruth, s.l

Whitewater, s.l . . .
Washington, s.l . .

Slocan Boy, s.l

Goodenough, s.l. .

Noble Five

Northern Belle, s.l

Antoine, s.l

Surprise, s.l

Monitor, s.l

Last Chance, s.l. . .
Dardanelles, s.l —

District

Slocan, B.C.
Nelson, B.C.
Slocan, B.C.

<(
II
ii
It
II
<(
II
<i
II

Estimated Profits

^300,000.00
132,000.00
50,000.00
50,000.00
60,000.00
20,000.00
25,000.00
35,000.00
50,000.00
20,000.00
10,000.00
20,000.00
15,000.00
50,000.00

ist

Am.

■05
.06

7
7
6

.02
.05
.05
.02^

.02

returned

Profits

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

395

Following is a partial list of incorporated mines making regular :ihipmentfi,
which thus far have declared no dividends :

Mine

Jumbo, g.c

Columbia & Kootenay, g.c.

Hall Mines, s.c

Josie, g.c

Iron Mask, g.c

O.K.,g

District

Trail
Trail
Nelson
Trail
Trail
Trail

Cap. Stock

f, 500,000

250,000

^300,000

|5 700,000

500,000

1,000,000

500,000
2,500
300,000
700,000
500,000
1,000,000

Par Value

$ x.oo
100.00

£1

$ 1. 00
r.oo
1. 00

Explanation — g.,gold; g.c, gold-copper; s.l., silver-lead; s.c, silver-cqpper.

MINING LAWS.

THREE leading divisions exist in the law relating to mining, the cl.vses of
statutes dealing respectively with coal mining, placer mining, and vei.i or lode

mining. The scope of this article will be confined to an endeavour to afford
the reader such information as will enable him to ascertain the rights accorded
by the statutes of this Province to persons desiring to engage in either of these
classes of mining, and the procedure to be followed in order to render those
rights available.

The provisions of the "Coal Mines Act," and Amending Acts (Con. Acts, 1888,
Cap. 83; 1890, Cap, 32; 1892, Cap. 31; and 1895, Cap. 38) confer and regulate the
right to enter Crown lands and lands containing minerals reserved to the Crown,
and prospect for and mine coal and petroleum. Persons desiring a license to
prospect upon any tract of Crown lands or lands held under lease from the Crown
in which the minerals are reserved to the Crown, must select the land in one block,
in rectangular form, and in areas not exceeding 640 acres for each license, mark the
selected tract by a post (four inches square and four feet high at the least) placed
at one corner or angle of the tract and having inscribed thereon the names of the
licensees and the angle of the tract at which it stands. A notice

Coal Mining. must also be posted in a conspicuous place on the land and in
the Government Office of the District, of intention to apply for
a prospecting license over the land. This notice must be placed thirty clear days
before the formal application for a license is made, and a similar notice must be
published for the same time in the "British Columbia Gazette" and in one news-
paper. At the expiration of the thirty days a formal application for a license may
be made to the Assistant Commissioner resident in the district. This application
has to be made in duplicate and accompanied by plans of the tract applied for,
and a fee of $50 for each application. The application and documents in connec-
tion therewith are forwarded to the Chief Commissioner, by whom the license is
issued, for a term not exceeding one year. Upon proof that the license has been
bona fide worked under, a renewal may be obtained for a second and for a third
year, upon the payment of a fee of $50 for each license on each renewal.

390

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

I'!

Free Miner's
Certificate.

Upon the discovery of coal or petroleum under lands comprised in the
license, the licensees may obtain, after survey of the lands, a lease for five years
at an annual rental of ten cents per acre; and during that term or within three
months after its expiration, the licensees, upon proof to the satisfaction of the
Chief Commissioner of the continuous and bona fide carrying on of the mining,
will be entitled to purchase the lands at the price of $s per acre, payable in full
at the time of sale. In addition to the rental and purchase price, there is payable
to the Crown, a royalty of five cents per ton on coal, and one
Coal Mining, cent per barrel on petroleum. Any number of licensees, not ex-
ceeding ten, may unite in a mining partnership and carry on
joint operation, as well under licenses as under leases; and, if under leases, it is
not necessary for each leasehold to be worked separately provided work is carried
on in any one of them to the satisfaction of the Chief Commissioner. Licensees
may use the timber ano stone on the lands for the purpose of prospecting and
mining operations, and for buildings to be occupied in connection therewith, but
for no other purposes.

The ''Coal Mines Regulation Act" (Con. Acts, i888. Cap. 84) and amending
Acts, contain complete provisions regulating the conduct and management of coal
mines, and providing especially for the safeguarding of the lives of the employees.

Before proceeding with the consideration of vein or lode mining and placer
mining it will be exnedient to deal as succinctly as may be with the mode of obtain-
ing a Free Miner's Certificate and the effect of that certificate when obtained, as
the continuous holding of such certificate is an essential to the carrying on of
either of the abov^e classes of mining. This certificate is issued
by any Gold Commissioner or Mining Recorder to any appli-
cant therefor upon payment of the prescribed fees, without refer-
ence to the residence or nationality of the applicant, the only
required qualification being that the applicant, if an individual, be over eighteen
years of age, and, if a joint stock company, be by law entitled to carry on business
in this Province and to engage in mining operations. To an individual it is issued
upon payment in advance of an annual fee of $5: to a company, if the nominal
capital does not exceed $100,000, upon payment in advance of an annual fee of
$50, and, if the capital exceeds $100,000, of an annual fee of $100. The obtaining
of this certificate (which is not transferable) constitutes the individual or company
obtaining the same, a free miner, entitled to have and exercise all the privileges
and rights by the mining laws of the Province conferred upon and restricted to
free miners. The taking out of such a certificate is obligatory as well upon owners
of mines and interests in mines (except shareholders in companies, who may ac-
quire, hold, and transfer shares without taking out a certificate) as upon miners
and employees working in mines for wages; and to render this obligation effective
it is provided in the first place that any person or company owning any mine or
claim or interest therein, or working in any mine or claim, without holding a
certificate shall be liable to a penalty not exceeding $25; in the second, that no
person or company shall be recognized (i.e., shall be allowed to claim, obtain and
enforce rights of property) as having any right or interest in or to any mine or
claim, or any mining water right, unless sucli person or company shall be the
holder of a certificate; and, in the third, that the expiration and non-renewal of a
certificate shall work an absolute forfeiture of all the mining property and inter-
ests of the non-renewing holder. This provision as to forfeiture
Forfeiture. does not apply to mines held under Crown grant. If a co-owner
in a mine or claim allows his certificate to lapse, his_ interest does
not ri ert to the Crown, but falls in for the benefit, pro rata, oi his co-owners.
In order to prevent the provision as to forfeiture working any injury to purchasers
for value, without notice, it is provided that if any person or company shall pur-
chase any claim, mine, or interest, and it shall appear that the vendor had ne-
glected to obtain or renew a certificate, the purchaser may avert a forfeiture by
paying the fees which ought to have been paid by the vendor, within one month
from the time of discovering the default. Owners of mines and contractors are
obliged, under liability upon default to a penalty not exceeding $100, to pay for a
certificate for every person in their employment, for whom a certificate is by law

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

397

Gold
Comiiiis!<ioacrs.

Mining
Recorder.

requisite, and may deduct the amount paid therefor from the wages of such em-
ployee. Throughout the remainder of this article, the expression free miner will
be understood to mean and include every person and company holding a Free
Miner's Certificate.

The Province is divided into Mining Divisions, the officers of each Division
and their addresses being given elsewhere.

The Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council has power to appoint a Chief Gold Com-
missioner, and Gold Commissioners either for the whole Province or for particular
districts to be created and fixed from lime to time by Order-in-Council. The Gold
Commissioner of a district is the olficer whose dutj it is, and who is for that
purpose invested with full power, to do and at his discretion to permit the doing
of all acts and things necessary or expedient for the carrying out of the mining
laws and the exercise and enjoyment of the rights and privileges thereby granted
to and conferred upon free miners. A full enumeration of his
powers in regard to each branch of mining will be found in the
Acts relating respectively to placer mining and vein or lode
mining. In addition to his other powers and duties the Gold Commissioner is
charged with the duty of taking possession of and protecting the mining prop-
erty of a deceased free miner, and of administering the estate and effects of such
miner until his representatives obtain from the Courts the proper authority to
deal with his estate and effects.

The Mining Recorder in each division is the officer charged with the duty
of keeping complete records of all mining locations in his division, and of all
transactions and documents affecting such mining locations and requiring by
law to be recorded. All books of record and documents filed with the Recorder
are, during ofdce hours, open to public inspection free of charge.
The Mining Recorder also issues Free Miners Certificates and
Certificates of Work. In the event of a discovery being made
in an outlying portion of the Province, it is lawful for the free miners of the
locality, by a two-thirds vote, to elect one of their number to act as Recorder and
issue Free Miners Certificates until such time as a regularly appointed official
can be stationed in the locality.

In addition to the jurisdiction of the Supreme Court the County Courts are

invested with a special mining jurisdiction, in respect of the matters following: —

(i.) In all personal actions, where the debt or damages claimed arise directly out

of the business of mining (other than coal mining), or from the exercise of

or interference with any riglit, ])o\\«.r, or privilege given, ir ciiiniied to be

given, by this Act or any other Act relating to mining (other than coal

mining):

(2.) In all actions between employers and employees, where the employment is

directly connected with the business of mining (other than coal mining ):

(3.) In all actions for supplies to persons engaged in mining, where such supplies
were bought, contracted for, or supplied, or were alleged to have been bought,
contracted for, or supplied for mining purposes, or lor consumption by per-
sons engaged in mining or prospecting:

(4.) In all actions of trespass on or in respect of mineral claims or other min-
ing property, or upon or in respect of lands entered or trespassed on, or
claimed to have been entered or trespassed on, in searching for, mining, or
working minerals (other than coal), or for any other purpose directly
connected with the business of mining (other than coal mining), or in the
exercise of any power or privilege given, or claimed to be given, by this Act,
or any other act relating to mining (other than coal mining):

(5 ) In all actions of ejectment from mineral claims or other mining property, or
from lands entered, or claimed to have been entered, in searching for, mining,
or working minerals (other than coal), or for any purpose directly connected
with the business of mining, or entered, or claimed to have been entered,
under some power, right or authority given or obtained under the provisions
of this Act, or any other Act relating to mining (other than coal mining):

(6.) In all suits for foreclosure or redemption, or for enforcing any charge or lien,
where the mortgage, charge or lien shall be on mineral claims, mines, or
other mining property:

■ 'h

t'J.

398

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

1 i

(y.) In all suits for specific performance of, or for reforming, or delivering up, or

cancelling any agreement for sale, purchase or lease of any mineral claim,

mine, or oilier miniii^ property:
(8.) In all suits for the dissolution or winding up of any mining partnership,

whether registered or not, under the provisions of this Act:
(9.) In all suits relative to water rights claimed under this Act, or any other Act

relating to mining (other than coal mining):
(10.) In all proceedings for orders in the nature of injunctions, where the same

are requisite for the granting of relief in any matter in which jurisdiction is

given to the County Court by this Act.
A method of procedure is provided whereby transfer to the Supreme Court
may be obtained of any litigation which it is expedient should be tried and deter-
mined by the Supreme Court.

The Lieulenant-Governor-in-Council has power to establish by Order-in-
Council. general rules and regulations necessary to insure the due carrying out of
the mining laws.

TABLE OF CHARGES.

I'or every free miner's certificate issued to an individual $ 500

For every free miner's certificate issued to a joint stock company, —

(a) Having a nominal capital of $100,000.00 or less 50 00

{6) Having a nominal capital exceeding $100,000.00 100 00

[1897, c. 28, s. 22.]

Every substituted certificate i 00

Recording any claim 2 50

Recording every certificate of work 2 50

Recording any " lay over,'' or every other record required to be made in the

" Record Book " 2 50

Recording every abandonment, includingthe memorandum to be written on

the record 2 50

For any other record made in the "Record of Abandonments " 2 50

For recording every affidavit, where the same does not exceed three folios of

100 words 2 50

For every folio over three, per folio 30

The above rate shall be charged for all records made in the " Record of
Affidavits."
For all records made in the " Record of Conveyances," where the same do

not exceed three folios 2 50

For every folio over three, a further charge per folio of 30

For all copies or extracts from any record in any of the above named books,

where such cony or extract shall not exceed three folios, per copy 2 50

Where such copies or extracts exceed three folios, per folio for every folio

over three 30

For filing any document 25

For a Crown Grant , 5 00

VEIN OR LODE MINING.

IN this class of mining the term "mine" means and includes any land in which
any vein or lode, or rock in place, is mined for gold or other minerals, precious
or base, except coal; "mineral" meaning all valuable deposits of gold,
silver, platinum, iridum, or any of the platinum group of metals, mercury, lead,
copper, iron, tin, zinc, nickel, aluminum, antimony, arsenic, barium, bis-
muth, boron, bromine, cadmium, chromium, cobalt, iodine, magnesium, man-

ng up, or
ral claim,

rtnership,

Dther Act

the same
diction is

me Court
nd deter-

Order-in-
ng out of

. $ 5 oo

50 00
100 00

1 00

2 50
2 50

2 50

2 50
2 50

2 50
30

2 50

25
5 00

n which
)recious
»f gold,
■y, lead,
n, bis-
1, man-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

399

Free Miner s
Rights.

ganese, molybdenum, phosphorus, plumbago, potassium, sodium, strontium,
sulphur (or any combination of the aforementioned elements with themselves or
with any other elements), asbestos, emery, mica, and mineral pigments; and the
term "rock in place" being deemed to mean and include mineral, not necessarily
in a vein or lode; that is, when discovered in the same place or position in which
it was originally formed or deposited, as distinguished from loose fragmentary
or broken rock or float which, by decomposition or erosion of the rocks, is found
in wash, loose earth, gravel or sand:

Every free miner shall, during the continuance of his certificate, have the
right to enter, locate, prospect, and mine upon any waste lands of the Crown for
all minerals other than coal, and upon all lands the right whereon to so enter
upon, prospect, and mine all minerals other than coal shall have been, or here-
after shall be, reserved to the Crown and its licensees, and also to enter, locate,
prospect, and mine for gold and silver upon any lands the right whereon to so
enter and mine such gold and silver shall have been, or shall be, reserved to the
Crown and its licensees. Excepting out of all the above descriptions of lands
any land occupied by any building, and any land falling within the curtilage of
any dwelling house, and any orchard, and any land for the time being actually
under cultivation, and any land lawfully occupied for mining purposes other
than placer mining, and also Indian reservations and military or naval reserva-
tions: Provided, that where any hydraulic mining works, established in
accordance with the "Placer Mining Act, 1891," have been in
operation, the land which may have been uncovered bv the
operation of such works shall not be located or mined upon by
any free miner other than the person or persons carrying on such hydraulic
works for a space of six months next after the same shall have been
so uncovered: Provided, that in the event of such entry being made upon lands
already lawfully occupied for other than mining purposes, and not being a portion
of lands granted to and held by or for a railway company under any railway
subsidy Act heretofore or to be hereafter passed, such free miner shall give ade-
quate secu'-ity to the satisfaction of the Gold Commissioner or Mining Recorder
for any less or damages which may be caused by such entry if requested
l>y the cwi'er or owners of such land, and should he refuse to give
such security when so requested his right to such claim or mine shall cease and
determine: Provided, that after such entry he shall make full compensation to
the occupant or owner of such lands for any loss or damages which may be caused
by reason of such entry; such compensation, in case of dispute, to be determined
by the Court having jurisdiction in mining disputes, witli or without a jury.

When a lode is supposed to cross a valley or under an alluvial deposit, and
where such lode is indicated by its appearance on the side of the mountain Icadinq:
into such valley, any free miner upon making a sworn statement before the Min-
ing Recorder or Gold Commissioner "of the district that there is a lode which
has indications of running through and under such alluvial deposit shall be en-
titled to a permit for three months to search for such lode over the area of a
mineral cliini, with the piivileg.' of having such ] ermit exti-udcd on his i)roving
to the satisfaction of the Gold Commissioner that he has bona fide searched for
such lode and has expended, either in cash or labour, or both, not less than .$100
in such search. During the existence of such permit the ground covered by the
same shall not be open to record by any other miner. The fee for such permit,
and each renewal of the same, shall be the same as the fee for a record.

A mineral claim shall be marked by two legal posts, placed as near as pos-
sible on the line of the ledge or vein, and the posts shall be numbered i and 2,

400

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

III:

lili

and the distance between posts i and 2 shall not exceed fifteen hundred feet, the
line between posts Nos. i and 2 to be known as the location line, and upon posts
Nos. I and 2 shall be written the name given to the mine'al
stnUinKOut claim, the name of the locator, and the date of the location.
Claim*. Upon No. I post there shall be written, in addition to the fore-

going, "Initial Post," the approximate compass bearing of No, 2 post, and a
statement of the number of feet lying to right and to the left of the line from No.

I to No. 2 post, thus: "Initial post. Dii;'ection of post No. 2. feet of

this claim lie on tlie right, and feet on the left of the line from No. I to

No. 2 post."

All tlie ])articulars ro(|uiretl to be i)ut 011 Xo. i and No. 2 ])osls shall be
furnished by the locator to the Mining Recorder, in writing, at the time the claim
is recorded, and shall form a part of the record of such claim.

When a claim has been located, the holder shall immediately mark the line
between posts Nos. i and 2 so that it can be distinctly seen; in a timbered locality,
by blazing trees and cutting underbrush, and in a locality where there is neither
timber nor underbrush he shall set legal posts or erect monuments
of earth or rock not less than two feet high and two feet in diameter at base, so
that siicb line can be distinctly seen.

The locator shall also place a legal post at the point where he has found
rock in place, on which shall be written "Discovery Post": Provided, that
when the claim is surveyed the surveyor shall be guided by the records of the
claim, the sketch plan on the back of the declaration made by the owner when
the claim was recorded, posts i and 2, and the notice on No. i, the initial post.

EXAMPLES OF VARIOUS MODES OF LAYING OUT CLAIMS.

No. 2 Post.
750 ft. ° 750 ft.

No. 2 Post.

750 ft.
Post.

No. 1 Post.

HOO ft.

No. 2 Post.

'^ 400 ft.

Discovery
Post 6

1100 ft.

400 ft.

No. 1 Post.

It shall not be lawful to move No. i post, but No. 2 post may be moved by
the Provincial Land Surveyor when the distance between Nos. i and 2 posts
exceeds 1,500 feet in order to place No. 2 post 1,500 feet from No. i post on the
line of location. When the distance between posts Nos. i and 2 is less than
1,500 feet, the Provincial Land Surveyor has no authorhy to extend the claim
beyond No. 2.

The "location line" shall govern the direction of one side of the claim,
upon which the survey shall be extended according to this Act. The holder ol
a mineral claim shall be entitled to all minerals which may lie within his
claim, but he shall not be entitled to mine outside the boundary lines of his claim
continued vertically downwards.

No mineral claim of the full size shall be recorded without the application

being accompanied by an affidavit or solemn declaration in the Form S. made

by the applicant or some person on his behalf cognizant of the facts: That the

legal notices and posts have been put up; that mineral has been found in place

on the claim proposed to be recorded; that the ground applied for is unoccupied

or any land falling within the curtilage of any dwelling-'ouse,

Declarations. or any orchard, or any land under cultivation, or any

Indian Reservation. In the said declaration shall be set out the

name of the applicant, the number and date of his Free Miner's Certificate, and

the name of the place where the said certificate was issued, and the date of the

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

401

1 feet, the
ipon posts
e mine-al

location,
the fore-
)St, and a
from No.
— feet of

No. I to

s shall be
the claim

k the line
d locality,
is neither
onuments
t base, so

iias found
ded, that
•ds of the
nor when
i\ post.

aMS.

"ost. _
100 ft.

400 Jt.

ost.

noved by
2 posts
St on the
less than
he claim

e claim,
lolder ol
thin his
lis claim

plication
S. made
That the
in place
occupied
g-' Duse,
or any
; out the
:ate, and
e of the

location of the claim. The words written on the No. i and No. 2 posts shall
be set out in full, and as accurate u description as possible ut the position ot the
claim given, having special reference to any prior locations it may join.

No mineral claim which at the date of its record is known by the locator
to be less than a full-sized mineral claim, slial! be recorded witliout the word
"fraction" being added to the name of the claim, and the application being accom-
panied by an aftidavit or solemn declaration in tlie l-'orni T, made by the appli
cant or some person on his behalf cognizant of the facts: That the legal posts
and notices have been put up; that mineral has been found in place on the frac-
tional claim proposed to be recorded; that the ground applied for is unoccupied
by any other person as a mineral claim, and is not occupied by any building, or
any land falhng within the curtilage of any dwelling-house or any orchard,
or any land under cultivation, or any Indian Reservation. In the said declaration
shall be set out the name of the applicant, the number and date of his Free Miner's
Certificate, and the name of the place 'where the said certificate was issued, and
the date of the location of the claim. The words written on the No. i and No. 2
posts shall be set out in full, and as accurate a description as possible of the
position of the claim given. A description of the land bounding the fractional
claim on all sides shall state whether it is vacant Crown land or land occupied
by mineral claims, with the names of the claims. A sketch plan shall be drawn
by the applicant on the back of declaration, showing as near as may be the posi-
tion of the adjoining mineral claims, and the shape and size, expressed in feet, of
the fraction desired to be recorded:

Provided, that the failure on the part of the locator of a mineral claim to
complj with any of the foregoing provisions of this section shall not be deemed
to invalidate such location, if upon the facts it shall appear that such locator has
actually discovered mineral in place on said location, and that there has been on
his part a bona fide attempt to comply with the provisions of this Act, and that the
non-observance of the formalities hereinbefore referred to is not of a character
calculated to mislead other persons desiring to locate claims in the vicinity.

Any free miner having duly located and recorded a mineral claim shall be
entitled to hold the same for the period of one year from the recording of the
same, and thence from year to year without the necessity of re-recording: Pro-
vided, however, that during each year, and each succeeding year, such free miner
shall do, or cause to be done, work on the clai .1 itself to the value of one hundred
dollars, and shall satisfy the Gold Commissioner or Mining Recorder that such
work has been done, by an affidavit of the free miner or his agent, setting out
a detailed statement of such work, and shall obtain from such Gold Commissioner
or Mining Recorder, and shall record, a certificate of such work having been
done: Provided, also, that all work done outside of a mineral claim with intent
to work the same shall, if such work have direct relation and
Conditions of ^^ -^^ direct proximity to the claim, be deemed, if to the satisfac-

Hoiding. ^j^jj qJ ^j^g Qq]j Cotnmissioner or Mining Recorder, for the pur-
poses of this section, to be work done on the claim: Provided, fi«--
ther, that any free miner, or company of free miners holding adjoining mineral
claims, or any two or more free miners who locate and record adjoining mineral
claims, not exceeding eight in number, to be worked by them in partnership under
the provisions of any Act for the time being in force, shall, subject to filing a
notice of their intention with the Gold Commissioner or Mining Recorder, be
allowed to perform on any one or more of such claims all the work required
to entitle him or them to a certificate for work for each claim so held by him
or them. If such work shall not be done, or if such certificate shall not be so
obtained and recorded in each and every yeai the claim shall be deemed vacant
and abandoned, any rule of law or equity to the contrary notwithstanding.

The holder of a claim may, instead of doing the annual assessment work,
pay the sum of $100 to the Crown, and the recording of the Mining Recorder's
receipt for this payment will relieve the claim holder from doing assessment work
for the year covered by the receipt.

A location may be made upon Sunday or any public holiday, and in cases
where, from the nature or shape of the ground, it is impossible to mark the loca-
tion line of the claim, then the claim may be marked by placing legal posts as

'(: \

I' <

^^ i

40t

VKAK BOOK OF UKITISII COLUMBIA

III

nearly as possible to the location line, and notinR the distance and direction
such posts may be from such location line, which distance and direction shall be
set out in the record of tlic claim.

Every free minor locating a mineral claim shall record the same with the
Mmintf Recorder of the district witliin which the same is situate, witlun fifteen
days alter the location thereof, if located within ten miles of the ottice of the said
Mming Recorder. One additional day shall be allowed for such record for every
additional ten miles, or fraction thereof.

The surface rights ac(|uircd by a claim-holder are limited to the rjght to the

use and possession of the surface of his claim, including the use of all trie timber

thereon, for the purpose of winning and getting from and out of such claim the

minerals contained therein, including all operations connected

surfiice l<lKllt^ therewith or with the business of mining, and all remaining

surface rights shall be deemed to be vested in the Crown, and

may be granted and disposed of as is provided by the Land Laws for ihe time

being in force, but subject always to the rights of free miners as aforesaid.*

In case of any dispute as to the location of a mineral claim the title to the
claim shall be recognized according to the priority of such location, subject to
any question as to the validity of the record itself, and subject, further, to ihe
free miner having complied with all the terms and conditions of the Act.

Upon any dispute as to the title to any mineral claim no irregularity hap-
pening previous to tlie date of tlic record of the last certificate of work shall affect
the title thereto, and it siiall be assumed that up to that date the title to such
claim was perfect, except upon suit by the Attorney-General based upon fraud.

If any person shall in any suit or matter claim an adverse right of any
kind to the mineral claim comprised in any record, or to any part thereof, or shall
claim that any record is invalid or has been improperly obtained, or that the
holder thereof has not complied with the provisions of the Act under which the
location and record were made, or has not prior to the obtaining of such record
made a good and valid location of such mineral claim according to law, the onus
of proof thereof shall be on the person so claiming an adverse right, or so claim-
ing that such record is invalid and has been improperly obtained as aforesaid, and
in default of such proof judgment shall be given for the holder of such prior
record in so far as such .iction, suit or matter relates to any of the matters afore-
said.

No free miner is entitled to hold in his own name, or in the name of any
other person, more than one mineral claim on the same vein or lode, except by
purchase, but such free miner may hold by location a claim upon any separate
vein or lode.

A free miner may at any time abandon ^ny mineral claim by giving notice
in writing of such intention to abandon to th ./lining Recorder, and from the
date of the record of such notice all interest o' such free miner in such claim shall
cease.

When a free miner abandons a mineral claim he shall have the right to take
from the s?me any machinery and any personal property which he may have
placed on Ihe claim, and any ore which he may have extracted therefrom within
such time as shall be fixed by the Gold Commissioner or Mining Recorder.

No free miner shall be entitled to relocate any mineral claim, or any por-
tion thereof which he shall have failed to record within the prescribed period,
or which he shall have abandoned or forfeited, uriless he shall have obtained the
written permission of the Gold Commissioner to make such relocation; and he
shall hold no interest in any portion of such mineral claim, by location, without
such permission.

Where a tunnel is run for the development of a vein or lode the owner of
such tunnel shall, in addition to any mineral claim legally held by him, have
the right to all veins or lodes discovered in such tunnel: Provided, that the
ground containing such veins or lodes be marked out by him as a mineral claim,
and be duly recorded within fifteen days after such discovery; and provided fur-
ther, that such veins or lodes are not included in any existing mineral claim. Any
money or labour expended in constructing a tunnel to develop a vein or lode
shall be deemed to have been expended on such vein or lode.

AND MANU.\L OF PKUViNCIAL INFORMATION.

40.5

id direction
on shall be

tie with the

itiiin fifteen

of the said

d for every

rJKht to the
the timber

ii claim the
connected
remaining

>own, and

3r ihe time

lid.*

title to the
subject to

her, to ihe

LCt.

larity hap-
shall affect
le to such
>n fraud.

;ht of any
of, or shall
r that the
which the
uch record
V, the onus
r so claim-
resaid, and
such prior
ters afore-

me of any

except by

y separate

ing notice

from the

:laim shall

ht to take
may have
om within
der.

any por-
ed period,
tained the
n; and he
h, without

owner of
lim, have
that the
ral claim,
vided fur-
aim. Any
n or lode

{?.]

Any lawful holder of a mineral claim is entitled to a Crown grant thereof
on payment to the Government of the sum of $5fX) in lieu of exi)en(hture on the
claim. The intending purchaser must comply with all the requirements for ob-
taining a Certificate oi Improvements, except such as have respect solely to the
work recjui'''*d to be done on claims.

Whenever the lawful holder of a mineral claim shall have coini)lied with
the following re(|uircments, to the satisfaction of the Gold Commissioner, he shall
be entitled to receive from the Gold Commissioner a Certificate of Improvements
in respect of such claim, unless proceedings by any person claiming an adverse
right have been taken:

(o.) Done or cause to be done work on tiie claim itself in developing a mine to
the value of $500, exclusive of all houses, buildings and other like improve-
ments. For the purpose of this section, work done on the claim by a pre-
decessor or predecessors in title shall be deemed to have been done by the
applicant who receives a transfer of such claim.
Found a vein or lode within the limits of such claim.

Had the claim surveyed by an authorized Provincial Land Surveyor, who
shall h've made three plats of the claim. The owner of a mineral claim who
has had his claim surveyed within one year from the record of the claim,
and has filed in the ofTice of the Mining Recorder a declaration by a Provin-
cial Land Surveyor, stating that he has surveyed the claim, and that he has
delivered two plats of the claim and a copy of the original field-notes to the
owner of such claim, shall be entitled to have the cost of such survey, not to
exceed $100, counted as work done on the claim.
(d.) Shall have posted on some conspicuous part of the land embraced in the sur-
vey a copy of the plat of the claim, and a legible notice in writing of his
intention to apply for a Certificate of Improvements, and shall also have
posted a similar nrtice in the Mining Recorder's ofhcc, and such notice shall
contain —

Inserted a copy of such notice in the "British Columbia Gazette" and in a
newspaper published and circulating in the division in which the claim is
situated, or, in the absence of such local paper, in the one nearest thereto,
for at least sixty days prior to such application, which insertion can be made
at any time after the posting of the notice on the claim.
(/.) Filed with the Mining Recorder an affidavit of due compliance with and carry-
ing out of the foregoing requirements.
A Certificate of Improvements, when issued as aforesaid, shall not be im-
peached in any court on any ground except that of fraud.

In case any person shall claim an adverse right of any kind, either to pos-
session of the mineral claim referred to in the application for Certificate of Im-
provements, or any part thereof, or to the minerals contained therein, he shall,
within sixty days after the publication in the "British Columbia Gazette" of the
notice above referred to (unless such time shall be extended by special order of
the Court upon cause being shewn), commence an action in the Supreme Court
of British Columbia to determine the question of the right of possession or other-
wise enforce his said claim, and shall file a copy of the writ in said action with
the Mining Recorder of the district or mining division in which the said claim
is situate within twenty days from the commencement of
' Adverse Claims, said action, and shall 'prosecute the said suit with reason-
able diligence to final judgment, and a failure to so commence
or so to prosecute shall be deemed to be a waiver of the plaintiff's claim. After
final judgment shall have been rendered in the said action the person or any one
of the persons entitled to the possession of the claim or any part thereof, may
file a certified copy of the same in the office of the Mining Recorder. After the
filing of the said judgment, and upon compliance whh all the requirements of the
next preceding section, such person or persons shall be entitled to the issue to
him or to them of a Certificate of Imprcveni-nts in respect of the claim, or the
portion thereof, which he or they shall appear from the decision of the Court
rightly to possess: Provided, that this section shall not apply to any adverse
daim filed or action to enforce the same commenced prior to the date of this

(^)

I j

404

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

If ;

Act coming into force, but the same shall be continued in the same manner as if
this Act had not been passed.

If an adverse claim affects only a portion of the claim, the holder may
relinquish the disputed portion, and obtain a Certificate for the remainder.

The holder must make an application for a Crown Grant within three
months after receiving his Certificate of Improvements, otherwise the Certificate
will lapse.

On the granting and recording of such Certificate of Improvements in
respect to a mineral claim situate outside of the Railway Belt, the holder thereof
shall be entitled to a Crown Granjt of such claim without the payment of the $500,
and in respect of a mineral claim situate inside the Railway Belt, the holder shall
be entitled to a Crown Grant of such claim on the payment of $5 per acre to the
Mining Recorder.

Between the time of application for and the granting of the Certificate, the
holder may transfer the claim: but after the issue of the Certificate, no transfer
can be recorded until after a Crov;n Grant is obtained. Crown Grants, in p-'Ji-
tion to the mmeral rights, convey the right to the use and possession of
the surface of such claim, including the use of all the timber thereon, for the
purpose of wmning and getting from and out of such claim the minerals con-
tained therein, including all operations connected therewith or with the business
of mining, and all remaining surface rights shall be deemed to be vested in the
Crown, and may be granted and disposed of as is provided by the Land Laws
for the time being in force, but subject always to the rights of free miners as
aforesaid.

The holder of a Crown Grant of a mineral claim shall, in cases where such
claim has been located on waste lands of the Crown or on lands not already law-
fully occupied for other than mining purposes, be entitled to receive a Crown
Grant of all the surface rights of such mineral claim on payment to the Govern-
ment of the sum of $5 per acre for such land, and of the fee of $5 for the Crown
Grant.

No transfer of any mineral claim, or of any interest therein, shall be enforce-
able unless the same shall be in writing, signed by the transferer or by hi<5 agent
authorized in writing, and recorded by the Mining Recorder; and if signed by an
agent, the authority of such agenl shall be recorded before the record of such
transfer. All mineral claims derived under Crown grant, and every transfer
thereof, or any interest therein, shall be registered under the provisions of the
"Land Registry Act."

No free miner shall be entitled to any interest in any mineral claim which
has been located and recorded by any other free miner unless such interest is
specified and set forth in some writing signed by the party so locating such claim.

No mineral claim shall be open to location by any other person during the
last illness, nor, unless with the permission in writing of the Gold Commissioner,
for twelve months after the death of the lawful holder.

A free miner may locate any unoccupied and unreserved Crown land not
known to contain mineral, and not exceeding five acres, as 1 mill-site. No free
miner shall be entitled to obtain and hold under this section more than one mill-
site for each mineral claim lawfully held by him. Such mill-site shall be as
nearly as possible in the form of a square. The Act prescribes the procedure
to be followed to perfect the location, and rlso to obtain a Crown Grant. A
free miner holding a claim may obtain a license to run a drain or tunnel; and may
acquire water rights for mining or milling purposes. This latter matter is now
dealt with by the Water Clause Consolidation Act, 1897, a reference to which

will be found in this volume on page . Mining partnerships may be formed

in the same manner as under the provisions of the Placer Act, set out above, and
the provisions of the Acts are in this respect so far alike as to render it urineces-
sary for the purposes of this article to again deal with the subject in detail.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

405

PLACER MINING.

PLACER mining is defined as the mining of any natural stratum or bed of
earth, gravel or cement for gold or other preciou" minerals or stones. Placer

claims are divided into four classes: and, as the size and location of claims
vary, according as they fall within one or other of these classes, it will be ad-
visable, as a preparatory measure, to become familiar with the mode and effect
of the classification. The following table contains a compilailon of the legisla-
tion relating to this matter; the claims being measured horizontally, irrespective
of inequalities on the surface of the ground.

"Creek diggings" shall mean any mine in the bed of any river, stream, or
ravine, excepting bar diggings; and a "creek claim" shall be 100 feet long, meas-
ured in the direction of the general course of the stream, and shall extend in
width from base to base of the hill or bench on each side, but when the hills or
benches are less than 100 feet apart the claim shall be loc feet square.

"Bar diggings" shall mean any mine over which a river extends when in
its flooded state; and in "bar diggings" a claim shall be a strip of land 100 feet
long at high water mar\, and in width extending from high water mark into the
river to its lowest water level,

"Dry diggings" shall mean any mine over which a river never extends, and
in "dry diggings" a claim shall be 100 feet square.

"Bench diggings" shall mean any mine on a bench, and shall, for the pur-
pose of defining the size of a claim in bench digg-ngs, be excepted from "drv
diggings"; and in "bench diggings" a claim shall be 100 feet square: Provided,
that the Gold Commissioner shall have authority, where a bench is narrow, to
extend the limits of the claim beyond the limits of the bench, but not to exceed
100 feet square,

"Hill diggings" shall n:ean any mine on the surface of a hill, and front-
ing on any natural stream or ravine; and in "hill diggings" a claim shall have
a bate line or frontage of 100 leet, drav,r parallel to the main direction of tue
stream or ravine on which it fronts. Parallel lines drawn from each end of the
b u'e line, at right angles thereto, ana running to the summit 01 the hill, shall
constitute the side lines thereof. Legal posts shall be placed 100 feet apart, on
both the base line and side lines, and no claim shall extend beyond the posts so
placed.

In addition to these classes there is a subsidiary class relating to precious
stones alone, a further reference to which will be made when dealing with ';he
granting of leases. The definition "Precious stone diggings" shall mean "deposit
of precious stones, whether in veins, beds, or gravel deposits."

A special right is given to discoverers of new diggings, this being as fol-
lows: —

If any free miner, or party of free miners, discover a new mine, and such,
discovery be established to the satisfaction of the Gold Commissioner, placer
claims of the following size, in dry, bar, bench, creek or hill diggings shall b€:
allowed, viz.: —

To one discoverer, one claim 300 feet u\ length.

To a party of two discoverers, two claims, amounting together to 600
feet in lenth.

To a party of three discoverers, three claims, amounting together to 8oo
feet in length.

To a party of four discoverers, four claims, amounting together to 1,000
feet in length.

! I

406

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

And to each member of a party beyond four in number, a clain of the
ordinary size only.

A creek discovery claim shall extend on each side of the centre of the
creek as far as the summit of the hill, but not exceeding 1,000 feet. A new
stratum of auriferous earth, gravel, or cement, situated in a locality where all
placer claims are abandoned, shall be deemed a new mine, although mines in
the same locality shall have been previously worked; and dry diggings discov-
ered in the vicinity of bar diggings shall be deemed a new mine, and vice versa.
A discoverer's claim shall be considered as one ordinary claim, in respect to
recording, working, and representing.

Every free miner has the right to enter, locate, prospect, and mine for gold
and other precious metals upon any land in British Columbia, whether vested in
the Crown or otherwise, except Government reservations for townsites, land oc-
cupied by any building, any land falling within the curtilage of any dwelling house,
and any orchard, any land lawfully occupied for placer mining' purposes, and also
Indian reservations. Previous to entry upon lands already lav/fully occupied, se-
curity must be given for any loss or damage to be occasioned by the miner, and
the amount due for such loss or damage if not paid by the miner, may be collected
by process of law. A free miner has also the right to kill game for his own use
at any time of the year.

A placer claim must be as nearly as possible rectangular in form, and
marked by four legal posts at the corners thereof, firmly fixed in the ground.
One of such posts shall be marked as the "initial post," and on that post shall be
placed a legible notice in writing, stating the name of the claim, its length in
feet and general direction, with the date of the notice and name of each locator.
If any side line of any claim shall exceed 100 feet in length, legal posts shall be
placed along such side line, at distances not exceeding 100 feet. A "legal post"
means a stake standing not less than four feet above the ground, and squared or
faced on four sides for at least one foot from the top, and each side so squared
or faced shall measure at least four inches on its face so far as squared or faced,
or any stump or tree cut off and squared or faced to the above height and size.
A location may be made upon Sunday or any public holiday. In case of a.:y
■dispute as to the title of a placer claim, the title to the claim shall be recognized
according to the priority of the location, subject to any question as to the
validity of the record itself, and subject further to the free miner having complied
with all the terms and conditions of the Act.

Every free miner recording a placer claim shall record the same with the
Mining Recorder of the district or division within which the same is situate,
within three days after the location thereof, if located within ten miles of the ofifice
of the said Mining Recorder. One additional day shall be allowed for making
such record for every additional ten miles or fraction thereof. If by inadvertance
a claim be recorded in the wrong ofiiice, the record may be transferred to the
proper office; but such transfer must be made within fifteen days after the discov-
ery of the error.

After the recording of a placer claim, the removal of any post by the holder
thereof, cr by any person acting in his behalf, made for the purpose of changing
the limits of his claim, shall act as a forfeiture of the claim.

A placer clr.im may be recorded for one or more years, a recording fee of
$2.50 being payable for each year. These records may, before expiration, be re-
newed from time to time upon payment of the same fee per year, the interest of
the free miner in a claim being a chattel mterest equivalent to a lease for the period
covered by the record, rene'vable by re-recording. The holder of a placer claim
has no right to any vein or lode within the limits of his claim unless he shall have
located and recorded the ground as a mineral claim under the Act regulating the
location and record of claims for vein or lode mining; and until he shall so locate
and record such ground, any free miner discovering the vein or lode may locate
and record the ground as a mineral claim, and become thereby entitled to mine
the vein or lode only.

Every placer claim must be represented and bona fide worked by the holder,
or by some person on his behalf, continuously, as nearly as practicable, during
working hours, and shall be deemed to be abandoned and absolutely forfeited
when the same shall have remained unworked on working days by the holder

r of the

e of the
A new
here all
mines in
> discov-
Ice versa.
:spect to

for gold
/^ested in
land oc-
g house,
and also
pied, se-
iner, and
collected
own use

)rm, and

ground.

shall be
ength in
. locator.

shall be
jal post"
uared or

squared
or faced,
and size.
se of aiiy
cognized
5 to the
complied

with the
; situate,
the office
making
Ivertance
d to the
e discov-

le holder
:hanging

ig fee of

n, be re-
iterest of
le period
;er claim
lall have
iting the
so locate
ly locate
to mine

e holder,
, during
forfeited
e holder

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

407

thereof, or some person on his behalf, for the period of seventy-two hours, except
during the close season, some l?y-over, or leave of absence, or during sickness,
or for some other reasonable cause which shall be shown to the satisfaction of
the Gold Commissioner.

Every free miner, or company of free miners, shall be entitled to a leave
of absence for one year from his or their placer claim or set of claims upon prov-
ing to the Gold Commissioner that he or they has or have expended on such claim
or on any portion of the set of claims, in cash, labour, or machinery, an amount
equal to one thousand dollars on each full interest, without any return of gold
or other minerals in reasonable quantities from such expenditure; and upon the
application f^r such leave being signed by all the holders of the claim or set of
claims.

A miner holding a claim, the working of which requires the use of water, is
entitled to a lay-over during any time the water supply falls below the quantity
necessary for the working of the claim.

No transfei of any placer claim, or interest therein, shall be enforceable
unless the same or sc^e memorandum thereof shall be in writing, signed by the
transferer, or by his agv nt authorized in writing, and recorded in the Record of
Conveyances.

^ Every bill of sale, conveyance, or mortgage of a placer claim, or ol any

iraction thereof, shall be recorded within the time prescribed for recording placer
claims.

A free miner desiring, for the proper working of his claim, to construct
a tunnel or drain through any occupied or unoccupied land, whether mineral or
"ot. niay obtain from the Gold Commissioner a license for that purpose subject
to the giving of such security and upon such terms and conditions as the Gold
Commissioner may fix, and a tunnel or drain so constructed shall be considered
as part of the claim.

A free miner desiring to engage in the enterprise of constructing a tunnel
or drain for the public drainage of claims and mines may apply to the Gold Com-
missioner for a grant of right of way and entry through and upon any mining
ground in the district. The application for every such grant shall be in writing,
and shall set out the name of each applicant, the nature and extent of the proposed
drain, the amount of toll to be charged, the term of years for which such grant is
to be made, and all other privileges sought to be acquired. Tne application shall

be left at the Mining Recorder's office addressed to the Gold Com-

Generai missioner. A notice of such application, setting out the above

Drainage Works, particulars, shall be posted on the office of the Mining Recorder

and on the ground for thirty clear days before such grant shall
be made. The applicant for every such grant shall deposit with the Mining Re-
corder at the time of the leaving of his application as aforesaid, twenty-rive dol-
lars, which shall be refunded in case the application shall be refused. Such
grants shall be in '.vriting and signed by the Gold Commissioner, and shall not
be giv.en for a longer period than twenty years, and shall give such rights of way
and entry and such powers to assess, levy, and collect tolls from all persons using
such drain, or benefitted thereby, as the Gold Commissioner shall think fit, but
not in any case to exceed the term, rights or powers set out in the application.

Every such grant shall be recorded in the Record Book, and the deposited
sum of twenty-five dollars shall be retained as a recording fee. A rent oi twenty-
five dollars for each quarter of a mile and each fraction thereof shall be paid an-
nually to the Mining Recorder by the grantee; such rent to commence from the
date of the grant.

Certain statutory conditions form part of every such grant, imposing upon
the grantee the duty of constructing and maintaining works of sufficient capacity
to carry out the objects for which the license has been granted; to provide, with-
out discrimination or preference, proper connections or tap-drains for all claims
adjacent to the works; to avoid injury to property, and to make good any damage
caused by the construction of the works.

The right to obtain grants of water for mining purposes, and the procedure
therefor, is now contained in the Water Clauses Consolidation Act, 1897, ■* refer-
ence to which will be found in another part of this work.

1 i^ i

I J

tii

408

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

f :.

Mining partnerships for tlie carrying on of the business of mining and such
other matters as pertain solely thereto may be formed by free miners, and shall be
governed by the provisions of the Act and by their written articles of partnership
(if any). A mining partnership shall, unless otherwise agreed upon, be deemed
to be a yearly partnership, renewable from year to year by tacit consent. Min-
ing partner.ehips can locate and record in the partnership name a placer claim for
each partner who is a free miner. Such partnership claims may be located and
recorded as a set of claims, and each such claim shall be staked as an ordi-
nary placer claim. One stake on each such claim shall be marked as
an initial stake, by writing thereon the words "Initial post." It shall not
be re(iuisite to post more than one location notice on each set of
" "* claims, which notice shall be on the first initial post. A set of

ortnersips. claims may be recorded in one record. The name of every part-
ner, and the number of every partner's free miner's certificate, shall be on the
record of every such set of claims. The partnership name shall appear on every
such record, and all claims so taken up shall be the property of the partnership. A
partner in any mining partnership, or his agent authorized in writing, shall, at
any meeting thereof, be entitled to vole upon any interest or fraction of an in-
terest which he may hold therein; but the result of the votes given shall be de-
termined by the number of the full interests voted upon, and not by the number
of partners voting at such meeting.

A majority of such votes may decide when, how long, and in what manner
to work the partnership claim, or set of claims, the number of men to be em-
ployed, which number shall not be less than one man to each claim, and the ex-
tent and manner of levying the assessments to defray the expenses incurred by the
partnership. Such majority may also choose a foreman or manager, who shall
represent the partnership and sue and be sued in the name of the partnership
for assessments and otherwise: and he shall have power to bind them by his con-
tracts. Every partner, or his duly authorized agent, shall be entitled to repre-
sent his interest in the partnership property by work and labour, so long as such
work and labour be satisfactory to the foreman or manager. In the event of such
partner or agent being discharged by the foreman or manager, the Court having
jurisdiction in mining disputes may, if requested, summon the foreman or manager
before it, and upon hearing the facts make such order as it shall deem just.

All assessments shall be payable within five days after being made. Any
partner making default in payment, after receiving a notice certifying the amount
due by him, shall, if such amount be correct, be personably liable therefor to
the partnership, and his interest in the partnership property may be sold by the
partnership for the payment of the debt, and any further assessment which may
have accrued thereon up to the day of sale, together with all costs and charges
occasioned by such default; and if the proceeds of the sale be insufficient to pay off
the several sums mentioned, the Court having jurisdiction in mining disputes,
upon being applied to, shall issue an order directed to the sheriflf to seize and sell
any other personal property of the debtor. Notices of sale shall, in either of the
above cases, be conspicuously posted ten clear days prior to the day of sale, in the
vicinity of such mining or other property, and on the Court House or Mining Re-
corder's office nearest thereto. But if sucli partner be absent from the district,
such notices shall be posted as aforesaid thirty clear days before the day of sale,
and a copy of such notice shall be published in some newspaper, circulating in the
district wherein such mining or other property is situate, for tb.e same period. Such
sale shall be by public auction to the highest bidder. The purchaser shall be en-
titled to possession of the property sold, and to a bill of sale therefor signed
by the auctioneer; such bill of sale shall confer such title upon the purchaser as
the owner had.

Any partner may abandon his interest and after a notice of abandonment,
in writing, shall have been served on the foreman or manager of a partnership
by any member thereof, and duly recorded, such member shall not be liable for
any debts or other liabilities of the partnership incurred after service and record
of such notice, and no member shall be deemed to have abandoned an interest
until service and record of such notice.

and such
1 shall be
rtnership
: deemed
It. Min-
claim for
:ated and
an ordi-
liked as
shall not
ich set of

A set of
rery part-
•e on the

on every
rship. A

shall, at
of an in-
lU be de-
e number

t manner
) be em-
d the ex-
ed by the
who shall
irtnership
' his con-
to repre-
S as such
It of such
rt having
manager
t.

de. Any
e amount
erefor to
d by the
lich may

charges
o pay off
disputes,
; and sell
er of the
le, in the
ning Re-
; district,

of sale,
ng in the
i. Such
ill be en-
r signed
chaser as

donment,
rtnership
iable for
d record
I interest

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

409

Any partner shall be entitled to sell, or contract for the sale of his interest
in the partnership property, but such interest shall continue liable for all the
debts of the partnership. No partner shall, after a bill of sale conveying his inter-
est has been recorded, be liable for any indebtedness of the partnership incurred
thereafter.

Any mining partnership, composed of two or more free miners, and being
free from all debts in respect of the partnership property, may limit the liability
of its members, upon complying with the requirements following, that is to say;
Upon filing with the Mining Recorder a declaratory statement, containing the
name of the partnership, the location and size of every partnership claim, and the
particular interest of each partner; and also placing upon a conspicuous part of
every such claim, or set of claims, in large letters, the name of the partnership,
followed by the words "Limited Liability." The words "Limited
LimUcd Liability" shall be part of the partnership name. After such condi-

Liabiiitv. tions shall have been complied with, no member of such partner^

ship shall be liable for any indebtedness incurred thereafter beyond
an amount proportionate to his interest in the partnership. Every such partnership
shall keep a correct account of its assets and liabilities, together with the names
of the partners, and the interest held by each, and shall make out a monthly bal-
ance sheet showing the names of the creditors, and the amounts due to each, and
file the same among the papers of the partnership; and such balance sheet and all
the books of the partnership shall be open to the inspection of creditors at all
reasonable hours. Every partner in such partnership shall be at liberty to sell or
dispose of his interest therein, or of any part thereof, to any other free miner;
but such partner shall be liable for the indebtedness on the said interest in propor-
tion to his interest in the partnership.

No member of such partnership, after a bill of sale conveying his interest
has been duly recorded, or after he has served a notice of abandonment of his
interest on the foreman, and left a copy thereof with the Mining Recorder, shall
be liable for any indebtedness of the partnership incurred thereafter. No such
partnership shall declare any dividend until all its liabilities have been paid. Every
such partnership shall appoint a foreman or manager, who shall represent the
partnership, and who shall sue and be sued in the name of the partnership; and his
contracts in relation to the business of the partnership shall be deemed to be the
contracts of the partnership. No such partnership shall be liable for any other
indebtedness than that contracted by its foreman or manager, or by its agent duly
authorized in writing.

One or more free miners may apply to the Gold Commissioner for a grant
of exclusive rights of way through and entry upon any mining ground in his dis-
trict, for the purpose of constructing, laying and maintaining a bed-rock flume.
Every such application shall be in writing, and shall be left at the Mining Re-
corder's ofifice, addressed to the Gold Commissioner, and shall state the name of
the applicant and the nature and extent of the privileges sought to be acquired.
Thirty days' notice of such application shall be given, by affixing the same to
some conspicuous part of the ground through which the rights of way are asked,
and a copy thereof upon the walls of the Court House or of the office of the Min-
ing Recorder of the district. Prior to such application, such
ground shall be marked out by legal posts, placed at intervals of
one hundred and fifty feet along the proposed main line or course
of the flume, with a notice of such application affixed to one of such posts. And it
shall be competent for any free miner to protest before the Gold Commissioner
within such thirty days against such application being granted, but not afterwards.
Every application for a grant shall be accompanied by a deposit of one hundred
and twenty-five dollars, to be left with the Alining Recorder, which shall be re-
funded if the application be refused, but not otherwise. A grant may be for any
term not exceeding five years, and the grantee shall be entitled to the following
rights and privileges, that is to say: —

(a.) The right of way through and entry upon any new and unworked river, creek,
gulch, or ravine, and the exclusive right to locate and work a strip of ground
one hundred feet wide and two hundred feet long in the bed thereof to each
grantee named in such grant:

Bedrock
Flumes

iilU:

ti %

1 [M,l

iiH

i ill

_ I

I !

4IC

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

(b.) The right of way through and entry upon any river, creek, gulch, or ravine,
worked by miners for any period longer than two years prior to such entry,
and already wholly or partially abandoned, and the exclusive right to stake
out and work both the unworked and abandoned portions thereof, one hun-
dred feet in width, and one-quarter mile in length, for each grantee named in
such grant:

(c.) Such right of way through and entry upon any river, creek, or ravine
discovered within two years next preceding the date of his application before
mentioned, and upon any portions of which any free miner is legally holding
and bona fide working a claim, as to the Gold Commissioner may seem advis-
able:

(d.) The right of way through and entry upon all placer claims which are at the
time of the notice of application before mentioned bona fide being worked by
any free miner, for the purpose of cutting a channel and laying his flume
therein, with such reasonable space for constructing, maintaining, and repair-
ing the flume as may be necessary: Provided, that the owner of such last-
mentioned placer claim shall be entitled to take and receive the gold or other
minerals found in the cut so made:

(e.) The use of so much of the unappropriated water of the stream on which the
flumes may be located, and of other adjacent streams, as may be necessary for
the use of the grantee's flumes,, hydraulic power, and machinery to carry on
his mining operations, and the right of way for ditches and flumes to convey
the necessary water to his works, subject to the payment of any damage
which may be done to other parties by running such ditches or flumes through
or over their ground:

(f.) The right to all the gold or other minerals in his flumes:

(g.) No person locating new and unworked or abandoned ground within the limits
of such grant, after the notice above mentioned has been given, shall have
any right or title as against such grantee to the ground so located.

The holder of a claim through which the line of the grantee's flume is to
be run may put in a bed-rock flume to connect with the grantee's flume, but must
inaintain a like grade, and construct a flume of like strength, and must maintain
his flume and keep it free from obstruction. Such claim holder shall have the
right to become a partner of the grantee by uniting his claim and flume with the
ground and flume of the grantee and taking in the whole an interest proportionate
to that which he shall cede to the grantee; or he may abandon his claim and flume,
and such abandonment shall enure to the use and benefit of the grantee.

The grant must be recorded within three days after its issue; and the
grantee must pay an annual rental of $12.50 for each quarter of a mile of right of
way granted, and must lay one hundred feet of flume during the first year of the
grant, and three hundred feet annually thereafter until completion of the flume.
Any free miner working a claim where a bed-rock flume exists is entitled to tail
his sluices, hydraulics and ground sluices into the flume, but must not obstruct
the free running of the flume.

A free miner may apply for and subject to compliance with the statutory re-
quirements relating to the mode of application, the marking of the ground by
legal posts, and the giving notice of intended application, obtain from the Gold

Leases. Commissioner (with the sanction of the Lieutenant-Governor-in-

Council) a lease of any unoccupied and unreserved Crown land
for placer mining purposes or for precious stone diggings for any term not ex-
ceeding twenty years on such terms and conditions as the Gold Commissioner
may fix.

Applications .shall not be for greater than the following areas or distances:
In creek diggings on abandoned or unworked creeks, half a mile in length; any
Other placer mining ground, eighty acres; but in no case shall any lease extend
along any creek or river more than five hundred yards; creek diggings excepted;
jrecious stone diggings, ten acres; but the right to mine for precious stones shall
not include the right to mine for gold or other precious metals, unless the
ground be held also for that purpose separately, under 'he provisions of the Act.

Every lease shall provide for securing to the public reasonable rights of way
and water, and shall contain a covenant by the lessee to mine the ground in a

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

411

miner-like manner, and shall contain such covenants for the continuous working
of such ground as the Gold Commissioner shall think reasonable, and shall reserve
the right to free miners to enter on such ground and mine for veins or lodes. A
lease shall not be granted for any mining ground any portion of which is actually
occupied by free miners, unless with the consent of such occupiers: and no lease
shall be granted for any mining ground which is, in the opinion of the Gold Com-
missioner, available for agricultural purposes.

Adjoining leaseholds may, to an extent not exceeding 640 acres in area, be
consolidated into one holding, and the lessees are allowed to do all the required
annual work on one holding; or may commute the annual work by paying an
amount equal to twenty-five per cent, of the required annual expenditure for
works to the Crown by way of rental. Dredging leases may also be obtained,
which grant only the bed of the river below low water mark for dredging pur-
poses. These leases are restricted to a distance not exceeding five miles of the
river's course, and the term is not to exceed twenty years, and such leases are
made subject to the rights of free miners working claims fronting on or adjacent
to the river.

ll,

MAINLAND COAST LINE.

Much prospecting is now being done and considerable work along the
different arms of the sea that extend inland along this coast, and on Phillips Arm
and other places large deposits of low grade gold ores are found in extensive reefs
of milky white quartz with coarse iron pyrites, or in zones of eruptive rock miner-
alized with iron and copper pyrites. So far, work has not sufificiently advanced
to afford more definite information, but much attention is now being paid to this
part of the Province, and several companies are spending a good deal of money in
development. No ofiticial reports have yet been made on Texada or these Main-
land deposits.

iU I!

CONSULS.

United States — Abraham E. Smith, Consul. Victoria; F. W. Smith,
Vice-Consul, Victoria; W. B. Denison, Consul. Nanaimo; L. Edwin Dudley,
Consul, Vancouver; F. Schofield, Vice-Consul. Vancouver.

Germany — Carl Lowenberg, Consul at Victoria; Johann Wulf?sohn, Consul
at Vancouver.

France — M. Camille Jordan, Consul, Vancouver; H. M. Graham, Vice-
Consul, Victoria.

Spain — H. A. Mellon, Vice-Consul, Vancouver.

Italy — John H. Turner, Consul. Victoria.

Sweden and Norway — Robert Ward. J. P.. Consul; Wm. A. Ward. Vice-
Consul at Victoria; John C. Maclure, Vice-Consul at Vancouver.

Belgium — Thos. R. Smith, J. P., Consul; John M. Whitehead, Vice-Consul,
Viptoria.

Netherlands — Gardiner Johnson, Consul, Vancouver.

Japan — T. Nosse, Consul, Vancouver.

Central America — M. P. Morris, Consul, Vancouver.

Peru — R. H. Alexander, Consul, Vancouver.

Chili — M. P. Morris, Consul, Vancouver.

Hawaii — R.P. Rithet. Consul, Victoria; J. W. McFarland, Vice-Consul,
Vancouver.

li|

, 11,

i'i

fil

; i I

kli

SOCIOLOGICAL

NOTWITHSTANDING that sociology is a very comprehensive science and
may be said to include almost every condition of living, it is not intended
here to deal with the sociological aspects of the Province in the wider
sense. It is the intention to limit the scope of the chapter to the con-
sideration of three subjects dealing with and afTecting the social organiza-
tion. These may be broadly defined as the conditions and laws governing labour;
the moral and religious life; and professional, fraternal and benevolent organiza-
tions. These in a general way determine the status of a community in regard to
Social its inner life and character. In all three respects British Columbia

Conditions may be said to have a standard comparable, at least in essential

features, with the most highly developed social organization elsewhere. Its com-
munal characteristics are not, it is needless to say, evolved from local and primi-
tive conditions, but transplanted from the most highly civilized parts of the British
Empire. Hence, with the experience and intelligence acquired elsewhere, the com-
ponent parts readily adjusted themselves to a system, applicable to their new abode,
retaining at the same time all the characteristic and familiar features of their
former home-life. With population came churches, schools, lodges, social forms,
old-time recreations — all re-established on former lines. It is

.Western Ways. . , , .,,....

often a surprise to newcomers, who have associated life in the
"wild and woolly West" with bears, cow-boys, Indians, bowie-knives and des-
peradoes, to find that they are still far away from the danger of being eaten up by
wild beasts, tomahawked and scalped, or shot at sight. They find a state of society
almost identical with that which they left, except that the environments, being new
and strange, render it novel for a time.

Social usages are less conventional than in older communities and there is a
freedom and an agreeable abandon which has a peculiar attraction to most people
coming from the East; and only a brief residence is necessary to enable them to
adapt themselves thoroughly and comfortably to life as it is on the Coast. It has
been frequently remarked that there is an indefinable something in the social
atmosphere of the West, or it may be in the air itself, that weds people to it after
establishing themselves, and extinguishes the desire to return to their old homes.
Western people become characteristically open-hearted, liberal in the expenditure
of money, and hospitable. Ten cent pieces soon come to have the same value to
them as coppers, quarters as dimes, and dollars as quarters. Differences in value,
or the purchasing power of money, may account for that. The man who in the
East "grubbed" for a !"'eIihood soon begins to deal in "big propositions," and

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

413

On n UlK
Scale.

Drinking and
Gaming.

contemplates thousands and hundreds of tliousands in the same way that he
thought of hundreds formerly. Millions, even, do not disturb his eciuanimity.
When our representatives go to the House of Commons they startle the eastern
mind by the ease and nonchalance witli which figures containing
six and more ciphers roll off their tongues. Demands for appro-
priations for development works create genuine alar-n for the
safety of the Federal coffers. The western idea is a new condition imp )rted into
Canadian politics, which is not yet thoroughly comprehended east of the Great
Lakes. It is a product of Pacific Coast climate, and will have to be reckoned with.
Although the liquor traffic is subject to much fewer restrictions than in
Eastern Canada and the regulations respecting the same less rigidly enforced,
drunkenness is not more prevalent. Public opinion, however, exerts a strong
influence and no one can with impunity violate the proprieties in regard to
sobriety in British Columbia more than elsewhere, and in this respect sentiment is
daily growing stronger. Card-playing, which is a general recrea-
tion of the Pacific Coast, is carried on openly everywhere ani
compared with its extent develops but little serious gambling. It is
part of the social life of, especially, the old-time element of the people, and is
nowhere regarded as a crying evil. The peculiar conditions of the country, the
product of mining life, account for this. There is always a good deal of gaming
in mining countries, and perhaps British Columbia is not specially exempt from
this evil, but few of its results are seen on th2 surface, and it is carried on quietly
and orderly. This is not stated in palliation or defence of the system, but as an
explanation of conditions as they are. In fact, notwithstanding what might
appear in some respects as a laxity in outer morals from an eastern standpoint,
in few countries are the communities more orderly and law-abiding than in British
Columbia. Considering the extent of sea coast, the influx of popula-
tion, from all quarters, the number of the native population, the many
mining and logging camps and the other conditions favourable to lawlessness,
there is a remarkable freedom from crime and viciousness. Miners, loggers,
seamen and others are as a rule respectable and intelligent, and honourable in
their dealings. Perhaps no more superior class of men, of the same number, than
the miners can be found anywhere. The law is administered fairly and firmly
and is respected thoroughly. In fact, it may be briefly stated
in summarizing the general conditions that the amenities of
private and public life are generally well observed, law and order
are thoroughly maintained, political ethics will compare favourably with any state
or country in the world, education is thoroughly disseminated, intelligence and
literacy are conspicuous features of every community, and the moral and religious
elements are largely represented. This estimate of the character of the people
as a whole is from a comparative standpoint. All British and English speaking
communities are as a matter of fact more or le^s alike; but these remarks are
intended to convey the impression, which is a truthful one. that notwithstanding
the pre-conceived ideas of persons living in, or coming from, older settled com-
munities, the plane of advancement in British Columbia is above rather than below
the average.

A word may be added here in reference to church and fraternal and benevolent
organizations. A special chapter, containing a very great deal of data respecting these
had been prepared at the expense of considerable labour, but owing to the limitations
of space, the greater part has been omitted for the present. However, it may be

A Character
Estimate.

';■' I
' -f I

111

Ji, 1

;

■

■ i

'']

■

yl I

RcIIkIcuh iind
Hume Lift'.

slati'd tli;it nnv of the most rctnarkablc features of the develnpineiit of the Province
lias been tlie way in which social, fraternal and religious orRani/ations have kept
pace with material advancement. Missionaries came early in the
liistory of the Coast and sotm obtained a stronjif foothold with
the native and imported populations. Regular churches soon
followed and to-day the spiritual wants of tlie cities and towns are adequately
supplied, all the leading <lenominations being well represented.

What may be referred to as the home life of the people is for a new country
not less worthy of note. The mildness of the climate and the profuse vegetation,
coupled with the natural picturescpieness of the scenery, render residence condi-
tions peculiarly favourable; and it is not long before attractive and cosy houses
grow up to dot the landscape. It may not be unreasonable, therefore, under such
nappy auspices, to anticipate that the residences of British Columbia may, before
very long, aspire to be ranked with those of "Merrie England." which is pro-
verbial for the beauty and comfort of its homes.

PROFESSIONAL ASSOCIATIONS.

\3 <
1

1 i

THE permanent seat of the Lav/ Society is at the Law Courts in the City of
Victoria. The regular meetings of the Benchers are held at Victoria on the
first Monday of January, April and October in each year. Students at law
and articled clerks are admitted in the months of January, April and July. No
person is admitted who is not of the full age of sixteen years. Students desiring
admission must notify tl:e secretary of the Society on or before
B.C. Law the first Monday in the month preceding the month in which he

Society. seeks admission, and deposit with the sub-treasurer the amount

of fees payable on admission. The term of attendance at Barris-
ters' Chambers before call to the bar and of service under articles before admis-
sion as Solicitor is five years, except in case of students at law, who, previously to
having been entered on the books of the Society shall have attained the degree of
B.A., or M.A., or B.L., or LL.D. in any recognized university of Great Britain
or Ireland or the Dominion of Canada, and of articled clerks who previously to
having been articled shall have attained the degree of B.A. or M.A. in any such
university in which case the term of five years shall be reduced to three. Exam-
inations are held at the following dates: The first Monday in March. June and
December of each year. There arc 143 practicing Barristers on the roll of the
Society. The fees payable are: —

On admission as a student-at-law or articled clerk, $50: on exammation for
call to the bar, $100: on Solicitors' examination, $100; for any intermediate examin-
ation, $10; on enrollment of applicant from another Province or County, $50;
Barristers' or Solicitors' annual fee, payable first Monday of each November, $10
rebate if paid one month in advance. $,30. Proportionate amounts returned to
unsuccessful candidates.

The Act under which the Council at present exists was passed in 1886
and the conditions necessary for registration as medical practitioners in the Prov-
ince are briefly: Council admits upon register persons producing diploma of
qualification from any college or school of medicine or surgery requiring at least
three years' course of study, provided that applicant furnishes satisfactory evi-
dence of identification and good standing and passes examination before the
members. Qualified practitioners coming from other Provinces
or elsewhere must produce authenticated certificate of good
standing in the profession of medicine from the Registrar or
other officer of the medical body having jurisdiction where applicant last prac-
ticed his profession, and evidence by statutory declaration that he has not lost

British Cnlumliia
Medical Council.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

415

Pharmaceutical
Association.

the benefit of his said resignation by misconduct or otherwise. Kntrance fees
will not exceed $100.00. Before examination, candidates are required to pay to
the RcKi'^trar of Council a fee of $100.00. half of whicii will l)e returned if candi-
date is rejected. Permits are not granted by the Council. There are three exam-
inations duriufj the year: — The first Tuesdays of May a.id September and the
second Tuesday of January. The Council consists of seven members elected tri-
ennially by the profession of British Columbia. Dr. I'aRan, New Westminster,
is Reiristrar ancl Secretary.

The British Columbia Pharmaceutical .\ssociation was incorporated June,
1891, and has sixty-two licentiates on the register. Its affairs are conducted by a
council composed of six (6) licentiates of pharmacy, and a Board of Examiners,
consisting of three members of the association, who (the examiners) are appointed
annually by the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council. Persons regis-
tering on "outside" diplomas must have certificate of standing and
re(|uirements ecjual to those of the association, and have attended
two (2) courses of lectures on chemistry, two (?) on materia medica and pharmacy
and one course in botany. Fees are $8.00 per annum for each certificxte to persons
engaged in the business on their own account, $4.00 per annum for licentiates
aicting in the capacity of clerks, and $2.00 per annum for apprentices. The regu-
lar examinations of the association are held on the first Wednesday and Thurs-
day of April and October in each year. Fees: — For the preliminary (certified
apprentice) examination. $2.00; for the minor (certified clerk) examination, $10.00;
for the major (licentiate of pharmacy) examination. $20.00. No fees will be
returned, but unsuccessful candidates will only be required to pay half the
usual fees if they present themselves a second time. These fees do not include
annual registration fee. Secretary, Registrar and Treasurer, John K. Sutherland,
Vancouver.

The British Columbia Dental Society was formed in 1895, and has a mem-
bership of fifty-four, eighteen on Vancouver Island and thirty-six on the Mainland.
In order to practice in British Columbia, it is required that the applicant should
be a graduate of a reputable Dental College and pass a .satis-
s 1 * factory examination before the Board of Examiners. Examina-

society. tious are given to applicants after thirty days' notice. A. R.

Baker, Victoria, is Secretary of the Society.

The Provincial Land Surveyors' Association was organized in iSyi, and
has a membership of fifty. President, A. S. Farwell: Secretary. J. H. McGregor.
With respect to the qualifications of Provincial Land Surveyors, it is provided
that any person who has passed the examination for and served two
years in any of Her Majesty's surveys, or as an officer in Her Majesty's
dominions, or who has been in the active employ of any chartered railway com-
pany in this Province as a surveyor and engineer for the space of five years,
shall be admitted after examination provided, to serve as
•rovincia ^ provincial land surveyor. Qualified civil engineers from

Land Surveyors. ^^^ British or Canadian University or chartered institute
of engineers can make surveys, and such surveys, when certified by him,
shall be authoritative and admissible to public record; and such civil
engineer shall be entitled to practice as a Provincial land surveyor on presentl. x
credentials to board of examiners a'^d furnishing proofs of competency and
residence in the Province or one year immediately preceding his application
for admission. There are one hundred and thirty registered land surveyors in
the Province. The board of examiners is composed of six members, of whom
Mr. Tom Kains, Surveyor-General, is President and Secretary.

FRATERNAL AND BENEVOLENT ASSOCIATIONS.

There are branches of the Young Men's Christian Association in Victoria.
Vancouver, New Westminster and Nanaimo.

The Young Women's Christian Association has branches in Victoria and
Vancouver. .d the secretaries are: Victoria, Miss Annie Munroe; Vancouver,
Mrs. J. Joh iStone.

\'-'*'

Tlic YoutiR Men's Institute has Councils located as follows: In Victoria,
S. A. Bantiy, Secretary; Vancouver, J. H. McGarrjglc. Secretary; New Westmin-
Bter, W. H. Keary, I'rosident; Naiiaiino, A. VV. iMciJonald. Secretary; Wellington,
John M. Velter, Secretary.

The Loyal Council of Woiiun of Victoria and Vancouver Island was organ-
ized November 8tli, 1894. Twenty-nine societies — philanthropic, educational,
religious— have since then alliliated with it. The Corresponding Secretaries are:
Mrs. Arthur Scaife, Victoria; Miss G. A. Keid, Vancouver; Mrs. Foster, Dunald;
Mrs. H. P. Parke, Vernon.

The Epworth League of British Columbia is alliliated with the Methodist
Church. There are thirty branches, with a total membership of 1,000. Secretary,
C. S. Keith, New Westminster.

The Society of Christian Endeavour has branches connected with all the
churches of the I'rcsbyterian and Congregation denominations. There is a Pro-
vincial Union, the Secretary of which is W. A. Gleason, Vancouver.

The Sons of England have lodges in Victoria, Vancouver and New West-
minster. The Secretary of Alexandria Lodge, Victoria, is J. Crutchley.

The Sons of St. George have branches in: Victoria, Wm. Greasley, Sec-
retary; Vancouver, E. G. Cracknell, Secretary; Nanaimo, J. Chadwick, Secretary.

The Sons of Scotland: Vancouver, J. B. Smith, Secretary. Sir William
Wallace Society. Victoria (under the patronage of Lord Aberdeen), R. H. Jame-
son, Secretary. St. Andrew's Society, Victoria.

Daughters of England, Victoria, Miss Gladding, Secretary; Daughters of
St. George, Victoria, Mrs. Mulcahy, Secretary.

Sons of Erin, Victoria, F. H. Lang, Secretary. St. Patrick's Society, Van-
couver, J. M. O'Brien, President. Sons of Hermann, Vancouver, John Decker,
Secretary.

Mainland Steamshipmen's Protective and Benevolent Association, Vancou-
ver, Wm. Elliott, Secretary.

The Sons of Temperance have seven lodges with 267 members. J. J. Dou-
gan, Vancouver, is Provincial Secretary.

The Royal Templars of Temperance have six lodges with 294 members.
The Secretary is J. J. Johnston, New Westminster.

The Ancient Free and Accepted Masons number 1,329 and have twenty-four
lodges. W. J. Quinlan, Victoria, is Grand Secretary.

The Independent Ordci- of Odd Fellows has twenty-one lodges, with 2,807
n>embers. The Grand Scribe is Fred'k Davey, Victoria.

The Canadian Order of Foresters has six lodges, with a memjcrohip of 145.
British Columbia lodges are included in the District High Court of Manitoba and
North-West Territories, and the District High Secretary is Wm. Kirkland, P.O.
box 677, Winnipeg, Man.

The Ancient Order of United Workmen has sixteen lodges, with 713 mem-
bers. The Grand Recorder is J. T. Mcllmoyl, Vancouver.

The Knights of Pythias have twenty lodges, with a membership of 1,274
The Grand Recorder is Emil Pferdner, Victoria.

Hospitals, Etc. — Marine Hospital, Victoria; St. Joseph's Hospital, Vic-
toria (Catholic); Royal Jubilee Hospital, Victoria, F. Elworthy, Secretary; St.
Paul's Hospital, Vancouver; Royal Columbia Hospital, New Westminster; St.
Mary's Hospital, New Westminster; Women's Hospital, New Westminster; Brit-
ish Columbia Insane Asylum, New Westminster, G. F. Bodington, M.D., Super-
intendent; Misericordia Hospital, Rossland; City Hospital, Nanaimo.

Homes and Orphanages. — W.C.T.U. Refuge Home, Victoria, founded 1889.
Secretary, Miss Perrin; Refuge Home, Victoria, Mrs. Clarke, Matron; Protestant
Orphan's Home, Victoria, John Jessop, Secretary; Old Men's Home, Fairfield
Road, Victoria; Alexandria Orphanage, Vancouver; Provincial Home for Old
Men, Kamloops; New Westminster (Drphanage, 622 Columbia Street.

The British Columbia Benevolent Society, organized in 1872, W. H. Mason,
Victoria, Secretary; St. Ann's Society, Victoria (Catholic); Society for Prevention
of Cruelty to Animals, Victoria, Dr. D. B. Holden, Secretary-Treasurer.

AND MANUAL OF I'KOVINCIAL INFORMATION. 417

The Liccnsi'd Victualler.^' Association, Vancouver, was ornani/ed in 1887
and has a nioinbersliip of tifty-five. Tlu' Secretary is l-'mcst K. Barker.

The Art, Historical and Scientific Association, Vancouver, was estal)li«lied
in 1894 and has 150 numbers. Secretary. (1. F. Monckton.

The New \Vestniin><ter Art and Scientific .Xssociation was established in
1894 and iias a nu'tiibersliip of forty-five. Secretary, \. Iv White.

The Natural Flistory Society of British Columbia, Victoria, was founded in
1889 and has at i)resent a nienil)crshi() i«f about seventy. Dr. P.. Croiiipton, Sec-
retary.

A Provincial Rifle Association was orRanized in 1874 and is in a very
flourishinpf condition. His Honour I. ieut. -Governor T. R. Mclnncs, is President,
and Captain K. H, Fletcher is Secretary.

The Aberdeen .Association has for its object the dissemination of fxnod liter-
ature among the settlers of the more remote parts of the Province. Parcels of
books and magazines are periodically sent t<> missionaries for distribution among
their congregations and to lighthouse keepers, isolated settlers, mining camps,
etc. There are two branches in British Columbia — at Victoria and Vancouver.
The officers of the Victoria branch are: Mrs. J. H. Turner, President; Mrs, Mc-
Killigan, Vice-President; Miss Finlayson, Treasurer, and Mrs. J. H. Ouirch,
Secretary. There is also an executive of oight members.

There is a long list of athletic associations in the Province which represent
almost every British sport, the more prorninent being cricket, lacrosse, football,
lawn tennis, hockey, golf, boating, bicycling and gunning. In this respect the
disposition to athleticism is strongly developed.

,1!

From the Report of the Department of .Xgriculturc for the year 1804 from
returns received it appears that at that time the total area of agricultural land
owned was 1.23S/116 acres; of that 111.425 acres were cultivated, 504.407 acres
woodland or fori st, 40,000 acres swamp and 513,438 acres prairie or pasture land
(including meadows).

CHURCH STATISTICS.

DETAII.S

Number of Churches

" Missions

" Clergymen

" Priests

•• Lay Preachers

" Communicants

" Church Families

" Number of Scholars.

Value of Church Property

Catholic Populat'n, incl' Indians

Colleges and Academies

Students in Colleges it Academies

Convents

Schools and Homes

Pupils

Young People's Societies

Total Mem*>ership

Census of 1891— Population

10
1,208

1,410
$85,000

3,098

4-1

••

250

1130,000

$20,000

33,000

382

■5

360

••

20,843

775

cd
a
o
u

'a
W

.2 I V

I/)

•Si

Total

20
l.S

3.614
1.324
2,232

95
60

105
3.769

4,671

1 138
56

2.957
2,623

3.763

1165,950 [$350,446 $325i0oo

23.619

620

954
14,398

46
{1,276
15.284

3
5

193
$11,100

295

331

115

IT, 991

.■^.947

12,076

,087,496

980

2,230

♦20,256

Estimated.
All others.

t ■'

If i I

I ! i

■

;

ifii

L-,'

!|:

418

YEAR BOOK OF BPilTISH COLUMBIA

CENSUS OF 1871.

District.

Whites.

Victoria City 2,842

Districts adjacent to Victoria i 1,512

Cowichan, Chemainus, Salt Spring!
Island '. . . .

Nanaimo and District

Comox

New Westminster and District.

Yale-Lytton (estimated)

Lillooet-Clinton

Cariboo

Columbia and Kootenay

Omineca (as now estimated) . . .

601

102

1,292

235
.920

108

Coloured Chinese. Natives.

217
56

211
60

360
553

estimate d at 1,400

35 I 850

! 1,100

27 (est)3oo

80
685
145

906
570
543

Total estimated population from settled D istricts

Total.

3.600
2,181

2,000

1.579
1,202
1,656
1,000
1,224
2,207
798
1,800

19,277

CONDITIONS OF LABOUR.

IN considering the question of labour, which is always ra important economic
factor, both to the capitalist in determining the profit value of an industry and

to the labourer as affecting his general welfare, it would be unsafe to apply
standards of living elsewhere or accept the comparatively higher rates paid as
indicative of greater demand. Necessarily the cost of living in a new country is
greater than in old and well-settled communities. Rates of wages to some extent
correspond, but it may be stated here that in nearly every avenue of employ-
ment the supply is equal to and in most instances in excess of the
Supply Equal demand. This is particularly true of all "office" workers-em-

to Demand. ployment is difficult to obtain. For several years it was tvue of
all but a few of the trades, but increased activity in mining and the widespread
interest in prospecting has relieved the labour market of late to some extent.
It is probably safe to say that there is a fair demand for miners
in Kootenay and that in the interior there is generally a better
chance of employment; and that altogether the conditions are favour-
able to improvement, but, except for female don^estics, the almost invari-
able reply to a large number of enquiries was that the supply is equal to, or exceeds
the demand. A general want exists for good domestic servants. There-
fore, no one is encouraged by what may appear to be higher rates of wages than
obtain in the eastern provinces of Canada or in other countries, to come to British
Columbia in search of employment in any line except a few in which special
knowledge or "kill is required. Of course, there are always a few fortunate, who
by favour, gooa luck, or superior management, succeed in obtaining employ-
ment, even in a congested market, but these are the exception. Once obtained
a situation in British Columbia is probably better, if properly husbanded, than a
similar one elsewhere, and the opportunities for individual efforts and promotion
are greater. There is an element of speculation in everything in a new country —
possibilities for the future — which do not exist outside, and that fact accounts for
so many of all classes being attracted to new countries in the hope of bettering
their condition; and thus without any advertising the labour market is aot to
become crowded. Apart from the individual chances of success referred to there
is no royal road to wealth or even moderate competence here any
R i'r d more than in older countries. In fact, when the labour market

oya oa . becomes crowded the number of unemployed is usually consid^.-
able and much suffering and privation of which the world never knows are ex-
perienced. By the increased cost of living, and the fact that all are strangers to
each other greatly accentuates any want that may exist.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

419

THE WAGE RATE.

3,600
2,181

2,000

1.579
1,202
1,656
1,000

1,224

2,207

798

1,800

19,277

Labour I'liiiins

THERE are labour organizations in Victoria, Vancouver and Nanaimo; and
it may be unnecessary to state, the railway operatives on the various lines are
allied with some of the several unions peculiar to carrying corporations.
In the three cities named there are Trades and Labour Councils representing the
various unions of each. In Nanaimo the principal labour controlled by such
organizations is that employed in the mining industry. G wring to
the unsatisfactory condition of the coal trade neither the demand
nor the remuneration for labour is satisfactory to the unions, although the situa-
tion is acr-pted as the best under the circumstances, and the relations between
employer and employee may be stated as fairly harmonious. Labour statistics for
the coal mining districts, as contained in the report of the Minister of Mines for
1896, are given as follows: —

COAL MINING.

I'- i

iil

No. ov Kmployeus.

Wa(;es per Uay.

Whites

803

796

365

1.976

Boys.

Mongol-
ian.

Whites.

Boys.

Mongolian.

West Welliugtoti

72
iS

143

125

415

632

|2 50

2 37 to $3 50
2 25 " 3 50
2 25 " 3 50

$1 25
I 00 to |i 25
I 00 " I 50
I 00 " I 35

Nanaimo

Wellington

Union

$1 00 to $2 00
I 00 " 2 00
I 00 " 2 00

Total

\ SIN MINING.

The rate of wages for miners in the interior districts is given below from
returns received direct from a number of mines, and is referred to incidentally in
the chapter on mining.

Shift bosses $3 50 to $5 50 per day.

Blackbmiths 3 00 " 4 00 "

Timbermen 3 50 " 4 00 "

Pullmen 3 00 " 4 00 "

Roustabouts 2 50 " 3 50 •'

Engineers $4 00 to $5 00 per day

Miners 3 00 " 3 50 "

Trammers 2 50 " 3 00 "

Chinese and Japs . . i 00 " '25 "
Indians 3 00 " 3 00 "

VICTORIA TRADES AND LABOUR.

The secretary of the Victoria Trad-^s and Labour Council, Victoria, reports
the state of trade and labour in that city as in a very depressed condition, and
states that for some time the market has been overstocked in all lines. His report
is as follows: —

Stone Cutters* Association of North America — $4.50 per day of eight hours.
Trade dull.

Victoria Typographical Union, No. 201 — Day work: foremen, $23 per week;
time work, $20 per week of fifty-three hours; piece work: book, 42j^c., news, 40c.
per 1,000 ems; linotype operators, $3.50 per day of eight hours. Night work:
foremen $26 per week; piece work, 42j^c. per 1,000 ems; linotype operators $4.25
per night of eight hours. Trade fair.

i 1

'. I

420

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

International Iron Moulders' Union, No. 144— $3.25 and $3.50 per day of
ten hours. Trade very bad.

Local Union of Shipwrights and Caulkers— $4.00 per day of nine hours.
Trade dull.

No. 492, Amalgamated Society of Carpenters and Joiners — $2.50 to $3.00
per day of nine hours. Trade vtry bad.

VANCOUVER TRADES.

A report on labour in Vancouver from an ofificial source, received early in
the summer, contained some interesting particulars. It is fair to state that con-
ditions have improved somewhat in that city since that time, especially in the
building trades; but the rates of wages have not materially altered. The following
extract is made from the report in question: —

"Of course you are aware that the building trades have been demoralized
during the past winter, and some branches have become almost extinct, notably
the bricklayers and stonemasons and cutters.

Hours.

Machinists to

Moulders 10

Boilermakers 9

Cabinetmakers .... 9 (no union)

Upholsterers 9 (no union)

Carpenters 9

" (C.F.R. shops) 10

Bricklayers 9

Stonemasons and cutters, same as Vic-
toria

Bui .ders' Labourers 9

Painters 9

B?.kers 1 2 to 18 per month

Deck hands (including board) "

Mates

S.S. riremen "

Tailors 9

Job Printers 9

Operators (Printers) :

Evening Papers 8

Morning Papers 8

Motornien and Conductors on Tram Cars per hour 20

"It is almost a matter of impossibility to keep wages in Vancouver much
higher than at Toronto because all workmen coming to these parts from the
East land here first and as a rule are willing to take work at any rate so long as
it is a little above the eastern rate and when they find they cannot live on the
wages paid manage to leave for other parts. As for the mills,
they are principally worked by Indians, half-breeds, Chinese and
Japs, who are paid 75c. to $1.00 a day. One or two head sawyers
get $75 a month. Pacific navvies and labourers receive $2.00 a day. Clerks and
the like get from $1.00 a day to $50 a month. I know of three smart, well-edu-
cated dry goods clerks (aged 20 and 21) who receive $8 a week. Every one
nearly who is idle and working for low wages is going to the upper country.
If business improves the old rates of a few years ago are bound to be restored."
Enquiries are frequently made by foreign investors as to the price of un-
skilled, or what is generally designated as "common" labour. From careful
enquiries it is ascertained that although the civic rate of pay is $2.00 per day, as
„,,„.,. a standard, this r'ass of labour may be obtained from $1.25 to

CDski led Labour. ^^^^ p^^. j^y ^^ ^^^^ ^^^ ^^ ^^^ ^^^ month, $40 being a fair

average. Of course, unskilled labour varies and is subject to fluctuations accord-
ing to demand. Taking the last three or four years during dull times the above
rates were fairly representative with supply greater than demand. An improve-
ment in demand has been noticeable this season.

Wages

Paid.

$2 75 to

$3 OO

3 OO

3 25

2 50

2 25 "

3 75

2 50

3 oo "

3 35

2 OO "

2 25

3 00

20 OO "

35 00

40 00

50 00

40 00

2 75 '•

3 00

3 50

360

3 75

Conditions of
Labour.

I i

es Paid.
to $3 oo

2
2

" 3

50
50

75
50
35

2 25

3 00
35 00
40 00
50 00
40 00

3 00
3 50

3 60

3 75
lOur 20

much
|om the
ong as
on the

mills,
se and
awyers
cs and
11-edu-
ry one
Duntry.
tored."
of un-
careful
lay, as
1.25 to

a fair
ccord-

abovc
prove-

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

421

From the farge number of reports, covering nearly every part of the Prov-
ince, received from industrial and commercial establishments, the table given below
has been compiled showing the weekly wage, for in most instances ten hours a
day. Most of the wholesale establishments close at one on Saturday. The rate
of wages to managers is not included, as that varies very much according to particu-
lar conditions governing each establishment. As frequently happens, the manager
is part proprietor or managing director, and in such cases the .salary is visually
high. Reports range all the way from $25 to $100 per week. Apprentices vary
from $4.00 to $10, $5.00 and $6.00 being an average. Labourers vary from $9.00
to .$15, $10 and 12 being the average. Chinese get from $6.00 to $8.00, and Jap-
aneise from $7.00 to $9.00. Indians who work in logging camps, sawmills, on
board boats, etc., being strong and active obtain about the same wages as white
men.

WEEKLY WAGES.

Foremen.

Book-
keepers.

Clerks.

Journeymen.

Lumber Mills

Flour Mills

Breweries

$25 00 to $35 00
25 00

18 00 " 20 00
25 00

$20 00 to $30 00
20 00 " 25 00
18 00 " 25 00
20 00

$10 00 to $20 00
18 00

$15 ooto|2i 00
15 00 " 18 00
15 00 " 18 00
15 00 " 18 00

15 00 " 18 00

Iron Works

Blacksmiths and

Carriage Build 'rs
Furniture

12 00 " 18 00

21 00

28 00
20 00
25 00
20 00 " 25 00

25 00
25 00
30 00

15 00 " 18 00

Bo')t and Shoe Fac-
tory

CooperHge Works..

Sugar Refinery.,. .

Shipyards .

Building and Con-
tracting

Soap Works

Candy Factories . .

Tinsmiths

23 00
15 00
25 00
15 00 " 18 00

20 00

15 00 " 20 00

15 00

18 00

12 00 " 18 00

15 00 " 20 00

16 00 " 18 '^

15 00 " 20 00
15 00 " 20 00
18 00 " 21 00

Cigar Factories . .
Fruit and Spice . .
Factories

20 00 " 25 00

20 00

25 00 " 30 00
15 00 " 20 00
15 00 " 20 00

18 00

15 00 " 18 00
15 00 " 20 00
15 00 " 25 00
12 00 " 15 00

15 00 " 18 00
18 00 " 21 00

Printers

Dry Goods

General Stores ....

12 00 " 15 00
15 00 " 20 00
10 00 " 15 00

SPECIAL TRADES.

Millers (fiour) $2 50 to $4 50 per day.

Firemen

Horseshoers

Carriage painters

Sawyers (saw mill)

Machinists (saw mill).
Stable men (saw milt)
Carpenters

2 50 "

3 »5
3 00 "

27 00 per week.
15 00 "
50 oopermnth.
3 00 per day.
Mates 85 00" 125 00 pr month.

Engineers $3 00 to $3 50 per day.

Blacksmiths 2 75 " 3 00 "

Wheelwrights 300 "

Filers (saw mill) 36 00 per week.

Engineers (saw mill).... 1500 "

Tally men (saw mill) 1500 "

Cabinetmakers 2 50 " 3 00 per day.

Captains 100 00 " 175 00 pr month.

Waiters 35 00 " 50 00 "

Of course, it must be underiitood that in a new country, with a variety of
employment under a variety of conditions, it is very difficult indeed to classify

m i.

422

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH CO^-UiVlBIA

A Variety uf
Conditions

labour under variors heads uniformly. Nearly evevy locality presents conditions
different from any other. While the social organ'^ation is not nearly so complex
and the division of labour much less minute than in older coun-
tries, there is nevertheless greater diversity in the character of
employment, and individualism counts for mde. Consequently
anything like exact classification is out of the question and information in regard
to particular trades will not apply strictly to any extended area. However, the
figures Kiven above may be accepted as fairly representative of wages under
average conditions. It may be stated to those seeking employment as clerks,
book-keepers, and in secretarial and general office capacities there is a surplus^
and emoluments are proportionately limited.

RAILWAY EMPLOYEES.

Salaries vary very much, and it is difficult to obtain accurate returns in
every instance. However, the following will be found approximately correct: —

vStation Agents —
Train Despatchers

Operators

Conductors,

Drivers

Firemen

Brakemen

Baggagemen

Clerks

Sectionmen

Per month.

,_ ^

^__

$ 60 oo to

$125

85 00 "

125

40 00 "

90 00 "

100 00 *'

135

65 00 "

50 00 "

25 00 "

50 00 "

The above does not include, of course, first class clerks and specialists in
various departments who receive emolument according to responsibility and
work attached to office, usually on a liberal scale.

DOMESTIC HELP.

Chinamen

Gardeners (and board)

Housemaids

Nurse Girls ,

Stable Men, etc

Female

Per Month.

|io 00 to $25 00
35 00

25 00
15 00
9 00
20 00
15 00

30 00
25 oc

Note— For teachers' salaries see chapter on ^^ducation.

BOARD.

Exclusive of regular board at high class hotels which is about $60 per
month, first class board is about $8.00 to $9.00 per week, second class, $5.00 to
$6.00: third class, $3.50 to $450. Transient rates in hotels vaiy according to class
from first, $3.00 to $5.00 per day; second, $2.00 to $2.50; third, $1.00 to $1.50.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

423

LABOUR LEGISLATION.

00
00

Arbitration
and Conciliation.

Lien
Laws.

AN Act was passed in 1893 for the establishment of a Bureau of Labour
Statistics and a Board of Conciliation and Arbitration. As the conditions
of labour at that time did not render necessary the machinery provided under
the Act in the following year it was substituted by another Act by which in case
of dispute between employers and employees reference could be made to arbitra-
tion, but action under the arbitration clause is voluntary. The
single dispute referred sinre the passing of the Act terminated
satisfactorily, and the Act in question affords an easy and prac-
ticable method of settlement. Fortunately, however, owing to the generally har-
monious relations existing between labour and capital in this Province it has
not been necessary to bring its provisions into requisition oftener.

Under the Creditors' Trust Deeds Act the assignee under any assignment
for the general benefit of creditors is obliged to pay in priority to all other claims
the wages or salary of all persons in the employment of the as-
signoi- :it the time of the assignment not exceeding three moiiihe'
wages or salary, the employees being for any excess above such
three months entitled to rank as oi'dinary general creditors.

Unless there is an agreement to the contrary, every contractor, sub-con-
tractor and labourer has a lien for work and labour, limited in amount to the sum
actu'illy owing to the person entitled to the lien. Lien expires, unless registered
twenty-one days after completion of work. If lien is on mortgaged premises it
is prior to mortgage against increase of value of mortgaged premises by reason
of such work or improvement, but not further, unless work is done at request of
mortgagee in writing.

By the Employers' Liability Act, i8gi, an Act passed to secure compensation
to workmen for personal injuries suffered by them in the course of their em-
ployment, provision is made for rendering employers liable for injuries caused
to workmen by reason of any defect in the condition or arrangement of machines,
plants, buildings or premises used in the course of employment, and for injuries
arising by reason of the negligence of any person in the service
of the employer to whose orders or directions the workman at
the time of injury was bound to conform. The compensation is
limited either to three years' wages or to a sum not exceeding $2,000. It is also
provided that no agreement entered into by a workman shall be a bar to his
recovering under the Act unless for the entering into of such agreement there was
to the workman some consideration other than that of his being given employ-
ment, and in the opinion of the Court such other consideration was adequate and
the agreement was just and reasonable, the burden of proof in respect to these
latter requirements resting upon the employer. Notice of injury must be given
to the employer within twelve weeks of the accident, and if the action be for per-
sonal injury, the action must be commenced within six months. Should the
workman be killed, his representatives have twelve months in which to bring
-action.

By the Homestead Act. which purports to be an Act to exempt homesteads
and other property from forced seizure and sale, provision is made (a) As regards
personal property for the securing to a debtor o' an exemption of personal pro-
perty from all processes of execution amounting in value to $500, provided that
no exemption can be claimed out of a stock in trade in a busi-
Homesteods. ness. (b) As regards realty for the obtaining of an exemption
of real property registered as a homestead under the Act, up to
a value not to exceed $2,500. Should such homestead at the time of the issue of
•execution be of a greater value than $2,500 the excess over such value is liable

Employers'
Liability.

'i I

^' I '

ill!

:'.. \

424

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Apprentices,
Minors, etc.

to seizure and sale. A special procedure and mode of registration is provided for
the registration of real estate as homestead property.

By the Masters' and Servants' Act, it is provided that no voluntary con-
tract of service or indenture shall be binding for a longer period than nine years;
that agreements for profit sharing may be entered into; that no
verbal agreement shall exceed the term of one year, and that dis-
putes may be disposed of summarily before Justices of the Peace
under the procedure contained in the Act, an appeal lying as from orders under
the Summary Convictions' Act.

The Apprentices' and Minors' Act contains provision for the care of minors
by guardians and relatives, and for the care by charitable associations of minors
who might otherwise become a charge on the public; defines the powers of guardi-
ans rnd of such charitable associations in regard to the apprenticing of minors;
codifies the law respecting the mutual rights of masters and apprentices; and con-
tains procedure for the settlement of disputes, an appeal being given to the
County Court.

The Liquor Traffic Regulation Act consolidates the former Acts dealing
with the regulation ot this traffic and contains the provisions of the old Tippling
Act, under which debts of $5.00 contracted in retail purchases of spirituous hqi.ors
are not recoverable unless for the price of liquor sold in bottles and taken off
the premises. A retailer is prohibited from taking any pawn or
qnor Tra ic, pledge by way of security for the payment of any tippling debt,
and the owoer may recover any pledge so taken, and the dealer is liable to a
penalty of $10 for each offence.

It is further provided that, under penalty of not less than $20 nor more
than $50 for a first offence, and not less than $30 nor more than $100 for a second
offence, no sale or other disposal of liquor shall take place from the hoar of
eleven o'clock Saturday night until one o'clock Monday morning, except on a
requisition from a qualified medical practitioner or a Justice of the Peac; for
medicinal purposes.

Under tl/2 Drunkard's Protection Clause it is provided that where any per-
son by excessive drinking of liquor mis-spends, wastes or lessens his estate or
greatly injures his health or endangers or interrupts the peace and happiness of
his family, such person shall be deemed to be a "drunkard," and a Stipendiary
Magistrate by writing, under his hand, may prohibit the furnishing to such drunk-
ard of any liquor for the space of one year. Any breach of this provision renders
the offender liable to a penalty not exceeding $50 for a first offence and not ex-
ceeding $100 for a second offence. Application may be made to a County Court
Judge to set aside the prohibition under the procedure contained in the Act.

The Act also contains provisions concerning the respective rights of land-
lord and tenants in regard to the license of licensed premises.

COMPARATIVE TABLE OF POPULATION.

District.

New Westminster.

Cariboo

Yale

Victoria

Vancouver

Whites.

Chinese.

Indians.

Total.

1881.

1891.

1881.

1891.

1881.

to,o68

4.803

5.143

252

5.395

25,661

. 1891.

1871.

1881.

4.479
1.403
2,901

6.359
4.306

19.448

28,048

1.550

7.459

17,267

11,203

870

1.344

1.156

690

290

4.350

3,591
1.151
1.353
a.470
821

9.386

10,151

3.037
4,629
2,021
3.419

1.356
1.955
1.316
4.540
1.419

5.417
7.550
9,200
7.301
9.991

49.459

65.527

23.257

10,568

I89I.

42.226

5.519
13.661

18,538
18,229

98.173

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION. 435

By Political
Division!).

It will be observed that for the individual districts in the above the aggre-

?ate of whites, Chinese and Indians in each case for 1891 does not agree with the
nal total as taken from the census returns. This is due from the fact that the
political divisions do not agree exactly with the census divistw.:". the former bein^
to some extent an apportionment by the author; but this does not affect the
accuracy of the table, as the final totals all agree. It may be
necessary here to state that in the census-taking of iSgi no
account was taken of nationalities, only as to nativity, hence it
was impossible to distinguish in the returns between Indians, Chinese, etc. It
was only after a revision of the returns that a separation was possible. The fol-
lowing table was adapted from the revised returns not without a great deal of
labour, and is th» only time such a statement has been made or published. As
ne?rly as possible the Dominion political divisions are made to contain evenly
Provincial div'sions. They do not, however, exactly correspond, but are suffici-
ently approxiriate for material purposes.

NEW WESTMINSTER DISTRICT.

Richmond

Delta

Chilliwack

Dewdney

Cassiar

Vancouver City . . ,
Westminster City,

Whites.

1.933
"^,098
2,068

1,787

556

12,667

5,939
28,048

Indians.

1,628
196
374
313

7.364
109
167

10,151

CARIBOO.

Cariboo

Lillooet West,
Lillooet East.

Whites.

791

323
436

1,550

Indians.

1.475
983
579

3.037

YALE.

Chinese.

746
466

136
130
609
932
572

3.591

Total.

4,307
3.760
2,578
2,230

8,529

13.708

6,678

41,790

Chinese.

801
236
114

1,151

Total.

3.067
1.542
1,129

5,738

<:■■

Whites.

Indians.

Chinese.

Total.

Kootenay Lower. .
Kootenay Upper..

Yale, North

Yale, East

Yale, West

954
1,545
1,797
2,082
1,081

71
373

1,361
692

2,132

195
267
240
366
285

1,353

1,220
2,185
3.398
3.140
3.498

7.459

4,629

13,441

•ft

■:fl

426

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

VICTORIA.

•i

I ■

!■

.■

!:i

fit

til

Whites.

Indians.

Chinese.

Total.

Esquiiualt

Victoria City

Victoria vSouth

1,481

14,690

1.096

17,^67

1,828

173
30

2,021

332

1.977

161

3.641

16,840

1,277

2,470

21.758

VANCOUVER.

Whites.

Indiaiis.

Chinese.

Total.

Victoria North

Cowichan

Comox ....

Nanairao City

?Janpin^o North. . .
Nanaimo South. . .

860

1.595

1. 139

4,363
2,720

526
11,203

20
1.430
1,966

228

194

821

943
3.123
3. 1 15
4.594
2,948

720

3.419

15,443

Kootenay at the time the census was taken was but sparsely settled, and it
is therefore impossib'e to divide the population except as Upper and Lower Koote-
nay. At the present time it is, in the absence of a census, impossible to esti-
mate accurately the population. Conditions have Rteatly changed.
Present After careful computation, however, the total population of the

Population. Province may be placed at, in round figures, 100,000 whites and
Chinese and .^5,000 Indians. Were a census taken now it would be found that
the Coast cities have, in the aggregate, increased little in population since i8qi,
the natural increase being distributed over the new mining districts. In no part
of New Westminster District or in Vancouver Island has there been an appreciable
increase, except in the mountains north from Pitt River, in the latter to the Har-
rison, and, in the latter in Alberni and along the West Coast.

The princi'al increases have been in West Kootenay, in the Boundary
Division of Yale, while the southern part of East Kootenay, the viciriity of Kam-
locps, vhe Quesnelle and Barkerville Divisions of Cariboo, and Lillooet, have
bean influenced in growth by mining activity. Claims of a much greater popula-
tion are made, as high as 125,000 for whites, but it "'ill be difficult
Prospective ^^ make it up, allowing a fair proportion of increase in each of
Increase. ^j^^ localities referred to. However, it is safe to assume that the

total population at the end of 1898 will be 150.000 and may possibly reach 175,000.
The increase until '901 will be very rapid, when we may anticipate another lull
in activity following out the experience of previous decades.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORiMATIGN.

427

Civil Rights
of Women.

WOMEN'S RIGHTS, MARRIAGE, AND DIVORCE

UNDER the MaiTied Women's Property Act, a married woman is capable of ac-
quiring, holding and disposing by sale or will of pronerty both real and per-
sonal as her separate property in the same manner as if she were a feminc sole
without the intervention of any trustee. A woman, upon marriage, continues
liable to the extent of her separate property for all debts contracted and all con-
tracts entered into or wrongs committed by her before marriage. She may also
act as executrix or trustee; may effect insurance on her own life
or that of her husband, and in the event of her dying intestate,
her separate estate will be distributed in the same proportion be-
tween her husband and her children as the personal property of a husband dying
intestate is to be distributed between his wife and children. The liability of a
husband in respect to the ante-nuptial debts ot his wife is limited to the amount
of the property of the wife which he may have acquired through or uoon or after
the marriage.

A married woman may also, under certain circumstances, such as cruelty,
abandonment or non-support on the part of the husband obtain a protection
order securing to her her own and the earnings of her minor children free from
any control or disposition on the part of the husband.

Under the Imperial Dower Act. 3 and 4 William IV., Cap. 105, a widow is
entitled to dower (which is an estate for her own life in the one-third part of her
husband's lands) out of both legal and equitable estates; this
right being, however, subject to be barred by any deed or a will
of the husband executed or made with that intent.

The solemnization of marriage in this Province is regulated by the "Mar-
riage Act." Marriage may be celebrated by the ministers and clergymen of every
church and religious denomination in British Columbia (including male adult
staff officers of the Salvation Army) and by the Registrars appointed by the
Lieutenant-Governor under the Act. Marriage licenses are

arriage. issued under the hand and seal of the Lieutenant Governor,

or his deputy, duly authorized on that behalf. Quakers and those pro-
fessing the Jewish religion are authorized to celebrate marriage accord-
ing to the rites and ceremonies of their own religion and creed. The
Lieutenant-Governor is empowered to appoint as many Registrars through-
out the Province as may be necessary. Such Registrars are empowered to
issue marriage licenses, upon receiving a statutory declaration of the non-dis-
qualification of either party to the intended contract, and arc also empowered to
preside over marriages by civil contract which may be contracted in the office of
the Registrar in the form prescribed by the Act, after fourteen days' notice of in-
tention to so contract entered in a book kept in the office of the Registrar and
open to the inspection of the public. All ministers and clergfymen celebrating
marriage are required to keep 1 marriage register in which entries of the facts of
each marriage and concerning the parties contracting the same are to be made
in the form by the Act prescribed.

Provisions are also contained defining the consent necessary and the parties

Dower.

by whom such consent may be given in the case of marriages contracted bv min-
ors, and also procedure whereby, should such consent be unduly withheld, an
application may be made to and authority obtained from the Court for the cele-
bration of such marriage. Any person on payment of $2.50 may enter a caveat

I I

I''

% 1

t e

(■ ; I-

against the issue of a certificate for the marriage of any person named therein;
and no license shall thereupon issue to such person until the Registrar has
examined into and adjudicated upon the matter of the caveat. An appeal in such
case lies from the Registrar to the Registrar-General.

It has been held by the Supreme Court in the case of S vs. S , i B.C.

Rep. 25, decided in 1877 that by force of the "English Law Act,"
which provides that the Civil Laws of England as the same existed on the 19th
day of November, 1858, and so far as the same are not from local circumstances
inapplicable, shall be in force in all parts of British Columbia, the Imperial Di-
vorce and Matrimonial Causes Acts, (20 and 21 Vict, C. 85; and 21 and 22 Vict.,
C. 108) are in force in this Province, and the Supreme Court exercise jurisdiction
under and grants Divorces and Judicial Separations in accordance with the pro-
visions of the above Statutes. A husband may present a petition
ivorc«. ^Q ^j^g Supreme Court praying that his marriage may be dissolved
on the ground that his wife has since the celebration thereof been guilty of adult-
ery; and a wife may present a petition praying that her marriage may be dissolved
on the ground that since the celebration thereof her husband has been guilty of
incestuous adultery, or of bigamy with adultery, or of rape or bestiality, or of
adultery coupled with cruelty, or of adultery coupled with desertion without rea-
sonable excuse for two years or upwards. Upon proof of the matters set forth
in the petition, and of the absence of collusion between the parties, the Court
may decree a dissolution of the marriage. The Court is also empowered to make
orders for the payment of alimony, and respecting the custody of the children of
the marriage, and as to costs.

A sentence of judicial separation may be obtained either by the husband or
by the wife on the ground of adultery, or cruelty, or desertion without cause for
two years and upwards. Application for restitution of conjugal rights may be
made to the Court by petition.

On the making of a decree absolute for a divorce under the Act, the parties
are at liberty to marry again; but no clergyman can be compelled to solemnize
the marriage of any person whose former marriage may have been dissolved on
the ground of his or her adultery.

By the Families Insurance Act, an Act passed for th« securing to wives and
children the benefits of life insurance, provision is made for tne insur '^ of life for
the benefit of wife, or of wife and children, or of children only at the option of the
insured, with power to apportion the amount of insurance money on the policy.
Insurance may also be effected for the benefit of a future wife or a future wife and
children. Where insurance is effected under this Act, the insur-
insurance. ance moneys are payable to the beneficiaries according to the
terms of the policy free from the claims of creditors of the in-
sured; provided, that if the policy was effected and premiums paid with intent
to defraud creditors, the creditors are entitled to recover an amount equal to the
premium p. :' i, but without interest.

W- i

DEFENCE.

THE Fifth Regiment of Canadian Artillery consists of two battalions of three com-
panies each, the first with headquarters at Victoria and the second in Vancou-
ver and New Westminster on the Mainland. Lt.-Col. the Hon. E.G. Prior is
Commander of the Regiment and Lt.-Col. F. B. Gregory, of Victoria, and Lt-
Col. C. A. Worsnop, of Vancouver, are in command of the first and second bat-
talions, respectively. This Regiment is one of the largest in Canada, having 625
members on the roll. A detachment of Royal Marine Artillery
MUJtary Matters. ^^^^ ^ ^j^^jj detachment of Royal Engineers, whose duty it is to
construct and keep in order the fortifications on Esquimalt Harbour, are stationed
at the Macaulay Point Barracks and number about one hundred in all. Lt.-Col.
Muirhead, of the Royal Engmeers, is in command of the Royal Engineers and
Major Trotter, of the R.M.A. The most modern fortifications have been con-
structed, being provided with disappearing guns of the most effective type;

Vict.,

TRADE AND FINANCE.

IN regard to the subjects dealt with in this chapter there is little to be said
in addition to the statistics which follow. They tell their own story, beingr a
record of gradual growth and expansion in every direction. The Province
has had many vicissitudes, with alternate periods of inflation and depression,
but tlirough all legitimate business has kept steadily forward, demonstrat-
ing that its sources are permanent and its channels natural and well-directed.

IMPORTS INTO THK PROVINCK OF HRITISH COH^MniA
FOR TWENTY-SIX YEARS, ENUI.XU 30TH JUNK, 1897.

To 30th June, 187a

' From Canada

To 30th June, 1873

From Canada

To 30th June, 1874

From Canada . . .
To 30th June, 1875

From Canada

To 30th June, 1876

From Canada

To 30th June, 1877

From Canada

To 30th June, 1878

F'rom Canada

To 30th June, 1879

From Canada

To 30th June, 1880

From Canada

To 30th June, 1881

F'rom Canada

To 30th June, 1882

From Canada

To 30th June, 1883

From Canada

To 30th June, i88j

From Canada

To 30th June, 1885

Fron; Canada

To 30th June, 1886

To 30th June, 1887

To 30th June, 1888

To 30th June, 1889

To 30th June, 1890

To 30th June, 1891.. ..

To 30th June, 1892

To 30th June, 1893

To 30th June, 1894

To 30th June, 1895

To 30th June, 1896

To 30th June, 1897

Value of

Total
Imports.

$1,790,35* 00

22,215 °°

::(, 191,011 00

75,604 00

2,085,560 00

66,104 00

2,543.552 00

117,054 00
2,997.597 00

129.735 00
2,220,968 00

163,142 00
2,244,503 00

144,754 00
2,440 781 00

184,951 00
i|689,394 00

208,072 00
2,489,643 00

387,111 00
2,899,223 00

449,768 00
3-937.536 00

624,207 00
4,142,486 00

789,287 00
4,089,492 00

927,054 00
3.953.299 00
3 547.852 00
3,509,951 00
3,763,127 00
4,379,272 00
5,478,883 00

6,495,589 00
3,934,066 00
5,320,615 00
4,403,976 00
5.563 095 00
7,130,381 00

Goods Kntered for Home CoNSt'.Mi'TioN.

Dutiable
Goods.

11,600,361

1,569,11a

1,676,792

1,924,482

2.237.072

1,820,391

1,905.201

1.997.125

1,614,165

2,214.153

2,472,174

3.331.023

3.337.642

3.458.529

2.851,379 00
3.065,791 00

2 674 941 00
2,002,646 00

3,357,111 00
4,261,207 00
4,423.414 00
3,662,673 00
3,582,333 00
3,131.490 00
3.993.650 00
5.048,755 00

Free
Goods.

f 166,707 00
22,215 00

507,364 00
75,604 00

371.544 00

66,104 CO

566,111 00
117,05.; 00

707,906 00

129,735 00

346,318 00

163,142 00
367,926 00
144.754 00
320,326 00
184,951 00
122,451 00

208,072 00

242,963 00
387,11"! 00
404,287 00
449,768 00

550,833 00

624,207 00
702,693 00

789,287 00

564,923 00
927,054 00

1,060,347 00
560,348 00

729,266 00

807,140 00

1,030.375 00
1,074,983 00
1,803,005 00

1,255.495 00

1,738,282 00

1.236,935 00
1,532.840 00

2,028,653 00

Total.

$1,767,068 00

22,215 IH)
2,076,476 00

75,604 00
2.048,336 00

66,11)4 00

2,490,593 00

117,054 00

2,944.978 00

129,735 00

2,166,709 00

163,142 00
2,273,127 00

144,754 00
2,317,454 00

184,951 00
2,457,116 00

208,072 00
1,736,616 00

387,111 00

2,875,461 00

449,768 00

3,866,856 00

624,207 00

4,040,335 00

789,287 00

4.023.452 00

927,054 00

4,011,726 00
3,626,139 00

3,401,207 00

3,809,786 00
4,287,486 00

5.336, «90 00
6.226,419 00

4,918,168 00

5,336,961 00
4.368,425 00
5,526,490 00

2,077,408 00

Duty
Collected.

$ 342.400 48

302,147 65
336,494 47

413.921 50

"488,384'52'

403,520 21

42(5,125 14

484,704 04

450.175 43

589,403 62

678,10a 53

907.655 54

884,076 21
96(5,143 64

880,266 65

883,421 53
861,465 14

974,675 69

1,075,215 20

1.346,059 42

1,412,878 00

1,367.250 32

1.308,631 23

1,137.727 49
1,406,931 91
1,701,512 16

430

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

KXPORTs, TiiK pRonrci': or canada, from thh province ok kritisu Columbia

FOR TWI'.NTY-HIX YKAKH, KNKINii JUNK 30TII, I897.

1873
1873
1874
1875
1876
J877
1878

1881

i88a
1883
1884
l88<
l88(
1887
188H
1889
1890
1891
1893

1893
1894

>89S
1896

1897

The Mine.

I«. 389,585 00
1,334,361 00

I.35M45 00
1,939,394 00
3,033,139 00
1,708,848 cx)

1, 759.171 00
1,530,813 00
1,664,616 00
1,317.079 00
1.437.073 00
1.309,646 00
1,441,053 00
> -759,513 90
1.720,335 00
1,833,837 00
1,889,805 00
3,377.053 00
3,375.770 00
3,030,339 00
3.979,470 00
3,898,947 00
3.531,543 00
4,615,451 00
5,763.353 00
8,909,59a 00

IMitlieriM.

I 37,707 00

43.3'>> o<)

114,1 iH 00

133.986 (X)

71.J38 00
105,603 00
433,840 00

''33.493 00
317,410 00
^00,984 00
076,903 00

1.33*385 00
899,371 00
737,673 00
643,053 00
910,559 00

1,164,019 00
993,613 00

a.374.717 00
3,374,686 00
2,351,083 00
1,501,831 00
3,541,305 00
3,364,501 00
3,388,776 00
-, 567,815 00

Forest.

|3I4,377 00
311,036 00
360,116 00
393,468 00
373.430 00
38 ',043 00
337,360 00
303,366 00
258,804 00
173,647 00
363,875 00
407,624 00

458,365 00
363,071 00
194,488 00
335 ,9 '3 00
441,957 00
449,036 00
335,881 00
374,996 00
415,378 00
454.994 00
411,633 00
500,080 00
685,746 00
743,173 00

Anitnalii
and their
I'roduce.

$314,700 00
359,193 00
330,635 00
411,810 00
339,037 00
330,893 00
357.314 00
368,671 00
339,318 00 I
350,474 00
300,439 00
387,394 00
371,796 00
414,364 00
329,348 00
380,116 00
318,839 00
397,685 00
346,159 00
394,646 00
390,584 00
310,631 00
149,369 00
457,373 00
438,864 00
307,845 00

Agricul-
tural Pro-
duct!.

I 143 00

3,88< 00

5.398 00

9.7»7 00

3,080 00

3,083 00

463 00

3,505 00

3,843 00

348 00

946 00

6,791 00

J.V45 00

3,324 00

1,907 00

10,365 00

37,631 00

14,831 00

9.3*3 00

5.017 00

35,018 00

30,173 00

23.333 00

31,774 00

61,414 00

104,744 00

MlHcel-
laneous.

J.540

i.«97

443

1,500

57 00
100 00

33 00

3,6 16 00

443 00

1,413 00

5,948 00

3. 811 00

1,911 00

85,836 00

103,089 00

113,371 00

30,43A 00

31,976 00

446,331 00

196,895 00
361,918 00

338,47' 00

55»;539 00

Total.

1 1,858,050 00
1,743,133 00

3,051,743 00
3,777,385 00
3,709,083 00

3,346,969 00
3,768. 147 00
3,708,848 00
3 584 001 00
3,3^1,554 00
3,080,841 00
3.345,163 00
3,100,404 00
3,172,391 00
3,891,811 00
3,371,601 00
3,938,077 00
4.334.306 00
5,545,331 00
6.357,158 00

6 574,989 00
5,643,797 00
7.843.958 00
9,131,098 00

10.576,534 00
14,184,708 00

POSTAL STATISTICS.

Stcitement showinf^ the .iccoiintin^ offices in opcr.ttion, the f(rosH post.nl revenue; the
number .-inil .imount of numev ordiTH iHsued nnd paid ; the ninount of comntission thereon,
during the year endingr 30th June, 1897;

N.imc of
Office.

Nanaimo

New VVestm'r..
Vancouver . . . .

Victoria

Other offices. . .

County.

Vancouver . .
New VVestm'r.

Victoria

Durrard

Gross

Postal

Kevenue.

$ 5,802 44

9,oa4 31

32,653 08

41,509 08

__67-893j8

$ 156,882 69

Numher

of M>iney

Orders

Issued.

Total

Amount of

Money

Orders

Issued.

5,688$

4.450
11,021
'3..SOO
34.631

Total

Comm'n

Keceived

from

Public.

Total

Amount oJ

Money

Orders

Paid.

78,557 84 $

55,836 32 1
161,618 62
166,292 37!

.59«>o34 03

767 62 $

.S-lo 59

1,626 18

1,802 76

4.872 .39

.^6,977 >7

43.619 33

131,719 74

181.455 66

i.S'.'SS .35

69,292 $ 1,053. i39 08 $ 9.6ot) 54 $ 545.9»S '5

Table showing the numher ot post offices in operation, extent ot mail travel, estimated
number of letters and other .articles of mail matter posted in British Columbia during the year
ending3oth June, 1896:

Number of offices in operation on ist July, 1897 274

EXTENT OF MAIL SERVICE.

Number of miles of post route 6,640

Annual travel thereon i<393>3i8

Estimated number of letters and other articles of mail matter posted in Canada during the
year ending 30th June, 1896 :

Letters 4,175,000

Post C.irds 398,000

Registered Letters 1 18,000

Free Letters 129,800

No. of transient Newspapers and Periodicals, Packets, Circulars,

Samples, Patterns, etc 461,000

No.of Packages of Printers' Copy, Photographs, Deeds, Insurance

Policies, etc 88,000

No. of Packets of Fifth Class Matter, Ordinary Merchandise, open

to examination 43>5oo

No. of Parcels by Parcel Post _. . . 30,000

No. of Closed Parcels for the United Kingdom and other countries 3,100

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

431

B <jg 5'?'

88888

91 1 (5!

8 I 8

."iS

a;^

8888

.b)

!»:

8 I 88888

8888

01 M M CC

Cn 'm 61 O 4*

88888

8 8

8: 8

u; 8;

8: 8

Jk M •-• M Kl

>2"

i?S

oi.

&i5

88888

M M M M H

^ o 00 JO o
'» b & Ui M

O^M O M ^
03>iS M^ M

88888

a
")

•n

« a"

2-^

2 3"

j» s »

e >
»58

e'S"

gpO

5j V>

«
>?

«A

•^

;il

Sen vo ■• OD

I » a^ cS

n c

888

M _>-C ^ W O

"b Cn o b^bv

en -N en '_n c*i

^O ^ M p JH

b - '?>'>-• 61

^ICn 5 Ov O
00 OvMW Oi

8u 4^ oen
o mU M

22.

<i a

8«

N 5\«.^tn

OoO
VO r*
9vO»

t/1

432

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

r ■■ I

'»

t I

I— (
>

I— I
PQ

03
P
PQ

to
O

Grand Total

g«S;fS

<2^"R

^2>g*'o j^2

Total Mainland..

to Q in»o M >o o« M vo

^!J^^

^»^«.oin«^

«lf

Total Vancouver
Island.

S--^'

•^"^S-ft "8 ||;

Outlying Towns
and Villages. . . .

Union

■• 1 "

N « « « ►. M M

w «

« to

Nanaimo

« t^ui^miH M t^n

mto« in

lo m

« « o>

■*

Wellington.

Victoria.

>n o> M to ^«

Outlying Towns

and Villages

Chilliwack

Three Forks... ~

►- tON "00

to to

r»in >o t^iooo

Sandon

Revelstoke .

►« m w to >-i

New Denver.

M M M M C«

I »

Grand Forks

1 "

to ►"

MM ti

M r»

M r^

1 ^

Nelson

1 "

««•

M^tOM^WtMM

intoM m

tOTf

'^ 8

•* IR

Trail

1 "

«< •^to tom M

»0 tOM to

« M

- is

too

to 1 ♦

i O b Pm

OuQ(i.i4untnO

«-S « £ a y

.Sf§A.3r £

urn ^^iue^u^e*

>>a

age

U 0) «l

Vic
Var
Nev
Nat
Kai
Oka-
Re \
Ros

Ban
Bt

(Es

Ban
Bt
N<
A

(Es

\ ^

« 1=

1 9

1 ■'>

1 M

1 "'

1 pj

1 S

1 ;t

i*>

1 ^

1 s

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

433

BRITISH COLUMBIA BOARDS OF TRADE.

Town.

President.

{Secretary.

Victoria

G. A. Kirk.
Wm. Godfrey.
Judge Bole.
W. K. Leighton.
Sibree Clark.
G. A. Henderson.
J. D. vSibbald.
J. F. McLaughlin.

F. Elworthy.

Wm. Skeene (Hon. Sec).

D. Robson.

Vancouver

New Westminster

Nanaimo

Geo. Norris (acting).
J. S. Bennet.
R. J. Davies.
C. E. Shaw.
J.J. Franklin.

Kaniloops

Okanagan

Revelstoke

Rossland

UST OF CHARTERED BANKS AND BRANCHES.

Name.

Address.

Bank of
British
i;olunibia

(Est. 1862.)

Bank of
British
North
America.

(Est. 1858.)

Victoria

Vancouver

New Westminster

Nanaimo

Nelson

Kamtoops

Sandon

Kasto

Victoria

Vancouver

Rossland

Sandon

Kaslo

Trail

Slocan City

Manager or
Acting Manager.

George Gillespie.

William Murray.

G. W. Booth.

George Williams,

J. V. Holt.

W. H Pegram.

H. F. Mytton.

W.Allison.

G. H. Burns.

W. Godfrey.

W. Oliver.

D. Doig

G. B. Gerrard.

H. R. Heffell.

James Cran.

Name.

Bank oi
Montreal.

(Est. 1817-)

Address.

Imperial
Bank of
Canada.

(Est. 1895.)
M'ch'ts Bkj

ofHalifax.,Rossiand
^Est. 1897.),

Vancouver

Victoria

New Westminster

Rossland

Nelson

Vernon

New Denver....

Vancouver.,
Revelstoke.,

Manager or
Acting Manager.

C. Sweeny.
A.J.C. Galletly.
G. D. Brymner.
J. S. C. Eraser.
A. H. Buchanan.
G. A. Henderson.
J. F. Finucane.

A. Jukes.

A. R. B. Hearn.

INLAND REVENUE, CANADA— DIVISIONS No. 37 and 38.
Entered for Consumption, July 1st, 1896, to June 30th, 1897.

No 37, No. 38,

Victoria, B. C. Vancouver, B. C*

Spirits proof gallons. ,sa,86i. 1 1 61,956.9a

Spirits, exported n 3.7.S.S-87 647.54

Malt lbs. 1,308,163 99>>383

Manufactured Tobacco " '38,727 136,480

II - 11 exported t S^'^S a.7ao

Raw Leaf 1 1 48,511 S«.687

Cigars, ex-warehouse No. 317,850 120,435

II ex-factory " 1,225,000 1,848,300

Malt Liquor gallons. 69^,371 394.284

Petroleum 44.4*^ 436.i59>2>

Total receipts 9i.';6)iS7-24 $173,468.8.1

\ ^K

■f

ii'

434

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

In the commercial reports of R. G. Dun & Co., the statistics of failures in
British Columbia as compared with Canada for the years 1894-95 and 96 are shown
as follows: 1894. liabilities. British Columbia, $2,377,256; Canada, $36,109,244; 1895,
British Columbia, $1,416,032; Canada. $34,698,142; 1896, British Columbia,
$565,374; Canada, $23,052,644. showing a rapid recovery from the depressed times
which were so severely felt in this Province subsequent to 1801.

The customs revenues of British Columbia m 1872 was $342,400.48 as com-
pared with $13,045,493.50 for the whole of Canada. In 1896 the amounts were
$1,306,738.56 and $20,388,984.87, respectively.

The ratio of customs revenue derived from British Cos.imbia and the whole
of Canada has risen in twenty-five years from 1:44 to 1:15.

The ' ita' trade of British Columbia in 1872 amounted lo $3,702,459 and that
of Canada in the same year was $194,070,190. In 1896 the amounts were, respec-
tively, $16,142,789 and $239,025,360.

Compared with the whole of Canada it will be seen that in twenty-five
years the trade of British Columbia has risen from 1:53 in 1872 to 1:15 in 1896 — a
most remarkable relative increase.

British Columbia with one-fiftieth of the population does one fifteenth of
the trade of Canada; or covering the whole period of twenty-five years with an
^' erage of one-seventy-fifth of the population has done one-twenty-fifth of the
trade.

att:

all

COLLECTION AND ASSIGNMENT LAWS.

STIPENDARY and Police Magistrates hold small debts courts for the recov-
ery of debts not exceeding $100.00 by summary process. No legal forms
are prescribed for use in these courts, the creditor merely furnishing written
particulars of his claim, which are annexed to a summons and served on the de-
fendant. The Magistrates have power to order payment, either
Recovery of Debts. immediately or by instalments, and to enforce the order by war-
rant of execution and by attachment under garnishing proceedings of debts due by
third parties to the defendant.

In each county there is a court known as the County Court. Regular sittings
of the Court are held at the principal places throughout the county, and there
is jurisdiction in actions of contract up to $1,000.00. In this court also, as in the
Small Debts Courts, no formal pleadings are prescribed, and all actions are com-
menced by plaint and summons and heard and determined in a summary way. In
this court a judgment may be obtained in an action of debt without going to trial.
where it is proved to the satisfaction of the Judge that the defendant, having no
bona Me defence, is disputing the claim merely to delay the plain-
Coudty Courts, ^j^. ^^^ ^ speedy judgment may be obtained where the defend-
ant is about to abscond, but in the latter case the judgment enures for the benefit
of all the creditors pro rata. In aid of the recovering of a debt garnishing pro-
ceedings may be taken before judgment and completed after judgment is obtained,
or may be taken after judgment. Execution may be issued on the judgment, and
the defendant may be examined on oath, under process known as a judgment
summons, as to his ability to satisfy the judgment, and the Judge has power to
make an order directing payn ent within a certain time, or by instalments, and
in the event of non-compliance to treat the defendant as in contempt of court.

The Supreme Court has jurisdiction in all matters, but it is a rule that if a
plaintiff sues in the Supreme Court for a debt which could be recovered in the
County Court, costs will only be allowed on the County Court scale. There is a
similar procedure to that of the County Court for obtaining judg-
upremecour. ment when the defendant disputes the claim merely to gain time,
and a defendant may also after judgment be examined as to his ability to pay.
Garnishing proceedings may be taken after judgment.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFC 'iMATION.

435

There is no procedure for instituting proceedings by the issue of a writ of

attachment in ordinary cases, but, under the "Absconding Debtors Act," if any

person resident in this Province departs therefrom with intent to

Attachment. defraud his creditors, he shall be deemed an absconding debtor,

and his property may be seized and taken for the satisfying of his debts by a writ

of attachment.

Goods and chattels to the extent of $500.00 are exempt from forced seizure
or sale by any process of law; but this exemption does not extend to the pro-
tection of the identical goods and chattels in respect of which the debt suea on
was contracted, and does not permit a trader to claim as an exemption any of
the goods and merchandise which form a part of the stock in trade of his business.
The owner of a home may by effecting a special homestead registration
under the "Homestead Act" obtain a complete exemption of his home from forced
seizure or sale by any process of law up to a value of $2,500.00. Unless so speci-
ally registered there is no exemption of real property.

A creditor having brought action in the Supreme or County Court for

$100.00 or upwards may obtain a special order authorizing the issue of a writ of

Capias ad Respondendum for the holding of the defendant to bail upon proving

by afifidavit that the defendant is about to leave the Province unless forthwith

apprehended. A Sheriff, when entrusted with this writ, is em-

7"b t powered to arrest the defendant and keep him in custody until

Id r* *^^ ^"^^ ^^^ determining of the action or until he shall have

Judgment furnished a sufficient bail bond or made a cash deposit of the

amount claimed and $50.00 for costs. A defendant so arrested may at any time

move for his discharge on the ground of any irregularity in procedure or any other

ground entitling him to his discharge.

If a defendant be already held to bail under the writ of Ca. Re. above
described, the plaintiflf may, after obtaining judgment in the acHon. obtain a
Special Order which has, under the Revised Statutes, superseded the former writ of
Capias ad Satisfaciendum, without any further Order of Court, and tlie defendant
will be detained thereunder. In any action where judgment has been
obtained for $100.00 or over, and the plaintiflf proves to the Court that the
defendant is about to leave the Province with intent to defraud his creditors
generally, or the plaintiff in particular, or has parted with his property, or made
some secret or fraudulent conveyance thereof in order to prevent its being taken
(/^)— After in execution, the Court may authorize the taking out of ;i like
judKmcDt. Special Order, and the defeni^ant mav thereunder be taken into
custody. Any person so arrested may obnin his discharge upon proving that he
has satisfied the debt, or that he has no property or is not about to leave the
Province, or that he has made no fraudulent conveyance or disposition. A credi-
tor detaining a debtor in custody must pay to the Sherifif fifty cents per day for
maintenance by weekly payments in advance, and if default be made in this pay-
ment, the prisoner is entitled to his immediate release.

Chattel mortgages, executions, etc., must be registered within twenty-one
days after execution. If affecting property in Vancouver Island with the Regis-
trar-General of Titles at Victoria; if affecting property on the Mainland within
any established land registry district, in the ofliice of such registry; if elsewhere
on the Mainland, in the office of Stipendary Magistrate of the
Chattel district where the property is situate, or with such other person

Mortgages, 35 may be named. If not so registered, does not take effect as
Executions, Etc. against creditors of mortgagor. Executions may issue immedi-
ately after judgment in the Supreme Court, or after fourteen days in County
Court, unless otherwise ordered. Lands may be sold by execution. Judgments,
if registered, are lien upon all lands and interest in lands then or thereafter owned
by the defendant. Registration must be renewed every three years.

i i

l^i

\-l

436

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

JOINT STOCK COMPANIES.

Extra Provincial
Companies.

1"^HE law of this Province respecting the incorporation and regulation of joint
stock companies and trading corporations has by the "Companies Act, 1897,"
a statute which passed its third reading on the 7th of May, 1897, been assimi-
lated to the law of England under the Companies Acts, 1863 to 1890, except in so
far as relates to winding up, and with the addition of provisions relating to the
issue of mining stock and to the registration in the Province
of foreign, or, as they are now termed, extra-provincial com-
panies. The subject of winding up falls to a certain extent within
the Federal legislative power, and cannot therefore be completely dealt with by
the Province along the lines of the English Acts; and the issue of mining stock
and registration of extra-provincial companies are matters which, owing to local
circumstances, require special treatment.

The Companies Act, 1897, contains procedure whereby subsisting companies
may re-incorporate under its provisions, but as the adoption of this procedure
is optional and the number of existing companies very large, it is probable that
for years to come the bulk of the share capital of provincial companies will be
subject to the provisions of the prior Acts. This fact renders it necessary to set
forth the main facts relating to companies incorporated under the Acts in force
at the time of the passing of the Companies Act, 1897.

On the 8th of March, 1866, by the "Companies Ordinance, 1866," the Eng-
lish Companies Act,. 1862, was brought into force in the tlien Colony of British
Columbia (Mainland), and on the 20th of August, 1869, by the "Companies Ordi-
nance, 1869," the English Act was brought into force in Vancouver Island. In
the consolidation of the Statutes in 1888, these ordinances were consolidated as
Part I of the "Companies Act," Chap. 21 of the Consolidated Acts, 1888, and there-
under the English Act of 1862 remained in force until the passing of our Act of
1897. The capitalization of provincial companies formed under the English Act
as so applied to this Province amounts in the aggregate to upwards of $800,000,000.

In addition to this class ot companies formed under the English Act, there
are two other classes of companies in existence; the one class formed under the
provisions of the "Companies Act, 1878," consolidated with its amending Acts as
Part II. of Chap. 21 above referred to; and the other class under the provisions
of the "Companies Act, 1890," and amending Acts.

The companies formed under the Act of 1878 are in effect simply assessment
companies without personal liability of the shareholders; the main provisions of
the Act in regard to incorporation, and to the liability of the shareholders, being
as follows: —

• .■•: ■]%

13. Any three or more persons, who may desire to form ft company under this port, may
make, sign and acknowledge (in dnplicate), before some person competent to take the acknowledg-
ment of deeds in this part, and file the same in the office of the Registrar of Joint Stock Comranies
(who ts hereby empowered to receive and file the same) a certificate in writing, in which shall he
stated the corporate name of the company, with the addition of the words "limited liability," the
object for which the company shall be formed, the amount of its capital stock, the time of its existence
(not to exceed fifty years), the number of shares of which the stock shall consist; the number of
trustees, and their names, who shall manage the concerns of the company for the first three months,
and the names of the citv, town or electoral district in which the principal place of business of the
company is to be located; and that a shareholder is not individually liable for the debts or liabilities
of the corporation, but that the liability of a stockholder is limited to his proportion (based upon the
amount of his respective shares) to assessments legally levied, and the charges thereon, if advertised
as delinquent, during the time that he is a stockholder, upon a share or shares of which he is the
holder, as shown by the stockholders' register book of the corporation ; assessments and charges
thereon when taken collectively shall not exceed, in the aggregate, the value in dollars printed or
shown upon each share when issued.

its
aha
ext
ass<

for

lev

qut

as !

tak

dol

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

437

i8. It shall be lawTul for a company incorporated under this part to stipulate in any or all of
its contracts, mortgages, bills, notes or other evidences of debt, that the property of the company
shall be responsible for the amount, and that the stockholders shall not be individually liable to any
extent, and the creditor shall be deemed to liave waived the liability of the individual stockholder to
assessment.

32. A stockholder in a company incorporated under this part shall not be individually liable
for the debts or liabilities of the corporation, and shall not incur any further liability than the puy-
ment of his proportion (based upon the amount of his respective shares) of assessments legally
levied in accordance with the provisions of this Act, and the charges thereon, if advertised as delin-
quent during the time that he was a stockholder, upon a share or shares of which he is the holder,
as shown by the stockholders' register book ol the corporation ; assessments and charges, when
taken collectively, shall not exceed in the aggregate the par or face value as printed or shown in
dollars upon each share when issued.

38. The total amount of assessments levied upon each share shall not exceed in the aggregate
the par or face value as printed or shown in dollars upon each share when issued.

The Act further provides power to the trustees of the company to levy
assessments, in amounts not at any one time exceeding five per cent, ot the nomi-
nal capital, and, in the event of non-payment by any shareholder to advertise his
stock for sale as delinquent, and to sell sulticient to pay the assessment and costs
to the highest bidder, who is defined to be the person offering to pay the assess-
ment and costs in consideration of the transfer to himself of the
incorparation smallest number of shares. If no bidder oflters to pay the assess-
•nd Liability. ment and costs, the company may bid in the stock, which while
it remain.s the property of the company shall not be liable to assessment and shall
not share in dividends. A company may be dissolved upon petition to the County
Court, pursuant to a resolution passed bv a vote of two-thirds ot all the stock-
holders, and upon proof that all v^iaims against the company have been satisfied.

On the 26th of April, 1890, another Act was passed, known as the "Com-
panies Act, 1890," which, without repealing any then existing Acts, provided a
complete procedure for the incorporation and management of companies under
its provisions. The provisions as to incorporation, management and dissolution
under this Act do not differ materially from those in the Act considered above, the
distinction being in regard to the liability of shareholders, as to which the Act
of 1890 provides: —

20. (I.) Each shareholder, until the whole amount of his stock has been paid up, shall be
individually liable to the creditors of the company to an amount equal to that not paid up thereon,
but shall not be liable to an action therefor by any creditor before an execution against the com-
pany has been returned unsatisfied in whole or in part ; and the amount due on such execution
shall, subject to the provisions of the next section, be the amount recoverable with costs against such
shareholcler.

(2.) Any shareholder may plead by way of defence, in whole or in part, any set-off which he
could set up against the company, except a claim for unpaid dividends, or a salary, or allowance as a
trustee.

22. The shareholders of the company shall not, as such, be held responsible for any act,
default, or liability whatsoever of the company, or for any engagement, claim, payment, loss, injury,
transaction, matter, or thing whatsoever, relating to or connected with the company, beyond the
unpaid amount of their respective shares in the capital stock thereof.

The capitalization of the companies in existence under the various Com-
panies' Acts, amounts in the aggregate to : —

No. Amount.
Companies Registered under the "Companies' Act" 1862 (Im-
perial) 130 $ 70,802,070

Companies Registered under the "Companies' Act " 1878 (Pro-
vincial) 146 46,487,350

Foreign Companies Registered under the " Companies' Act ". . 348 455.233,350
Companies Registered under the " Companies' Act " 1890 854 577,802,220

Grand Total 1,478 $i,i5o,324.945

438

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

COMPANIES ACT, 1897.

Ill

THE Companies Act, 1897, prescribes five as the minimum number of subscrib-
ers to a Memorandi'm of Association who may incorporate a company for any
purpose or object to which the legislative authority of the Legislature of
British Columbia extends, except the construction and working of railways and
the business of insurance. A company may be formed either without limited
liability, or with the liability of its members limited to the amount unpaid on
their shares, or to such amount as they respectively undertake to contribute to
the assets of the company in the event of the same being wound
Provisions. "P- ^^ the liability of the members is limited to the amount of
their guarantee, the memorandum must be accompanied by Arti-
cles of Association; and if the liability is limited to the amount unpaid on the
shares the company is at its option to be subject to the provisions of Table A
of the Act, or to articles filed with the memorandum and expressly excluding or
modifying Table A. The memorandum and articles when executed are filed
with the Registrar, who issues a Certificate of Incorporation upon receipt of the
proper fees, as prescribed in the following table:

Table B.

Table of Fees to be Paid to the Reoistrar of joint stock Companies by a Company

Having a Capital Divided into Shares.

For registration of a company wliose nominal capital does not exceed $10,000, a fee of $25 00

For registration of a company whose nominal capital exceeds $10,000, the above fee of $25,
with the following additional fees, regulated according to the amount of nominal
capital, that is to say :

For every $5,000 of nominal capital, or part of $5,000, after the first $10,000, up

to $25,000 $500

For every $5,000 of nominal capital, or part of $5,000, after the first $25,000, up

to $500,000 $250

For every $5,000 of nominal capital, or part of $5,000, after the first $500,000 $1 35

For registration of any increase of capital made after the first registration of the company,
the same fees per $5,000 or part of $5,000, as would have been payable If such increased
capital had formed part of the original capital at the time of registration.

For a license to or registration of any extra-provincial company, the same fees as are payable
for registering a new company.

For registration under this Act of any existing company, the certificate of registration
whereof is issued pursuant to section 56 hereof (/'. e. authorizing the company to issue
mining stock at a discount), or the capital whereof is increased pursuant to section ${d)
hereofi in lieu of the fee of $10 prescribed by section 5 of this Act, the same fees as are
payable for registering a new company hereunder, allowing credit as part of such fees
for the amount of fees paid by such company in respect of its original registration.

For a license to or registration under this Act of any extra-provincial company already

registered in this Province as a foreign company $10 00

And, in addition thereto, if the license or certificate of registration under this Act
is issued pursuant to section 56 hereof (/. e. authorizing the company to issue
mining stock at a discount), the same fees as are payable for registering a new
company hereunder, allowing credit as part of such fees for the amount of fees
paid by such extra-provincial company in respect of its original registration in
this Province.

For a license to an extra-provincial insurance company under section 125 of this Act $25 00

For registering any document hereby required or authorized to be registered, other than the

Memorandum of Association $1 00

For making a record of any fact hereby uuthorized or required to be recorded by thr

Registrar, a fee of $1 00

Publication in the Gazette, according to the scale of charges as defined in Schedule A of the
" Statutes and Journals Act."

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

439

The scale of charge for advertising in the "British Columbia Gazette" is
as follows:

For 100 words and under $ 5 00

Over 100 words and under 150 words 6 50

Over 150 words and under 200 words 8 00

Over 200 words and under 250 words 9 00

Over 250 words and under 300 words 10 00

And for every additional 50 words 75

In all matters relating to the government and management of a company,
including the increase or reduction of capital, contracts, distribution of capital,
and liability of members and officers, the provisions of the Act of li'gj place a
company on tlic same basis as if incorporated in England under the Companies
Acts, 1862 to 1890. Companies are given a general power, to be exercised with
the sanction of a special resolution, to borrow money for the

owers purpose of carrying out the objects of their respective incorpo-

ompanes. rations, and to issue, execute and deliver debentures, mortgages,
and other evidences of debt and covenants to repay. A company may be wound
up voluntarily, and the practice and procedure upon a voluntary winding up are
to be regulated by the provisions of the Federal Winding-Up Act and Amending
Acts, and the rules in force thereunder.

The memorandum of a company incorporated for mining purposes may
contain a provision that no liability beyond the amount actually paid upon shares
or stock shall attach to a subscriber or purchaser — the certificate of incorporation
must shew that the company is specially limited as a mining company. Shares
may then be issued which entail no personal liability on the holder. These
shares must have distinctly marked on the face thereof the words, "Issued under
Section 56 respecting Mining Companies, of the 'Companies
MinioR Act, 1897,' " and "Non-Assessable," or. if the shares, althougli

Companies. entailing no personal liability, are liable to assejsment for de-

velopment or working purposes, "Assessable." In the latter case, if any assess-
ment duly levied remains unpaid for sixty days after notice to a shareholder,
his shares, to an extent sufficient to meet the assessment, may be sold by auction.
An extra-provincial company may be licensed or registered, and an existing com-
pany may be reincorporated under the Act, so as to take advantage of these pro-
visions. In regard to shares sold below par previous to the passing of the Act,
the following provision is made:

61. Wherever any shares have been heretofore issued (i.e. before the 8th May, 1897) by any
company duly incorporated under any Act as fully paid-up shares, either at a discount or in payment
for any mine, mineral claim or mining property, purchased or acquired by such company or for '.he
acquiring whereof such company has been iticorporated, all such snares shall, except as to any rtebts
contracted by the company before the passing of this Act (in regard to which the liability oti such
shares shuU be the same as if this Act had not been passed) be deemed and held to be fully paid-up,
and the holder thereof shall be subject to no personal liability thereon, in the same mannr.r as if the
Memorandum of Association of the company had contained the provision aforesaid.

In this Act the old expression, "Foreign Company," is discarded, and

"Extra-Provincial Company" substituted. It is provided that no extra-provincial

company shall carry on business without being either licensed or registered.

Companies incorporated under the laws of Great Britain or Ire-

,'", land, the Dominion of Canada, the late Province of Canada, or

Provincial ^j ^^^ ^^ ^j^^ Provinces of Canada, may obtain a license to carry

Companies. ^^ business in the Province; and any e.'tra-provincial company

wherever incorporated may be registered in the Province. In order to obtain a

license or registration the company may petition therefor under tl:e common seal

of the company, and with such petition shall file in the office of the Registrar:

(a) A true cony of the charter and regulations of the company, verified in manner satisfactory
to the Registrar, and showing that the company, by its charter, has authority to carry on business
.'n the Province of British Columbia :

(d) An affidavit or statutory declaration that the said company is still in existence and
1 .'gaily authorized to transact business under its charter :

(<-) A CDpy of the last balance sheet ofthe company and auditors' report thereon.

(d) A power of attorney appointing a resident of the Provincetheattorney of the company,
with complete Tjower to carry on its business.

■ i

;

{

;

■

U S i

440

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

A company which can obtain a license is allowed to carry on its business
subject only to the terms of its incorporation, while on the contrary, a registered
company is made subject to all the provisions of the Act :is if incorporated in
the first instance under the provisions thereof, and it is provided that all its acts
and contracts, in order to be of any efifect in the Province, must be valid
under the provisions of the Act. The Act also contains provisions,
the later English Statutes, prescribing the matters which must
be set forth in the prospectus of a company, and for the pro-
tection of purchasers of stock from losses by forged transfers,
and the prevention of fraudulent and negligent practices. It
provides that every mining company shall take out a free miner's license annually,
commencing from the ist of July, i8q7; and in the repealing section, repealing the
former company law of the Province, while preserving the corporate existence
and rights of all subsisting companies heretofore incorporated, effect . an im-
portant change in their regulation, namely, that they shall in regard to tl e annual
return to be mad- to the 'eg '.trar, the keeping of a R'^giste: ui Members, and
voluntary winding ■.•>, b" bie.:; to the provisicis of the Act under consideration.

taken from

other

I'rnvl.tlonH.

THE Companies Clauses Acl, i'^97, relates to the constitution and management
of joint stock companies empowered to carry out undertakings of a public
nature, and embodies the provisions of the English Companies Clauses
Consolidation Act, 1845, an Act apparently in force in this Province so far as
applicable by virtue of the Statute respecting the application of English law.
On the second reading of the Act, during the last session of the
Companies Clauses. Legislature, it was stated that the Act was brought forward with
special reference to the provision of the Water Clauses Act, 1897; and in this last
mentioned Act it is provided that any Company desiring to avail itself of the
powers and privileges thereby conferred and created must be especially incor-
porated as to be exclusively governed by the Companies Clauses Act.

PROPERTY RIGHTS, ETC.

THE law relating to partnerships in this Province is now codified in the Part-
nership Act, 1894, which provides for the registration of partnerships, both
general and limited, and contains provisions resp'icting the rights and lia-
bilities of partners, both as between themselves and as between the firm and the
individual members thereof, and the creditors of the firms and
ar ners ps. ^^^ individual members thereof. Provisions are also contained
dealing with the question of dissolution of oartnerships and its consequences.

All general partnerships must be registered within three months after form-
ation of firms.

The limitation of action is six years for simple contracts and twenty years
for specialities.

Married women have the same powers in respect to their separate property
or earnings or rents as a femme sole.

All receipt notes or hire receipts or order for chattels, when the condition
of the bailment is such that the possession of chattels would pass without any
ownership therein being required by the bailee until the payment of the purchase

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

441

or consideration money, or some stipulated part thereof, are void as against sub-
sequent purchasers or mortgagees unless '•cgistcred within twenty-one days after
the bailment.

When not otherwise agreed upon and where due by law interest is six |)or
cent. No usury law.

Appeal from any judgment, order or decree in Supreme Court or County
Court may be taken as follows: —

(o.) Six months in the case of final judgments, orders or decrees;

(b.) Thirty days in the case of interlocutory judgments, orders ('• (h ^rces.

By the Offi il Administrator's Act the Lieutenant-Governor is iii>owered
to appoint an oHcial for each county, to be kno\. n as the Official Adrr. istrator,
who is required to give security for the due conduct of his office, and who, upon
receiving icnowledge of the death of any person intestate, applies for and obtain"t
an order for the administration of the estate of such person.
Under this order he is invested with the same powers as arc
possessed by an administrator to whom a regular grant of Letters
of Administration is made, and after administration pays into the Provincial
Treasury on an account known as the Intestate Estates Fund all moneys rer^^ining
in his hands. The Act contains provisions under which relatives or other parties
entitled may come in and obtain administration or obtain probate should a will
be found, and also provisions for the distribution of the estate among the parties
entitled thereto. The Court is also invented • '^ nower which may be exercised
upon the application of next of kin or creditors control the acts of the Ad-
ministrator in the course of administration.

By the Intestate Estates Act the Co;'..,- tru .avestod with powers relating;
to the mana^-fment and sale of real estate • ' int «tates. Under this Act the Courts

" ■— Intcstntc
Estate*.

J. commission not exceeding five
power to make provision for the

all property passing by will sub-

Succesilon.
Outies.

also have power to allow to an Adminisuat^r
per cent, on the gioss value of the estate , at .
illegitimate family of an intestate.

The Succession Duty Act, 1894, 1
ject to succession duty, with the exception that the Act does not apply (a) To
any estate the value of which does not exceed $5,000; nor (b), the
property passing under a will intestacy or otherwise to or for the
use of a father, mother, husband, wife, child, grandchild, daughter-
in-law or son-in-law of the deceased, where the aggregate value of the property
does not exceed $25,000.

The duty payable upon all property liable to duty under the Act is computed
upon the following basis: (a), Upon the value up to $100,000, a duty of one dollar
upon every $100; (b), where the said value reaches $100,000 but does not reach
$200,000, a duty of two dollars on every $100 of the value: (c) where the said
value reaches $200,000 but does no', reach $700,000, a duty of three dollars on every
$100 of the value; (d), where the said value reaches $700,000 but docs not reach
$1,000,000, a duty of four dollais on every $100 of the value; and (e), where the
said value reaches $1,000,000, a duty of five dollars on every $100 of the value of
the property:

Provided: (i). That property going to the father, mi-.ner, husband, wife,
child, grand-child, daughter-in-law or son-in-law of the deceased, shall only be
charged with duty at one-half of the rates aforesaid.

The Provincial system of registration of land titles is set forth in an Act
known as the Land Registry Act, under the provisions of whicli Land Registry
Offices have been established in the Counties of Victoria, New Westminster. Van-
couver and Yale, with power to the Lieutenant-Governor-in-Council to establish
such others as may be necessary. In each Land Registry Office a complete set of
records is maintained, in which registration is effected under the heading of Abso-
lute Fees. Registration of all Crown Grants and Conveyances, the whole estate
in the la' ds dealt with, and under the heading of Registration of
Land Registry. Charges of all mortgages, encumbrances, charges and disposi-
tions affecting the titles to registered lands. The fees payal)le
upon registration are graded according to the value of the lands dealt with and
the registration affords prima facie evidence of the title, matter or thing regis-

44-2

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

\ :
i

;

! i

ill

tcred wit'.owt any oft'icial guarantee as to title or otherwise. It is. hovvcver,
provided tha'. the purchaser for valuable consideration of any rcKistcred real
estate or it.'.ercst thereon is not to be affected by any notice expressed, implied
•)r construed of any unregistered convcjance, charge, interest or disposition of
or affecting such registered real estate.

For some years the (juestion of the advisability of introducing the Torrctis
system of registration has been under consideration, but it is probable that in view
of the fact that the comprehensive and detailed surveys necessary for the p*" -»per
establishment of the Torrens system cannot for some time to come be had lu ibis
Province; and in view of the further fact that the present system has in operation
ptoved of great practical utility, it is possible that no radical change will be made
ill the system of land registry for some time to come.

SHIPPING.

Unsafe to
Predict.

FROM their geographical situation t!ie chief ports of British Columbia have
undoubtedly a future of importance. Their shipping interests have already
attained to some magnitude, but as trans- Pacific trade and commerce are only
on the eve of development, it is not possible to arrive at any safe conclusions
regarding their ultimate proportions. We might with some justification specu-
late on the creation of seaports comparable with Liverpool, but routes of traffic
are subject to conditions which are mutable and uncertain, concerning which
it is not possible to predict with any degree of confidence. What, for instance,
would be the ultimate effect of the successful completion of the Panama or Nicar-
aguan Canal, is not easy to determine. At the present time, and probably for
some time to come, a canal across the Isthmus would not to
any important degree constitute a competitor with the Suez Canal;
but in case of a large development of trans-Pacific traffic, by
which the trade of the Orient would be divided and a considerable portion brought
this way, the route 7'ia Central America, though it would beneficially affect our
export trade with Europe, might have the result of diverting trade, of which
otherwise our seaports would be the natural entrepots. Nor is it possible to antici-
pate what will be the relative advantages of sea and land travel in the future
under conditions which are being so continuously and materially modified by
the inventive genius of the age. In a period c' lapid transitions and fansforma-
tions, such as the one through which we are passing, no forecast, except in a
very limited way, can be a true one. So far, however, everything points to an
important commercial status for our Coast cities. The present trend oi events

is decidedly favourable to such reasonable expectations as may have been formed
respecting the possibilities of the new Canadian route of travel. Political con-
siderations uf vast Colonial and Imperial concern are even precipitating that
union o/ material interests which is necessary to permanent organic cohesion.
The recent tariff overtures made by Canada, the completion of arrangements
for a Canadian fast Atlantic service, the negotiations looking to an all British
cable communication by way of the Pacific Ocean, the several
c di f h" Pan-British Trade Congresses, the spirit of hostility — sometimes
on tons. covertly, sometimes openly — of late displayed by the United
States towards Canada and Great Britain, and. above all, perhaps, the momen-
tous demonstration of affectionat*? 'oyalty to Her Majesty and to British institu-

IVMI'KISS l>h I Mil \.

COPYHtGNTED Br BailFi BHOk , VAN( OUVIH

hl'.W I'.K.

THE OLD AND THE NEW.

-rgpre

,«»r &>*'rt<rr

PORT COX, Meares' Ships at Anchor.

. I

#111!

\V. '

k
I

;ii

ilNNER (Kwco.

View In East Kootenay.
A Buckings Broncho.

Queen Charlotte Island Prairie.
A Bunch nf Apples.

tions just witr
11 impelling .1
niation of wh
politics sci'ins
should intervc
of our creates
1cm of territ*
the relations c
ous, and tlie :
point to her '
fluous. Tn ar
but it is upon
mate importai

The grc
compared wit!
has been rema

Prior to
cation practice
occasional shi
tions. In ver;
the coast busi
with England

Growth of
Shipping.

returns of tho!
with those of
with the pion
of trade of the
tive feature cc
by Victoria, th
north of San

Compar
purposes rcall'
1886, and 1896
the time of th
stagnation — of
nuinication o\
important adjt
reasons. Ship
the coast cities
cannot be carr

Future of
Ship'Bulldlng.

some time yet.
out the whole
valuable for c

B. C.
Japan
Coppe
Behrin

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

445

tions just witnessed at the Heart of the Empire— have together had sucli an effect
ia impcllinK and consolidating sentiment in the one direction, that the consum-
mation of what was lonj^ visionary and considered outside tlic pah- of practical
politics set'tns suddenly come within easy reacli. and unless something ui/oward
should intervene to turn back the tide, now almost irresistihte. the hopes of many
of our Kreatest statesmen will be speedily realized. In such a solution of a prob-
lem of territorial and political consolidation — the Kreatest of modern times —
the relations of Canada with the other parts of the confederal structure arc obvi-
ous, and the material rdvantaKes which would accrue from a commercial stand-
point to her western seaports are so conspicuous as to render comment super-
fluous. In any event, the commercial siRuificance of our situation is notable:
but it is upon considerations such as have been referred to that tlie greatest ulti-
mate importance must depend.

The growth of Canadian Pacific shipping has not been rapid anv one year
compared with any immediately preceding it, but progress from small beginnings
has been remarkably steady, and comparison by periods shows marked advance.

Prior to Confederation, and, in fact, for some years subsequent, communi-
cation practically was limited to a regular line of steamers to San P'rancisco and
occasional ships to and from England. The coasting trade was of small propor-
tions. In very early days, when Victoria was a free port and the chief point of
the coast business of the Hudson's Bay Company, trade was carried on not only
with England, but with San P'rancisco, the Hawaiian Islands, the Mainland of
British Columbia. China, and Russian America, or Alaska. There
shi i ° ^^^ ^* ^'^^^ ^'"'^ ^ considerable export of furs, timber and agri-

•*•* "'■ cultural products, as well as of British imported goods. The

returns of those days, owing to changed conditions, are not a basis of comparison
with those of the present time, and are interesting only as side lights in dealing
with the pioneer history of our country. Elsewhere are given some statistics
of trade of the Colonies of Vancouver Island and British Columbia. The instruc-
tive feature contained in such information is the relative importance maintained
by Victoria, then the only etttrclyot of any consequence on the North Pacific Coast
north of San Francisco.

Comparison for our purpose begins with Confederation, and for practical
purposes really with 1876. The figures at the end of the three periods, viz.: 1876,
1886, and 1896 will best illustrate the progress that has been made. From 1866,
the time of the union of the two Colonies, was, viewed as a whole, a period of
stagnation— of waiting for the larger developments anticipated as a result of com-
munication overland by means of a railway. Ship-building and ship-owning,
important adjuncts of shipping, have never assumed large proportions for obvious
reasons. Ship-building on a large scale, though an industry for which naturally
the coast cities are well adapted, owing to altered and well-understood conditions,
cannot be carried on until, by increase of population, the development of the iron
industry, etc.. competition is possible with the great shipyards:
,"•■*"[ and as local demand for the smaller craft is necessarily restricted

ship-Buiiding. ^^ i^^^^j reqijiremcnts, no great expansion can be expected for
some time yet. There has, however, been steady and noticeable progress tlirough-
out the whole period, though statistics are too irregular from year to year to be
valuable for comparison.

SEALING CATCH, 1897.

SkiM;;.

B. C. Coast 6,100

Japan Coast 7,321

Copper Island 1.382

Behring Sea 1.5.607

Total 30.410

n
o

s
e

d
d

n
:r

^1 '

1 ^

•

\ i

446

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

PROGRESS OF SHIPPING.

DESCRIPTION

1876 1886

No. Ton. ' No. i Ton,

1896

Coasting Steamers In 273

" " Out 246 1

Coasting Vessels (Sail) In 141 I

" " " Out 1,511 I

Canadian Cargoes In! 21 !

" '• Out 71

British Cargoes In 23 i

" " Out 31

Foreign Cargoes In 301

" " Out 146

Foreign Ballast In' 154

" " Out 284

British " In 15

•' " Out 6

Canadian " In 10

" " Out 19

59.950

54,111

6,835

7,112

5,250

1,242

18,124

18,350

160,811

121,977

109,681

140,775
6,408

3,709
1,925
4,677

No.

Ton.

1,872

1,876

217

215

33
58
505
344
262
508

31
6

7
14

726,879

728,961

10,261

10,232

1,460

1,084

33,907

62,538

313,021

309,085

221,051

224,082

36,957

5,274

896

973

5.731

5.823

390

401

127

103

1,202

1,236

705
682

64
50

69
182

1,375.381

1.382,864

50,285

59,260

7.434

3,064

186,076

191,632

759.791
1,019,800

63,594

342,490

129.202

107,817

17.458

16,910

The following is a comparative statement of vessels entered 1.1 and clearing
out from British Columbia ports and Dominion of Canada :

British Columbia.

Canada,

In.

Our.

In.

Our.

z >

a
a

h 0>

z >

s
d

c
§

1^1
Bo S

1876
1886
1896

524

841

2,265

302,199

607,292

1.663,255

493

932

2,283

290,370

603,036

.',681,713

8,414
10,603
15,291

2,972,459
4,026,415
5,895,360

8,349
10,768

14,511

2,938,305
4.018,156

5,563.464

3,630 2,572,746

3,708

2,575,479

34,308

12,894,234

33,628

12,519.9^5

BIOGRAPHY.

A CHAPTER containing brief biographies of a number of prominent men of
British Columbia, both past and present, has been omitted for lack of space,
which, as it is. has been exceeded by over on Hundred pa^es tlie number
originally intended. The biographical portion incL vied, for reference purposes,
sketches in outline of the careers of the more or less historical personages of the
Province partaking nothing, however, of the character of the "write-up^"' sue;)
as embellish so many publications of the day. The large amount of material pre-
pared is of suilicient general interest to iiiA a place in a future issue.

INTERPROVINCIAL RELATIONS.

Inter-Pro vlnclal
Relations.

FROM a British Columbia point of view the subject of inter-provincial trade is
a peculiarly interesting one from the fact tliat it is the only Province of Canada
in which it is possible to estimate with any hope of arriving at an approxi-
mately accurate result, and even in the case of Britisii Columbia it is extremely
difficult. In this Province all imports entered for consumption are consumed
here; that is, there is little, if anytliing, imported to be exported
again to other provinces or other countries. In Eastern Canada
goods entered at Halifax may be consumed in Quebec or On-
tario, or goods entered at Montreal may be consumed in the Maritime Provinces.
Hence, there is no basis of arriving at tlie average rate of customs taxation paid
by the other provinces, and all such calculations are valueless. Tn British Co-
lumbia, on the other hand, all imports are either by way of the sea from
the West and South, by rail through the United States, or from Eastern Canada,
and are consumed in the Province. There is only a very limited trade, except in
home products, east of the Rockies. Therefore, if we can arrive at the individual
importations from Eastern Canada upon which no duty is paid at this end, and
add it to the importations upon whicli duty is paid, tlie latter being accurately
recorded by customs ofil'icials, the sum of the d amounts so obtained will give us
the amount of home consumption, the one showing the inter-provincial trade
and the other the foreign trade, so far as imports are concerned.
In a similar way the total of tlie exports may be arrived at, and
the sum of imports from, added to the sum of our exports to,
Eastern Canada will give us the aggregate of out inter-provincial trade. As the
latter depends upon voluntary returns from merchants and manufac-
turers it is not an easy matter to obtain an accurate result, and
until business men realize the importance of obtaining such a know-
ledge of commercial conditions will they be induced to take the trouble to
give such returns, though with accurate book-keeping, the trouble is not great.

Early in the year a series of cnciuiries was instituted with this object in
view, but was only partially successful. Tluee things were in view: (i) To
obtain the aggregate of imports and exports from and to the rest of Canada;
(2) the aggregate freight bill of the Province, as a factor in tlie price of goods
consumed, which, on account of the extreme western position of the Province
and the long carriage overland, may be regarded as an added tax: and the per-
centage approximately, of goods imported from Eastern Canada, w'lich had
previously paid duty. These three kinds of information fairly -^^Ti.ed at would
pretty aeeurattly d'^^'termine the pf)sition of British Columbia comnurcially in re-
lation to the rest of Canada — a resrU worthy of every effort.

From the large number of returns received, wnich, however, only rei)re-
scntcri a percentage of business establishments, not sufficient information has In en
obtained as yet to make an absolutely authentic statement of the aggregate under

Important
InformaUoo.

448

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

V I

1 1" J

Amonnt of
Imports.

Account with
Canada.

any one of the three heads; but a careful estimate based on an average of the re-
turns places the amount of imports from Eastern Canada at, roundly, $7,000,000
for 1896. Complete returns might possibly swell the aggregate
to eight or nine millions of dollars. So far as could be ascer-
tained from individual statements about twenty-five per cent of
these had previously been imported and paid duty. As to the freight paid, the
value varies so much in relation to the value of the goods as to serve no useful
purpose, in the absence of complete returns, to attempt an estimate. Readers will
not readily appreciate the labour that the simple statement of such an amount
involved: and in order to make it complete and in detail is a "large (statistical)
contract." which it is possible, however, to successfully undertake, with the
assistance of business men themselves.

Another subject, which has been much discussed, is the amount of revenue
contributed by this Province to the Dominion Treasury, as compared with the
expenditure in or on behalf of this Province by the Dominion Government. To
arrive at that was necessary to examine the Auditor-General's reports and com-
pile the statements in each, under the various heads of receipts and expenditures,
for all the years since 1871 down to and including 1896, twenty-
five years. The results are shown in the tables following, which
it is needless to say represent long and tedious work. The state-
ments are shown as a simple cash balance by methods of debit and credit on a
book-keeping basis. They tell their own tale and need no explanation. They,
however, will remove much misapprehension on the part of botli sides to the
contention as to what the Province was receiving from and contributing to the
Dominion. No pains was spared to make the result accurate.

Opinions will differ as to how the information given under the heads in the
table of "special expenditure" should be applied. They are not included because
they are justly chargeable to the account of British Columbia, as in most instances,
in the opinion of the author, they are not so chargeable: but because it is desir-
able that all the data, directly or indirectly aflfecting the subject, should be
fully, fairly and impartially set forth. For instance, the cost of the
"C" Battery, of the Behring Sea arbitration, of the Alaska Boundary, or
of coast service, is part of the nacional requircment.s, and is for
general benefit and is no more chargeable to British Columbia
than similar expenditure on the Atlantic seaboard should he
chargeable to the individual account of New Brunswick or Nova Scotia. Then
atrain. the C.P.R. was a national undertaking, and British Columbia is only assess-
able for its share of the interest computed annually r.ccording to population.
However, the facts are all given and rhay be applied a; individual opinions may
determine. It will be observed how vastly, from yeai to year, the contributions
on the part of British Columbia have increased in relation to the appropriations
made in its behalf. At the present time the former is nearly double of the latter,
the aggregate and average of ordinary receipts and expenditures for the pa.st ten
years being: —

Aggregate contributions to the Dominion Treasury $15,584.82920

Average annual contributions to the Dominion Treasury 1,558.48293

Aggregate expenditure by the Dominion in the Province 9,584.263 50

Average annual expenditure by the Dominion in the Province 958.426 35

Special
Expenditure.-:.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

449

The importance of this table, for the first time compiled, will be apparent:

en
to

D
o

o
s

2> 3 W 35 7 35 a

5-N

a s f9
,3 a

OCvO

2.3
n 5-

B
3

»l

a*
u

era

c^oo

QfSt^ .^ M Ul
O V/i 0\Ui <.n

00
^4

Oj *» -" K> On
O <J^ 'O O OC
CTv O Oj 4» >0

v.n OC O OC On

0\vi

U) -

O OS

« r P

On Ixb 'to OC
vO 4^ 4k 10 On
ONUl N- ,.M OC

oono to o^-^
OC to - oo

to OC to O

T3
n

^»

3.2

cf r

ft fro

» a-

a r*

" a*
o
c

a". ^

T o ?: o t: CA m o I

Ji to On N

NN t^ NN 1.^ IM

O — 4i 00 ON
to 4^ vO Ul —

*. O On*> On
NO to 004^ \j\

o t> r^3-'» 2. X c
<£ 1/1 2. --fj i3 n in

OC On -

— <0 V/> •(>•

t.n to O V/1

NO 4* ^J On
M 0C4i. -

4^
w p ^ jO

^J K) >- to

^I On;*j O

NO +■ O 4!^

^85^

JO pN_pNtO

b 4» •^ 4»
to — to to

NO O V NO

4^ ^ "^ NO

OnV/1 4k O

g.o.

IT
P

a
ft

a
a.

?5
re
*^
rt

a
s

O ■-• <ji 4i»
^ — yi M 4»

OC U) VI b> o ocuj

VI oou) 00 — to Np ui

* to O OC

Oj O OCvj vO

Q QNOlyi OCQ 00""
NO O U> O O On4^ nO

to
VI

Oj t*J VI
lO t/1 — vj
VI 4k to vj

^8^8

oj O

UJ vj VI

i i b

4». On O
VI On 30

ON O 4».
N On IN>

» to to

NN I." ^ ""

U( "" 'O VI vj

to U( 4» b -I i^ VI

Onvi i, <^ 4k OC —
00 On -" C <^ 4k OC

4k
VI

'JCvUxi O
CNV/1 O O

OC (3 to to
N-" On O

j3N

V.4« trfj
CC O OC
to O ■-"

nH^8'S

<#»

to (M

NC -«

i • f ■ ~

On to to

UJ -H VI

to VI o
VI ocOj

00
NO

00 I

i i

<«

to NO

VI 4» — iji NO (0
O On ». VI to oi

to - 4k —

4k VI.;.

CeV/l NO to VI to VI Vivy,

•1 NO to
4k 0>4.

■-< OUjvivj Q OCOCO ON4k -. 4k 4k VI ;^
"- -O 00'- " ■

NO NO NO — - _

tfj «. •-i4ki.n4kvi <-i S icvi (J^ VI 4k ui OnU) "- 4-
tovioivi M CT'ON-"U<(.nuj OCO>OvinOvi>OnO

to 4k ON4k
to C>j Uj vj
On",<j VI to

VI V

« Nf.

OnU) — 0*'"^^JnC'.^vIvO
OC N NO n3 l." 00 00<-n -

, _ OCVIVIl/l ONUi \0 •-< to N/i 00

O'Vi 4kviot.jv|p-i Ou<4kU> 00<.n

55
c

H
O

X
m

Z
O

m
>

450

YEAR BOOK OK BRITISH COLUMBIA

^|!.

MM
(/)

fid

5 O

O t^ I-

r>. o^oo

TfCO tr>
cfl rf in
IV. ro lO

«/>

O OOO '<'i'1'4"^>0 '♦uirfiriO^'^

g^ i-L r> 'T N

i/% Tt ro f^ N ^ "^:>0 00 O vO PJ OnOO Oviri ir> T^ O 't^ 00 ro t «>• CTn

"- iri rOvO o"*^*^ fl d^rvO""H fT (-vOO •-< tv rC ^ »^ r^ iri ^vO ^ n'
vO •" to N Tj- in «i tvOO '*1Plt>.0inOtv.'4-Q00'*' «^vp 00 t^ N
— NOONtv -t 't " \0~< rr)\r% rr)\C "^ t TfOO "" "<

W-

NO""^OOOin't"" tvOO

N O
m ON

o ■

m J^ "- ri tv r*i m

N 00 CO Q N N Tj-

K. N r^ Tfoo O t>. CT>

fO O^00 SO m

««^

— 0^ m M P)

00
tv.

O "

"^S^^S

3,66i

9,ooo

39,268

15,006

17,640

tvso moo in m r'j •"

Noo — NinOOr^

oo't-t-.-N-ooi^
Ttt^inxi inpi N "I

^f t^ ro C? N N T? pT
N ^ 00

O -

in 't

in^O

N ~

t~» m

00 vO

VO N
r-^ fv

rnoo

cf\ in

^0 "" N " r^o>tv.'*'nfnO\tN.
N O N O O — 't^ r») t^ m m m >->

OnO >nr>.0 tvi>.— O •t^ r<i l^ N
00 O — ^ 'tvo N O r^'nc^p^min
0\ Q in m^ -" O minO ►" mCT^fO

^nd^O*C^tv^C^Cln'no^^^ O^ fO>0
Tj- « P4 PI rn

00 I

p) I

8 — O Q OC M
N t^ O ri PI

^ t~^ O "- 00
O O VO m Cn

Tf pj O in >n «" Pt O
" rv ^vo o^ O P> VO

I VO

N 00 00 rv

in>3 VO 00 Ov — -^^ 1^ 1- m N
roc^C^■-^vrnolnf^^vffc^pnln

ro N — •" vO rf

0\ 0\ »n o\ p) VO m>5 rv ro •

Onvo t>. t>.oo 00 vp PI tv. m r>.

00 t>.vO PI r>. Ovvo Ov 0\ r>. vO

r^O Iv-N ^""vOmj "vO
r'l—PI "«Ot>"'-< PI

m in>o
O r>. 11

O vO VO Tf

00 t^o . ov 't fn M
^ *-j ^ , NH Qv Th in
m r>. in . o\ rn i-i n

PI ■<tvO

• 00 t>»\0 PO
NN in «

PI PI 0>0VTht^M\O
00 PI 00 rOX !>. « in

"" Tf rv •" in inoo N
►" r^vo ovoo * o o*
i>. rni>. _ o Ov moo

vo rn dvoo « T? ^ »r

two vO 't in PI PI rn

00 P^ Ov OvvO rn Ov «

OvQ>-O^"-00Ov

_ Tf hv ro •'too vO
TTOO O m mrnvo

tv Ov rivO
PI — m >"

mvg

OvOv

Ov PI

Tj-OO
CO i-i
in in

o" -*

vO o

r<i PI

inoO
O N

00_ —

00' pf

8 8>

O ON

m i>,

PI «

P>) cf

. _ y
•- c c «J

llTill
& '/ y) < J <

/.ND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

45T

moo .

O VOOO

N IT) Th •^ rO "^00
0\ N N '^ O^ N n

rf ►<" rT "^ r^ uT) lo

vO O "I^O O^
w "" N

■g'S

wio5

r»1

^ t o

00 g* 'I-
t . "
Nso" t^
N r^OO
O r>.

00 ov f^ N o moo
N tv. o O O "^r>

- Tt 'I-

N "l-OiD

fOOO^ "t , , ,

vd hC rf "^ N OO

— -h' fi
f>

8 8*^

PI O 5^ 3- O Q

t^ N vO O 0*0
« ir> «tO 00 N

\0 CN N O

O\00 i-n «-

N 00 M CTv rC 'f >"'
TfOO VO "^vO O

O I

00^

00 o « t

ro »- ro»>. Ov
Ov Tt ro OvOO
OO ui\o M vO

Cv" t

OvS

o "^vo :*vQ

vO 00 CT> M «
"^00 O ■* N

*vo' i- pr

. _ Ov

vO_^

8Jv r*! tTvO ao

m— fOT*-"" u^O "^

CvNTt-N'!tO""N
^O t^mooo "- «^

' i^OO MOO""

Ti' f. PI

O ^^

00 '•'^00 ^vo
m Ov r^ CT> O

Ov ^ •* Q
t^ J>.vo 00

N< ^ r*t Tt' ** t.^ •-• Ov !**•
►- u^ Tj-00 "1 O 00 "" Tt-
TfO"-vO"«Pt'^"^

«r>ir)vO N

00 -

O -

a
c c

s
C

C
(9

.2 .y'

c
o

c
, - 'j:

«#^

N
pT

t. C rt C

tJ S «^

2 2

ifl o

1> £

tr. ^
-3 ^
3 ■- _

-yj < < «».

«0=:

0) — O
OJ ^ 73

vO
PI

•^
vO
1^

►- - vO
vOvO I -

r^ ov

O "^

iri

00
O^

r^ "^

00 Ov

iri in

^ 'J-

Ovvo

r^ pT

irv

.a c
t;.2

<u ~ z
> r

2 'J

« c

"^pT

3 ,
C/3

00 N

r^oo

N VO
VO "1

^ Ov

Ov r«ix PI
f) 00 »o

iri

'5 '

■Jl

'■a

«J rt

-s >v c C

.2 « B .5 -

■ c ta 3 -

: 2 S «w
^■^- ^ o «r

11 rt jj C

00 '

vo"'
PI

VO '

00 I

irt

«»

V¥

i 5 .y ,> ^ 3
rt-'; rt r,--rx t=
c

— rt o C ^ —

e * :-= ai ^ -s

r 3 ' s J) y

U -f -s 2 U >^'^.^

45i

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Cuatoms
Contrlbations.

From the Trade and Navigation Returns. i8q6. the following statement is
taken, but as previously remarked, the imports set down to the respective provinces
do not accurately, except in the case of British Columbia, represent home consump-
tion in each and therefore the per capUa contributions in the way of customs taxa-
tion to the Treasury can only be properly compared as between
British Columbia and all of Canada, which roundly is three to
one. The question may reasonably arise as to the reason for
the consumption per head being so much greater in this Province than in the rest
of Canada. The explanation is readily available in the fact that in the average
the people of this Province, being less frugal, eat, drink and wear three times in
value the average of the people of the Dominion. As potential or economic
units of the whole population they are three times greater, and practically repre-
sent in relative importance for purposes of revenue, 300,000 instead of 100,000.

PROVINCE.S.

Ontario

Quebec

Nova Scotia

New Brunswick

Manitoba

Prince Edward Island .
North West Territories
British Columbia

Total for Canada.

$7,860,366 78

7.738,547 82

1,442,927 51

1,086,804 45

615,218 29

127,609 15

40,824 76

1.306,738 56

Amount
per head of
population.

3.72
5.20

3-22

3.38
4.03
1.18
0.61
13.06

$20,219,037 32

4.40

The above per capita amount is estimated according to census returns of 189 1.

but
figu

Mis(

Ele<

Tele

Wat

Rail

Stej

Min

Coa

Sra

Chu

Ban

Mui

Pro

Dot

All

Tin

Pri'

ind
wa!
11,1

CAPITAL INVESTED.

UNDER this head an estimate has been based on most comprehensive and gen-
erally speaking very complete data vrontained in the numerous returns from
all over the Province and from information obtained from a variety of sources.
These have been carefully compiled and the results arrived at, after taking into
account ever> business interest in the Province— involving labour of
some magnitude — will be surprising to even those familiar with
the affairs of the Province. It is not claimed that the figures are
absolutely correct, as in some instances, where actual returns were not available,
they are based on estimates, which, however, are approximately correct, and a
complete return would probably modify the total to some ext-^nt. Nor do they
include by any means all that has been invested in the Province in various ways,

An Vested
Interests.

ant

mu
be<
C01
mi
an(

rei

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

453

but only what may be regarded as in the main live and productive capital. The
figures are: —

Miscellaneous Industrial Establishments

Electric Light and Railways

Telephone

Wat?i'works

Railways and Telegraphs

Steamships and Navigation

Mining Plant and Smelters

Coal Mining

Sraling, Salmon Canning and Fish Curing

Churches and Schools

Bank Deposits

Municipal Assessments

Municipal Public Works and Buildings

Provincial Public Works and Buildings

Provincial Assessments

Dominion Public Works and Buildings

All Commercial Establishments

Timber, Leases and privately owned (value estimated)

Private wealth, less public assets and values, assessed in
above

$16,260,000 00

2,000,000 00

200,000 00

2,100,000 00

47.500.000 00

3,000,000 00

10,500,000 00

3,000,000 00

3,250,000 00

1,850,000 00

6,500,000 00

45,000,000 00

925,000 00

5,500,000 00

51,500,000 00

2,800,000 00

5,500,000 00

100,000,000 00

l3<^7.385.ooo 00

$280,000,000 00

By the census of 1881 it was sh>w" ;hat there was $2,952,835 invested in
industries and in 1891 that amount liad i:itr<;ased to $7,246,662. The wages paid
was $929,213 and $5,119,258 respectively, and of the hands employed 2,871 and
11,507 respectively.

All LiablllUc!)
Included.

INDEBTEDNESS.

Against the invested capital, which as we have seen, amounts to $280,000,000,
and practically represents the wealth of British Columbia in a more or less de-
veloped form, we must set tlie indebtedness of all kinds for which
in a private and public way it is liable. Considering the age of the
Province and the limited stage of development, the liabilities, it
must be admitted, are large, and are the result of active speculation, which has
been carried on for some years whereby the future has to some extent been dis-
counted. In order that the credit of the Province as a whole may be fairly deter-
mined and its borrowing margin shown, a full statement of indebtedness. i>ublic
and private, is given, and is as follows: —

Provincial debt $ 4,088,291 39

Municipal debt 5,044,684 23

Dominion debt (B.C.'s share, estimated 100,000 pop.) 5,170,000 r o

Railway and debenture debt 22,500,000 00

Realty mortgages 32,261 914 00

Chattel mortgages 6,000,000 00

Total $75,064,889 62

It is necessary to state in explanation of the above that the amount of
realty mortgages, though being the total of those registered in the Province, is

r li . al

4S4

YEAR DOOK OF IIRITISH COMTMniA

',1

The Marstn
of Crf^lit.

really in excess of the true amoUht, atici is about twice tliat on which the Treasury
receives taxes U is very dillicult lo arrive at an exact total, for the rc*ason thai
mortgages art oft».ii, lor business reasons, registered in more than
one otiicc; and again a number of mortgages that have been
liquidated remains undischarged, citlier through neglect or for
personal reasons. In this way the aggregate is considerably reduced, but how
much it is impossible to say It will be seen from the foregoing taoles that the
margin of credit on private wealth alone is very great. On the basis of 100,000
population the Province's share of the Dominion net debt is $5,170,000 and that
added to the i)rovincial and municipal indebtedness makes a total of, roundly,
$15,000,000. When we compare that with the unalienated resources available m
minerals, timber, land and fisliories it is insignificant, though large in itself. De-
ducting the public indebtedness from the total indebtedness there is left
$60,000,000 as against an asset in private wealth of $280,000,000; and in the sum ol
$6o,o(X).ooo is included an undetermined amonnt for duplicate and undischarged
mortgages. The aggregate amount of the mortgages upon which the Province
collects a mortgage tax is about $15,000,000.

REALTY MORTvlAGE RETURNS.

VTCTORIA

Vajwxuver.

New

Westminstkr.

Kamloops.

No.

Amount.

No.

Amount.

No.

Amount.

No.

Amount.

Mortgages on realty
remaining undis-
charged Jan. 1, 1896:

Private Loans

Companies' Loans

a.980
93a

$7,081,713 CO

3.513,550 00

1.341
1,287

$6,941,125 OC

4.557.9a2 00

1,540
1,030

$3,216,076 00
4,548,527 00

186

$803,080 00
482,588 00

Registered during

1896:

Private Loans

Companies' Loans

435
207

591,217 00

535,383 00

'55
173

218,481 00
482,639 00

138
III

166,568 00
335.581 00

103
64

I55.5a3 00
180,856 00

Total Mortgages..

4,554

$11,721,863 00

2,961

$12,200,167 00 2,819

$8,266,752 00

687

$1,622,047 00

Dischci :. -d during
1896:

Private Loans

Companies' Loans

3*9
181

$452,865 00

142,960 00

129
113

246,752 00
171,441 00

122

$170,716 00
113,112 00

70
15

186,^50 00
64,619 00

510

$595,825 00

24a

$418,193 00

179

$283,828 CO

$251,069 00

Mortgages on realty
remaining u n d i s-
chargedjan. i, 1897:

Private Loans

Companies' Loans

3,086
958

4,044

$7,220,065 00

3.905.973 00

1,367
1.352

$6,912,854 00 1 1,556
4,869,120 00 j 1,084

$3,'»li,928 00
4.770,996 00

367
235

$77a,i53 00
598,825 00

$11,126,038 00

3,719

$11,781,974 00 1 2,640

$7,982,924 00

60a

$1,370,978 00

Total No. of Private Loans

Total No. of Companies' Loans.

6,376
3.«'29

$18,117,000 00
14,144.914 00

Total No. of Loans 10,005 $32,261,914 00

Chattel mortgages registered in Victoria, Vancouver, New Westminster,
Nanaimo, Kamloops and Revelstoke amount to, in round figures, $6.a>o,ooo.

TRADE, FINANCE AND WEALTH.

In the table which follows there is a general comparison as between British
Columbia and the principal countries of the world, of l^cr capita trade, revenue,
expenditure, public debt and private wealth. The last named, for the countries

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

455

in question, is based on lands, cattle, houses, furniture, railways, ships, mcrchai.-
dise, bullion, and sundries,

The private wealth of British Columbia is based on the amounts of private
capital contained in the table of "Capital Invested." exclusive of public works
and public property, but to which is added $100,000,000 (a conservative estimate)
for the value of timber owned privately, or covered by timber
Private Wcaitb. leases. The iuiiueiise tutal ui |)iau,ooo,(JOQ ot private, weuuii is
arrived at, which per head of the population is j2,8oo, exceeding by far that of any
other country of the world — three times that of Great Britain or the United States
and nearly three times that of all Canada (which, by the way, agrees with the
statement made under the head of "Inter-provincial Relations" as to the potential
value of each unit of our population), and greater by far than that of Australasia.
The table below is an exceedingly instructive one.

Table showing Trade, Finance and Private Wealth of Principal Countries in the
World compared with British Columbia :—

Trade Finance.

Imports j Public

and I " . j Debt.

Exports. Revenue. I P-'^P^""'-,

ture. I Amount
Value Value | .. , per head,

per head, per head.j ^,, \
r per head. I

c
o

in
O

United Kingdom, , . .

Cape of Good Hope.

Canada

Newfoundland

West Indies

Australasia.

New South Wales . .

Victoria

South Australia

Western Australia. . .

Queensland

Tasmania

^ New Zealand

Europe.

Russia

Norway

Sweden

Denmark

German Empire . .

Holland

Belgium

France

Switzerland,

America.

Chili

Uruguay

Argentine Republic

United States

British Columbia

$87 37

99 24

46 64

S9 57
252 21

144 45
iir 27

177 47
245 53
151 44
74 67
104 13

6 77

43 51
36 04
65 80

34 09
224 62

90 43

35 18
103 12

49 67
74 81

47 75
22 77

213 15

$12 57

14 56

7 14

7 62

38 59

35 80
27 58

35 64
54 12

36 07

23 05
31 73

6 08

7 90
7 49
9 84
5 84

II 63

17 55

5 28

10 62

19 77

14 82

5 75
10 00

$12 06

13 92
7 21

6 59
40 92

37 89
27 73
35 64
45 03
34 96
22 66

30 44

5 52

7 66

6 68
9 27

5 86

II 33
17 66

/, 98

9 99

io 59

27 27

6 10
16 00

:$ 79 96

I 75 91

i 50 43

63 69

j 59 39

j 220 79

I 193 30

I 296 90 1

! 167 40

I 336 81

235
296

8n
50)
86/

35 73
19 39
15 90
24 63
9 69

68' ii

157 57

5 57

34 26
143 70
96 36
24 84
40 00

* Private
Wealth.

1888.

Per head.

$1,235 of>
980 00

1,850 00

275 00
610 00
625 oc

1,150 00
700 00

1,080 00
835 00

1,120 00
825 00

625 00
1,050 00
2,800 00

Statistics of private wealth are taken from " Mulhall's Dictionary of Statistics.'

48tf

YKAR BOOK OP BRITISH COLUMBIA

PROVINCIAL TAXATION.

Higher Rate.

Lower Kate.

THE rate of taxation is as follows: On real estate, four-fifths of one p'-r cent,;
on assessed value personal property, three quarters of one per cent.; on
wild land, three per cent; income exceeding $i.ooo is subject to the
following tax: Upon excess not above $10,000, one and one-quarter of one per
cent.; over $10,000 and not more than $Jo,ooo, one and one-half
of one per cent. ; when excess is over $.^o,ooo, one and three-quar-
ters of one per cent.

If taxes are paid by the .30th of June in each year as under, the rate is as
follows: Three-fifths of one per cent, on assessed value of real estate; one-half
of one per cent, on personal property a'ld two and one-half per
cent, on assessed value of wild land; on excess of income when
tile same is not more than $10,000. one per cent; between $10,000 and $20,000, one
and ()ne-(|uarter of one per cent.; and over $20,000 one and one-half of one
per cent.

vJattle and sheep depastured on Crown Lands are taxed twenty-five cents
per head on all cattle and five cents per head on sheep. This tax entitles owners
to depasture them for six months; il tax is not paid on demand it may be collected
by distress and sale.

Residents in the cities of Victoria. Vancouver. Nanaimo and New Westmin-
ster are taxed annually $.? per head due after the 2nd of January in each year for
municipal purposes, said tax to be paid to municipal collectors; and in all places
outside of the limits of the above named municipalities to be
collected by Provincial Assessors. The employers of labour may
oay the tax for employees and deduct the amount from wages
due. Employers must also furnish lists of employees to collectors. Clergy men
and militiamen are exempt.

Mines and minerals are regarded as a separate cla?s of property and are
taxed in the following manner: One per cent, on assessed value of
all ore or minerals, the said value to be based on market price at
the mine. No ore shall be taxed which is not sold or removed
from the mining premises. Mine owners must notify assessor
of any mine being in active production, and no ore can be shipped
until such notification has been made. All mineral taxes are
payable quarterly. Mine owners must make returns to Assessor of output, etc.,
within seven days from the end of the quarter.

The following property is exempt f om taxation: All property belonging
to Her Majesty the Queen; Indian Lands unoccupied or occupied ofilicially; all
places of public worship and every burying ground (not exceeding five acres)
and public cemeteries; public school houses, court houses, gaols, public hospitals,
asylums and reformatories, etc.. with the land attached thereto
and the personal property belonging to each of them; literary
societies ?,nd mechanics' institutes; public roads and squares; municipal property
occupied for municipal purpo.';es, or unoccupied; the property of public libraries,
mechanics' institutes and all scientific institv.tions, and of agricultural or horti-
cultural societies, if actually occupied by such societies; the personal property

Rcvtnue

Tux.

Tnx on
Mines*.

Exemptions.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

457

of tlie Governor-General and the Lieutenant-Governor of the Province; the pro-
perty of fire companies; naval or military officers on full pay, and the pay of
persons in the Imperial, Naval or Military Service; public funds, pensions and
all incomes up to $i,ooo; income derived from interest on bonds or stocks, or
from farm and assessed capital; all property out of the Province, the unpaid pur-
chase money of land and all personal i)ropcrty e<iual to debts due, and the net
personal property under $300; ministers' salaries, all household effects, hooks, etc.;
mineral and other lands on which a royal 'y is reserved, to the extent of such
royalty; all the land within the limits of a municipality; homesteads to the value
of $500.

For rate of municipal taxation, sec Municipal Statistics.

PROVINCIAL ASSESSMENT.

DISTRICT.

Kkal
PROI'EKTV.

Albertii

Cowichaii-Alberni

Cariboo (Barkerville)

" (Lightning Creek)

" (yiK'HiieUe)

" (Keithlev)

" (William's Lake)

Cassiar (Coast Districts)

Com )x

Esquimau

Kootenay East (Northern Division)..
" " (Southern Division)..

West (Nelson)

" (Revelstoke)

Lillooet

Nanaimo City

North

South

New Westminster, City and District.;

Stikine j

Vancouver County |

Victoria City

" South and part North

" North f Jo. 2

" N0.3

" " No. 4.

" " Oaliano.

Vale (Kamloops Division)

" (Kettle River Division)

" (Nicola Division)

" fSimilkameen Division)

" (Okanagan Division)

" (Hope, Yale. Lytton and Cache
Creek Divisions)

Total

AHHKHHKI)

Value,

$418,878 00

329,115 00

19,200 00

6,500 00

71,300 00

59,200 00

116,090 00

556,586 00

661,745 00

1.793.417 00
310,549 00
207,249 00
217,62', 00
332,190 00
706,650 00

706,670 00
987,740 00
566,110 00
9^ . 00
538,19a 00

a,753
174

755
677

1,070
90

1,258

321 00
h^o no
450 1.0
^oo 00
iX) 00

737 00
,117 00
,100 00
250 00
447 00

Canadian Pacific Railway

Columbia & Kootenay Railway.
Esquimau & Nanaimo Railway.
Victoria & Sydney Railway

392,350 00
$15.8951 168 00

$1,857,000 00

188,593 00

225,000 00

51,000 00

$18,316,761 00

WILD

Land.

Total

Assessed

Value.

Pehhunal

PROI'KHTV.

Total

Assessed

Value.

179.39" '"o

66,402 00

1,050 00

1,800 00

700 00

607,044 00

345.242 o"

102,394 00

20,857 00

65,841 00

191,400 00
67.975 o"

r>f .492 00

100,547 <X)

43.355 00
356,237 00

63,764 00
8,608 00

$ 9,100 00
137,060 00
88,595 00

21,(HX> UO

64,700 00

53,700 00

70,050 CIO

207,360 00

148,315 00

67,920 (10

125,926 00

43.075 00

106,349 00
507,900 00

753,700 00

56<),250 00

246,150 00

6,455.360 00

37,000 00

5.994.56V 00

10,939,694 00

147.425 00

12,186 00

Income
Tax.

Total
Taxable
INCO.ME.

340 00
3,760 00

2(XJ 00
476 00

4,856 00
740 00

4.750

13 00

1,100

6,100 00

J6,59I

500 00

58,248

3.054,441 00

13,162

182,510 00

13,440

321,295 00

1,000

29,680 00

17.030

365,400 00

17.399

233,840 ^o_

30,000,093 CO

$2,430,969

7,853 00
31,388 00
11,860 00

1,600 00

41,744 00

369,896 00

48'' f<->H 00

7,450 00

1,000 00

1,500 00
$872,290 00

.V", -'^•

IMAGE EVALUATION
TEST TARGET (MT-3)

1.0

I.I

1^128 |2.5
■^ 1^ III 2.2
2.0

140

1.25 1.4 1.6

•

^>.

%^'y

'^.^'*
■^

Hiotographic

Sciences
Corporation

23 WEST MAIN STREET

WEBSTER, N.Y. 14580

(716) 873-4303

^"^

<«/.

4S8

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

LOANS— BRITISH COLUMBIA.

■'

lii^

Year.

Amount Issued.

Rate
of
In-
terest.

Sold at

Redeemable.

Present Price.

Offered.

Asked.

1874
1877
1887
*i89i
ti893
1895

$ 20,000 00

727,500 00

996,190 00

2,085,791 00

599.945 00
2,037,100 00

7p.ct.
6 "
4>^"
3 "
3 "
3 "

Par.
96

9sy2

86
91
95

May I, 1899.
July I, 1907.
July I, 1917.
July I, 1941.
July 1, 1941.
July I, 1941.

Not on

"5
III
102

T02>^
102 >^

Sale.
120
114
103
103
103

* Issue of inscribed stock.

t Issue for Parliament Building construction.

The following have been guaranteed in aid of railways : —

1890. Interest of the Shuswap & Okanagan Railway Company's bonds,

4 per cent, per annum on $1,249,763 $49)98o 52

1892. Interest of the Victoria & Sydney Railway Company's bonds, 2

per cent, per annum on $300,000 6,000 00

1893. Principal and interest of the Nakusp & Slocan Railway Company's

bonds. Interest at 4 per cent, per annum on $647,072 25,882 88

All of the above are terminable in twenty-five years.

Against the guarantee to the Shuswap & Okanagan and Nakusp & Slocan Rail-
ways the Province receives 40 per cent, of the gross earnings under agreement with
the C.P.R. Co., which company is operating both lines.

In aid of dyking and drainage the " Drainage, D3'king and Irrigation Act, 1894,"

fuarantees4 percent, annual interest on bonds of six dykiiiji; systems, amounting to
12,960.00.

As security for the sums guaranteed to the several districts, the lands are liable
for the same on rates levied by District Commissioners.

Under authority of Act passed last session of Parliament (1897) the debentures of
the various dyking systems (&\l of which are in Westminster District) are being con-
solidated, and a new issue of debentures, covering the whole amount and sufficient
for further improvements, will be issued.

Net public debt of the Province, being balance of liabilities over

assets at 30th June, 1896 $4,088,291 39

Net revenue, 1896 989.765 22

Net expenditure, 1896 . 1,614,72362

■^

<1>

...

■~\

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

459

The increase of the development in British Columbia is shown in the following
table :—

187 1.

1881.

1891.

1896.

Number of Miners

$ 192,000

1,912,907
1,790,352

2,792
1,850

2,381
6,992

49,459

$ 397,035

1,454,321

2,255,753
2,489,246

4,591
3,798

5,874
16,776

98,175

$1,038,238

3,008,755

6,199,280

5,477,411

" Fishermen

" Farmers

" Houses

Population

Revenue

Value of Fisheries

$ i,V56,^9
5,000,000

" Exports

" Imports

10,576,524
5,563,095

:'{

Comparative table, showing growth and development in ten years : —

Aggregate assessments of all cities
Number of Schools

" Teachers

" Pupils

Revenue on Provincial assessment

1886.

1896.

$IC

), 750,000

$45,000,000

92
116

5,345
$73,177

220

350

14,460

$278,962

CUSTOM REVENUES COMPARED.

Year. British Columbia

1872 $342,400 48

1873 302,14765

1874 336,49447

1875 413,991 50

1876 488,38452

1877 403,520 21

1878 426,125 31

1879 516,261 87

1880 450,17543

1881 599,427 72

1882 679,207 i8

1883 908.96254

1884 884.076 21

Canada.
$13,045,493 50
13,017,730 17
14,421,882 67
15,361,382 12
12,833,114 48
12,548,451 09
12,795,693 17
12,939,540 66
14,138,849 22
18,500,785 97
21,708,837 43
23,172.308 97
20,164,963 37

Year. British Columbia.

1885 966,143 64

1886 880,226 65

1887 883,421 53

1888 861,465 14

1889 974,716 59

1890 1,078,507 20

1891 1,346,425 92

1892 1,412,878 27

1893 1,220,521 52

1894 1,189,414 13

1895 1,053,691 13

1896 1,306,738 56

Canada.
19,133,558 99
19,448,123 70
22.469,705 83
22,209,641 53

23,784,523 23
24,014,908 07
23,481.069 13
20,550,581 53
21,161,710 93
19,379,822 32
17,887,269 47
20,219.037 32

$19,925,325 37 $458,388,984 87

The ratio of customs revenue derived from British Columbia and the whole of
Canada has risen in 25 years from 1:44 to 1:15.

iill

RAILWAY

ENTERPRISES.

Railways
Demanded.

WE have in British Columbia entered upon a distinctively railway era. No
other Province of Canada, or country in the world depends more
thoroughly upon railway communication for a realization of its latent
wealth. On account of distances and physical irregularities no other
mode of communication will answer the requirements. There are
many objective points of great importance to reach, and, while physical conforma-
tion has lent itself strangely to the creating of a perfect system of railway network,
modern methods and modern conditions demand in order that
these points may be reached and tapped that the means of travel
and transportation must be cheap and rapid. Trails and waggon
roads are, to use an expressive vulgarism, no longer "in it." If British Columbia
alone were concerned, stage coaches, like sailing vessels, would serve a purpose;
but competition embraces so wide an area of the earth's surface that the main
rivalry is no longer between individuals and corporations, but between countries.
It has assumed that vast proportion that individuals in a state cannot succeed
where the State itself is behind in the race.

The policy of railway building in British Columbia in the past has followed
and has been one with the general policy adopted throughout Canada. The neces-
sity of railways has always been apparent and their promotion has been secured
by land grants or guarantee of interest on bonds although, heretofore, in no
instance has there been a cash subsidy per mile extended as in other parts of
Canada. At the last session of Parliament an Act was passed authorizing the
Government to borrow the sum of $2,500,000 for the purpose of assisting in the
construction of three lines of railway to the extent of $4,000 per mile, particulars
of which are given elsewhere. This Act does not contemplate assistance by land
subsidy or guarantee of bonds, and in this respect is a departure from former
policy. It does not, however, preclude such assistance by special enactment in
addition if deemed necessary. The short line from the Coast into
the interior by way of Hope and Similkameen Valley was pro-
jected by a company which obtained a charter for the purpose,
and the inception of the enterprise in this preliminary way was received at first
with a good deal of enthusiasm, especially in the Lower Mainland, and generally
met with approval. The object to be achieved from a railway point of view was
the shortening of the distance to the mines, afl'ording more direct communication
with the towns of Southern Yale and Kootenay and with the eastern markets via
Crow's Nest Pass. It would also avoid the snow sheds and expensive mainten-

ProTlndal
Policy.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

461

A New,
Short Line.

ance of the present main line of the C.P.R. This enterprise, however, is one
which the management of the C.P.R. has had in view for some years, and towards
ivhich end thorough surveys had been made extending all the way from Leth-
bridge through the Crow's Nest Pass as far as the main lire at Hope. Depressed
times and to some extent the difficulty of finding easy pa.sses delayed the project
so far as the Company was concerned. The very rapid development of the mines
in Southern Kootenay forced the issue somewhat sooner than was anticipated,
and the construction of the direct line from Lethbridge through the Crow's Nest
Pass was undertaken tby the C.P.R. as the initial step in carrying
out a long-planned project. With the attention being directed
to British Columbia and the easing of the financial situation the
C.P.R. Company will be enabled to undertake a very considerable extension of
their system in British Columbia and it is not improbable that it has plans for
a wider field of operations than have yet been wholly revealed. The building of
the line from Trail to Robson through the Boundary country to Penticton and
another from Penticton to the Coast direct would be the logical completion of the
Crow's Nest Pass Railway, and whether undertaken by the present charter
holders or by the C.P.R. is inevitable. A very strong fight was made at Ottawa
last session for a Dominion subsidy for both of the sections referred to and at
one time the Boundary line at least was regarded as an established fact, but
disagreement as to terms resulted in both being laid over. The prospects are
good for one, if not both, having favourable consideration next session.

Another objective point in British Columbia for a railway is the gold mines
of Cariboo at Williams Creek and Quesnelle. There are strong advocates for
each of two routes, one leading from Ashcroft or Kamloops on the C.P.R., and
the other from the sea up Bute Inlet. As the arguments in favour of the con-
struction of a line of railway along either route involve considerations of a
political and sectional character it is not proposed to deal with their respective

merits. Both have been on the tapis for a number of years and have
Into Cariboo. had charters granted and renewed from time to time. One would

in all probability form a part of the C.P.R. system, and the other
is practically what has been known as the Canada West»jrn or British Pacific
scheme. More especially in view of the trend of recent northern development,
both or some other lines attaining similar objects, are likejy to be built. They
are both ultimate links in the natural arterial system of railways in this Province.

No reference has been made to the main line of the C.P.R. through British
Columbia which was built and completed some time ago as a consummation of the
national idea of a transcontinental railway, linking all the Provinces together, and
none at this late date is necessary to elucidate its magnitude, importance or
results. It is its own living witness. Leaving it out of the question, however, in
so far as it answers the purpose for which it was constructed, the main problem
of railway construction is yet to be dealt with, and the exploitation of the Canadian
Yukon gold fields is helping in the solution in a most wonderful
way. The railway of the future is neither the Penticton line nor
the British Pacific, nor ^ny one yet built or projected, but one of
which all these would become tributaries and essential links. Reference is made to
a railway from the South to the North extending through the great Interior
Plateau of British Columbia and as far north as the mineral belt is accessible
and having its outlet it may be in Alaska at the mouth of the Yukon and connect-

iil

Railway ot the
Pntnre.

' ! I

462

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Not Rival
Routes.

ing ultimately with the Siberian Railway now pushing eastward to a Pacific port.
It has long been talked of as a possibility, but has never until the present entered
the paie of practical politics. The recent live issues respecting routes to the
Yukon have brought it prominently to the front, not only as a possibility but as
a probability as soon as the financial resources of the country will permit or
capital is available. The maps accompanying this book v ill show the various
routes that have been advocated and it will be observed that they all, somewhere,
culminate in this line which marks itself out as the undertaking in chief. With
the resources of the various sections south to north developed there is not
necessarily any rivalry in the conception of the different routes, not even of the
one from Edmonton; because taking the Boundary country as a start and follow-
ing up the Okanagan Lakes to and by way of Vernon to Kamloops from Donald
and Golden, from Revelstoke and from Kamloops, through to
Canoe River Valley; from Ashcroft through Cariboo; from Bute
Inlet to Quesnelle; from Edmonton via Tete Jeune Cache; from
Kitimat to the proposed Stickine and Teslin line; or from any of the ports at
present in Alaska — there is a raison d' etre for the existence of each. They would
all form feeders to the central line, which in turn as a main artery of the system
would afford them traffic and incidentally develop a series of very rich districts,
through which smaller networks of vein communication would be distributed.
Instead of acting as rivals they would materially assist in the success of each
other and altogether would constitute the most complete exemplification of the
benefit of an all- Canadian and British Columbian route to the Klondyke.

There are other problems presenting themselves, in addition to the routes
which railways will take, and among these arises the question of how best they
can be built. With the multiplicity of demands for railway construction there are
necessarily involved the responsibilities and obligations of the Province itself in
respect thereto. It is becoming pertinent to enquire to what extent the Province
should be interested in the ownership as a just return for assistance extended.
As yet the Province owing to, among other things, its relations with the Do-
minion, is not in a position to assume absolute control, because
apart from the question of financial ability the jurisdiction of the
Dominion extends to the power of declaring all railways to be
for the benefit of Canada, and therefore, supersedes that of the Province. Should
sentiment develop as it has in the /vustralias in favour of Government ownership
it will be necessary to arrive at some new understanding as to how railways
within the Province may be owned and controlled. At present the constitutional
relations of the Provinces and the Dominion arc illogical and anomalous, and are
open to political abuse.

The settled policy of the Dominion Government for some time has been
to assist railways, for the purpose of colonization — an extremely elastic def^.nition
of their uses and value and well suited for the exercise of a wide political discre-
tion — to the extent of $3,200 a mile. The Government of British Columbia, how-
ever, has taken the position, as the result of the superior jurisdiction of the Do-
nunion authorities and the n-uch gfreater benefit derived through customs rev-
enues, that the latter are entitled to pay towards railways in this Province double
the provincial bonus per mile, and the Act of 1897 was to some extent based on
that proportion.

RAILWAYS ASSISTED, SUBSIDIES, ETC.

Ownership and
Control.

The greater portion of the main line of the C.P.R. was built by the Do-
minion Government and subsequently transferred to the C.P.R. syndicate. Total
length in British Columbia. 502 miles.

The Esquimau & Nanaimo Railway, Vancouver Island, received $750,000
in cash as a bonus from the Dominion and 1,900,000 acres from the Province,
the lands to be free of taxation forever and the land exempt for ten years.

Method of
AHlstanct.

The Columbia & Kootenay, Kaslo & Slocan, Nelson & Fort Sheppard, and
Columbia & Western — all in operation — were granted 10,240 acres per mile by
the Provincial Legislature and received $3,200 per mile from the Dominion Gov-
ernment. For the pai*:iculars respecting the aid to the Nakusp & Slocan, Shus-
wap & Okanagan, and Victoria & Sidney and other particulars,
see tables of "Loans" and "Railways." They also received the
Dominion bonus of $3,200 a mile. The latter was in each instance.
as a return for the guarantee of bonds, hypothecated to the Province. One-half
of the guarantee of interest of four per cent, on the bonds of the Victoria & Sid-
ney Railway was assumed by the City of Victoria.

The New Westminster Southern Railway from Blaine, in Washingrton
State, to New Westminster, a distance of twenty-two miles, was built in 1889
without aid. It subsequently passed into the control of the Great Northern Rail-
way and became part cf its system. ,•

By Act of 1893 provision was made for assistance similar to that extended to
the Nakusp & Slocan to a railway through Nicola Valley and another through
the Lower Fraser valley to Chilliwack from Vancouver, but these lines were not
proceeded with.

In 1889 the Canada Western, better known as the British Pacific, was
granted a charter and provision made for a land grant of 10,000 acres per mile
of its extent through the Province to the eastern boundary, not yet undertaken.

During last session of Parliament under the provisions of the "Loan
(B.C. Public Works) Act," authority wis obtained by the Government to assist
hnes of railway (a) from Penticton to Boundary Creek, 100 miles; (b) from Bute
Inlet to Quesnelle, 230 miles; (c) from English Blufif near Point Roberts via
Chilliwacl: to Penticton, 230 miles; to the extent of $4,000 per
14.000 a MUc. ^-^^^ under certain conditions. Land subsidies to the extent of
5,200 acres per mile were also granted to lines of railway in Cassiar District as
follows: (0) Head of Taku Inlet to Teslin Lake, 140 miles; (b) head of Lynn
Canal via White Pass to northern boundary of Province; (c) Glenora on Stickine
River to Teslin Lake (about 150 miles).

THE CASSIAR CENTRAL.
A concession to the Cassiar Central Ry. from a point on the Stickine River to
Dease Lake, 70 miles, aroused considerable interest and gave rise to a good deal of
political discussion. Under the provisions of the "Cassiar Central Aid Act, 1897,"
the Company, of which Mr. Warburton Pike, the well-known traveller, was the
promoter, receives a lease for thirty-five years of an area not exceeding 700,000
acres between the 58th and 60th parallels and 131st and 128th meridians of longi-
tude. In the minersd claims located within this area the Company pays one-half
of one per cent, royalty on ore extracted in addition to all other taxes imposed;
$50 per annum on each claim so long as held; $100 for each trans-
fer of claim; usual royalties on timber cut or used. Lands are to
be selected in blocks of four miles square not exceeuing 10,240
acres per mile of railway. In respect to free miners, whose rights have been much
discussed, they may enter and locate on lands demised by the Company accord-
ing to the mining laws of the Province and within six months are to offer terms
to the Company for the undivided half of their claims, which the Company may
accept or refuse within sixty days. In the event of the Company declining, the
miner has two years within which to sell his claim, the Company having the rght
to purchase at the price offered after paying to the miner the value of development
work. At the end of two years the Company may assume control, paying the
miner the value of development work and one-half the amount realized for the
sale of the claim or from the sale of ores. The miner is entitled to six months'
previous notice of the intention of the Company, but if the latter at the end tf
the two years declines to proceed with development, the location becomes the pro-
perty of the free miner. There are other provisions and conditions, but the fore-
going form the crux of the Act. Active exploratory work has already been
undertaken by the promoters of the railway.

THE B. C SOUTHERN.
Under the charter of the B. C. Southern Railway Company, the control of
which has been secured by the C.P.R., construction is now proceeding from

Concessions
and Conditions.

404

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

LetlibridRe via the Crow's Nest Pass into Kootenay. The former Company
ol)tained a land subsidy of 10,240 acres applicable to sections (a) and (b) ot the
Act extendiuj; aid for a distance of 173 miles from the eastern boundaiy of the
Province westward tlirough Soutlicrn Kootenay. To assise in
" " the construction of this line, which was strongly urged from all

Corn it nns. (|uarters of the Dominion, the Government at Ottawa granted

$10,000 per mile subject to certain conditions as to traflic arrangements, the price
of coal, and the reversion of 50,000 acres of coal lards, etc. The work of con-
struction is proceeding rapidly. Among early results anticipated are the delivery
of coal and coke to the smelters in Kootenay and the erection of smelters in
East Kootenay.

OTHER LINES.

During the present year the Red Mountain Railway from Northport '.3
Rossland. six miles, has been built and is in ()i)eration and a branch of the Colum-
bia & Western from Robsoii to Rossland, sixteen miles, was commenced and
completed and traffic arrangements have been entered into with the C.P.R. in
connection with its operation. A charter has been in existence for some time,
several times renewed, for a railway from Ashcroft or Kamloops to Barkerville,
about 100 miles, and the early construction of this line by the C.P.R. is consid-
ered to be fairly probable.

The line of railway attracting the greatest immediate attention is one from
Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake to afiford an all-British route to the x'ukon.
The ])roposal contemplated utilizing the Stickine River for this purjiose. liut more
recently there has been a proposal to start the railway to Teslin
Into the Yukon. j^ake from the head of Kitiniat Inlet by wa> of the Kitimat route,
so as to avoid the navigation of the Stickine and an exploratory surxey has
already been made.

On Vancouver Island there have been several projects for railways. One of
these is a railway from Nanaimo to Alberni, the latter point being long regarded
by many as a very important objective point as a seaport. Hon. Dr. Helmcken
has for years advocated a railway to the north end of the Islnnd. and doubt-
less its importance will be ultimately fully recognized.

Numerous local charters not referred to in the foregoing have been obtained
from time to uii." m-inly for speculative purposes.

The mileage of railways in British Columbia is: —

Miles.

C.P.R. main line and branches 505..^

Columbia & Kootenay :!8.50

Esquimau & Nanaimo 78.01

Kaslo & Slocan 31.80

Nakusp & Slocan 36.90

Nelson & Fort Sheppard 59-40

Shuswap & Okanagan 51.00

Victoria & Sidney 16.26

Red Mountain 6

Columbia & Western 21.

New Westminster Southern 22

New Westminster-Vancouver Tramway 12

Total 868.17

Tlie bonded debt of lines outside of the main Ime is. roundly, $5,500,000;
and the total cost of railways in the Province, about $48,000,000 inclusive of roll-
ing stock and all other plant.

The chapter on Electrical Enterprises, in connection with which very com-
plete data had been prepared, has been unavoidably left out. It may be briefly
stated that in respect to the telegraph, telephone, electric light and tramways,
the Province is well to the front, and. in fact, in respect to electric lighting and
tramways, was the pioneer Province in Canada.

THE CANADIAN YUKON

Anticipated
Rusb.

PERHAPS no other event or combination of events occurring outside of
the arena of the battlefield has during the present century so profoundly
affected the English-speaking people, and generally has had so wide an
influence in so short a space of time as the gold discoveries in the Yukon.
The mining excitements of Australia, California or South Africa were
similar in character, but they did not move the world as the Klondyke has moved
it. Nor did they ever experience the same sudden, concerted and momentous
rush as we are likely to witness during the next few months.

This chapter is not written for the purpose of inducing its readers to join
the stampede, but to supply a legitimate demand for information. It is said that
there is no animal so savag'^ as a mob, and there is nothing, outside of the forces
of Nature itself, so irresistible as human beings impelled by a
"movement," more especially if the impetus be that of finding
gold. It would matter little under such stimulating conditions
whether the words written were of warning or encouragement; tlieir effect would
be less than the merest ripple on the surface of the ocean. Anywhere between
one hundred thousand and half a million persons in all quarters of the globe have
set their minds on reaching Klondyke "in the spring." It is alike a. ~ommoiitary
on the rage for wealth and the tremendous energy and directness afforded by
modern agencies for the concentration of efifort on a given point. Nothing in
history quite equals the enterprise thus displayed.

It is unnecessary for practical information to readers to review the history
of mining and prospecting in the Yukon District. The country has been pros-
pected by numbers of men ever since 1887 and the scene of the present mining
operations has been several times gone over. Prior to 1896 the operations were
confined mainly to t'.e Alaska side of the 141st meridian and in the diggings
there good results had been obtained. In 1896. however, Bonanza and other
creeks were discovered on the Canadan side and coarse gold exposed equal to the
richest finds of Cariboo.

Then began the rush, which has become memorable, from Circle City and
other points on the American side. Mr. Ogilvie, in his reports to the Dominion
Government, gave the first intimation of these discoveries, and although great
interest was awakened and a subsequent rush to the Yukon
anticipated, it was not until the steamer "Excelsior" to San Fran-
cisco brought the first consignment of miners and gold dust that
the real excitement began. It spread immediately to all the cities on the Pacific
Coast and throughout America, and to Great Britain. Thousands started for

Interca*-
Awakened.

460

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

the Yukon by v.^ of San Francisco, Seattle, Tacoma, Victoria and Vancouver,
but the lateness of the season prevented many from getting through to Klondyke
this year. About 10,000 people from all point.? started northward, the main
objective points by which to reach Dawson City being Skagway and Dyea Pass.
These routes, tolally uiiprepaieil for the tralfic suddenly thrust upon them, soon
became congested and hardships, suffering, and much loss resulted.

At the time Mr. Ogilvie left Dawson City in midsummer there were between

three and four thousand people there. Of the 10,000 who started in after the

excitement began, probably three thousand have reached their destination. Mr.

Ogilvie considers that during 1897 about $3,500,000 was taken out of he various

creeks in the vicinity of Dawson City. It has been said that every dollar in gold

lifted by the ordinary process of mining costs a dollar to pro-

Go.d to Get Gold, duce it. This will be fo-nd particularly true of the wealth of the

Yukon. Of the 10,000 peoT'le who started this year, $500 each

by way of expenditure would be a moderate estimate indeed. That tepre-

sents in itself $5,000,000 as against the $3,500,000 mined, and in reality

$10,000,000 would be nearer the total of the expenditure in reaching the Yukon

alone. Again, if we accept the estimate that at least 100,000 persons will start for

the mines in 1898. at an average of $500, the amount expended will be $50,000,000

in one year. Mr. Ogilvie's estimate of the gold in the creeks in the Klondyke to

be taken out during the next decade is between $65,000,000 and $75,000,000.

It will be unnecessary to refer to the rich character of the diggings or the
many individual finds and clean-ups which have made some rich and others mil-
lionaires. These range from $5,000 up to $150,000. Pans of gold averaged all
the way from $1.50 up to $500. In the rich diggings, however. $10 and $12 a pan
was a fair average. From the evidence of Mr. Ogilvie, Dr. Dawson, and many
others more or less competent to form an opinion, it is undoubted that the whole
Yukon territory is rich in precious and other minerals, and that it will take many
years before development has reached its height. This country, however, is simply
a continuation, and practically the same in character as the whole northern por-
tion of British Columbia, included in Cariboo and Cassiar, the riches of which
have beer demonstrated many years ago, and which will be exploited more
thoroughly as a result of gold mining in the far North.

The question of routes to this country is fully dir.cussed elsewhere and all
available particulars given. As to what extent a cotiutry like the Yukon can
support and successfully accommodate the thousands of people who are about to
rush in is a question which cannot easily be determined, but a
note of warning is necessary as to the capabilities of a country
wholly undeveloped to maintain for any length of time from
100,000 to 200,000 persons, whose livelihood must depend upon mining and in the
absence of success in that, upon the resources which they carry with them.
There is a danger of the situation being overdone and prospective gold-seekers
should weigh carefully the risks that may be involved as against the chances of
making wealth. There is a danger, too, of speculation being over-stimulated by
the excitement, and the over-investment of capital in the hundred and one
schemes which are evolved by such circumstances. Already the business com-
munity has been besieged by hosts of enterprising promoters, some of them the
purest fakirs, for the purpose of interesting them in all kinds of schemes from
advertising to balloon projects. Over-speculation and over-investment are bound
to be followed by reaction and the loss of much capital.

A Necessary
Caution.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

467

point of view.

PronpcctA of
Colonization.

It is doubtful also to what extent the Yukon may become permanently
colonized. L.. Dawson speaks hopefully of it from an agricultural and industrial
Mr. Oailvie, on the other hand, sees little in the country upon
which to found hopes of agriculture being carried on to any
extent or in fact any other industry, except that of mining. It
is possible, however, that with the rush of people many openings
for enterprises will occur which may ituluoc pertnanont SLtlk'Uient, especially by
people from the northern countries of Europe to whom the conditions are not
unusual or forbidding.

It should be borne in mind, particularly, that the Klondyke is in Canadian
territory and that outfits purchased in British Columbia or in Canada are not
subject to duty; and also that all supplies coming from any point outside of
Canada are subject to a duty ranging from twenty to thirty-five per cent., accord-
ing to the nature of the articles. There was a temporary exemption of $100 dur-
ing tiic present year, but we have the assurance of a Minister of the Crown
that this was not intended to continue.

THE YUKON DESCRIBED.

THE Yukon District comprises an area of approximately 192,000 square miles,
within Canadian territory, over 150,000 square miles of which is included in
the watershed of the Yukon River. In other words, its area is almost equal
to that of France, and greater than that of the United Kingdom by over 70.000
square miles. The northern portion of British Columbia is included strictly
within the Yukon Basin, which, with the southern part of the Yukon, is drained
by three great river systems. Its waters reacii the Pacific by the Stickine, to the
Mackenzie, and eventually the Arctic Ocean by the Liard, and Behring Sea by
the Yukon. The Stickine makes its way through the Coast Range in a south-
westerly direction, while the Liard in a south-easterly direction cuts across the
Rocky Mountains in*o the Mackenzie Valley. The watershed separating these
rises to a height of ,730 feet. The whole northern country may be said to be
in a general way a continuation of the more pronounced physical features of
British Columbia. The mountain ranges, however, which are more sharply de-
fined in the northern part of British Columbia, gradually con-
Mountain , , , ., , • , .
Ranges. vcrge towards the north until they merge into each other and

broaden out into one more or less composite area. The region
as a whole, being a portion of the Cordillera belt of the West Coast, is naturally
mountainous in general character, but it comprises as well important areas of
merely hilly or gently rolling country, besides many wide, flat river valleys. It
is more mountainous and higher in the south-eastern part, and subsides gradually
and apparently uniformly to the north-westward, the mountains becoming more
isolated and more separated by broader tracts of low land. The general base
level or height of the main valley within the Coast Ranges declines from a height
of about 2,500 feet to 1,500 feet at the confluence of the Lewis and Pelly Rivers,
and the average base level of the entire region may be stated as being a little over
2,000 feet. Disregarding minor irregularities, the trend of the main mountain

46H

YKAK HOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

ridj?cs and lanKcs tlirouKhout tlic entire region lias a Kenoral parallelism to the
outline of the coast. The Coast KanKCs having? an average widtii of al)out eighty
miles, and closely set with liiKh, rounded or ruRKed mountains, reproduce Koo-
grr'i)hically and ReoloKically tlie features characteristic of it in tlic southern por-
tion of British Columl)ia.

The mountain axis next in importance to the Coast Ranges is that forming
the water-parting hetween the Upper Liard and Yukon on one side, and the feed-
ers of the main Mackenzie River on the other. This represents
Upper Liarii. the nortli-western continuation f)f the Rocky Mountains proper.
This forms, so far as has heen ascertained, the culminating range
of a numher of more or less exactly parallel ridges, and summits in it attain
heights of from 7,000 to y.ooo feet.

A third notable mountain axis, designated as the Cassiar Range by Dr.
Dawson, is cut through by the Dease River in its upper course, and further to
the north-westward appears to form the line of water-parting between the tribu-
taries of the Upper Liard and those of the branches of the Yukon. Peaks near
the Dease range between 7,000 and 8,000 feet. In the nortli-western portion of
the region the mountain ranges and ridges are in general lower and become dis-
continuous and irregular. Scarcely anything is known of the character of tlie
country drained by the McMillan, Stuart, and White Rivers. The topographical
features of the entire region have been considerably modified by the events of
the glacial period, and the changes produced at that time have more particularly
affected drainage basins and the courses of various streams. The valleys and
lower tracts of country are now more or less completely filled or covered by
extensive deposits of boulder-clay, gravel, sand and silt, laid down during that
period. To these deposits are due the flat floors of the larger valleys, and also
to a great extent the appearance which the more irregular mountain ranges pre-
sent of being partly merged in level or rolling plains.

In regard to the sources of the Yukon, Dr. Dawson says whether reckoned
by size or distance from its mouth, the source of the Lewis must be placed at
the head-waters of the Hootalinqua, in approximate latitude 5)° 10' and longitude
132° 40'. In regard to the Pelly, it is not absolutely certain that the Felly proper
rises farther from the common point at Fort Selkirk than its great branches, the
McMillan and the Ross Rivers. The volume of water in the Yukon River is small
compared with many of the large rivers of the American Continent, and is about
half of that of the Mackenzie.

The large rivers by which the Yukon District and the northern portion
of British Columbia are intersected constitute the natural and principal routes
of travel, and during the summer months render inter-communication compara-
tively easy. The first of these to be considered is the Stickine. In size and gen-
eral character the Stijkine closely resembles the Skeena. which enters the coast
in a parallel direction about 200 miles farther south. The former is navigable
for stern-wheeled steamers of light draft to Glenora, 126 miles from Rothsay
Point, and under favourable circumstances to Telegraph Creek and the Great
Canyon, which extends for many miles, and is quite passable for either steamers
or boats, though traversed by the Indians in winter on the ice. The head-waters
of the Stickine are unknown, but lie for the most part to the south of the 58th
parallel of north latitude, in a country said to be very mountainous, interlocking
there with the northern branches of the Naas or western feeders
of the Black, a tributary of the Liard. From Telegraph Creek,
the head of navigation, a pack trail, sixty-two and one-half miles
in length, constructed by the British Columbia Government, follows the valley
of the Stickine close to the river to the head of Dease Lake, .which is the centre
of the whole Cassiar mining district. This route Dr. Dawson Says has long been
known to the Indians, the Stickine having been to them from time immemorial
an important avenue of trade, by which, as by the Skeena, the coast tribes pene-
trated a considerable distance inland. Stern-wheel steamers for the navigation
of this river require good engine power, and should draw not more than four
feet of water when loaded. According to Mr. J. C. Calbreath, a man of very long
experience in the district, who is at the present time engaged in opening a route
from Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake for the British Columbia Government,

Tributaries
of Yukon.

tlic Stickine generally opens in: navigation hi'twecn April joth and May 1st.
Ice or sludge usually begins to run in tlie river about tin- ist of November. Tiie
river generally freezes over about the end of November. The higiiest vv^f
occurs in the early summer, generally in June.

A trail was at one time opened from hraser Lake overland to Dease Lake,

over which cattle were driven, but has not latterly been used, riu- Ueasi- Kiver

can scarcely be considered navigable for steamers, though constituting a tairly good

boat route. The Upper '^iard and Frances Rivers are naviKable

Lower Unrd, for large boats, with occasional portages, but not so for steamers.

The ditViculties of the Lower Liard, however, are such as to

render it an undesirable route evet\ for bo.its, and scarcely suited as an aveiuie

of trade between Cassiar and the Mackenzie.

Little is known of the Taku River, but Indians ascend it in canoes to a

distance of about eighty miles, From Taku Inlet an Indian trail leads soutli-

castward to the Tahltan, eastward to Teslin Lake, and nortli-eastward to the lakes

near the head of the Lewis. From what has been ascertained of these it is proli-

able it would not be dillicult to construct a trail suitable for pack

TaUu Inlet. animals, if not a waggon road, from the vicinity of the head of

navigation on the Stickine, on these lakes, connected vvitii the

navigable waters of the Lewis. The rivers draining the Upper N'ukon Basin have

in general low grades, and afTord better naviKable water, and are likely to prove

of greater importance in connection witii the exploration and development of

the country.

The Yukon is continuously navigable for small steamers from its mouth,
on Behring Sea, and following the Lewis Branch to Miles Canyon; thence, after
an interruption of about three miles, to the head of Bennett Lake, and to an
additional considerable distance by the waters extending south-westward from
Tagish Lake.

The Teslintoo is probably navigable for stern-wheel steamers for 150 miles
or more from its mouth, while the Tahk-keena and Big Salmon Rivers may
probably both be ascended by steamers of the same class for some distance. From
the site of the old Fort Selkirk again the Pelly might be navigable by small
steamers of good power to within about fifty miles of the site of old Fort Pelly
banks, and the McMillan branch is also navigable for a considerable distance.
The same may be said of the Stuart River, but White River, so far as known, is
very swift and shoal.

The total length of water which may be utilized for navigation for light
stern-wheel steamers on the main river and its branches to the east of the I4i.st
meridian, or Alaskan boundary, measured in straight lengths of fifty miles, is
estimated by Dr. Dawson at 1,000 miles, and, following the sinuosities of the
various streams would be very much greater. This does not include the Porcu-
pine River, and, with the exception of a single break, namely, Miles Canyon on
the Lewis, forms a connected system, all parts of which lie to the east of tlie
above meridian.

In regard to the climate of the Yukon District, there is little available

information obtained by experience, but its general features are fairly well knovyn.

The coast and coastward slopes of the Coast Range constitute a belt of excessive

humidity and great precipitation, while the interior region to the

Climate. eastward is relatively dry, with a temperature of extremes. In
the interior, however. Dr. Dawson remarks that the climate is
largely influenced by the altitude of each particular district, and in consequence
of the general lowering of the country beyond the 60 parallel it is certain that
the climatic conditions there are much more favourable than in the Ca:>;-jiar Dis-
trict,

ON account of the depth of the snowfall and the clouded character of the skies,
the Coast Ranges support numerous glaciers, which are absent in the Cas-
cade Mountains and the other ranges in the interior. This retards the
progress of spring on the Coast mountains. The depth of snow in winter is mod-

470

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

erate as lown the Pelly (and Yukon) as the mouth of the Stuart River and

Forty-M reek, while at Nutato, on the lower river in a similar latitude, but

500 miles larther west, the depth of snow from April to November is said to
average eight feet and often to reach twelve feet. Mr. Dall says that the valley
of the Lower Yukon is sometimes foggy in the latter part of summer, but as we
ascend the river tne climate improves, and the short season at Fort Yukon is dry
but pleasant, onhr varied by an occasional shower. As in the more southern
part of British Columbia, the driest country is found to be bordering tlie east
side of the Coast Ranges, and this phenomenon occurs, though in a less marked
degree, with each of the well-defined mountain ranges of the interior.

A change in the direction, as between the summer and winter winds, is
noted in connection with the passes leading from the head of Lynn Canal, and,
doubtless, in all the lower gaps in the Coast Ranges. In the summer strong
winds blow up the valley, and are of very frequent occurrence. In the winter
imonths the conditions are reversed, the strong winds blowing seaward. The
temperatures of Wrangel and Fort Yukon are given in the following table, taken
from the United States Coast Pilot, these two points being taken as fairly repre-
sentative of coast and interior climates, respectively: —

Wrangel. Fort Yukon.

Spring 40.4 14.6

Summer 57.1 56.7

Autumn 43.0 17.4

Winter 28.3 -23.8

Year 42.2 i6.8

The mean seasonal temperature for these two stations is given for both
places.

Dr. Dawson says: "In the central Provinces of European Russia the ther-
mometer descends to -22 and -31, and occasionally even to -54 in the winter
months, but rises at times to 104 and even to 109 in summer. The rainfall is small,
varying from sixteen to twenty-eight inches, the maximum pre-
cipitation taking place during the summer months, and not, as in
Western Europe, in the winter, while the months of advanced
spring are warmer than the corresponding months of autumn. So far as our
information goes, the above statement might also be adopted as characterizing
the climate of the southern half of the Yukon District."

In referring to the bearings of climate on mining, Dr. Dawson, writing
generally of the whole Northern District, says: —

"In the Northern Districts here reported on, it is true that the winter cli-
mate is a severe one, rendering the working season for ordinary placer mines
short, and likely also to present some special difficulties in the way of 'quartz
mining.' There is, however, on the other hand, an abundance of wood and water,
matters of great importance m connection with mining, and, means of communi-
cation once provided, mining operations should be carried on here at less cost
than in dry and woodless regions, such as are great portions of Arizona."

The winter climate of all of this region is known to be a severe one, the
northern part lying within the Arctic circle, but it must be remembered that the
climatic conditions on the eastern and western sides of the continent are by no
means comparable, and that the isothermal lines representing the mean annual
temperature trends not westward, but northward from the Manitoba region.

At Telegraph Creek and in its vicinity, on the Stickine, wheat, barley and
potatoes are successfully grown with the aid of irrigation, although their culti-
vation has only been attempted on a limited scale on account of the want of a
market. None of these can be successfully grown or ripened on the coastward
side of the mountains. At Fort Yukon Mr. Dall states he was informed that
barley had once or twice been tried in small patches, and they had succeeded in

Climatic
Changes.

|Vl AP OF

- — -^..>

■^en

'>s,
•^ as
'.re
o-
:h
er

If-

ir-

es
:h
id
re
ar

Is,

M
•Id

lia

ill

,ie

:s.

it
e

III

ito

M„

10.

IAap of

AND

maturing the gn
kept here at one
no hesitation in

Agricultuial
Land. ,

portion may and
ciops, and in wh
for local purpose
to be found alon
maintain." he sa;
supporting agrici
years be success!
the other resourc
tion lies to the ea

In general
with the Provinc
much similar in i
of latitude, and a
severe winters al

CompTcd With
Voloada.

respectively. Th
rye. barley, hemi
iron, and marble.
Yukon District,
animals, as well i
of the province is

"While the
are at preseat fa
at any time to 1
afford the necess
introduction of :
To-day it may w
nection with the

Canada's
Reserve

and to whom, i:
conquest of the
every reason to
and hardy populi

The latter
to the ultimate c
recent events oi
information nov
value. Very mt
rich in furs, wel
gable rivers. Ir
inland portion e
that the region
sources the wh<
same parallels c

In regard
fir, Engelmann'
istic trees, a fev
and black sprue

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

471

maturing the grain, though the straw was very short. A few cattle had been
kept here at one time. Dr. Dawson confirms this statement, and aads: "[ feel
no hesitation in stating my belief that such hardy crops as barley, rye, turnips,
and flax can be cultivated in the Yukon District as far nortli as
Agrkuitu.ai p^^j.^ Selkirk near the 63rd parallel." His conclusion is that there
■ exists an area of about 60,000 s(iuare miles, of which a large pro-

portion may and doubtless in the future will be utilized for the cultivation of such
ciops, and in which cattle and horses might be maintained in sufficient number
for local purposes without undue labour, as excellent summer grazing is usually
to be found along the river, and natural hay meadows are frcc|uent. "I do not
maintain," he says, "th,". the country is suitable for occupation by a large self-
supporting agricultural community, but hold that agriculture may before many
years be successfully prosecuted in conjunction with the natural development of
the other resources of this great country, of which by far the most valuable por-
tion lies to the east of the line of the Alaskan boundary."

In general economic importance and conditions Dr. Dawson compares it

with the Province of Vologda, in European Russia, which is. by the way, very

nuicli similar in regard to area, and is situated between the .s8th and 65th degrees

of latitude, and adds: "The climate in both cases is a continental one, in which

severe winters alternate with warm summers, and the actual degrees of cold and

heat, so far as our information goes, are not dissimilar. There

Compnredw t jg ^^ ^^^^ heavy rainfall in either region, such as we find near

Voioada. ^^^ western coasts bordering on the Atlantic and on the Pacific.

respectively. The agricultural products from the province of Vologda are oats,

rye, barley, hemp, flax, and pulse. The mineral products comprise salt, copper,

iron, and marble, but the precious metals do not appear to be important, as in the

Yukon District. Horses and cattle are reared, and the skins of various wild

animals, as well as pitch and turpentine, are among the exports. The population

of tlic province is stated at 1. 161,000."

"While the Yukon District and the northern portion of British Columbia
are at prese.it far beyond the limits of ordinary settlement, we may be prepared
at any time to hear of the discovery of important mineral deposits, which will
afford the necessary impetus, and may result in the course of a few years, in the
introduction of a considerable population into even its most distant fastnesses.
To-day it may well be characterized by the term which has been employed in con-
nection with the Mackenzie basin, a portion of Canada's 'Great Reserve.' It
appears meanwhile eminently desirable that we should encourage
and facilitate, in so far as may be possible, the efforts of the
miners and others who constitute our true pioneers in the region,
and to whom, in conjunction with the fur companies and traders, the peaceful
conquest of the whole of our Great West has been due. In the future there is
every reason to look forward to the time when this country will support a large
and hardy population, attached to the soil and making the utmost of its resources."

The latter part of this quotation, which was written in 1887, with reference
to the ultimate development of the Yukon District, taken in conjunction with the
recent events of this year, looks remarkably like prophecy. He says also the
information now obtained is sufiicient to warrant a confident belief in its great
value. Very much yet remains to be learned respecting it, but it is known to be
rich in furs, well-supplied with timber, and is traversed in great length by navi-
gable rivers. In each of these particulars and climate it is greatly superior to the
inland portion of Alaska. In may in fact be affirmed with little room for doubt
that the region here spoken of as the Yukon Disfict surpasses in material re-
sources the whole remaining northern interior portion of the Continent in the
same parallels of latitude.

In regard to the trees of the interior country treated as a whole, Douglas
fir, Engelmann's spruce, hemlock and the red cedar, all common and character-
istic trees, a few degrees of latitude to the south, are nowhere found. The white
and black spruce, balsam fir, aspen and cottonwood, are found in suitable localities

Canada's
Reserve

47-2

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

over tlio whole region east of the coast mountains, the two first mentioned
trees constituting probably one-half of the entire forest of the country. The

black pine is pretty widely distributed in this northern region.
Timber. The larch is found westward on the Dease River to a point

twenty-two miles above its mouth and along the Liard and
Fiances. Birch is also found on the Dease River and the Liard head waters to
Frances Lake. The juniper was observed as a small tree in the dry country in
the lee of the coast mountains at Telegraph Creek on the Stickine. The alder
and several species of willow become small trees in the interior. The timber line
or upper limit of the growth of forest on the mountains of the interior in the
vicinity of the watershed between the Liard headwaters and those of the Pelly
in latitude 61.30 is found to be at a height of 4,200 feet. The red cedar is not
now in any abundance north of the latitude of the mouth of the Stickine River.
It is confined to the mouth of the Stickine and does not follow up the valley any
distance inland. The yellow cedar generally reaches Sitka and is not found any-
where among the inner islands near the entrance to Lynn Canal. The alder
forms groves as far north as latitude 59. Broad leaf maple may reach latitude 55
on the Alaska coast, but is rare north of the Prince of Wales Archipelago. Eight-
tenths of the entire forest of the coast region consists of the single species of
Menzies spruce. Pinus contorta, a species of black pine, is found along the Lynn
Canal and elsewhere along the coast. Here also Tsiiga pattiona grows to a fair
size.

Summarizing his remarks on timber. Dr. Dawson says: "It may suffice
here to say that the country is generally wooded and that in all portions of it, in
valley and low land there is an abundance of white spruce of fai" to good quality,
well suited to purposes of construction. The other species of trees present are of
inferior economic importance."

The fauna of the region does not notably ditifer from other parts of the
northern country. The smaller black-tail deer occurs on the islands. In the
southern portion of Alaska and adjacent Mainland the mountain goat is moder-
ately abundant in the Coast Ranges and is found in the mountain inland region.

The big horn, or mountain sheep, occurs on the mountains about
Fauna. the head of the Lewes and other parts of inland spurs of the

Coast Ranges. It is also found in the mountains of the interior.
The moose is more or less abundant throughout the entire region, and together
with the caribou, which is also abundant, constitutes the greater part of the food
of th(- Indians. Black and grizzly bears roam over the entire region and are
often seen on banks of rivers when dead or dying salmon are to be obtained.
The smaller fur-bearing animals are generally distributed throughout the north-
ern interior. The salmon ascend the Lewes River as far as the lower end of
Lake Marsh and run up the Pelly for considerable distance above the mouth of
the Lewes. The lakes and rivers throughout the country generally are well aup-
plied with fish, the principal of which arc white fish, lake trout, grayling, pike and
sucker. The annual value of furs obtained in this region amounts to between
$75,000 and $100,000, and consists of the skins of the beaver, cross black and red
fox, bear, marten, otter, mink, lynx, wolverine and wolf. Foxes, as may be in-
feired, are exceedingly numerous.

The Yukon District was first explored as far back as 1834, when Mr. J. Mc-
Leod, of the Hudson's Bay Company, ascended the Liard as far as Simpson Lake.
It was, however, due to the energy of Mr. Robert Campbell that the exploration
of the Upper Liard and Yukon is almost entirely due. After the abandonment of
the Dease Lake post in 1839 Mr. Campbell was in the spring of 1840 commissioned

by Sir George Simpson to explore the northern portion of the
Early History. Liard to its source, and to cross the height of land in search of

any river flowing to the westward, especially the head waters of
the Colville, the mouth of which on the Arctic Ocean had been discovered by
Messrs. Dease and Simpson. In pursuance of his instructions he left Fort Hal-
kett in May and ascended to Frances Lake, named in honour of Lady Simpson,
from which place they ascended the valley of Finlayson's River to Finlayson's
Lake, from which place he crossed to the Pelly. In 1842 Fort Pelly Banks was

(

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

constructed, and in June, 1843, Campbell left and reached the mouth of a river
which he called the Lewes, and where he encountered a camp of wood Indians,
and was so discouraged by the number and ferocity of the people on the Lower
River that he turned back. Until 1847-8 the Hudson's Bay Company did not ex-
tend their operations beyond Pelly Banks. In 1848, however, Campbell set out to
establish a fort, at the confluence of the Pelly and Lewes Rivers, which was
named Fort Selkirk. Meanwhile an entry was being made to the Yukon Basin
from another direction. Mr. J. Bell in 1842 reached the Porcupine or Rat River
and had descended it for three days' journey. In 1846 he was in charge of the
Hudson's Bay Company's post on the Peel River, and was instructed again to
cross the mountains and further explore the Porcupine. In that year he reached
its mouth, and to the great river into which it Howed, which the Indians said was
named the Yukon. In 1847 Fort Yukon was established at the mouth of the
Porcupine by Mr. A. H. Murray. It still remained, however, for Campbell to
prove that the Pelly and theYukon were identical. In 1850 he did this by des-
cending the river from Fort Selkirk to Fort Yukon, after which he ascended the
Porcupine, crossed the mountain portage and returned to Fort Simpson by the
Mackenzie, the result of the journey showing that the route from Fort Selkirk by
way of the porcupine to the Mackenzie was preferable to that originally discov-
ered, the navigation of the Liard being both arduous and dangerous, to which was
added the length of land transport from Fraser Lake to the Upper Pelly.

Owing to the hostility of the natives, Fort Pelly Banks and Fort Frances

were abandoned in 1850-1. The hostility of the natives or wood Indians was due

to the fact that their trade with the Coast Indians which had been

Fur Posts. carried on by them as intermediaries was greatly interfered with.

Fort Yukon at the mouth of the Porcupine was continuously

maintained until 1869, when the Hudson's Bay Company were expelled by the

United States Government, it having been ascertained by astronomical observation

that the post was situated to the west of the 141st meridian.

Dr. Dawson in referring to the efforts of the Hudson's Bay Company in
this District, says: "The utmost credit must be accorded to the pioneers of the
Hudson's Bay Company for the enterprise made by them in carrying their trade

, into the Yukon Basin in the face of diiticulties so great and at

u son 9 ay o. • ^^^j^ ^^ immense distance from their base of supplies. To ex-

oneers. ploratious of this kind, performed in the service of commerce

unostentatiously and as matters of simple duty by such men as Mackenzie, Fraser,
Thompson and Campbell, we owe the discovery of our great Nortli-Wost. * * *
Again, neither distance nor danger appeared to have been taken into account,
and in spite of every obstacle a way was opened and a series of posts established
extending from Fort Simpson on the Mackenzie to Fort Yukon. Fort Simpson
may itself be regarded even at the present day as a post very far removed from the
borders of civilization. For this farther route, which nearly half a century ago
became familiar to the Company's voyageurs, stretched out beyond it for nearly
1,000 miles. Mr. James Anderson in 1853 writes thus of the Liard River: 'You
can hardly conceive the intense horror the men have to go up to Frances Lake.
They invariably, on re-hiring, endeavour to be exempted from the West Branch
(Liard). The number of deaths which have occurred there is fourteen, viz: —
Three in connection with Dease Lake and eleven in connection with Frances
Lake and Pelly Bpnks; of these last three died from starvation and eight from
drowning.'

"At the time of the establishment of Forts Yukon and Selkirk, and for
many years afterwards the 'returns' from these farthest stations reached the mar-
ket only after seven years, the course of trade being as follows: Goods. — First
year, reach York Factory; second year, Norway House; third year. Peel River,
and were hauled during the winter across the mountains to La Pierre's House;
fourth year, reach Fort Yukon. Returns. — Fifth year, reach La Pierre's House
and are hauled across to Peel River: sixth year, reach depot at Fort Simpson;
•seventh year, reach market."

The Stickine. although indicated on the map of Vancouver, its existence as

474

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

a large river was evidently not known to him. Tlie river was first found bv fur
traders in the sloop "Dragon," Capt. Cleveland, in April, 1799, and was no doubt

visited by many of the trading? vessels whicli at tiiat time fre-
Thcstickinc. quented the coast. In 1P.34 the Hudson's Bay Company fitted

nut a vfS;,cl urimcd the "Ury.id" lor the purpose of establishing a
post at the mouth of the Stickine, but were anticipated by the Russians who sent
two small armed vessels to the spot and constructed a defense work called Fort
Dionysius, where the present town of Wran^cl is. The dispute was compromised
in 1837, when the Hudson's Bay Company leased the Russian territory of .\laska
for a period of ten years. Fort Stickine, named by Sir James Douglas, was in
1841 attacked by Indians, and was again threatened in the following year. In the
spring of 1840 the Hudson's Bay Company estal)lishcd a second fort, named Fort
Durham, about thirty-five miles southward from tlie mouth of the Taku River, in
sight of Douglas Island, but it was abandoned in the spring of 1843. In 18,34,
however, Mr. J. McLeocf liad reached the banks of tlie upper part of tlie Stickine
near Dease Lake overland from the Mackenzie River. Mr. Robert Campljell
spent the winter of 1838-39 on Dease Lake. Nothing else of consequence occur-
red until 1861, when two miners, named Chociuette. a French-Canadian, nick-
named "Buck," and Carpenter, discovered placer gold on the bars. Some ex-
citement was created by the announcement, and several prospecting parties were
fitted out at Victoria and a number of men passed the summer in mining on the
river. A Hudson's Bay post was established on tlie east side of the river in 1862
or 1863 and was maintained until 1874, then removed to Glenora, and finally
abandoned in 1878.

In 1866 explorations for the line of the Western Union or Collins Tele-
graph Company, referred to elsewhere, were extended to the Stickine under Major
Pope. These were con:inued in 1867 by Messrs. M. W, Burns, Vital Lafleur, W.
McNeill and P. J. Leech. Victoria, and embraced the first tributaries of the river.

Telegraph Creek was so named on account of the explorations
Collins referred to. being at this point where the proposed line crossed

eiei!riip . ^j^^ Stickinc. The project was subsequently abandoned. In
'873 Messrs. Thibert and McCulloch, travelling westward from the Mac-
kenzie, discovered gold in the Cassiar region, and fell in with miners al-
ready engaged in placer mining on the Stickine in the autumn of that year.
By reference to a chapter elsewhere on the Alaska Boundary Question, it
will be seen that the Stickine came prominently into notice in connection with
the difficulty in regard to territorial jurisdiction, which occurred in connection
with customs and other matters, a full report of which may be found in the
Canadian Sessional Papers, Vol, 9, No, 11. 1878.

A TRAVELLER'S VIEW.

SINCE the decay of the placer mining in the Cassiar District in the early eighties,
the northern part of the Province of British Columbia and the adjacent por-
tions of the North-West Territory have been looked upon as a desolate wil-
derness, exposed to the rigour of an Arctic climate and utterly useless, except for
the support of a few wandering Indians and their attendant fur-traders.

In 1887 an expedition was sent to the North by the Dominion Geological
Survey Department to make an exploratory survey of the better known lines of
travel by which this district was formerly exploited by the Hudson's Bay Com-
pany. Dr. G. M. Dawson, who was in charge of the expedition, made the jour-
ney by the Stickine into the Cassiar District, ascended the Liard and Frances,

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

475

crossed the height of land separnting the waters of the Frances and the Pelly. ran
down the Pelly to its junctif)ti with the Lewes at the sight of old Tort Selkirk, ami
ascendinj^ the Lewes, reached salt water a^ain by the Chilciit
Dawson's Pass. Mr. McConnell left Dr. Dawson at the moiitli of the

■*""*•• Dease River, and ran down the Liard to tlic Mackenzie, crossing

afterwards to the Porcupine and joining the Yukon at Fort Yukon. Mr. Ois'ilvie
left tlie sea by the Chilcat I'ass, anil drmceiuU-d the Lewes and Yukon to I'orty-
Mile Creek, which was even then a mining camp of some importance. There he
passed a winter in locating the 141st degree of Longitude, the International Bound-
ary between Alaska and the North-West Territories. He afterwards proceeded
overland to the Mackenzie, and came south by the Hudson's Bay Company's
trading route through the Great Slave and the Athabasca Lakes to Edmonton.

The resilts of these exploratory expeditions were published in three most
interesting reports made b^- thoroughly competent men, stating in close detail
the character of the country passed through, the geological formations, the distri-
bution of fauna and flora, besides accurate information as to the distances and
feasibility of various routes, and careful notes as to the impediments to naviga-
tion in the different rivers examined. Yet, with their usual apatliy, the British
Columbians took not the slightest interest in the matter. Very few people
in the Province had ever heard of Dr. Dawson's report until six months ago, and
it is only now, when they have been rudely shaken out of their apathy by the
stirring report of the discovery of rich placer ground on some of the tributaries
of the Yukon, that people are beginning to ask each other where the Yukon is
and which is the best way to get there; but even still there is not one man in a
thousand who has any idea of the economic possibilities of the vast unexplored
area lying to the east of the Yukon, drained by rivers in comparison to which
the already famous Klondyke is a very small stream indeed.

At the last meeting of the Legislative Assembly of British Columbia, great
surprise and some derision were expressed at the numerous applications for char-
ters for building railways in the northern part of the Province; no one dreamt that
they would be built for years, or that there would be any necessity or any possi-
ble hope of remuneration for building them during the lifetime of the present
generation. Suddenly, however, some of these railways are looked upon as an
accomplished fact, and there is no doubt that some more speedy means of access
must be provided for the ever-increasing number of miners who are forcing
their way into the North, than the primitive method of packing provisions on
their backs and building rough boats from hand-sawn lumber. This is all very
well for the prospector going into a new country, hut when a mining camp is
once established, the building of a short line of railway and opening up of steamer
communication wherever suitable waterways can be found, are
sure to be taken in hand at once. At present the Klondyke is
the objective point of most of these railways, and little considera-
tion is given to the possible future development likely to occur to the eastward
of the scene of the present excitement. A great discussion has arisen as to the
best rail and steamer route to the Yukon — whether it lies from the head of Lynn
Canal to the chain of lakes from which the Lewes drains; thence down the Lewes
to the main stream of the Yukon — the same route, in fact, that has been used by
the Yukon miners since 1884; or by the Stickine River to Teslin Lake, and from
Ihere by river steamer down the Hootalinqua. The best one can say for the

Question of
Routes.

i 1

. \

4/6

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Lewes is that it is navigable in stretches, but as yet there is no definite informa-
tion as to the navigability of the llootalinqua. A rumour has been freely circu-
lated that this river is navigable for a steamer throughout its course, but no
reliable report has so far been published on the subject. It seems hardly possible
to believe that the intermediate river — the Hootalincjua— running its course be-
tween the Lewes and Pelly — tiie main tributaries of the Yukon— should be clear
of obstruction, while the much larger streams offer numerous obstacles to naviga-
tion in the forms of canyons, rapids, and shallow bars. If it should prove to
be really true that the Hootalinquri is free of all these obstacles, there can be
little doubt that it will eventually be tho main approach to the
Thistickinc Yukon mining camps. There are several very great advantages
Way. jj^ favour of this route. In the first place, the navigability of the

Stickine for steamers as far as Telegraph Creek. 150 miles from the mouth of the
river, is well assured and has been used as a trade route for twenty years From
Telegraph Creek, the proposed line of railway to Teslin Lake, a distance of
another 150 miles, is easy of construction, and runs throughout its length in the
dry belt lying to the east of the Coast Range, where the snowfall is so
light as to oFer no hindrance to the operation of the line in winter; but from
Teslin Lake, as above mentioned, several hundred miles of the course of the
Hootalinqua have yet to be examined before this route can be confidently recom-
mended. Another great advantage of this inland route would be that interna-
tional complications could by no possibility arise, as the navigation of the
Stickine — thirty miles of which lie in United States territory — is by treaty made
equally free to Canadian and American vessels.

The Lynn Canal route has the advantage of shortness, but the high moun-
tain range to be crossed immediately after leaving salt water must always be a
serious obstacle to the construction of a railway, which will prove expensive and
difficult to maintain owing to the great depth of snowfall in winter. At the
present time, in the summer months, no great difficulties are to be met with in
reaching the Yukon by this route. Of course, delays are inevitable when many
men, each with a large supply of provisions, are struggling to get their outfits
over the portage at the same time. But the distance is only about thirty miles,
and when once the headwaters of the Lewes are reached, a down-stream run of
500 or 600 miles, with a couple of short portages, is a very small matter for a
competent traveller. The return journey is a different affair
Waterways. altogether, as the difficulties of up-stream navigation are fully
in evidence on all the northern rivers. Obviously, the cheapest way of sending
goods to any point on the Yukon is to make use of the wate^ carriage 'by
way of St. MichaeJ the deep-water landing, long used by the Alaska
Commercial Company, situated on an island thirty miles north of the
mouth of the river. From there stern-wheel steamers of large size can run up
with ease to Fort Selkirk, a distance of (roughly) 1,800 miles, and there is no
reason why an unlimited amount of supplies should not be taken up by this way
it is only a question of putting enough steamers on the river. The summer sea-
son is, of course, short, and the season of navigation is further shortened by the
fact that the ice from the river, and the drift ice of the Behring Sea, piles up on
the river bar until late in June and effectually blocks the entrance to the steam-
ers. This difficulty has always been reckoned with by the Alaska Commercial
Company, and they have for years started their steamers from St. Michael late
in the autumn, knowing that they would be frozen in before they reached Forty-
Mile Creek, but that they would be able to leave their winier quarters and pro-
ceed on their journey in the following spring a full month before the mouth of
the river is opened.

But when all has been said in favour of or against these various modes
of reaching the Yukon mining camps, it rnust be borne in mind that at the very
best they are but summer routes; when winter sets in, and the ice forms on the
waterways, communication is shut off for several months. It is true that men
can always travel in and out on snowshoes. with dog-s'eighs, during the winter,
but when the necessity arises for shipping out ore, and the transportation of
heavy freight, it is obvious that an all-rail route must be found, which can be

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INF()K.\L\ I'loN.

477

ke|)t moderately clear of snow in winter. Teleprapliio news !s a most important
factor in the manipulation oi mininK interests on tiie Luropcaii Stock lC\cl!;iii^;os.
and people avoid a mine that atTords no information for six montlis at a stretch.
Another fact has yet to be fully appreciated, that when the Kloiidyki' is readied.

the traveller is nearly as far from the centre of the Kreai mineral
Telegraph Lin*. belt <>f the North as he is at Victoria, with the disadv.mtane (if

having a lonR and dillkult up-stream jonrney to reacii even tlie
heads of the Yukon's tributaries. If a man carefully examines a m.ip of the
northern territories, and can make himself realize in some decree tlieir vast ex-
tent, he will see that there is an enormous stretch of country bounded by the
Yukon on the west, the main ranije of tlie Rockies on the oast, and tlu- Liard
on the south, over which the white man's foot has never trodden, and yet it is
the birthplace of larvje streams that K've every promise of wealtli. Tin' Pclly.
the Ross, tlie McMillan, and the Stewart, entering ilie Yukon from the east, .ill
have their sources in this district, while south of the unknown divide the I'Vaiices,
Hyland. Black, and Beaver Rivers drain lar^^e areas towards the Liard .Ml

these streams have been proved to bear K<>hl at their moutiis,
A Great Area. but the exploration of their upi)er waters has always proved a

task beyond the power of tlie poor prosi)eclor. Soutli of the
Liard. auain, lies another little-known area, embracing the Omineca and i'eace
River districts, stretching away to the scene of the old Cariboo excitement of
1862. All this country lies in the mineral belt extending nortlnvard from Califor-
nia, and has proved wherever examined to be rich in precious metals. The state-
ment has been made that this mineral belt (.^rows richer tlie fartlier it extends
towards the North, but there is no foundation for any such propluicy. Let us
be well content to suppose that it is only as rich as California, Nevada, Colorado,
Montana, Idaho, and the Kootenay district of British Columbia. Even so, what
bigger field for enterprise could be opened for any colony? And the Keographical
peculiarities of the North point conclusively to the fact that all this region is
tributary to British Columbia, although the large part of it lies north of tlie (wth
parallel of latitude.

At the present moment the greatest rush for gold that the world has seen
for several years is setting towards the Klondyke, and in the absence of any
definite information as to the extent of the new gold fields, it is impossible to
make any prediction as to the effect that this rush will have on tlie hitherto
unexplored mining regions of the North; but the history of all these excitements
tends to show that new countries are often developed very quickly in this man-
ner. It may well be that the Klondyke fields will prove as limited as the rich
discovery on Forty Mile, Miller Creek, Franklin Creek, and several other tribu-
taries of the Y..kon have done, and in this case the surplus population will spread
over the country and seek new fields. There will be no talk of settling down to
farming, as in California or British Columbia, as the country is
^°* but poorly adapted for agriculture, so that the prospector will

Ag cuitura . have to keep on prospecting for a livelihood, ft seems reason-
able to suppose, then, that a large proportion of the Nortli will be explored dur-
ing the next few years, and it is fairly certain that rich placer and quartz camps
will be found as communication is opened up. With regard to the opening up
of this communication, great consideration should be given to the fact that it is
desirable to render access to the greatest amount of country at the least possi-
ble cost of construction. It would be premature to rush a railway into a placer
camp like the Klondyke before any estimate can be made of the probable dura-
tion of the surface diggings, or the likcliliood of quartz mining being established.
When it is once shewn that the camp is going to be permanent, then the railway
will make its appearance.

The most practicable way of opening all this northern country, if on ex-
amination it should prove worthy of development, would be to build a direct
railway from Ashcroft. on the C.P.R.. to Fort Selkirk, on the banks of the
Yukon at the confluence of the Lewes and Felly, below which the main stream
of the Yukon is navigable, with connecting branches to the navigable waters of

478

YEAR liUOK Ol* URITISII COLUMBIA

The Interior
Rout*.

till' Sket'ii.'i and tlie Stickine. Thiu xhr wliolc extent of country would be ren-
dered available for mining enterprise, and the construction of tl>e main line of
railway is by no means such a great engineering undertaking
as most people imagine. It is a very little known fact tliat the
dry belt lying between the Cascade Range and tlic main range
of the Rockies is continued northward in a more or less marked degree to the
boundary of British Columbia, aii^ beyond into the North-West Territories. The
gc.icral trend of the main mountain ranges is from south-east to north-west,
and a railway can be built parallel Aith these ranges with a great deal less ex-
pense than was incurred by the C.l'.R. in crossing the Rockies, the Selkirks,
and the Cascades. Throughout the dry belt there is very slight annual precipi-
tation, so I'ttle trouble would be caused by the snowfall in winter. This line
would run right through the heart of the mineral belt, and should prove remuner-
ative as soon as any development began.

Of all the unexplored region left on tlic earth's surface, there is none
which offers a more enticing field for exploration, or more promise of practical
reward to an enterprising traveller than the country drained by the tributaries
of the Yukon and Mackenzie. With canoes in summer and dog-sleighs in
winter, the whole district can be traversed witli ease by a well-equipped party.
There are several fur-trading posts where provisions can be obtained, while game
and fish arc so abundant that a winter's food can always be killed and frozen
if it is found necessary to spend a winter far away from any supply point. The
sub-Arctic climate is essentially a healthy one, and the winters,
though cold, are after all no worse than in Manitoba, and in the
North, Nature has bestowed with a lavish hand the fuel she denied
to the inhabitants of the prairie. For the sportsman and naturalist there is
abundant occupation besides prospecting, and the perils incidental to the jour-
ney are such as have always proved attractive to the Anglo-Saxon's love of ad-
venture. Fever and sickness from climatic causes a-e unknown, nor is there
any discomfort from heat and thirst as in ;;o many of the gold-producing coun-
tries. From an agricuKural point of view, little can be said in favour of the
region, but vegetables and hardy cereals can be raised in favoured localities for
the supply of mining camps, and there are long stretches of grassy country
affording good feed for cattle and horses.

It is a land with a great future, clear of native troubles, or political com-
plications, and British Columbians have only themselves to blame if they fail to
take advantage of the possibilities placed ready to their hands

A Uraclnii
Climate,

WARBURTON PIKE.

THE YUKON AND ITS AFFLUENTS.

IN the following is contained a compilation of Mr. Ogilvie's report, describing
the extent and character of navigation from the sources of the Yukon within
Canadian territory.

For the purpose of navigation a description of the Lewes River begins at
the head of Lake Bennett. Above that point, and between it and Lake Lindeman,
there is only about three-quarters of a mile of river, which is not more than fifty
or sixty yards wide, and two or three feet deep, and is so swift and rough that
navigation is out of the question.

Lake Lindemai. is about five miles lotiR and half a mile wide. It is deep
enouRh for all ordinary purposes. Lake Bennett* is twenty-six and a quarter
miles ionjf. for the upper fourteen of which it is about lialt a mile wide.

The waters of tlie lake empty at the extreme north-cast .-•.nKle through a
channel not more than one hundred yards wide, which soon expands into what
Schwatka called Lake Nares.f Through this narrow channel there is quite a
current, and more than seven feet of water, as a six-foot paddle and a foot of arm
added to its lenRth did not reach the bottom.

Lake Nares i.t only two and a half miles lon^jf, and its greatest width is about
a mile; it is not deep, but is navigable for boats drawing five or six feet of water;
it is separated from Lake Bennett by a shallow sandy point of not more than 200
yards in length.

Lake Nares flows through a narrow curved cliannel into Rove Lake
(Schwatka). This channel is not more than 600 or 700 yards long, and the water
in it appears to be sufficiently deep for boats that could navigate the lake.

Bove Lake (called Tagish Lake by Dr. Dawson) is about a mile wide for the
first two miles of its length, when it is joined by what the miners have called the
Windy Arm.

Ten miles from the head of the lake it is joined by the Taku Arm from the
south.

Dr. Dawson includes Bove Lake and these two arms under the common
name of Tagish Lake.

From the junction with the Taku Arm to the north end of the lake the dis-
tance is about six miles, the greater part being over two miles wide. The west
side is very flat and shallow.

Where the river debouches from it. it is about 150 yards wide, and for a
short distance not more than fi e or six feet deep. The deptli is, however, soon
increased to ten feet or morr, and so continues down to what Schwatka calls
Marsh Lake. The miners call it Mud Lake.

Marsh Lake is a little over nineteen miles long, and averages two miles in
width. The piece of river connecting Tagish and Marsh Lakes is about five miles
long, ind averages 150 to 200 yards in width, and as already mentioned, is deep,
except for a short distance at the head. The Lewes River, where it leaves Marsh
Lake, is about 200 yards wide, and averages this width as far as the cation.

From the head of Lake Bennett to the canon the corrected distance is ninety-
five miles, all of which is navigable for boats drawing five feet or more. Add to
this the westerly arm of Lake Bennett, and the Takone or Windy Arm of Tagish
Lake, each about fifteen miles in length, and the Taku Arm of the latter lake, of
unknown length, but probably not less than thirty miles, and we have a stretch
of water of upwards of one hundred miles in length, all easily navigable; and, as
has been pointed out. easily connected with Taiya Inlet through the White Pass.

No streams of any importance enter any of these lakes so far as I know.
The Taku Arm of Tagish Lake is, so far. with the exception of reports from In-

* A small saw-mill has been erected an the head of Lake Bennett ; lumber for boat build-
building sells at $100 per M. Boats 25 feet long and 5 feet beam are f6o each. Last year the ice broke
up in the lake on the 12th June, but this season is earlier, and the boats are expected to go down the
lake about the ist of June.

t The connecting waters between Lake Bennett and Tagish Lake constitute what is now
called Caribou Crossing.

48o

yI':ar book of British Columbia

dians, unknown. The canon is fivc-eiKhtlis of a mile long, ahoul lOo feet 'vide,
with i)eri)endicular banks of l)asaltic rock from sixty to irx) feet high. Below
the canon proper there is a stretch of rapids for about a mile; then about half a
niile of smootli water, following wliich are the White Horse Rajjids, wliich arc
three-eighths f)f a mile long, and unsafe for boats. The total fall in the canon and
succeeding rapids was measured and found to be thirty-two feet. Were it ever
necessary to make this part of the river navigable it will be no easy task to over-
come the obstacles at this point; but a tram or railway could, with very little
difficulty, be constructed along the east side of the river past the canon.

For some distance below the White flr^rse Rapids the current is swift and
the river wide, with many gravel bars. The rcacli between th(;se rapids and Lake
Labarge, a distance of twenty-seven and a-haii miles, is all smootii water, witli a
strong current. The average width is about 1.50 yards. There is no inipidiment to
navigation other than the swift current, and this is no stronger than on the lower
part of the river, which is already navi/ated.

About midway in this stretch the Tahkeena River* joins the I>ewcs. This
river is, a|)parently, about half the size of the latter.

Lake Labarge is thirty-one miles long. At the low(;r end of the lake there
is a large valley extending northwards, which lias evidently at one time been the
outlet of the lake. The width of the Lewes River as it leaves the lake is the
same as at its entrance, about 200 yards. The wind blows almost constantly down
this lake, and in a high wind it gets very rough. Tiie miners comjilain of much
detention owing to this cause.

After leaving Lake Labarge the river, for a distance of about five miles,
preserves a generally uniform width and an easy current of about four miles per
hour. It then makes a short turn round a low gravel point, and flows in exactly

the opposite of its general course for a mile wlien it again turns sharply to its
general direction. The current around this curve and for sf)me distance below it
— in all four or five miles — is very swift. T timed it in several places, and found
it from six to seven miles an hour. It then moderated to four or five, and con-
tinues so until the Teslintoo I'iiver is reached, thirty-two and seven-tenths miles
from Lake Labarge. The average width of this part of the river is about 150
yards, and the depth is sufficient to afford passage for boats drawing at least five
feet. It is, as a rule, crooked, and consequently a little difficult to navigate.

The Teslintoof was so called by Dr. Dawson. It is called by the miners
"Hootalinkwa" or Hootalinqua. The water of the Teslintoo is of a dark brown
colour.

Assuming this Cthc Teslintoo) as the main river, and adding its length to
the Lewes- Yukon below the junction, gives upwards of 2,200 miLs of river, fully
two-thirds of which runs through a very mountainous country, without an im-
pediment to navigation.

Some indefinite information was obtained as to the position of this river
in the neighbourhood of Marsh Lake tending tf> show that the distance between
them was only about thirty or forty miles.

* The Tnlikfcn.-i was fonnt-rly uiiicti usctl l)y tlic CliiU:;it riidiaiis as a tiu-aiiH of reaching
the iiitt-rior, l)iU never uy the niiners, owing to tlie flistai.ce Irotn ttic sea fo its liead.

t 'riie liinitetf aninnnt of i)rosi)ectiiiK tliat has l>eeii done on this river is said to lie very
satisfactory, fine ko1<I IiaviiiK 1)een found in all pai ts of the river. The lark c)f su)>i)lics is the great
drawback to its development, and this will not be overcome tf) any extent until l)v some mentis
heavy freiglit can be broiight over the coast range to the head of the river. Indeed, owing to the
difTic.ilties attending access a?id transportation, the great drawback to the entire Yukon District at
present is the want of heavy niining macliincry and the scarcity of supplies. The iovernment
neing aware of the rerpiiremeiits and possit)ilitiesof the country, has undertaken the task of making
preliminary surveys ffjr trails and railroads, and n(. doubt in the ne:.r future the avenue for better
and ([uicker trnnsportntion facilities will be opened up.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

481

This

Between the Teslintoo and the Big Salmon the distance is thirty-thrcc and
a-lialf milos, in which the Lewes preserves a generally uniform width and current.
The Big Salmon I found to be aljout one hundred yards wide near the .mouth,
the depth not more than four or five feet, and the current, so far as could be
seen, sluggish. None of the miners I met could give me any information con-
cerning this stream; Dr. Dawson met a man who had spent most of the summer
of 1887 prospecting on it. His opinion was that it might be navigable for small
stern-wheel steamers for many miles.

Thirty-six and a quarter miles below the Big Salmon, the Little Salmon—
the; Daly of Sell vvatka —enters ihc Lewes. This river is about sixty yards wide at
the mouth, and not more than two or three feet in depth.

Eight miles below Little Salmon River, a large rock called the Eagle's Nest,
stands up in a gravel slope on tlie easterly bank of the river.

Thirty-two miles below I'^agle's Nest Rock, Nordenskiold River enters from
the west, it is an unimportant stream.

Tile Lewes, between the LittI • Salmon and the Xordcnskiold, maintains a
width of from 200 to 300 yards, with an occasional expansion wiiere there are
islands. It is serpentine in its course most of the way.

Below this to Five-Finger Rapids, so called from the fact that five large
masses of rock stand in mid-channel, the river assumes its ordinary straightness
and width.

Six miles below this, as already noticed. Rink Rapids are situated. They
are of no great importance, the westerly half of the stream only being obstructed.

Below Five Finger Rapids about two miles a small stream enters from the
east. It is called by Dr. Dawson Tatshun River.

Between Five Finger Rapids and Pelly River, fifty-eight and a half miles,
no streams of any importance enter the Lewes.

About a mile below Rink Rapids the river spreads out into a lake-like ex-
panse, with many islands; this continues for about three milts, when it contracts
to something like the usual width; bat bars and small islands are very numerous
all the way to Pelly River. About five miles above Pelly River there is another
lake-like expanse filled with islands.

About a mile below the Pelly, just at the ruins of Fort P Ikirk. tlic Yukon
was found to be 565 yards wide; about two-thirds being ten leet deep, with a
current of about four and three-quarter miles per hour.

Fort Selkirk is now a winter port for steamboats of the Nortli American
Transportation & Trading Company, plying the Yukon and its tributaries, which
has established a number of posts on the river. There is also a trading post here
owned by Harper, who wr -> at one time of the firm of Harper & McQuesftion.
traders.

Below Fort Selkirk, the Yukon f^iver is from 500 to 600 yards broad, and
maintains this width down to Wiiitc River, a distance of ninety-six miles.

White River enters the main fiivcr from tlie w(;.st. The White River very
probably flows over volcanic deposits, as its sediments would indicate; no doubt
this would account for the discoloration of its waters. The volcanic ash appears
to cover a great extent of tlie Upper Yukon basin drained by the Lewes and
Pelly Rivers.

Mr. Harper, of the firm of Harper, McQuestion & Co., went up this river
with sleds in the fall of 1H72 a distance of fifty or sixty miles. He describes it
as possessing the same general features all the way up, with much clay soil along
its banks.

Stewart River enters from the east in the middle of a wide valley, with low
hills on both sides. The river half a mile or so above the mouth is 200 yards in
width. The current is slack and the water shallow and clear, but dark coloured.

From Stewart River to the site of Fort Reliance, seventy-three and a quarter
miles, the Yukon is broad and full of islands.

About thirteen miles below Stewart River a large valley joins that of the
river, but the stream occupying it is only a large creek.

Twenty-two and a half miles from Stewart River another and larger creek
enters from the same side; it agrees with the descriptions of Sixty-mile Creek.

482

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

This stream is of no importance, except for what mineral weahh may be found
on it.t

Six and a half miles above Fort Reliance the Thron-Diuckt River of the
Indians (Deer River of Schwatka) enters from the east. It is a small river, about
forty yards \yide at the mouth, and shallow; the water is clear and transparent,
and of beautiful blue colour. The Indians catch great numbers of salmon here.
They had been fishing shortly before my arrival, and the river, for some distance
up, was full of salmon traps.

A miner had prospected up this river for an estimated distance of forty
miles, in the season of 1887.

Twelve and a half miles below Fort Reliance, the Chandindu River, as
named by Schwatka, enters from the east.

Between Fort Reliance and Forty Mile River (called Cone Hill River by
Schwatka) the Yukon assumes its normal appearance, having fewer islands and
being narrower, averaging 400 to 600 yards wide, and the current being more
regular. This stretch is forty-six miles long, but ^ 'as estimated by the traders at
forty, from which the Forty Mile River took its name.

Forty Mile River joins the main River from the west. It is as far up as
the International Boundary, a distance of twenty-tliree miles. It is only a short
distance across to the Tanana River — a large tributary of the Yukon — which is here
described as an important stream. However, only about twenty-three miles of
Forty Mile River are in Canada.

Between Forty Mile River and the boundary line no stream of any size
joins the Yukon. Coal Creek is five miles below Forty Mile, and comes in from
the east. On it some extensive coal seams were seen.

The agricultural capabilities of the country along the river are not great,
nor is the land which can be seen from the river of good quality.

When we consider further the unsuitable climatic conditions which prevail
in the region, it may be said that as an agricultural district this portion of the
country will never be of value.

It is difificult to form an estimate of the total area of agricultural land seen,
but it certainly bears a very small proportion to the remainder of the country. I
think ten townships, or 360 square miles, would be a very liberal estimate for all
the places mentioned. This gives us 230,400 acres, or, say 1,000 farms. The avail-
able land on the affluents of the river would probably double this, or give 2.000
farms in that part of our territory, but on most of these th.; returns would be
meagre.

Without the discovery and development of large mineral wealth it is not
likely that the slender agricultural resources of the region will ever attract atten-
tion, at least until the better parts of our territories are crowded. * * *

The amount of timber for use in building and manufacturing in the district
along the river is not at all important. There is a large extent of forest which
would yield firewood, and timber for use in mines, but for the manufacture of
lumber there is very little.

t Sixty Mile Creek is about one hundred miles long, very crooked, with a switl current
and many rapids, and is therefore not easy to ascend.

Miller, Glacier, Gold, Little Gold and Bedrock Creeks are all tributaries of Sixty Mile
Some of the richest discoveries in gold so far made in the interior .ince 1894 have been upon then
creeks, especially has this been the case upon the two first mentioned. There is a claim upon
Miller Creek owned by Joseph Boudreau from which over fioo.ooo worth of gold is said to have been
taken out Freight for the mines is taken up Forty Mile Creek in summer for a distance of 30 miles
then portaged across to the heads of Miller and Glacier Creeks. In the winter it is hauled
in by dogs. The trip from Cudahy to the post at the mouth of Sixty Mile River is made by ascending
Forty Mile River a small distance, making a short portage to Si.xty Mile River and runninir down
with its swift current. Coming back on the Yukon nearly the whole of the round trip is made
down stream. Indian Creek enters the Yukon from the east about 30 miles below Sixty Mile. It is
reported to be rich in gold, but owing to the scarcity of siipplies its development has been retarded

At the mouth of Sixty Mile Creek a townsite of that name is located, it is the head
quarters for upwards of 100 miners, and where they more or less assemble in the winter months

Messrs. Harper & Co have a trading post and a saw-mill on an island at the mouth of the
creek, both ot which are in charge of Mr. J. Leduc, one of the partners of the firm, and who was a*,
one time in the employ of the Alaska Commercial Company.

t Dawson City is situated at the mouth of the Thron-Diuck, and although it was located
only a few months ago, it is the scene of great activity. Very rich deposits of gold have been lately
found on Bonanza Creek and other affluents of the Thron-Diuck.

AND iMANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

483

MR. OGILVIE'S DESCRIPTION.

MR. WM. OGILVIE, whose name in connection with the Yuko.i is now a
household word, delivered a lecture in Victoria on Friday evening, Novem-
ber 6th (1897), in Institute Hall, which was of special interest and value.
As his statements on that occasion afford the very latest and most authentic
information available, the author has utilized the report by condensation and
making extracts therefrom, discarding other matter previously prepared, feeling
sure that readers will recognize the greater value of information directly imparted
by a gentleman whose knowledge of the country and whose probity and unselfish
devotion to the interests of Canada in connection therewith, entitle his observa-
tions to every respect and consideration. Much of his lecture, dealing with the
history of the Yukon discoveries, and other matters, tliough extremely interesting
has been omitted for want of space. The question of routes is dealt with else-
where, but his remarks in regard to several of them are inserted on account of the
interest attaching to his statements.

. THE ROUTES IN.

The
Stickine Route.

The route from Victoria and Vancouver to Alaska on an ocean steamer has
been fully described elsewhere in the chapter entitled "The Coast Trip." From
Victoria to Port Simpson is 635 miles and Port Simpson to the
mouth of the Stickine via Wrangcl is about 170 miles. From the
mouth of the Stickine up the river to Telegraph Creek is 150 miles,
the distance occupying about sixty hours. Mr. Ogilvie said: —

At the head of Teslin Lake we produce our whip-saws and commence lum-
ber for boats, the process being somewhat difficult and tedious. The boats built,
the trip down Teslin Lake, which is eighty miles long, begins, and we enter the
The Hootiiiinqua Hootalinqua River. This river is marked on the map as being
River. the Teslin, which is the Indian name for a fish caught in the

lake. The Hootalinqua is about 125 miles long, making a distance of 1,160 miles
from Victoria, or 1,600 miles in all to Dawson City. At two points, one near the
head of the river and one quite a distance below, tliere are obstacles in the way of
steamboat navigation at certain times of the year, during certain stages of the
river . A few miles below the river broadens out into innumerable channels,
until at last, at the lower end, it widens to two and a-half miles. If one of these
channels were deepened out. a sufiicient depth of water could be obtained to allow
of a free passage for a steamer drawing three or four feet without difficulty.

Speaking of the caiion and White Horse iiapids, Mr. Ogilvie says: —
Twenty-five miles from Marsh Lake we come to the canon, where the river is
very swift and passes between almost perpendicular walls. Running the canon
is easily practicable, provided the bcdt is kept in the very centre of the stream.
Do this and the boat rides through safely. If not, she will be dashed against the
side walls of basaltic rock and pounded to pieces. Below the cafion there is
another rapid, which, however, offers no special obstacle to a man wanting to go
through. Below that is what is known as the White Horse
Rapids. Now, you can run the White Horse Rapids if you want
to — at least, you can fy. I don't. I traced up thirteen men who
lost their lives in running this rapid in a single season. Below, at the Five
Fingers, the river is partially dammed by a conglomerate rock standing like a
pillar in the stream. Avoiding it. let the boat go easy and all will be well. Below
this there is another rapid, and then the smooth and unhampered river, from
which on everything is all right

RapldH
Encountered.

484

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

The
Yukon River.

Bonanza and
El Dorado.

The navigatio'^ of the Yukon River in the upper part is open from May till
the middle of October, while at the mouth it is not open before the ist of July, and
navigation does not last longer than the ist of October — that is,
only from two and a half to three months — and it takes river
steamers fourteen, fifteen and sixteen days to get up the river
to Dawson, St, Michaels, the headquarters of the river boats, is eighty miles
from the mouth of the river, and only in calm weather can the steamers cross
that bit of open sea.

PROBABLE YIELD.

Bonanza and El Dorado. Creeks afford between them 278 claims; the several
affluences will yield as many more, and all of these claims are good. I have no
hesitation in saying that about a hundred of those on Bonanza will yield upwards
of $30,000,000. Claim 30 below, on El Dorado, will yield a million in itself, and
ten others will yield from $100,000 up. These two
creeks will, I am quite confident, turn out from $60,000,000 to
$75,000,000, and I can safely say that there is no other region
in the world of the same extent that has afforded in the same length of time so
many homestakes — fortunes enabling the owners to go home and enjoy the re-
mainder of their days — considering the work that has to be done with viery
limited facilities, the scarcity of provisions and of labour, and that the crudest
appliances only are as yet available.

On Bear Creek, about seven or eight miles above that, good claims have
been found, and on Gold Bottom, Hunker, Last Chance and Cripple Creeks.
On Gold Bottom as high as $15 to the pan has been taken, and on Hunker Creek
the same, and although we cannot say that they are as rich as El
Other Crec s. Dorado or Bonan^a, they are richer than any other creeks known
in that country. Then, thirty-five miles higher up the Klondyke, Too-Much-Gold
Creek was found.

A fact I am now going to state to you, and one that is easily demonstrated,
is that from Telegraph Creek northward to the boundary line, we have in the
Dominion of Canada and in this Province an area of from 550 to 600 miles in
length, and from ten to 150 miles in width, over the whole of which rich prospects
have been found. We must have from 90,000 to 100,000 square miles, which, with
proper care, judicious handling and better facilities for the transportation of food
and utensils, will be the largest, as it is the richebi. gold field the world has ever
known.

Stewart and Pelly, in the gold bearing zone, also give promising indica-
tions. Everywhere good pay has been found on the bars and there is no reason
why when good pay nas been found on the bars, the results should not be richer
in the creeks. The Klondyke was prospected for forty miles up in 1887 without
anything being found, and again in 1893 with a similar lack of result, but the
difference is seen when the right course is taken and this was led up to by Robert
Henderson.

pol
Of^
it

swl

ha|
wc

QUARTZ LEDGES.

In regard to quartz claims, seven have already been located in the vicinity
of Forty Mile and Dawson, and there is also a mountain of gold in the neigh-
bourhood bearing ore yielding $5.00 to $7.00 a ton. The question to be considered
is whether with that return it will pay to work it under the peculiar conditions
which exist, and the enormous freight rates charged for the transportation of any-
thing of that kind. About forty miles up the river two claims
'' have been located by an expert miner from the United States,

Proposition. ^^^ ^|^^ j^^^ ^^^^ considerable experience in Montana and other

mineral States, and he assured me that the extent of the lode is such that these
two claims are greater than any proposition in the world, going from $3.00 to
$11 a ton. On Bear Creek a quartz claim was located last winter.

On Gold Bottom another claim has been located, and I have made a test
of the ore. I had no sieve and had to employ a hand mortar, which you who
know anything of the work will understand would not give the best results. The

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

485

poorest result obtained, however, was $100 to the ton, while the richest was $1,000.
Of course I do not know what the extent of the claim is, but the man who found
it said that from the rock exposed, the deposit must be considerable in extent.

About thirty miles up the Klondyke another claim was located, and the man
swore that it was rich.

On El Dorado and Bonanza the gold obtained on the difTerent benches

has about the same value, that is, it has about the same degree of fineness, and is

worth about $16 per ounce, and as you go down the creek this value decreases

to about $15.25. From that point, however, it increases again,

An Extensive ^^^^ from this the inference appears to be plain tliat the same

'''"'*■ lode runs right across the region that these creeks cut through,

which is proved still more surely by the fact that the value increases as you strike
Hunker, and in the other direction Miller and Glacier. The nuggets found in El
Dorado show no evidence of having travelled any great discance. and some I
have are as rough as though they had been hammered out of the mother lode.

The mother lode is yet to be found in the ridges between the creeks, and
when it i.^ found it may be found to consist of several large lodes or a succession
of small ones that may not pay to work.

On Stewart and Pelly Rivers some prospecting has been done and gold
found, and on the Hootalinqua in 1895 good pay was discovered and the rich-
ness of the gold increases as work is continued farther down. Some men, work-
ing fifteen feet down, found coarse gold, when the water drove them out and they
had to abandon the work and come out determined to return; but they did not go
back, as in the meantime the Klondyke excitement knocked that place out.

Gold has been found at the head of Lake Lebarge, on the stream flowinf;
into the lake at this point; in fact there is gold everywhere in this zone, w'".! i
is 500 miles long by 150 wide. Prospects, too, are to be found on the Dalton 1 rail
on the other side of the river. It may be assumed that in all this country there
is gold, while in this particular zone it is especially abundant. This zone lies
outside of the Rocky Mountains and distant from them about 150 miles.

COAL AND COPPER.

Another product of the country, that demands attention is copper. It is
doubtless to be found somewhere in that district in great abundance, although
the location of the main deposit has yet to be discovered. It comes from the
vicinity of White River somewhere — just where has yet to be discovered. Silver
has also been found, and lead, while to work our precious metals
Native Copper. ^^ j^^^^ ^^^j ^^ abundance. It is to be found in the Rocky Moun-
tains or, rather, the ridge of high mountain running parallel to them in the
interior. A deposit of coal in this range runs right through our territory. At two
points near Forty Mile it also crops out, in one place only about forty feet from
the River Yukon. Farther up the Yukon on one of its many smaller feeders, at
Fifteen Mile Creek and on the head of the Thronda, there are also outcroppings
of coal. On the branches of the Stewart and on some of the five fingers of the
Yukon, coal is also exposed. In fact there is any amount of coal in tiie country
with which to work our minerals when we can get in the necessary facilities.

TIMBER.

Regarding the surface of the country and the dilliculties of prospecting:
Passing dow'n the river in a boat one sees a succession of trees, ten, twelve, four-
teen and sixteen inches in diameter, and he naturally comes to the conclusion
that it is a well-timbered country. And so it is, along the margin of the river.
But let him land and go inland and he will find the ground cov-
ered with what is locally known as nigger grass. This is a coarse
grass, which each year is killed and falls, tangling in such a
way as to make pedestrian progress all but impossible, tripping one up every
few feet. It is, as might be imagined, a most difficult thing to walk through this
grass, great areas of which are found all through the district. And where these
areas are found the miners avoid them as they would a plague.

Not Much
Timber.

486

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Should Be
Conserved.

For the rest of the country the rocks are covered with one or two feet of
moss — and underneath, the everlasting ice. On this a scrubby growth of trees
is found, extending up to the mountains. It is this which appears to those passing
down the river in boats to be a continuation of the good limber
seen along the banks. Timber that is fit for anything is scarce,
and we should husband it carefully. Our timber has built Circle
City. Our timber has served all the purposes of the upper Yukon country. A
large amount of timber is required, and what we have we shculd keep for our own
use, particularly as the ground has to be burned to be worked.

Above the timber line you come to the bare rocks — the crests bare save where
clothed with a growth of lichen on which the Caribou feed. There is no timber in
the way here — no moss and no brush. The miners, in travelling, consequently
keep as close to the top of the ridge as possible.

PROSPECTING.

Prospecting necessarily has to be reserved for the winter. First the moss

has to be cleared away, and then the muck — or decayed rubbish and vegetable

matter. The hre is applied to burn down to bed-rock. The frost in the ground

gives way before the fire, ten, twelve, or perhaps sixteen inches

Burning ,, ^^^ jj^g j^^^j ^^^ ^^^^ j-^.^ j^^^^, j.^ ^^ applied again, and so

^°*'°- the work proceeds until the bed-rock is reached. It may be

twenty feet or so below the surface, in which case it is usually reached in about
twenty days. Through this trees have been found in every position, as they have
fallen and been preserved as sound as ever in the everlasting ice. Having burned
down to bed-rock and found the paystreak, you start drifting.

If you have a depth of twenty feet you may be able to go down two feet
and no turtlicr. and must put down another drift. Very few people liave the ^rood
fortune to succeed with one shaft; prospecting holes as many as twenty or thirty
must be dug until you cut the whole valley across before you find pay. The next
man may strike it at the first hole.

To give an instance: One man put down eleven holes and didn't find any-
thing, and yet other men had confidence enough in tlie claim to pay $2,500 for a
half interest in it, knowing that the owner had put in eleven holes and found
nothing, a fact which will go to prove the character of the coun-
ot ways ^^ After you have worked until April or May the water begins

^""^' to run, and the trouble is that the water accumulates and you

cannot work, as it puts out the fires which have been used to thaw out and soften
the ground. Then the timber is prepared and the sluice boxes put in.

A CONSERVATIVE ESTIMATE.

IN the "Engineering and Mining Journal," New York, October 23rd, there
appears an article from H. Bratnober, which though expressing on the whole
a conservative view, bears the character of being fairly and thoughtfully
written, in keeping with the high character of the journal itself. It is as follows:
"I have just returned from the Klondyke goldfields, where I found a very
good placer mining district. The formation of the country where the gold is de-
posited seems to be mica schist streaked with quartz, all carries a little gold, an"
and it looks as though the gold was ground out of this formation
by glacial action. The gold-bearing quartz seems to lie in this
schist, and it is all of very low grade. The formation, as far as I was able to in-
vestigate, seems to be about ten to fifteen miles in width. On either side of this

The Formation.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

487

there seems to be a blocky diorite, which carries considerable quartz, and there
are quartz veins running through it in every direction, but of no value.

"The country is covered with moss, and frozen to bed-rock, and no one
knows how far beyond. There is very little wash, and especially on El Dorado
Creek, where the glacier mud seems to have been frozen, and is found almost to
the bed-rock. In sinking to bed-rock the shafts pass through this frozen dirt,
and in many instance.s blue ice is found two and three feet thick in strata immedi-
ately above the bed-rock. In some places it is found near the surface. It is
difficult and almost impossible to drift this ground in the summer season, as even
by close timbering, the thawing of the ice will cause
Driftinu. the shaft to cave in. The method of working in the

winter is the same as that used in Siberia, where the
ground is frozen at a great depth. Fires are built underground, where they carry
a breast of thirty or forty feet wide, and one burning along this length will thaw
in about six or eight inches. The thawed dirt is then taken out, and another fire
built. By this method they seem to get along very well. It is the usual custom
to have two shafts, unconnected, so that while they are working in one shaft the
fire may be burning in the other, so that the work of extracting the dirt may be
continuously prosecuted.

"There will be a great deal of activity and a large amount of work done on
Bonanza and El Dorado Creeks this winter. Most of the ground is worked on
'.vhat they call a 'lay' — that is, the owner or owners of a claim 500 feet long give
a party of two or three a lease of a piece of ground to drift out, the persons who
work the ground receiving one-half of the gold taken out. On the richer claims
it is often drifted out for forty per cent, of the yield. Nearly all the claims are
worked under this method of leasing. Some of them are leased in sections to
different parties, and the owner sits around watching the different sets of men
working out his ground. By this system a great deal of Bonanza and El Dorado
Creeks will be drifted out this winter. As some of these claimr will have four or
five sets of men working on them, their output will be large next year. The dirt
taken out will be washed in May, June and July. There are very few summer
diggings where they can shovel into sluices; therefore there will be but little gold
taken out aside from the drifting process.

"Some of the claims are very rich, and the dirt will average $1.00 or $1.50
to the pan; that is to say, where the bed-rock is shaley. They take this up for
nearly three feet in depth. Where there are no quartz stringers in the schist the
b^d-rock seems to be decomposed, and is quite soft. Such claims
Value of Claims. are not of much value, except that they about pay wages. The
ground is very spotted. In some instances there are rich spots
where $40 or $50 a pan have been obtained, but these are only phenomenal in-
stances. We hear a great deal about them, but we never hear anything about
the poor claims.

"But on the whole I consider the placers as very good diggings and a
good many fortunes will be made. I estimate the output for 1898 will be in the
neighbourhood of $5,000,000. Of course this will depend somewhat on the suc-
cess of the prospectors this winter. The country will be well prospected between
now and next January, which is the best time for that kind of work. It h almost
impossible to get around in the hills in the summer on account
Prospecting. of moss and swampj and the difficulty of taking along supplies.
Horses cannot be used, and the prospector can only go so far
as he is able personally to carry his provisions. There is very little feed or grass
to be had for animals of any kind. There was more feed on the Dalton Trail

488

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

than in any other part of the country I travelled through. The farther north one
goes the less grass is found. There is an ample supply of men there to do all
the work that can be furnished ''.is winter, indeed, there will probably be some
who will find it difficult to get work. Provisions will be scarce, but I do not
think there will be any starvation. It will always be a difficult matter to supply
that country with provisions by river transportation, as the seasons are so very
short and the river in many places very shallow. It is only light draft steamers
that can get up to Dawson, and, on account of the passes, there is difficulty in
bringing supplies down the river.

"Hydraulic mining on the Klondyke is impossible on account of the frozen
nature of the country. Quartz mining will also be impossible unless the veins
are very rich. Labour will always be very high, and another great drawback is
the fact that all the creeks freeze up solid in the winter, and there is no running
water to be found anywhere. Fuel costs $i8 a cord, and labour is $15 a day, and
not very good labour at that.

"The sensational reports that have been so widely circulated will no doubt
cause a great many people to start for that country next spring. It is estimated in
Seattle and Tacoma that there will be from 50,000 to 100.000
sensiitionaiism. people leave for the Yukon next year. If so, there will be a great
deal of suffering and distress, and of course there will not l)e
ten per cent, of that number who will get in. A large percentage of those who
started to go in over the Dyea and Skagway trails turned around and came back
in disgust. Some simply abandoned their outfits and walked back. I would ad-
vise only very robust young men to attempt to go into that country, and even
then th^y should be somewhat used to that rough kind of life.

"I have no doubt that other paying gulches will be discovered this winter,
and for a good many winters to come. I travelled overland 300 miles from salt
water to the Yukon River, and there is gold to be found over the entire distance.
This indicates that there is a large gold-bearing country not only in the Nortli-
West Territory, but in Alaska as well. So no one need be in a great rush, for fear
they will get left. There is enough country to last for years to meet the desire
of all who wish to go there and prospect. Generally, tlie country is healthful.
The lack of drainage makes Dawson a Uss healthy place than it would otherwise
be. It is built on a big moss flat, and in tlie summer time is wet and swampy,
although only a few inches of the frozen surface thaws out."

OUTPUT OF GOLD, 1896.

IN its souvenir edition, January, 1897, the Alaska "Mining Record" gives some
statistics which may be regarded as fairly approximate of the yield of Alaska
and Yukon for 1896. At the time of publication, however, the news of
the Klondyke discoveries had not yet reached the Coast, and the yield of that
district is not included, which would swel' the amount by another million. It
says : —

"The output of the mines of Alaska is difficult of estimation. The vast-
ntss of the mining territory, the extremely migratory characteristic of its popula-
tion, and the entire absence of reports and statistics from a great part of the
smaller camps render it a very difficult matter to arrive at a statement approxi-
mating correctness except by careful study and watchful attention to every detail.
The following estimate is the result of just such work, and is believed to be as

ANU MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

489

nearly correct as possible and still represent, fully yet conservatively, the produc-
tion of gold in Alaska clurinK' 18/): -

Nowell Gold Mining Co., 35 stamps $iOo,ooo

Berner's Bay Mining & Milling Co., 40 stamps 125,000

Alaska-Treadwell Gold Mining Co., 240 stamps 800,000

Alaska-Mexican Gold Mining Co.. 120 stan- .js 450,ooo

Alaska Commercial Co., 40 stamps 500,000

Bald Eagle Mining Co., 4 stamps 200,000

Ebner Gold Mining Co., 10 stamps .iS.ooo

Juneau Mining Co.. 30 stamps 3S.ooo

Jualin Gold Mining Co., 10 stamps 20,000

Alaska Willoughby Gold Mining Co., 10 stamps 15.000

Green mine, Norton Sound, 10 stamps 15.000

Total output of quartz mines $2,355,000

Lituya Bay placer mines 15.000

Cook's Inlet placer mines 175,000

Birch Creek district, Yukon mines 1,300,000

Other Yukon districts ■. 800,000

From several small creeks in various parts of the territory, worked by

arrastras 25,000

Total output $4,670,000

ROUTES INTO KLONDYKE.

A War of
Ways.

ABOUT fifty years ago in England there was started what was known as the
"Battle of the Gauges," being a struggle between Stephenson and Brunell,
rival railway engineers, as to the width of gauge to be established as a
standard. The strife waxed so warm as to excite widespread, even national,
interest, and the expression to which it gave rise has become historical. The
rivalry as to routes to the Klondyke from the keenness with which the issues are
contested, is likely to be known to posterity as "The War of
the Ways," and will rank in importance with the "Battle of the
Gauges," or even the more absorbing topic as to the best point
for outfitting for the Yukon, also likely, under some euphonious catch-title, to
have no mean place in history. The literature to which the consideration of these
subjects is contributing will in all probability be voluminous enough, and the
dispute sufficiently protracted, to influence the minds of several generations to
come.

In the chapter on "Railways" the matter of routes through the interior of
British Columbia has been discussed from a railway point of view, not for the
purposes of recommending them for immediate use, involving as they do a
thousand miles or more of land travel by pack trail; and any person familiar with
the country and the requirements in the way of supplies will understand what that
n-eans. To those who have had no experience it would take too long to explain
the situation fully and satisfactorily. The best advice to them is, briefly, "Don't."

490

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

Two Lines of
Travel.

If tliey do, they will know much better later on why this advice is tendered.
Until railways ar^ built, so as to compete successfully as to time and comfort, it
will be found to be wisdom to take one of the established routes,
" preferably tiirouyh Canadian territory, the greater part of wiiich

will be by water. Transportation companies will concentrate their efforts to
develop these to the greatest possible extent, within the time available, and there-
fore the best possible facilities will be provided at the cheapest rate.

In what follows, all the present and prosijectivr routes are discussed a.s a
matter of public interest and to afford information; but it must be remembered that
the prospective routes have yet to be surveyed and to some extent explored in
order to obtain the definite and detailed knowledge necessary to decide as to their
respective merits. There are many conditions and circumstances to take into
account, and ultimately tlie routes of trav*;) will shape themselves, loliowing
the lines of the greatest development. In the meantime, no matter how excellent
the routes may be naturally, land travel n offer but few inducements.

While on the subject of interior travel it may be pointed out that there are
two main routes, at an average distance of about lOO miles apart, through parallel
valleys which extend practically throughout British Columbia in the general direc-
tion of the Coast line. One is the continuation of the Canoe River Valley, follow-
ing the Parsnip 2M Fraser Rivers and on through the Peace River country to
Fort Pelly. Tne ovher is indicated in the line of travel from Kamloops via the
Clearwater and Quesnelle, following the old Telegraph Trail, and including in
its extent the Stickine-Teslin route. Or the same may be
reached by starting from Ashcroft. The routes in question may
be made interchangeable at Gisconibe Portage, where all the lines
from the south converge, and where there will be a place of importance in the
future railway economy of the Province. It may be added that a line from
Edmonton through Yellow Head Pass would contribute to the importance of
these natural great highways, and render unnecessary the independent northern
roads projected from that point. A glance at the map will show how remarkably
all the natural southern ways lead to Giscombe Portage; and further it would
appear that Nature had set great store by the Yukon from the fact that in a still
more comprehensive sense all roads lead to it.

A number of other possible routes could be indicated. One from Fort
Steele northward to Canoe River, and another through West Kootenay via
Reve.stoke following the Columbia River, are both ntaural highways. Then,
again, on the Mi^^nland Coast, there are several good passes into the Interior not
referred to, notably th.; one through the Bella Coola Valley; and several more
routes are talked about as being feasible from points through or leading from
Alaska territory. One of these is near Mount St. Elias, and another from the head
of Alice Arm. For practical purposes, liowever, the routes that will be util-
ized next season will be the ones that have already been in use, to which will be
added, perhaps, the most important of all, viz: the Stickine River and Teslin Lake
route.

Those who propose going into the Yukon should not be deceived by the

advertised advantages of prospective routes, which though ever so good for the

Don't He purposes of building railways in the future are not and have not

Deceived. been used for regular traffic. At most they have been used as

■miners' trails by slow stages, and would be extremely disappointing to those who

expected an4 were anxious to reach the Klondyke quickly.

STICKINE-TESLIN ROUTE.

The mouth of the Stikine River is seven miles from Fort Wrangel and is

navigable for flat-bottomed steamers as far as Telegraph Creek, 150 miles. From

Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake overland is between 135 and 150 miles. The route

is then continued by Teslin Lake and the Hootalinqua River.

Distances. The Teslin Lake is eighty miles long and the Hootalinqua 125

miles long. Mr. Ogilvie states that the natural food supply for

horses or cattle, from information received by him, was not more than sufficient

to feed a couple of hundred head, so that for any considerable number it would

be necessary to carry sufficient food to obviate risk.

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

4') I

As little information lias been publislicd reKarding the proposed route by
way ol tlu' Mickuic and Tosliii rotiti' ilu' tollouiiin p;iilu-ular> may l>i' ni iiiti'icst.
The old route follows the Deasc Lake Trail to the mouth of the Tahl-tan River,
then up the Tahl-tan Valley to Agiiell's Mountain, then by an easy grade for three
miles up the mountain to the Great Basin that extends to Teslin Lake. As the
result of recent exploration it is proposed to make a cut-off whirli begins at a
point in the Tahl-tan Valley about twenty-three miles from Tele-
A Cut-off. graph Creek running in a southeasterly direction over the divida
striking Telegraph Creek at its source, then followmg tli.it stream
to the settlement at its mouth. Tiie first seven and a-iialf niiles of the trail from
Telegraph Creek follows on a fairly easy grade through tliick l)rusli and smaller
timber, with considerable side hill, where a good deal of grading will he neces-
sary. A fairly go(Kl pack trail has also been opened u)> by the I'lovincial (lovern-
ment and an endeavour is being made to complete a sleigh road to the top of the
hill, from where the present trail runs along a sieep side hill lor five
miles, then runs down the north side to the divide for eight miles
to the west branch of the Tahl-tan River which is fordabie all the year
except during spring freshets. From the west branch the trail runs over a low
divide three and a-lialf miles to the main Tahl-tan. None of the foregoing sec-
tions present any serious difficulties and the trail has been put in good (.inHlition
for teiuptjrary purposes to the foot of Agnell's Mouiaain. a disi;iiu-e oi about
forty miles. From the point where the trail strikes the main Talil-tan it runs
through a valley averaging half a mile in width for twenty miles to the foot (jf
Agnell's. This section of the trail requires little work to put it in tirst-class
condition. About three miles from this point the trail begins the ascent to
Agnell's Mountain to the point where it reaches the summit at an altitude of 4,200
feet, the altitude of the base being i.Soo feet, with possibilities ot a
'*""*" ''^ fair grade to the toi\ It is possible, however, that this mountain

Mountain. ^..^^^ j-^^ avoided l)y leaving the Taiil-tan Valley at a point about

twelve miles back from the foot of the hills and running in a northerly direction,
striking the present trail thirty miles beyond the top of the mountain, cutting olt
twelve miles and securing a good grade. Tue (lislaiiee to the .\aliliii River to
the top of Agnell's Mountain is about sixty miles. The trail runs along a wide
valley, no serious obstacles being encountered. There is considerable moss along
the trail uiiich has a depth of from two to three feet in places, and i);itelies ui it
holding water, but in most cases there is good bottom of apparently glacial mor-
aines. These patches may be easily corduroyed as there is i)lenty of timber
along the trail, or in many cases may be avoided altogether. It would be neces-
sary to Ijridge the Nahlin River as it is not ford.ilile during lii>jli
water. Leaving this river it is necessary to climb a higli bluff,
there being, however, an easy and cl)eap grade. From the top
of the bluflf there is good ground for eight miles, after which is encountered a
swampy stretch of about three-quarters of a mile. This and anotlier similar stretch
of one and three-quarter miles, two miles farther on, re(|uire corduroying.
Beyond the bad ground the trail strikes Spruce Mountain and gradually winds
along to the top of it, which, however, it is possible may also be avoided by mak-
ing a detour. The distance from the northern extremity of Spruce Mountain to
Lake Teslin is about thirty miles, which can be covered without serious obstacles.
It is understood that a very good sleighing road can be obtained from Agnell's
Mountain to Lake Teslin by one of two available routes.

It is understood from reliable sources, confirming what has already been
stated, that a cut-of? from fifteen to twenty miles can be made by leaving the old
trail on the v/atershed between the Tahl-tan and Takou and bearing to the east-
ward and passing over the divide between the Tahl-tan and Dudedonta, a branch
of the Takou, into the great bunch-grass valley lying between Level, Kowkitzie,
Halts and Spruce Mountains over an elevation something less than the route
now followed, which passes over Kowkitzie into the same valley; and also that a
route avoiding Spruce Mountain can be found by following up the Nahlin after
crossing to its right bank to a point where the foothills of Level Mountain will
be struck, and thence along these foothills over a good, dry road bed to Teslin Lake.
This route is somewhat longer than over Spruce Mountain, but avoids the great

Towards
TcsUn Lake.

'i 1

4Pi

YEAR BOOK 01- BRITISH COLUMBIA

elcvutiun and the many swamps and murasscs to be drained and corduroyed by
the present route. It would l^e much cheaper as a cunscciuencc than tlic present
route, which, however, could be utihzcd us the ground thaws out in June. Grass
will be fairly good by May.

I'ur tile improvement oi the Stickinc for navigation some expenditure will be
necessary on the part of the Dominion.

liolli the Dominion and Troviiicial Governments liave explored the route
and very full information will be forthcoming later on. The Provincial Govern-
ment has expended between $4,000 and $5,000 in opening up and improving the
trail from Telegraph Creek to Tesliu Lake during the present year and it is not
unlikely that the Uominion and Provincial (jcneriiments will co-oi)erate 111 devel-
oi)iiig the route over whicii a large trallic is anticipated during iS<>S. During the
last session of I'arliament a charter was obtained for a railway and a land subsidy
ot s.."X) acres per mile granted. Several companies arc promoting lines of railway
on this route.

The links in the Stickine route about which information has been wanting

arc the Hootalinqua River and the Teslin Lake. Regarding the first, the I'ro-

vincial Government dispatched Engineer Hamlin to report on its navigability.

From information recently received of an ollicial character it

MiintiiMiKiuii j^jjj, \^^,^^■^ ascertained that the Hootalinqua is a beautiful sheet
'*'*'•"■• of water iHo feet wide at its narrowest point and four feet deep

at lowest water with no rapids. This information is of the most important charac-
ter, as it sets at rest a doubt and renders the whole water course from the head
proposed waggon road or railway to Dawson City easily navigable. There can be
but little doubt about the navigability of Teslin Lake.

TAKU PASS.

This route leads from the head of Taku Inlet twenty-eight miles from

Juneau to Teslin Lake, and is estimated to be 140 miles overland, the rest of the

route being the same as that X'iii the Stickine River. Prof. King

nistiinces. estimates the altitude of Taku Pass as between 3,000 and 4,000

feet. At the last session of Parliament a charter was obtained

for a railway over this route and a land grant of 5.200 acres per mile in aid of the

same.

Taku Inlet is about eighteen miles long and heads in a glacier of the same
name, which keeps the Inlet almost full of ice. The icebergs acted upon by
winds and tides render the Inlet almost useless as a harbour. Taku River which
empties into the Inlet about two miles below the glacier runs over a wide valley
and is full of sand bars, rendering it doubtful for steamboat navigation. During
June and July a steamer might make her way to the first forks, some sixty miles.
From the Forks the route follows the left hand, or Nakinah branch, past the
mouth of the Slocoh branch, joining from the west, which there is a route
over which the Indians travel to Tagish Lake. The Indians report it as an easy
route with low summits to cross. About eleven miles above the mouth of the"
Slocoh the route leaves the Nakinah and goes up the valLy of a small stream
which flows through a rocky defile. This, followed about four
mi'.es, turns sharp to the right and ascends the valley of another
small stream four miles to the summit. There would be difficulty
in constructing a railway up to this point, but from here to Teslin Lake, between
fifty and sixty miles, it would be a favourable route. This route follows to the
head of Teslin Lake, from which point it is one with the Stickine-Teslin line.

WHITE PASS.

The White Pass commences at Skagway Bay at the head of Lynn Canal, at

which point ocean steamers • ay call and where a wharf has been built for the

accommodation of shipping. Although this route was badly blocked during the

present year and was overcome with great hardship it presents no real difficulties

for the construction of a permanent waggon road or a railway.

A Practicable ^ first-class waggon road, it is said, can be built for from $150,000

'*""*«^- to $250,000 following the bed of the Skagway River itself.

and it is understood that an American company intend taking the matter in hand

at once. As the Skagway route has been much discussed, a few particulars will

A Railway
RniitP.

1 '"

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

49J

not he amiss. The first four miles is an easy water grade to Four-Mile Flat, to
Porcupine Creek, up and down the side lull, is five miles; from there it is three
miles to the first bridge on tiie Skagway River; it is swamj)y for a mile and a-half
to two miles to the second bridge; from there to the third bridt^e. one and a-half
miles, there are somr hills ;uul swamp land; to the Crossing by the Ska«way is
threc-(|uartcrs of a mile on foot, but by the trail for pack aninials it is three
miles along what is known as "liad Hill." Frt)m the Crossing to the Summit is
three-quarters of a mile, and from the Summit to Lake Bennett twenty-two miles.
The trail leads along the southern side of Summit Lake, five miles, and Middle
Lake, five miles, crossing between Middle Lake and Shallow Lakes to Govern-
ment House, and from there touching Lake Lindeman to Lake Bennett. It is
an easy grade from the Sumnut, but a good deal of swamp and meadow land in-
tervenes, and the trail is rough. From (jovernment House it is one mile to .Siial-
low Lake and six miles to Too-chi Lake, but the river from Too-chi and Taku
Lake is not navigable for laden boats. A charter was obtained
ijiiiiway ^j [^gj session ol the Provincial Parliament by the British Colum-
Charter. ^y^^ Yukon Railway Company for a railway through the White
Pass to the northern boundary of the Province, and a land grant of s.joo acres
per mile. A charter was also obtained from the Dominion Parliament at its last
session for a line of railway from the northern boundary of the Province (o Fort
Selkirk. The Company in question built the wharf at Skagway and the trail
via the White Pass over the proposed route of railway. During the present year
it was the principal route of travel into the Yukon, but owing to the sudden rush
became badly blocked, and soon became almost impassable.

' 1

DYEA OR CHILKOOT.

From Dyea landing to the Canon is eleven miles, practically on the level

of the Dyea River tlats; from the Canon to Sheep Camp is a hilly trail five miles

long, reasonably passable. Up to the Scales, three miles, is steep and rough and

the trail bad. From the Scales to the Summit, which is at an

An inaiiin altitude of 3,700 feet, is a distance of three-quarters of a mile,

Route. ygj.y sjggp an(j impassable for pack animals. The distances, with

bad trails all the way, with the exception of the last mile, upon which waggons
are used from the Summit are as follows: To Crater Lake, three-quarters of a
mile; Crater Lake, two miles; to Portage, two and a-half miles; to Lake Linde-
man, five miles; to Lake Bennett, one mile. This is an old Indian route, and
Indians at present do the greater part of the packing; but a wire tramway has been
erected to haul goods to the Summit and in this way transportation will be greatly
facilitated.

DALTON TRAIL OR CHILCAT ROUTE.

The Chilcat route is otherwise known as Dalton's Trail, being the route
first used by Mr. Dalton in going into the Yukon. There are two ways of utiliz-
ing it, one from Haines' Mission on the east side of Chilcat Inlet, and the other
from Pyramid Harbour on the west side, the latter way being generally chosen
as being the more convenient. Not much has heretofore been
stroisht known of this trail, but from information recently obtained it is

overianrt. ascertained to be a favourable route. It goes in a straight line

to the Pelly River via Dalton's house, a distance of three hundred miles. The
altitude is about 3.000 feet at the highest point, which is seventy-five miles from
the coast. Dalton's trading post is twenty-five miles farther on. From there to
the Pelly is two hundred miles. Mr. Dalton took in a number of bands of cattle
this way, feed being supplied by bunch-grass obtained in places along the way.
Mr. Ogilvie says this route passes over a nice undulating plain, well-timbered in
the valleys and with grass on the slopes. It has recently been used by the miners
going in and coming out of the Yukon. There is also what is known as the
Indian Trail in a parallel direction, but about which little, if anything, is known
to white men.

494

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

VIA YUKON RIVER.

Miles.

Victoria to Dawson City (Klondyke)

via St. Michael, about 4.425

VIA DYEA.

Miles.

Victoria to Dyea i ,000

Dyea to Tagish Lake 72. 25

To Head of March Lake 4.90

Foot of March Lake . . 19.06

Head of Miles Canon 25.73

Foot of Miles Canon 62

Head of White Horse Rapids.. . 1.39
Foot of White Horse Rapids. . . .38

Tahkeena River 14.59

Head of Lake Le Barge I3.i5

Foot of Lake Le Barge 3i-i5

Teslintoo River 31.66

Big Salmon River 33-45

Little Salmon River 36.21

Five Finger Rapids 59- 29

Pelly River 5846

White River 95-82

Stewart River 9.80

Sixty Mile Creek 21.50

Dawson City 45- 29

Total 1,575-70

DALTON TRAIL.

Miles.

Victoria to head of Chilcat Inlet. . . 1,000
Head of Chilcat Inlet to Fort Sel-
kirk 300

Fort Selkirk to Dawson City 140

Total 1,440

VIA SKAGW\\Y.

Miles.

Victoria to Skagway 995

Skagway to Tagish Lake 70

Tagish Lake to Dawson City 502

Total 1,567

VIA STICKINE RIVER.

Miles.

Victoria to Wrangel (Ocean Steam-
ship) 750

Wrangel to Telegraph Creek (river

steamers) 150

Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake

(Trail) 150

Teslin Lake to Dawson City, (Klon-
dyke), (boat) 584

Total 1,634

VIA KITIMAT INLET.

Miles.

Victoria to Kitimat Inlet 450

Kitimat Inlet to Skeena River

Crossing 37

Skeena Crossing to West Fork Naas

River 85

West Fork Naas River to Forks Is-

coot River 90

Forks of Iscoot to Telegraph Creek. . 1 10

Telegraph Creek to Teslin Lake 150

Teslin uake to Dawson City 584

Total 1,506

TAKU INLET.

Miles.
Victoria to head of Taku Inlet. . . . 1,050

Taku Inlet to Teslin Lake 100

Teslin Lake to Dawson City 584

Total 1,734

ALICE ARM ROUTE.

Miles.

Victoria to head of Alice Arm 750

Alice Arm to Forks of Naas River. 20

Naas River to Forksof Iscoot River. 90
Forks of Iscoot River to Dawson

City 846

Total 1,706

VIA BUTE INLET.

Miles,
"^''ictoria to Waddington Harbour . . 130
Waddington Harbour to Telegraph

Trail 215

Telegraph Irail to Fort Eraser 90

Fort Eraser to Hazelton 170

Hazelton to Naas 80

Naas River to Forks Iscoot River. . . 90
Forks Iscoot River to Dawson City 846

Total 1,621

. VIA ASHCROFT.

Miles.

Ashcroft to Quesnelle 200

Quesnelle to Fort Eraser 120

Fort Eraser to Dawson i, 186

Total 1,506

KAMLOOPS (VIA QUESNELLE).

Miles.
Kamloops to Mouth of Clearwater . 65

Clearwater to Mahood Lake 30

Mahood Lake to Bridge Creek 55

Bridge Creek to Quesnelle 112

Quesnelle to Dawson City 1,306

Total 1,568

•»'

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

495

37
85

KAMLOOPS (VIA TETE JEUNE
CACHE).

Miles.

Kamloops to Tete Jeune Cache 170

Tete Jeune Cache to Summit Lake

(Giscombe Portage) 170

Summit Lake to Findley Rapids 135

Findley Rapids to Liard River 340

Liard River to Junction Dease and

Frances Rivers 60

Junction Dease and Frances Rivers

to Frances Lake 120

Frances Lake to Fort Pelly 120

Fort Pelly to Dawsou City 340

Total 1,455

REVELSTOKE (VIA CANOE RIVER).

Miles.

Revelstoke to Canoe River (via Col-
umbia) 75

Canoe River to Tete Jeune Cache . 80
Tete Jeune Cache to Dawson City.. 1,285

Total 1,440

GOLDEN AND DONALD.

Miles.

Golden to Beaver (on C.P.R.) 30

Beaver to Canoe River Mouth 60

Canoe River Mouth to Dawson City 1,365

Total 1,455

OSOYOOS (VIA KAMLOOPS).

Miles.
Osoyoos to Kamloops (via Vernon) 155
Kamloops toD wson City (via Tete

Jeune Cache) i ,455

Total 1,610

Or Kamloops via Quesnelle 1,723

EDMONTON (VIA TETE JEUNE

CACHE).

Miles.

Edmonton to Pembina River 60

Pembina River to McLeod River. . . no
McLeod River to Jaspar House .... 210
Jaspar House to Yellow Head Pass. 3
Yellow Head Pa'^s to Tete Jeune

Cache 42

Tete Jeune Cache to Dawso.i City.. 1,285

Total 1,710

Via Macken/.ie
River.

EDMONTON VIA MACKENZIE RIVER.

The Mackenzie route to the Yukon is almost entirely by water. Starting
from Edmonton there is a waggon road to the Athabasca River and trom
that point to Smith's Landing there is navigation for boats with no portaging. At
Smith's Landing a sixteen-mile portage has to be made to Fort Smith, on account
of the rapids. From Fort Smith to the confluence of the Peel
and Mackenzie i^ivers (1,200 miles) there are no difficulties to be
er.coun>cred, bu.- from this point there is a portage sixty miles
long oyer the di idg, to the head waters of die Porcupine River. Once on the
Porcupine there^-^a good water way to any pc'.rt of the Yukon. Be it remembered,
however, that 'ti\e Porcupine joins the Yukon about 300 miles below the Klondyke
gold Helds and this distance would be up stream.

The Mackenzie route is the old Hudson's Bay Company's trunk line that
has been in use for over a century, and the Company has small freight steamers
which ply back and forwards between the portage points but do not carry passen-
gers. The distances are given below: —

Miles.

Edinonton to Atliabasca Landing 90

Athabasca Landing to Grand Rapids 167

Grand Rapids to Fort McMurray 87

Port McMurray to Smith's Landing 287

Smith's Landing to Fort Smith 16

Fort Smith to Fort Resolution ', 194

Fort Resolution to Fort Providence 168

Fort Providenee to Fort ^impson 161

Fort Simpson to Fort Wrigley .'. 136

Fort Wrigley to Fort Norman 184

Fort Norman to Fort Cood Hope 174

Fort Good Hope to Fort Macphcrsoii 250

Fort Macpherson to Lapierre's Hoii.se ... 60

Lapierre's House to the Porcupine 30

Porcupine to the Yukon 400

Total 2,394

i il

496

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

EDMONTON VIA LIARD.

On the Liard Route there are no high or dangerous mountains to cross.
The country for the most part is open with good grass and a portion of the way
is by water which is navigable. Starting from Calgary the 200 miles between that
point and Edmonton is travelled by rail, thence to peace River Crossing (260
miles) by pack trail and waggon road. Crossing the Peace River by boat a good
trail leads to Pine River (100 miles), and for the next 140 miles to Nelson River
the country is said to be practicable for horses. Thence to

^""^ Liard River there is good navigation and supplies can be rafted

Liard Route. down. Ascending the Liard, and passing; through a country with
good grass and timber the mouth of the Dease River is reached (160 miles).
From Dease River to the Pelly is a distance of 170 miles, including a long port-
age over the watershed between the Pelly and the Liard. This distance was tra-
versed by Professor Dawson in 1887 and is described as a rolling country with
good grass. '

The Pelly River is one of the main branches of the Yukon and when this
point is reached the remainder of the journey is all down .stream to the gold
fields. The distance to the Klondyke is 420 miles and with the exception of two
short rapids affords good navigation. Distances: —

Miles.

Edmonton to Peace River Crossing 260

Peace River to Nelson Forks 240

Nelson to Junction of Liard 120

Up Liard to Dease River 160

Dease River to Pelly River 170

Pelly River to Junction of Lewes 220

Lew^s River to Klondyke 200

1.370

The Liard way is a practicable railway route, and could be utilized
for driving in cattle in easy stages, but under present circumstances for reaching
the gold fields quickly could not be recomemnded. The Upper Liard is described
by Dr. Dawson as a shallow, treacherous river and unsuitable for navigation, even
in small boats.

OUTFITTING AND EXPENSES.

WHAT it will cost to outfit for. and take a man to, Klondyke depends very
much on the man, and the length of his pocket book. Assuming, how-
ever, that he possesses ordinary common sense and a fair amount of
physical stamin.a, and has '.lot any money to throw away, landed in one of the
Coast cities of British Columbia he can outfit with provisions for one
year and the other necessary supplies and reach the mines for from
$250 to $300 and still have some money in his pocket to come and go on.
He will be safer, of course, with $500. The methods and experience of old miners
are the best basis for working on, and inexperienced persons should follow their
advice. A veteran prospector never carries an ounce more than he actually re-
quires and never omits an item that will be useful. Individual requirements
always vary, and no two miners take exactly the same articles or exactly the sa.mc
quantities of supplies; but nine-tenths of their outfit will be similar. The require-
ments of diflferent localities also vary, and only experience can tearh a man to

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

497

Miners'
Experience

adjust himself to his wants in any direction. The mistake which "tenderfeet."
the name for "new hands," make is invariably that of taking too much, if indeed,
they do not take the wrong kinds of things. It may be stated as
absolutely safe advice to prospective gold-seekers to come to the
city from which they intend to take their departure, free-handed,
and buy their complete outfits at that point. They will find all they require and
just what they require at the cheapest rates in the stocks of merchants who make!
outfitting their business and who know the requirements, many of them, by their
own personal experience or by dealing regularly with miners.

Below is given a list of supplies made up by a local firm of merchants in
the trade. There are a number of such lists, but while thev vary slightly in details,
they substantially agree as to the main requirements. This particular outfit is
quoted at $178, upon which, of course, there is no duty to pay. It could prob-
ably be safely reduced so as to cost not more than $150, and the weight to between
1,100 and 1,200 pounds.

SUPPLIES AND TOOLJ NECESSARY FOR ONE MAN FOR ONE YEAR.

400 lbs Flour, best Huugarian.
50 " Sugar.
200 " Bacon.
100 '■ Beans.
F.0 " Oat Meal.
50 '" Rice.
50 " Corn Meal.
25 " Split Peas.
75 " Dried Fruits.
10 " Tea, I lb packets.
16 " Coffee, 2 lb tins.
30 " Butter.'
25 " Kvaporated Onions.
50 " " Potatoes

12 " " Soup Vege-

tables.

2 doz Condensed Milk.
20 lbs Salt.
14 lb Mustard.

I lb Pepper.

I doz Yeast Cakes.

1 " Baking Powder.

I Bar Castile Soap.

3 Bars Laundry Soap,

I doz Kxtracl of Beef.

I Box Candles.

I Tin Matches.

I Medicine Chest.

I Tent 10x12, 2ft. wall 10 oz.

Duck.
I Sheet Steel Stove & Pipes.

1 Packing Strap.
200 Feet Rope, %.

2 Agate pails, 6 qt. and 8 qt.
I Agate Plate.

1 Agate Mug.
I Agate Sauce Pan.
I Agate Dish Pan.
I Agate Tea Pot.
I Agate Coffee Pot.
I Knife and Fork.

1 Butcher Knife.

2 Spoons, I Tea, i Table.
I Basting Spoon.

1 Fiy Pan.

I Axe and Handle.

I Spare Axe Handle.

I Claw Hammer.

I Hatchet.

1 Jack Plane.

I Brace and .Set of Bits.

I Hand Saw.

3 Flat Files, 3 Taper Files.

I Draw Knife.

1 Emery Stone.
20 lbs Wire Nails, assorted.
10 " Pitch.

5 " Uakum.

I Whip Saw.

I Strap, Pick.

1 Shovel.

I Gold Pan.

I Sleigh.

Total Weight, 1,430 pounds.

FARES AND EXPENSES.

The least number of days actually required for the journey from New York
or Montreal to the Klondyke is from twenty-five to thirty.

The fares are as follows: From New York or Montreal to Victoria, $62.75;
Colonist sleeping car, $8.00; Pullman sleeper, $20.00; meals in dining car, cost
$12.00; and stops are made at stations along the route where meals may be had
from twenty-five cents up. The steamer rate from Victoria to Skagway is $40.00
first-class and cabin, and $30.00 second-class and cabin.

The distance between New York and Victoria is j.008 miles, and between
Victoria and Skagway, 1,000 miles. From Montreal to Victoria is 2,970 miles.
Steamer takes five days to make the trip between Victoria and Skagway.

Steerage rates on the steamer to Lynn Canal are about $30. As regular
rates by the Stickine will have not yet been established it is not possible to quote.
Owing to improved transportation likely to be efTected via the White Pass and
Skagway Trails it is not improbable that goods will be taken over at the rate of
five cents per pound next season, and the difficulties and expense
Dogs and Boats. encountered this year are not likely to be continued. Early in the
season the trip over the Pass may be made by dog sleds. A dog
and sled outfit costs from $150 to $500. Arrived at the lakes boats have to be
obtained, which involves either considerable labour to build or expense to pur-
chase. Boats are purchased according to demand for from $75 to $200. The res':
of the way is plain ,»ailing.

498

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

However, a determined man, willing to work and careful of expense. will
get through with but little purchased assistance. He must, too, avoid the pitfalls
which gamblers and sharpers set for the unwary and mind his own business
strictly. With his own tools and supplies he can get along without adventitious
aids. Saloons and faro tables need form no part of his daily routine. An im-
portant consideration may be here noted, that two or three or more men going
together will travel much cheaper and in every way more advantageously than one.
Much of the outfit can be used in common, and in a variety of ways they can be
of assistance to each other. One at least of the party should, if possible, be an
experienced miner or prospector. In this way $500 between two men would go as
far as $300 or $350 with one man.

Wages at Dawson during 1897 averaged from $15 to $20 a day for miners
and mechanics got $1.50 an hour. Joseph Ladue's book on the Klondyke states
that board may be had at restaurants for $2.00 and $3 00 a day.

The following is a list of prices current in Dawson City during 1897:
Flour per 100 lbs., $12 to $120; moose ham per tb.. $1 to $2: Caribou meat per lb.,
65c.; beans per lb., lOc; rice per lb., 2Sc. to 7Sc.; sugar per lb., 25c.; bacon per tb.,
40c. to 80C.; butter per roll, $1.50 to $2.50; eggs per doz., $1.50 to
$3; better eggs per doz., $2; salmon each, $1 to $1.50; potatoes
per tb.. 2SC. ; turnips per lb.. 15c.; tea per tb., $1 to $3; coffee per
tb., soc to $2.25; dried fruits per tb.. 35c; canned fruits, 50c to $2.25; lemons each,
20C. to 25c.; oranges each, 50c.; tobacco per tb., $1.50 to $2; liquors per drink. 50c.;
shovels, $2.50 to $18; picks, $5 to $7; coal oil per gallon, $1 to $2.50; overalls,
$1.50; underwear, per suit, $.5 to $7.50; shoes, $5 to $8; rubber boots, $15 to $18.

Various
Prices.

YUKON MINING REGULATIONS.

The Dominion Government mining regulations, in force in the Northwest
Territory, including the Canadian Yukon, will be found on the back of the map of
that district, accompanying this volume.

(

a
t

ERRATA.

That mistakes will occur in a volume containing so much and varied informa-
tion is almost unavoidable ; and it is not the intention to call special attention to
those which have been detected in the foregoing pages. There are, however, several
requiring correction. On page 18, in " A Group of pioneers," " H. Dallas " should
read A. G. Dallas; and on page 278, "A branch of Cherries" and a " Bunch of
Plums " have been transposed, and " bunch " should read " branch." The follow-
ing side notes have been wrongly inserted: Page 56, " rates of benelit " should
read " ratio of benefit;" page 169, "no different conclusion" should read, "no
definite conclusion ;" page 236, " Free Growth " should read "Tree Growth."

AND MANUAL OF PROVINCIAL INFORMATION.

499

OFFICIAL CHANGES.

SINCE the foregoing was in type, Hon. T. R. Mclnnes, Senator, has been
appointed Lieutenant-Governor, vice Hon. E. Dewdney, whose term of offic^
has expired ; and W. Templeman Esq., managing editor of the " Times," has
been created Senator in the stead of Hon. Mr. Mclnnes. The retirement of Hon.
J. F. McCreight from the Supreme Court Bench is also announced. Paulus M.
Irving, Esq., barrister, Victoria, is regarded as likely to be his successor.

ILLUSTRATIONS.

OWING to limited space, a list of all the illustrations is not given. There are,
however, over eighty full pages of these, with numerous smaller ones dis-
tributed through the letter press. An endeavour has been made to illustrate all
phases of life in the Province. Many of the plates, as will be apparent, are of the
finest quality, having been executed by some of the best firms in America. The
author has no doubt that the effort to produce a series of high-class and representa-
tive pictures will have due appreciation.

YEAR BOOK MAPS.

ACCOMPANYING the YEAR BOOK will be found, under separate cover, a series
- of specially prepared maps, lithographic diagrams and illustrations.

The maps embrace the District of Koolenay, the Canadian Yukon territory
and the Province of British Columbia, containing all the latest information with the
various railway and other routes, present and prospective, indicated. These have
been prepared at very considerable expense and with very great care, and the
publisher expresses the hope that they will be found as useful as intended.

NEW FINDS IN OMINECA.

SINCE the foregoing has been in type, news has reached the Minister of Mines,
accompanied by samples of quartz, of the discovery of extensive bodies of free
milling ore in the Omineca District. These are reported to be of immense
width and exposed for miles. Owing to the remoteness of the finds, they cannot at
present be utilized, but the existence of minerals in such large deposits is indicative
of I he future greatness of the Northern interior, and is another proof of the vast
extent and wide distribution of the precious metals in British Columbia.

Soo

YEAR BOOK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA

CONCLUSION.

IT is not without mingled feelings that tlic conclusion of the Year Book is
reached and the author bids adieu to his rtadcrs for ii.e nonce. It is pleasur-
able to know that an undertaking involving^ so much labour is completed;
and, oi, the other hand, there is occasion for rcgnt that it has been necessary to
have excluded so much that it would have been clcsirable to include. It is a stage
of the work where one realizes how much easier it is to write a book of 1,000 pagus
than one of 500. A great deal, of necessit3\ has been omitted, which was pre-
pared and in type, and which, if circumstances permit, will find a place in a
future issue.

No one is more conscious of the defects of the present volume than the
author, and a glance over its pages reveals the fact that despite all reasonable
care, by some oversight which baMles understanding, "clerical errors" exist —
errors of type, construction and fact. The only apology that is offered is tiie i^res-
sure under which much of the work was accoiiiplished. The hope is cherished,
however, that readers will not be unappreciative of the character of the informa-
tion afforded, or disappointed as to its extent.

In the preparation of the woik the author lias placed himself under obliga-
tion to so many friends and various authorities that it might appear invidious
to acknowledge the assistance rendered by some of these without giving a com-
plete list. The latter, however, is (luite out of the question. At the risk of
olYendiiig otiiers, reference is due to Dr. C. !■'. Newcombe, Victoria; Capt.
Walbran, Commander of the steamship "Quadra"; Mr. J. W. McKay, of the
Indian Ofhce; Sir Henry P. P. Crease, whos ■ interesting chapter on the early
settlement of the Province was by an inadvertance left uncrediied; Mr. John
Fannin. Curator of the Provincial Museum; Hon. E. Dewdney. Lieutenant-
Governor; Hon. D. W. Higgins, Speaker of the Legislature; Mr. R. B. Mc-
Micking, Electrician, Victoria; R. M. Palmer, of the Department of Agriculture;
Dr. Fletcher, Naturalist, Ottawa; Prui". Macoiin, Ottawa; Mr. F. J. L. Tytler,
Government Engineer, for information regarding dyking enterprises and photo-
graphs of the Fraser Valley; Lt.-Col. Wolfenden. Queen's Printer; Mr. R. T.
Elliott, Barrister, whose s(-rvi(es in connection with the digest of laws were in-
valuable; Prof. Chas Hill-Tout, Vancouver; Mr. F. Elworthy, Secretary of the
Board of Trade; Mr. W. P. Burdis, Vancouver; ]\Ir. John Grant, Victoria; Mr.
Warburton Pike, the explorer of Barren Lands fame; Dr. Pope, Superintendent
of Education; and various public ofticials, Provincial and Dominion. Special
acknowledgment is due to Mr. W. A. Carlyle. Provincial Mineralogist; Dr.
Dawson, Director of the Geological Survey, and Mr. Wm. Ogilvie, who, per-
sonally and through the pages of their reports contributed largely to the informa-
tion contained herein, and also to the ol'ticials 01 ilie Lands and Works Depart-
ment for valuable assistance. To all of these the author feels deeply grateful.
Nor would it be less than ingratitude to refer to the Premier of the Province and
the other members of the Executive who have from the outset extended cordial co-
operation and assistance.

■s*

QC
<

QC
QC
<

z
u

C/)

m
m
g

•m

>
z
>

INDEX.

1 f

I'ACK.

Abi'nlfeii, I.onl, portrait I02

Account with Canada 448-452

Administrations since Confed-
eration 11S-U9

Affluents of the Yukon (Ogilvie; 47^-4'<2

Aj^riculture, Chapter on 269-301

Ajifassiz Dyking 276

Ainsvvorth Mining Division .... 343-346

Alaska Boundary 20,93,99

Alberni District, Mining in 329

Alberni Mine, III 230

Alert Bay 210

Aliens, Rights of 130

American Convention 98

Apiculture . , 291

Apples, 111 444

Apprentices 424

Area of B.C 192

Arms of B.C 131

Ashburton Treaty 27

Ashcroft 192

Assets, Municipalities 14S-150-1

AssemV)ly before Confederation,

Members of, 111 124

Assessment, Municipal 144,459

Assessment, Provincial 45^-57

Assignment Laws, Collection and 434

Associations, Agricultural 296,300

Associations 414-415

Astoria 19

Astor Expedition 19

Atchilit?. River, 111 277

Attendance, Schools 156

Bait. Fish 252

Banks, List of Chartered 433

Barkerville Division, Mining.. 192,337

Pack.
Bastion. Hudson's Bay Co., Na-

nainio. Ill 41

B.C. Southern Ry 46^

" Beaver." Steamer '5.35.443

Bees 291

Begl)ie, Sii Matthew Baillie 37,135

Beginnings of History, Tacsim-

ile Letter Gov. Blanchard.. . 6

Behring Sea (Question 266,268

Big Ben.l . . . .' 375

Big Ciame 213,216,218

Biographv 446

Birds of B.C., Check List of 219 230

Blanchard. Richard, Gov 6,30.63

Blue Bell Mine 345

Boards of Trade. B.C 433

Boundary Creek District 365-369

British Columbia, Colony of 40

Broncho Bucking, 111 444

Brown. J. R.. on Harrison Lake

District

Bugaboo Creek

Bureau of Mines

Business Ivstablishments, List of

C
Cabinet. Members of. Provincial,

Illustration

Cascades in Winter, 111

Camp McKiiiney 368-394

Canadian Yukon, The 465-499

Canneries, Salmon, vSchedule of. 259

Capital Invested 237,261,452

Capitalization Companies 437

Cariboo. Hydraulicing in 333

Cariboo, Amelia Mine 369

Cariboo 190,331-38

Cariboo Gold Brick, 111. vSee

Yukon Map;

Cattle 214,296,293

Cayoose Creek 1^9)038

380
373
384
432

104

278

THOMSON STATIONERY CO.

-LiTHOGRfiPHERS, PRINTERS, BOOKSELLERS

Lithographing Maps. Plans, Stock Certificates. Makers of Rubber Stamps,
Corporation Seals. £^^ Write for price list of special books on Mining.

108 COROi v^A HXKKET,

VANCOUVER, B.C

INDKX.

Cariboo '.iold Fields Co

Carlylc, W. A., Provincial Min-

erulogiHt . .

Can)ar\'OM Terms

Caledonia. ...

CanioHun, Fort.

Pack.
336

384
65
40
78

Cawiar District I9(J|379,466

Cassiar Central Railway 463

Census, 1871 '. 418

Census (see population) 424

Charges, Table of, Mining 398

Chattel Mortgages 454

Cherries. Ill 278

Chief Justices, List of 120

Chilliwack 192,276,277

Churches 74,320,414,417

Citie and Towns 192-200

CliniolL 201-295,469

Coal and Coal Mining. . . 324.383.392,395

Coast Trip, A 208,215

Coin.s Fao-.simile of, H.C 117,150

Collection and Assignment Laws 434

Communication, Lines of 341

Companies' Acts 436-440

Comox 191,199

Cod Fi.sheries 250

Conclusion 499

Confederation, Story of 47-66

Contributions, B.C. to Canada . . 449

Con.solidated Mine, 111 230

Consuls. Li.st of 411

Convention, British-Russian .... 20,94

Cook, Captain James 11,17

Co-operation Act 296,297

Coquitlam Dyking 279

t.'ouncil of V.L, Members of ... . 126

Counties, Divisions 129

County Courts i34.-*34

C.P.R!. Respecting. ..60,61.65,66,461,464

Craiibrook 372

Crawford Creek 346

Crease. Sir Henry, Cliapter on

P'arly Settlement 25-46

Crown Lands, Laws relating to. 240

Crow's Ne.st Pass Raih.av

i62,342,368',369,372,46i,463

Customs 429.430.431,459

Cypress Forest, 111 444

Dairying

Dates. Pacific Coast

Debt of B.C

Debts. Recovery of

Dedication

Delta

Dental Association

Dene Indians

Development, B.C. Rate of

Dewdney, Hon. E., Lieutenant-
Governor, Portrait

293.29s
70-71

453

434

3
281,284

415
173
459

105

Pagb.

Dewdney Trail 3

Dewdney Dyking 279

Dixon, Portlock and la

Donald 373

Douglas, Sir James 21,27,63

Douglas, Latfy, 111 4

Drainage and Dyking 293,296

Drake. Sir Francis 9

Dredging PInterprises 27.S-282

Dry Belt 203

Dufferin. Lord 41-65

Dunsmuir Castle, 111 444

FvarlySettlement.by Sir H. P. P.

Crease 25-46

Hdmonton Route to Yukon .... 495

Educational 152-158

Elections 120,121,133,138

Electors, yualification of 130

Employers' Liability 423

Empress of India, 111 443

Entomology 304

Esciuimalt 193.231

F'squimalt .md Nanaimo Rail-

• way Mining Belt 382

Ethnological Aftinities, Indians.

(Prof. C. Hill-Tout) 165

Exemptions, Municipal 141-144

Exemptions, Provincial 456

Expenditure, FMucation 157

F^xpenditure, Canada in B.C.. . . 450

FIxpenditure, Municipalities 147-149

F^xplorers and Navigators 17.72

F'xports 430-431

Fairview Camp 36

Farmers' Institutes 2g

Farming 269-301

Fauna, B.C., (See Mammals and

Birds)

Ferns, List of 319

Fertilizing 249,274

Finance, Trade and 429-459

Fisherj-. Jurisdiction 257

Fisheries, Chapter on 243-268

Fishery Regulations 253-256

Flax Growing 285

Fogs and Tides 203

Forestry 231-242,286

Forts, Hudson's Bay Co., Found-
ing of 73

Fort Rupert 210

Fort Steele 193

Fort Simpson 187,215

Eraser River and Valley 274,276,277

Frederick Arm, 111 '. 187

Free Goods, Settlers 297

FVee Port 32

Pack.

279

373

31,27.63

392,296

375-282

^03

41-65

444

25-46

495

152-15S

I.i33.i3»

130

423

443

304

193.231

382

165
141-144

456

157

45"

147-149

17,72

430-431

INDHX.

73
210

193

187,215
,276,277
187
297
32

I'AC.H.

Friemlly Cove, Nootka, III 2

Fruit (growing (Sec Agriculture) 269
Fur T a<ling System ^ J. W.

McKay ) 21-25

Fur Traders, List of 72

1 tRtiie Trotection Act 302

Gardner Inlet 3I3

(ieology and Geological Forma-
tions 184,339,352,359,371,366

(ilengarry Farm, 111 501

Gold Hnck. Cariboo, 111. (See

Yukon Map)

Gold Excitement, First ' H. H.

Hobson) 88-93

Golden (see 111. end of book). , , 193,373

Golden Cache Mine 338

Golden River Quesnele Co 336,337

(iold Conimis-sioners and Min-
ing Recorders .386,397

Goldstream, Mining 328

Government Buildings, central,

old 4

Governments, Colonial and Pro-
vincial. . .'. 112-114,126

(^lOvernors and Lieutenant-Gov-
ernors, 111 63,120

Greenwood 193

Gulf of Georgia 209

Haida Indians 174

Halibut Fisheries 249

Hall Mines Co 346

Harrison Hot »Springs 194,277

Harrison Lake District (JJrown,

J.R-) 3«o

Hatchery, Fish 247-257

Health Laws. Provincial 158-161

Helmcken, Hon. J. S., 31,43.103

Higgin*;, Hon. I). VV 67,105,111

Hill-Tout, Mr. C. on Ethnologi-
cal Affinities 165

Historical Review 9-102

Hobson, H. K., "First Gold Ex-
citement " 88-93

Hobson, H. B., Mining in Cari-
boo 331-338

Homesteads 240,423

Hooker Creek 346

Hop Growing 282-283

Horsefly Hydraulic Mine 333

Horses 292

Horticulture, Board of 297 1

House of Commons, B.C. Mem- |

b«rs 110,132

Hudson's Bay and Northwest

Companies 14,21-27

Hudson'sBay Company Fort, ill. 5 '

Hydraulicing in Cariboo 333,331-36

Pack.

Illecillewaet 376

Imoorts 301.431,448

Indians, Chapter on 163-180

Indians, Laws relating to 175

Indians, Numbers and distribu-
tion 176 180

Indian Schools 157

Inland Reve«nu«, 1897 433,449

Insect Pests 305

Inspection of Metalliferous

Mines Act 385

Interior Plateau 182

Inter-Provincial Relations 447-452

Intestate Ivstates 441

Irrigation 274,292

" Islaiuler " (roing North (see
Map of Yukon)

Jojinson Straits 210

Jf)int Stock Companies 436

Juan de Fuca, Strait of 12

Juan de Fuca 10

Judjjes, Puisne 134. 136

Justice, Administration of 141

Kainloops 194.377

Kaslo 195

Kaslo Creek, South Fork 346

Keefer, G. A., Kootenay Re

clamation vSchemo . . . ' 2S0

Klondyke, The 465-499

Kootenay. 35,186,202.280,339-376-369-74

Kootenay, East 369-374

Kootenay, North 444.375

Kooteiuiv, Route to 35

Kootenay Reclamation Scheme. 281.)

Kootenay, West 339-376

Labour, Cost of. .249,344,350.356.419-423

Labour, Conditions of 418-42?

Labour Legislation . . .. 423

Ladiier's Landing " jq-

Land Clauses Consolidation Act 298

Land Registry , .,

Land, Small Holdings 2-3

Land Survevors ,|1:

I.angley, F6rt ..'.'.'.'.'.'... 40

Lardeau Division ,.,5

Laws, Agriculture " 29s

Laws, Fishery .'"''' 253-256

Laws, Game .' ' '. 302

Laws, Land 298

Laws relating to Indians! . . . . . . 17c

Laws, Mmiicipal 138-142

Laws, .School [\]\ 152-156

Law.s, Timber \'',\\ 2^8-240

INDEX.

l'A(.K.

Laws, Mining 395-41 1

Laws, Professional Associations. 414

Laws, Labour . . 423

Laws, Jollection and Assign-
ment 434

Laws, Companies 436-440

Laws, Woman's Rights, Mar-
riage, etc 427-28

Laws, Property Rights 440-442

Leech River Excitement 328

Legislation, Vancouver Island,

early 39

Legislative Assembly 115-117,127

Lemon Creek 357

Le Roi Mine 358.361

Lewes River (see Yukon)

Liabilities 148,150,151453.454.455

Liard River, Route via Edmonton 496

Licensing Commissioners 141

Litn Laws 423

Lillooet 189.338

Liard River 468,469,496

Liquor Traffic 142,424

Loans, B.C 458

Local Improvement J41

Lowe Inlet 212

Lumber Mills, cut, etc, 231,241-242

Mainland Coast Line Mines .... 411

Mammals of B.C 216-218

Map of Crow's Nest Pass Ry. . . . 162

Map of Omineca 207

Map of Westminster District. . . 92

Map of Cariboo 471

Map of Vancouver Island 470

Map of Vtikon ( Under Separate

Cover

MapofKootenay (Under Separate

Cover)

Mfip of B.C. (Under Separate

Cover) .

Maps in Year Book 498

Matsqui Dyking 279

Meares, Capt 11,17

Medical Association 414

Meteorological Tables 204-206

Metchosin, Gl-^ngarry Farm, 111 501

Metlakabtla . 161,212

Midway 195

Mineral Belt, Esquimalt and

Nanaimo Ry 382

Mines and Mining 321-41 1

Mines, Tax on 456

Mines, Bureau of 384

Miners, ICarly 39

Mining Associations 385

Mining Divi.sions, Reaorders, etc 386

Mining, First Gold Excitememt. 88-93

P.VGK.

Mining Laws 395-411

Mining Laws, Vein and Lode: —

Certificates of Improvement.. 403

Claims respecting 404

Coal Mines 395

County Courts, Jurisdiction . 397

Crown Grants 404

Forfeiture Claims 404

Free Miner's Certificates 396

Free Miner's Rights 397

Gold Couiniissioners 397

Mining Recorders 397

Surface Rights 402

Table of Charges 398

Vein ^Mining. ... 398-404

Water Rights (vSee Water
Clauses Consolidation Act) .

Mining, Placer 405-411

Claims, Respecting 405-407

Drainage 407

Leases 410

Partnerships 40S-409

Right of Wav 409-410

Water Rights (See Water

Clauses Cousolidatior Act) .

]Mining Regulations Yuk jn, (6ee

Map Yukon)

Mining Statistics 389-395

Missionaries, Group of Pioneer. 44

Morice. Rev. Father, On Indians 173

^lortgages, Amount of. 454

Mount Sicker 377

^Municipal 13S-151

Municipal Assessment 140,144

Municipal By - Laws, Powers

under 139

Municipal Clauses Act 139

^Municipal Growth 142

Municipal Incorporation 138

Municipalities, List of 143

Municipal Statistics 1 44-1 51

Municipal Dyking 281

Museum, Provincial, ill . 213

Mackenzie River, Route via. . . . 495

McKay. J.W 21-25,103

Mackenzie, Sir Alexander 15.17

McLaughlin, Dr. John 21,27

McMurdo District 373

Nanaimo City (See also Yukon

Map) '. 196

Nanaimo District (Bray, Mar-
shal) 382

Nanaimo in 1S60, 111 215

Nakiisp 195.388

Native Flowering Plants, check

list \ 305-320

Pack.
395-411

403
404

395
397
404
404
396
397
397
397
402

398

39S-404

INDEX.

389-395

173

454

377

13^-151

140,144

139
'39
142

13S
143
1 44-1 5 1
281
213

495
1-25,103

15.17
21,27

373

196

3S2

215

195.388

Page.

Nelson 196,347

Nelson Mining Division 346-351

New Albion 9

New Caledonia 29

New Denver 196,348

Newspapers, list of 69

New Westminster. (See Yukon

Map) 196

New Westminster District . . . .92, 89,381

Nootka Affair, the 13

Northern Interior, climate of. . 204

North Saanich Hop Farm, 111. . 283

North Star Mine .371

Northwest Company 14,26

"Northwest," launch of, 111 .. 17

Northwest Passage 20

Offal, SalDK- n 248,274

Officers of the House 109,127

Officials, Dominion and Provin-
cial 137,127-128

Okanagan 502,377

Old Man's Home, 111 214

Omineca 207,378

Oil, Dog Fish 252

Oolachan Fishing 245,250

" Otter " Steamer 35

C'lfitting and Expenses 496

Ovc-land Journeys 15,20,100-102

Pacific Coast Dates 70-71

Pacific Coast Fisheries 261

Parliamentary ni- 133

Parliament Buildings

103,122-125,123,126

Parliaments 31,32,103,104-21

Penticton, 111 1S8

Petroleum Deposits 374

Phillips Arm, Mining 411

Physical Characteristics, Chapter

on 181-230

Pike, Warburton, On the Yukon 474-478

Pilot Bay 197-345

Pioneer.5 18,19,38

Place Names, their significance. 74-83

Plums, 111 278

Police Comrnissioners, Board of. 141

Police Magistrates 141

Political Divisions 186-192

Poorman Group 350

Population, comparative tables. 424

Population, Indian 163, 176

Portland Canal 97

Port Cox, 111 443

Portlock and Dixon 12

Port Simpson 197

r 17, 18, 42, 43, 44

Portraits ' ^^' 64,102,103,104

^ ^"'^^"s j 105,106,107,108,109

(.125,135,136.

Postage, B.C. and V.I

Postal vStatistics

Pre-emption. Crown Lands. . . .

Preface

Price of Produce

Plants, Native Flowering, Check

List of

Premiersof British Columbia, 111
Press in British Columbia, The.

Produce, Price of

Prospectors, 111

Provincial Hoard of Health

Pulp, Wood

Vm'.k.

84-85

430
240

7
287

306-320

287

41
161

217

Qualifications of Candidates,

Municipal 139,

Quarantine 297

Queen Charlotte Islands, Mines 324,444

Quesnelle River, Mining at 336,337

Railway Lines Projected, Koote-

. nay 342

Railway P^nterprises

■ •' ;9. 342,460-64,477-489-499

Rainfall, Tables of 205

Receipts, Municipalities 146-149

Regulations, Mining, Yukon (see

Yukon map)

" Reliance," Steamer, 111 41

Responsible Government 59, 1 1 1

Rt'velstoke, (111. at end of book) 197,376.

Richmond Dyking 282

Rivers 183

Rivjrs Inlet 211

Roads, Building of 34,37

Robson. D., New Westminster

District 381

Rock Creek 377

Rocky Mountains, the 181, 184

Rossland 197,334, .357-365

Royal Charter, tie 25

Royalty on Gold 36

Russian Convention 94

Salaries, Teachers 156

flam's Landing, Kootany, 111. . . 1.S7

Salmon Canning Industry 244-249

Salmon (70 lb.) Ill 213

Salmon Pack 260

Salmon River, North Pork of. .. 351

Salmon, Varieties of 245

Sanson 198,387

Sanitary Regulations 160

San Juan Difficulty '. . . 20,32

San Juan Island, 111 4$.

INDEX.

Page.

Saritas Mine (see 111. end)

Saw Mills, 111 231-232

Schools I5«-I57

School Management 154

Schools, National and Sectarian 155

School, Public, Mainter.ance. . . 153

Schools, Statistics of 156-158

School System 152-158

Sealing 262-266

Seeding Waste Places 2a6

Seeding, Okanagan, III 502

Selkirks, The 182

Senate, Members of. Ill I'^g

Settlement Act, The 66

Settlement, Early (by Sir Henry

P. Crease) 25-46

Seymour Narrows 209

Sheep 292

Shipping 442-446

Silverton 198

Similkameen 377

Skagway Bay ;83, 214,492

Skeena River 212

Slocan Lake 356

Slocan Mining Division 351-357

Slocan Star 355

Slough Creek 337

Small Holding? 292

Small-pox Epidemic 158

Smeller, Hall Mines Co 349

Smelter, Trail 362

Smelters, 111. (end of book) ....

Snow Fall, Tables of 205

Societies, Agricultural 296

Societies, Fraternal and Benevo-
lent 415

Soils and Sub-soils 291

Sooke River Excitement 328

South Belt 363

Spanish Conquests 9

Spanish Navigators 9-15

Speakers, List of 120

Sport, Fishing 253

Springer Creek 357

Steveston 199

Sturgeon, The 251

Sugar Beet 291

Minnas Valley 276

Supreme Court 32,134,136,434

Surrey Dyking 282

Tariff, British Columbia 86

Teachers I54-I57

Temperature, Tables of 204

Ten Mile Creek 357

Texada Island 386

Three Forks 199

Thunder Hill Mine 373

P.\OE.

Tides and Fogs 203

Timber 23i-?42,47i ,485

Timber Regulations 238,240

Toby Creek 373

Tobacco Growiiig 291

Torrens Act 40

lotemism Among Indians 180

Trade and Finance 429-459

Trail 199.323.357-365

Transportation ( See Railways ) .

341-350.363-365

Travellers, List of 72

Trees, List of ( See also List of

Plants) 231-236

Trout Lake 376

Towns, Cities and 192-200

U
Union 199

Van Anda Mine, Texada (see 111.

at end)

Vancouver, City of (see also Map

ot Yukon) 199

Vancouver, Capt. Geo I3»i7

Vancouver Island 29,31,183,191,328

Vedder, "iew of 277

Vernon (see 111. end of book) . . . 200,377

Voyages, Early 9-20,70

Victoria, City of (see also Map

of Yukon) 28,41,200

Victoria, Queen (see Dedication)

Vital Statistics 161

Wages 419-422

Waggon Roads 35,58,62

War Eagle Mine 362

Washing Gold, 111 :•••.■■• 4i

Water Clauses, Consolidation

Act 299

Water Rights 299

Wealth, Public and Private 452-455

Wellington 200

West Coast and Islands 203,329

Westminster District 189

Willow River 337

Windermere 373

Yale 189

Yale Convention ' 52

Yukon Mining Regulations (see

Yukon Map)

Yukon Illustrations («ee Yukon

Map)

•«i

INDEX.

Yukon, The Canadian

Affluents of Yukon (Ogilvie)

Agricultural Land

Ashcroft

Alice Arm

Bratnober, H,, A Conservative

Estimate

Bute Inlet

Climate

Collins Telegraph

Climate

Coal and Copper

Copper, Coal and

Claims, Value of

Chilkoot Pass

Chilcat Route

Described by Dr. Dawson

Drifting

Dyea

Dalton Trail

Donald, Golden and

Estimate, A Conservative (H.

Bratnober)

Edmonton

Expenses, Outfitting and

Fauna

Fares and Expense

Golden and Donald

History, Early

Hudson's Baj- Company

Paoe. Pack.

465-499 Hydraulic Mining 488

478-482 Hootalinqua River 492

471,477 Kitimat Route 494

494 Kamloops 494

494 Iviard, Upper 468

Liard, Lower 469

486 Ogilvie's Description 483-486

494 Output of Gold, 1896. 388

469-471 OutfittingandExpen.se 496

473 Prospecting, In 486-487

478 Prices at Dawson City 498

485 Quartz Ledges ' 484

485 Revelstoke 495

487 Routes Into 466-475,476,478,483

493 Skagway 492

493 Stickine-Teslin 490

467-473 Supplies and Tools 497

487 Taku Inlet 469,492

493 Teslintoo 469

493 Tributaries of 468

495 Timber 472.485

Traveller's View, A (Warbur-

486 ton Pike) 474-478

495-496 Telegraph Lines 477

496 Table of Routes 494

472 Vologda, Comparison with .. . 471

497 White Pa.ss 492

495 Wages at Dawson City 498

472 Yield, Probable 484

473 Yukon River 494

I)R. J. .M'l.An.HI.IN.

THos. KiTCHKN, M.i'.p. (deceased).

MR. I'ATt'I.I.O.

ADVKRTISIvMIvNTvS.

MEMIiER B.C HO.VRI) OF THADIv. MKMMKK B.C. STOCK EXCHANCE. h

HERBERT CUTHBERT

Pi'omolei- Mild Ov^mu'M'v (if tlie Si.oc.vn Lakk Gor.i) and Sir.vKit
Minks, Ltd.. and of the IJiiiTi.sii r.\N>i)i.\N (ioLD Kiklds

EXPLOIIATION DEVKLOI'MK.VTA: I.\VK.<r.AIKNT Co.MI'.WY.

Ltd.. and late (ifiicial \Vf.><t('iii .Maiiajijt'i' of

the I.ittt'i- ('()in|); ny. can .Mipply

<y. i

CAPITAI^lHn"»

AXI)

INVKtSTORH

With fifood (Jold and Silver Propcitics. and all infor-
ination with it'fci'cnct' to the (ioid Fields of M.(".

OFFICKH:
KASUC), I3.C. XEUSOX, H.C

44 Fort Street, VICTORIA, B.C.

BANK OF BRITISH COLUMBIA.

(Incorporated by Uoyiil ('lirtrti-r. V^tiJ).

C.\PIT.-\I, (with power to increase), /"loo.ooo. S4'^'i.ft"fi ; K}''.SI''.R\'K. ,/. mo.odo, J2. 920,000.

HEAD OFFICE. 60 LO.MB.ARD STREET. LONDON, ENGLAND.

BRANCHES — IN BRITISH CoI.l'Ml.IA : Victoria. Vancouver. New Westminster, Nanaimo
Kaniloops, Nelson, Sainton and Kaslo. IN THI\ rNl'l"I'',l) S'lWTl'.S: San Francisco and Portland

^fTont-c onri Pni-rAB nan fl on tc ( In Canada— Canadian Bank of Comnitrce. Merchants' Bank
Agenih ana V^0rre5»pimueill5i( of Canada, The Molsons Bank, Imperial Banket Canada,
Hank of Nova Scotia and Union Bank of Canada. In I'nited States -Canadian Bank of Commerce
(Agency)New York : Bank of Nova Scotia, Chicago. In Anstralia and New Zealand— Bank of .\nstral-
asia. In Honolulu -Bishop iS: Co.

Savings Bank Department — Deposits received from $1 upwards, and interest allowed on Cold
dust purchased, and everv description of Banking business transacteil,
Victoria, B.C., November, 1.S96. (5Kt). GILLKSPIK, ManA(.kr.

^m^u^m^imLJl^^^^rm^^Jp!^^^^^^^)t^^

y*^i'i<''*<tl^^ni^''fitthtii^Mtifmi^4tNmiithihh,tit<Mti^^^

K EXCHANGE.

?
\

1(1 Sir.vKit

•'IKUOS

;y.

TORH

I
I

' B.C.

J2. 920, GOO.

lister, Xaiiainio
CO and rortlaiul

Merchants' Bank

Bank of Canada,

nk of Commerce

Hank of Austral-

t allowed on (iold

Mana(,kk.

^V.

m-M

. ■>). ; ■

.4.1

o
z
cc
u
>

ADVERTISEMENTS.

^^WWW9W »»•»••*▼

W 9W9W99^'9^

yy^y^»* W >»*»^*y^*^^^

British

Columbia

Official information respecting various
resources of the Province of British
Columbia *. . • • • • * * '

Its Conditions, :' ;

Its Climate,

Its Capabilities, Etc.,

Is supplied by the following departments :

Victoria, B.C., Mining:

W. A. CARI.VI.E, Director Bureau of Mines.

Agriculture:

J. R. Anderson, Deputy Minister of Agriculture.

Statistics and General Information:

Secretary Bureau of Statistics ; or by application ^o Hon.

Minister of Immigration, Victoria, B.C., or to Agent

General for British Columbia, 39 Victoria Street,

Westminster, London, England.

t^A. ..«««« «««««»»*«***

■ ■«r --'"^

«A^«««««»««*

««««i« -* •**««»««* '

.a,AAAA«kAAAAA

ADVERTISEMENTS.

C. p. NAVIGATION CO., Limited.

TIME TAHLE NO. -J«j— Takes effect December 24th, 1896.

VANCOUVKR ROUTK.

Victoria to Vancouver— Daily, except Monday,

at I o'clock.
Vancouver to Victoria — Daily, except Monday, at

13.15 o'clock, or on arrival ofC.l'.R. No. i

train.

NKW WKSTMINSTKR ROUTK.

Leave Victoria for New Westminster, Ladner's
Landing and Lulu Island— Sunday al 23
o'clock ; Wednesdays and Fridays at 7
o'clock. Sunday's steamer to New West-
minster connects with C.P.R. train No. 2
going Hast Monday.

For Plumper Pass— Wednesdays and Fridays at
7 n'clock.

r or Moresby and Pender Islands— Friday at -
o'clock.

Leave New Westminster for Victoria— ivlonday,
at 13.15 ojlock ■ Thursday and Saturday at 7
o'clock.

For Plumper Pass- ':.'hursday and Saturday at -
o'clock.

For Pender and Mor,.sby Islands — Thursday at -
o'clock. ■

NORTHERN ROl'TK.

Steamships of this Company will leave for l''ort
Simpson and intermediate ports, via Van-
couver, the ist and 15th of each month at S
o'clock. When sufficient inducements offer,
will extend trips to West Coast points and
^ueen Charlotte Islands.

LOUGHBOkO INLIvT ROITTK.

Steamer Rainbow leaves Vancouver on Mondays
and Thursdays for Lo\ighboro Inlet, Shoal
Bay, Texada Island and way ports, connect-
ing with S.S. Charmer for Victoria.

TKXADA ISLAND ROUTE.
Steamer Maude leaves Victoria for Texada Island,
via Nana'mo, every Friday at 8 p.m.

BARCLAY SGUND ROUTK.
Sleamer .Villapa leaves Victoria for Alberni and
Sound ports the loth, 20th and '30th of each
month.

The Cornpany reserves the right of changing
this Time Table at any time without notifica-
tion.

JOHN IRVING, Manager.

Victoria, January ist, G. A. CARLE1 ON, Oen. Agent.

NoticetoJointStockCompanies

THE following section, numbered 161, of the " Compi.nieB' Act, 1897,"
relative to the issue of a free miner's certificate is publislied for the information of
JOINT STOOK COMPANIES.

JAMES BAKER,

Minister of Mines.
Provtncijl Secretary's OtJice, 14th May, 189'''.

161. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in section 4 0,' the
"Mineral Act, 1898," or section 4 of the '' Placer Mining Act, 1891," or elpowhere in
the said Acts or otiier mining laws of the Province, no free miner's certificate shall
be issued to a Joint Stock Ooi.ipany for a longer period than one year, and such
certificate shall date from the 30th day of June in each year; and every free
miner's certificate held by a Joint Stock Company ;it the pasping of tbio /.ot shall
be valid and existing until and shall expire on the 30th day of June, 1S97. Upon
applying to renew any such certificate on or before said 30th day of June, the Joint
Stock Company shall be ei.titled to a rebate of a proportionate amount of the fee
paid for a certificate heretoford issued accordir;;^ to the further time for which it
would but for this section have been valid.

rr^:

les

B. C. SMELTERS.

1. Hall Mines. 2. Trail. 3. Pilot Bay.

Ft
F<

rel
JC

th(
be
cei
mi
be

api
St(
pai
wo

O
O

r
c

>
X

H
30

m
<

H
O
7i

ADVKRTIvSKMKNTvS.

MCLENNAN. MCPEELY X GO.

WHOLESALE DEALERS IN

and IMPORTERS OF

l^IMITICn.

Miners' Supplies, Hnrduare, Iron,
Steel, Rope, Chain, PowJer and
VANCOUVBR, B. C. Dynamite.! »

THE • BADMINTON

(I^ATK MANOR HorSK).

RflT&S— $2.00 per Day and Upwards.

STRICTLr P1R8T-CLflS&«

Under the Management of

-f1, R. STRftTTON

^■■■■■■■■ — »—■ I

Oor. Dunemuir and Howe Hts,,

^ VBNCOUVER, BRITISH COLUMBIA

COAL. COAL. COAL.

THE NEW VANCOUVER COAL
MINING& LAND COMPANY, LTD.

Korinerly tHe Vfinconver Conl CoinpfiMj'.

Are the Largest COAL Producers on the Pacific Coast
NANAIMO COAI^

(I'seil principally for gas and domestic purposes.)

SOTJTHFIKLr) COAL

(Steaih Kiiel.)

PROTECTION ISLAND COAL and the NEW WELLINGTON COAL

(House ami Steam Coal), are mined by this Comixiny exclusively,

THE N'ANAI.MO COAL nives a large perceiitage of gas ; a high illuniinnting power, uncciualled

bv r-nv other bituminous coal in the world, and a superior quality of coke.
TIIF SOUTHFIELI) COAI. is now used bv all the leading steamshii) lines on the Pncific.
THE NEVV WELLINGTON COAL, which was introduced in 1890, has already become a favourite

fuel for domestic purposes. It is a clean, hard coal ; makes a bright and chetrfnl fire,

and its lasting qiialities make it the most economical fuel in the market.
THE PROTECTION ISLAND COAL is similar to the New Wcllinuton < oal. Thi- coal is

raised from submarine workings under the Gulf of Georgia, and issliipped from wharves

both at Protection Island and Nanaimo.
The several mines of the Company are connected with their wharves at Naiminio, Departure Hay

andProtection Island, where ships of the largest tonnage are loaded at all stages of the ti<lc

tt^ Special despatch given to mail and ocean steamers.

SAMUEL M. ROBINS. Supt., NANAIMO, B.C

ADVIiRTISKMIvN'I'Ti.

gii;*iji4iia.fiiiiaiuimHmijpmiii^

The Brackman & Ker
Milling Company, Ltd.

MANITFAC'PUKICUH OK

Rolled Oats, Oatmeal, Graham
Flour, Split Peas. Pearl Barley, etc.

. . ALSO DEALERS IN . .

All kinclw of Ol^AIN AND FBKD.

Victorifi,

Vancouver,

Kclnaonton.

Blfl>i»i(»<l>»«<MWj«MWw<»(t»T-i'M>i«'''tl<>»»tl<MlK.i^^

MacKinnon, DeBeck & Co. ^

»Mwii.i MINING BROKERS AND AGENTS.

HAVlMd been residents of nritish Columbia for the past twcuty-six years,
we are in a position to furnish tlie most reliable information to be
obtained respecting the vnluablc mineral resources of the Province. Rt pre-
sented in I^ondon, Kngland, by prominent 1-'inancial Urokers. Head Office
of the "C.OMiKN C.vcHi: Ml.NKS Co., I,td. of UUooet, Il.C." ...

C.tDKS-A.H.C, Bedford-McNeill, Moreins & Neal. (,|, HASTI%'(iS STREET WEST,

C.Mir.i; .\ni)ui:ss— "COKTHS," Vancouver, H.C.

COKKBSPOXDBXCE SOLICITED. P.O. B0,\ ii.i. VAXCOL^VKli, B. C.

W. T. JENNINGS !!:li!!:!:SS?'»?,g:c.B.

Surveys, Location and Construction of Steam, Ivlectric or Incline Railways,
Foundations and Bridges, Tunnels, Hydraulic Mining or other Hngineerihg
XVorks, H.xaminations and RefHirts. ' ....

MoliHOii'i^ BMtlU DiiilciltiKt TORONTO, ONTARIO.

Wm. E. DEVEREUX'^' civil engineer.

Provif|riul Laqd Surveyor av\d Notary Public.
op^p'icE, coL,uMBiA AvENiTE. ^ DHQCIT niSJ H RP

Over Weeks, Kennedy & Co., ■^^_l\W001«n.iN L-' ID.\-

JD.

>n.

>
z
o
>

z
m

m
>

ENTS.

B. C.

OC. C.K.

TARIO.

lEER.
) B.C

H
Z

pjZ

30Z

• m
r

>
>

.^ — Mil

ARl

W. A. 1

Die

Exci
Mines am

Q. a

S f

< c

O «

Z a

=: ui

z ^

3 °'
Jo "=
to aj

o -•

QC bo

£
(0

BANKERS
Cable Add

HEA

T.I

and can
esta

69 anc

salt Gli

l"»AVI

Estini

ADVERTISEMENTS.

ARE YOU

Interested in Mining Matters in British Columbiti f
In Search of Good Investments ? ?

Desirous of obtaining Reliable Information regarding
the Mining outlook in this Province ? ? ? ?

a.e>dre:ss

W. A. Dler.

A.. A. Davidson.

Rlclnard Ruaaell.

Dier, Davidson & Russell,

MINING BROKERS, Victoria, B.C.

Exceptional facilities for furnishing full and authentic information regarding
Mines and Mining in British Columbia.

OKFICE OK

The Fairview Cons. Gold Mines Co., of Fairview, B.C., - Ltd

The FomstocU Mammoth Quartz M. & M. Co., of Fairview, B.C.,
The Randolph fcimor^ Quartz M. & M. Co., of
The Tin Horn Quartz Mi.iing Co., - . . .

The Winchester Gold Mines Co., - - .» <■

The White Swan Quartz Mining Co., - " "

The Shamrock Gold Mining Company, Limited Liability

BANKERS— Bank of British North America.
Cable Address—" DISONKLi,." Moreing & Neal Code.

HEAD OFFICK :

VICTORIA, B.C.

T. N. HIBBEN & COMPANY

■ Is the Oldest Established

BOOK AND STATIONERY HOUSE

. . in British Columbia. . .

and carries the largest and most miscellaneous Stock of Goods of any other similar
establishment in the Province. Orders by mail will receive prompt attention.

69 and 71 Government Street,

VICT^ORIA, B.C.

THE B.C. POTTERY CO., Ltd.

MAICKRS OF-

Salt Glazed Vitrified Sewer Pipe— from $ to 2.j-iiich— Branches, Bends, Yard and Gully Traps,
and all kinds of Sanitary Kittings, Agricultural Drain Tile, Flower Pots, Terra
Cotta Chimney Pipe and Klue Lining, Chimney Tops, Fire Brick, Stove and
Grate Backs and Furnace Linings, and all kinds of Fire Clay Goods.

PAVING BRICK for SIDEWALKS, Roof CrentinKS and Pitllals.

Cement, Plaster of Pari-', Lime, Ground Fire Clay. All kinds of Orna-
mental Plaster Work, Ceilings, Brackets, Cornisfies, Centres, etc., etc.

Estimates given Free of Charge.

VICTORIA, B.C.